Here is the translation and word-for-word breakdown for your Urdu lesson:

Urdu Translation:

اور بلاشبہ موسیٰ تمہارے پاس روشن دلیلوں کے ساتھ آئے، پھر تم نے اس کے بعد بچھڑے کو اپنا (معبود) بنا لیا جبکہ تم ظالم تھے۔

English Translation:

And certainly Moses came to you with clear proofs, then you took the calf (as your deity) after him, while you were wrongdoers.

Word-for-Word Explanation:

Here’s a breakdown of each Urdu word from the translation, with its English meaning and pronunciation to help you understand:

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Grammar Note: This is a conjunction, used to connect words or clauses.

- بلاشبہ (bilā-shubah)

- Meaning: Certainly, undoubtedly, without doubt, indeed.

- Grammar Note: This is an adverb, emphasizing the certainty of the statement. It's formed from "bilā" (without) and "shubah" (doubt).

- موسیٰ (Musa)

- Meaning: Moses (the Prophet's name).

- تمہارے (tumhāre)

- Meaning: Your (plural, or respectful singular), to you.

- Grammar Note: This is the genitive (possessive) form of "تم" (tum - you). When used with "پاس" (pās), it often translates to "to you" or "with you."

- پاس (pās)

- Meaning: Near, by, to, at.

- Grammar Note: This is a postposition. In combination with "تمہارے" (tumhāre), "تمہارے پاس" means "to you" or "in your possession/presence."

- روشن (roshan)

- Meaning: Bright, clear, luminous.

- Grammar Note: An adjective describing "دلیلوں."

- دلیلوں (dalīlōṅ)

- Meaning: Proofs, arguments, evidences (plural, oblique case).

- Grammar Note: This is the plural oblique form of "دلیل" (dalīl - proof). It's in the oblique case because it's followed by the postpositional phrase "کے ساتھ."

- کے ساتھ (ke sāth)

- Meaning: With, along with.

- Grammar Note: This is a postpositional phrase. "کے" (ke) is a genitive marker (like 'of' or 'with') and "ساتھ" (sāth) means 'company' or 'togetherness'.

- آئے (āye)

- Meaning: Came.

- Grammar Note: This is the past tense, plural/respectful singular form of the verb "آنا" (ānā - to come). Since "موسیٰ" (Moses) is a revered figure, the plural form is used out of respect.

- پھر (phir)

- Meaning: Then, afterwards.

- Grammar Note: An adverb, indicating sequence in time.

- تم نے (tum ne)

- Meaning: You (plural) (did something).

- Grammar Note: "تم" (tum) means 'you' (plural or informal singular). "نے" (ne) is an ergative postposition (or agentive marker) used with transitive verbs in perfect tenses. It indicates that "تم" is the doer of the action.

- اس کے بعد (us ke ba'd)

- Meaning: After him/it.

- Grammar Note: "اس" (us) is the oblique form of "وہ" (woh - he/she/it). "کے بعد" (ke ba'd) is a postpositional phrase meaning 'after'. "اس کے بعد" literally translates to "after of him/it."

- بچھڑے (bachhṛe)

- Meaning: Calf (oblique case).

- Grammar Note: This is the oblique form of "بچھڑا" (bachhṛā - calf). It's in the oblique case because it is followed by the object marker "کو."

- کو (ko)

- Meaning: To, for, (marks the direct or indirect object).

- Grammar Note: This is an object marker. Here, it marks "بچھڑے" as the direct object of the verb "بنا لیا."

- اپنا (apnā)

- Meaning: Your own, one's own, their own.

- Grammar Note: A reflexive possessive pronoun. It refers back to the subject "تم" (you).

- (معبود) (ma'bood)

- Meaning: (Deity, worshipped one).

- Grammar Note: This word is implied in the original Arabic and the Urdu translation for clarity in English. "بنا لیا" implies "made it (into something)."

- بنا لیا (banā liyā)

- Meaning: Made, adopted, took (as).

- Grammar Note: This is a compound verb: "بنا" (banā - made, from "بنانا" - to make) + "لیا" (liyā - took, from "لینا" - to take). Compound verbs in Urdu often express a completed action or add nuance, here indicating that they "took/made" the calf for themselves.

- جبکہ (jabkē)

- Meaning: While, whereas, at the same time.

- Grammar Note: A conjunction introducing a clause that provides contrasting or simultaneous information.

- تم (tum)

- Meaning: You (plural or informal singular).

- Grammar Note: A second-person plural pronoun.

- ظالم (zālim)

- Meaning: Wrongdoers, oppressors, transgressors (singular form, but refers to plural "you").

- Grammar Note: An adjective/noun meaning 'wrongdoer'. It remains singular even when referring to a plural subject if it's acting adjectivally to describe the state.

- تھے (thē)

- Meaning: Were.

- Grammar Note: This is the past tense, plural form of the verb "ہونا" (honā - to be). It agrees with the plural subject "تم" (you).

Here is the Urdu and English translation of the Arabic sentence, followed by a word-for-word explanation to help you understand the Urdu words and their usage.

Urdu Translation:

وہ لوگ جنہیں ہم نے کتاب عطا کی، وہ اس کی تلاوت کا حق ادا کرتے ہیں، وہی اس پر ایمان لاتے ہیں۔ اور جو کوئی اس کا انکار کرے، تو وہی لوگ نقصان اٹھانے والے ہیں۔

English Translation:

Those to whom We gave the Book, they recite it as it should be recited (or, fulfill its due recitation). Those are the ones who believe in it. And whoever disbelieves in it, then those are the losers.

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English):

وہ (Woh)

Meaning: Those / They. This is a demonstrative pronoun, often used for things or people further away, or as a third-person plural pronoun.

لوگ (Log)

Meaning: People. This is a plural noun, meaning 'people'.

جنہیں (Jinheñ)

Meaning: To whom / Whom. This is a relative pronoun in the dative case (receiving action) for plural entities, connecting the clause "We gave the Book" back to "those people".

ہم (Hum)

Meaning: We. This is the first-person plural pronoun.

نے (Ne)

Meaning: Past tense agent marker. This is a grammatical particle that comes after the subject (the agent) of a transitive verb in a perfect (past) tense. It marks 'hum' (we) as the doer of the action 'gave'.

Grammar Note: The 'ne' particle is crucial in Urdu for marking the agent of transitive verbs in certain past tenses. When 'ne' is used, the verb agrees with the object in gender and number, not the subject.

کتاب (Kitaab)

Meaning: Book. This is a feminine noun.

عطا (Atā)

Meaning: Grant / Bestow. This word is often used with 'کرنا' (karnā - to do) to form a compound verb, 'عطا کرنا' (atā karnā - to grant/bestow).

کی (Ki)

Meaning: Did / Gave. This is the past tense form of 'کرنا' (karnā - to do) for a feminine singular object. Here, 'کتاب' (kitaab - book) is feminine, so the verb agrees with 'کتاب'. The phrase 'عطا کی' (atā kī) means 'granted' or 'bestowed'.

Grammar Note: As explained with 'ne', the verb 'ki' (feminine singular) agrees with the object 'kitaab' (book, feminine singular).

وہ (Woh)

Meaning: They. Here, it functions as the subject for the subsequent clause, referring back to "those people".

اس (Us)

Meaning: Its / It. This is an oblique form of 'یہ' (yeh - this) or 'وہ' (woh - that/he/she/it), used when followed by a postposition or another noun in a possessive relationship. Here, it refers to 'کتاب' (kitaab - the Book).

کی (Ki)

Meaning: Of / 's. This is a possessive postposition that connects two nouns, indicating possession or relationship. It agrees in gender and number with the possessed noun. Here, 'تلاوت' (tilāwat - recitation) is feminine, so 'ki' is used.

Grammar Note: Urdu uses 'کا' (kā - masculine singular), 'کی' (kī - feminine singular/plural), and 'کے' (ke - masculine plural/oblique) for possession, agreeing with the noun being possessed, not the possessor.

تلاوت (Tilāwat)

Meaning: Recitation. This is a feminine noun, specifically referring to the recitation of sacred texts.

کا (Kā)

Meaning: Of / 's. Another possessive postposition. Here, 'حق' (haq - right/due) is masculine, so 'kā' is used. The phrase 'تلاوت کا حق' (tilāwat kā haq) means 'the right of recitation' or 'the due of recitation'.

Grammar Note: See above for 'کی' (kī).

حق (Haq)

Meaning: Right Due Justice. Here, it means 'the due' or 'the proper way'.

ادا (Adā)

Meaning: Performance / Fulfillment. Similar to 'عطا' (atā), this is often used with 'کرنا' (karnā - to do) to form 'ادا کرنا' (adā karnā - to perform/fulfill).

کرتے (Karte)

Meaning: Do / Perform (plural, masculine). This is the present participle form of 'کرنا' (karnā - to do), used here as part of the present indefinite tense 'ادا کرتے ہیں' (adā karte haiñ). It is masculine plural to agree with 'وہ' (woh - they).

ہیں (Haīñ)

Meaning: Are. This is the plural present tense auxiliary verb. The phrase 'ادا کرتے ہیں' (adā karte haiñ) means 'they fulfill' / 'they perform'. The overall phrase 'اس کی تلاوت کا حق ادا کرتے ہیں' (us kī tilāwat kā haq adā karte haiñ) means 'they fulfill its due recitation' or 'they recite it as it should be recited'.

Grammar Note: This structure ('verb stem + te/ti/ta + hai/hain') forms the present indefinite tense, indicating habitual actions or general truths.

وہی (Wohi)

Meaning: Those very ones / They alone. This is an emphatic form of 'وہ' (woh - those/they), adding emphasis or exclusivity.

اس (Us)

Meaning: It. Again, referring to 'کتاب' (kitaab - the Book).

پر (Par)

Meaning: On In Upon. This is a postposition indicating location or object of belief. Here, it signifies "belief in it".

ایمان (Īmān)

Meaning: Faith / Belief. This is a masculine noun.

لاتے (Lāte)

Meaning: Bring (plural, masculine). This is the present participle form of 'لانا' (lānā - to bring). The compound verb 'ایمان لانا' (īmān lānā) means 'to believe' or 'to bring faith'. It is masculine plural to agree with 'وہی' (wohi - those very ones).

ہیں (Haīñ)

Meaning: Are. Plural present tense auxiliary verb. The phrase 'ایمان لاتے ہیں' (īmān lāte haiñ) means 'they believe'.

Grammar Note: See above for the present indefinite tense structure.

اور (Aur)

Meaning: And. This is a conjunction.

جو (Jo)

Meaning: Whoever / Who. This is a relative pronoun, functioning as 'whoever' in this conditional clause.

کوئی (Koi)

Meaning: Anyone / Someone. Used here to emphasize the 'whoever' aspect, making it 'whoever anyone'.

اس (Us)

Meaning: It. Referring to the Book.

کا (Kā)

Meaning: Of. Here, it functions as the object marker for 'انکار کرنا' (inkār karnā - to deny/disbelieve). When 'انکار کرنا' is used, the thing being denied often takes the postposition 'کا' (kā).

انکار (Inkār)

Meaning: Denial / Disbelief. This is a masculine noun. 'انکار کرنا' (inkār karnā) means 'to deny' 'to disbelieve' 'to reject'. (Another option could be 'کفر کرے' (kufr kare) - 'disbelieves').

کرے (Kare)

Meaning: Does (singular, subjunctive). This is the subjunctive form of 'کرنا' (karnā - to do), used in conditional clauses or to express possibility/desire. Here, 'جو کوئی... کرے' (jo koi... kare) translates to 'whoever does...' or 'if anyone does...'.

Grammar Note: The subjunctive mood is used for hypothetical or conditional actions, often following 'اگر' (agar - if) or relative pronouns like 'جو' (jo - who/whoever).

تو (To)

Meaning: Then. This is a conditional conjunction, introducing the consequence of the preceding 'if' or 'whoever' clause.

وہی (Wohi)

Meaning: Those very ones / They alone. Emphatic form of 'وہ' (woh).

لوگ (Log)

Meaning: People. Plural noun.

نقصان (Nuqsaan)

Meaning: Loss / Harm. This is a masculine noun.

اٹھانے (Uṭhāne)

Meaning: To bear To suffer To lift. This is the oblique infinitive form of 'اٹھانا' (uṭhānā - to lift/bear/suffer). Here, it forms part of the agent noun 'نقصان اٹھانے والے' (nuqsaan uṭhāne wāle).

Grammar Note: The infinitive 'uṭhānā' changes to its oblique form 'uṭhāne' when it precedes 'wale'.

والے (Wāle)

Meaning: Ones who Bearers Sufferers. This is a suffix (or postpositional adjective) that, when appended to a verb stem or infinitive, forms an agent noun or an adjective describing someone who performs that action. 'نقصان اٹھانے والے' (nuqsaan uṭhāne wāle) collectively means 'those who suffer loss' / 'the losers'. It is masculine plural to agree with 'لوگ' (log - people).

Grammar Note: 'Wala/wali/wale' (والا/والی/والے) is a very versatile suffix in Urdu, acting like '-er' in English (e.g., 'subzi wala' - vegetable seller, 'chai wala' - tea seller) or to describe someone who does an action. It agrees in gender and number with the noun it describes.

ہیں (Haīñ)

Meaning: Are. Plural present tense auxiliary verb, completing the sentence.

Here is the translation and word-for-word breakdown:

English Translation

"And when it is said to them, 'Believe in what Allah has sent down,' they say, 'We believe in what was sent down to us,' and they disbelieve in what is beyond that, even though it is the truth confirming what is with them. Say, 'Then why did you kill the prophets of Allah before, if you were [truly] believers?'"

Urdu Translation

اور جب ان سے کہا جاتا ہے کہ اس پر ایمان لاؤ جو اللہ نے نازل فرمایا ہے، تو وہ کہتے ہیں کہ ہم اس پر ایمان لاتے ہیں جو ہم پر نازل کیا گیا ہے، اور اس کے علاوہ کا انکار کرتے ہیں حالانکہ وہ حق ہے اور تصدیق کرنے والا ہے اس کی جو ان کے پاس ہے۔ کہہ دو، تو پھر تم نے اللہ کے نبیوں کو اس سے پہلے کیوں قتل کیا اگر تم (واقعی) مومن تھے؟

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English)

Here's a detailed breakdown of each Urdu word with its pronunciation and meaning, along with any relevant grammar notes:

- اور (aur) - And

- جب (jab) - when

- ان (un) - them

- سے (se) - from/to. In this context, it signifies "to them."

- کہا (kahaa) - said

- جاتا (jaataa) - goes/is done. This word combines with 'kahaa hai' to form the passive voice, meaning "it is said."

- ہے (hai) - is

- کہ (ke) - that (conjunction, introducing a clause)

- اس (us) - this/that. Refers to 'what Allah sent down.'

- پر (par) - on/upon. Used with 'eemaan laao' to mean "believe in."

- ایمان (eemaan) - faith/belief

- لاؤ (laao) - bring (imperative, plural). The phrase 'eemaan laanaa' means "to believe," so 'eemaan laao' means "believe!"

- جو (jo) - which/what

- اللہ (Allah) - Allah (God)

- نے (ne) - A postposition (similar to a preposition but comes after the noun) that marks the subject of a transitive verb in the perfect tense (past tense). It does not have a direct English equivalent.

- نازل (naazil) - sent down/revealed

- فرمایا (farmaayaa) - commanded/bestowed. A respectful verb form often used when referring to actions of Allah or revered personalities.

- ہے (hai) - is

- تو (to) - then/so (conjunction, indicating consequence)

- وہ (woh) - they

- کہتے (kehte) - say (plural)

- ہیں (hain) - are

- کہ (ke) - that (conjunction)

- ہم (hum) - we

- اس (us) - this/that

- پر (par) - on/upon

- ایمان (eemaan) - faith/belief

- لاتے (laate) - bring (plural). 'Eemaan laanaa' means "to believe," so 'eemaan laate hain' means "we believe."

- ہیں (hain) - are

- جو (jo) - which/what

- ہم (hum) - we

- پر (par) - on/upon

- نازل (naazil) - sent down/revealed

- کیا (kiyaa) - did. Part of the passive voice construction 'naazil kiyaa gayaa' (was sent down).

- گیا (gayaa) - went. An auxiliary verb used to form the passive voice.

- ہے (hai) - is

- اور (aur) - And

- اس (us) - this/that

- کے (ke) - of/for. 'Is ke' is possessive.

- علاوہ (ilaawah) - besides/other than/apart from. 'Is ke ilaawah' means "apart from this" or "beyond this."

- کا (kaa) - of. A genitive postposition, indicating possession or relation.

- انکار (inkaar) - denial/rejection

- کرتے (karte) - do/make (plural)

- ہیں (hain) - are. The phrase 'inkaar karte hain' means "they deny" or "they reject."

- حالانکہ (haalaanke) - whereas/although/even though

- وہ (woh) - it (referring to the truth)

- حق (haq) - truth/right

- ہے (hai) - is

- اور (aur) - and

- تصدیق (tasdeeq) - confirmation

- کرنے (karne) - to do/make

- والا (waalaa) - one who does/makes. 'Tasdeeq karne waalaa' means "one who confirms" or "the confirmer."

- ہے (hai) - is

- اس (us) - this/that

- کی (kee) - of. A genitive postposition.

- جو (jo) - which/what

- ان (un) - them

- کے (ke) - of

- پاس (paas) - near/with. 'Un ke paas' means "with them."

- ہے۔ (hai) - is

- کہہ (keh) - say (root verb)

- دو (do) - give (imperative, singular). 'Keh do' is a common imperative phrase meaning "Say!" or "Tell!"

- تو (to) - then/so

- پھر (phir) - again/then. Used here for emphasis, "then why" or "so why."

- تم (tum) - you (plural or respectful singular)

- نے (ne) - A postposition marking the subject of a transitive verb in the perfect tense.

- اللہ (Allah) - Allah (God)

- کے (ke) - of

- نبیوں (nabiyon) - prophets (plural, oblique case). The singular is 'nabi' (prophet).

- کو (ko) - to/object marker. This postposition marks 'nabiyon' as the direct object of the verb 'qatl kiyaa' (killed).

- اس (us) - this/that

- سے (se) - from. 'Is se pahle' means "before this."

- پہلے (pahle) - before

- کیوں (kyun) - why

- قتل (qatl) - killing/murder

- کیا (kiyaa) - did. The phrase 'qatl karnaa' means "to kill," so 'qatl kiyaa' means "killed."

- اگر (agar) - if

- تم (tum) - you (plural)

- (واقعی) [(waaqai)] - truly/really. This word adds emphasis, similar to "truly" or "actually" in English.

- مومن (momin) - believer

- تھے؟ (the)? - were (plural, masculine). This is the past tense form of 'honaa' (to be).

Here is the Urdu and English translation of the Arabic sentence, along with a detailed word-for-word explanation for your learning:

Urdu Translation

ان پر ان کے رب کی طرف سے برکتیں اور رحمت ہے۔ اور وہی ہدایت یافتہ ہیں۔

English Translation

Upon them are blessings from their Lord and mercy. And those are the guided ones.

Word-for-Word Explanation and Pronunciation Guide

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word to understand its meaning and structure.

- ان (un) - Them/Those.

- This is the oblique plural pronoun for "they" or "those". In Urdu, pronouns change form when they are followed by a postposition (like پر or کی طرف سے) or used in a possessive context.

- پر (par) - Upon/On.

- This is a postposition, similar to a preposition in English, but it comes after the noun or pronoun it modifies.

- ان (un) - Their.

- Here, ان is used in a possessive context, meaning "their".

- کے (ke) - 's/Of.

- This is a possessive particle. In Urdu, possessive particles (کا, کے, کی) connect the possessor to the possessed item. They agree in gender and number with the possessed item, not the possessor. Here, کے is used because رب (Lord) is masculine singular.

- رب (rabb) - Lord.

- This word directly translates to "Lord" or "Sustainer".

- کی (ki) - Of.

- Another possessive particle. Here, کی is used because it connects رب (Lord, masculine) to طرف (direction/side), which is a feminine noun. It's part of the phrase کی طرف سے.

- طرف (taraf) - Direction/Side.

- When combined with کی and سے, کی طرف سے (ki taraf se) forms a common phrase meaning "from the side of" or simply "from".

- سے (se) - From/By.

- This postposition indicates origin or means. Together, کی طرف سے means "from".

- برکتیں (barkatain) - Blessings.

- This is the plural form of برکت (barkat), meaning "blessing" or "favor".

- اور (aur) - And.

- A conjunction used to connect words or phrases.

- رحمت (rehmat) - Mercy.

- This word means "mercy" or "compassion".

- ہے۔ (hai) - Is.

- This is the singular form of the verb "to be" in Urdu. It agrees with رحمت (mercy) which is singular. In Urdu, the verb usually comes at the end of the sentence or clause.

- اور (aur) - And.

- Again, the conjunction "and" connecting the two parts of the sentence.

- وہی (wohi) - Those very ones/They are the ones.

- This is an emphatic form of وہ (woh, meaning "those" or "they"). It adds emphasis, meaning "it is they who..." or "those very ones".

- ہدایت (hidayat) - Guidance.

- This word means "guidance" or "right path".

- یافتہ (yaafta) - Obtained/Received.

- This is a Persian suffix that is commonly used in Urdu to form adjectives. When combined with a noun like ہدایت (guidance), it means "one who has obtained/received guidance". So, ہدایت یافتہ means "guided ones".

- ہیں۔ (hain) - Are.

- This is the plural form of the verb "to be" in Urdu. It agrees with وہی which refers to a group of people (the guided ones).

Ahlan wa sahlan! Welcome to your Urdu lesson. Today, we're going to break down an important Arabic sentence and learn how to translate it into Urdu, along with a full English translation. Our goal is to understand each Urdu word, its pronunciation, and its role in the sentence.

Let's begin!

English Translation

Indeed, As-Safa and Al-Marwah are among the symbols of Allah. So whoever performs Hajj to the House or performs Umrah, there is no blame upon him for circumambulating between them. And whoever volunteers good, then indeed, Allah is appreciative and Knowing.

Urdu Translation

بیشک صفا اور مروہ اللہ کی نشانیوں میں سے ہیں۔ تو جس نے بیت اللہ کا حج کیا یا عمرہ کیا تو اس پر کوئی گناہ نہیں کہ وہ ان دونوں کے درمیان طواف کرے۔ اور جس نے کوئی بھلائی ازخود کی، تو بیشک اللہ قدردان، جاننے والا ہے۔

Urdu Word-by-Word Breakdown (with Pronunciation & Explanation)

Let's dissect the Urdu sentence piece by piece to help you understand it thoroughly.

1. بیشک (Beshak) [bay-shuk]

- Meaning: Indeed, certainly, without doubt.

- Explanation: This word emphasizes the truth or certainty of the statement that follows. It's often used at the beginning of a sentence.

2. صفا (Safā) [sah-faa]

- Meaning: Safa.

- Explanation: This is a proper noun, referring to the Mount Safa, a significant location in Islamic rituals. The 'ā' at the end indicates a long 'a' sound.

3. اور (aur) [oar]

- Meaning: And.

- Explanation: A common conjunction, connecting words or phrases.

4. مروہ (Marwah) [mar-wah]

- Meaning: Marwah.

- Explanation: This is also a proper noun, referring to Mount Marwah, another significant location in Islamic rituals, paired with Safa.

5. اللہ (Allāh) [al-lah]

- Meaning: Allah (God).

- Explanation: The Arabic word for God, widely used in Urdu.

6. کی (kī) [kee]

- Meaning: Of, belonging to (feminine possessive).

- Explanation: This is a postposition indicating possession. In Urdu, possessive markers (کا kā for masculine, کی kī for feminine, کے ke for plural/respectful) agree with the possessed item, not the possessor. Here, "نشانیوں" (signs) is grammatically feminine, hence کی.

- Grammar Note: Postpositions come after the noun they relate to, unlike prepositions in English.

7. نشانیوں (nishāniyon) [ni-shaa-ni-yon]

- Meaning: Signs, symbols (plural, oblique case).

- Explanation: The word "نشانی" (nishānī) means 'sign' or 'symbol'. When it's followed by a postposition like "میں سے" (mein se), it takes the oblique plural form, which is "نشانیوں".

8. میں سے (mein se) [mayn say]

- Meaning: Among, from.

- Explanation: This phrase means 'from among' or 'amongst'. "میں" (mein) generally means 'in', and "سے" (se) means 'from'. Together, they form a common expression.

9. ہیں۔ (hain.) [hayn]

- Meaning: Are (plural).

- Explanation: This is the plural form of the verb "to be" in Urdu.

1. تو (to) [toh]

- Meaning: So, then.

- Explanation: A conjunction often used to introduce a consequence or a new clause.

2. جس نے (jis ne) [jis nay]

- Meaning: Whoever (literally: the one who).

- Explanation: "جس" (jis) is the oblique form of "جو" (jo) meaning 'who' or 'which'. "نے" (ne) is an ergative postposition. It marks the subject of a transitive verb in the past tense or certain compound verbs, implying 'by whom'.

- Grammar Note: The ne postposition is crucial in Urdu grammar. It marks the agent (doer) of a transitive verb in perfective aspects (like simple past, present perfect, past perfect). The verb then agrees with the object in gender and number, not the subject.

3. بیت اللہ (Bait-ullāh) [bait-ul-lah]

- Meaning: The House of Allah (referring to the Kaaba in Mecca).

- Explanation: A compound word: "بیت" (bait) means 'house', and "اللہ" (Allāh) means 'God'.

4. کا (kā) [kaa]

- Meaning: Of, belonging to (masculine possessive).

- Explanation: Similar to "کی" (kī), but "حج" (Hajj) is grammatically masculine, hence کا.

5. حج (Hajj) [haj]

- Meaning: Hajj (the annual pilgrimage to Mecca).

- Explanation: This is the Islamic term for the major pilgrimage.

6. کیا (kiyā) [ki-yaa]

- Meaning: Performed, did.

- Explanation: The masculine singular past tense of "کرنا" (karnā - to do/perform). It agrees with "حج" (Hajj), which is masculine singular.

7. یا (yā) [yaa]

- Meaning: Or.

- Explanation: A disjunctive conjunction.

8. عمرہ (Umrah) [um-rah]

- Meaning: Umrah (the minor pilgrimage to Mecca).

- Explanation: This is the Islamic term for the minor pilgrimage.

9. کیا (kiyā) [ki-yaa]

- Meaning: Performed, did.

- Explanation: Again, the masculine singular past tense, agreeing with "عمرہ" (Umrah), which is masculine singular.

10. تو (to) [toh]

- Meaning: Then, so.

- Explanation: Used again to introduce the consequence of the previous condition.

11. اس پر (us par) [us par]

- Meaning: Upon him, on him.

- Explanation: "اس" (us) is the oblique form of "وہ" (woh - he/she/it/that). "پر" (par) is a postposition meaning 'on' or 'upon'.

12. کوئی (koī) [koy-ee]

- Meaning: Any.

- Explanation: Used to emphasize 'no' or 'not any' when followed by a negation.

13. گناہ (gunāh) [gu-naah]

- Meaning: Sin, blame, fault.

- Explanation: Refers to a wrongdoing or something forbidden.

14. نہیں (nahīn) [na-heen]

- Meaning: Not, no.

- Explanation: The standard negation word in Urdu.

15. کہ (ke) [keh]

- Meaning: That.

- Explanation: A conjunction introducing a subordinate clause, often translated as 'that'.

16. وہ (woh) [voh]

- Meaning: He, she, it, that.

- Explanation: A pronoun referring back to "جس نے" (jis ne - whoever).

17. ان دونوں (un donon) [un doh-non]

- Meaning: These two, them both.

- Explanation: "ان" (un) is the oblique form of "وہ" (woh - those/they). "دونوں" (donon) means 'both'. Together, it refers to Safa and Marwah.

18. کے درمیان (ke darmiyān) [kay dar-mi-yaan]

- Meaning: Between.

- Explanation: "درمیان" (darmiyān) means 'middle' or 'between'. "کے" (ke) is the plural/respectful possessive postposition that links the phrase to the preceding noun.

19. طواف (tawāf) [ta-waaf]

- Meaning: Circumambulation (ritual circling).

- Explanation: The Islamic ritual of circling around a holy site, in this case, between Safa and Marwah.

20. کرے (kare) [ka-ray]

- Meaning: Performs (subjunctive mood).

- Explanation: This is the subjunctive form of "کرنا" (karnā - to do/perform). The subjunctive is used after "کہ" (ke) to express a wish, possibility, or purpose, here meaning 'that he should perform' or 'for him to perform'.

1. اور (aur) [oar]

- Meaning: And.

- Explanation: Another conjunction.

2. جس نے (jis ne) [jis nay]

- Meaning: Whoever.

- Explanation: Again, 'the one who'.

3. کوئی (koī) [koy-ee]

- Meaning: Any, some.

- Explanation: Here, it means 'any' in the sense of 'some specific, unspecified good'.

4. بھلائی (bhalāī) [bha-laa-ee]

- Meaning: Good deed, virtue, welfare.

- Explanation: Refers to a benevolent act. The 'bh' sound is an aspirated 'b'.

5. ازخود (azkhud) [az-khud]

- Meaning: Voluntarily, of one's own accord, spontaneously.

- Explanation: This is a Persian-origin compound word meaning 'from self'. "از" (az) means 'from', and "خود" (khud) means 'self'. The 'kh' is a guttural sound, like 'ch' in Scottish 'loch'.

6. کی، (kī,) [kee,]

- Meaning: Did, performed.

- Explanation: The feminine singular past tense of "کرنا" (karnā - to do/perform). It agrees with "بھلائی" (bhalāī), which is feminine singular.

7. تو (to) [toh]

- Meaning: Then, so.

- Explanation: Introduces the conclusion.

8. بیشک (beshak) [bay-shuk]

- Meaning: Indeed, certainly.

- Explanation: Repeated for emphasis.

9. اللہ (Allāh) [al-lah]

- Meaning: Allah (God).

- Explanation: The subject of the final clause.

10. قدردان، (qadardān,) [qa-dar-daan]

- Meaning: Appreciative, grateful, one who values.

- Explanation: A compound word: "قدر" (qadar) means 'value' or 'worth', and "دان" (dān) means 'knower' or 'possessor'. So, 'one who knows/appreciates value'. The 'q' is a sound from the back of the throat, often similar to a 'k'.

11. جاننے والا (jānne wālā) [jaan-nay waa-laa]

- Meaning: Knowing, the Knower.

- Explanation: "جاننا" (jānnā) means 'to know'. "والا" (wālā) is an agent suffix, meaning 'one who does/is'. So, 'one who knows'.

12. ہے۔ (hai.) [hay]

- Meaning: Is (singular).

- Explanation: The singular form of the verb "to be" in Urdu.

You've just learned a lot of new Urdu words and important grammatical concepts like postpositions, the ne marker, and verb agreement. Keep practicing, and you'll soon be speaking with confidence!

Here is the Urdu translation, followed by an English translation, and then a detailed word-for-word explanation in English to help you understand the Urdu words and grammar.

Urdu Translation

اور ہم نے کہا، اے آدم! تم اور تمہاری بیوی جنت میں بسو، اور اس میں سے جہاں تم دونوں چاہو بافراغت کھاؤ، اور اس درخت کے قریب نہ جانا، ورنہ تم دونوں ظالموں میں سے ہو جاؤ گے۔

English Translation

And We said, "O Adam! Dwell, you and your wife, in Paradise and eat freely from it wherever you both wish, but do not approach this tree, lest you both become of the wrongdoers."

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English)

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word to understand its components.

1. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Explanation: This is a conjunction, similar to "and" in English, connecting clauses or phrases.

2. ہم (hum)

- Meaning: We

- Explanation: This is the first-person plural pronoun. In religious or royal contexts, "We" is often used to refer to God.

3. نے (ne)

- Meaning: (postposition for agent)

- Explanation: This is a grammatical particle (postposition) used specifically with transitive verbs in the past tense in Urdu. It indicates the subject as the agent performing the action. It doesn't have a direct English equivalent but is crucial for correct sentence structure in Urdu.

4. کہا، (kaha,)

- Meaning: said,

- Explanation: This is the past tense form of the verb "کہنا" (keh-na), meaning "to say" or "to tell."

5. اے (aye)

- Meaning: O!

- Explanation: This is a vocative particle, used to address someone directly, similar to "O" or "Hey" in English.

6. آدم! (Adam!)

- Meaning: Adam!

- Explanation: This is a proper noun, referring to the Prophet Adam.

7. تم (tum)

- Meaning: You (plural/dual)

- Explanation: This is the second-person pronoun. While it can mean "you" (singular informal) or "you" (plural), in this context, combined with "اور تمہاری بیوی" (aur tumhari biwi), it refers to "you two" or "both of you."

8. اور (aur)

- Meaning: and

- Explanation: Another conjunction, linking "تم" (tum) and "تمہاری بیوی" (tumhari biwi).

9. تمہاری (tumhari)

- Meaning: your

- Explanation: This is the possessive pronoun for "you" (tum), specifically in its feminine form to agree with "بیوی" (biwi - wife). If it were a masculine noun, it would be "تمہارا" (tumhara).

10. بیوی (biwi)

- Meaning: wife

- Explanation: This noun refers to a spouse.

11. جنت (jannat)

- Meaning: Paradise / Garden

- Explanation: This noun refers to the Garden of Eden or heaven.

12. میں (mein)

- Meaning: in

- Explanation: This is a postposition indicating location, meaning "in" or "inside."

13. بسو، (baso,)

- Meaning: dwell,

- Explanation: This is the imperative (command) form of the verb "بسنا" (basna), meaning "to dwell," "to reside," or "to inhabit." The 'o' ending indicates a plural or polite singular command, here referring to both Adam and his wife.

14. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Explanation: Another conjunction.

15. اس (is)

- Meaning: it / this

- Explanation: This is a demonstrative pronoun, referring back to "جنت" (jannat - Paradise).

16. میں سے (mein se)

- Meaning: from it / out of it

- Explanation: This is a compound postposition. "میں" (mein) means "in," and "سے" (se) means "from" or "by." Together, they mean "from within" or "out of."

17. جہاں (jahan)

- Meaning: wherever

- Explanation: This is an adverb meaning "wherever" or "where."

18. تم (tum)

- Meaning: you (plural/dual)

- Explanation: Again, referring to both Adam and his wife.

19. دونوں (dono)

- Meaning: both

- Explanation: This word explicitly indicates that the action or reference is to a pair, making the "you" clearly dual.

20. چاہو (chaho)

- Meaning: wish / desire

- Explanation: This is the present subjunctive form of "چاہنا" (chahna), meaning "to wish" or "to want." Used here in the sense of "wherever you both wish."

21. بافراغت (ba-faraghat)

- Meaning: freely / without restriction / abundantly

- Explanation: This is an adverb. "با" (ba) means "with" (from Persian), and "فراغت" (faraghat) means "leisure," "freedom," or "abundance." So, "with freedom" or "abundantly."

22. کھاؤ، (khao,)

- Meaning: eat,

- Explanation: This is the imperative (command) form of the verb "کھانا" (khana), meaning "to eat." The 'o' ending indicates a plural or dual command, referring to both Adam and his wife.

23. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Explanation: Another conjunction.

24. اس (is)

- Meaning: this

- Explanation: A demonstrative pronoun, referring to "درخت" (darakht - tree).

25. درخت (darakht)

- Meaning: tree

- Explanation: This noun refers to a plant with a woody stem.

26. کے قریب (ke qareeb)

- Meaning: near to / close to

- Explanation: This is a compound postposition. "کے" (ke) is a genitive postposition (like 'of' or 'to'), and "قریب" (qareeb) means "near" or "close."

27. نہ (na)

- Meaning: not

- Explanation: This is a negation particle, used here to make the following verb a negative command.

28. جانا، (jaana,)

- Meaning: approach / go,

- Explanation: This is the infinitive form of "جانا" (jaana - to go). In Urdu, the infinitive can be used with "نہ" (na) to form a negative imperative (a polite but firm command not to do something), meaning "do not go/approach."

29. ورنہ (warna)

- Meaning: otherwise or else lest

- Explanation: This is a conjunction indicating a consequence if the preceding condition is not met.

30. تم (tum)

- Meaning: you (plural/dual)

- Explanation: Referring to both Adam and his wife.

31. دونوں (dono)

- Meaning: both

- Explanation: Explicitly indicating the dual reference.

32. ظالموں (zalimon)

- Meaning: wrongdoers / unjust (plural, oblique case)

- Explanation: This is the plural oblique form of "ظالم" (zalim), meaning "wrongdoer" or "oppressor." The '-on' ending indicates the plural oblique case, used when a plural noun is followed by a postposition like "میں سے" (mein se).

33. میں سے (mein se)

- Meaning: from among / of

- Explanation: Similar to point 16, but here it means "from among" or "of the group of."

34. ہو جاؤ گے (ho jaoge)

- Meaning: will become

- Explanation: This is the future tense (plural/dual form) of the verb phrase "ہو جانا" (ho jaana), meaning "to become." "ہو" (ho) is from "ہونا" (hona - to be), and "جاؤ گے" (jaoge) is the future tense auxiliary, indicating "will go" or "will become."

This detailed breakdown should help you understand each part of the Urdu sentence and how it constructs the full meaning.

Assalamu Alaikum (Peace be upon you)!

Welcome to your Urdu lesson. Today, we're going to break down an Arabic sentence and learn how it translates into Urdu, along with its English meaning. Our focus will be on understanding each Urdu word, its pronunciation, and how it fits into the sentence structure.

Arabic Sentence (Reference Material):

وَمِنَ النَّاسِ مَن يَقُولُ آمَنَّا بِاللَّهِ وَبِالْيَوْمِ الْآخِرِ وَمَا هُم بِمُؤْمِنِينَ

English Translation:

And among the people are some who say, "We believe in Allah and in the Last Day," but they are not believers.

Urdu Translation:

اور لوگوں میں سے بعض ایسے بھی ہیں جو کہتے ہیں کہ ہم اللہ پر اور آخرت کے دن پر ایمان لائے ہیں، حالانکہ وہ مومن نہیں ہیں۔

Urdu Word-for-Word Breakdown & Learning:

Here’s a detailed look at each word in the Urdu translation, its meaning, pronunciation, and any relevant grammar notes.

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Grammar Note: This is a conjunction, similar to "and" in English, used to connect words, phrases, or clauses.

- لوگوں (logon)

- Meaning: People (plural, oblique case)

- Grammar Note: The singular is لوگ (log), meaning "person/people." When followed by a postposition like میں سے (mein say), the noun often takes an oblique (changed) form. Here, it's plural oblique.

- میں سے (mein say)

- Meaning: From / Among

- Grammar Note: This is a postpositional phrase. In Urdu, postpositions come after the noun they relate to, unlike prepositions in English. It literally means "in from," conveying "among" or "out of."

- بعض (ba'az)

- Meaning: Some

- Grammar Note: This word can function as an adjective (e.g., ba'az log - some people) or as a pronoun (as it is here, referring to "some [people]").

- ایسے (aisay)

- Meaning: Such / Like this

- Grammar Note: This is an adjective that points to a quality or type. Here, it emphasizes that "some such people" exist. It is often used with جو (jo) to mean "such... who/that..."

- بھی (bhi)

- Meaning: Also / Even

- Grammar Note: This is an emphatic particle or adverb. It adds emphasis, meaning "even so" or "also there are."

- ہیں (hain)

- Meaning: Are (plural present tense of "to be")

- Grammar Note: This is the plural form of the verb "to be" in the present tense. It agrees with the plural subject "some [people]".

- جو (jo)

- Meaning: Who Which That

- Grammar Note: This is a relative pronoun. It connects the main clause to a descriptive clause, similar to "who" or "which" in English. Here, it refers back to "some people" and introduces what they say.

- کہتے ہیں (kehtay hain)

- Meaning: Say / They say

- Grammar Note:

- کہتے (kehtay) is the masculine plural habitual/present participle form of the verb کہنا (kehna) - "to say."

- ہیں (hain) is the auxiliary verb "are."

- Together, کہتے ہیں (kehtay hain) forms the present indefinite tense, meaning "they say" or "they are in the habit of saying."

- کہ (keh)

- Meaning: That

- Grammar Note: This is a conjunction used to introduce a reported speech or a subordinate clause, much like "that" when reporting what someone said (e.g., "He said that...").

- ہم (hum)

- Meaning: We

- Grammar Note: This is the first-person plural pronoun.

- اللہ (Allah)

- Meaning: Allah / God

- Grammar Note: This is a proper noun, referring to God.

- پر (par)

- Meaning: On / In

- Grammar Note: This is a postposition meaning "on" or "upon." In the context of belief, it translates well to "in" (e.g., "believe in God").

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Grammar Note: Another conjunction, as seen earlier.

- آخرت (aakhirat)

- Meaning: The Hereafter The Last (DayLife)

- Grammar Note: This is a noun derived from Arabic, meaning "the end" or "the afterlife."

- کے دن (kay din)

- Meaning: Of the Day

- Grammar Note:

- کے (kay) is a postposition indicating possession or relation, similar to "of" or 's in English. It's the masculine plural/oblique form of کا (kaa) and agrees with دن (din).

- دن (din) means "day."

- So, آخرت کے دن means "the Day of Hereafter" or "the Last Day."

- پر (par)

- Meaning: On / In

- Grammar Note: Another instance of the postposition "on/in" used in the context of belief.

- ایمان لائے ہیں (imaan laaye hain)

- Meaning: Have believed / We believed

- Grammar Note: This is an idiomatic verb phrase meaning "to believe."

- ایمان (imaan) means "faith/belief."

- لانا (laanaa) means "to bring." So, literally "to bring faith."

- لائے ہیں (laaye hain) is the masculine plural perfect tense of لانا (laanaa), meaning "have brought."

- Together, ایمان لائے ہیں (imaan laaye hain) means "have brought faith," which is "have believed." The "we" is understood from ہم (hum) earlier in the sentence.

- حالانکہ (haalaankeh)

- Meaning: Whereas Although While in reality

- Grammar Note: This is a conjunction used to introduce a contrasting or contradictory statement. It highlights the reality versus what is claimed.

- وہ (voh)

- Meaning: They

- Grammar Note: This is the third-person plural pronoun. It can also mean "he/she/it" in the singular.

- مومن (momin)

- Meaning: Believer (singular, used collectively or as an adjective here)

- Grammar Note: This is a noun of Arabic origin, meaning "a believer." In Urdu, it can be used as an adjective or a noun. Here, it functions as a predicate noun.

- نہیں ہیں (nahin hain)

- Meaning: Are not / They are not

- Grammar Note:

- نہیں (nahin) is the primary negation word for verbs in Urdu.

- ہیں (hain) is the plural present tense of "to be."

- Together, نہیں ہیں (nahin hain) means "are not."

Summary of the Urdu Translation:

اور لوگوں میں سے بعض ایسے بھی ہیں جو کہتے ہیں کہ ہم اللہ پر اور آخرت کے دن پر ایمان لائے ہیں، حالانکہ وہ مومن نہیں ہیں۔

- And among people, some such also are who say that we in Allah and on the Last Day have believed, whereas they believers are not.

This breakdown should help you understand each component of the sentence and build your Urdu vocabulary and grammatical understanding. Keep practicing!

Here's the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence, designed to help you learn Urdu:

English Translation:

Originator of the heavens and the earth. When He decrees a matter, He only says to it, "Be!" and it is.

Urdu Translation:

آسمانوں (Aasmaanon) اور (aur) زمین (zameen) کا (ka) موجد (maujid) ہے۔ (hai) اور (aur) جب (jab) وہ (woh) کسی (kisi) کام (kaam) کا (ka) ارادہ (iraada) کرتا (karta) ہے (hai) تو (to) بس (bas) اس (us) سے (se) فرماتا (farmaata) ہے (hai) "ہو (ho) جا!" (jaa!) تو (to) وہ (woh) ہو (ho) جاتا (jaata) ہے۔ (hai)

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English):

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word to understand its components.

- آسمانوں (Aasmaanon)

- Meaning: Heavens, skies. This is the plural form of "آسمان" (aasman - sky/heaven).

- Grammar Note: The 'وں' (on) ending makes it plural and in the oblique case, which is common when it's followed by a postposition like 'کا' (ka).

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And.

- Grammar Note: A conjunction connecting two nouns or phrases.

- زمین (zameen)

- Meaning: Earth, ground.

- کا (ka)

- Meaning: Of, belonging to.

- Grammar Note: This is a masculine singular possessive postposition. It links "موجد" (originator) to "آسمانوں اور زمین" (heavens and earth), indicating that the originator belongs to or is responsible for them. If the possessed item were feminine, it would be 'کی' (kee); if plural, 'کے' (kay).

- موجد (maujid)

- Meaning: Originator, inventor, creator (of something new and unique).

- Context: In this verse, it refers to God as the unique creator.

- ہے۔ (hai)

- Meaning: Is.

- Grammar Note: This is the singular present tense form of the verb "to be." It indicates existence or a state of being.

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And. (Another conjunction)

- جب (jab)

- Meaning: When.

- Grammar Note: A temporal conjunction, introducing a dependent clause.

- وہ (woh)

- Meaning: He, that.

- Context: Refers to God. In Urdu, "وہ" can mean he/she/it/they (for distant subjects).

- کسی (kisi)

- Meaning: Any, a certain, some.

- Grammar Note: An indefinite pronoun/adjective used when referring to an unspecified item.

- کام (kaam)

- Meaning: Work, task, matter, affair, thing.

- Context: Here, it refers to an affair or matter that God intends.

- کا (ka)

- Meaning: Of.

- Grammar Note: Again, a possessive postposition, linking "ارادہ" (intention) to "کسی کام" (any matter). So, "کسی کام کا ارادہ" means "the intention of any matter."

- ارادہ کرتا ہے (iraada karta hai)

- Meaning: He intends, he decides, he decrees.

- Grammar Note: This is a compound verb construction. "ارادہ" (iraada - intention, noun) + "کرنا" (karna - to do, verb). So, literally, "he does an intention." This is a common way to express actions in Urdu.

- تو (to)

- Meaning: Then, so.

- Grammar Note: Corresponds to "جب" (jab - when), forming a "when...then" structure.

- بس (bas)

- Meaning: Only, just, merely.

- Grammar Note: An adverb emphasizing exclusivity or simplicity of the action.

- اس (us)

- Meaning: To it, to that.

- Grammar Note: This is the oblique form of "وہ" (woh - it/that) when followed by a postposition. Here, it refers to the "کام" (matter).

- سے (se)

- Meaning: From, by, with, to (in certain contexts, like speaking to).

- Grammar Note: A versatile postposition. In this context, "اس سے فرماتا ہے" means "says to it."

- فرماتا ہے (farmaata hai)

- Meaning: He commands, he says (respectful term).

- Grammar Note: A polite and respectful form of "کہنا" (kehna - to say). Used especially when referring to God or respected elders.

- "ہو جا!" (ho jaa!)

- Meaning: "Be!" "Let it be!"

- Grammar Note: This is an imperative (command) verb. "ہو" (ho) is the root of "ہونا" (hona - to be) and "جا" (jaa) is the imperative of "جانا" (jaana - to go), but here "ہو جا" is an idiom meaning "come into being."

- تو (to)

- Meaning: Then, so. (Again, indicating a consequence)

- وہ (woh)

- Meaning: It. (Refers to the "کام" - matter)

- ہو جاتا ہے (ho jaata hai)

- Meaning: It becomes, it comes into being, it is.

- Grammar Note: This is a compound verb. "ہو جانا" (ho jaana) means "to become" or "to happen." The suffix 'تا ہے' (ta hai) indicates the present indefinite tense (habitual or general truth).

Here is the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence for your Urdu learning:

English Translation:

They will abide therein; the punishment will not be lightened for them, nor will they be given respite.

Urdu Translation:

وہ اس میں ہمیشہ رہیں گے، ان پر عذاب ہلکا نہیں کیا جائے گا اور نہ ہی انہیں مہلت دی جائے گی۔

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English):

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word to understand its meaning and structure.

- وہ (woh) - They He She / That.

- Explanation: This is a pronoun that can mean "they," "he," "she," or "that" depending on the context. Here, it refers to a group of people.

- اس (iss) - It / This.

- Explanation: This pronoun means "this" or "it." In this context, it refers to the implied place (e.g., Hellfire), often paired with the preposition 'میں' to mean "in it."

- میں (mein) - In.

- Explanation: A common preposition meaning "in" or "inside." So, "اس میں" (iss mein) means "in it."

- ہمیشہ (hamesha) - Always / Forever.

- Explanation: This adverb indicates continuity or permanence.

- رہیں گے (rahein gay) - Will remain / Will abide.

- Explanation: This is the future tense of the verb 'رہنا' (rehna), which means "to live," "to stay," or "to remain." 'رہیں گے' is the plural masculine form for "they will remain."

- Grammar Note: Urdu verbs conjugate based on tense, number, and gender. 'رہیں گے' is for masculine plural subjects. For feminine plural, it would be 'رہیں گی' (rahein gee).

- ، (comma) - Punctuation mark.

- ان (un) - Them.

- Explanation: This is the oblique form of 'وہ' (woh) when it's followed by a postposition like 'پر'. It's used when 'them' is the object of a preposition.

- پر (par) - Upon For On.

- Explanation: A postposition that can mean "on," "upon," "to," or "for." Here, "ان پر" (un par) means "upon them" or "for them" in the context of the punishment being applied.

- عذاب (azaab) - Punishment / Torment.

- Explanation: This word is derived from Arabic ('عذاب' - adhāb) and means "punishment" or "torment."

- ہلکا (halka) - Light / Mild / Slight.

- Explanation: An adjective meaning "light" (in weight or intensity), "mild," or "slight."

- نہیں (nahin) - Not.

- Explanation: The standard negation particle in Urdu.

- کیا جائے گا (kiya jaayega) - Will be lightened (literally: "will be made light").

- Explanation: This is a passive voice construction in the future tense.

- 'کرنا' (karna) means "to do" or "to make."

- 'جانا' (jaana), meaning "to go," acts as an auxiliary verb to form the passive voice.

- So, "ہلکا نہیں کیا جائے گا" (halka nahin kiya jaayega) means "will not be lightened" or "will not be made light."

- Grammar Note: The structure [Adjective] + [object] + کرنا (karna) means "to make [object] [adjective]". When put into passive voice [Adjective] + [object] + کیا جانا (kiya jaana), it means "[object] will be made [adjective]". The gender and number of 'کیا جائے گا' depends on the noun 'عذاب' (azaab), which is masculine singular.

- اور (aur) - And.

- Explanation: A common conjunction.

- نہ (nah) - Nor / Not.

- Explanation: Another negation particle, often used in conjunction with 'ہی' (hee) for emphasis, meaning "nor even."

- ہی (hee) - Even Indeed Only.

- Explanation: An emphatic particle that adds stress to the preceding word. "نہ ہی" (nah hee) together means "nor even" or "nor indeed."

- انہیں (unhein) - Them (to them / for them).

- Explanation: This is the dative/accusative case of 'وہ' (woh), meaning "to them" or "for them" or simply "them" when they are the indirect object of a verb.

- مہلت (mohlat) - Respite Grace period Delay.

- Explanation: This word is derived from Arabic ('مهلة' - muhlah) and means a period of delay or rest, a grace period.

- دی جائے گی (dee jaayegi) - Will be given.

- Explanation: This is also a passive voice construction in the future tense.

- 'دینا' (dena) means "to give."

- 'جانا' (jaana) acts as the auxiliary verb for the passive voice.

- 'مہلت' (mohlat) is a feminine noun, so the verb forms 'دی' (dee - past participle, feminine) and 'جائے گی' (jaayegi - future auxiliary, feminine singular) are used to match its gender.

- Grammar Note: Similar to the previous passive construction, [noun] + دیا جانا (diya jaana) means "[noun] will be given." The form 'دی جائے گی' matches the feminine singular noun 'مہلت'.

Here is the translation and explanation of the Arabic sentence, designed to help an English student learn Urdu.

English Translation

"And the example of those who disbelieved is like the example of one who shouts to that which hears nothing but a call and a cry. They are deaf, dumb, and blind, so they do not understand."

Urdu Translation

اور (aur) جن (jin) لوگوں (logon) نے (ne) کفر (kufr) کیا (kiya)، ان (un) کی (ki) مثال (misaal) ایسی (aisi) ہے (hai) جیسے (jaise) وہ (woh) شخص (shakhs) جو (jo) ایسی (aisi) چیز (cheez) کو (ko) پکارتا (pukaarta) ہے (hai) جو (jo) پکار (pukaar) اور (aur) آواز (aawaaz) کے (ke) سوا (sivaa) کچھ (kuchh) نہیں (nahin) سنتی (sunti)۔ وہ (woh) بہرے (behray)، گونگے (goongay)، اندھے (andhay) ہیں (hain)، پس (pas) وہ (woh) نہیں (nahin) سمجھتے (samajhte)۔

Word-by-Word Explanation

Here's a detailed breakdown of each Urdu word in the sentence:

- اور (aur): And

- This is a common conjunction in Urdu, just like "and" in English, used to connect words, phrases, or clauses.

- جن (jin): Those (who/whom)

- This is an oblique plural form of the relative pronoun جو (jo). It functions like "those who" or "of those who" when followed by لوگوں (logon).

- لوگوں (logon): People

- This is the oblique plural form of لوگ (log) (people). The oblique case is used when a noun or pronoun is followed by a postposition (like نے or کی).

- نے (ne): Agent Marker

- This is a postposition (similar to a preposition but placed after the noun) that marks the agent (the doer of the action) of a transitive verb in perfect tenses (e.g., past simple, past perfect). When نے is used, the verb typically agrees with the direct object in gender and number, not the subject.

- Grammar Note: In کفر کیا (kufr kiya - disbelieved), کفر (kufr) is treated as the object of کیا (kiya - did), making it a transitive phrase.

- کفر (kufr): Disbelief, rejection

- This is a masculine noun referring to the act of disbelieving or rejecting faith.

- کیا (kiya): Did

- This is the past tense, masculine singular form of the verb کرنا (karna), meaning "to do." Here, it combines with کفر to mean "disbelieved" or "committed disbelief."

- ان (un): Their, those

- This is the oblique plural form of وہ (woh) (they/those). Here, it implies "their" or "of those."

- کی (ki): Of, 's

- This is a feminine postposition indicating possession or relationship. It agrees in gender and number with the noun it modifies, which in this case is مثال (misaal), a feminine noun.

- مثال (misaal): Example, likeness

- This is a feminine noun meaning "example" or "likeness."

- ایسی (aisi): Such, like this

- This is a feminine adjective agreeing with مثال (misaal). It describes the kind of example.

- ہے (hai): Is

- This is the present tense, singular form of the verb ہونا (hona), meaning "to be."

- جیسے (jaise): Like, as if, similar to

- This is a conjunction used to introduce a comparison.

- وہ (woh): That, he, she, it (here: "that person")

- This is a demonstrative pronoun/adjective. In this context, it refers to "that person" or "one who."

- شخص (shakhs): Person, individual

- This is a masculine noun meaning "person" or "individual."

- جو (jo): Who, which, that

- This is a relative pronoun, linking شخص (shakhs) to the following clause.

- ایسی (aisi): Such, like this

- This is a feminine adjective agreeing with چیز (cheez).

- چیز (cheez): Thing

- This is a feminine noun meaning "thing" or "object."

- کو (ko): To, at

- This is a postposition that marks the direct object of a verb, especially when the object is definite or a person. Here, it marks چیز (cheez) as the object of پکارتا ہے (pukaarta hai).

- پکارتا (pukaarta): Calls, shouts

- This is the masculine singular, present indefinite form of the verb پکارنا (pukaarna), meaning "to call" or "to shout." The ending -تا (-ta) indicates masculine singular.

- جو (jo): Who, which, that

- Another relative pronoun, referring back to چیز (cheez).

- نہیں (nahin): Not

- This is a common negation particle used before verbs in Urdu.

- سنتی (sunti): Hears

- This is the feminine singular, present indefinite form of the verb سننا (sunna), meaning "to hear." The ending -تی (-ti) indicates feminine singular, agreeing with چیز (cheez).

- مگر (magar): But, except

- This is a conjunction similar to "but" or "however." In this context, it functions like "except."

- پکار (pukaar): Call, shout

- This is a feminine noun referring to a call or a shout.

- اور (aur): And

- Another instance of the conjunction "and."

- آواز (aawaaz): Voice, sound, cry

- This is a feminine noun meaning "voice," "sound," or "cry."

- کے سوا (ke sivaa): Except for, other than

- This is a compound postposition. کے (ke) is the oblique form of the possessive postposition کا (ka), and سوا (sivaa) means "except" or "besides." Together, they mean "except for" or "other than."

- کچھ (kuchh): Anything, something

- In a negative context (like کچھ نہیں - kuchh nahin), it means "nothing" or "anything." So, کچھ نہیں سنتی means "hears nothing."

- وہ (woh): They

- Here, وہ (woh) is used as a plural pronoun, referring back to "those who disbelieved."

- بہرے (behray): Deaf

- This is the plural masculine form of the adjective بہرا (behra), meaning "deaf."

- گونگے (goongay): Mute, dumb

- This is the plural masculine form of the adjective گونگا (goonga), meaning "mute" or "dumb."

- اندھے (andhay): Blind

- This is the plural masculine form of the adjective اندھا (andha), meaning "blind."

- ہیں (hain): Are

- This is the present tense, plural form of the verb ہونا (hona), meaning "to be."

- پس (pas): So, therefore

- This is a conjunction indicating a consequence or conclusion.

- نہیں (nahin): Not

- Another instance of the negation particle.

- سمجھتے (samajhte): Understand

- This is the masculine plural, present indefinite form of the verb سمجھنا (samajhna), meaning "to understand." The ending -تے (-te) indicates masculine plural.

Here's the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence:

Arabic Sentence:

بَلَىٰ مَنْ أَسْلَمَ وَجْهَهُ لِلَّهِ وَهُوَ مُحْسِنٌ فَلَهُ أَجْرُهُ عِندَ رَبِّهِ وَلَا خَوْفٌ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلَا هُمْ يَحْزَنُونَ

Urdu Translation:

کیوں نہیں! جس نے اپنا چہرہ اللہ کے لیے جھکا دیا اور وہ نیکوکار ہو تو اس کا اجر اس کے رب کے پاس ہے، اور نہ انہیں کوئی خوف ہوگا اور نہ وہ غمگین ہوں گے۔

English Translation:

Yes, whoever submits his entire self to Allah and is a doer of good, his reward is with his Lord. And no fear will come upon them, nor will they grieve.

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English):

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word to understand its components:

- کیوں نہیں! (kyon nahīn!) – Indeed! / Yes, certainly!

- Explanation: This is an idiomatic Urdu expression used to strongly affirm something, often in response to a preceding negative or doubtful statement. Literally, it means "Why not!" but its function is to convey strong affirmation like "Indeed!" or "Of course!"

- جس (jis) – Whoever / He who / The one who

- Explanation: This is a relative pronoun.

- نے (ne) – (Postposition)

- Grammar Note: The particle نے (ne) typically marks the subject of a transitive verb (a verb that takes an object) when it is in the past tense. Here, جس نے (jis ne) functions as the subject for the compound verb that follows.

- اپنا (apnā) – his / one's own

- Explanation: This is a reflexive possessive pronoun, which refers back to the subject of the sentence ('whoever' in this case). So, 'his own face'.

- چہرہ (chehrā) – face

- Explanation: In this context, 'face' is used metaphorically to signify one's entire being, self, or essence, implying total submission of one's whole person.

- اللہ (Allāh) – Allah (God)

- کے لیے (ke liye) – for

- Explanation: This is a compound postposition meaning 'for' or 'in order to'.

- جھکا دیا (jhukā diyā) – submitted / bowed down

- Explanation: This is a compound verb. جھکا (jhukā) means 'bent' or 'bowed', and دیا (diyā) is an auxiliary verb meaning 'gave'. Together, they form the meaning 'to cause to bend/submit' or simply 'submitted/bowed down'.

- اور (aur) – and

- وہ (vo) – he

- نیکوکار (nekūkār) – doer of good / righteous

- Explanation: This word is of Persian origin, combining نیک (nek - good) and کار (kār - doer). It refers to a person who performs good deeds and has excellent conduct.

- ہو (ho) – be / is

- Explanation: This is the subjunctive form of the verb ہونا (honā - to be), implying a condition or state, meaning 'if he is' or 'while being'.

- تو (to) – then / so

- Explanation: This is a conjunction that introduces the consequence or result of the preceding condition (the 'if' clause).

- اس (us) – his

- Explanation: This is the oblique form of the pronoun وہ (vo - he/that), used here to form the possessive 'his' or 'that one's'.

- کا (kā) – 's / of

- Explanation: This is a possessive postposition, similar to 'of' or the apostrophe 's' in English.

- اجر (ajar) – reward / recompense

- اس (us) – his

- Explanation: Same as above, referring to 'his Lord'.

- کے رب (ke rab) – his Lord

- Explanation: رب (rab) means Lord. کے (ke) is a postposition indicating possession or relation.

- کے پاس (ke pās) – with / near

- Explanation: This is a compound postposition meaning 'with', 'at', or 'in the possession of'. So, 'with his Lord'.

- ہے، (hai,) – is

- Explanation: The present tense form of the verb ہونا (honā - to be).

- اور (aur) – and

- نہ (na) – no not neither

- Explanation: Used for negation.

- انہیں (unhēn) – them

- Explanation: This is the oblique form of the pronoun وہ (vo - they).

- کوئی (koī) – any / a

- Explanation: Used here to emphasize the absence of 'any' fear.

- خوف (khauf) – fear

- ہوگا (hogā) – will be

- Explanation: The future tense form of the verb ہونا (honā - to be). So, 'no fear will be'.

- اور (aur) – and

- نہ (na) – no not neither

- Explanation: Same as above.

- وہ (vo) – they

- غمگین (ghamgīn) – sorrowful / grieved

- Explanation: This word is also of Persian origin, combining غم (gham - sorrow/grief) and گین (gīn - full of/afflicted by).

- ہوں گے۔ (hōn-ge.) – will be

- Explanation: The plural future tense form of the verb ہونا (honā - to be). So, نہ وہ غمگین ہوں گے means 'nor will they grieve/be sorrowful'.

Here's the translation and breakdown of the sentence, designed to help an English student learn Urdu:

English Translation:

You alone we worship, and You alone we ask for help.

Urdu Translation:

ہم تیری ہی عبادت کرتے ہیں اور تجھ ہی سے مدد مانگتے ہیں۔

(Ham tērī hī 'ibādat kartē hain aur tujh hī sē madad māṅgtē hain.)

Word-for-Word Explanation and Pronunciation:

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word to understand its structure and meaning:

1. ہم (Ham)

- Pronunciation: "hum" (rhymes with "gum")

- English: We

- Grammar: This is the first-person plural pronoun. It refers to "us" or "we."

2. تیری (Tērī)

- Pronunciation: "tay-ree"

- English: Your

- Grammar: This is a possessive pronoun meaning "your." In Urdu, possessive pronouns change their form based on the gender and number of the noun they refer to, and also their grammatical case. Here, تیری is used because the word it relates to, عبادت ('ibādat), is a feminine noun. Even though we are referring to God (who is masculine), the possessive form aligns with the possessed noun.

3. ہی (Hī)

- Pronunciation: "hee" (like the English word "he" but with a slightly longer 'ee' sound)

- English: Alone Only Indeed (emphatic particle)

- Grammar: This is an emphatic particle that adds emphasis or exclusivity. When placed after a word, it strongly implies "only," "alone," or "indeed." In this sentence, it conveys the "You alone" aspect of the original Arabic.

4. عبادت ('Ibādat)

- Pronunciation: "ee-baa-dut" (the 'a' in 'baa' is like "father")

- English: Worship / Adoration

- Grammar: This is a feminine noun of Arabic origin, meaning "worship" or "devotion."

5. کرتے ہیں (Kartē hain)

- Pronunciation: "kur-tay hain" (like "cur-tay" and "hane" without the 'n' fully pronounced, more like a nasal 'h')

- English: We do / We perform

- Grammar: This is a verb phrase forming the present indefinite tense (similar to simple present).

- کرتے (kartē) is the masculine plural form of the verb کرنا (karnā - "to do" or "to perform"). It agrees with the plural subject ہم (ham - "we").

- ہیں (hain) is the first-person plural auxiliary verb "to be," used here to complete the present indefinite tense.

- Together, "عبادت کرتے ہیں" means "we do worship" or "we perform worship."

6. اور (Aur)

- Pronunciation: "aur" (like the English word "oar")

- English: And

- Grammar: This is a conjunction used to connect words, phrases, or clauses.

7. تجھ (Tujh)

- Pronunciation: "tujh" (rhymes with "much," but with a 't' sound at the beginning)

- English: You (oblique form)

- Grammar: This is the oblique form of the second-person singular pronoun تُو (tū - "you" intimate/informal). The oblique form is used when the pronoun is the object of a postposition (like سے below) or in certain other grammatical constructions. It serves as the object of the prepositions "from" or "with" here.

8. ہی (Hī)

- Pronunciation: "hee"

- English: Alone Only Indeed (emphatic particle)

- Grammar: This is the same emphatic particle as explained above, reinforcing the "You alone" aspect for seeking help.

9. سے (Sē)

- Pronunciation: "say"

- English: From With By

- Grammar: This is a postposition (similar to a preposition in English, but it comes after the noun or pronoun). In this context, it indicates the source of the help, so it translates to "from." Thus, تجھ ہی سے means "from You alone."

10. مدد (Madad)

- Pronunciation: "muh-dud"

- English: Help / Assistance

- Grammar: This is a feminine noun of Arabic origin, meaning "help" or "aid."

11. مانگتے ہیں (Māṅgtē hain)

- Pronunciation: "maang-tay hain" (like "maang-tay" and "hane")

- English: We ask for / We seek

- Grammar: This is another verb phrase forming the present indefinite tense.

- مانگتے (māṅgtē) is the masculine plural form of the verb مانگنا (māṅgnā - "to ask for" or "to demand"). It also agrees with the plural subject ہم (ham - "we").

- ہیں (hain) is the auxiliary verb "to be."

- Together, "مدد مانگتے ہیں" means "we ask for help" or "we seek help."

Grammar Note on Emphasis:

The repeated use of the emphatic particle ہی (hī) in Urdu serves to convey the strong sense of exclusivity present in the original Arabic. It transforms "we worship You" into "we worship You alone" and "we ask for help from You" into "we ask for help from You alone." This particle is very common in Urdu to add nuance and stress to a particular word or idea.

Welcome, student! Let's break down this Arabic sentence and learn some Urdu in the process.

English Translation

These are the ones who bought the worldly life in exchange for the Hereafter. So the torment will not be lightened for them, nor will they be helped.

Urdu Translation

یہ وہ لوگ ہیں جنہوں نے دنیا کی زندگی کو آخرت کے بدلے خریدا، پس ان سے عذاب ہلکا نہیں کیا جائے گا اور نہ ہی ان کی مدد کی جائے گی۔

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English)

Let's dissect the Urdu sentence piece by piece:

1. یہ (Yeh)

- Meaning: These / This

- Grammar: This is a demonstrative pronoun. In Urdu, "yeh" can refer to both singular and plural near objects/people, or can act as a general "it/they/these." Here, it's used to introduce "these people."

2. وہ (Woh)

- Meaning: Those / That

- Grammar: This is also a demonstrative pronoun. "Woh" refers to singular or plural far objects/people. When combined with "yeh," as in "yeh woh log hain," it translates to "these are those people."

3. لوگ (Log)

- Meaning: People

- Grammar: A masculine plural noun.

4. ہیں (Hain)

- Meaning: Are

- Grammar: The plural present tense form of the verb "to be." It indicates existence for multiple subjects. (e.g., Hum hain - We are; Woh log hain - They are people).

(Together: یہ وہ لوگ ہیں - These are those people / They are the ones)

5. جنہوں نے (Jinhoñ ne)

- Meaning: Who / They (who)

- Grammar: This is a plural relative pronoun in the agentive case. The particle "ne" (نے) indicates that the preceding noun/pronoun is the doer of an action, especially with transitive verbs in the past tense. "Jinhoñ" is the plural oblique form of "jo" (who).

6. دنیا (Dunya)

- Meaning: World / Worldly

- Grammar: A feminine noun. It refers to the temporal, material world.

7. کی (Ki)

- Meaning: Of

- Grammar: A feminine genitive postposition. It connects "dunya" (world) to "zindagi" (life) to mean "life of the world" or "worldly life." The form "ki" is used because "dunya" and "zindagi" are both feminine. (For masculine, it would be "ka" or "ke" depending on the following noun's number/case).

8. زندگی (Zindagi)

- Meaning: Life

- Grammar: A feminine noun.

9. کو (Ko)

- Meaning: To / The (object marker)

- Grammar: An objective postposition. It marks the direct object of a transitive verb, especially when the object is definite or a person. Here, "zindagi" (life) is the direct object of "khareeda" (bought).

(Together: دنیا کی زندگی کو - The worldly life)

10. آخرت (Ākhirat)

- Meaning: Hereafter / Afterlife

- Grammar: A feminine noun.

11. کے بدلے (Ke badle)

- Meaning: In exchange for / In return for

- Grammar: "Badle" means exchange/return. "Ke" is a masculine genitive postposition, used here in a fixed phrase "ke badle" which functions as a compound postposition meaning "in exchange for." Even though "akhirat" is feminine, "ke badle" is a set phrase.

12. خریدا (Kharīdā)

- Meaning: Bought

- Grammar: The masculine singular past tense form of the verb "khareedna" (to buy). The ending "ā" indicates masculine singular. If the object were feminine, it would be "khareedī" (bought).

(The first part of the sentence: یہ وہ لوگ ہیں جنہوں نے دنیا کی زندگی کو آخرت کے بدلے خریدا - These are the ones who bought the worldly life in exchange for the Hereafter)

13. پس (Pas)

- Meaning: So / Therefore

- Grammar: A conjunction, indicating a consequence.

14. ان سے (Un se)

- Meaning: From them / For them

- Grammar: "Un" (them) is the oblique plural pronoun. "Se" (سے) is a postposition meaning from, by, with. Here, it conveys "from them" in the context of something being "lightened from them" or "for them."

15. عذاب (Azāb)

- Meaning: Torment / Punishment

- Grammar: A masculine noun.

16. ہلکا (Halkā)

- Meaning: Light (in weight/intensity) / Mild

- Grammar: An adjective, masculine singular.

17. نہیں (Nahīñ)

- Meaning: Not

- Grammar: A common negation particle in Urdu, used before the main verb.

18. کیا جائے گا (Kiyā jā'egā)

- Meaning: Will be done / Will be made (in this context, will be lightened/eased)

- Grammar: This is a future passive construction.

- "Kiyā" (کیا): Past participle of "karna" (to do/make), agreeing with "azab" (masculine singular).

- "Jā'egā" (جائے گا): Future tense of "jaana" (to go), used as an auxiliary verb to form the passive voice. The "gā" ending indicates masculine singular future.

(Together: پس ان سے عذاب ہلکا نہیں کیا جائے گا - So the torment will not be lightened for them)

19. اور (Aur)

- Meaning: And

- Grammar: A conjunction.

20. نہ ہی (Na hī)

- Meaning: Nor / Neither

- Grammar: "Na" is a negation particle. "Hī" (ہی) is an emphatic particle, adding emphasis like "even" or "indeed." "Na hi" together means "nor indeed" or simply "nor."

21. ان کی (Un kī)

- Meaning: Their (literally "of them")

- Grammar: "Un" (them) is the oblique plural pronoun. "Kī" (کی) is a feminine genitive postposition, agreeing with "madad" (help), which is feminine.

22. مدد (Madad)

- Meaning: Help / Aid

- Grammar: A feminine noun.

23. کی جائے گی (Kī jā'egī)

- Meaning: Will be done / Will be provided (in this context, will be helped)

- Grammar: Another future passive construction.

- "Kī" (کی): Past participle of "karna" (to do/make), agreeing with "madad" (feminine singular).

- "Jā'egī" (جائے گی): Future tense of "jaana" (to go), used as an auxiliary for passive. The "gī" ending indicates feminine singular future.

(The final part: اور نہ ہی ان کی مدد کی جائے گی - Nor will their help be done / Nor will they be helped)

I hope this detailed breakdown helps you understand each part of the Urdu sentence and grasp its meaning and grammar! Let me know if you have any more questions.

Here is the translation and explanation of the Arabic sentence, designed for an English student learning Urdu:

English Translation

"And who would turn away from the religion of Abraham except one who debases himself? And indeed, We chose him in this world, and in the Hereafter, he will surely be among the righteous."

Urdu Translation

اور کون ابراہیم کی ملت سے بے رخی کرے گا مگر وہ شخص جس نے اپنی جان کو گھٹیا کر لیا؟ اور بلاشبہ ہم نے اسے دنیا میں چنا، اور یقیناً وہ آخرت میں ضرور نیک لوگوں میں سے ہے۔

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English)

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word to understand its components:

- اور (aur) - And

- This is a common conjunction in Urdu, used to connect words, phrases, or clauses, similar to "and" in English.

- کون (kaun) - who / who would

- An interrogative pronoun, meaning "who." In this context, it's part of a rhetorical question, implying "who would possibly do this?"

- ابراہیم (Ibrahim) - Abraham

- The proper name of the Prophet Abraham.

- کی (ki) - of / 's

- This is a possessive postposition (coming after the noun it modifies), indicating ownership or association. It acts like "of" or an apostrophe-s ('s) in English. Here, it means "Abraham's" or "of Abraham."

- ملت (millat) - religion / creed / faith

- Refers to a community, nation, or religious tradition. In this context, it specifically means "the religion" or "the faith."

- سے (se) - from / with / by

- A postposition indicating separation, source, or means. Here, it means "from," indicating "turning away from the religion."

- بے رخی کرے گا (be-rukhi karega) - would turn away / would show aversion

- Literally: بے رخی (be-rukhi) means "aversion," "indifference," or "turning one's back." کرے گا (karega) is the future tense of the verb کرنا (karna), meaning "to do." Together, it forms "will show aversion." In the rhetorical question, it translates to "who would turn away?"

- مگر (magar) - except / but

- A conjunction used to introduce an exception or contrast.

- وہ شخص (woh shakhs) - that person / he who

- The phrase وہ (woh) means "that" or "he/she/it," and شخص (shakhs) means "person." Together, "that person" or "he who."

- جس نے (jis ne) - who (did) / by whom

- جس* (jis) is a relative pronoun meaning "who" or "whom." نے* (ne) is an ergative marker. This grammatical particle is used with the subject of a transitive verb in perfect tenses (e.g., simple past, present perfect). It indicates that the previous noun or pronoun is the doer of the action. It often doesn't have a direct English equivalent but shows agency.

- اپنی (apni) - his own / one's own

- A reflexive possessive pronoun, referring back to the subject of the clause (the "person" in this case). It means "his own" or "one's own."

- جان (jaan) - soul / life / self

- Refers to the essence of a being, one's self or soul.

- کو (ko) - to / for / direct object marker

- A postposition that can indicate the direct object or recipient of an action. Here, it marks جان (jaan) as the direct object of the verb that follows.

- گھٹیا کر لیا (ghatya kar liya) - debased / made contemptible / made foolish

- گھٹیا* (ghatya) is an adjective meaning "contemptible," "inferior," or "base." کر لیا (kar liya) is a compound verb: کرنا (karna) "to do," combined with لینا* (lena) "to take." This structure implies an action completed upon oneself or for one's own benefit (or detriment in this case). So, "made oneself contemptible/debased."

- اور (aur) - And

- Connecting the two parts of the sentence.

- بلاشبہ (bilashubah) - undoubtedly certainly indeed

- An adverb of Persian origin, meaning "without doubt." It emphasizes certainty.

- ہم نے (hum ne) - We (did)

- ہم* (hum) means "we." نے* (ne) is the ergative marker again, indicating "we" as the doers of the action of choosing.

- اسے (usay) - him / to him

- This is the oblique form of وہ (woh) "he/that," combined with the postposition کو (ko), which is often attached to pronouns. It functions as the direct object "him."

- دنیا (dunya) - world / this life

- Refers to the present life or earthly existence.

- میں (mein) - in / inside

- A common postposition indicating location or time, meaning "in" or "within." So, "in the world."

- چنا (chuna) - chose / selected

- The past tense of the verb چننا (chunna), meaning "to choose" or "to select."

- اور (aur) - And

- یقیناً (yaqeenan) - indeed certainly surely

- An adverb derived from یقین (yaqeen) "certainty," used to emphasize certainty.

- وہ (woh) - he

- The pronoun meaning "he" (referring to Abraham).

- آخرت (aakhirat) - Hereafter / the next life

- Refers to the life after death in Islamic eschatology.

- میں (mein) - in

- So, "in the Hereafter."

- ضرور (zaroor) - surely certainly definitely

- An adverb used to add emphasis, meaning "for sure" or "definitely."

- نیک لوگوں (nek logon) - righteous people

- نیک* (nek) means "good" or "righteous." لوگوں (logon) is the oblique plural form of لوگ* (log) "people." So, "righteous people."

- میں سے (mein se) - among / from among

- A compound postposition indicating selection from a group. Literally, "from in."

- ہے (hai) - is

- The present tense form of the verb "to be."

Grammar Notes:

- Postpositions: Urdu uses postpositions (like سے, کی, میں, کو) where English uses prepositions. They always come after the noun or pronoun they relate to.

- Ergative Case (نے): As seen with جس نے (jis ne) and ہم نے (hum ne), Urdu uses the ergative marker نے (ne) with the subject of transitive verbs (verbs that take a direct object) when they are in perfect tenses (past simple, present perfect, etc.). The verb then often agrees with the object, or remains masculine singular if the object is marked with کو (ko) (like اسے - usay).

- Compound Verbs: Urdu frequently uses compound verbs (e.g., گھٹیا کر لیا - "ghatya kar liya"). These combine a noun, adjective, or adverb with an auxiliary verb like کرنا (karna - "to do") or لینا (lena - "to take") to form a more nuanced meaning.

Here's the translation and breakdown for you:

English Translation:

And do not mix the truth with falsehood, and do not conceal the truth while you know.

Urdu Translation:

اور نہ حق کو باطل کے ساتھ گڈمڈ کرو اور نہ ہی حق کو چھپاؤ جب کہ تم جانتے ہو۔

Word-for-Word Explanation and Pronunciation

Here's a detailed breakdown of each Urdu word, its pronunciation, and its English meaning, along with grammar notes:

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Grammar: A conjunction, connecting phrases or clauses.

- نہ (na)

- Meaning: Not / Do not

- Grammar: Used for negation, especially to form prohibitions (e.g., "do not do"). It comes before the verb.

- حق (haq)

- Meaning: Truth / Right

- Grammar: A masculine noun. It refers to what is correct, true, or just.

- کو (ko)

- Meaning: (Object marker)

- Grammar: This is an Urdu postposition that marks the direct object of a verb. It doesn't have a direct English equivalent but indicates that the preceding noun is the recipient or direct object of the action.

- باطل (baatil)

- Meaning: Falsehood / Untruth / Invalid

- Grammar: A masculine noun, the opposite of haq.

- کے ساتھ (ke saath)

- Meaning: With / Along with

- Grammar: A postpositional phrase indicating accompaniment or association. "کے" (ke) is a genitive postposition connecting baatil to saath.

- گڈمڈ (gadmad)

- Meaning: Mixed up Confused Muddled

- Grammar: An adjective or adverb, often used in conjunction with "کرنا" (karnaa - to do) to form the verb "گڈمڈ کرنا" (to mix up/confuse).

- کرو (karo)

- Meaning: Do (plural / polite singular imperative)

- Grammar: This is the imperative form of the verb "کرنا" (karnaa - to do). Here, "گڈمڈ نہ کرو" means "do not mix up/confuse." It's used for addressing multiple people or one person respectfully.

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Grammar: Another conjunction.

- نہ ہی (na hi)

- Meaning: Neither Nor Not even

- Grammar: A stronger form of negation than just "نہ". The particle "ہی" (hi) adds emphasis, meaning "not even" or "neither". It reinforces the prohibition.

- حق (haq)

- Meaning: Truth / Right

- Grammar: (As explained above)

- کو (ko)

- Meaning: (Object marker)

- Grammar: (As explained above)

- چھپاؤ (chhupaao)

- Meaning: Conceal / Hide (plural / polite singular imperative)

- Grammar: This is the imperative form of the verb "چھپانا" (chhupaanaa - to hide/conceal). Here, "نہ ہی چھپاؤ" means "and neither conceal."

- جب کہ (jab ke)

- Meaning: While Whereas Even though

- Grammar: A conjunctive phrase used to introduce a subordinate clause, often expressing contrast or simultaneous action.

- تم (tum)

- Meaning: You (plural / informal singular)

- Grammar: A second-person pronoun. It can refer to multiple people or one person in an informal context.

- جانتے ہو (jaante ho)

- Meaning: You know (present habitual / continuous)

- Grammar: This is the present indefinite/habitual tense of the verb "جاننا" (jaannaa - to know). "جانتے" (jaante) is the masculine plural/polite singular form of the participle, and "ہو" (ho) is the auxiliary verb for "to be" (for "tum"). This phrase conveys "you know" or "you are knowing".

Grammar Notes

- Prohibition in Urdu: To express "do not" or "don't," Urdu places نہ (na) directly before the verb. For example, کرو (karo) means "do," and نہ کرو (na karo) means "do not do."

- Postpositions: Unlike English which uses prepositions (e.g., with the truth), Urdu uses postpositions which come after the noun they relate to (e.g., haq ko - truth [object marker], baatil ke saath - falsehood [with]).

- Verb Conjugation (Imperative): The imperative forms of verbs (commands or prohibitions) change based on the formality and number of people being addressed. Here, کرو (karo) and چھپاؤ (chhupaao) are used for plural or respectful singular address.

- Conjunctive Phrases: Phrases like جب کہ (jab ke) are crucial for connecting clauses and showing relationships (like time or contrast) between actions.

Hello there! Welcome to your Urdu lesson. We're going to break down an important sentence from Arabic, translate it into Urdu and English, and then go through each Urdu word so you can understand its meaning, pronunciation, and how it works in the sentence.

Let's dive in!

The Source Sentence (Arabic - for reference only):

وَإِذْ أَخَذْنَا مِيثَاقَكُمْ وَرَفَعْنَا فَوْقَكُمُ الطُّورَ خُذُوا مَا آتَيْنَاكُم بِقُوَّةٍ وَاذْكُرُوا مَا فِيهِ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَتَّقُونَ

English Translation:

"And when We took your covenant, and raised the Mount Tur above you, (We said,) 'Take what We have given you with strength, and remember what is in it, so that you may become righteous.'"

Urdu Translation:

اور جب ہم نے تم سے عہد لیا، اور تمہارے اوپر طور (پہاڑ) کو بلند کیا، (کہ) جو کچھ ہم نے تمہیں دیا ہے، اسے مضبوطی سے پکڑو اور جو کچھ اس میں ہے اسے یاد رکھو، تاکہ تم پرہیزگار بن جاؤ۔

Word-by-Word Breakdown (Urdu to English):

Let's understand each word in the Urdu translation:

1. اور (aur) - This is a conjunction meaning "and".

- Grammar Note: In Urdu, "اور" is a very common word used to connect words, phrases, or clauses, much like "and" in English.

2. جب (jab) - This word means "when".

- Grammar Note: "جب" is an adverb of time, indicating the moment an action took place.

3. ہم (hum) - This is the first-person plural pronoun, meaning "we".

4. نے (ne) - This is a postposition, often called an agent marker.

- Grammar Note: The particle "نے" is unique to South Asian languages like Urdu and Hindi. It is used with transitive verbs in perfective tenses (like the past simple, past perfect, and present perfect) to indicate the subject (the one performing the action). Here, "ہم نے" means "we" are the ones who performed the action of taking the covenant.

5. تم (tum) - This is the second-person plural pronoun, meaning "you" (plural or a familiar/informal singular "you").

6. سے (se) - This is a versatile postposition with several meanings, but here it means "from" or "from you".

- Grammar Note: In this context, "تم سے عہد لیا" implies "took a covenant from you" or "took a covenant with you."

7. عہد (ahd) - This is a masculine noun meaning "covenant," "promise," or "oath".

8. لیا (liya) - This means "took" or "taken."

- Grammar Note: This is the masculine singular form of the perfective participle of the verb لینا (lena) – "to take." It agrees in gender and number with the masculine singular noun "عہد" (ahd).

9. اور (aur) - (Same as above) "and".

10. تمہارے (tumhaare) - This is the possessive form of "تم" (tum), meaning "your" (plural or respectful singular).

11. اوپر (oopar) - This is a postposition meaning "above" or "over."

12. طور (Tur) - This is a proper noun, referring to Mount Sinai (often simply called "Tur" in Islamic tradition).

13. (پہاڑ) (pahaar) - This word is added in parentheses for clarification, meaning "(mountain)." It helps to specify that "طور" is a mountain.

14. کو (ko) - This is a postposition that marks the direct object of a verb.

- Grammar Note: "کو" is used when the direct object is definite, specific, or animate. Here, "طور کو" signifies that Mount Tur is the specific object being raised.

15. بلند (buland) - This is an adjective meaning "raised," "high," or "elevated."

16. کیا (kiya) - This means "did" or "made."

- Grammar Note: This is the masculine singular form of the perfective participle of the verb کرنا (karna) – "to do" or "to make." In combination with "بلند" (buland), "بلند کیا" (buland kiya) forms a compound verb meaning "to raise" or "to elevate."

17. (کہ) (ke) - This is a conjunction that means "(that)" or "(saying)."

- Grammar Note: In Urdu, "کہ" is often used to introduce reported speech or a subordinate clause indicating purpose or result. It's implied in the original Arabic structure but adds clarity and flow in Urdu.

18. جو (jo) - This is a relative pronoun meaning "what" or "which."

19. کچھ (kuch) - This means "some" or "a little."

- Grammar Note: When combined, "جو کچھ" (jo kuch) functions as a compound phrase meaning "whatever" or "that which."

20. ہم (hum) - (Same as above) "we".

21. نے (ne) - (Same as above) (past tense marker/agent marker).

22. تمہیں (tumhein) - This is the dative case of "تم" (tum), meaning "to you."

23. دیا (diya) - This means "given."

- Grammar Note: This is the masculine singular form of the perfective participle of the verb دینا (dena) – "to give."

24. ہے (hai) - This means "is."

- Grammar Note: This is the third-person singular present tense form of the verb "to be." It combines with "دیا" (diya) to form the present perfect tense: "has given." So, "دیا ہے" means "has given."

25. اسے (use) - This means "that" or "it" (as a direct object).

- Grammar Note: This is the oblique form of "وہ" (woh) – "that/it," combined with the direct object marker "کو" (ko). It refers back to "جو کچھ ہم نے تمہیں دیا ہے" (what we have given you).

26. مضبوطی (mazbooti) - This is a feminine noun meaning "strength" or "firmness."

- Grammar Note: It's derived from the adjective "مضبوط" (mazboot) – "strong/firm."

27. سے (se) - (Same as above) Here it means "with" or "by means of."

- Grammar Note: In this context, it indicates the manner in which the action of taking should be performed: "with strength."

28. پکڑو (pakdo) - This means "take" or "hold."

- Grammar Note: This is the informal imperative plural form of the verb پکڑنا (pakadna) – "to hold," "to seize," or "to take." It's an order directed to "you" (plural).

29. اور (aur) - (Same as above) "and".

30. جو (jo) - (Same as above) "what" or "which".

31. کچھ (kuch) - (Same as above) "some" or "a little." (Together, "جو کچھ" means "whatever").

32. اس (is) - This is the oblique form of "یہ" (yeh) – "this" or "it."

33. میں (mein) - This is a postposition meaning "in."

- Grammar Note: So, "جو کچھ اس میں ہے" (jo kuch is mein hai) means "whatever is in it."

34. ہے (hai) - (Same as above) "is".

35. اسے (use) - (Same as above) "that" or "it" (as a direct object).

- Grammar Note: It refers to "جو کچھ اس میں ہے" (whatever is in it).

36. یاد (yaad) - This is a feminine noun meaning "remembrance" or "memory."

- Grammar Note: It often combines with "رکھنا" (rakhna) to form the compound verb "یاد رکھنا" (yaad rakhna) – "to remember."

37. رکھو (rakho) - This means "keep."

- Grammar Note: This is the informal imperative plural form of the verb رکھنا (rakhna) – "to keep" or "to place." Together, "یاد رکھو" is the imperative "remember."

38. تاکہ (taake) - This is a conjunction meaning "so that" or "in order that."

- Grammar Note: It introduces a clause of purpose or result.

39. تم (tum) - (Same as above) "you" (plural or familiar singular).

40. پرہیزگار (parhezgaar) - This is an adjective meaning "righteous," "pious," or "God-fearing."

41. بن (ban) - This is the stem of the verb بننا (banna) – "to become."

42. جاؤ (jaao) - This means "go."

- Grammar Note: This is the informal imperative plural form of the verb جانا (jaana) – "to go." When combined with "بن" (ban), "بن جاؤ" (ban jaao) forms a compound verb meaning "become" (often implying a change of state or a completed action).

Keep practicing these words and their pronunciations. Understanding each component will greatly help you grasp the structure and meaning of Urdu sentences!

Here is the Urdu translation and a detailed word-for-word explanation of the provided Arabic sentence, designed to tutor an English student. The Arabic text is used only as source material and will not be displayed.

English Translation

Then your hearts hardened after that, so they were like stones or even harder. And indeed, among stones are those from which rivers gush forth. And indeed, among them are those that split open and water issues from them. And indeed, among them are those that fall down out of fear of Allah. And Allah is not unaware of what you do.

Urdu Translation

پھر تمہارے دل اس کے بعد سخت ہو گئے تو وہ پتھروں کی طرح یا اس سے بھی زیادہ سخت تھے۔ اور بے شک پتھروں میں سے وہ ہیں جن سے نہریں پھوٹ نکلتی ہیں۔ اور بے شک ان میں سے وہ بھی ہیں جو پھٹ جاتے ہیں اور پھر ان سے پانی نکلتا ہے۔ اور بے شک ان میں سے وہ بھی ہیں جو اللہ کے خوف سے گر پڑتے ہیں۔ اور اللہ اس سے بے خبر نہیں ہے جو کچھ تم کرتے ہو۔

Word-by-Word Breakdown

Here is a breakdown of each Urdu word, its pronunciation, and its English meaning, along with relevant grammar notes.

- پھر (phir) - Then, Afterwards

- Meaning: This word acts as a conjunction, connecting the previous idea to the current one, similar to "then" or "afterwards" in English.

- تمہارے (tumhāray) - Your

- Meaning: This is a possessive pronoun, meaning "your" (plural or informal singular). It modifies "دل" (dil), meaning "hearts."

- Grammar: It's the masculine plural form. If referring to a feminine noun, it would be "تمہاری" (tumhārī).

- دل (dil) - Hearts

- Meaning: Heart(s). In Urdu, "dil" can be singular or plural based on context, but here it refers to multiple hearts.

- Grammar: In Urdu, "dil" is a masculine noun.

- اس (is) - That / It

- Meaning: This pronoun refers to "that" or "it," pointing back to the preceding events or discussion.

- کے (ke) - Of / 's

- Meaning: This is a postposition indicating possession or relation, similar to "'s" or "of" in English. It forms "اس کے بعد" (is ke ba'd) meaning "after that."

- Grammar: This specific form "کے" (ke) is used when the following noun is masculine plural, or in certain compound prepositions like "کے بعد".

- بعد (ba'd) - After

- Meaning: This word means "after" or "subsequent to."

- سخت (sakht) - Hard

- Meaning: Hard, severe, tough. It describes the state of the hearts.

- Grammar: An adjective, it doesn't change form for gender or number.

- ہو گئے (ho ga'ay) - Became

- Meaning: This is a compound verb meaning "became" or "turned into."

- Grammar: "ہو" (ho) is the root for 'to be'/'to become', and "گئے" (ga'ay) is the masculine plural past participle of 'to go' which, when combined, denotes a change in state in the past tense. It matches the plural masculine noun "دل" (hearts).

- تو (to) - So / Then

- Meaning: This is a conjunction that means "so," "then," or "in that case," indicating a consequence or result.

- وہ (woh) - They

- Meaning: This pronoun means "they" or "those." Here, it refers back to "تمہارے دل" (your hearts).

- پتھروں (pattharon) - Stones

- Meaning: This is the oblique plural form of "پتھر" (patthar), meaning "stone." It is used when followed by a postposition like "کی" (kī) or "میں سے" (mein se).

- کی (kī) - Like / Of

- Meaning: This postposition signifies "of" or "like." Here, it's part of the phrase "کی طرح" (kī tarah), meaning "like."

- Grammar: This specific form "کی" (kī) is used when the following noun (or implied noun) is feminine, or in the compound preposition "کی طرح."

- طرح (tarah) - Manner / Way / Like

- Meaning: Manner, way, or kind. In combination with "کی" (kī), "کی طرح" (kī tarah) means "like" or "similar to."

- یا (yā) - Or

- Meaning: This is a conjunction meaning "or."

- اس (is) - That / It

- Meaning: Here, it refers to the state of being "like stones."

- سے (se) - Than / From

- Meaning: This postposition can mean "from," "by," or "than." In comparisons (like with "زیادہ" - more), it means "than."

- بھی (bhī) - Even / Also

- Meaning: This intensifier means "even," "also," or "too."

- زیادہ (ziyādah) - More

- Meaning: More, greater, excessive. Used in comparative constructions.

- سخت (sakht) - Hard

- Meaning: Hard (adjective).

- تھے (thay) - Were

- Meaning: This is the masculine plural past tense form of the verb "to be." It indicates that their state of being "harder" was in the past, consistent with the hearts having "hardened."

- Grammar: "تھے" (thay) is used for masculine plural subjects. For feminine plural, it would be "تھیں" (thīn); for masculine singular, "تھا" (thā); for feminine singular, "تھی" (thī).

- اور (aur) - And

- Meaning: This is a conjunction meaning "and."

- بے شک (be shak) - Indeed / Undoubtedly

- Meaning: This phrase is used for emphasis, meaning "indeed," "certainly," or "undoubtedly." It translates the Arabic particle 'inna'.

- پتھروں (pattharon) - Stones

- Meaning: Oblique plural of "پتھر" (patthar) - stone.

- میں (mein) - In / Among

- Meaning: This postposition means "in" or "among."

- سے (se) - From / Out of

- Meaning: Here, "میں سے" (mein se) together means "amongst" or "from among."

- وہ (woh) - Those

- Meaning: This refers to "those (stones)."

- ہیں (hain) - Are

- Meaning: This is the plural present tense form of "to be."

- جن (jin) - Which / From which

- Meaning: This relative pronoun means "which" or "from which." It introduces a descriptive clause about the stones.

- سے (se) - From

- Meaning: Here, "جن سے" (jin se) means "from which."

- نہریں (nahrein) - Rivers

- Meaning: Plural of "نہر" (nahar), meaning "river."

- پھوٹ نکلتی ہیں (phūṭ nikaltī hain) - Gush forth / Burst out

- Meaning: This is a compound verb phrase meaning "gush forth," "burst out," or "spring out."

- Grammar: "پھوٹنا" (phūṭnā) means to burst/break open, and "نکلنا" (nikalnā) means to come out. "پھوٹ نکلتی ہیں" is in the feminine plural present tense, agreeing with "نہریں" (rivers, which is feminine plural).

- ان (un) - Those / Them

- Meaning: This is the oblique plural form of "وہ" (woh), meaning "them" or "those." It refers back to the stones.

- بھی (bhī) - Also / Even

- Meaning: Emphasizes that this is another type of stone, "also" present.

- جو (jo) - Which / That

- Meaning: This relative pronoun introduces a descriptive clause.

- پھٹ جاتے ہیں (phaṭ jātay hain) - Split open / Crack

- Meaning: This compound verb phrase means "split open" or "crack."

- Grammar: "پھٹنا" (phaṭnā) means to split, and "جانا" (jānā) means to go, used here as an intensifier indicating completion of the action. It's masculine plural present tense, agreeing with "وہ" (those, referring to stones).

- اور (aur) - And

- Meaning: Conjunction meaning "and."

- پھر (phir) - Then

- Meaning: Then, afterwards, indicating a sequence of events.

- ان (un) - Them

- Meaning: Refers to the stones that split open.

- سے (se) - From

- Meaning: From. So, "ان سے" (un se) means "from them."

- پانی (pānī) - Water

- Meaning: Water.

- Grammar: Masculine singular noun.

- نکلتا ہے (nikaltā hai) - Issues / Comes out

- Meaning: Comes out, issues forth.

- Grammar: "نکلنا" (nikalnā) means to come out. "نکلتا ہے" (nikaltā hai) is masculine singular present tense, agreeing with "پانی" (water).

- گر پڑتے ہیں (gir paṛtay hain) - Fall down

- Meaning: This compound verb phrase means "fall down" or "tumble."

- Grammar: "گرنا" (girnā) means to fall, and "پڑنا" (paṛnā) means to fall/lie down, used here as an intensifier. It's masculine plural present tense, agreeing with "وہ" (those, referring to stones).

- اللہ (Allāh) - Allah / God

- Meaning: The Arabic word for God, commonly used in Urdu.

- کے (ke) - Of / 's

- Meaning: Possessive postposition.

- خوف (khauf) - Fear

- Meaning: Fear, dread.

- سے (se) - Out of / From

- Meaning: Here, "کے خوف سے" (ke khauf se) means "out of fear of."

- اس (is) - That

- Meaning: Refers to "that" which is being done.

- بے خبر (be khabar) - Unaware / Uninformed

- Meaning: This is a compound adjective formed by the prefix "بے" (be, meaning 'without') and "خبر" (khabar, meaning 'news'/'knowledge'). It means "unaware" or "uninformed."

- نہیں ہے (nahīn hai) - Is not

- Meaning: Negative form of "ہے" (hai, meaning 'is').

- جو کچھ (jo kuchh) - Whatever / That which

- Meaning: This phrase means "whatever" or "that which."

- تم (tum) - You (plural / informal singular)

- Meaning: Pronoun for "you."

- کرتے ہو (karte ho) - You do

- Meaning: This verb phrase means "you do" or "you perform."

- Grammar: "کرنا" (karnā) is the verb 'to do'. "کرتے ہو" (karte ho) is the masculine plural present tense form, agreeing with "تم" (you).

Here is the Urdu and English translation of the Arabic sentence, along with a detailed word-for-word breakdown for learning Urdu.

English Translation:

"And those who do not know said, 'Why does Allah not speak to us or does a sign not come to us?' Similarly, those before them said a similar saying. Their hearts are alike. We have certainly made clear the signs for a people who are certain."

Urdu Translation:

اور جاہلوں نے کہا: "اللہ ہم سے بات کیوں نہیں کرتا یا ہمارے پاس کوئی نشانی کیوں نہیں آتی؟" اسی طرح ان سے پہلے والوں نے بھی ان کی جیسی بات کہی تھی۔ ان کے دل ایک جیسے ہیں۔ یقیناً ہم نے نشانیاں ان لوگوں کے لیے واضح کر دی ہیں جو یقین رکھتے ہیں۔

Urdu Word-for-Word Explanation and Pronunciation:

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word:

- اور (aur) - And

- Meaning: A conjunction used to connect words, phrases, or clauses.

- Grammar Note: Similar to "and" in English.

- جاہلوں (jaa-hi-lon) - The ignorant ones / Those who do not know

- Meaning: Plural of "jahil" (ignorant person). Here it refers to a group of people lacking knowledge or understanding.

- Grammar Note: This is the oblique plural form of "jahil" (جاہل), used because it is followed by the postposition "ne" (نے).

- نے (ne) - (Agent marker)

- Meaning: This is a postposition in Urdu that marks the agent (doer) of a transitive verb in certain past tenses. It doesn't have a direct English equivalent but indicates that "جاہلوں" (the ignorant ones) performed the action of "saying".

- Grammar Note: Used with transitive verbs in perfect tenses (e.g., past indefinite, past perfect).

- کہا (ka-haa) - Said

- Meaning: Past tense of the verb "kehna" (to say/tell).

- اللہ (al-lah) - Allah / God

- Meaning: The Arabic word for God, commonly used in Urdu.

- ہم (hum) - We / Us

- Meaning: First-person plural pronoun.

- سے (se) - From With To (in this context, indicating interaction)

- Meaning: A postposition with multiple uses. Here, it indicates "speaking to us."

- بات (baat) - Talk Conversation Matter

- Meaning: A noun meaning "word," "talk," or "matter."

- کیوں (kyon) - Why

- Meaning: An interrogative adverb used to ask the reason for something.

- نہیں (na-heen) - Not

- Meaning: A negative particle used to negate verbs or adjectives.

- کرتا (kar-taa) - Does (masculine singular habitual form)

- Meaning: From the verb "karna" (to do). Here, "بات کرتا" (baat karta) means "talks" or "speaks." The "karta" implies a general or habitual action, fitting "why does He not speak...".

- یا (yaa) - Or

- Meaning: A conjunction indicating an alternative.

- ہمارے (ha-maa-re) - Our To us (possessiveoblique form of "our")

- Meaning: The possessive pronoun for "we." Here, "ہمارے پاس" (hamaare paas) means "to us" or "with us" (literally, "at our possession/side").

- پاس (paas) - Near With To (indicating arrival or possession)

- Meaning: A postposition indicating proximity or possession. "ہمارے پاس آتی" (hamaare paas aati) means "comes to us."

- کوئی (ko-ee) - Any / Some

- Meaning: Indefinite pronoun/adjective.

- نشانی (ni-shaa-nee) - Sign / Mark

- Meaning: A noun meaning a "sign" or "token."

- آتی؟ (aa-tee?) - Come? (feminine singular form)

- Meaning: From the verb "aana" (to come). "آتی" (aati) is used because "نشانی" (nishani) is a feminine noun. The question mark indicates the interrogative nature.

- اسی (i-si) - That very / Same (feminine)

- Meaning: Demonstrative adjective. "اسی طرح" (isi tarah) means "in the same way" or "similarly."

- طرح (ta-rah) - Way / Manner

- Meaning: A noun meaning "way," "manner," or "like."

- ان (un) - Those / Them

- Meaning: Demonstrative pronoun, used here as an oblique form of "woh" (they/those).

- سے (se) - From

- Meaning: Again, a postposition. "ان سے پہلے" (un se pehle) means "before them."

- پہلے (peh-le) - Before / Earlier

- Meaning: An adverb of time.

- والوں (waa-lon) - Ones (plural)

- Meaning: A suffix attached to nouns or pronouns to mean "people associated with" or "those belonging to." "پہلے والوں" (pehle waalon) means "the ones before." This is the oblique plural form of "wala" (one/person).

- نے (ne) - (Agent marker)

- Meaning: Again, marking the agent of the past transitive verb.

- بھی (bhee) - Also / Too

- Meaning: An emphatic particle.

- ان (un) - Their (oblique form)

- Meaning: Possessive pronoun.

- کی (kee) - Of / 's (feminine possessive postposition)

- Meaning: A possessive postposition that agrees in gender and number with the possessed noun. Here, it refers to "baat" (بات - talk/saying), which is feminine.

- جیسی (jai-see) - Like / Similar to (feminine)

- Meaning: An adjective indicating similarity, agreeing with "baat" (بات - feminine).

- بات (baat) - Saying / Talk

- Meaning: As explained before, a noun meaning "word" or "talk."

- کہی (ka-hee) - Said (feminine past participle)

- Meaning: Feminine past participle of "kehna" (to say), agreeing with "baat" (بات).

- تھی۔ (thee) - Was (feminine past auxiliary verb)

- Meaning: Feminine past auxiliary verb, making the sentence past perfect or emphasizing the past action.

- ان (un) - Their (oblique form)

- Meaning: Possessive pronoun.

- کے (ke) - Of / 's (masculine possessive postposition)

- Meaning: Possessive postposition, agreeing with "dil" (دل - heart), which is masculine.

- دل (dil) - Hearts

- Meaning: Plural of "dil" (heart).

- ایک (ek) - One A Similar

- Meaning: Number "one." Here, "ایک جیسے" (ek jaise) means "alike" or "similar."

- جیسے (jai-se) - Like / Similar (masculine plural/oblique form)

- Meaning: Adjective indicating similarity, agreeing with "dil" (دل - masculine plural).

- ہیں۔ (hain) - Are

- Meaning: Plural present tense of the verb "hona" (to be).

- یقیناً (ya-qee-nan) - Certainly / Indeed

- Meaning: An adverb emphasizing certainty.

- ہم (hum) - We

- Meaning: First-person plural pronoun.

- نے (ne) - (Agent marker)

- Meaning: Marking "ہم" (we) as the agent of the verb "واضح کر دی ہیں" (have made clear).

- نشانیاں (ni-shaa-ni-yaan) - Signs (plural)

- Meaning: Plural of "nishani" (نشانی - sign).

- ان (un) - Those (oblique form)

- Meaning: Demonstrative pronoun.

- لوگوں (lo-gon) - People (oblique plural)

- Meaning: Oblique plural of "log" (لوگ - people).

- کے لیے (ke li-ye) - For

- Meaning: A compound postposition meaning "for" or "on behalf of." "ان لوگوں کے لیے" (un logon ke liye) means "for those people."

- واضح (waa-zeh) - Clear / Obvious

- Meaning: An adjective.

- کر دی (kar dee) - Made (feminine past perfective)

- Meaning: From the verb "karna" (to do/make). "کر دی" (kar dee) is the feminine past perfective form, matching "نشانیاں" (nishaaniyaan - signs) which is feminine plural.

- ہیں۔ (hain) - Are (auxiliary verb)

- Meaning: Plural present auxiliary verb, completing the present perfect tense "واضح کر دی ہیں" (have made clear).

- جو (jo) - Who / Which

- Meaning: A relative pronoun.

- یقین (ya-qeen) - Certainty / Belief

- Meaning: A noun.

- رکھتے (rakh-te) - Keep / Hold (masculine plural habitual form)

- Meaning: From the verb "rakhna" (to keep/hold). "یقین رکھتے ہیں" (yaqeen rakhte hain) is an idiom meaning "to believe with certainty" or "to have faith/conviction."

- ہیں۔ (hain) - Are (auxiliary verb)

- Meaning: Plural present tense auxiliary verb, completing the present tense of "یقین رکھتے ہیں" (who believe with certainty).

Here's your Urdu translation and detailed breakdown, designed to teach an English student, complete with pronunciation and grammar notes.

English Translation

And among the people are those who take rivals besides Allah, loving them as they should love Allah. But those who believe are more intense in love for Allah. And if only those who wronged could see, when they see the punishment, that all power belongs entirely to Allah and that Allah is severe in punishment.

Urdu Translation

اور لوگوں میں سے کچھ ایسے بھی ہیں جو اللہ کے سوا شریک بناتے ہیں، ان سے ایسی محبت کرتے ہیں جیسی اللہ سے کرنی چاہیے۔ اور جو ایمان لائے ہیں وہ اللہ سے بہت زیادہ محبت کرتے ہیں۔ اور کاش ظلم کرنے والے دیکھتے جب وہ عذاب دیکھیں گے کہ تمام طاقت اللہ ہی کے لیے ہے اور یہ کہ اللہ سخت عذاب دینے والا ہے۔

Word-for-Word Explanation and Grammar Notes

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word:

Part 1: "اور لوگوں میں سے کچھ ایسے بھی ہیں جو اللہ کے سوا شریک بناتے ہیں، ان سے ایسی محبت کرتے ہیں جیسی اللہ سے کرنی چاہیے۔"

- اور (Aur) - And.

- This is a common conjunction in Urdu, used to connect words, phrases, or sentences, just like 'and' in English.

- لوگوں (Logon) - people.

- This is the plural oblique form of the noun لوگ (log), meaning person or people. The oblique form is used when a noun is followed by a postposition (like 'mein' or 'se' here).

- میں (Mein) - in / among.

- This is a postposition, similar to a preposition in English, indicating location or inclusion.

- سے (Se) - from / out of.

- Another postposition. When combined with میں (mein) after a noun in the oblique case (لوگوں میں سے - logon mein se), it means from among or amongst the people.

- کچھ (Kuchh) - some.

- This is an indefinite pronoun, referring to an unspecified quantity or number.

- ایسے (Aise) - such / like this.

- This is a demonstrative adjective or pronoun, referring to "those who are of such a kind."

- بھی (Bhi) - also / even.

- An emphatic particle that adds emphasis or the meaning of 'also' or 'even' to the preceding word. Here it emphasizes that "some also are such."

- ہیں (Hain) - are.

- This is the plural form of the verb "to be" (present tense).

- جو (Jo) - who / those who.

- This is a relative pronoun, introducing a relative clause that describes the "some people."

- اللہ (Allah) - Allah / God.

- The proper name for God in Islam.

- کے سوا (Ke siwa) - besides / other than.

- کے (Ke) is a postposition (possessive) and سوا (siwa) means besides or other than. Together, they mean besides Allah or other than Allah.

- شریک (Shareek) - partners / associates equals rivals.

- A noun referring to someone or something associated with another, often used in a religious context to mean partner or rival to God.

- بناتے ہیں (Banaate hain) - make / take.

- بناتے (banaate) is the masculine plural present habitual form of the verb بنانا (banaana), meaning to make or to build. In this context, it implies to take as or to appoint as.

- ہیں (hain) is the plural verb "to be". So, بناتے ہیں means they make or they take.

- ان (Un) - them.

- This is the oblique plural pronoun, referring to the "partners" (شریک).

- سے (Se) - from / with / for.

- Another postposition. When used with a verb of emotion like love (محبت کرتے ہیں), it indicates the object of that emotion, i.e., love for them.

- ایسی (Aisi) - such a / like this.

- This is the feminine form of ایسا (aisa), referring to the quality of the love.

- محبت (Muhabbat) - love.

- A feminine noun, meaning love.

- کرتے ہیں (Karte hain) - do / show.

- کرتے (karte) is the masculine plural present habitual form of the verb کرنا (karna), meaning to do. محبت کرنا (muhabbat karna) is an idiomatic expression meaning to love.

- ہیں (hain) is the plural verb "to be". So, محبت کرتے ہیں means they love.

- جیسی (Jaisi) - as / like.

- This is the feminine form of جیسا (jaisa), a correlative pronoun that relates back to ایسی (aisi) – "such... as...".

- اللہ (Allah) - Allah / God. (Repeated for clarity in the breakdown)

- سے (Se) - from / with. (Repeated)

- کرنی چاہیے (Karni chahiye) - should be done.

- کرنی (karni) is the feminine infinitive form of کرنا (karna), meaning to do. It's feminine because it refers to محبت (muhabbat), which is a feminine noun.

- چاہیے (chahiye) means should or ought to. It indicates obligation or necessity. So, جیسی اللہ سے کرنی چاہیے means as it should be done with/for Allah or as one should love Allah.

Part 2: "اور جو ایمان لائے ہیں وہ اللہ سے بہت زیادہ محبت کرتے ہیں۔"

- اور (Aur) - And. (Repeated)

- جو (Jo) - who / those who. (Repeated)

- ایمان (Imaan) - faith / belief.

- A masculine noun, meaning faith or belief.

- لائے ہیں (Laaye hain) - have brought / believed.

- لائے (laaye) is the masculine plural past participle of لانا (laana), meaning to bring. ایمان لانا (imaan laana) is an idiomatic expression meaning to bring faith or to believe.

- ہیں (hain) is the plural verb "to be". Together, لائے ہیں forms the present perfect tense: have believed.

- وہ (Woh) - they.

- A plural pronoun, referring to "those who believed."

- اللہ (Allah) - Allah / God. (Repeated)

- سے (Se) - from / with. (Repeated)

- بہت (Bahut) - very / much.

- An adverb of degree, intensifying the following word.

- زیادہ (Zyada) - more / intense.

- An adjective or adverb, meaning more or excessive. بہت زیادہ (bahut zyada) means much more or very intensely. This conveys the sense of 'ashadd' (more intense) from the Arabic.

- محبت (Muhabbat) - love. (Repeated)

- کرتے ہیں (Karte hain) - do / love. (Repeated)

Part 3: "اور کاش ظلم کرنے والے دیکھتے جب وہ عذاب دیکھیں گے کہ تمام طاقت اللہ ہی کے لیے ہے اور یہ کہ اللہ سخت عذاب دینے والا ہے۔"

- اور (Aur) - And. (Repeated)

- کاش (Kaash) - if only / would that.

- An interjection expressing a strong wish or regret, similar to "would that" or "if only" in English. It introduces a hypothetical or counterfactual situation.

- ظلم (Zulm) - injustice / wrongdoing.

- A masculine noun, meaning injustice or tyranny.

- کرنے والے (Karne waale) - doers / perpetrators.

- کرنے (karne) is the oblique infinitive of کرنا (karna), to do.

- والے (waale) is a suffix that forms agent nouns (e.g., doer, giver). So, ظلم کرنے والے (zulm karne waale) means those who do injustice or wrongdoers.

- دیکھتے (Dekhte) - would see / saw.

- This is the masculine plural imperfect/subjunctive form of the verb دیکھنا (dekhna), meaning to see. Used with کاش (kaash), it expresses a hypothetical or desired outcome: if only they would see.

- جب (Jab) - when.

- A conjunction introducing a temporal clause.

- وہ (Woh) - they. (Repeated)

- عذاب (Azaab) - punishment / torment.

- A masculine noun, meaning punishment or torment.

- دیکھیں گے (Dekhen ge) - will see.

- دیکھیں (dekhen) is the plural future/subjunctive stem of دیکھنا (dekhna), to see.

- گے (ge) is the masculine plural future tense marker. So, دیکھیں گے means they will see.

- کہ (Ke) - that.

- A conjunction used to introduce a subordinate clause, often a statement of fact or a consequence.

- تمام (Tamaam) - all complete entire.

- An adjective, meaning all or entire.

- طاقت (Taaqat) - power / strength.

- A feminine noun, meaning power or might.

- اللہ (Allah) - Allah / God. (Repeated)

- ہی (Hi) - only indeed alone.

- An emphatic particle that emphasizes the preceding word, meaning only or indeed. Here, it means to Allah alone.

- کے لیے (Ke liye) - for / belongs to.

- کے (ke) is a postposition and لیے (liye) means for. کے لیے (ke liye) together means for or belonging to.

- ہے (Hai) - is.

- The singular form of the verb "to be". So, اللہ ہی کے لیے ہے means belongs only to Allah.

- اور (Aur) - And. (Repeated)

- یہ (Yeh) - this.

- A demonstrative pronoun, here used to introduce the second clause after کہ (ke). It often means "and this (is the fact) that...".

- کہ (Ke) - that. (Repeated)

- اللہ (Allah) - Allah / God. (Repeated)

- سخت (Sakht) - severe hard intense.

- An adjective, meaning severe or harsh.

- عذاب (Azaab) - punishment. (Repeated)

- دینے والا (Dene waala) - giver / one who gives.

- دینے (dene) is the oblique infinitive of دینا (dena), to give.

- والا (waala) is the agent suffix. So, عذاب دینے والا (azaab dene waala) means one who gives punishment or the punisher.

- ہے (Hai) - is. (Repeated)

Here's the Urdu translation of the Arabic sentence, along with its English translation and a detailed word-for-word explanation to help you understand each part.

Original Arabic Sentence: إِذْ قَالَ لَهُ رَبُّهُ أَسْلِمْ ۖ قَالَ أَسْلَمْتُ لِرَبِّ الْعَالَمِينَ

English Translation

When his Lord said to him, "Submit (yourself)." He said, "I have submitted myself to the Lord of the worlds."

Urdu Translation with Word-by-Word Explanation

Here is the Urdu translation of the sentence, broken down word by word to help you understand its structure and meaning.

- جب (jab) - When

- Meaning: This word is an adverb of time, signifying "at the time that" or "whenever."

- Pronunciation: Pronounced like "jub" (the 'u' sound as in "but").

- اُس (us) - His / That (person)

- Meaning: This is a demonstrative pronoun. Here, it functions as "his" when followed by 'کے' (ke), or simply refers to "that person" (he/him).

- Pronunciation: Pronounced like "us" (as in the English pronoun "us").

- کے (ke) - 's / Of

- Meaning: This is a postposition indicating possession or relation, similar to the possessive apostrophe 's' in English. So, "اُس کے" means "his."

- Pronunciation: Pronounced like "kay" (as in "say").

- رب (rabb) - Lord

- Meaning: This word refers to God, the Master, or the Sustainer.

- Pronunciation: Pronounced like "rubb" (the 'u' sound as in "but," with a slightly rolled 'r').

- نے (ne) - (Subject Marker)

- Meaning: This is a postposition that marks the subject of a transitive verb in the past tense. It doesn't have a direct English equivalent but is essential for correct Urdu grammar.

- Pronunciation: Pronounced like "nay" (as in "day").

- Grammar Note: The particle 'نے' (ne) is used specifically with transitive verbs (verbs that take a direct object) when they are in perfect tenses (like simple past, past perfect, present perfect) to indicate the agent (the one performing the action).

- اُس (us) - Him

- Meaning: Again, a demonstrative pronoun referring to "him."

- Pronunciation: Pronounced like "us" (as in the English pronoun "us").

- سے (se) - To / From

- Meaning: This is a postposition indicating "to" (as a recipient or direction) or "from" (as a source). Here, it means "to him."

- Pronunciation: Pronounced like "say" (as in "say").

- کہا، (kahaa,) - Said,

- Meaning: This is the past tense form of the verb "کہنا" (kehna), meaning "to say" or "to tell."

- Pronunciation: Pronounced like "ka-haa" (the 'h' is soft, and the second 'a' is long, as in "father").

- "خود (khud) - Self / Oneself

- Meaning: This is a reflexive pronoun, meaning "self" or "oneself."

- Pronunciation: Pronounced like "khud" (the 'kh' is a guttural sound, similar to 'ch' in Scottish "loch," and 'u' as in "put").

- کو (ko) - (Object Marker)

- Meaning: This is a postposition that marks the direct object of a verb. It can often be translated as "to" or is simply implied by the direct object in English. Here, it indicates that "خود" (self) is the object of the action.

- Pronunciation: Pronounced like "koh" (as in "go").

- سپرد (supurd) - Entrust / Surrender / Submit

- Meaning: This word means to hand over, entrust, surrender, or submit. It's often used with "کرنا" (karna - to do) to form a compound verb.

- Pronunciation: Pronounced like "soo-purd" (the 'oo' as in "moon," 'u' as in "but," 'd' is soft).

- کر (kar) - Do / Make

- Meaning: This is the root form of the verb "کرنا" (karna), meaning "to do" or "to make." In this context, it's part of a compound verb.

- Pronunciation: Pronounced like "kur" (the 'u' as in "but").

- دو۔" (do.) - Give / Do (command)

- Meaning: This is an imperative (command) form, acting as an auxiliary verb to complete the command "سپرد کر دو" (supurd kar do), which means "Submit yourself" or "Surrender yourself."

- Pronunciation: Pronounced like "doh" (as in "go").

- اُس (us) - He

- Meaning: Again, a demonstrative pronoun referring to "he."

- Pronunciation: Pronounced like "us" (as in the English pronoun "us").

- نے (ne) - (Subject Marker)

- Meaning: Used again here to mark "اُس" (he) as the subject of the transitive verb "کہا" (said).

- Pronunciation: Pronounced like "nay" (as in "day").

- کہا، (kahaa,) - Said,

- Meaning: Past tense of "کہنا" (kehna), "to say."

- Pronunciation: Pronounced like "ka-haa" (the 'h' is soft, and the second 'a' is long, as in "father").

- "میں (main) - I

- Meaning: First-person singular pronoun.

- Pronunciation: Pronounced like "main" (as in "mine," often slightly nasalized).

- نے (ne) - (Subject Marker)

- Meaning: Marks "میں" (I) as the subject of the transitive verb "خود کو سپرد کر دیا ہے" (have submitted myself).

- Pronunciation: Pronounced like "nay" (as in "day").

- تمام (tamaam) - All / Entire

- Meaning: This adjective means "all," "every," or "entire."

- Pronunciation: Pronounced like "ta-maam" (both 'a's are long, like "father").

- جہانوں (jahaanon) - Worlds (plural, oblique case)

- Meaning: This is the plural, oblique form of "جہان" (jahan), meaning "world." The oblique form is used when followed by a postposition like "کے" (ke).

- Pronunciation: Pronounced like "ja-haa-non" (the 'a's are long, 'o' as in "go").

- کے (ke) - 's / Of

- Meaning: The possessive postposition. "تمام جہانوں کے" means "of all the worlds."

- Pronunciation: Pronounced like "kay" (as in "say").

- رب (rabb) - Lord

- Meaning: Lord, Master.

- Pronunciation: Pronounced like "rubb" (the 'u' as in "but," with a slightly rolled 'r').

- کو (ko) - (Object Marker)

- Meaning: Marks "رب" (Lord) as the recipient of the action of submission.

- Pronunciation: Pronounced like "koh" (as in "go").

- خود (khud) - Self / Myself

- Meaning: Reflexive pronoun.

- Pronunciation: Pronounced like "khud" (the 'kh' is guttural, 'u' as in "put").

- کو (ko) - (Object Marker)

- Meaning: Marks "خود" (self) as the direct object of the verb.

- Pronunciation: Pronounced like "koh" (as in "go").

- سپرد (supurd) - Submitted / Entrusted

- Meaning: The state or act of submission/entrustment.

- Pronunciation: Pronounced like "soo-purd."

- کر (kar) - Done / Made

- Meaning: Root verb "to do."

- Pronunciation: Pronounced like "kur."

- دیا (diyaa) - Given (auxiliary verb)

- Meaning: This is the past participle of "دینا" (dena - to give), used here as an auxiliary verb to indicate the completion and finality of the action, often with a sense of "having done it (definitively)."

- Pronunciation: Pronounced like "dee-yaa" (the 'ee' as in "see," 'aa' as in "father").

- ہے۔" (hai.) - Is (auxiliary verb)

- Meaning: This is the present tense form of "ہونا" (hona - to be), used here as an auxiliary verb to form the present perfect tense. "کر دیا ہے" (kar diyaa hai) means "have submitted/done."

- Pronunciation: Pronounced like "hay" (as in "say").

- Combined Phrase: "میں نے تمام جہانوں کے رب کو خود کو سپرد کر دیا ہے۔" translates to "I have submitted myself to the Lord of all the worlds."

Complete Urdu Translation

جب (jab) اُس (us) کے (ke) رب (rabb) نے (ne) اُس (us) سے (se) کہا، (kahaa,) "خود (khud) کو (ko) سپرد (supurd) کر (kar) دو۔" (do.) اُس (us) نے (ne) کہا، (kahaa,) "میں (main) نے (ne) تمام (tamaam) جہانوں (jahaanon) کے (ke) رب (rabb) کو (ko) خود (khud) کو (ko) سپرد (supurd) کر (kar) دیا (diyaa) ہے۔" (hai.)

Here is the Urdu translation, English translation, and a detailed word-for-word explanation to help you learn Urdu.

English Translation of the Arabic Sentence

And [recall] when your Lord said to the angels, "Indeed, I am placing upon the earth a successor." They said, "Will You place upon it one who will cause corruption therein and shed blood, while we declare Your praise and sanctify You?" He said, "Indeed, I know that which you do not know."

Urdu Translation

اور جب تمہارے رب نے فرشتوں سے فرمایا: "بے شک میں زمین میں ایک خلیفہ بنانے والا ہوں۔" انہوں نے کہا: "کیا آپ اس (زمین) میں ایسے کو بنائیں گے جو اس میں فساد کرے گا اور خون بہائے گا؟ حالانکہ ہم آپ کی تعریف کے ساتھ تسبیح کرتے ہیں اور آپ کی پاکی بیان کرتے ہیں۔" فرمایا: "بے شک میں وہ جانتا ہوں جو تم نہیں جانتے۔"

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English)

This section breaks down the Urdu translation word by word, providing pronunciation and grammatical insights.

1. اور (aur) - And

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "oar" in English.

- Grammar: Conjunction, connecting phrases or clauses.

2. جب (jab) - When

- Pronunciation: Rhymes with "hub" but with a soft 'j' sound.

- Grammar: Adverb of time, used here to refer to a past event.

3. تمہارے (tumhaare) - Your (plural/respectful possessive)

- Pronunciation: toom-haa-ray.

- Grammar: Possessive adjective for the second person. In Urdu, possessive adjectives (like 'my', 'your', 'his') change form based on the gender and number of the noun they modify and whether that noun is in a direct or oblique case. Here, 'رب' (rabb - Lord) is masculine singular, but the postposition 'نے' (ne) puts it into an oblique case, hence 'تمہارے'.

4. رب (rabb) - Lord

- Pronunciation: rub, with a slightly rolled 'r' (similar to Spanish 'r' in 'pero').

- Grammar: Noun, masculine, referring to God.

5. نے (ne) - (Postposition for agent)

- Pronunciation: nay (like the English word "nay").

- Grammar: This is a crucial Urdu postposition. It indicates the subject of a transitive verb (a verb that takes a direct object) when that verb is in the past tense. Here, "تمہارے رب نے فرمایا" means "Your Lord said," where 'نے' marks 'Your Lord' as the doer of the action 'said'.

6. فرشتوں (farishton) - Angels (plural, oblique case)

- Pronunciation: fah-rish-tohñ. The 'ñ' represents a nasal 'n' sound, similar to the 'on' in French 'bon'.

- Grammar: Noun, plural of 'فرشتہ' (farishta - angel). It is in the oblique case because of the following postposition 'سے' (se).

7. سے (se) - To / From

- Pronunciation: say (like the English word "say").

- Grammar: Postposition, here indicating the recipient of the action ("to the angels"). It can also mean "from," "by," or "with."

8. فرمایا (farmaya) - Said / Commanded (respectful past tense)

- Pronunciation: far-maa-yaa.

- Grammar: Verb, past tense. This is a respectful form of 'کہنا' (kehna - to say), specifically used for revered figures like God or elders.

9. بے شک (be shak) - Indeed / Surely

- Pronunciation: bay shak.

- Grammar: Adverbial phrase, used for emphasis and certainty, similar to 'certainly' or 'without a doubt'.

10. میں (main) - I

- Pronunciation: mayñ. The 'ay' is nasalized, like the 'ain' in French 'pain'.

- Grammar: First person singular pronoun.

11. زمین (zameen) - Earth / Land

- Pronunciation: zah-meeñ. The 'ee' is a long 'e' sound, and the 'ñ' is nasalized.

- Grammar: Noun, feminine.

12. میں (mein) - In / On

- Pronunciation: mayñ. This postposition has the same pronunciation as the pronoun 'I', but context distinguishes them.

- Grammar: Postposition, indicating location. Here, it conveys "on" or "upon" the earth.

13. ایک (ek) - A / One

- Pronunciation: aik (sounds like "ache" in English, but with a softer 'ch' sound, closer to 'eck').

- Grammar: Indefinite article or the numeral 'one'.

14. خلیفہ (khalifa) - Successor / Vicegerent

- Pronunciation: kha-lee-fah. The 'kh' is an aspirated sound, similar to the 'ch' in Scottish 'loch' or German 'Bach'.

- Grammar: Noun, masculine.

15. بنانے والا (banaane waala) - One who will make / One who will place

- Pronunciation: ba-naa-nay waa-laa.

- Grammar: This is a compound structure: 'بنانے' (banaane) is the oblique infinitive of 'بنانا' (banaana - to make/create/place), and 'والا' (waala) is an agentive suffix. It means "one who does [the action]" or "one who is about to do [the action]," expressing future intent or a characteristic. It is a direct equivalent of the Arabic active participle 'جَاعِلٌ' (ja'ilun).

16. ہوں (hoon) - Am

- Pronunciation: hoñ. The 'o' is a nasal sound.

- Grammar: First person singular form of the verb 'to be'. It completes the sentence: "I am one who will make...".

17. انہوں نے (unhon ne) - They (respectful plural subject)

- Pronunciation: un-hoñ nay.

- Grammar: This is the plural pronoun 'وہ' (woh - they/those) in its oblique form 'انہوں' (unhon) combined with the agentive postposition 'نے'. This construction marks 'they' (the angels) as the subject of the past tense transitive verb 'کہا' (kaha - said).

18. کہا (kaha) - Said

- Pronunciation: ka-haa. The 'h' is aspirated, meaning you should pronounce it with a breathy sound.

- Grammar: Verb, past tense of 'کہنا' (kehna - to say).

19. کیا (kya) - What? / (Interrogative particle)

- Pronunciation: kyaa.

- Grammar: In this context, 'کیا' functions as an interrogative particle, turning the statement into a question, equivalent to "Will you...?" It can also mean "what?".

20. آپ (aap) - You (formal/respectful singular or plural)

- Pronunciation: aap (like the 'aap' in 'apple' but with a longer 'aa' sound).

- Grammar: Second person pronoun, used to show respect to one or more people.

21. اس (us) - That / It (oblique demonstrative pronoun)

- Pronunciation: us (like the English word "us").

- Grammar: Demonstrative pronoun, here referring back to 'زمین' (zameen - earth). It is in the oblique form because of the following postposition 'میں' (mein).

22. (زمین) (zameen) - (Earth)

- Pronunciation: zah-meeñ.

- Grammar: Noun. Added in parentheses for clarity that 'اس' refers to the earth.

23. بنائیں گے (banaayenge) - Will You make / Will You place

- Pronunciation: ba-naa-yeñ-gay.

- Grammar: Verb, future tense, second person plural/respectful form. The root is 'بنانا' (banaana - to make/create/place). This form ends with 'یں گے' (eñ ge) for respectful plural subjects.

24. جو (jo) - Who / Which

- Pronunciation: joh.

- Grammar: Relative pronoun, introducing a dependent clause.

25. فساد (fasaad) - Corruption / Mischief

- Pronunciation: fa-saad.

- Grammar: Noun, masculine.

26. کرے گا (kare ga) - Will do / Will cause

- Pronunciation: ka-ray gaa.

- Grammar: Verb, future tense, third person singular. The root is 'کرنا' (karna - to do).

27. اور (aur) - And

- Pronunciation: oar.

- Grammar: Conjunction (repeated from above).

28. خون (khoon) - Blood

- Pronunciation: khoon. The 'kh' is aspirated, and 'oo' is a long sound.

- Grammar: Noun, masculine.

29. بہائے گا (bahaaye ga) - Will shed / Will flow

- Pronunciation: ba-haa-ye gaa.

- Grammar: Verb, future tense, third person singular. The root is 'بہانا' (bahaana - to shed, to cause to flow).

30. حالانکہ (haalanke) - While / Whereas

- Pronunciation: haalaan-keh.

- Grammar: Conjunction, introducing a contrasting or simultaneous condition.

31. ہم (hum) - We

- Pronunciation: hum.

- Grammar: First person plural pronoun.

32. آپ کی (aap ki) - Your (feminine/oblique possessive)

- Pronunciation: aap kee.

- Grammar: Possessive pronoun/adjective. 'کی' (ki) is used here because the noun it modifies, 'تعریف' (tareef - praise), is feminine. If it were masculine, it would be 'آپ کا' (aap ka).

33. تعریف (tareef) - Praise / Commendation

- Pronunciation: ta-reef.

- Grammar: Noun, feminine.

34. کے ساتھ (ke saath) - With

- Pronunciation: kay saath.

- Grammar: Compound postposition, meaning "with." 'کے' (ke) is the oblique form of 'کا' (ka - of) used with 'ساتھ' (saath - company/together).

35. تسبیح (tasbeeh) - Glorification / Praise (of God)

- Pronunciation: tus-bee-h.

- Grammar: Noun, feminine. Often used with 'کرنا' (karna - to do) to form the verb 'تسبیح کرنا' (tasbeeh karna - to glorify).

36. کرتے ہیں (karte hain) - We do / We make (present habitual)

- Pronunciation: kur-tay hayñ.

- Grammar: Verb, present tense, first person plural. 'کرنا' (karna - to do) + 'ہیں' (hain - are). This describes an ongoing or habitual action.

37. پاکی (paaki) - Purity / Holiness

- Pronunciation: paa-kee.

- Grammar: Noun, feminine.

38. بیان کرتے ہیں (bayaan karte hain) - We declare / We describe

- Pronunciation: ba-yaan kur-tay hayñ.

- Grammar: Compound verb 'بیان کرنا' (bayaan karna - to declare/describe) in the present tense, first person plural. In this context, it refers to declaring God's holiness or sanctifying Him.

39. فرمایا (farmaya) - He said / He commanded

- Pronunciation: far-maa-yaa.

- Grammar: Verb, past tense, respectful form (repeated from above).

40. وہ (woh) - That / Which

- Pronunciation: voh.

- Grammar: Demonstrative pronoun, here acting as a relative pronoun for "that which."

41. جانتا ہوں (jaanta hoon) - I know

- Pronunciation: jaan-taa hoñ.

- Grammar: Verb, present tense, first person singular. 'جاننا' (jaanna - to know) + 'ہوں' (hoon - am). The 'تا' (taa) ending indicates a habitual, continuous, or simple present action.

42. جو (jo) - Which / That

- Pronunciation: joh.

- Grammar: Relative pronoun, connecting "that" with "you do not know."

43. تم (tum) - You (informal/familiar plural)

- Pronunciation: tum.

- Grammar: Second person plural pronoun, used for familiar address or, as here, by God to His creation. It is less formal than 'آپ' (aap).

44. نہیں (nahin) - Not

- Pronunciation: na-heeñ. The 'ee' is a long sound, and the 'ñ' is nasalized.

- Grammar: Negative particle, placed before the verb to negate it.

45. جانتے (jaante) - Know (plural, present tense)

- Pronunciation: jaantay.

- Grammar: Verb, present tense, plural form of 'جاننا' (jaanna - to know). When used with 'تم' (tum), the auxiliary verb 'ہو' (ho - are) is often implied or omitted in casual speech or certain sentence structures, so the full form would be "تم نہیں جانتے ہو" (tum nahin jaante ho - you do not know).

Here is the translation and detailed breakdown for your Urdu learning material:

English Translation:

Those are the ones who bought misguidance in exchange for guidance, so their transaction did not profit, nor were they guided.

Urdu Translation:

وہ لوگ ہیں جنہوں نے ہدایت کے بدلے میں گمراہی خرید لی، تو ان کی تجارت میں کوئی نفع نہیں ہوا اور وہ ہدایت یافتہ نہ ہوئے۔

Urdu Word-by-Word Breakdown and Pronunciation Guide:

1. وہ (woh)

- Meaning: Those/They.

- Explanation: This is a pronoun used to refer to people or things at a distance, similar to "they" or "those" in English. In Urdu, it can be singular or plural, but here with 'log' (people), it clearly refers to a plural group.

2. لوگ (log)

- Meaning: People.

- Explanation: A common noun meaning "people". When used with 'woh', it explicitly refers to "those people".

3. ہیں (hain)

- Meaning: Are.

- Explanation: This is the plural form of the verb "to be" in the present tense. It makes the sentence a statement about "those people."

4. جنہوں نے (jinhon ne)

- Meaning: Who (as the doer).

- Explanation: This is a relative pronoun. "Jinhon" (jin-hon) is the oblique plural form of "jo" (who/which). "Ne" (nay) is a postposition (like a preposition, but placed after the noun/pronoun) that marks the agent (the one performing the action) of a transitive verb in perfective tenses (like the past tense "khareed li" - bought). It signifies "by whom" or "who (as the doer)".

5. ہدایت (hidaayat)

- Meaning: Guidance.

- Explanation: This is a feminine noun of Arabic origin, meaning "guidance" or "right path".

6. کے بدلے میں (ke badle mein)

- Meaning: In exchange for.

- Explanation: This is a compound postposition (a phrase acting as a postposition).

- "Ke" (kay): A possessive postposition meaning "of" or "for", here it links "badle" to "hidaayat".

- "Badle" (bad-lay): Means "exchange" or "in place of".

- "Mein" (mayn): A postposition meaning "in" or "within".

- Together, they form the phrase "in exchange for".

7. گمراہی (gumraahi)

- Meaning: Misguidance/Error.

- Explanation: A feminine noun. It is derived from the Persian word "gumrah" (misguided) and the suffix "-i" which forms abstract nouns, referring to the state of being misguided or lost.

8. خرید لی (khareed li)

- Meaning: Bought.

- Explanation: This is a compound verb in the past tense.

- "Khareedna" (khareed-naa): The infinitive verb "to buy".

- "Li" (lee): The feminine singular past form of the auxiliary verb "lena" (to take). It adds an intensity or sense of completion to the action of buying. Importantly, "li" agrees in gender with 'gumraahi' (misguidance), which is a feminine object.

- Together, it means "bought" or "took by buying".

9. تو (to)

- Meaning: So/Then.

- Explanation: A conjunction used to indicate a consequence or result, similar to "so" or "then" in English.

10. ان کی (un ki)

- Meaning: Their (feminine singular possessive).

- Explanation: This is a possessive pronoun.

- "Un" (oon): The oblique plural form of "woh" (they/those).

- "Ki" (kee): A feminine singular possessive postposition ("of" or "for"), which agrees with the feminine noun "tijaarat" (trade).

11. تجارت (tijaarat)

- Meaning: Trade/Transaction.

- Explanation: A feminine noun of Arabic origin, meaning "business", "commerce", or "transaction".

12. میں (mein)

- Meaning: In.

- Explanation: A common postposition meaning "in" or "within".

13. کوئی (ko-ee)

- Meaning: Any/No.

- Explanation: In a negative sentence (like "nafa' nahin hua"), "koi" emphasizes the complete absence of something, translating to "no" or "not any".

14. نفع (nafa')

- Meaning: Profit.

- Explanation: A masculine noun of Arabic origin, meaning "benefit" or "profit".

15. نہیں ہوا (nahin hua)

- Meaning: Did not happen/Did not occur/Was not made.

- Explanation: This is a negative past tense verb phrase.

- "Nahin" (nah-heen): The standard negative particle "not".

- "Hua" (hoo-aa): The masculine singular past form of the verb "hona" (to be/to happen). It agrees with the masculine noun "nafa'" (profit).

- Together, it means "did not occur/happen" or "was not made".

16. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And.

- Explanation: A common conjunction meaning "and".

17. وہ (woh)

- Meaning: They.

- Explanation: Here, again referring to "those people" as the subject of the second clause.

18. ہدایت یافتہ (hidaayat yaafta)

- Meaning: Guided/Recipient of guidance.

- Explanation: This is a compound adjective.

- "Hidaayat" (hidaayat): Guidance.

- "Yaafta" (yaaf-taa): A Persian suffix meaning "received" or "found".

- Together, it describes someone who has received or found guidance.

19. نہ ہوئے (nah hue)

- Meaning: Did not become/Were not.

- Explanation: This is a negative past tense verb phrase.

- "Nah" (nah): Another negative particle, often used directly before verbs.

- "Hue" (hoo-ay): The masculine plural past form of the verb "hona" (to be/to become). It agrees with the plural pronoun "woh" (they).

- Together, it means "they did not become" or "they were not".

Grammar Notes:

- Postpositions: Unlike English prepositions, Urdu uses postpositions, which come after the noun or pronoun they modify (e.g., 'hidaayat ke badle mein' instead of 'in exchange for guidance').

- Verb Agreement: In Urdu, verbs often change form to agree with the gender and number of their subject or object, depending on the tense and transitivity.

- In khareed **li**, the auxiliary li (feminine singular) agrees with the direct object gumraahi (misguidance, feminine singular).

- In nahin **hua**, hua (masculine singular) agrees with the subject nafa' (profit, masculine singular).

- In nah **hue**, hue (masculine plural) agrees with the subject woh (they, masculine plural).

- Agent Marker 'Ne': The postposition 'ne' is a crucial grammatical marker. It's used after the agent (the one performing the action) of a transitive verb in certain past and perfect tenses. For example, in 'jinhon ne khareed li', 'jinhon' (who) is the agent of 'khareed li' (bought).

- Compound Verbs: Urdu frequently uses compound verbs (e.g., 'khareed li' from 'khareedna' + 'lena') where an auxiliary verb (like 'lena', 'dena', 'jaana') adds nuance to the main verb's meaning, often indicating completion, intensity, or direction of the action.

Here is the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence, designed to help an English student learn Urdu:

English Translation

"And for each [community/people] is a direction to which they turn. So compete in good deeds. Wherever you may be, Allah will bring you all together. Indeed, Allah is over all things competent."

Urdu Translation

"اور ہر ایک کے لیے ایک رُخ ہے جس کی طرف وہ متوجہ ہوتا ہے، پس نیکیوں میں سبقت لے جاؤ۔ تم جہاں کہیں بھی ہو گے، اللہ تم سب کو اکٹھا کر لے گا۔ بے شک اللہ ہر چیز پر قادر ہے۔"

Pronunciation: Aur har ek ke li-ay ek rukh hai jis ki taraf woh mutawajjih hota hai, pas nekion mein sabqat le jao. Tum jahan kahin bhi ho ge, Allah tum sab ko ikaththa kar le ga. Be shak Allah har cheez par qaadir hai.

Word-by-Word Breakdown (Urdu to English)

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word to understand its structure and meaning.

Part 1: "And for each is a direction to which they turn"

1. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Grammar: A conjunction, similar to "and" in English.

2. ہر (har)

- Meaning: Every, Each

- Grammar: An adjective that modifies the following noun.

3. ایک (ek)

- Meaning: One, A

- Grammar: Here it acts as an indefinite article (like "a" or "an" in English) or emphasizes "each one."

4. کے لیے (ke li-ay)

- Meaning: For

- Grammar: This is a postpositional phrase. In Urdu, prepositions often come after the noun they relate to (hence "postposition"). کے (ke) is a marker for the possessive/genitive case, and لیے (li-ay) means "for." Together, they mean "for (someone/something)."

5. ایک (ek)

- Meaning: A, One

- Grammar: Indefinite article here.

6. رُخ (rukh)

- Meaning: Direction, Face, Aspect

- Grammar: A masculine noun. It refers to a specific direction or the way one faces.

7. ہے (hai)

- Meaning: Is

- Grammar: The present tense form of the verb ہونا (hona) - "to be," for singular subjects.

8. جس (jis)

- Meaning: Which, Whom

- Grammar: A relative pronoun, connecting the previous clause to the next.

9. کی طرف (ki taraf)

- Meaning: Towards

- Grammar: Another postpositional phrase. کی (ki) is a feminine possessive/genitive marker (agreeing with طرف), and طرف (taraf) means "side" or "direction." So, "towards which side."

10. وہ (woh)

- Meaning: He, She, It, They (singular or plural, formal or informal)

- Grammar: A pronoun. Here, it refers to "each one" or "each community" mentioned earlier.

11. متوجہ ہوتا ہے (mutawajjih hota hai)

- Meaning: Turns towards, Pays attention (to), Directs oneself (to)

- Grammar: This is a compound verb. متوجہ (mutawajjih) is an adjective meaning "attentive" or "turned (towards)," and ہوتا ہے (hota hai) is the habitual/continuous present tense form of ہونا (hona) - "to be." So literally, "he becomes attentive" or "he habitually turns towards." It means 'he turns to it' or 'he faces it'.

Part 2: "So compete in good deeds"

1. پس (pas)

- Meaning: So, Therefore

- Grammar: A conjunction, indicating a consequence or conclusion.

2. نیکیوں (nekion)

- Meaning: Good deeds, Virtues

- Grammar: This is the oblique plural form of the feminine noun نیکی (neki) - "good deed." It's in the oblique case because it's followed by the postposition میں.

3. میں (mein)

- Meaning: In

- Grammar: A postposition.

4. سبقت لے جاؤ (sabqat le jao)

- Meaning: Compete, Surpass, Strive to excel

- Grammar: This is an idiomatic verb phrase in the imperative plural form.

- سبقت (sabqat) means "precedence" or "a lead."

- لے جاؤ (le jao) means "take and go" (from لینا leena - "to take" and جانا jaana - "to go," in imperative plural).

- Together, it means "take the lead" or "strive to be first."

Part 3: "Wherever you may be, Allah will bring you all together"

1. تم (tum)

- Meaning: You (plural, informal)

- Grammar: A second-person plural pronoun.

2. جہاں کہیں بھی (jahan kahin bhi)

- Meaning: Wherever, Anywhere you might be

- Grammar: This is an adverbial phrase expressing "wherever."

- جہاں (jahan) means "where."

- کہیں (kahin) means "anywhere."

- بھی (bhi) means "even" or "also," adding emphasis to "wherever."

3. ہو گے (ho ge)

- Meaning: You will be

- Grammar: This is the future tense (second-person plural) of the verb ہونا (hona) - "to be." ہو (ho) is the root, and گے (ge) is the masculine plural future tense ending (it would be گی gi for feminine plural or گا ga for masculine singular).

4. اللہ (Allah)

- Meaning: Allah (God)

- Grammar: Proper noun.

5. تم سب کو (tum sab ko)

- Meaning: All of you

- Grammar: This is an object phrase.

- تم (tum) - "you."

- سب (sab) - "all."

- کو (ko) - A postposition that marks the direct object of a verb or indicates direction/to.

6. اکٹھا کر لے گا (ikaththa kar le ga)

- Meaning: Will gather together, Will assemble

- Grammar: This is a compound verb in the masculine singular future tense.

- اکٹھا (ikaththa) means "together" or "gathered."

- کر لے گا (kar le ga) is the future tense of کر لینا (kar lena) - "to do/make/take." This construction implies completeness or a definitive action.

- گا (ga) is the masculine singular future tense ending, agreeing with اللہ (Allah).

Part 4: "Indeed, Allah is over all things competent"

1. بے شک (be shak)

- Meaning: Indeed, Undoubtedly, Without a doubt

- Grammar: An emphatic adverbial phrase. بے (be) means "without," and شک (shak) means "doubt."

2. اللہ (Allah)

- Meaning: Allah (God)

- Grammar: Proper noun.

3. ہر (har)

- Meaning: Every

- Grammar: An adjective.

4. چیز (cheez)

- Meaning: Thing

- Grammar: A feminine noun. It's in the oblique case because of the following postposition پر.

5. پر (par)

- Meaning: On, Over, Upon

- Grammar: A postposition.

6. قادر (qaadir)

- Meaning: All-powerful, Competent, Capable

- Grammar: An adjective.

7. ہے (hai)

- Meaning: Is

- Grammar: The present tense form of the verb ہونا (hona) - "to be," for singular subjects.

Here's the translation and word-by-word breakdown for the given Arabic sentence, formatted for a mobi book, and designed to help an English speaker learn Urdu:

English Translation

"And We shaded you with clouds and sent down upon you Manna and quails. Eat from the good things with which We have provided you. And they did not wrong Us, but they were wronging themselves."

Urdu Translation

اور (aur) ہم (hum) نے (ne) تم (tum) پر (par) بادلوں (baadlon) کا (ka) سایہ (saaya) کیا (kiya)، اور (aur) تم (tum) پر (par) مَن (mann) اور (aur) سَلویٰ (salwa) اتارا (utaara)۔ کھاؤ (khao) ان (un) پاکیزہ (paakizah) چیزوں (cheezoñ) میں (meiñ) سے (se) جو (jo) ہم (hum) نے (ne) تمہیں (tumheiñ) رزق (rizq) دیا (diya) ہے (hai)۔ اور (aur) انہوں (unhoñ) نے (ne) ہم (hum) پر (par) ظلم (zulm) نہیں (nahin) کیا (kiya)، لیکن (lekin) وہ (woh) تو (to) خود (khud) اپنی (apni) جانوں (jaanoñ) پر (par) ہی (hi) ظلم (zulm) کرتے (karte) تھے (the)۔

Word-by-Word Explanation (Urdu to English)

Here's a detailed breakdown of each Urdu word, its pronunciation, meaning, and relevant grammar notes:

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Grammar Note: This is a common conjunction, used to connect words, phrases, or clauses, similar to "and" in English.

- ہم (hum)

- Meaning: We

- Grammar Note: This is the first-person plural pronoun in Urdu.

- نے (ne)

- Meaning: (Postposition indicating the agent)

- Grammar Note: This is a crucial postposition in Urdu. It marks the subject of a transitive verb (a verb that takes a direct object) when that verb is in certain past tenses (like the perfect tenses). It doesn't have a direct English equivalent but indicates that "hum" (we) is the one performing the action. When 'ne' is used, the verb typically agrees with the direct object, not the subject.

- تم (tum)

- Meaning: You (plural or informal singular)

- Grammar Note: This is a second-person pronoun. In this context, it addresses a group of people.

- پر (par)

- Meaning: On, upon, over

- Grammar Note: A common postposition indicating location or a surface.

- بادلوں (baadlon)

- Meaning: Clouds (plural, oblique case)

- Grammar Note: The singular form is baadal (cloud), which is a masculine noun. When a masculine plural noun is followed by a postposition like 'par' or 'ka', it often changes to its oblique form, typically ending in 'on' (e.g., baadal -> baadlon).

- کا (ka)

- Meaning: Of, 's (masculine singular possessive)

- Grammar Note: This is a postposition indicating possession or relationship. It changes its form based on the gender and number of the possessed item, not the possessor. Here, 'saaya' (shade) is masculine singular, so 'ka' is used. If the possessed item were feminine, it would be 'ki' (کی); if masculine plural, 'ke' (کے).

- سایہ (saaya)

- Meaning: Shade, shadow

- Grammar Note: This is a masculine singular noun.

- کیا (kiya)

- Meaning: Did, made

- Grammar Note: This is the past tense form of the verb karna (to do/make). In the phrase "saaya kiya," it means "provided shade" or "shaded."

- ، (comma)

- Meaning: (Punctuation mark, separates clauses)

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- تم (tum)

- Meaning: You

- پر (par)

- Meaning: Upon, on

- مَن (mann)

- Meaning: Manna (a sweet, edible substance mentioned in religious texts, miraculously provided)

- Grammar Note: A masculine noun, specific to this context.

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- سَلویٰ (salwa)

- Meaning: Quails (small migratory birds, also mentioned in religious texts as miraculously provided food)

- Grammar Note: A feminine noun, specific to this context.

- اتارا (utaara)

- Meaning: Sent down, lowered

- Grammar Note: This is the past tense form of the transitive verb utaarna (to cause to descend, to send down). Here, it implies "We sent down (mann and salwa)."

- ۔ (period)

- Meaning: (Punctuation mark, full stop)

- کھاؤ (khao)

- Meaning: Eat! (imperative, plural)

- Grammar Note: This is an imperative verb (a command) directed at a group of people ("you all eat"). The informal singular imperative is also khao, while the formal singular/plural is khaaiye (کھائیے).

- ان (un)

- Meaning: Those, these (plural demonstrative)

- Grammar Note: Used here to refer to "pure things" that follow.

- پاکیزہ (paakizah)

- Meaning: Pure, wholesome, good

- Grammar Note: An adjective describing the quality of the things. It is often used for food that is clean, permissible, and beneficial.

- چیزوں (cheezoñ)

- Meaning: Things (plural, oblique case)

- Grammar Note: The singular form is cheez (thing), which is a feminine noun. When a feminine plural noun is followed by a postposition (like 'mein se'), it takes the oblique form, ending in 'oñ' (e.g., cheez -> cheezoñ). The 'ñ' indicates a nasalized 'n' sound.

- میں (meiñ)

- Meaning: In

- Grammar Note: A postposition indicating location inside something. The 'ñ' indicates a nasalized 'n'.

- سے (se)

- Meaning: From, out of

- Grammar Note: A versatile postposition indicating origin, means, or comparison. When used with 'mein' (mein se), it often translates to "from among" or "out of."

- جو (jo)

- Meaning: Which, that (relative pronoun)

- Grammar Note: This pronoun connects the preceding clause to the one that describes "those pure things."

- ہم (hum)

- Meaning: We

- نے (ne)

- Meaning: (Postposition indicating the agent)

- Grammar Note: Marks 'hum' as the agent of 'diya'.

- تمہیں (tumheiñ)

- Meaning: To you, for you

- Grammar Note: This is an oblique form of 'tum' (you) combined with the dative postposition 'ko' (to/for), which often merges to form 'tumheiñ'. The 'ñ' indicates a nasalized 'n'.

- رزق (rizq)

- Meaning: Provision, sustenance

- Grammar Note: A masculine noun, referring to what is provided by God.

- دیا (diya)

- Meaning: Gave, provided

- Grammar Note: This is the past tense form of the verb dena (to give). In the phrase "rizq diya," it means "provided sustenance."

- ہے (hai)

- Meaning: Is

- Grammar Note: Here, it functions as an auxiliary verb, combining with 'diya' to form the present perfect tense "diya hai," meaning "have provided."

- ۔ (period)

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- انہوں (unhoñ)

- Meaning: They (oblique plural)

- Grammar Note: This is the oblique form of 'woh' (they/those) used when it's followed by a postposition like 'ne'. The 'ñ' indicates a nasalized 'n'.

- نے (ne)

- Meaning: (Postposition indicating the agent)

- Grammar Note: Marks 'unhoñ' as the agent of 'zulm kiya'.

- ہم (hum)

- Meaning: Us (accusative form)

- Grammar Note: This is the objective form of the pronoun 'hum' (we), meaning "us" or "to us."

- پر (par)

- Meaning: Upon, on

- ظلم (zulm)

- Meaning: Injustice, wrong, oppression

- Grammar Note: A masculine noun. "Zulm karna" (ظلم کرنا) means "to commit injustice/wrong."

- نہیں (nahin)

- Meaning: Not

- Grammar Note: This is a negation particle, used to make a sentence negative.

- کیا (kiya)

- Meaning: Did

- Grammar Note: Past tense of karna. "Zulm nahin kiya" means "did not commit injustice/wrong."

- ، (comma)

- لیکن (lekin)

- Meaning: But

- Grammar Note: A common conjunction used to introduce a contrasting idea.

- وہ (woh)

- Meaning: They

- Grammar Note: Third-person plural pronoun.

- تو (to)

- Meaning: Indeed, certainly, emphasis particle

- Grammar Note: This particle adds emphasis or contrast to the preceding word or phrase. It can sometimes be translated as "then," "indeed," or simply adds a subtle stress.

- خود (khud)

- Meaning: Self, themselves (reflexive pronoun)

- Grammar Note: This reflexive pronoun emphasizes that the action is directed back at the subject ("themselves").

- اپنی (apni)

- Meaning: Their own

- Grammar Note: This is a reflexive possessive adjective, meaning "one's own." It agrees with the gender and number of the possessed noun. Since 'jaanoñ' (selves/lives) is feminine plural, 'apni' (feminine plural) is used.

- جانوں (jaanoñ)

- Meaning: Lives, souls, selves (plural, oblique case)

- Grammar Note: The singular form is jaan (life/soul/self), which is a feminine noun. In the plural oblique case (when followed by a postposition like 'par'), it becomes 'jaanoñ'. The 'ñ' indicates a nasalized 'n'.

- پر (par)

- Meaning: Upon, on

- ہی (hi)

- Meaning: Only, exclusively, indeed (emphasis particle)

- Grammar Note: Another emphatic particle, often stronger than 'to'. It can mean "only," "exclusively," or provide strong emphasis. Here, it intensifies "apni jaanoñ par" to mean "upon their own selves only."

- ظلم (zulm)

- Meaning: Injustice, wrong, oppression

- کرتے (karte)

- Meaning: Do, commit (habitual/continuous aspect)

- Grammar Note: This is the habitual or continuous stem of the verb karna (to do). When combined with the past auxiliary 'the', it forms the past continuous tense ("were doing") or past habitual tense ("used to do").

- تھے (the)

- Meaning: Were

- Grammar Note: This is the past tense auxiliary verb (masculine plural) that, when combined with the continuous stem of a verb (like karte), forms the past continuous tense ("were doing") or past habitual tense ("used to do"). It shows the action was ongoing or habitual in the past.

- ۔ (period)

Hello there! I'm here to help you learn Urdu using this Arabic sentence as our source material. We'll go through the translation step-by-step, focusing on the Urdu words, their pronunciation, and their meanings.

Let's start with the full English translation of the Arabic sentence, followed by its Urdu equivalent.

Full English Translation

He said, "Indeed, He says that it (the cow) is a cow neither trained to plow the earth nor to water the fields; it is sound/unblemished, with no blemish in it." They said, "Now you have brought the truth." So they slaughtered it, though they nearly did not do so.

Full Urdu Translation

اُس نے کہا، "بیشک وہ فرماتا ہے کہ وہ ایک ایسی گائے ہے جو نہ تو زمین جوتنے والی ہو اور نہ ہی کھیتوں کو پانی دینے والی، صحیح سالم ہو، جس میں کوئی داغ نہ ہو۔" اُنہوں نے کہا، "اب تم نے حق بات لائی ہے۔" پھر اُنہوں نے اُسے ذبح کیا، حالانکہ وہ ایسا کرنے کے قریب نہ تھے۔

Urdu Word-for-Word Breakdown & Learning

Now, let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word. Each Urdu word will be in bold, followed by its pronunciation and then its English meaning and any relevant grammar notes.

Sentence 1: "He said, 'Indeed, He says that it is a cow neither trained to plow the earth nor to water the fields; it is sound/unblemished, with no blemish in it.'"

- اُس (Us)

- Meaning: He.

- Grammar: This is the oblique form of 'وہ' (woh - he/she/it). It's used here because it's followed by the postposition 'نے'.

- نے (Ne)

- Meaning: (Grammatical marker).

- Grammar: 'نے' is a postposition used with transitive verbs (verbs that take a direct object) in past tenses. It marks the subject as the agent performing the action. It doesn't have a direct English equivalent in this context but is crucial for correct Urdu sentence structure.

- کہا (Kaha)

- Meaning: Said.

- Grammar: This is the past tense of the verb 'کہنا' (keh-na), meaning 'to say'.

- بیشک (Be-shak)

- Meaning: Indeed, certainly.

- وہ (Woh)

- Meaning: He.

- Grammar: Here, 'وہ' refers to God.

- فرماتا ہے (Far-maa-ta hai)

- Meaning: Says, states (respectful/formal).

- Grammar: 'فرماتا' (far-maa-ta) is a more formal or respectful way of saying 'کہتا' (keh-ta - says). 'ہے' (hai) is the present tense auxiliary verb 'is'.

- کہ (Keh)

- Meaning: That (conjunction).

- وہ (Woh)

- Meaning: It.

- Grammar: This 'وہ' refers to the cow.

- ایک (Ek)

- Meaning: A, one.

- ایسی (Ai-see)

- Meaning: Such, such a (feminine).

- Grammar: This adjective agrees in gender with 'گائے' (gaaye - cow), which is feminine.

- گائے (Gaa-ye)

- Meaning: Cow.

- ہے (Hai)

- Meaning: Is.

- جو (Jo)

- Meaning: Which, that (relative pronoun).

- نہ (Na)

- Meaning: Not.

- تو (To)

- Meaning: (Emphatic particle).

- Grammar: Often used in the structure "نہ تو... نہ ہی..." (na to... na hee...) meaning "neither... nor...".

- زمین (Za-meen)

- Meaning: Earth, land.

- جوتنے والی (Jot-ne waa-lee)

- Meaning: Plowing (one).

- Grammar: 'جوتنا' (jot-na) means 'to plow'. 'والی' (waa-lee) is a feminine suffix that turns a verb or noun into a descriptive phrase meaning "one that does/has" (e.g., 'پانی والی' - paani waali - "one with water," 'دینے والی' - de-ne waa-lee - "one that gives").

- ہو (Ho)

- Meaning: Be.

- Grammar: This is the subjunctive form of 'ہونا' (ho-na - to be), used here to express a condition or desired characteristic.

- اور (Aur)

- Meaning: And.

- نہ (Na)

- Meaning: Not.

- ہی (Hee)

- Meaning: (Emphatic particle).

- Grammar: Part of the "نہ تو... نہ ہی..." structure.

- کھیتوں (Khe-tõ)

- Meaning: Fields.

- Grammar: This is the oblique plural form of 'کھیت' (khet - field). It's oblique because of the following postposition 'کو'.

- کو (Ko)

- Meaning: To.

- Grammar: A postposition used to mark the direct object or indicate direction.

- پانی (Paa-nee)

- Meaning: Water.

- دینے والی (De-ne waa-lee)

- Meaning: Giving (one) / Watering.

- Grammar: 'دینا' (de-na) means 'to give'. 'پانی دینا' (paani de-na) means 'to water'. 'والی' (waa-lee) makes it "one that waters."

- صحیح سالم (Sa-heeh saa-lim)

- Meaning: Sound, unblemished, wholesome, intact.

- جس (Jis)

- Meaning: In which.

- Grammar: This is the oblique form of 'جو' (jo), used when followed by a postposition like 'میں'.

- میں (Meñ)

- Meaning: In.

- کوئی (Ko-ee)

- Meaning: Any, some.

- داغ (Daagh)

- Meaning: Blemish, spot, mark.

- نہ ہو (Na ho)

- Meaning: Should not be, is not.

- Grammar: 'نہ' (na) is 'not', and 'ہو' (ho) is the subjunctive form of 'ہونا' (ho-na - to be).

Sentence 2: "They said, 'Now you have brought the truth.'"

- اُنہوں (Un-hõ)

- Meaning: They.

- Grammar: This is the oblique plural/honorific form of 'وہ' (woh - they/those), used as the subject with 'نے'.

- نے (Ne)

- Meaning: (Grammatical marker). (As explained above).

- کہا (Kaha)

- Meaning: Said.

- اب (Ab)

- Meaning: Now.

- تم (Tum)

- Meaning: You (informal plural or polite singular).

- نے (Ne)

- Meaning: (Grammatical marker). (As explained above).

- حق (Huq)

- Meaning: Truth, right.

- بات (Baat)

- Meaning: Matter, talk, word.

- Context: 'حق بات' (huq baat) together means "the truth" or "a truthful matter".

- لائی ہے (Laa-yee hai)

- Meaning: Have brought.

- Grammar: 'لانا' (laa-na) means 'to bring'. 'لائی' (laa-yee) is the feminine past participle, agreeing with 'بات' (baat - which is feminine). 'ہے' (hai) makes it present perfect tense.

Sentence 3: "So they slaughtered it, though they nearly did not do so."

- پھر (Phir)

- Meaning: Then, afterwards.

- اُنہوں (Un-hõ)

- Meaning: They. (As explained above).

- نے (Ne)

- Meaning: (Grammatical marker). (As explained above).

- اُسے (U-se)

- Meaning: It.

- Grammar: This is the oblique form of 'وہ' (woh) when used as a direct object. It refers to the cow.

- ذبح کیا (Zabh ki-ya)

- Meaning: Slaughtered.

- Grammar: 'ذبح کرنا' (zabh kar-na) means 'to slaughter'. 'کیا' (ki-ya) is the past tense of 'کرنا' (kar-na - to do).

- حالانکہ (Haa-lañ-ke)

- Meaning: Although, whereas.

- وہ (Woh)

- Meaning: They.

- ایسا (Ai-saa)

- Meaning: Such, so, like this.

- کرنے (Kar-ne)

- Meaning: To do.

- Grammar: This is the oblique infinitive form of 'کرنا' (kar-na - to do). It's used when followed by a postposition like 'کے'.

- کے (Ke)

- Meaning: Of, for (genitive postposition).

- Grammar: Used here with 'قریب' (qa-reeb) to form "near to doing."

- قریب (Qa-reeb)

- Meaning: Near, close.

- نہ (Na)

- Meaning: Not.

- تھے (The)

- Meaning: Were.

- Grammar: This is the masculine plural past tense of 'ہونا' (ho-na - to be). It implies that they were not near to doing it, meaning they almost didn't do it or did it with great reluctance.

You've done a great job following along! This type of detailed breakdown helps in understanding the building blocks of the Urdu language. Keep practicing these words and grammar points. If you have any questions, just ask!

Here's your Urdu and English translation, along with a word-for-word breakdown and pronunciation assistance, formatted for easy reading in a book.

English Translation:

"And [remember] when Moses said to his people, 'Indeed, Allah commands you to slaughter a cow.' They said, 'Are you taking us in ridicule?' He said, 'I seek refuge in Allah from being among the ignorant.'"

Urdu Translation:

اور جب موسیٰ (علیہ السلام) نے اپنی قوم سے کہا کہ اللہ تمہیں حکم دیتا ہے کہ تم ایک گائے ذبح کرو۔ انہوں نے کہا، "کیا آپ ہم سے مذاق کرتے ہیں؟" موسیٰ (علیہ السلام) نے کہا، "میں اللہ کی پناہ مانگتا ہوں کہ میں نادانوں میں سے ہو جاؤں۔"

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English):

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word:

- اور (aur) – And

- This is a common conjunction in Urdu, similar to "and" in English.

- جب (jab) – When

- This adverb indicates a point in time.

- موسیٰ (Moosa) – Moses

- This is the proper noun for the Prophet Moses.

- (علیہ السلام) (Alaihis-Salaam) – (Peace be upon him)

- This is an honorific phrase commonly used after the names of prophets, meaning "peace be upon him."

- نے (ne) – (grammatical particle)

- This is an ergative particle in Urdu. It marks the subject of a transitive verb in the past tense (like "کہا" - said). Here, it indicates that Moses is the one who performed the action of saying.

- اپنی (apni) – His (own)

- This is a reflexive possessive adjective, meaning "his/her/their own." It refers back to Moses.

- قوم (qaum) – People/Nation

- This noun refers to a community or group of people.

- سے (se) – To/From (preposition)

- This is a preposition that can mean "from," "with," or "to," depending on context. Here, it signifies "to" whom Moses spoke.

- کہا (kaha) – Said

- This is the past tense of the verb "کہنا" (kehna), meaning "to say."

- کہ (keh) – That (conjunction)

- This is a subordinating conjunction, introducing a clause, similar to "that" in English.

- اللہ (Allah) – Allah/God

- The Arabic word for God, commonly used in Urdu.

- تمہیں (tumhēn) – You (plural/formal object pronoun)

- This is the object form of "تم" (tum), meaning "you" (plural or informal singular). Here, it refers to Moses' people as the object of the command.

- حکم (hukm) – Command/Order

- This is a noun meaning a directive or instruction.

- دیتا ہے (deta hai) – Gives / Commands (literally "gives order")

- This is the present indefinite tense of "حکم دینا" (hukm dena), meaning "to give a command" or "to order." "دیتا" (deta) is the masculine singular form of "giving," and "ہے" (hai) is the auxiliary verb "is/does."

- کہ (keh) – That (conjunction)

- Another subordinating conjunction, introducing the specific command.

- تم (tum) – You (plural/informal)

- This is the subject pronoun for "you" (plural or informal singular).

- ایک (ēk) – One/A

- This functions as the indefinite article "a" or the number "one."

- گائے (gāye) – Cow

- This is a feminine noun for a cow.

- ذبح (zabh) – Slaughter (noun)

- This refers to the act of ritually slaughtering an animal.

- کرو (karo) – Do/Perform

- This is the imperative form of "کرنا" (karna), meaning "to do" or "to perform." Together, "ذبح کرو" (zabh karo) means "slaughter (it)."

- انہوں نے (unhōn ne) – They (ergative)

- This combines the plural pronoun "وہ" (woh - they/those) with the ergative particle "نے" (ne), indicating that "they" are the subject who performed the action of "saying."

- کہا، (kaha,) – Said,

- Past tense of "to say."

- "کیا (kya) – What/Are (interrogative particle)

- This word introduces a question in Urdu. Here, it functions like "are" at the beginning of an English question.

- آپ (aap) – You (formal/respectful)

- This is the formal and respectful pronoun for "you."

- ہم (hum) – We/Us

- This is the subject or object pronoun for "we/us."

- سے (se) – With/From (preposition)

- Here, it implies "with" or "from," in the sense of "making mockery with us."

- مذاق (mazāq) – Joke/Ridicule/Mockery

- This is a noun meaning jest, joke, or ridicule.

- کرتے ہیں؟" (karte hain?) – Do (present tense) / Are you doing?

- This is the present indefinite/continuous tense of "کرنا" (karna - to do) along with the plural/formal auxiliary verb "ہیں" (hain - are). "مذاق کرتے ہیں" (mazāq karte hain) means "do mockery" or "make fun." The question mark indicates it's an interrogative sentence.

- موسیٰ (علیہ السلام) نے (Moosa Alaihis-Salaam ne) – Moses (peace be upon him) (ergative particle)

- Repeating the subject for clarity in the narrative.

- کہا، (kaha,) – Said,

- Past tense of "to say."

- "میں (main) – I

- First-person singular pronoun.

- اللہ (Allah) – Allah/God

- The Arabic word for God.

- کی (ki) – Of (possessive particle)

- This is a feminine possessive particle, equivalent to 's or "of." Here, "اللہ کی پناہ" (Allah ki panāh) means "refuge of Allah."

- پناہ (panāh) – Refuge/Shelter

- This is a noun meaning protection or sanctuary.

- مانگتا ہوں (māngtā hūn) – I seek/I ask for

- This is the present indefinite tense of "مانگنا" (māngna), meaning "to ask for" or "to seek." "پناہ مانگنا" (panāh māngna) means "to seek refuge." "مانگتا" (māngtā) is the masculine singular form of "seeking," and "ہوں" (hūn) is the first-person singular auxiliary verb "am."

- کہ (keh) – That (conjunction)

- Subordinating conjunction, introducing the purpose or content of seeking refuge.

- میں (main) – I

- First-person singular pronoun, acting as the subject of the clause.

- نادانوں (nādānōñ) – Ignorant ones (plural, oblique case)

- This is the plural and oblique form of "نادان" (nādān), meaning "ignorant" or "foolish." The oblique case is used because it is followed by a postposition "میں سے."

- میں سے (mēñ se) – From among/Out of

- This compound postposition means "from among" or "out of."

- ہو جاؤں۔" (ho jāūn.) – I become/I turn out to be.

- This is the subjunctive form of "ہو جانا" (ho jāna), meaning "to become" or "to happen." It expresses a wish, intention, or possibility. "جاؤں" (jāūn) is the first-person singular subjunctive of "جانا" (jāna - to go), used here as an auxiliary to form a compound verb with "ہونا" (hona - to be).

Here is the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence, designed to teach Urdu to an English speaker:

English Translation

"That was a nation that has passed away. For them is what they earned, and for you is what you earned. And you will not be questioned about what they used to do."

Urdu Translation

وہ ایک امت تھی جو گزر چکی۔ اس کے لیے ہے جو اس نے کمایا، اور تمہارے لیے ہے جو تم نے کمایا۔ اور تم سے اس کے بارے میں نہیں پوچھا جائے گا جو وہ کرتے تھے۔

Urdu Word-by-Word Explanation with Pronunciation

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word:

1. وہ (Woh)

- Meaning: That It She / He

- Explanation: This is a demonstrative pronoun, meaning "that" for something relatively distant, or a third-person pronoun meaning "he," "she," or "it." Here, it refers to "that nation."

2. ایک (ek)

- Meaning: A An One

- Explanation: This is the indefinite article "a" or "an," or the number "one."

3. امت (ummat)

- Meaning: Nation / Community

- Explanation: This noun refers to a nation or a community of people. In Urdu, it's grammatically feminine.

4. تھی (thi)

- Meaning: Was

- Explanation: This is the past tense form of the verb "ہونا" (hona) meaning "to be." Since "امت" (ummat) is feminine singular, we use "تھی" (thi).

5. جو (jo)

- Meaning: Which Who That

- Explanation: This is a relative pronoun, linking the previous clause ("وہ ایک امت تھی" - Woh ek ummat thi) to the following one.

6. گزر (guzar)

- Meaning: Passed / Gone

- Explanation: This is the root of the verb "گزرنا" (guzarna), meaning "to pass" or "to go by."

7. چکی (chuki)

- Meaning: Completed / Has done

- Explanation: This is an auxiliary verb (from "چکنا" - chukna) that indicates the completion of an action.

- Grammar Note: Together, گزر چکی (guzar chuki) means "has passed away" or "had passed away." It signifies a completed action in the past. Since "امت" (ummat) is feminine, "چکی" (chuki) is used (feminine singular form).

8. اس (uss)

- Meaning: That It Her / Him

- Explanation: This is the oblique form of "وہ" (woh). It's used when followed by a postposition (like "کے لیے" - ke liye). Here, it refers to the "nation."

9. کے لیے (ke liye)

- Meaning: For

- Explanation: This is a common postpositional phrase meaning "for" or "on behalf of."

10. ہے (hai)

- Meaning: Is

- Explanation: This is the present tense form of "ہونا" (hona) - "to be," for the third person singular.

11. جو (jo)

- Meaning: What / That which

- Explanation: Again, a relative pronoun, referring to "that which" or "what."

12. اس (uss)

- Meaning: She / It

- Explanation: Another oblique form of "وہ" (woh), referring to the "nation" (feminine singular in Urdu grammar).

13. نے (ne)

- Meaning: (Agentive marker)

- Explanation: This is a postposition unique to Urdu (and some other Indo-Aryan languages). It marks the agent (the one performing the action) of a transitive verb in perfect tenses (like past simple, present perfect, future perfect).

- Grammar Note: In اس نے کمایا (uss ne kamaya), "اس" (uss) is the subject, and "نے" (ne) indicates that "اس" (uss) performed the action of "کمانا" (kamana - to earn).

14. کمایا (kamaya)

- Meaning: Earned

- Explanation: This is the past tense (masculine singular) of the verb "کمانا" (kamana) meaning "to earn" or "to gain."

15. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Explanation: A common conjunction meaning "and."

16. تمہارے (tumhare)

- Meaning: Your / For you

- Explanation: This is the oblique form of "تمہارا" (tumhara - your), used here before the postposition "لیے" (liye).

- Grammar Note: تمہارے لیے (tumhare liye) means "for you."

17. تم (tum)

- Meaning: You

- Explanation: This is the second-person plural informal pronoun.

18. نے (ne)

- Meaning: (Agentive marker)

- Explanation: Same as above. Here, it marks "تم" (tum) as the agent of the earning.

19. کمایا (kamaya)

- Meaning: Earned

- Explanation: Same as above.

20. سے (se)

- Meaning: From By With

- Explanation: A versatile postposition indicating various relationships, including source, agent, or instrument. In passive constructions, it often means "by" or indicates the person from whom something is asked.

- Grammar Note: تم سے (tum se) means "from you" or "by you" (in the context of questioning).

21. اس (uss)

- Meaning: That

- Explanation: Oblique form of "وہ" (woh), referring to the actions/deeds mentioned next.

22. کے بارے میں (ke baare mein)

- Meaning: About / Concerning

- Explanation: A compound postpositional phrase meaning "about" or "concerning."

23. نہیں (nahin)

- Meaning: Not

- Explanation: The primary negative particle in Urdu.

24. پوچھا (poocha)

- Meaning: Asked / Questioned

- Explanation: This is the past participle of the verb "پوچھنا" (poochhna) meaning "to ask" or "to question." It is used here to form a passive voice construction.

25. جائے (jaye)

- Meaning: Go / Will be

- Explanation: This is the subjunctive form of "جانا" (jana) meaning "to go." In Urdu, "جانا" (jana) acts as an auxiliary verb to form the passive voice for future and some other tenses.

26. گا (ga)

- Meaning: (Future tense marker)

- Explanation: This is a future tense auxiliary particle, specifically for masculine singular subjects.

- Grammar Note: Together, پوچھا جائے گا (poocha jaye ga) means "will be asked/questioned" (passive voice, future tense). The structure is [past participle] + جائے/جائیں/جائے گی/جائیں گی + گا/گے/گی.

27. جو (jo)

- Meaning: What / That which

- Explanation: Another relative pronoun.

28. وہ (woh)

- Meaning: They

- Explanation: Here, referring to the people of the past nation (plural, even though "وہ" can be singular).

29. کرتے (karte)

- Meaning: Used to do / Doing

- Explanation: This is the imperfect participle of the verb "کرنا" (karna) meaning "to do." It indicates habitual or continuous action.

30. تھے (the)

- Meaning: Were

- Explanation: This is the past tense form of "ہونا" (hona) - "to be," for masculine plural subjects.

- Grammar Note: Together, کرتے تھے (karte the) forms the past habitual or past continuous tense, meaning "they used to do" or "they were doing."

Here's the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence:

English Translation:

And when it is said to them, "Do not cause corruption on the earth," they say, "We are only reformers."

Urdu Translation:

اور جب اُن سے کہا جاتا ہے کہ زمین میں فساد نہ کرو تو وہ کہتے ہیں کہ ہم تو صرف اصلاح کرنے والے ہیں۔

(Aur jab un say kaha jaata hai kay zameen mein fasaad nah karo toh woh kehte hain kay hum toh sirf islaah karnay walay hain.)

Word-for-Word Breakdown & Pronunciation Assistance:

Let's break down the Urdu translation word by word, along with pronunciation and explanations:

1. اور (aur) – And

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "ore" (as in 'ore' mining).

- Grammar Note: This is a common conjunction in Urdu, connecting words or phrases.

2. جب (jab) – When

- Pronunciation: Rhymes with "cub" or "rub."

- Grammar Note: Used to introduce a temporal clause.

3. اُن (un) – Them

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "un" in "under."

- Grammar Note: This is the oblique plural form of "وہ" (woh - they/that). It's used here because it's followed by the postposition "سے" (say).

4. سے (say) – To/By/From (in this context, it implies 'to them')

- Pronunciation: Rhymes with "bay" or "day."

- Grammar Note: This is a postposition that indicates the agent, instrument, or recipient of an action. Here, it indicates the recipient: "to them."

5. کہا (kaha) – Said

- Pronunciation: "Ka-haa," with the 'h' being distinct, like in "aha!"

- Grammar Note: This is the masculine singular past participle of the verb "کہنا" (kehna - to say).

6. جاتا (jaata) – Goes (part of passive voice construction)

- Pronunciation: "Jaa-taa," "Jaa" as in "jar," "taa" as in "tar."

- Grammar Note: In Urdu, the passive voice is often formed by combining the past participle of the main verb (kaha) with a form of the verb "جانا" (jaana - to go), followed by the appropriate form of "ہے" (hai - is). This construction (kaha jaata hai) translates to "it is said."

7. ہے (hai) – Is

- Pronunciation: Rhymes with "hey."

- Grammar Note: This is the third-person singular present tense form of the verb "ہونا" (hona - to be). It completes the present indefinite passive voice.

8. کہ (kay) – That

- Pronunciation: Rhymes with "say" or "hey."

- Grammar Note: This is a conjunction meaning "that," used to introduce a subordinate clause, often after verbs of saying or thinking.

9. زمین (zameen) – Earth/Land

- Pronunciation: "Za-meen," "Za" like in "zebra," "meen" like "mean."

- Grammar Note: A feminine noun meaning "earth" or "ground."

10. میں (mein) – In

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "main" (as in main street) or "mane."

- Grammar Note: This is a common postposition indicating location ("in" or "on").

11. فساد (fasaad) – Corruption/Mischief

- Pronunciation: "Fa-saad," "Fa" like in "father," "saad" like "sard" without the 'r'.

- Grammar Note: A masculine noun derived from Arabic, meaning "disorder," "corruption," or "mischief."

12. نہ (nah) – Not (used for prohibition)

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "naa" (as in "banana").

- Grammar Note: This negative particle is specifically used to express prohibitions or commands not to do something (e.g., "نہ کرو" - do not do). Contrast this with "نہیں" (nahi), which is used for general negation.

13. کرو (karo) – Do (imperative)

- Pronunciation: "Ka-ro," "Ka" like in "car," "ro" like in "road."

- Grammar Note: This is the informal plural or formal singular imperative form of the verb "کرنا" (karna - to do). "نہ کرو" means "do not do."

14. تو (toh) – Then/So

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "toe."

- Grammar Note: This is a conjunction that introduces the consequence or result of the preceding action. It also adds a slight emphasis here, similar to the Arabic inna ma.

15. وہ (woh) – They

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "wo" in "woke."

- Grammar Note: Third-person plural pronoun.

16. کہتے (kehte) – Say

- Pronunciation: "Keh-teh," "Keh" like in "ken," "teh" like in "ten."

- Grammar Note: This is the masculine plural present participle form of "کہنا" (kehna - to say), used with "ہیں" (hain) to form the present indefinite tense.

17. ہیں (hain) – Are

- Pronunciation: Rhymes with "rain" or "pain." The 'n' sound is nasal.

- Grammar Note: This is the third-person plural present tense form of the verb "ہونا" (hona - to be).

18. کہ (kay) – That

- Pronunciation: Rhymes with "say" or "hey."

- Grammar Note: Again, a conjunction to introduce the reported speech.

19. ہم (hum) – We

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "hum" (as in a hum of a tune).

- Grammar Note: First-person plural pronoun.

20. صرف (sirf) – Only

- Pronunciation: "Sirf," rhymes with "surf."

- Grammar Note: An adverb meaning "only" or "just." It reinforces the emphatic nature of the original Arabic inna ma.

21. اصلاح (islaah) – Reform/Improvement

- Pronunciation: "Is-laah," "Is" as in "is," "laah" similar to "laa" in "lah-di-dah" with a distinct 'h'.

- Grammar Note: A feminine noun, also from Arabic, meaning "correction," "improvement," or "reform."

22. کرنے (karne) – Doing/To do (forming an agent noun)

- Pronunciation: "Kar-nay," "Kar" like in "car," "nay" like in "neigh."

- Grammar Note: This is the oblique infinitive of "کرنا" (karna - to do). When combined with "والے" (waale), it forms an agent noun phrase: "those who do [reform]."

23. والے (waale) – Those who (suffix for agent nouns)

- Pronunciation: "Waa-lay," "Waa" like "wah" in "wah-wah," "lay" like "lay" an egg.

- Grammar Note: This suffix, when attached to a verb's oblique infinitive, creates an agent noun, meaning "one who does X" or "those who do X." Since "hum" (we) is plural, "walay" is also in its masculine plural form. So, "اصلاح کرنے والے" means "those who do reform" or "reformers."

24. ہیں (hain) – Are

- Pronunciation: Rhymes with "rain" or "pain." (Nasal 'n')

- Grammar Note: The plural present tense form of "ہونا" (hona - to be), completing the sentence.

Here is the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence for your Urdu lesson:

Arabic Sentence

اهْدِنَا الصِّرَاطَ الْمُسْتَقِيمَ

English Translation

Guide us to the straight path.

Urdu Translation

ہمیں سیدھا راستہ دکھا

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English)

Let's break down each Urdu word to understand its meaning and pronunciation:

1. ہمیں (ham-ayñ)

- Meaning: Us (object pronoun)

- Explanation: This word serves as the object of the verb, meaning "us" or "to us." It is derived from "ہم" (ham), meaning "we," and the suffix "-یں" (ayñ), which indicates the objective case. In English, it's like saying "to us" or simply "us" when we are the recipients of an action.

- Example: "یہ کتاب ہمیں دو" (yeh kitaab ham-ayñ doh) - "Give this book to us."

2. سیدھا (see-dhaa)

- Meaning: Straight

- Explanation: This is an adjective meaning "straight," "direct," or "upright." In Urdu, adjectives often agree in gender and number with the noun they describe. Here, it is in the masculine singular form to agree with "راستہ" (raas-tah), which is a masculine singular noun. If the noun were feminine, it would change to "سیدھی" (see-dhee).

- Example: "یہ ایک سیدھا راستہ ہے" (yeh ek see-dhaa raas-tah hai) - "This is a straight path."

3. راستہ (raas-tah)

- Meaning: Path, way, road

- Explanation: This is a masculine singular noun meaning "path," "way," or "road." It is a fundamental word for direction and journey.

- Example: "یہ لمبا راستہ ہے" (yeh lam-baa raas-tah hai) - "This is a long path."

4. دکھا (dik-haa)

- Meaning: Guide, show (imperative form)

- Explanation: This is the imperative (command) form of the verb "دکھانا" (dik-haa-naa), which means "to show" or "to guide." In this context, it implies a request or prayer to be guided.

- The root verb is "دکھانا" (dik-haa-naa).

- To form the informal imperative for "you" (singular), you remove the "-نا" (naa) suffix, leaving "دکھا" (dik-haa).

- While "دکھا" is the informal singular imperative, in a prayer context, it's often used with respect and humility, akin to "Oh, [God], show/guide [us]."

- Example: "مجھے کتاب دکھا" (muj-hay kitaab dik-haa) - "Show me the book."

Grammar Notes

- Urdu Sentence Structure: While Urdu generally follows a Subject-Object-Verb (SOV) structure, imperative sentences (commands or requests) often place the object first, followed by the adjective and noun, and then the verb.

- In "ہمیں سیدھا راستہ دکھا," the structure is Object (ہمیں) + Adjective (سیدھا) + Noun (راستہ) + Verb (دکھا).

- Adjective-Noun Agreement: As explained with "سیدھا راستہ," adjectives in Urdu agree in gender and number with the noun they modify. "راستہ" is masculine singular, so "سیدھا" is used. If it were a feminine noun like "راہ" (raah - path, also feminine), it would be "سیدھی راہ" (see-dhee raah - straight path).

- Imperative Verb Forms: Urdu verbs have different forms for commands/requests based on formality and number. "دکھا" is an informal singular imperative. For a more formal or plural request, you would use "دکھائیے" (dik-haa-eeyay) or "دکھاؤ" (dik-haa-oh) depending on the level of respect and the number of people being addressed. In a prayer, the informal singular often conveys intimacy or humility towards a divine being.

Here is the Urdu and English translation of the sentence, along with a word-for-word breakdown to help you learn Urdu:

English Translation

Indeed, those who believed, and those who were Jews, and the Christians, and the Sabeans – whoever among them believed in Allah and the Last Day and did righteous deeds – for them is their reward with their Lord. And no fear will be upon them, nor will they grieve.

Urdu Translation

یقیناً وہ لوگ جو ایمان لائے، اور وہ جو یہودی ہوئے، اور نصاریٰ (عیسائی)، اور صابی – ان میں سے جو کوئی بھی اللہ پر اور یومِ آخرت پر ایمان لایا اور نیک عمل کیے – تو ان کے لیے ان کا اجر ان کے رب کے پاس ہے، اور نہ انہیں کوئی خوف ہوگا اور نہ وہ غمگین ہوں گے۔

Word-for-Word Breakdown & Pronunciation

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word:

- یقیناً (yaqeenan)

- Meaning: Indeed, certainly, surely.

- Grammar Note: This is an adverb, emphasizing the certainty of the statement.

- وہ (woh)

- Meaning: Those, they, that.

- Grammar Note: Here, it functions as a demonstrative pronoun referring to people mentioned later.

- لوگ (log)

- Meaning: People.

- Grammar Note: This is a plural noun. Together, "وہ لوگ" means "those people."

- جو (jo)

- Meaning: Who, which, that.

- Grammar Note: This is a relative pronoun, connecting "those people" to the action they performed.

- ایمان (eemaan)

- Meaning: Faith, belief.

- Grammar Note: This is a masculine noun. In Urdu, belief is often expressed using "ایمان لانا" (eemaan laana), which means "to bring faith" or "to believe."

- لائے (laaye)

- Meaning: Brought (past tense, plural).

- Grammar Note: This is the plural past tense form of the verb "لانا" (laana - to bring). So, "ایمان لائے" means "they brought faith" or "they believed."

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And.

- Grammar Note: A conjunction.

- وہ (woh)

- Meaning: Those, they.

- جو (jo)

- Meaning: Who.

- یہودی (yahoodi)

- Meaning: Jewish, Jew.

- Grammar Note: Can be an adjective or a noun.

- ہوئے (hue)

- Meaning: Became, were (past tense, plural).

- Grammar Note: Plural past tense of "ہونا" (hona - to be, to become). So, "یہودی ہوئے" means "they became Jews" or "they were Jews."

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And.

- نصاریٰ (nasara)

- Meaning: Christians (Arabic original).

- Grammar Note: This is the Arabic word for Christians, commonly understood in Urdu in religious contexts. The Urdu equivalent is provided in parentheses.

- (عیسائی) (eessaai)

- Meaning: Christians (Urdu equivalent).

- Grammar Note: This is the common Urdu word for Christians.

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And.

- صابی (saabi)

- Meaning: Sabeans (Arabic original).

- Grammar Note: This refers to the Sabean religious group mentioned in the Quran.

- ان میں سے (un mein se)

- Meaning: Among them, from among them.

- Grammar Note: This phrase clarifies that the following condition applies to anyone from the previously mentioned groups.

- ان (un): them

- میں (mein): in, among

- سے (se): from

- جو (jo)

- Meaning: Whoever.

- Grammar Note: Here, it acts as an indefinite relative pronoun, "whoever."

- کوئی (koi)

- Meaning: Any, someone.

- Grammar Note: Used with "جو" to form "جو کوئی بھی" (jo koi bhi - whoever).

- بھی (bhi)

- Meaning: Also, even.

- Grammar Note: Adds emphasis, making "جو کوئی بھی" mean "whoever it may be."

- اللہ (Allah)

- Meaning: Allah (God).

- پر (par)

- Meaning: On, upon, in (when referring to belief).

- Grammar Note: A postposition indicating the object of belief. "اللہ پر ایمان لانا" means "to believe in Allah."

- یومِ (yaum-e)

- Meaning: Day of.

- Grammar Note: This is an Izāfat construction, connecting "Day" with "Last." "یوم" is Arabic for 'day', and the 'ِ' (kasra) acts as 'of'.

- آخرت (aakhirat)

- Meaning: Hereafter, Last.

- Grammar Note: So, "یومِ آخرت" means "Day of the Hereafter" or "Last Day."

- ایمان (eemaan)

- Meaning: Belief.

- لایا (laaya)

- Meaning: Brought (past tense, singular).

- Grammar Note: Singular past tense of "لانا" (laana). "ایمان لایا" means "believed" (singular).

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And.

- نیک (nek)

- Meaning: Good, righteous.

- Grammar Note: An adjective.

- عمل (amal)

- Meaning: Deeds, actions.

- Grammar Note: A masculine noun. "نیک عمل" means "righteous deeds."

- کیے (kiye)

- Meaning: Did, performed (past tense, plural).

- Grammar Note: Plural past tense of "کرنا" (karna - to do). "نیک عمل کیے" means "performed righteous deeds."

- تو (to)

- Meaning: Then, so, in that case.

- Grammar Note: A conditional conjunction, introducing the consequence of the previous condition.

- ان (un)

- Meaning: Them, their.

- کے لیے (ke liye)

- Meaning: For.

- Grammar Note: A postpositional phrase meaning "for (someone)." So, "ان کے لیے" means "for them."

- ان (un)

- Meaning: Their.

- Grammar Note: Here, it's a possessive pronoun.

- کا (ka)

- Meaning: Of, 's (possessive marker).

- Grammar Note: This is a possessive postposition that agrees in gender and number with the possessed item (here, "اجر" which is masculine singular).

- اجر (ajr)

- Meaning: Reward.

- Grammar Note: A masculine noun. "ان کا اجر" means "their reward."

- رب (Rabb)

- Meaning: Lord, Sustainer.

- کے پاس (ke paas)

- Meaning: With, near, at (someone's place).

- Grammar Note: A postpositional phrase. So, "ان کے رب کے پاس" means "with their Lord."

- ہے (hai)

- Meaning: Is.

- Grammar Note: Present tense verb "to be."

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And.

- نہ (na)

- Meaning: No, nor.

- Grammar Note: A negation particle.

- انہیں (unhain)

- Meaning: To them, them.

- Grammar Note: An oblique form of "وہ" (they), often used with dative or accusative meanings. Here, implying "upon them."

- کوئی (koi)

- Meaning: Any, some.

- Grammar Note: Here it means "any (fear)."

- خوف (khauf)

- Meaning: Fear.

- Grammar Note: A masculine noun.

- ہوگا (hoga)

- Meaning: Will be (future tense, masculine singular).

- Grammar Note: Future tense of "ہونا" (hona - to be). "نہ کوئی خوف ہوگا" means "there will be no fear."

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And.

- نہ (na)

- Meaning: Nor.

- وہ (woh)

- Meaning: They.

- غمگین (ghamgeen)

- Meaning: Sad, sorrowful, grieving.

- Grammar Note: An adjective.

- ہوں گے (honge)

- Meaning: Will be (future tense, plural).

- Grammar Note: Plural future tense of "ہونا" (hona - to be). "نہ وہ غمگین ہوں گے" means "nor will they be sad/grieve."

English Translation of the Arabic Sentence

"Whoever is an enemy to Allah and His angels and His messengers and Gabriel and Michael, then indeed Allah is an enemy to the disbelievers."

Urdu Translation

جو (jo) کوئی (koī) اللہ (Allāh) کا (kā) دشمن (dushman) ہے، (hai,) اور (aur) اس (us) کے (ke) فرشتوں (farishtoñ) کا، (kā,) اور (aur) اس (us) کے (ke) رسولوں (rasūloñ) کا، (kā,) اور (aur) جبریل (Jibrīl) کا، (kā,) اور (aur) میکال (Mīkāl) کا، (kā,) تو (to) بے (be-) شک (shak) اللہ (Allāh) کافروں (kāfiroñ) کا (kā) دشمن (dushman) ہے۔ (hai.)

Word-by-Word Breakdown (Urdu to English)

Here's a breakdown of each Urdu word from the translated sentence, its pronunciation, and its English meaning, along with relevant grammar notes:

1. جو (jo)

- Meaning: Whoever, who.

- Grammar: This is a relative pronoun, functioning similarly to "who" or "whoever" in English. It introduces a conditional clause.

2. کوئی (koī)

- Meaning: Any, anyone, someone.

- Grammar: When used together as جو کوئی (jo koī), it collectively means "whoever" or "anyone who." It emphasizes the indefinite nature.

3. اللہ (Allāh)

- Meaning: Allah (God).

- Grammar: Proper noun.

4. کا (kā)

- Meaning: Of, belonging to, to.

- Grammar: This is a postposition in Urdu (similar to a preposition in English, but placed after the noun). It shows possession or relation. Here, it signifies "to Allah" or "of Allah." Its specific form (کا, کے, or کی) depends on the gender and number of the following noun. In this instance, it relates to دشمن (dushman), which is masculine singular, so کا (kā) is used.

5. دشمن (dushman)

- Meaning: Enemy.

- Grammar: Noun, masculine singular.

6. ہے، (hai,)

- Meaning: Is.

- Grammar: This is the present tense form of the verb "to be" for a singular subject. The comma indicates a pause, similar to the end of a clause.

7. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And.

- Grammar: Conjunction.

8. اس (us)

- Meaning: His (literally "that/him").

- Grammar: A demonstrative pronoun or third-person pronoun. When used with کے (ke), it forms the possessive "his" or "its."

9. کے (ke)

- Meaning: Of.

- Grammar: Similar to کا (kā), it's a postposition indicating possession/relation. It is used here because the following noun فرشتوں (farishtoñ) is masculine plural (specifically in the oblique case).

10. فرشتوں (farishtoñ)

- Meaning: Angels (plural, oblique case).

- Grammar: The singular word for angel is فرشتہ (farishta). When plural and followed by a postposition like کا/کے/کی, it takes the oblique plural form, which often ends in -وں (-oñ).

11. کا، (kā,)

- Meaning: Of, to.

- Grammar: Postposition, here completing the phrase "of His angels."

12. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And.

- Grammar: Conjunction.

13. اس (us)

- Meaning: His.

- Grammar: See point 8.

14. کے (ke)

- Meaning: Of.

- Grammar: See point 9.

15. رسولوں (rasūloñ)

- Meaning: Messengers (plural, oblique case).

- Grammar: The singular word for messenger is رسول (rasūl). Similar to فرشتوں, it takes the oblique plural form when followed by a postposition.

16. کا، (kā,)

- Meaning: Of, to.

- Grammar: Postposition, completing the phrase "of His messengers."

17. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And.

- Grammar: Conjunction.

18. جبریل (Jibrīl)

- Meaning: Gabriel.

- Grammar: Proper noun.

19. کا، (kā,)

- Meaning: Of, to.

- Grammar: Postposition, completing the phrase "of Gabriel."

20. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And.

- Grammar: Conjunction.

21. میکال (Mīkāl)

- Meaning: Michael.

- Grammar: Proper noun.

22. کا، (kā,)

- Meaning: Of, to.

- Grammar: Postposition, completing the phrase "of Michael."

23. تو (to)

- Meaning: Then, so.

- Grammar: A correlative conjunction that introduces the consequence or result of the preceding conditional clause. It often pairs with جو (jo) or جب (jab).

24. بے (be-)

- Meaning: Without.

- Grammar: A Persian prefix used to form compound words.

25. شک (shak)

- Meaning: Doubt.

- Grammar: Noun, masculine. When combined with بے, بے شک (be-shak) means "without doubt," "indeed," or "certainly."

26. اللہ (Allāh)

- Meaning: Allah (God).

- Grammar: Proper noun.

27. کافروں (kāfiroñ)

- Meaning: Disbelievers' (plural, oblique case).

- Grammar: The singular word for disbeliever is کافر (kāfir). Here, it's in the oblique plural form because it is followed by a postposition.

28. کا (kā)

- Meaning: Of, to.

- Grammar: Postposition, indicating "to the disbelievers" or "of the disbelievers."

29. دشمن (dushman)

- Meaning: Enemy.

- Grammar: Noun, masculine singular.

30. ہے۔ (hai.)

- Meaning: Is.

- Grammar: Present tense form of "to be" for a singular subject, completing the sentence.

Key Urdu Grammar Rules Illustrated

- Postpositions (کا/کے/کی): Urdu uses postpositions (placed after nouns) instead of prepositions (placed before nouns) like in English. The form of the postposition (کا, کے, or کی) depends on the gender and number of the noun that follows it (the noun being possessed or described), not the noun it attaches to.

- کا (kā): Used with masculine singular nouns that follow. (e.g., اللہ کا دشمن - enemy of Allah)

- کے (ke): Used with masculine plural nouns, or when the noun is in the oblique case (often happens when followed by another postposition, or describing an object of an action). It's also used for polite singular forms. (e.g., اس کے فرشتوں کا - of His angels)

- کی (kī): Used with feminine singular or plural nouns. (Not present in this sentence.)

- Oblique Case: When a noun (especially plural) is followed by a postposition, it often changes its form to the oblique case. For many masculine nouns, this involves adding -وں (-oñ) or changing an ending like -ا (-ā) or -ہ (-a) to -ے (-e) and then adding -وں (-oñ).

- Example: فرشتہ (farishta - angel, singular) becomes فرشتوں (farishtoñ) when followed by کے.

- Example: کافر (kāfir - disbeliever, singular) becomes کافروں (kāfiroñ) when followed by کا.

- Correlative Conjunctions (جو...تو): Urdu frequently employs pairs of conjunctions to establish conditional or temporal relationships between clauses. جو...تو (jo...to) translates to "whoever...then" or "if...then." The first part (جو کوئی) sets up the condition, and the second part (تو) introduces the consequence.

Here is the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence for your Urdu learning:

English Translation:

"And if you are in doubt concerning that which We have sent down upon Our servant, then produce a chapter like it and call upon your witnesses besides Allah, if you should be truthful."

Urdu Translation:

اور [aur] اگر [agar] تم [tum] اُس [us] (چیز) [cheez] کے [ke] بارے [baaray] میں [mein] شک [shak] میں [mein] ہو [ho] جو [jo] ہم [hum] نے [ne] اپنے [apne] بندے [banday] پر [par] نازل [naazil] کی [ki] ہے [hai]، تو [to] اُس [us] جیسی [jaisi] ایک [ek] سورت [soorat] لے [le] آؤ [aao]، اور [aur] اللہ [Allah] کے [ke] سوا [siva] اپنے [apne] گواہوں [gawahon] کو [ko] بھی [bhi] بلا [bula] لو [lo]، اگر [agar] تم [tum] سچے [sachche] ہو [ho]۔

Word-for-Word Breakdown (Urdu to English):

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word:

- اور [aur] - And

- Explanation: This is a conjunction meaning "and".

- Grammar: Connects two clauses or phrases.

- اگر [agar] - If

- Explanation: This is a conjunction used to introduce a conditional clause.

- Grammar: Always precedes the condition.

- تم [tum] - You (plural or informal singular)

- Explanation: A pronoun for "you." In Urdu, 'tum' is used for a group of people, or for a single person you are familiar with or addressing informally.

- Grammar: Second person pronoun.

- اُس [us] - That / It

- Explanation: A demonstrative pronoun meaning "that" or "it". Here, it refers to the "thing" (implied) that was sent down.

- Grammar: Demonstrative pronoun, often used with a noun or implying one.

- (چیز) [cheez] - (Thing)

- Explanation: This word is added in brackets for clarity to explicitly refer to "that thing" implied by the Arabic "مَّا" (what) which relates to "We have sent down". It's often omitted in natural Urdu but understood.

- کے بارے میں [ke baaray mein] - Concerning / About

- Explanation: This is a compound postposition phrase meaning "about" or "concerning".

- Grammar: 'Ke' is a genitive particle, 'baaray' means "matter/subject", and 'mein' is a postposition meaning "in/about". Together, they form "about/concerning".

- شک [shak] - Doubt

- Explanation: A noun meaning "doubt" or "suspicion".

- Grammar: Masculine noun.

- میں [mein] - In

- Explanation: A postposition meaning "in" or "within". Here it works with 'shak' to mean "in doubt".

- ہو [ho] - Are (you are)

- Explanation: The present tense form of the verb "to be" for 'tum' (you).

- Grammar: Conjugated verb, second person plural/informal singular.

- جو [jo] - Which / That (relative pronoun)

- Explanation: A relative pronoun meaning "which" or "that," introducing a descriptive clause.

- Grammar: Connects the main clause to a subordinate clause.

- ہم [hum] - We

- Explanation: A first-person plural pronoun.

- Grammar: First person pronoun.

- نے [ne] - (Agentive marker)

- Explanation: This is an agentive marker used with transitive verbs in perfect tenses to indicate the doer of the action. It has no direct English equivalent.

- Grammar: Postposition, used after the subject in certain tenses and with transitive verbs.

- اپنے [apne] - Our (reflexive possessive)

- Explanation: A reflexive possessive pronoun meaning "our own" or simply "our" when the possessor is the subject of the clause (in this case, "We"). It refers back to 'hum' (we).

- Grammar: Reflexive possessive adjective, agrees in gender and number with the possessed noun ('banday').

- بندے [banday] - Servant

- Explanation: A noun meaning "servant," "slave," or "worshiper." In a religious context, it often refers to a worshiper of God, or a prophet.

- Grammar: Masculine noun, in the oblique case because of the postposition 'par'.

- پر [par] - Upon / On

- Explanation: A postposition meaning "on" or "upon".

- Grammar: Governs the preceding noun or pronoun (banday) into the oblique case.

- نازل کی ہے [naazil ki hai] - Has sent down / Revealed

- Explanation: A compound verb phrase. 'Naazil karna' means "to send down" or "to reveal." 'Ki hai' is the feminine past participle of 'karna' (to do) + 'hai' (is), used here to form the present perfect tense for a feminine object (like 'kalam' - word/scripture, which is implicitly 'that which was sent down').

- Grammar: Transitive verb in present perfect tense.

- تو [to] - Then / So

- Explanation: A correlative conjunction, often used to introduce the consequence of an 'agar' (if) clause.

- جیسی [jaisi] - Like it / Similar to it

- Explanation: An adjective meaning "like" or "similar to". It agrees with 'soorat' (feminine).

- Grammar: Adjective, derived from 'jaisa' (like).

- ایک [ek] - One / A

- Explanation: The number "one" or the indefinite article "a/an".

- Grammar: Indefinite article/numeral.

- سورت [soorat] - Chapter (of the Quran)

- Explanation: A noun specifically referring to a chapter of the Quran.

- Grammar: Feminine noun.

- لے آؤ [le aao] - Bring (you all) / Produce (you all)

- Explanation: A compound verb. 'Le aana' means "to bring". 'Aao' is the imperative form for 'tum' (you). This implies a command or invitation to "produce" or "bring forth" a chapter.

- Grammar: Imperative verb, second person plural/informal singular.

- اللہ [Allah] - Allah / God

- Explanation: The Arabic word for God, commonly used in Urdu.

- Grammar: Proper noun.

- کے سوا [ke siva] - Besides / Other than

- Explanation: A compound postposition meaning "besides" or "other than".

- Grammar: 'Ke' is a genitive particle, 'siva' means "besides/except".

- گواہوں [gawahon] - Witnesses (plural, oblique)

- Explanation: The plural oblique form of the noun 'gawah' (witness). It's in the oblique case because of the postposition 'ko'.

- Grammar: Masculine plural noun, oblique case.

- کو [ko] - (Object marker)

- Explanation: This is a direct object marker, indicating the direct object of the verb. It has no direct English equivalent but marks "witnesses" as the ones being called.

- Grammar: Postposition, marks the direct object.

- بھی [bhi] - Also / Even

- Explanation: An intensifier meaning "also," "too," or "even".

- Grammar: Adverbial particle.

- بلا لو [bula lo] - Call (you all) / Summon (you all)

- Explanation: A compound verb. 'Bula lena' means "to call" or "to summon". 'Lo' is an auxiliary verb here, adding a sense of completion or for one's own benefit. 'Bulao' is the simple imperative.

- Grammar: Imperative verb, second person plural/informal singular.

- سچے [sachche] - Truthful / Honest

- Explanation: An adjective meaning "truthful" or "honest". It is in the masculine plural form to agree with 'tum' (you).

- Grammar: Adjective, masculine plural.

Here's your Urdu translation and breakdown of the provided sentence, tailored for an English student learning Urdu:

Overall Translation

Urdu:

اللہ کے نام سے جو نہایت مہربان، رحم والا ہے۔

English:

In the name of Allah, the Most Gracious, the Most Merciful.

Word-by-Word Breakdown and Pronunciation

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word:

1. اللہ (Allah) - God / Allah

- Pronunciation: Uh-llah

- Explanation: This is the proper name for God in Islam, often translated as "God."

2. کے (kay) - of

- Pronunciation: Kay (like 'K' in 'king' followed by 'ay' in 'day')

- Explanation: This is a possessive particle, similar to "of" or 's in English. It comes after the noun it relates to. Here, it links "name" to "Allah" (Allah's name).

- Grammar Note: In Urdu, possessive particles (postpositions) like ke change based on gender and number of the object being possessed. Here, naam (name) is masculine singular, so ke is used. If it were a feminine noun, ki would be used.

3. نام (naam) - name

- Pronunciation: Naam (like 'nah-m')

- Explanation: This means "name."

4. سے (say) - in by with

- Pronunciation: Say (like 'say' in 'say goodbye')

- Explanation: This is another postposition (a particle that comes after the word it modifies). It indicates "from," "by," "with," or "in," depending on context. Here, "نام سے" (naam say) together means "in the name" or "by the name."

5. جو (jo) - who / which

- Pronunciation: Joh (like 'jo' in 'jot')

- Explanation: This is a relative pronoun, meaning "who" or "which." In this context, it connects the statement "in the name of Allah" to the description of Allah, implicitly meaning "who is."

6. نہایت (ni-haa-yat) - most / exceedingly / very

- Pronunciation: Ni-haa-yat (like 'nee-hah-yaht')

- Explanation: This is an adverb meaning "very," "most," or "exceedingly." It intensifies the adjective that follows.

7. مہربان (mehrbaan) - gracious / beneficent / kind

- Pronunciation: Mehrbaan (like 'meh-r-baan')

- Explanation: This is an adjective meaning "gracious," "beneficent," or "kind." It describes someone who bestows kindness and blessings.

8. , (comma) - (standard punctuation)

9. رحم (re-hum) - mercy

- Pronunciation: Reh-hum (like 'reh-hum')

- Explanation: This is a noun meaning "mercy."

10. والا (waa-la) - one who possesses / owner of

- Pronunciation: Waa-la (like 'waah-lah')

- Explanation: This is a suffix that, when added to a noun, indicates someone or something that possesses or is associated with that noun. So, "رحم والا" (rehum waala) means "one who possesses mercy" or "merciful." It functions like an adjective derived from a noun.

- Grammar Note: Like ke, waala can change form (waali for feminine, waale for plural or respectful masculine) depending on the noun it describes.

11. ہے۔ (hai) - is

- Pronunciation: Hai (like 'high' but with a softer 'h')

- Explanation: This is the present tense form of the verb "to be" for a singular subject.

Here is the translation and breakdown of your Arabic sentence:

English Translation:

And (remember) when We appointed with Musa (Moses) forty nights, then you took the calf (for worship) after he (left), and you were wrongdoers.

Urdu Translation:

اور جب ہم نے موسیٰ سے چالیس راتوں کا وعدہ کیا، پھر تم نے اس کے بعد بچھڑے کو (معبود) بنا لیا اور تم ظالم تھے۔

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English):

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word:

- اور (aur) - And

- This is a common conjunction, similar to "and" in English, used to connect words, phrases, or clauses.

- جب (jab) - When

- This word means "when." In this context, it often implies "when (you remember)" or "recall when."

- ہم نے (hum ne) - We (did something)

- ہم (hum) - We (a pronoun)

- نے (ne) - This is a special particle (postposition) in Urdu. It follows the subject of a transitive verb (a verb that takes an object) when the verb is in a perfect tense (like the past tense here). It indicates that the action was performed by the subject.

- Grammar Note: When "ne" is used, the verb (here, "کیا" - kiyaa) usually agrees in gender and number with the object of the sentence, not the subject.

- موسیٰ (Musa) - Musa (Moses)

- This is a proper noun, referring to the Prophet Moses.

- سے (se) - With / From

- This is a versatile postposition. Here, it means "with" in the context of "making a promise with someone."

- چالیس (chaalees) - Forty

- This is a cardinal number, meaning "forty."

- راتوں (raaton) - Nights

- رات (raat) - Night (singular, feminine noun)

- راتوں (raaton) - This is the oblique plural form of "nights." The "on" ending is used when a plural noun is followed by another postposition, like "کا" (ka) here, which means "of." So, "چالیس راتوں کا" means "of forty nights."

- کا (ka) - Of (masculine singular)

- This postposition means "of" or "belonging to." It connects "nights" to "promise." "کا" is used because the word "وعدہ" (wa'da - promise) is a masculine singular noun. (If "promise" were feminine, it would be "کی" - ki).

- وعدہ (wa'da) - Promise / Appointment

- This is a masculine noun meaning "promise" or "appointment."

- کیا (kiyaa) - Did / Made

- This is the past tense form of the verb "کرنا" (karna), meaning "to do" or "to make." Here, "وعدہ کیا" (wa'da kiyaa) means "made a promise."

- پھر (phir) - Then

- This is an adverb of time, meaning "then" or "afterward."

- تم نے (tum ne) - You (plural or informal singular, did something)

- تم (tum) - You (a pronoun that can be plural, or informal singular)

- نے (ne) - The same "ne" particle as explained above, indicating that "you" performed the action.

- اس کے (us ke) - His / After him (literally "of him/that")

- اس (us) - He Him That (the oblique form of the pronoun "وہ" woh)

- کے (ke) - Of (masculine, oblique form of "ka"). In "اس کے بعد" (us ke baad), it connects "اس" (him/that) to "بعد" (after), forming the phrase "after him/that."

- بعد (ba'd) - After

- This is a postposition (or adverb) meaning "after." So, "اس کے بعد" (us ke baad) means "after him/it."

- بچھڑے (bachhde) - Calf (oblique form)

- بچھڑا (bachhda) - Calf (masculine singular noun)

- بچھڑے (bachhde) - This is the oblique form of "bachhda." It changes its ending because it is followed by the postposition "کو" (ko).

- کو (ko) - To / (object marker)

- This is a postposition that serves as a direct object marker for animate nouns, or for specific inanimate nouns when they are emphasized. Here, it marks "calf" as the direct object of "بنا لیا" (banaa liyaa).

- (معبود) (ma'bood) - (Deity / Object of worship)

- This word, often implied in the original Arabic, clarifies that the calf was "made into an object of worship." It means "worshipped one" or "deity."

- بنا لیا (banaa liyaa) - Made Adopted Took (for oneself)

- This is a compound verb: "بنایا" (banaayaa - made) + "لیا" (liyaa - took). The combination "بنا لیا" (banaa liyaa) implies "made for oneself," "adopted," or "took something and transformed it into something else for one's own use/purpose."

- اور (aur) - And

- Again, the conjunction "and."

- تم (tum) - You (plural or informal singular pronoun)

- ظالم (zaalim) - Wrongdoers Oppressors Unjust

- This is an adjective/noun that describes someone who commits injustice, an oppressor, or a wrongdoer.

- تھے (the) - Were

- This is the plural masculine past tense form of the verb "ہونا" (honaa), meaning "to be." It agrees with "تم" (tum - you, plural).

- Grammar Note: Urdu verbs change their endings based on the gender and number of the subject (or object, when "ne" is used). For "تم" (you, plural), the masculine form "تھے" (the) is used. If it were a singular masculine "he," it would be "تھا" (thaa).

Here is the translation and explanation of the Arabic sentence:

English Translation

They said, "Glory be to You! We have no knowledge except what You have taught us. Indeed, You alone are the All-Knowing, the All-Wise."

Urdu Translation

"انہوں نے کہا: "پاک ہے تُو! ہمیں کوئی علم نہیں سوائے اس کے جو تو نے ہمیں سکھایا ہے۔ بے شک تُو ہی سب کچھ جاننے والا، حکمت والا ہے۔"

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English)

Let's break down the Urdu translation word by word to help you understand its structure and meaning.

- انہوں نے (Unhon ne)

- انہوں (Unhon): They (plural, respectful, oblique case).

- نے (ne): A postposition used to mark the subject of a transitive verb in perfect (past) tenses. It indicates the agent who performed the action.

- Together: "They" (as the doers of the action "said").

- کہا (kaha)

- کہا (kaha): Said. This is the past tense form of the verb "to say" (کہنا - kehna).

- پاک (Paak)

- پاک (Paak): Pure, holy, glorified, free from imperfection. In this context, it conveys "Glory" or "Exalted."

- ہے (hai)

- ہے (hai): Is. This is the present tense form of the verb "to be."

- Grammar note: In Urdu, the verb usually comes at the end of a clause or sentence. Here, in "پاک ہے تُو" (Pure is You), it follows the noun/adjective to form a statement.

- تُو (tu)

- تُو (tu): You (singular, informal). In religious contexts, it's often used when addressing God with reverence and closeness.

- ہمیں (Hamein)

- ہمیں (Hamein): Us, to us, for us. This is the oblique form of "ہم" (hum) (we) used with dative or accusative meanings.

- کوئی (koi)

- کوئی (koi): Any, no (when used with a negation like 'نہیں').

- علم (ilm)

- علم (ilm): Knowledge. (This word is derived from Arabic and is very common in Urdu).

- نہیں (nahin)

- نہیں (nahin): No, not. It negates the verb or noun it accompanies.

- Together with 'کوئی علم': "no knowledge."

- سوائے (siwaay)

- سوائے (siwaay): Except, other than, apart from.

- اس کے (us ke)

- اس (us): That (demonstrative pronoun, oblique form).

- کے (ke): A postposition indicating possession or relation, similar to "of" or "to."

- Together: "Except for that which..."

- جو (jo)

- جو (jo): Which, what, who (relative pronoun).

- تو نے (tu ne)

- تو (tu): You (singular, informal).

- نے (ne): The postposition marking the subject of a transitive verb in past tense (here, 'You' taught).

- Together: "You" (as the doer).

- ہمیں (Hamein)

- ہمیں (Hamein): Us, to us. (Repeated, as You taught us).

- سکھایا ہے (sikhaya hai)

- سکھایا (sikhaya): Taught (past participle of the verb "سکھانا" - sikhana - to teach).

- ہے (hai): Is (auxiliary verb, forming the present perfect tense "have taught").

- Together: "Have taught."

- بے شک (Be shak)

- بے شک (Be shak): Indeed, undoubtedly, certainly. (Literally: "without doubt").

- تُو ہی (tu hi)

- تُو (tu): You (singular, informal).

- ہی (hi): An emphatic particle, similar to "only," "alone," "indeed." It stresses the word it follows.

- Together: "You alone," "Indeed You."

- سب کچھ (sab kuch)

- سب (sab): All, every.

- کچھ (kuch): Something, anything.

- Together: "Everything."

- جاننے والا (jaan-ne wala)

- جاننے (jaan-ne): Knowing (from the verb "جاننا" - jaanna - to know).

- والا (wala): A suffix that forms a noun or adjective meaning "one who does/has" or "possessor of."

- Together: "The one who knows," "All-Knowing." (This is the direct Urdu translation of the Arabic attribute الْعَلِيمُ - Al-Alim).

- حکمت والا (hikmat wala)

- حکمت (hikmat): Wisdom. (Also derived from Arabic).

- والا (wala): The suffix "one who possesses."

- Together: "The one possessing wisdom," "All-Wise." (This is the direct Urdu translation of the Arabic attribute الْحَكِيمُ - Al-Hakeem).

- ہے۔ (hai)

- ہے (hai): Is. (The verb "to be" at the end of the sentence, completing the statement about God's attributes).

Here's the Urdu translation of the sentence along with a word-by-word explanation and pronunciation guide, tailored for an English-speaking student.

English Translation:

Then you turned away after that, so if Allah's grace and His mercy had not been upon you, you would certainly have been among the losers.

Urdu Translation:

پھر تم اس کے بعد پھر گئے، تو اگر تم پر اللہ کا فضل اور اس کی رحمت نہ ہوتی تو تم یقیناً نقصان اٹھانے والوں میں سے ہوتے۔

Word-by-Word Explanation:

1. پھر (phir)

- Meaning: Then, afterwards, again.

- Explanation: This word introduces a sequence of events, much like "then" in English.

2. تم (tum)

- Meaning: You (plural, or informal singular).

- Explanation: This is the second-person plural pronoun, referring to "you all" or "you" in an informal context.

3. اس (is)

- Meaning: That, this.

- Explanation: A demonstrative pronoun, referring to something previously mentioned or understood, similar to "that" here.

4. کے بعد (ke baad)

- Meaning: After.

- Explanation: This is a postpositional phrase. کے (ke) is a connecting particle (similar to 'of' or 's in English possessive) that links 'اس' (that) to 'بعد' (after). So, اس کے بعد means "after that".

- Grammar Note: Postpositions in Urdu come after the noun or pronoun they relate to, unlike prepositions in English.

5. پھر گئے (phir gaye)

- Meaning: Turned away, turned back.

- Explanation: This is a compound verb.

- پھرنا (phirna): The base verb meaning "to turn" or "to turn back."

- گئے (gaye): The past participle of جانا (jaana) (to go), used here as an auxiliary verb to complete the sense of "turning away" or "moving away." Together, they mean "you turned away" (past tense, plural).

6. تو (to)

- Meaning: So, then.

- Explanation: This conjunction is used to introduce a consequence or the next part of a conditional statement.

7. اگر (agar)

- Meaning: If.

- Explanation: This word introduces a conditional clause.

8. تم پر (tum par)

- Meaning: Upon you, on you.

- Explanation: پر (par) is a postposition meaning "on" or "upon." So, تم پر means "on you" or "upon you."

9. اللہ (Allah)

- Meaning: God, Allah.

- Explanation: The Arabic word for God, commonly used in Urdu.

10. کا (ka)

- Meaning: 's, of.

- Explanation: This is a possessive postposition (masculine singular). It links اللہ (Allah) to فضل (grace/favor), indicating that the grace belongs to Allah. "Allah's grace."

- Grammar Note: Urdu possessive postpositions (کا (ka), کی (ki), کے (ke)) change based on the gender and number of the possessed item, not the possessor. Here, فضل (grace) is masculine singular, so کا is used.

11. فضل (fazal)

- Meaning: Grace, favor, blessing.

- Explanation: Refers to divine favor or benevolence.

12. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And.

- Explanation: A common conjunction.

13. اس کی (us ki)

- Meaning: His, its.

- Explanation:

- اس (us): "Him" or "it" (oblique form of وہ (woh) - he/she/it).

- کی (ki): Possessive postposition (feminine singular), linking 'his' to رحمت (mercy). So, اس کی means "His" when referring to a feminine noun.

14. رحمت (rehmat)

- Meaning: Mercy, compassion.

- Explanation: A feminine noun referring to divine mercy.

15. نہ ہوتی (na hoti)

- Meaning: Had not been, would not be (feminine conditional).

- Explanation:

- نہ (na): The negation particle "not."

- ہوتی (hoti): The feminine imperfect conditional form of the verb ہونا (hona) (to be). It implies "if it had not been" or "would not be." Here, it refers to فضل and رحمت (which collectively take a feminine ending in this construction).

16. تو (to)

- Meaning: Then, so.

- Explanation: Again, indicating the consequence of the conditional clause.

17. تم (tum)

- Meaning: You (plural, informal).

- Explanation: Same as explained in point 2.

18. یقیناً (yaqeenan)

- Meaning: Certainly, surely, indeed.

- Explanation: An adverb emphasizing the certainty of the outcome.

19. نقصان (nuqsaan)

- Meaning: Loss, harm, damage.

- Explanation: Refers to suffering a disadvantage or losing something.

20. اٹھانے والوں (uthane walon)

- Meaning: Those who bear/suffer/incur (loss).

- Explanation:

- اٹھانا (uthana): The verb meaning "to lift," but in this context, "to bear," "to suffer," or "to incur."

- والے (wale): A suffix that turns a verb into an agent noun, meaning "one who does" or "those who do." اٹھانے والے would mean "those who bear."

- والوں (walon): This is the oblique plural form of والے, used when followed by a postposition like میں سے (from among). So, نقصان اٹھانے والوں means "those who suffer loss."

21. میں سے (mein se)

- Meaning: From among, among.

- Explanation:

- میں (mein): A postposition meaning "in" or "among."

- سے (se): A postposition meaning "from" or "by."

- Together, they mean "from among."

22. ہوتے (hote)

- Meaning: Would have been (masculine plural conditional).

- Explanation: This is the masculine plural imperfect conditional form of the verb ہونا (hona) (to be). It indicates the hypothetical consequence in the past: "you would have been."

Here is the Urdu and English translation, followed by a detailed word-for-word explanation to help you understand the Urdu words and their grammatical context.

Urdu Translation

اور جب ہم نے کہا: "اس بستی میں داخل ہو جاؤ، اور اس (بستی) میں جہاں سے چاہو خوب سیر ہو کر کھاؤ، اور دروازے میں سجدہ کرتے ہوئے (جھکتے ہوئے) داخل ہو، اور کہو 'حطّہ' (معافی طلب کرتے ہوئے)، تو ہم تمہاری خطائیں بخش دیں گے، اور نیکی کرنے والوں کو ہم مزید عطا کریں گے۔"

English Translation

"And when We said, 'Enter this village, and eat freely from it wherever you wish, and enter the gate humbly (prostrating), and say 'Hittah' (seeking forgiveness), then We will forgive your sins, and We will increase (Our bounty upon) the doers of good.'"

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English)

Here's a breakdown of each Urdu word, its pronunciation, and its English meaning, along with relevant grammar notes.

- اور (aur) - And

- Grammar Note: This is a conjunction, similar to "and" in English, used to connect words, phrases, or clauses.

- جب (jab) - When

- Grammar Note: An adverb of time.

- ہم (hum) - We

- Grammar Note: First-person plural pronoun. In formal or divine address (as often in religious texts), "we" is used to denote majesty or a collective will, even if referring to a singular entity (God).

- نے (ne) - (Particle indicating agent)

- Grammar Note: This is a postposition (a type of particle) that marks the agent (the doer of the action) of a transitive verb in the past tense. It doesn't have a direct English equivalent but is crucial for correct Urdu sentence structure in such contexts. Here, it shows that "ہم" (we) is the one who "کہا" (said).

- کہا (kahaa) - Said

- Grammar Note: Past tense verb, masculine singular. The verb "کہنا" (kehnaa) means "to say."

- اس (is) - This

- Grammar Note: A demonstrative pronoun or adjective, referring to something specific and close.

- بستی (bastī) - Village / Town

- Grammar Note: A feminine noun.

- میں (mein) - In / Into

- Grammar Note: A postposition, similar to a preposition in English, indicating location or direction.

- داخل (daakhil) - Enter / Entered

- Grammar Note: This is often used as an adjective or part of a compound verb with "ہونا" (honaa - to be) or "کرنا" (karnaa - to do). Here, it's part of the compound imperative verb "داخل ہو جاؤ".

- ہو (ho) - Be / Become

- Grammar Note: The base form of the auxiliary verb "ہونا" (honaa - to be). It's used here as part of the imperative.

- جاؤ (jaao) - Go / Proceed

- Grammar Note: This is the imperative plural form of the verb "جانا" (jaanaa - to go). "داخل ہو جاؤ" (daakhil ho jaao) is a common way to say "enter" in the imperative, addressing multiple people or showing respect.

- اور (aur) - And

- Grammar Note: Conjunction.

- اس (is) - It / This (referring to the village/basti)

- Grammar Note: Demonstrative pronoun. Used here to explicitly link the eating to the village.

- (بستی) (bastī) - (Village/Town)

- Grammar Note: Added in parentheses for clarification that "اس" refers to the village.

- جہاں (jahaan) - Wherever

- Grammar Note: An adverb of place, meaning "at whatever place."

- سے (se) - From

- Grammar Note: A postposition, indicating origin or source.

- چاہو (chaaho) - You wish / You desire

- Grammar Note: The imperative plural form of the verb "چاہنا" (chaahnaa - to wish/want). It implies a permission or choice.

- خوب (khoob) - Well Abundantly Much

- Grammar Note: An adverb, intensifying the meaning of the following words.

- سیر (sair) - Satiated / Full (in context of eating)

- Grammar Note: While "سیر" often means a stroll or trip, in the idiom "سیر ہو کر کھانا" (sair ho kar khaanaa), it means "to eat to one's fill" or "to eat abundantly/freely."

- ہو (ho) - Be / Become

- Grammar Note: Auxiliary verb.

- کر (kar) - Having done / By doing

- Grammar Note: This is a conjunct participle derived from "کرنا" (karnaa - to do). It links two actions, implying the first action is completed before or concurrently with the second. "خوب سیر ہو کر کھاؤ" means "eat, having become fully satisfied" or "eat to your fill."

- کھاؤ (khaao) - Eat

- Grammar Note: The imperative plural form of the verb "کھانا" (khaanaa - to eat).

- اور (aur) - And

- Grammar Note: Conjunction.

- دروازے (darwaaze) - Gate / Door

- Grammar Note: Oblique form of the masculine noun "دروازہ" (darwaaza). The oblique form is used when followed by a postposition like "میں" (mein). Even though it's singular, its form changes.

- میں (mein) - In / Into

- Grammar Note: Postposition.

- سجدہ (sajda) - Prostration / Bowing

- Grammar Note: A masculine noun, referring to the act of prostration or humble bowing, especially in prayer.

- کرتے (karte) - Doing / Performing

- Grammar Note: The masculine plural participle form of "کرنا" (karnaa - to do).

- ہوئے (hue) - While being / In a state of

- Grammar Note: The masculine plural participle form of "ہونا" (honaa - to be). "سجدہ کرتے ہوئے" (sajda karte hue) means "while prostrating" or "in a state of prostration/humble bowing."

- (جھکتے ہوئے) (jhukte hue) - (Humbly bowing)

- Grammar Note: Provided as an alternative or explanatory phrase for "سجدہ کرتے ہوئے," meaning "while bending/bowing." "جھکنا" (jhuknaa) means "to bend/bow."

- داخل (daakhil) - Enter / Entered

- Grammar Note: As before, part of a compound imperative.

- ہو (ho) - Be / Become

- Grammar Note: Auxiliary verb.

- اور (aur) - And

- Grammar Note: Conjunction.

- کہو (kaho) - Say

- Grammar Note: The imperative plural form of the verb "کہنا" (kehnaa - to say).

- 'حطّہ' (Hittah) - 'Hittah'

- Grammar Note: This is an Arabic word, preserved in the Urdu translation. It literally means "remission" or "lifting of a burden." In the context of this verse, it's a plea for forgiveness or a reduction of sins.

- (معافی طلب کرتے ہوئے) (maafi talab karte hue) - (Seeking forgiveness)

- Grammar Note: An explanatory phrase in parentheses to clarify the meaning of 'Hittah' for an Urdu speaker. "معافی" (maafi) means forgiveness, "طلب کرنا" (talab karnaa) means to seek/request.

- تو (to) - Then / So

- Grammar Note: A conditional conjunction, indicating a consequence.

- ہم (hum) - We

- Grammar Note: First-person plural pronoun.

- تمہاری (tumhaari) - Your

- Grammar Note: Second-person plural possessive adjective (feminine plural form to agree with "خطائیں"). From "تمہارا" (tumhaaraa).

- خطائیں (khataaein) - Sins / Mistakes

- Grammar Note: A feminine plural noun, the plural of "خطا" (khataa).

- بخش (bakhsh) - Forgive / Grant

- Grammar Note: The base form of the verb "بخشنا" (bakhshnaa - to forgive/bestow). Used here as part of a compound verb.

- دیں (dein) - Give / Will give

- Grammar Note: The plural subjunctive/future form of "دینا" (denaa - to give).

- گے (ge) - (Future tense marker)

- Grammar Note: This suffix, along with the preceding verb form, indicates the future tense and also agrees in gender and number with the subject (here, "ہم" - we, which is treated as masculine plural for verb agreement). "بخش دیں گے" (bakhsh dein ge) collectively means "We will forgive."

- اور (aur) - And

- Grammar Note: Conjunction.

- نیکی (neki) - Good deeds / Virtue

- Grammar Note: A feminine noun.

- کرنے (karne) - Doing / Making

- Grammar Note: The masculine plural participle form of "کرنا" (karnaa - to do). Used to form "کرنے والوں" (those who do).

- والوں (waalon) - Ones / People

- Grammar Note: The masculine plural oblique form of "والا" (waalaa - one who does/possesses). "نیکی کرنے والوں" (neki karne waalon) means "those who do good deeds" or "the doers of good."

- کو (ko) - To / For

- Grammar Note: A postposition that marks the indirect object of a verb. Here, it indicates "to whom" the increase will be given.

- مزید (mazeed) - More / Further / Additional

- Grammar Note: An adverb or adjective, indicating an increase.

- عطا (ataa) - Grant / Bestow / Gift

- Grammar Note: A feminine noun, often used in compound verbs like "عطا کرنا" (ataa karnaa - to grant/bestow).

- کریں (karein) - Do / Will do

- Grammar Note: The plural subjunctive/future form of "کرنا" (karnaa - to do).

- گے (ge) - (Future tense marker)

- Grammar Note: As before, indicates future tense and agreement. "عطا کریں گے" (ataa karein ge) collectively means "We will grant/bestow."

Here's your Urdu translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence, designed for an English-speaking student learning Urdu:

The original Arabic sentence is:

اللَّهُ يَسْتَهْزِئُ بِهِمْ وَيَمُدُّهُمْ فِي طُغْيَانِهِمْ يَعْمَهُونَ

Urdu Translation:

اللہ ان سے ٹھٹھا کرتا ہے اور انہیں ان کی سرکشی میں ڈھیل دیتا ہے، وہ اسی میں بھٹکتے رہتے ہیں۔

Allāh un se ṭhaṭhā kartā hai aur unhēñ un kī sarkashī mēñ ḍhīl dētā hai, voh isī mēñ bhaṭakte rehte hain.

English Translation:

Allah mocks them, and prolongs them in their transgression, (while) they keep wandering blindly in it.

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English):

- اللہ (Allāh)

- Meaning: God, Allah.

- Explanation: This is the proper name for God in Islam.

- ان (un)

- Meaning: Them (oblique form).

- Explanation: This is the oblique form of the pronoun "they/those" (وہ - voh). It's used when followed by a postposition like 'سے' (se).

- سے (se)

- Meaning: From, by, with, at.

- Explanation: This is a common postposition in Urdu. In this context, with "ٹھٹھا کرنا" (*ṭhaṭhā karnā* - to mock), it signifies "at them" or "with them."

- ٹھٹھا (ṭhaṭhā)

- Meaning: Mockery, ridicule.

- Explanation: This noun refers to the act of making fun of someone.

- کرتا (kartā)

- Meaning: Does (masculine singular present participle).

- Explanation: This is the masculine singular present participle of the verb "کرنا" (*karnā* - to do/to make). When combined with "ٹھٹھا," it forms the compound verb "ٹھٹھا کرنا" (*ṭhaṭhā karnā* - to mock).

- ہے (hai)

- Meaning: Is.

- Explanation: This is the singular present tense form of the verb "ہونا" (*honā* - to be). It completes the present indefinite tense for "کرتا" (*kartā*).

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And.

- Explanation: A common conjunction used to connect two clauses or phrases.

- انہیں (unhēñ)

- Meaning: Them (direct object).

- Explanation: This is the direct object form of "they/those" (وہ - voh). It's used when "them" is the direct recipient of an action.

- ان (un)

- Meaning: Their (oblique form).

- Explanation: Here, it's used as the possessive pronoun "their" before the genitive postposition "کی" (kī).

- کی (kī)

- Meaning: Of (feminine singular).

- Explanation: This is a genitive postposition, indicating possession. It agrees in gender and number with the noun it precedes ("سرکشی" - sarkashī is feminine).

- سرکشی (sarkashī)

- Meaning: Transgression, rebellion, obstinacy.

- Explanation: This noun refers to going beyond limits or being rebellious.

- میں (mēñ)

- Meaning: In.

- Explanation: A common postposition indicating location or state.

- ڈھیل (ḍhīl)

- Meaning: Slack, looseness, respite.

- Explanation: Often used in the idiom "ڈھیل دینا" (*ḍhīl dēnā* - to give slack/rope, to give respite), implying allowing someone to continue in their actions without immediate punishment.

- دیتا (dētā)

- Meaning: Gives (masculine singular present participle).

- Explanation: This is the masculine singular present participle of the verb "دینا" (*dēnā* - to give). It forms the compound verb "ڈھیل دینا" (*ḍhīl dēnā*).

- ہے (hai)

- Meaning: Is.

- Explanation: Completes the present indefinite tense for "دیتا" (*dētā*).

- وہ (voh)

- Meaning: They.

- Explanation: The plural pronoun for "they."

- اسی (isī)

- Meaning: In this very, in the same.

- Explanation: This is an emphatic form of "اس" (*is* - this/that, oblique). It emphasizes "in their transgression" referring back to "سرکشی" (sarkashī).

- میں (mēñ)

- Meaning: In.

- Explanation: Again, indicating location or state.

- بھٹکتے (bhaṭakte)

- Meaning: Wandering, straying (plural present participle).

- Explanation: This is the plural present participle of the verb "بھٹکنا" (*bhaṭaknā* - to wander, to stray, to get lost). It describes the continuous action of wandering.

- رہتے (rehte)

- Meaning: Remain, keep (plural present participle).

- Explanation: This is the plural present participle of "رہنا" (*rahnā* - to remain, to stay). When combined with another participle (like "بھٹکتے" - bhaṭakte), it forms a compound verb indicating a continuous or habitual action: "بھٹکتے رہتے ہیں" (*bhaṭakte rehte hain* - they keep wandering).

- ہیں (hain)

- Meaning: Are.

- Explanation: This is the plural present tense form of "ہونا" (*honā* - to be). It completes the present continuous/habitual tense for "بھٹکتے رہتے" (*bhaṭakte rehte*).

Grammar Notes:

- Compound Verbs: Urdu frequently uses compound verbs formed by a noun or an infinitive (often in its oblique or participle form) followed by an auxiliary verb. Examples here are:

- ٹھٹھا کرنا (ṭhaṭhā karnā) - "to mock" (lit. "to do mockery")

- ڈھیل دینا (ḍhīl dēnā) - "to give slack/respite"

- بھٹکتے رہنا (bhaṭakte rahnā) - "to keep wandering" (indicates continuous action)

- Postpositions: Unlike English prepositions, Urdu uses postpositions which come after the noun or pronoun they modify (e.g., "ان سے" - *un se* (to them), "سرکشی میں" - *sarkashī mēñ* (in transgression)).

- Pronoun Forms: Urdu pronouns change form depending on their grammatical role (subject, direct object, oblique for postpositions).

- وہ (voh) - "they" (subject)

- ان (un) - "them" (oblique, when followed by a postposition like 'سے' se or 'کی' kī)

- انہیں (unhēñ) - "them" (direct object)

- Verb Agreement: The verb "کرتا ہے" (*kartā hai*) agrees with "اللہ" (*Allāh*) (masculine singular). "ڈھیل دیتا ہے" (*ḍhīl dētā hai*) also agrees with "اللہ" (*Allāh*). "بھٹکتے رہتے ہیں" (*bhaṭakte rehte hain*) agrees with "وہ" (voh) (plural).

Here's the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence for your Urdu learning:

English Translation:

"And if they had believed and been righteous, certainly a reward from Allah would have been better, if only they had known."

Urdu Translation:

اور اگر وہ ایمان لاتے اور تقویٰ اختیار کرتے تو یقیناً اللہ کے پاس سے ملنے والا ثواب بہتر تھا، اگر وہ جانتے۔

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English):

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word to help you understand each component:

1. اور (aur) [Pronunciation: owr]

- Meaning: And

- Grammar: A conjunction, connecting phrases or clauses.

2. اگر (agar) [Pronunciation: a-gur]

- Meaning: If

- Grammar: A conditional conjunction, introducing a hypothetical situation.

3. وہ (woh) [Pronunciation: voh]

- Meaning: They (plural pronoun)

- Grammar: A third-person plural pronoun. It can also mean "he/she/it" in singular, but the verb form here indicates plural.

4. ایمان (eemaan) [Pronunciation: ee-maan]

- Meaning: Faith, Belief

- Grammar: A noun, borrowed from Arabic. In Urdu, to express "to believe," it's often combined with the verb 'lana' (to bring), forming the phrase 'imaan lana'.

5. لاتے (laate) [Pronunciation: laa-tay]

- Meaning: Would bring / Had brought

- Grammar: This is the masculine plural conditional/habitual form of the verb 'لانا' (laana - to bring). When combined with 'ایمان' (eemaan), 'ایمان لاتے' (eemaan laate) means "would believe" or "had believed."

6. اور (aur) [Pronunciation: owr]

- Meaning: And

- Grammar: Another conjunction.

7. تقویٰ (taqwa) [Pronunciation: taq-waa]

- Meaning: Piety, Righteousness, God-consciousness, Fear of God

- Grammar: A noun, borrowed from Arabic, commonly used in religious contexts. Similar to 'imaan', it's often used with 'ikhtiyar karna' (to adopt/choose) to mean "to practice piety."

8. اختیار (ikhtiyar) [Pronunciation: ikh-tee-yaar]

- Meaning: Adoption, Choice, Authority

- Grammar: A noun, borrowed from Arabic. When combined with 'کرنا' (karna - to do), 'اختیار کرنا' (ikhtiyar karna) means "to adopt," "to choose," or "to exercise."

9. کرتے (karte) [Pronunciation: kar-tay]

- Meaning: Would do Would practice Had done

- Grammar: This is the masculine plural conditional/habitual form of the verb 'کرنا' (karna - to do). So, 'تقویٰ اختیار کرتے' (taqwa ikhtiyar karte) means "would practice piety" or "had adopted righteousness."

10. تو (to) [Pronunciation: toh]

- Meaning: Then, So

- Grammar: This particle introduces the consequence or result of the conditional clause (the "if" part).

11. یقیناً (yaqeenan) [Pronunciation: ya-qee-nan]

- Meaning: Certainly, Indeed, Surely

- Grammar: An adverb, emphasizing the certainty of the statement.

12. اللہ (Allah) [Pronunciation: al-laah]

- Meaning: God, Allah

- Grammar: Proper noun for God.

13. کے پاس سے (ke paas se) [Pronunciation: kay paas say]

- Meaning: From (literally: "from near/with")

- Grammar: This is a postpositional phrase.

- کے (ke): A genitive postposition, indicating possession or relation (like 'of' or 'from').

- پاس (paas): A noun meaning 'near', 'with', 'at'.

- سے (se): A postposition indicating 'from' or 'by'.

- Together, 'اللہ کے پاس سے' means "from Allah" or "from the presence of Allah."

14. ملنے والا (milne wala) [Pronunciation: mil-nay waa-laa]

- Meaning: That which is received Obtainable One who receives

- Grammar: This is a participial phrase.

- ملنے (milne): The infinitive form of 'ملنا' (milna - to receive, to get, to be found).

- والا (wala): A suffix that forms a noun or adjective, indicating "one who does/is" or "that which is/does." Here, it functions as "that which is received."

15. ثواب (sawaab) [Pronunciation: sa-waab]

- Meaning: Reward (especially spiritual reward from God for good deeds)

- Grammar: A noun, borrowed from Arabic.

16. بہتر (behtar) [Pronunciation: beh-tar]

- Meaning: Better

- Grammar: A comparative adjective, borrowed from Persian.

17. تھا (tha) [Pronunciation: thaa]

- Meaning: Was

- Grammar: The masculine singular past tense form of the verb 'ہونا' (hona - to be). In this conditional sentence, it expresses "would have been."

18. اگر (agar) [Pronunciation: a-gur]

- Meaning: If

- Grammar: Another conditional conjunction, introducing a hypothetical situation, similar to the first 'agar'.

19. وہ (woh) [Pronunciation: voh]

- Meaning: They (plural pronoun)

- Grammar: A third-person plural pronoun.

20. جانتے (jaante) [Pronunciation: jaantay]

- Meaning: Would know / Had known

- Grammar: This is the masculine plural conditional/habitual form of the verb 'جاننا' (janna - to know). So, 'اگر وہ جانتے' (agar woh jaante) means "if they had known" or "if only they knew."

Here's the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence, tailored to help an English student learn Urdu:

English Translation

Just as We sent among you a Messenger from yourselves, who recites Our verses to you, purifies you, and teaches you the Book and wisdom, and teaches you what you did not know.

Urdu Translation

جس طرح ہم نے تم میں سے ایک رسول بھیجا جو تم پر ہماری آیتیں پڑھ کر سناتا ہے، اور تمہیں پاک کرتا ہے، اور تمہیں کتاب و حکمت سکھاتا ہے، اور تمہیں وہ سکھاتا ہے جو تم نہیں جانتے تھے۔

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English)

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word, explaining its meaning and pronunciation.

1. جس ( Jis )

- Meaning: Just, which

- Explanation: This is a relative pronoun, similar to 'which' or 'as'. It's often used to introduce a comparison.

2. طرح ( tarah )

- Meaning: way, manner

- Explanation: A feminine noun. When combined with جس (Jis), جس طرح (Jis tarah) means "just as" or "in the way that".

3. ہم ( Hum )

- Meaning: We

- Explanation: This is the first person plural pronoun.

4. نے ( ne )

- Meaning: [marker for agent of transitive verb in past tense]

- Explanation: This is a special grammatical particle (a postposition) unique to Urdu and some other Indo-Aryan languages. It indicates that the preceding noun/pronoun is the agent (doer) of a transitive verb in a perfect tense (e.g., past simple, present perfect). It doesn't have a direct English equivalent but is essential for correct Urdu grammar. Here, it shows that "We" performed the action of "sending".

5. تم ( Tum )

- Meaning: You

- Explanation: This is the second person plural pronoun, or an informal singular pronoun (used for friends, family, or subordinates).

6. میں ( mein )

- Meaning: in, among

- Explanation: A postposition.

7. سے ( se )

- Meaning: from, out of

- Explanation: A postposition. When combined with تم میں (Tum mein), تم میں سے (Tum mein se) means "from among you".

8. ایک ( ek )

- Meaning: a, one

- Explanation: This acts as an indefinite article (a/an) or the number 'one'.

9. رسول ( rasool )

- Meaning: Messenger

- Explanation: A masculine noun, referring to a prophet or divine messenger.

10. بھیجا ( bheja )

- Meaning: sent

- Explanation: This is the masculine singular past tense form of the transitive verb بھیجنا (bhej-na), meaning "to send". In the "ne" construction, the verb بھیجا (bheja) typically agrees in gender and number with the direct object (here, 'rasool' - Messenger, which is masculine singular).

11. جو ( jo )

- Meaning: who, which

- Explanation: A relative pronoun, used to link a clause to the preceding noun (رسول - rasool).

12. تم ( Tum )

- Meaning: you

- Explanation: Again, the second person plural or informal singular pronoun.

13. پر ( par )

- Meaning: on, upon, to

- Explanation: A postposition. تم پر (Tum par) means "upon you" or "to you".

14. ہماری ( hamari )

- Meaning: our

- Explanation: A feminine possessive adjective, agreeing with آیتیں (aayatein), which is a feminine plural noun.

15. آیتیں ( aayatein )

- Meaning: verses, signs

- Explanation: A feminine plural noun, typically referring to verses of a holy book (like the Quran). The singular is آیت (aayat).

16. پڑھ ( parh )

- Meaning: read, recite

- Explanation: This is the root of the verb پڑھنا (parh-na), meaning "to read" or "to recite".

17. کر ( kar )

- Meaning: having done, by doing

- Explanation: This is an auxiliary verb or conjunctive participle derived from کرنا (kar-na), "to do". When combined with another verb root (like پڑھ - parh), it forms a compound verb indicating that the first action is completed or is a means to the second. پڑھ کر سناتا ہے (parh kar sunata hai) means "recites (by reading) and makes you hear".

18. سناتا ( sunata )

- Meaning: makes hear, narrates

- Explanation: This is the masculine singular present tense form of the causative verb سنانا (suna-na), meaning "to make someone hear" or "to narrate". It is derived from سننا (sun-na), "to hear".

19. ہے ( hai )

- Meaning: is

- Explanation: The present tense auxiliary verb, indicating continuous action or present simple. So, پڑھ کر سناتا ہے (parh kar sunata hai) means "he recites (to you)".

20. اور ( aur )

- Meaning: and

- Explanation: A common conjunction meaning "and".

21. تمہیں ( tumhein )

- Meaning: to you, you (object)

- Explanation: This is the oblique or objective form of تم (tum), meaning "to you" or "you" when you are the object of the verb. The postposition کو (ko), meaning "to" or marking the direct object, is often implied.

22. پاک ( paak )

- Meaning: pure, clean

- Explanation: An adjective.

23. کرتا ( karta )

- Meaning: does, makes

- Explanation: The masculine singular present tense form of کرنا (kar-na), "to do" or "to make".

24. ہے ( hai )

- Meaning: is

- Explanation: Auxiliary verb. پاک کرتا ہے (paak karta hai) means "he purifies".

25. اور ( aur )

- Meaning: and

- Explanation: Conjunction.

26. تمہیں ( tumhein )

- Meaning: to you, you (object)

- Explanation: Object form of 'you'.

27. کتاب ( kitab )

- Meaning: Book

- Explanation: A feminine noun, often referring to a holy scripture.

28. و ( o )

- Meaning: and

- Explanation: A Persian conjunction meaning "and", often used in formal Urdu or when connecting words of Arabic/Persian origin. It's equivalent to اور (aur).

29. حکمت ( hikmat )

- Meaning: wisdom

- Explanation: A feminine noun. So, کتاب و حکمت (kitab o hikmat) means "the Book and wisdom".

30. سکھاتا ( sikhata )

- Meaning: teaches

- Explanation: The masculine singular present tense form of سکھانا (sikhana), "to teach".

31. ہے ( hai )

- Meaning: is

- Explanation: Auxiliary verb. سکھاتا ہے (sikhata hai) means "he teaches".

32. اور ( aur )

- Meaning: and

- Explanation: Conjunction.

33. تمہیں ( tumhein )

- Meaning: to you, you (object)

- Explanation: Object form of 'you'.

34. وہ ( woh )

- Meaning: that, that which

- Explanation: A demonstrative pronoun. Here, it refers to the unspecified knowledge.

35. سکھاتا ( sikhata )

- Meaning: teaches

- Explanation: Again, "he teaches".

36. ہے ( hai )

- Meaning: is

- Explanation: Auxiliary verb. So, وہ سکھاتا ہے (woh sikhata hai) means "he teaches that".

37. جو ( jo )

- Meaning: which, what

- Explanation: A relative pronoun, referring to the specific things you did not know.

38. تم ( Tum )

- Meaning: you

- Explanation: Second person pronoun.

39. نہیں ( nahin )

- Meaning: not

- Explanation: A common negation particle for verbs in Urdu.

40. جانتے ( jaante )

- Meaning: know

- Explanation: The masculine plural form of the verb جاننا (jaan-na), "to know". It agrees with تم (tum).

41. تھے ( the )

- Meaning: were

- Explanation: The masculine plural past tense auxiliary verb, agreeing with تم (tum). تم نہیں جانتے تھے (tum nahin jaante the) means "you did not know" or "you were not knowing".

42. ۔ ( full stop )

- Explanation: Urdu uses a full stop similar to English.

Here is the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence, designed for an English student learning Urdu:

English Translation:

So We said: "Strike him with a part of it." Thus Allah gives life to the dead and shows you His signs so that you may understand.

Urdu Translation:

تو ہم نے کہا: اسے (usay) اس (iss) کے (kay) کسی (kisi) حصے (hissay) سے (say) مارو۔ (maaro.) اسی (isi) طرح (tarah) اللہ (Allah) مردوں (murdon) کو (ko) زندہ (zinda) کرتا (karta) ہے (hai) اور (aur) تمہیں (tumhein) اپنی (apni) نشانیاں (nishaniyan) دکھاتا (dikhaata) ہے (hai) تاکہ (taake) تم (tum) سمجھو۔ (samjho.)

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English):

- تو (To) - So, then.

- Grammar Note: This word acts as a conjunction, similar to "so" or "then" in English, connecting ideas.

- ہم (Hum) - We.

- نے (Ne) - (Marker for past tense transitive verbs).

- Grammar Note: In Urdu, "ne" is a postposition used after the subject of a transitive verb in certain past tenses (e.g., perfective past). It indicates that the subject performed the action.

- کہا (Kaha) - Said.

- Together, "ہم نے کہا" (Hum ne kaha) means "We said."

- اسے (Usay) - Him/It.

- Grammar Note: This is an oblique form of "وہ" (voh - he/she/it/they) used when it's the object of a verb or follows a postposition.

- اس (Iss) - This/That (oblique form).

- Grammar Note: "Iss" is the oblique form of "یہ" (yeh - this) or "وہ" (voh - that). Here, it refers back to a previously mentioned object (e.g., a sacrificed animal in the full context of the story).

- کے (Kay) - Of/Belonging to (genitive postposition).

- Grammar Note: "Kay" is used to show possession or relation, similar to 's or "of" in English. "اس کے" (iss kay) means "of it" or "its".

- کسی (Kisi) - Some, any.

- حصے (Hissay) - Part, portion.

- Together, "اس کے کسی حصے" (iss kay kisi hissay) means "a part of it."

- سے (Say) - With, by, from.

- Grammar Note: This postposition indicates the instrument or means by which an action is performed. Here, "اس کے کسی حصے سے" (iss kay kisi hissay say) means "with a part of it."

- مارو۔ (Maaro.) - Strike, hit.

- Grammar Note: This is an imperative (command) form, addressing multiple people or used respectfully.

- اسی (Isi) - In this very way, thus.

- Grammar Note: "Isi" emphasizes "this" (yeh).

- طرح (Tarah) - Way, manner.

- Together, "اسی طرح" (isi tarah) means "in this way," or "thus."

- اللہ (Allah) - Allah (God).

- مردوں (Murdon) - The dead (plural, oblique).

- Grammar Note: The singular is "مردہ" (murda - dead person). The "on" ending indicates the oblique plural form.

- کو (Ko) - To (dative postposition), also marks the direct object.

- Grammar Note: Here, it marks "مردوں" (murdon) as the direct object of the verb "زندہ کرتا ہے" (zinda karta hai).

- زندہ (Zinda) - Alive.

- کرتا (Karta) - Does, makes (masculine singular imperfective participle).

- ہے (Hai) - Is.

- Together, "زندہ کرتا ہے" (zinda karta hai) means "gives life" or "makes alive."

- اور (Aur) - And.

- تمہیں (Tumhein) - You (plural or respectful singular, object form).

- Grammar Note: This is the oblique object form of "تم" (tum - you).

- اپنی (Apni) - His/Her/Its/Their own (reflexive possessive).

- Grammar Note: "Apni" refers back to the subject of the clause (Allah in this case). So, "اپنی نشانیاں" (apni nishaniyan) means "His (own) signs."

- نشانیاں (Nishaniyan) - Signs (plural).

- Grammar Note: Singular is "نشانی" (nishani).

- دکھاتا (Dikhaata) - Shows (masculine singular imperfective participle).

- ہے (Hai) - Is.

- Together, "دکھاتا ہے" (dikhaata hai) means "shows."

- تاکہ (Taake) - So that, in order that.

- تم (Tum) - You (plural or informal singular).

- سمجھو۔ (Samjho.) - You may understand/comprehend.

- Grammar Note: This is the subjunctive form of "سمجھنا" (samajhna - to understand), used after "تاکہ" (taake) to express purpose.

Here is the translation and explanation of the Arabic sentence, designed for an English student learning Urdu:

English Translation

O you who believe! Do not say 'Pay attention to us' (in a way that can be misinterpreted), but say 'Look at us' (or 'Wait for us'), and listen. And for the disbelievers is a painful torment.

Urdu Translation

اے ایمان والو! مت کہو 'ہم پر توجہ دو' اور کہو 'ہم پر نظر کرو' اور سنو۔ اور کافروں کے لیے دردناک عذاب ہے۔

Word-for-Word Breakdown and Pronunciation

Let's break down the Urdu translation word by word to understand its components.

- اے (Ae)

- Meaning: O, Oh (a vocative particle used to address someone)

- Grammar Note: This particle is used to call out or address a person or a group, similar to "O" in English.

- ایمان (imaan)

- Meaning: faith, belief

- Grammar Note: This is a noun meaning 'faith' or 'belief'.

- والو (walo)

- Meaning: people, those who (plural vocative suffix)

- Grammar Note: When appended to a noun (like ایمان imaan), والو walo (in its plural vocative form) indicates "those who possess" or "people belonging to" that noun. So, ایمان والو (imaan walo) collectively means "O people of faith" or "O believers."

- مت (mat)

- Meaning: do not

- Grammar Note: This is a negative imperative particle, always placed before the verb to express a negative command ("do not").

- کہو (kaho)

- Meaning: say (imperative, plural or polite singular)

- Grammar Note: This is the imperative form of the verb کہنا (kehna) meaning "to say." کہو (kaho) is used for addressing multiple people or politely addressing a single person.

- 'ہم' (hum)

- Meaning: we, us

- Grammar Note: This is the first-person plural pronoun. Here, it is used in its objective case (us).

- 'پر' (par)

- Meaning: on, upon, to, at

- Grammar Note: This is a postposition, similar to a preposition in English, but it comes after the noun or pronoun it modifies.

- 'توجہ' (tawajjuh)

- Meaning: attention

- Grammar Note: This is a noun meaning 'attention'.

- 'دو' (do)

- Meaning: give (imperative, plural or polite singular)

- Grammar Note: This is the imperative form of the verb دینا (dena) meaning "to give."

- Phrase Note: The phrase ہم پر توجہ دو (hum par tawajjuh do) literally translates to "give attention upon us" and means "pay attention to us" or "attend to us." This specific phrase is used here to represent the meaning of the Arabic word رَاعِنَا (Ra'ina), which the believers were instructed not to use due to its potential for misinterpretation or insult.

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: and

- Grammar Note: This is a conjunction.

- کہو (kaho)

- Meaning: say (imperative, plural or polite singular)

- Grammar Note: As above, the imperative form of کہنا (kehna).

- 'ہم' (hum)

- Meaning: we, us

- Grammar Note: First-person plural pronoun.

- 'پر' (par)

- Meaning: on, upon, to, at

- Grammar Note: Postposition.

- 'نظر' (nazar)

- Meaning: glance, look, sight

- Grammar Note: This is a noun meaning 'look' or 'sight'.

- 'کرو' (karo)

- Meaning: do (imperative, plural or polite singular)

- Grammar Note: This is the imperative form of the verb کرنا (karna) meaning "to do."

- Phrase Note: The phrase ہم پر نظر کرو (hum par nazar karo) literally means "do a look upon us" or "cast a glance on us," and is commonly understood as "look at us" or "consider us." This phrase is used here to represent the meaning of the Arabic word انظُرْنَا (Unzurna), which believers were instructed to use as an alternative.

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: and

- Grammar Note: Conjunction.

- سنو (suno)

- Meaning: listen (imperative, plural or polite singular)

- Grammar Note: This is the imperative form of the verb سننا (sun'na) meaning "to listen."

- ۔ (.)

- Meaning: (period, sentence end)

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: and

- Grammar Note: Conjunction.

- کافروں (kafiron)

- Meaning: disbelievers (plural, oblique case)

- Grammar Note: This is the oblique plural form of the noun کافر (kafir) meaning "disbeliever." The oblique case is used when a noun is followed by a postposition.

- کے لیے (ke liye)

- Meaning: for

- Grammar Note: This is a compound postposition indicating purpose or recipient. It attaches to the oblique form of the preceding noun/pronoun.

- دردناک (dardnak)

- Meaning: painful

- Grammar Note: This is an adjective, formed by combining درد (dard) (pain) and ناک (nak) (making, causing), literally "pain-making."

- عذاب (azaab)

- Meaning: punishment, torment

- Grammar Note: This is a noun.

- ہے (hai)

- Meaning: is

- Grammar Note: This is the third-person singular form of the verb ہونا (hona) meaning "to be." In Urdu, the main verb often comes at the end of the sentence.

Grammar and Contextual Notes

1. Addressing a Group (Vocative Plural): The phrase اے ایمان والو (Ae imaan walo) demonstrates how to address a group of people. اے (Ae) is the vocative particle, and والو (walo) indicates plurality and is specific to addressing a group.

2. Negative Commands (Imperative): To issue a negative command (e.g., "Do not say"), Urdu uses مت (mat) before the imperative form of the verb. For example, مت کہو (mat kaho) means "do not say."

3. Imperative Verbs: کہو (kaho) (say), دو (do) (give), کرو (karo) (do), and سنو (suno) (listen) are all in the plural (or polite singular) imperative form. This form is used when giving commands to multiple people or showing respect to a single person.

4. Postpositions: Urdu relies heavily on postpositions (پر par, کے لیے ke liye) which function like prepositions but are placed after the noun or pronoun they modify. Notice how کافروں (kafiron) is in the oblique plural case because it's followed by the postposition کے لیے (ke liye).

5. Urdu Sentence Structure: Urdu typically follows a Subject-Object-Verb (SOV) word order, though it can be flexible. For example, کافروں کے لیے دردناک عذاب ہے (kafiron ke liye dardnak azaab hai) literally means "For the disbelievers a painful punishment is."

6. Context of 'ہم پر توجہ دو' vs. 'ہم پر نظر کرو': The original Arabic sentence refers to two specific words: رَاعِنَا (Ra'ina) and انظُرْنَا (Anzurna).

- رَاعِنَا (Ra'ina) meant "attend to us" or "heed us," but in the context of early Islam, some malicious individuals would twist its pronunciation to sound like an insult (e.g., "our evil shepherd" in Hebrew).

- انظُرْنَا (Anzurna) meant "look at us," "consider us," or "wait for us." This was the respectful and unambiguous alternative that believers were instructed to use instead.

- In the Urdu translation, we've used 'ہم پر توجہ دو' (hum par tawajjuh do) ("pay attention to us") to convey the general meaning of رَاعِنَا and 'ہم پر نظر کرو' (hum par nazar karo) ("look at us" or "consider us") for انظُرْنَا, to adhere to the instruction of not using any Arabic text while still conveying the essence of the Quranic command.

Here's the Urdu translation and a detailed word-for-word explanation for your English student:

Full Urdu Translation:

اور انہوں نے کہا کہ اللہ نے بیٹا بنا رکھا ہے۔ وہ پاک ہے۔ بلکہ اسی کا ہے جو کچھ آسمانوں اور زمین میں ہے۔ ہر ایک اسی کا فرمانبردار ہے۔

Full English Translation:

And they said, "Allah has taken a son." Glorified is He! Rather, to Him belongs whatever is in the heavens and the earth. All are obedient to Him.

Urdu Word-for-Word Explanation and Grammar Notes:

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word.

1. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Grammar: This is a common conjunction in Urdu, connecting words, phrases, or clauses, just like "and" in English.

2. انہوں نے (unhon ne)

- Meaning: They

- Grammar: This is a combination of two parts:

- انہوں (unhon): This is the oblique plural form of "وہ" (woh), which means "he," "she," "it," or "they." The oblique form is used when a noun or pronoun is followed by a postposition.

- نے (ne): This is a unique postposition in Urdu that marks the agent (the one performing the action) of a transitive verb (a verb that takes a direct object) when the verb is in a perfect tense (e.g., past simple, past perfect, present perfect). It causes the verb to agree with the object rather than the subject, or remain in masculine singular if there's no direct object. In this phrase, "انہوں نے کہا" literally means "by them was said," but is naturally translated as "they said."

3. کہا (kaha)

- Meaning: Said

- Grammar: This is the masculine singular form of the past tense of the verb "کہنا" (kehna), meaning "to say" or "to tell." Because the verb "کہنا" is transitive and in the perfect tense, it follows the ne rule described above.

4. کہ (ke)

- Meaning: That

- Grammar: This is a conjunction, similar to "that" in English, used to introduce a subordinate clause, especially after verbs of speaking, thinking, or knowing.

5. اللہ (Allah)

- Meaning: Allah / God

- Grammar: The Arabic word for God, commonly used in Urdu.

6. نے (ne)

- Meaning: (Agent marker)

- Grammar: Again, the ne postposition appears. Here, it marks "اللہ" (Allah) as the agent who performed the action of "taking/adopting."

7. بیٹا (beta)

- Meaning: Son

- Grammar: A common masculine noun for "son."

8. بنا رکھا ہے (bana rakha hai)

- Meaning: Has taken Has made Has adopted (a son)

- Grammar: This is a compound verb construction, common in Urdu, conveying a completed action with a sense of continuous state or intention:

- بنا (bana): The root of the verb "بنانا" (banana), meaning "to make" or "to create."

- رکھا ہے (rakha hai): This comes from "رکھنا" (rakhna), meaning "to keep" or "to place," combined with "ہے" (hai, meaning "is"). The auxiliary verb "رکھنا" adds the nuance of having done something and kept it in that state.

- Together, "بنا رکھا ہے" implies "has made and kept" or "has adopted." Since "بیٹا" (son) is masculine singular, "بنا رکھا ہے" (masculine singular) agrees with it, according to the ne rule.

9. وہ (woh)

- Meaning: He / That

- Grammar: Here, "وہ" refers to Allah (God). It's a versatile pronoun that can mean "he," "she," "it," or "that" depending on the context.

10. پاک ہے (paak hai)

- Meaning: Is pure / Is glorified / Is exalted

- Grammar:

- پاک (paak): An adjective meaning "pure," "clean," or "holy." In this religious context, it conveys "glorified" or "far above" any imperfections or false attributions.

- ہے (hai): The third-person singular form of the verb "ہونا" (hona), meaning "to be" (equivalent to "is").

11. بلکہ (balke)

- Meaning: Rather But On the contrary

- Grammar: This is a conjunction used to introduce a contrasting or corrective statement, often stronger than "but."

12. اسی کا ہے (usi ka hai)

- Meaning: To Him alone belongs / It is His alone

- Grammar: This phrase emphasizes sole ownership:

- اسی (usi): An emphatic form of "اس" (us, meaning "him," "her," "it," or "that"). The addition of the "ی" sound makes it mean "to that very one" or "to Him alone."

- کا (ka): A postposition indicating possession, similar to "of" or the possessive apostrophe 's' in English. It is masculine singular and agrees with "جو کچھ" (whatever) implied as the possessed item.

- ہے (hai): Is.

- So, "اسی کا ہے" means "it belongs to Him alone."

13. جو کچھ (jo kuch)

- Meaning: Whatever / All that (which)

- Grammar: This is an indefinite pronoun:

- جو (jo): Means "which," "who," or "that."

- کچھ (kuch): Means "some," "a little," or "anything."

- Together, they form the idiomatic phrase "whatever" or "all that which."

14. آسمانوں (aasmanon)

- Meaning: Heavens

- Grammar: This is the oblique plural form of the masculine noun "آسمان" (aasman), meaning "sky" or "heaven." The oblique form is used because it is followed by the postposition "میں" (mein) or is part of a compound phrase like "آسمانوں اور زمین میں."

15. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Grammar: Another instance of the conjunction "and."

16. زمین (zameen)

- Meaning: Earth / Land

- Grammar: A common feminine noun in Urdu.

17. میں ہے (mein hai)

- Meaning: Is in

- Grammar:

- میں (mein): A postposition meaning "in" or "inside."

- ہے (hai): Is.

- Together, "میں ہے" means "is in."

18. ہر ایک (har ek)

- Meaning: Every single one / Everyone

- Grammar:

- ہر (har): An adjective meaning "every."

- ایک (ek): A numeral meaning "one."

- Combined, "ہر ایک" functions as a singular subject meaning "everyone" or "each one."

19. اسی کا (usi ka)

- Meaning: His alone / To Him alone

- Grammar: This is a repetition of the emphatic possessive form encountered earlier, reinforcing that the obedience is directed solely to Allah.

20. فرمانبردار ہے (farmanbardar hai)

- Meaning: Is obedient / Is submissive

- Grammar:

- فرمانبردار (farmanbardar): An adjective (and sometimes used as a noun) meaning "obedient," "submissive," or "compliant." This is a compound word from Persian: "فرمان" (farman, meaning "command" or "order") and "بردار" (bardar, meaning "bearer" or "one who carries"). So, literally "one who carries out commands."

- ہے (hai): Is.

- Since "ہر ایک" (everyone/each one) is treated as a singular subject, the verb "ہے" (hai) is singular.

Here is the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence, tailored for an English-speaking Urdu student:

English Translation

"Indeed, We have sent you with the truth as a bearer of good tidings and a warner, and you will not be questioned about the inhabitants of the Hellfire."

Urdu Translation

بے شک ہم نے آپ کو حق کے ساتھ، خوشخبری دینے والا اور ڈرانے والا بنا کر بھیجا ہے، اور آپ سے جہنم والوں کے بارے میں نہیں پوچھا جائے گا۔

Urdu Word-by-Word Explanation

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word:

1. بے شک (Be shak)

- Meaning: Indeed / Surely

- Explanation: This is an emphatic phrase meaning "without doubt." It's composed of بے (be), meaning without, and شک (shak), meaning doubt.

2. ہم (ham)

- Meaning: We

- Explanation: This is the first-person plural pronoun.

3. نے (ne)

- Meaning: [past tense agent marker]

- Explanation: This is a unique postposition in Urdu used to mark the agent (the one performing the action) of a transitive verb (a verb that takes a direct object) in the past tense. It doesn't have a direct English equivalent but indicates that "we" performed the action of "sending."

4. آپ (aap)

- Meaning: you (respectful)

- Explanation: This is a second-person pronoun used for respectful singular or plural address.

5. کو (ko)

- Meaning: [object marker]

- Explanation: This postposition is used to mark the direct object of a verb, especially when the object is a person or specific. Here, it indicates that "آپ" (aap - you) is the object of the verb "بھیجا" (bheja - sent).

6. حق (haq)

- Meaning: truth / right

- Explanation: This is a masculine noun meaning 'truth' or 'right'.

7. کے (ke)

- Meaning: of / with

- Explanation: This is an oblique form of the postposition 'کا' (ka), 'کی' (ki), 'کے' (ke) meaning 'of'. Here, it combines with 'ساتھ' (saath) to form 'کے ساتھ' (ke saath), meaning with.

8. ساتھ (saath)

- Meaning: with

- Explanation: This adverb/postposition indicates accompaniment. When combined with 'کے' (ke), it generally means "with."

9. خوشخبری (khushkhabri)

- Meaning: good news / glad tidings

- Explanation: This is a feminine noun, literally meaning 'happy news'. خوش (khush) means happy, and خبری (khabri) comes from خبر (khabar) meaning news.

10. دینے (de-ne)

- Meaning: giving / to give

- Explanation: This is the oblique infinitive form of the verb دینا (de-na), meaning to give. It is used here in conjunction with 'والا' (wa-la) to form an agent noun.

11. والا (wa-la)

- Meaning: one who / doer

- Explanation: This suffix is added to verbs or nouns to create an agent noun, meaning "one who does" or "one who is associated with." So, خوشخبری دینے والا (khushkhabri dene wala) means one who gives good news / a bearer of good tidings.

12. اور (aur)

- Meaning: and

- Explanation: A common conjunction.

13. ڈرانے (da-ra-ne)

- Meaning: frightening warning to frighten

- Explanation: This is the oblique infinitive form of the verb ڈرانا (da-ra-na), meaning to frighten or to warn.

14. والا (wa-la)

- Meaning: one who / doer

- Explanation: Same as above. So, ڈرانے والا (da-ra-ne wala) means one who warns / a warner.

15. بنا (ba-na)

- Meaning: having made / having appointed

- Explanation: This is the stem of the verb بنانا (ba-na-na), meaning to make or to appoint. It is used here in a conjunctive participial construction 'بنا کر' (bana kar).

16. کر (kar)

- Meaning: having done / by doing

- Explanation: This is the conjunctive participle of the verb کرنا (kar-na), meaning to do. When combined with a verb stem (like 'بنا' - bana), it indicates an action completed before another, often implying "by doing" or "having done," or simply "as" in this context. So, بنا کر (bana kar) means having made (you) as / by making (you) as.

17. بھیجا (bhe-ja)

- Meaning: sent

- Explanation: This is the past participle of the verb بھیجنا (bhej-na), meaning to send.

18. ہے، (hai,)

- Meaning: is / has

- Explanation: This is the present tense auxiliary verb, third person singular. When combined with a past participle (like 'بھیجا' - bheja), it forms the present perfect tense, meaning "have sent."

19. اور (aur)

- Meaning: and

- Explanation: Conjunction.

20. آپ (aap)

- Meaning: you (respectful)

- Explanation: Second-person pronoun, repeated for the next clause.

21. سے (se)

- Meaning: from / by

- Explanation: This postposition can have various meanings. In passive voice constructions (like 'نہیں پوچھا جائے گا' - nahin poochha jaayega), it indicates the agent or the source from which the action is done, similar to "by" or "from" in English. So, "آپ سے" (aap se) implies "by you" or "from you."

22. جہنم (ja-han-nam)

- Meaning: Hell / Gehenna

- Explanation: A masculine noun referring to Hellfire.

23. والوں (wa-lon)

- Meaning: of the people / inhabitants (oblique plural)

- Explanation: This is the oblique plural form of والا (wa-la). When combined with a place or group, it means 'people of' or 'inhabitants of'. So, جہنم والوں (jahanam walon) means inhabitants of Hell / people of Hell.

24. کے (ke)

- Meaning: of / about

- Explanation: Another postposition. Here, it is part of the common idiom کے بارے میں (ke baare mein), meaning about.

25. بارے (baa-re)

- Meaning: matter / subject

- Explanation: This noun is used as part of the idiom کے بارے میں (ke baare mein).

26. میں (mein)

- Meaning: in / about

- Explanation: This postposition means 'in' or 'inside'. When combined with کے بارے (ke baare), it completes the idiom کے بارے میں (ke baare mein), which together means about or concerning.

27. نہیں (na-heen)

- Meaning: not

- Explanation: The common negative particle in Urdu.

28. پوچھا (poochha)

- Meaning: asked

- Explanation: This is the past participle of the verb پوچھنا (poochhna), meaning to ask.

29. جائے (ja-ye)

- Meaning: will be / will go

- Explanation: This is a form of the verb جانا (jaa-na), meaning to go. In passive voice constructions, it acts as an auxiliary verb, often meaning "will be" or "to become."

30. گا۔ (ga.)

- Meaning: [future tense marker]

- Explanation: This is a future tense suffix. It combines with 'جائے' (ja-ye) to form 'جائے گا' (ja-ye ga), which indicates the masculine singular future passive tense, meaning "will be." So, نہیں پوچھا جائے گا (na-heen poochha ja-ye ga) means will not be asked.

Grammar Notes

- نے (ne) Postposition: In Urdu, the postposition نے (ne) is used with the agent of a transitive verb in perfect tenses (past simple, present perfect, past perfect). It is a key indicator of who performed the action in these specific contexts. The verb then agrees with the object in gender and number, not the subject.

- Passive Voice: The second part of the sentence, "آپ سے جہنم والوں کے بارے میں نہیں پوچھا جائے گا" (aap se jahanam walon ke baare mein nahin poochha jaayega), is in the passive voice. The structure is typically: object + سے (se) + agent (optional) + past participle + جانا (jaana - to go, as auxiliary) in the appropriate tense.

- Agent Nouns with والا (wa-la): The suffix والا (wa-la) is highly productive in Urdu. It can be added to verb infinitives (like دینے والا - dene wala, giver) or nouns (like جہنم والا - jahanam wala, person of Hell) to indicate a person or thing associated with that action or noun. When plural and oblique (as with والوں - walon), it signifies 'those associated with' or 'the people of'.

- Conjunctive Participle کر (kar): The کر (kar) participle often links two actions, where the action indicated by the verb stem preceding کر happens before or simultaneously with the main verb, or describes the manner of the main verb. Here, بنا کر بھیجا ہے (bana kar bheja hai) implies "having appointed (you) as, (We) have sent (you)."

- Idiom کے بارے میں (ke baare mein): This is a very common Urdu idiom meaning "about" or "concerning."

Here is the translation and breakdown for your English student learning Urdu:

English Translation:

And they will never wish for it (death), because of what their hands have sent forth. And Allah is All-Knowing of the wrongdoers.

Urdu Translation:

اور وہ اس کی (موت کی) کبھی تمنا نہیں کریں گے، اس (کے اعمال) کی وجہ سے جو ان کے ہاتھوں نے آگے بھیجے ہیں۔ اور اللہ ظالموں کو خوب جاننے والا ہے۔

Urdu Word-for-Word Explanation

Here is a breakdown of each Urdu word, its pronunciation, English meaning, and any relevant grammar notes:

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Explanation: This is a conjunction, similar to "and" in English, used to connect words or phrases.

- وہ (woh)

- Meaning: They

- Explanation: This is a plural pronoun referring to people previously mentioned or implied.

- اس (iss)

- Meaning: This / It

- Explanation: Here, 'اس' refers to "it" (death), which is implied in the original Arabic context of the verse. We've added '(موت کی)' in parentheses for clarity.

- کی (ki)

- Meaning: Of / For

- Explanation: This is a feminine possessive postposition (like "of" or "'s" in English). In this phrase, 'اس کی' together means "of it" or "for it" (referring to death).

- Grammar Note: Urdu uses postpositions (words that come after the noun) instead of prepositions (words that come before the noun). 'کی' is used with feminine nouns. For masculine nouns, 'کا' (kā) is used, and for plural or respectful singular nouns, 'کے' (kay) is used.

- (موت (maut)

- Meaning: Death

- Explanation: This word clarifies what 'اس کی' refers to in this specific context.

- کبھی (kabhi)

- Meaning: Ever / Never

- Explanation: When used with a negation ('نہیں'), it means "never." Without negation, it means "ever" or "sometimes."

- تمنا (tamannā)

- Meaning: Desire / Wish

- Explanation: This is a noun meaning a strong desire or wish.

- نہیں (nahīñ)

- Meaning: Not

- Explanation: This is the standard negative particle in Urdu, used to negate verbs or sentences.

- کریں گے (karēñ-gay)

- Meaning: Will do / Will make

- Explanation: This is the future tense of the verb 'کرنا' (karnā), meaning "to do" or "to make." Together, 'تمنا نہیں کریں گے' means "will not desire/wish."

- Grammar Note: Urdu verbs change their endings based on the subject's gender, number, and formality. 'کریں گے' is the plural/respectful future tense form.

- اس (iss)

- Meaning: This / It

- Explanation: Here, 'اس' refers to the consequences of "what their hands have sent forth." We've added '(کے اعمال)' in parentheses for clarity.

- (کے اعمال) (kay a'māl)

- Meaning: (Their actions / consequences of actions)

- Explanation: This phrase clarifies that 'اس' refers to the actions (and their results) that they have committed. 'اعمال' (a'māl) is the plural of 'عمل' (amal), meaning 'action' or 'deed'.

- کی وجہ سے (ki wajah say)

- Meaning: Because of Due to On account of

- Explanation: This is an idiomatic postpositional phrase used to express causation or reason.

- جو (jo)

- Meaning: What Which That

- Explanation: This is a relative pronoun, similar to "what" or "which" in English, introducing a subordinate clause.

- ان (un)

- Meaning: Their / Those

- Explanation: This is a plural possessive pronoun.

- کے (kay)

- Meaning: Of

- Explanation: This is a masculine or plural possessive postposition. 'ان کے' means "their."

- ہاتھوں (hāthoñ)

- Meaning: Hands

- Explanation: This is the plural form of 'ہاتھ' (hāth - hand) in its oblique case, used because it's followed by the agent marker 'نے'.

- نے (nay)

- Meaning: (Agent marker)

- Explanation: This is a grammatical particle (postposition) that marks the subject (agent) of a transitive verb in the past tense or perfect tenses. It indicates who performed the action.

- Grammar Note: The 'نے' marker is a unique feature of Urdu (and other Indo-Aryan languages). It does not have a direct English equivalent but is crucial for marking the subject of a past-tense transitive verb.

- آگے (āgē)

- Meaning: Forward / Ahead

- Explanation: An adverb indicating direction.

- بھیجے ہیں (bhējē haiñ)

- Meaning: Have sent / Have put forward

- Explanation: This is the present perfect tense of the verb 'بھیجنا' (bhējnā - to send). 'بھیجے' is the masculine plural past participle, and 'ہیں' is the plural auxiliary verb "are," combining to mean "have sent."

- Grammar Note: The participle 'بھیجے' agrees in gender and number with the implied object (actions/deeds).

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Explanation: Another conjunction.

- اللہ (Allāh)

- Meaning: Allah (God)

- Explanation: The Arabic word for God, commonly used in Urdu.

- ظالموں (zālimoñ)

- Meaning: Wrongdoers / Oppressors

- Explanation: This is the plural form of 'ظالم' (zālim - wrongdoer/oppressor) in its oblique case, used because it's followed by the postposition 'کو'.

- کو (ko)

- Meaning: To Of About

- Explanation: This is a postposition that often marks the direct object of a verb or indicates a recipient. When used with verbs of knowing (like 'جاننے والا'), it can mean "about" or "of," indicating the subject of knowledge.

- خوب (khoob)

- Meaning: Well Thoroughly Fully

- Explanation: An adverb that emphasizes the extent or quality of the action or state, here emphasizing the extent of knowing.

- جاننے (jānnē)

- Meaning: Knowing

- Explanation: This is the infinitive form ('جانا' - jānā, to know) in its oblique form, used when combined with 'والا'.

- والا ہے (wālā hai)

- Meaning: Is the one who (knows) / He is (All-Knowing)

- Explanation: The suffix 'والا' (wālā) is used to form an agent noun or to describe someone who does something. 'ہے' (hai) is the auxiliary verb "is." Together, 'خوب جاننے والا ہے' means "is the one who knows very well" or "is All-Knowing."

- Grammar Note: 'والا' can also indicate a future action or an inherent quality. Here, it signifies a characteristic of Allah.

Here is the translation and breakdown of the sentence, designed to help an English student learn Urdu:

Full Translation

Urdu Translation:

اور یہود نے کہا کہ نصاریٰ کسی چیز پر نہیں ہیں۔ اور نصاریٰ نے کہا کہ یہود کسی چیز پر نہیں ہیں۔ اور وہ کتاب پڑھتے ہیں۔ اسی طرح ان لوگوں نے کہا جو نہیں جانتے ہیں، انہی کی سی بات کہی۔ پس اللہ قیامت کے دن ان کے درمیان فیصلہ کرے گا جس بات میں وہ اختلاف کرتے تھے۔

English Translation:

And the Jews said that the Christians are not upon anything. And the Christians said that the Jews are not upon anything. And they (both) recite the Book. Similarly, those who do not know said like their saying. So Allah will judge between them on the Day of Resurrection concerning that in which they used to differ.

Word-by-Word Breakdown

Here's a detailed breakdown of each Urdu word from the translated sentence:

1. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Grammar: A common conjunction connecting words or clauses.

2. یہود (yahood)

- Meaning: Jews

- Grammar: A masculine plural noun. It refers to the Jewish people.

3. نے (ne)

- Meaning: (postposition)

- Grammar: This particle is unique to Urdu and several other Indo-Aryan languages. It follows the subject of a transitive verb when that verb is in the past tense. It indicates that the subject performed the action. For example, "یہود نے کہا" (yahood ne kaha) means "The Jews said." Without 'ne', the sentence structure would be incorrect for this specific grammatical context.

4. کہا (kaha)

- Meaning: said

- Grammar: The masculine singular past tense form of the verb کہنا (kehna) - to say. Even though 'Jews' (یہود) is plural, 'kaha' here functions as a singular verb agreeing with the act of 'saying'.

5. کہ (keh)

- Meaning: that

- Grammar: A conjunction, similar to "that" in English, used to introduce a subordinate clause.

6. نصاریٰ (nasaaraa)

- Meaning: Christians

- Grammar: A masculine plural noun. It refers to the Christian people.

7. کسی (kisi)

- Meaning: any

- Grammar: An indefinite pronoun/adjective. It's the oblique form of کوئی (koi) - some/any. Here, it implies "not on anything."

8. چیز (cheez)

- Meaning: thing

- Grammar: A feminine singular noun.

9. پر (par)

- Meaning: upon, on

- Grammar: A postposition indicating position or adherence, similar to "on" or "upon" in English.

10. نہیں (nahin)

- Meaning: not

- Grammar: The most common negative particle in Urdu, used to negate verbs and sentences in the present tense.

11. ہیں۔ (hain)

- Meaning: are

- Grammar: The plural form of the present tense auxiliary verb ہونا (honaa) - to be. It is used for plural subjects (like 'نصاریٰ') and also as a mark of respect for singular subjects.

12. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Grammar: (See #1)

13. نصاریٰ (nasaaraa)

- Meaning: Christians

- Grammar: (See #6)

14. نے (ne)

- Meaning: (postposition)

- Grammar: (See #3)

15. کہا (kaha)

- Meaning: said

- Grammar: (See #4)

16. کہ (keh)

- Meaning: that

- Grammar: (See #5)

17. یہود (yahood)

- Meaning: Jews

- Grammar: (See #2)

18. کسی (kisi)

- Meaning: any

- Grammar: (See #7)

19. چیز (cheez)

- Meaning: thing

- Grammar: (See #8)

20. پر (par)

- Meaning: upon, on

- Grammar: (See #9)

21. نہیں (nahin)

- Meaning: not

- Grammar: (See #10)

22. ہیں۔ (hain)

- Meaning: are

- Grammar: (See #11)

23. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Grammar: (See #1)

24. وہ (woh)

- Meaning: they

- Grammar: A third-person plural pronoun. It can also mean 'he/she/it' for singular, depending on context.

25. کتاب (kitaab)

- Meaning: book

- Grammar: A feminine singular noun. In this context, it refers to the divine scripture.

26. پڑھتے ہیں (paRhte hain)

- Meaning: recite, read

- Grammar: This is a verb phrase in the present habitual/continuous tense. پڑھتے (paRhte) is the masculine plural imperfect participle of پڑھنا (paRhnaa) - to read/recite. ہیں (hain) is the auxiliary verb 'are'. Together, they describe an ongoing or habitual action by a plural masculine subject.

27. اسی طرح (isi tarah)

- Meaning: Similarly, in the same way

- Grammar: اسی (isi) is an emphatic form of اس (is) - this/that (oblique case). طرح (tarah) is a feminine noun meaning 'manner' or 'way'. The combination means "in this very manner."

28. ان (un)

- Meaning: those

- Grammar: The oblique plural form of the demonstrative pronoun وہ (woh) - that/those. Used here before a noun.

29. لوگوں (logon)

- Meaning: people

- Grammar: The oblique plural form of the masculine noun لوگ (log) - people. It's in the oblique case because of the implied postposition نے (similar to #3), or an actual postposition following it.

30. نے (ne)

- Meaning: (postposition)

- Grammar: (See #3) Here, it indicates 'ان لوگوں' as the subject of 'کہا'.

31. کہا (kaha)

- Meaning: said

- Grammar: (See #4)

32. جو (jo)

- Meaning: who

- Grammar: A relative pronoun used to introduce a relative clause, referring to 'ان لوگوں' (those people).

33. نہیں (nahin)

- Meaning: not

- Grammar: (See #10)

34. جانتے ہیں، (jaante hain)

- Meaning: do not know

- Grammar: Similar to "پڑھتے ہیں" (#26), this is a present habitual/continuous tense verb phrase. جانتے (jaante) is the masculine plural imperfect participle of جاننا (jaanna) - to know. ہیں (hain) is the auxiliary verb 'are'.

35. انہی کی سی (unhee ki si)

- Meaning: like theirs, similar to their very own

- Grammar: انہی (unhee) is the emphatic oblique plural form of وہ (woh) - they/those. کی (ki) is a feminine genitive postposition meaning 'of' or 's'. سی (si) is a suffix added to nouns or pronouns to mean "like" or "similar to." Together, it means "like their very own."

36. بات (baat)

- Meaning: talk, matter, saying

- Grammar: A feminine singular noun.

37. کہی۔ (kahi)

- Meaning: said

- Grammar: The feminine singular past tense form of کہنا (kehna) - to say. It agrees in gender with بات (baat) - (a) thing/matter - which is the object of 'saying' and is treated as such in this construction (بات کہی - a thing was said). This is an idiomatic way to say "made a statement" or "said something."

38. پس (pas)

- Meaning: So, therefore

- Grammar: A conjunction indicating consequence or conclusion.

39. اللہ (Allah)

- Meaning: Allah (God)

- Grammar: A masculine singular proper noun.

40. قیامت کے دن (qiyaamat ke din)

- Meaning: on the Day of Resurrection

- Grammar: قیامت (qiyaamat) is a feminine singular noun meaning 'Resurrection'. کے (ke) is a masculine/oblique genitive postposition meaning 'of'. دن (din) is a masculine singular noun meaning 'day'. This phrase literally means "on the day of Resurrection."

41. ان کے درمیان (un ke darmiyaan)

- Meaning: between them

- Grammar: ان (un) is the oblique plural pronoun 'them'. کے (ke) is a genitive postposition. درمیان (darmiyaan) is a postposition meaning 'between'.

42. فیصلہ کرے گا (faisla kare ga)

- Meaning: will judge (lit. will do judgment)

- Grammar: This is a future tense verb phrase. فیصلہ (faisla) is a masculine noun meaning 'decision' or 'judgment'. کرے گا (kare ga) is the masculine singular future tense of کرنا (karna) - to do. This is a common way to form verbs in Urdu by combining a noun with کرنا.

43. جس بات میں (jis baat mein)

- Meaning: in which matter, concerning that

- Grammar: جس (jis) is the oblique singular relative pronoun 'which'. بات (baat) is a feminine noun 'matter/thing'. میں (mein) is a postposition meaning 'in'. Together, "in which matter."

44. وہ (woh)

- Meaning: they

- Grammar: (See #24)

45. اختلاف کرتے تھے (ikhtilaaf karte the)

- Meaning: used to differ, were differing

- Grammar: This is a past habitual/continuous verb phrase. اختلاف (ikhtilaaf) is a masculine noun meaning 'difference' or 'disagreement'. کرتے (karte) is the masculine plural imperfect participle of کرنا (karna) - to do/make. تھے (the) is the masculine plural past auxiliary verb 'were'. This structure expresses an action that was habitual or continuous in the past.

Here is the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence for your Urdu learning:

English Translation

"Our Lord, and send among them a messenger from among them who recites Your verses to them and teaches them the Book and wisdom and purifies them. Indeed, You are the Exalted in Might, the All-Wise."

Urdu Translation

"اے ہمارے رب، اور ان میں ایک رسول بھیج جو انہی میں سے ہو جو ان پر تیری آیتیں پڑھے اور انہیں کتاب اور حکمت سکھائے اور انہیں پاک کرے، بے شک تو ہی بڑا زبردست، حکمت والا ہے۔"

Word-for-Word Breakdown

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word:

1. اے (Ay) - Interjection

- Meaning: O / Oh

- Grammar Note: This is an interjection used to address someone directly, similar to "O" in English.

2. ہمارے (hamāre) - Possessive Pronoun (plural masculine)

- Meaning: Our

- Grammar Note: This is the possessive form of "ہم" (ham - we). It is used here because "رب" (Rabb - Lord) is considered masculine, and in Urdu, the possessive pronoun agrees in gender and number with the noun it modifies. If it were a feminine noun, it would be "ہماری" (hamārī).

3. رب (Rabb) - Noun (masculine)

- Meaning: Lord / Cherisher

- Grammar Note: In Urdu, it refers to God as the Sustainer and Creator.

4. اور (aur) - Conjunction

- Meaning: And

5. ان (un) - Pronoun (plural)

- Meaning: Them

- Grammar Note: This is the oblique form of "وہ" (woh - they/those). It's used here with the preposition "میں" (men).

6. میں (men) - Preposition

- Meaning: In / Among

- Grammar Note: "ان میں" (un men) collectively means "among them."

7. ایک (ek) - Indefinite Article / Numeral

- Meaning: A An One

8. رسول (Rasūl) - Noun (masculine)

- Meaning: Messenger / Prophet

- Grammar Note: Refers to a divine messenger.

9. بھیج (bhejo) - Imperative Verb (second person plural/polite singular)

- Meaning: Send

- Grammar Note: This is the command form of the verb "بھیجنا" (bhejna - to send). The "o" ending makes it polite or plural.

10. جو (jo) - Relative Pronoun

- Meaning: Who Which That

- Grammar Note: Introduces a relative clause, referring back to "رسول" (Rasūl).

11. انہی (unhī) - Emphatic Pronoun (plural)

- Meaning: Themselves / Them (emphatic)

- Grammar Note: "انہی" is an emphatic form of "ان" (un). It adds emphasis, meaning "from among them (the very same people)."

12. میں (men) - Preposition

- Meaning: In / Among

13. سے (se) - Postposition

- Meaning: From By With

- Grammar Note: "میں سے" (men se) together means "from among." So, "انہی میں سے" (unhī men se) means "from among themselves."

14. ہو (ho) - Helping Verb (Subjunctive)

- Meaning: Be

- Grammar Note: Used here in a subjunctive sense to express a wish or condition, i.e., "who may be from among them" or "who is from among them (as a condition)."

15. جو (jo) - Relative Pronoun

- Meaning: Who Which That

- Grammar Note: Introduces another relative clause, referring back to the "رسول" (Rasūl).

16. ان (un) - Pronoun (plural)

- Meaning: Them

- Grammar Note: Oblique form used with "پر" (par).

17. پر (par) - Postposition

- Meaning: On Upon To

- Grammar Note: "ان پر" (un par) means "upon them."

18. تیری (terī) - Possessive Pronoun (singular feminine)

- Meaning: Your

- Grammar Note: This is the possessive form of "تو" (tū - you, informal singular). It is used here because "آیتیں" (āyaten - verses) is a feminine plural noun.

19. آیتیں (āyaten) - Noun (feminine plural)

- Meaning: Verses / Signs

- Grammar Note: Plural of "آیت" (āyat).

20. پڑھے (parhe) - Verb (Subjunctive)

- Meaning: Recites / Reads

- Grammar Note: Subjunctive form of "پڑھنا" (parhna - to read/recite), indicating a purpose or a characteristic of the messenger.

21. اور (aur) - Conjunction

- Meaning: And

22. انہیں (unhen) - Pronoun (plural, dative/accusative)

- Meaning: Them

- Grammar Note: This is the dative/accusative form of "وہ" (woh - they/those). It's used as the indirect object (to them) or direct object (them).

23. کتاب (Kitāb) - Noun (feminine)

- Meaning: Book (referring to the Holy Book, often the Quran)

24. اور (aur) - Conjunction

- Meaning: And

25. حکمت (Hikmat) - Noun (feminine)

- Meaning: Wisdom

26. سکھائے (sikhāye) - Verb (Subjunctive)

- Meaning: Teaches

- Grammar Note: Subjunctive form of "سکھانا" (sikhāna - to teach), again indicating purpose.

27. اور (aur) - Conjunction

- Meaning: And

28. انہیں (unhen) - Pronoun (plural, dative/accusative)

- Meaning: Them

29. پاک (pāk) - Adjective

- Meaning: Pure Clean Holy

30. کرے (kare) - Verb (Subjunctive)

- Meaning: Makes / Does

- Grammar Note: Subjunctive form of "کرنا" (karna - to do/make). "پاک کرے" (pāk kare) means "purifies them" (literally, "makes them pure").

31. بے شک (be shak) - Adverbial Phrase

- Meaning: Indeed Undoubtedly Certainly

32. تو (tū) - Pronoun (singular, informal)

- Meaning: You

- Grammar Note: Used here as an intimate or direct address to God.

33. ہی (hī) - Emphatic Particle

- Meaning: Only Indeed Alone

- Grammar Note: Adds emphasis to the preceding word, meaning "You alone."

34. بڑا (barā) - Adjective

- Meaning: Great Mighty Very

- Grammar Note: Used here to intensify the adjective "زبردست" (zabardast).

35. زبردست (zabardast) - Adjective

- Meaning: Mighty Powerful Exalted in Might

36. حکمت (Hikmat) - Noun (feminine)

- Meaning: Wisdom

37. والا (wālā) - Suffix / Adjective

- Meaning: Possessor of / One who has / -er

- Grammar Note: This suffix turns a noun into an adjective meaning "possessor of" or "characterized by." So, "حکمت والا" (Hikmat wālā) means "possessor of wisdom" or "the Wise one."

38. ہے (hai) - Verb (present tense, singular)

- Meaning: Is

- Grammar Note: The copula, indicating "You are."

Here is the translation and detailed explanation for the Arabic sentence, structured to teach an English student Urdu:

English Translation:

Then Adam received from his Lord [some] words, and He (Allah) turned towards him (in forgiveness). Indeed, He is the Oft-Forgiving, the Most Merciful.

Urdu Translation:

پھر آدم (Aadam) نے اپنے رب (Rabb) سے چند کلمات (kalimāt) سیکھ (seekh) لیے (liye)۔ تو (To) اللہ (Allah) نے اس (us) کی (ki) توبہ (tauba) قبول (qabool) فرما (farma) لی (li)۔ بیشک (Beshak) وہی (wohī) بہت (bahut) توبہ (tauba) قبول (qabool) کرنے (karne) والا (wālā)، نہایت (nihāyat) رحم (reham) کرنے (karne) والا (wālā) ہے۔

Urdu Word-by-Word Explanation:

Let's break down the Urdu translation to understand each word and its meaning.

- پھر (Phir)

- Meaning: Then, Afterwards.

- Usage: This word acts as a conjunction, indicating a sequence of events.

- آدم (Aadam)

- Meaning: Adam.

- Usage: This is a proper noun, referring to the first human, Adam.

- نے (ne)

- Meaning: (Marks the agent of action).

- Usage: This is a postposition (a particle that comes after a word) in Urdu. It marks the doer (the agent) of a transitive verb (a verb that takes an object) when the verb is in a perfect (past) tense. It doesn't have a direct English equivalent but shows that "Adam" performed the action.

- Grammar Note: The particle نے is crucial in Urdu grammar. It typically indicates the subject of a transitive verb in the past indefinite, past definite, past perfect, and past subjunctive tenses. When نے is used, the verb agrees with the object in gender and number, not the subject.

- اپنے (apne)

- Meaning: His (own), Their (own).

- Usage: This is a reflexive possessive pronoun. It refers back to the subject of the sentence (Adam) and indicates that the "Lord" belongs to "Adam."

- رب (Rabb)

- Meaning: Lord, Sustainer, Cherisher.

- Usage: A common title for God in Urdu, derived from Arabic.

- سے (se)

- Meaning: From, By, With.

- Usage: This is a postposition indicating the source or origin of something. Here, it means "from his Lord."

- چند (chand)

- Meaning: Some, A few.

- Usage: This adjective indicates an indefinite, small quantity. It corresponds to the indefinite nature of "words" in the original Arabic.

- کلمات (kalimāt)

- Meaning: Words, Utterances.

- Usage: This is an Arabic loanword in Urdu, the plural of کلمہ (kalima) meaning 'word'.

- سیکھ لیے (seekh liye)

- Meaning: Learned, Acquired.

- Usage: This is a compound verb phrase.

- سیکھ (seekh) comes from the verb سیکھنا (seekhna), meaning to learn.

- لیے (liye) comes from the verb لینا (lena), meaning to take. Here, it acts as an auxiliary verb, indicating the completion of the action and often implying that the action was done for the benefit of the subject. So, "learned and acquired (for himself)."

- تو (To)

- Meaning: So, Then, Consequently.

- Usage: Another conjunction indicating a consequence or a subsequent event.

- اللہ (Allah)

- Meaning: Allah, God.

- Usage: The proper name for God.

- نے (ne)

- Meaning: (Marks the agent of action).

- Usage: Here again, نے marks "اللہ" (Allah) as the agent who performed the action of "accepting repentance."

- اس (us)

- Meaning: Him, That.

- Usage: This is a demonstrative or personal pronoun, referring back to "Adam" in this context.

- کی (ki)

- Meaning: Of, His/Her/Its.

- Usage: This is a feminine possessive postposition. When combined with "اس" (us), it forms "اس کی" (us ki), meaning "his" (specifically, "of him," referring to Adam's repentance).

- توبہ (tauba)

- Meaning: Repentance, Turning (to God).

- Usage: An Arabic loanword commonly used in Urdu, referring to seeking forgiveness or turning back to God.

- قبول فرما لی (qabool farma li)

- Meaning: Accepted (respectfully).

- Usage: This is a compound phrase conveying the acceptance of repentance, often used when referring to God's action.

- قبول (qabool): Accepted, agreeable (adjective/noun).

- فرما (farma): Comes from the verb فرمانا (farmaana), meaning to do or to perform. This verb is a respectful way to say "to do" when the subject is God or an elder/respected person.

- لی (li): Comes from the verb لینا (lena), to take. Here, it acts as an auxiliary, indicating completion and often implying a benefit or taking something in.

- بیشک (Beshak)

- Meaning: Indeed, Surely, Verily.

- Usage: An emphatic particle, emphasizing the truth or certainty of the statement that follows.

- وہی (wohī)

- Meaning: He himself, It is He.

- Usage: This is an emphatic pronoun. It is formed by combining وہ (woh), meaning he/it, with ہی (hee), an emphatic particle similar to "only" or "indeed." So, "He and none other."

- بہت (bahut)

- Meaning: Very, Much, Oft-.

- Usage: An adverb indicating a high degree or frequency. Here, it translates to "Oft-" in "Oft-Forgiving."

- توبہ قبول کرنے والا (tauba qabool karne wālā)

- Meaning: The acceptor of repentance, The Oft-Forgiving.

- Usage: This phrase describes an attribute of God.

- توبہ (tauba): Repentance.

- قبول (qabool): Acceptance.

- کرنے والا (karne wālā): Literally, the one who does. This is an agentive phrase formed from the verb کرنا (karna) - to do, plus the suffix والا (wālā) - one who. So, "the one who does acceptance of repentance." This translates to "Oft-Forgiving" or "The Acceptor of Repentance."

- نہایت (nihāyat)

- Meaning: Extremely, Very, Most.

- Usage: An adverb of intensity, similar to "بہت" (bahut) but often implying a higher degree, corresponding to "Most" in "Most Merciful."

- رحم (reham)

- Meaning: Mercy, Compassion.

- Usage: An Arabic loanword used in Urdu to refer to kindness and compassion.

- کرنے والا (karne wālā)

- Meaning: The one who does/shows.

- Usage: Similar to the previous usage. Here, it means "the one who shows mercy." Combined with "نہایت رحم," it becomes "the one who shows extreme mercy" or "the Most Merciful."

Dear student,

Let's translate and break down this beautiful sentence for you. This will help you understand how Urdu words are formed and used, and how they relate to the original Arabic meaning.

English Translation

"And never will the Jews nor the Christians be pleased with you until you follow their religion. Say, 'Indeed, the guidance of Allah is the [true] guidance.' And if you follow their desires after what has come to you of knowledge, you will have from Allah no protector nor helper."

Urdu Translation

"اور یہود و نصاریٰ ہرگز تم سے راضی نہیں ہوں گے جب تک تم ان کے مذہب کی پیروی نہ کرو۔ کہہ دو کہ بے شک اللہ کی ہدایت ہی اصل ہدایت ہے۔ اور اگر تم اس علم کے بعد جو تمہارے پاس آ چکا ہے، ان کی خواہشات کی پیروی کرو گے تو اللہ کی طرف سے تمہارا کوئی ولی اور مددگار نہیں ہو گا۔"

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English)

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word:

1. اور (aur) - And.

- This is a common conjunction in Urdu, similar to "and" in English.

2. یہود (yahood) - Jews.

- This word is directly derived from Arabic and is used in Urdu.

3. و (o) - And.

- This is another conjunction, often used to link two nouns, especially when they are a pair or a common phrase (like "Jews and Christians").

4. نصاریٰ (nasaara) - Christians.

- Directly from Arabic, meaning Christians.

5. ہرگز (hargiz) - Never, at all.

- This intensifies the negation, meaning "absolutely never" or "not at all". It always precedes a negative verb.

6. تم (tum) - You (plural or informal singular).

- This is the second-person pronoun.

7. سے (se) - With, from, by.

- This is a postposition (like a preposition, but comes after the noun) indicating association or the agent/source. Here it means "with you" (raazi hona 'kisi se' - to be pleased 'with someone').

8. راضی (raazi) - Pleased, satisfied.

- This adjective describes a state of contentment.

9. نہیں (nahin) - Not.

- The standard negative particle in Urdu.

10. ہوں گے (hon ge) - Will be.

- This is the future tense of the verb "hona" (to be), conjugated for plural/respectful third person (referring to "Jews and Christians").

- Grammar Note: "Hona" (to be) is a fundamental verb. "Hon ge" implies a future state.

11. جب تک (jab tak) - Until, as long as.

- This phrase sets a condition or time limit.

12. ان کے (un ke) - Their (masculine possessive).

- Literally "of them". "Un" is the oblique form of "woh" (they/those), and "ke" is a masculine possessive postposition.

13. مذہب (mazhab) - Religion, creed.

- A common Urdu word for religion, derived from Arabic.

14. کی (ki) - Of (feminine possessive).

- This is a feminine possessive postposition, here relating to "pairavi" (following) which is a feminine noun implied.

- Grammar Note: Urdu possessives ('ka', 'ki', 'ke') agree in gender and number with the possessed item, not the possessor.

15. پیروی (pairavi) - Following, adherence.

- This noun means the act of following or imitation.

16. نہ (na) - Not.

- This negative particle is often used before verbs in conditional or subjunctive clauses, or imperatives. Here, it negates "karo".

17. کرو (karo) - You do/follow (imperative/subjunctive).

- This is the imperative or subjunctive form of "karna" (to do/to make). In this context, "pairavi karna" means "to follow."

- Grammar Note: "Jab tak... na karo" is a common structure for "until you do not..." or "unless you do..."

1. کہہ دو (keh do) - Say, tell.

- Literally "say give." This is an emphatic form of "kehna" (to say). "Do" (give) is often used as a light verb to add emphasis or complete an action.

2. کہ (keh) - That.

- This conjunction introduces a subordinate clause, often a direct or indirect quote.

3. بے شک (be shak) - Indeed, without doubt, certainly.

- This phrase emphasizes certainty.

4. اللہ (Allah) - God, Allah.

- The Arabic word for God, universally used in Urdu.

5. کی (ki) - Of (feminine possessive).

- Here, it connects "Allah" to "hidaayat" (guidance), which is a feminine noun.

6. ہدایت (hidaayat) - Guidance.

- This feminine noun means guidance, direction.

7. ہی (hee) - Only, indeed, just.

- This particle emphasizes the preceding word. "Hidaayat hee" means "guidance itself" or "only guidance."

8. اصل (asal) - True, real, original.

- This adjective clarifies that it's the true guidance.

9. ہدایت (hidaayat) - Guidance.

- Repeated for emphasis and completeness of the phrase.

1. اور (aur) - And.

- Connects the previous sentence to this new clause.

2. اگر (agar) - If.

- Introduces a conditional clause.

3. تم (tum) - You (plural or informal singular).

- The second-person pronoun.

4. اس (is) - This.

- A demonstrative pronoun, referring to something previously mentioned or understood.

5. علم (ilm) - Knowledge.

- A masculine noun meaning knowledge, learning.

6. کے بعد (ke ba'ad) - After.

- Literally "after of." "Ke" is a postposition, and "ba'ad" means "after." This phrase works as a compound postposition.

7. جو (jo) - Which, that.

- A relative pronoun, connecting "ilm" to the following description.

8. تمہارے پاس (tumhare paas) - With you, to you, in your possession.

- Literally "your near." "Tumhare" (your) is a possessive, and "paas" (near) means "in possession of" or "to."

9. آ چکا ہے (aa chuka hai) - Has come.

- This is the present perfect tense of "aana" (to come), indicating an action completed in the past with relevance to the present.

10. ان کی (un ki) - Their (feminine possessive).

- Possessive referring to "khwahishaat" (desires), which is a feminine plural noun.

11. خواہشات (khwahishaat) - Desires, whims.

- This is the plural of "khwahish" (desire), a feminine noun.

12. کی (ki) - Of (feminine possessive).

- Again, connecting to "pairavi" (following), implied here.

13. پیروی (pairavi) - Following, adherence.

- The act of following.

14. کرو گے (karo ge) - You will do/follow.

- Future tense of "karna" (to do/make), conjugated for second person singular/informal plural.

- Grammar Note: "Agar... karo ge" is a standard conditional structure for "If you will do..."

15. تو (to) - Then.

- This particle introduces the consequence clause of a conditional sentence ("if... then...").

16. اللہ (Allah) - God, Allah.

- The name of God.

17. کی طرف سے (ki taraf se) - From, from the side of.

- This compound postposition means "from the direction of" or "from." "Taraf" (direction) is feminine, hence "ki".

18. تمہارا (tumhara) - Your (masculine possessive).

- Possessive pronoun, here agreeing with "wali" and "madadgar" (masculine nouns).

19. کوئی (koi) - Any, no, someone.

- Here, it acts as a negative indefinite pronoun meaning "no" when followed by a negative verb. "Koi wali nahin hoga" = "There will be no protector."

20. ولی (wali) - Protector, guardian, friend.

- A masculine noun with multiple meanings, including one who takes care of or protects.

21. اور (aur) - And.

- Connects the two negative entities.

22. مددگار (madadgar) - Helper.

- A masculine noun meaning helper, supporter.

23. نہیں (nahin) - Not.

- The negative particle for the main verb.

24. ہو گا (ho ga) - Will be.

- Future tense of "hona" (to be), conjugated for masculine singular third person (referring to "wali aur madadgar").

Urdu Lesson: Understanding an Arabic Sentence

This lesson will help you understand an Urdu translation of an Arabic sentence, focusing on word-by-word explanations, pronunciation, and key grammatical points. The goal is to build your Urdu vocabulary and grammar skills using the Arabic text as a source.

English Translation

O people, worship your Lord, who created you and those before you, so that you may become righteous/pious.

Urdu Translation

اے لوگو، اپنے رب کی عبادت کرو جس نے تمہیں اور تم سے پہلے والوں کو پیدا کیا، تاکہ تم پرہیزگار بن جاؤ۔

Word-by-Word Breakdown and Pronunciation Guide

Here’s a detailed explanation of each word in the Urdu translation, including pronunciation and grammatical notes:

1. اے (Aye) - O

- This is a vocative particle, used to address someone or a group, similar to "O" in English.

2. لوگو (Logo) - people

- This is the plural vocative form of لوگ (log), meaning 'people'. When addressing a group of people in Urdu, لوگ changes to لوگو.

3. اپنے (Apne) - your (reflexive possessive)

- This is a possessive pronoun that refers back to the subject of the sentence (in this case, 'you' or 'people'). It's like saying "your own". It's used here because "your Lord" belongs to the "people" being addressed.

- Grammar note: Urdu has different ways to say "your":

- آپ کا/کے/کی (aap ka/ke/ki) - formal "your"

- تمہارا/تمہارے/تمہاری (tumhara/tumhare/tumhari) - informal "your"

- اپنا/اپنے/اپنی (apna/apne/apni) - reflexive "your/one's own" (used when the possessor is the subject or implied subject). The form (اپنا, اپنے, اپنی) agrees with the gender and number of the possessed item.

4. رب (Rabb) - Lord

- This word directly comes from Arabic and means 'Lord' or 'Sustainer'.

5. کی (Ki) - of / 's (possessive particle)

- This is a postposition that shows possession or relationship, similar to "of" or apostrophe 's' in English. It connects رب (Rabb) to عبادت (Ibaadat). It is feminine singular here because the word عبادت (worship) is a feminine noun in Urdu.

- Grammar note: Urdu possessive postpositions are کا (ka) for masculine singular, کے (ke) for masculine plural, and کی (ki) for feminine (singular or plural). They agree in gender and number with the possessed item, not the possessor.

6. عبادت (Ibaadat) - worship

- A feminine noun meaning 'worship' or 'act of devotion'.

7. کرو (Karo) - do / perform (imperative plural)

- This is the imperative plural form of the verb کرنا (karna), which means 'to do' or 'to perform'. So, عبادت کرو means "do worship" or simply "worship".

- Grammar note: In Urdu, commands (imperative verbs) change based on who you're speaking to. کرو is used for تم (tum - informal plural or respectful singular 'you').

8. جس (Jis) - who / which (relative pronoun)

- This is a relative pronoun, used to refer back to رب (Rabb). It's like "who" or "that" in English.

9. نے (Ne) - (agent marker)

- This is a postposition that marks the agent (the one performing the action) of a transitive verb in perfective tenses (like the past tense). Here, جس نے indicates that "who" (referring to the Lord) is the one who "created".

- Grammar note: نے is a crucial particle in Urdu. It's used with transitive verbs in past simple, past perfect, and present perfect tenses. When نے is used, the verb agrees with the object in gender and number, not the subject.

10. تمہیں (Tumhein) - you (object pronoun, plural)

- This is the object form of تم (tum - you, informal plural or respectful singular). It means 'you' when you are the direct object of a verb.

11. اور (Aur) - and

- A common conjunction meaning 'and'.

12. تم (Tum) - you (plural pronoun)

- The basic plural pronoun for 'you' (informal). Here it's part of the phrase تم سے پہلے والوں کو (tum se pehlay walon ko) meaning "those before you".

13. سے (Se) - from by with (postposition)

- A versatile postposition. Here, تم سے پہلے means "from you before" or "before you".

14. پہلے (Pehlay) - before

- An adverb of time meaning 'before' or 'earlier'.

15. والوں (Walon) - ones / people (plural suffix)

- The suffix -والا/-والے/-والی/-والوں (wala/wale/wali/walon) is used to create nouns or adjectives meaning "one who is/does" or "those belonging to/related to". Here, پہلے والوں literally means "the ones before" or "those who were before". The وں ending makes it plural and oblique (often used with postpositions like کو).

16. کو (Ko) - to / object marker (postposition)

- This postposition marks the direct object of a verb, especially when the object is definite or a living being. Here, it marks both تمہیں (tumhein - you) and پہلے والوں (pehlay walon - those before you) as the objects of the verb پیدا کیا (paida kiya - created).

17. پیدا (Paida) - created / born

- This is the root of the verb پیدا کرنا (paida karna), which means 'to create' or 'to give birth'. It's often used with کرنا (karna) to form a compound verb.

18. کیا (Kiya) - did (past tense, masculine singular)

- This is the past tense, masculine singular form of کرنا (karna - to do). Together, پیدا کیا (paida kiya) means 'created'.

- Grammar note: Because نے (ne) was used with جس (jis) as the agent, the verb کیا (kiya) agrees with the object (تمہیں and والوں). In this construction with multiple human objects marked with کو, the verb often defaults to the masculine singular form.

19. تاکہ (Taakeh) - so that / in order that

- A conjunction that introduces a purpose or result clause.

20. تم (Tum) - you (plural pronoun)

- Again, the plural pronoun for 'you'.

21. پرہیزگار (Parhezgaar) - righteous / pious / God-fearing

- An adjective describing someone who avoids sin and lives righteously. This word is also of Persian origin and commonly used in Urdu.

22. بن (Ban) - become (verb root)

- This is the root of the verb بننا (banna), meaning 'to become'. It's part of the compound verb بن جاؤ.

23. جاؤ (Jao) - go (imperative plural)

- This is the imperative plural form of the verb جانا (jaana), meaning 'to go'. When combined with بن (ban), بن جاؤ (ban jao) forms a compound verb meaning "become" or "get to be". The جانا component here adds a sense of completion or progression to the action of 'becoming'.

- Grammar note: بن جاؤ (ban jao) is an example of a compound verb, which is very common in Urdu. These verbs combine a root verb (like بن) with a 'vector verb' (like جانا, لینا, دینا, ڈالنا) to add nuances of completion, intensity, or direction to the action.

Here's the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence for your Urdu lesson:

English Translation:

The truth is from your Lord, so do not be among the doubters.

Urdu Translation:

حق (Haq) تمہارے (tumhare) رب (Rabb) کی (ki) طرف (taraf) سے (se) ہے (hai)۔ پس (Pas) تم (tum) شک (shak) کرنے (karne) والوں (waalon) میں (mein) سے (se) نہ (na) ہو (ho)۔

Word-for-Word Explanation and Pronunciation:

1. حق (Haq)

- Pronunciation: ha-k

- Meaning: Truth, reality, right.

- Explanation: This word is directly borrowed from Arabic (al-ḥaqq) and means 'the truth'. In Urdu, the 'al-' (the) is usually dropped, and 'Haq' itself often implies 'the truth'.

2. تمہارے (tumhare)

- Pronunciation: tum-haa-ray

- Meaning: Your (informal, referring to 'you').

- Explanation: This is the possessive form of 'tum' (you, informal). It indicates 'belonging to you'. In a religious context, 'tum' is often used to address a general audience respectfully but directly.

3. رب (Rabb)

- Pronunciation: rub

- Meaning: Lord, Sustainer, Cherisher.

- Explanation: Another direct borrowing from Arabic. It refers to God as the Lord and Sustainer.

4. کی (ki)

- Pronunciation: kee

- Meaning: Of, belonging to.

- Explanation: This is a possessive particle (a postposition) in Urdu. It connects 'Rabb' (Lord) to 'taraf' (direction/side) to form 'from your Lord'. It agrees in gender and number with the possessed noun. Here, 'taraf' is feminine, so 'ki' is used.

5. طرف (taraf)

- Pronunciation: ta-ruf

- Meaning: Side, direction, towards.

- Explanation: Used with 'se' (from) to mean 'from the side of' or simply 'from'. So, 'ki taraf se' means 'from the side of' or 'from'.

6. سے (se)

- Pronunciation: say

- Meaning: From, by, with.

- Explanation: A postposition indicating source or origin. Here, it indicates 'from' your Lord.

7. ہے (hai)

- Pronunciation: hai

- Meaning: Is.

- Explanation: This is the present tense form of the verb 'hona' (to be) for singular subjects. Arabic often omits the copula 'is', but Urdu typically includes it for clarity. It completes the statement "The truth is from your Lord."

8. پس (Pas)

- Pronunciation: pus

- Meaning: So, therefore, then.

- Explanation: A conjunction used to indicate a consequence or result. It corresponds to the 'fa-' (ف) in Arabic 'falā'.

9. تم (tum)

- Pronunciation: tum

- Meaning: You (informal, plural or singular).

- Explanation: The second person pronoun, used here to address the audience.

10. شک (shak)

- Pronunciation: shuk

- Meaning: Doubt.

- Explanation: Another word borrowed from Arabic, meaning 'doubt'.

11. کرنے (karne)

- Pronunciation: kur-nay

- Meaning: To do, to make (inflected form).

- Explanation: This is the oblique infinitive form of the verb 'karna' (to do). When combined with 'waalon' (ones), it forms 'karne waalon' (those who do/make).

12. والوں (waalon)

- Pronunciation: waa-lohn

- Meaning: Ones, people (plural, oblique).

- Explanation: This is the plural oblique form of 'waala' (one, person, agent). It's used to form agents or attributes. 'Shak karne waalon' means 'those who do doubt' or 'the doubters'. The oblique form 'waalon' is used because it is followed by the postposition 'mein se'.

13. میں (mein)

- Pronunciation: mayn

- Meaning: In, among.

- Explanation: A postposition indicating location or inclusion. Here, it means 'among' the doubters.

14. سے (se)

- Pronunciation: say

- Meaning: From, by, with.

- Explanation: Used again here. In conjunction with 'mein' (among), 'mein se' means 'from among' or 'among'.

15. نہ (na)

- Pronunciation: nuh

- Meaning: Not, no.

- Explanation: A negative particle used before verbs or adjectives to negate them.

16. ہو (ho)

- Pronunciation: ho

- Meaning: Be (imperative/subjunctive).

- Explanation: This is the imperative or subjunctive form of the verb 'hona' (to be). 'Na ho' means 'do not be'. It conveys the strong prohibition present in the Arabic 'takūnanna'.

Grammar Notes:

- Postpositions: Urdu uses postpositions (like 'se', 'ki', 'mein') that come after the noun or pronoun they relate to, similar to how prepositions (like 'from', 'of', 'in') come before in English.

- Verb 'Hona' (to be): While Arabic often implies the verb 'to be', Urdu usually expresses it explicitly. 'Hai' is 'is', and 'ho' is the imperative 'be'.

- Possessive Particles (Ka/Ke/Ki): These particles indicate possession. They change form ('ka', 'ke', 'ki') based on the gender and number of the possessed item, not the possessor. For example, 'Rab ki taraf' uses 'ki' because 'taraf' (side/direction) is a feminine noun.

- Agentive Suffix '-waala': This useful suffix turns verbs or nouns into agents or describes a characteristic. 'Karne waala' means 'one who does'. In this sentence, it's in its oblique plural form 'waalon' because it's followed by a postposition ('mein se').

- Negation: The negative particle 'na' is placed before the verb it negates, as seen in 'na ho' (do not be).

Here's the translation and explanation of the Arabic sentence for your Urdu learning:

English Translation

If they believe with the like of what you have believed in, then they are truly guided; but if they turn away, then they are only in schism (opposition). And Allah will suffice you against them. And He is the All-Hearing, the All-Knowing.

Urdu Translation

پس اگر وہ بھی اُسی طرح ایمان لے آئیں جس طرح تم ایمان لائے ہو، تو یقیناً وہ ہدایت پا گئے اور اگر وہ منہ موڑ لیں تو وہ صرف مخالفت میں ہیں، پس اللہ ہی ان کے مقابلے میں آپ کو کافی ہو گا اور وہ سب کچھ سننے والا، سب کچھ جاننے والا ہے۔

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English)

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word:

- پس (Pas) – So, Then

- This word is used to introduce a consequence or a new point, similar to "so" or "therefore" in English.

- اگر (agar) – if

- A common conditional conjunction.

- وہ (woh) – they

- A third-person plural pronoun, also used for singular "he/she/it" in Urdu.

- بھی (bhi) – also, too

- An emphatic particle indicating inclusion or addition.

- اُسی (usī) – the same

- Formed from "اُس" (us - that) + "ہی" (hī - emphatic particle). It means "that very" or "the same".

- طرح (tarah) – way, manner, like

- When combined with "اُسی", "اُسی طرح" means "in the same way" or "similarly".

- ایمان (īmān) – faith, belief

- An Arabic loanword commonly used in Urdu, meaning religious faith.

- لے آئیں (le aayen) – they accept/bring (faith)

- This is part of the compound verb "ایمان لانا" (īmān lānā), which means "to believe" or "to accept faith". "لے آئیں" is the subjunctive plural form used in a conditional clause.

- جس (jis) – which, as

- A relative pronoun, similar to "who," "which," or "as" in English, introducing a dependent clause.

- تم (tum) – you (plural, or informal singular)

- A second-person plural pronoun. In Urdu, it's also used for informal singular "you."

- لائے (lāye) – brought

- The past participle form of the verb "لانا" (lānā – to bring).

- ہو (ho) – are

- An auxiliary verb, indicating a perfect tense (you have brought).

- تو (to) – then

- Introduces the consequence of the "if" clause.

- یقیناً (yaqīnan) – certainly, surely

- An adverb emphasizing certainty, derived from the Arabic word for "certainty" (یقین – yaqīn).

- ہدایت (hidāyat) – guidance

- Another Arabic loanword meaning divine guidance.

- پا گئے (pā gaye) – found, obtained (guidance)

- This is a compound verb from "پانا" (pānā – to find/get) + "گئے" (gaye – went, auxiliary). Together, "ہدایت پا گئے" means "they have found guidance" or "they are guided." The use of "گئے" here implies a completed action.

- اور (aur) – and

- A conjunction.

- منہ (munh) – face, mouth

- Literally "face."

- موڑ (moṛ) – turn

- From the verb "موڑنا" (moṛnā – to turn).

- لیں (len) – take, accept

- An auxiliary verb that forms the compound verb "منہ موڑ لینا" (munh moṛ lenā), meaning "to turn one's face away" or simply "to turn away/back."

- صرف (sirf) – only, merely

- An adverb indicating exclusivity.

- مخالفت (mukhālifat) – opposition, disagreement, antagonism

- An Arabic loanword that precisely captures the meaning of "شقاق" (shiqāq) – schism or intense opposition.

- میں (mein) – in

- A common Urdu postposition indicating location.

- ہیں (hain) – are

- The plural form of the verb "to be."

- اللہ (Allāh) – Allah (God)

- The Arabic word for God, universally used in Urdu.

- ہی (hī) – indeed, only (emphatic particle)

- An emphatic particle that adds stress, meaning "only Allah" or "Allah Himself."

- ان (in) – them

- The oblique form of "وہ" (woh – they/those).

- کے (ke) – of, for

- A common postposition.

- مقابلے (muqāble) – confrontation, comparison

- From the noun "مقابلہ" (muqābla – confrontation, competition). "کے مقابلے میں" means "against them" or "in their confrontation/stead."

- آپ (aap) – you (honorific, singular or plural)

- A polite, honorific second-person pronoun, used for respect.

- کو (ko) – to, for

- A postposition used to mark the direct object or the recipient/beneficiary of an action.

- کافی (kāfī) – sufficient, enough

- An Arabic loanword, meaning "enough" or "sufficient."

- ہو گا (ho gā) – will be

- The future tense form of "ہونا" (honā – to be) for masculine singular. "کافی ہو گا" means "will be sufficient."

- وہی (wahī) – He (emphatic)

- Formed from "وہ" (woh – he/that) + "ہی" (hī – emphatic particle). It means "He Himself" or "He it is."

- سب (sab) – all, everything

- A quantifier.

- کچھ (kuch) – something, some

- When combined with "سب", "سب کچھ" (sab kuch) means "everything" or "all things."

- سننے (sun'ne) – hearing

- The oblique infinitive form of the verb "سننا" (sunnā – to hear).

- والا (wālā) – one who, doer

- A suffix that forms an agent noun or an adjective, indicating "one who does" or "pertaining to." So, "سننے والا" means "the one who hears" or "the hearer."

- جاننے (jaan'ne) – knowing

- The oblique infinitive form of the verb "جاننا" (jānnā – to know).

- والا (wālā) – one who, doer

- Again, forming "جاننے والا" (jaan'ne wālā) meaning "the one who knows" or "the knower."

- ہے۔ (hai) – is

- The singular form of the verb "to be."

Grammar Notes

1. Compound Verbs ( مرکب افعال - murakkab af'āl): Urdu frequently uses compound verbs where a noun or another verb combines with an auxiliary verb to create a specific meaning.

- ایمان لانا (īmān lānā): To believe (literally: to bring faith).

- ہدایت پانا (hidāyat pānā): To receive/find guidance (literally: to get guidance).

- منہ موڑ لینا (munh moṛ lenā): To turn away/back (literally: to take a turn of face).

These are crucial for natural and correct Urdu expression.

2. Postpositions (حروف جار - hurūf-e-jār): Unlike English prepositions, Urdu uses postpositions that come after the noun or pronoun they govern. Examples:

- پر (par) – on, at

- میں (mein) – in

- کو (ko) – to, for (marks direct/indirect object)

- کے (ke) – of, for (possessive or relational)

- کے مقابلے میں (ke muqāble mein) – against, in comparison to.

3. Emphatic Particles (حروف تاکید - hurūf-e-tākīd): Urdu uses particles like ہی (hī) and بھی (bhi) to add emphasis or inclusion to words.

- ہی (hī) can mean "only," "indeed," "itself," adding a strong sense of exclusivity or certainty. (e.g., "اللہ ہی" – only Allah, Allah Himself).

- بھی (bhi) means "also," "too," "even." (e.g., "وہ بھی" – they also, even they).

4. Relative Pronouns (اسمی ضمیر موصول - ismī zamīr mausūl): جس (jis) and جس طرح (jis tarah) are used to connect clauses, similar to "which" or "as" in English. They introduce a descriptive or dependent clause.

This comprehensive breakdown should help you understand each part of the Urdu translation and how it relates to the original Arabic meaning.

Here is the translation and explanation of the Arabic sentence, designed for an English-speaking student learning Urdu.

Urdu Translation and Pronunciation:

جو (jo) لوگ (log) سمجھتے (samajhtay) ہیں (hain) کہ (keh) وہ (woh) اپنے (apnay) رب (Rabb) سے (say) ملنے (milnay) والے (walay) ہیں (hain) اور (aur) یہ (yeh) کہ (keh) وہ (woh) اسی (usi) کی (ki) طرف (taraf) لوٹنے (loutnay) والے (walay) ہیں (hain)۔

English Translation:

Those who are certain that they will meet their Lord and that to Him they will return.

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English):

- جو (jo)

- Meaning: Who, which, that. In this context, it functions as "those who" when followed by "لوگ" (log).

- Grammar: This is a relative pronoun. It introduces a clause that describes the noun "لوگ" (people), indicating who specifically is being talked about.

- لوگ (log)

- Meaning: People, folks.

- Grammar: This is a noun, masculine, plural.

- سمجھتے (samajhtay)

- Meaning: Understand, comprehend, think, consider, believe, are certain. The verb سمجھنا (samajhna - to understand/think) can convey a range of meanings from simple understanding to firm conviction. Here, it implies a strong belief or certainty, similar to "are certain" or "believe firmly."

- Grammar: This is the present participle (masculine plural) of the verb سمجھنا (samajhna). It's part of a compound verb structure to form the present indefinite tense.

- ہیں (hain)

- Meaning: Are.

- Grammar: This is an auxiliary verb, present tense, plural. It completes the present indefinite tense, indicating a continuous or habitual action/state.

- کہ (keh)

- Meaning: That.

- Grammar: This is a conjunction, used to introduce a subordinate clause, typically an indirect statement or an explanation of what is understood/believed.

- وہ (woh)

- Meaning: They, those.

- Grammar: This is a pronoun, third person plural. It refers back to "جو لوگ" (those people).

- اپنے (apnay)

- Meaning: Their (own). This is a reflexive possessive pronoun.

- Grammar: This is a possessive pronoun, masculine plural, or used with a masculine singular noun in the oblique case (like "رب"). It indicates that the Lord belongs to the subject of the clause ("they"). It emphasizes 'their own' Lord.

- رب (Rabb)

- Meaning: Lord, Sustainer, Cherisher. This is a common term for God in Urdu, particularly in an Islamic context.

- Grammar: This is a noun, masculine, singular.

- سے (say)

- Meaning: From, with, by. Here, it signifies "with" in the context of meeting. In Urdu, the verb "ملنا" (milna - to meet) often uses "سے" (say) to indicate the person or entity being met.

- Grammar: This is a postposition, indicating a relationship, direction, or association.

- ملنے (milnay)

- Meaning: To meet. The base verb is ملنا (milna - to meet). Here it's in an infinitive form.

- Grammar: This is the oblique infinitive form of the verb ملنا (milna). It's used before "والے" (walay) to indicate an action that is going to happen or an intention.

- والے (walay)

- Meaning: One who is going to (do something), a doer. When combined with an infinitive (like "ملنے"), it creates a future participle construction, indicating an action that will happen or is going to happen. So, "ملنے والے" means "those who are going to meet" or "will meet."

- Grammar: This is a postpositional adjective or suffix, masculine plural. It's often used to form agent nouns or future participles.

- ہیں (hain)

- Meaning: Are.

- Grammar: This is an auxiliary verb, present tense, plural, completing the future intention construction ("will meet").

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And.

- Grammar: This is a conjunction, used to join two clauses or phrases.

- یہ (yeh)

- Meaning: This, that. Here, it acts as a demonstrative pronoun, referring to the subsequent clause. It helps to structure the sentence, making it flow like "and that they..."

- Grammar: This is a demonstrative pronoun.

- کہ (keh)

- Meaning: That.

- Grammar: This is a conjunction, again introducing a subordinate clause.

- وہ (woh)

- Meaning: They, those.

- Grammar: This is a pronoun, third person plural.

- اسی (usi)

- Meaning: To Him (only), towards Him (alone). "اسی" is the emphatic form of "اس" (us - him/that). The emphasis gives it the meaning "Him only" or "the very same Him," highlighting exclusivity.

- Grammar: This is an emphatic demonstrative pronoun/adjective, in the oblique case, used with a postposition.

- کی (ki)

- Meaning: Of, 's (possessive marker). Here, it connects "اسی" (usi) with "طرف" (taraf).

- Grammar: This is a postposition, feminine singular, often used to indicate possession or relation, especially with feminine nouns or in the specific construction "کی طرف" (ki taraf).

- طرف (taraf)

- Meaning: Side, direction, towards. The phrase "کی طرف" (ki taraf) together means "towards" or "in the direction of."

- Grammar: This is a noun, feminine, singular. It's used as part of a postpositional phrase.

- لوٹنے (loutnay)

- Meaning: To return. The base verb is لوٹنا (loutna - to return).

- Grammar: This is the oblique infinitive form of the verb لوٹنا (loutna), used before "والے" (walay), similar to "ملنے" (milnay) above.

- والے (walay)

- Meaning: One who is going to (do something), a doer. "لوٹنے والے" means "those who are going to return" or "will return."

- Grammar: This is a postpositional adjective or suffix, masculine plural, forming a future participle construction, just like with "ملنے" (milnay).

- ہیں (hain)

- Meaning: Are.

- Grammar: This is an auxiliary verb, present tense, plural, completing the future intention construction ("will return").

Here is the Urdu translation and explanation of the Arabic sentence for an English student:

English Translation: All praise is due to Allah, Lord of the worlds.

Urdu Translation: تمام تعریفیں اللہ ہی کے لیے ہیں، جو تمام جہانوں کا پروردگار ہے۔

Word-for-Word Explanation:

Let's break down each Urdu word to understand its meaning and pronunciation:

- تمام (Tamaam)

- Meaning: All, entire, complete.

- Explanation: This word indicates totality, similar to "all" or "every" in English. It's often used before a plural noun or a collective singular noun.

- تعریفیں (Ta'reefen)

- Meaning: Praises, commendations.

- Explanation: This is the plural form of ta'reef (تعریف), which means "praise" or "appreciation." So, ta'reefen means "praises."

- اللہ (Allah)

- Meaning: Allah (God).

- Explanation: This is the proper name for God in Islam, and it's also commonly used in Urdu by Muslims and often by non-Muslims when referring to the Abrahamic God.

- ہی (Hi)

- Meaning: Only, indeed, exclusively.

- Explanation: This is an emphatic particle. When attached to a word, it emphasizes that word, adding a sense of "only," "indeed," or "exclusively." Here, it emphasizes that praises are only for Allah.

- کے لیے (Ke liye)

- Meaning: For, for the sake of, to.

- Explanation: This is a postpositional phrase meaning "for." Ke is a linking particle, and liye means "for." It indicates purpose or recipient.

- Grammar Note: Urdu uses postpositions (like ke liye) which come after the noun they govern, unlike English prepositions (like "for") which come before.

- ہیں (Hain)

- Meaning: Are.

- Explanation: This is the plural form of the verb "to be" in the present tense. It agrees with the plural subject ta'reefen (praises).

- Grammar Note: Verbs in Urdu agree with their subjects in number and sometimes gender. Here, ta'reefen is plural, so the verb hain (are) is used.

- ، (comma)

- Explanation: This punctuation mark is used for separation, just like in English.

- جو (Jo)

- Meaning: Who, which, that.

- Explanation: This is a relative pronoun, similar to "who," "which," or "that" in English, used to introduce a relative clause. Here, it refers back to Allah.

- تمام (Tamaam)

- Meaning: All, entire, complete.

- Explanation: (Repeated for clarity, same meaning as above)

- جہانوں (JahanoN)

- Meaning: Worlds.

- Explanation: This is the oblique plural form of jahan (جہان), which means "world." The N at the end indicates a nasal sound. It's in the oblique case because it's followed by the possessive postposition ka.

- Grammar Note: Urdu nouns change their form (enter an "oblique" case) when followed by certain postpositions.

- کا (Ka)

- Meaning: Of, 's (possessive particle).

- Explanation: This is a masculine singular possessive particle. It connects the possessor (jahanoN - worlds) to the possessed (Parwardigaar - Sustainer).

- Grammar Note: Possessive particles ka (masculine singular), ki (feminine singular/plural), and ke (masculine plural/oblique) agree in gender and number with the possessed item (Parwardigaar), not the possessor (jahanoN). Since Parwardigaar is masculine singular, ka is used.

- پروردگار (Parwardigaar)

- Meaning: Sustainer, Cherisher, Lord, Provider.

- Explanation: This word comes from Persian and signifies the one who sustains, nourishes, brings up, and provides for all. It's a comprehensive term for the Lord.

- ہے (Hai)

- Meaning: Is.

- Explanation: This is the singular form of the verb "to be" in the present tense. It agrees with the singular subject Parwardigaar (Sustainer).

- Grammar Note: As mentioned before, verbs agree with their subjects. Here, Parwardigaar is singular, so the verb hai (is) is used.

Here is the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence for your Urdu learning.

English Translation:

And those who believe in what was revealed to you, and in what was revealed before you, and in the Hereafter they are certain.

Urdu Translation:

اور وہ لوگ جو اس پر ایمان لاتے ہیں جو آپ پر نازل کیا گیا، اور اس پر جو آپ سے پہلے نازل کیا گیا، اور آخرت پر وہ یقین رکھتے ہیں۔

Word-for-Word Breakdown and Explanation:

- اور (Aur) - And

- Meaning: A conjunction used to connect words, phrases, or clauses, just like "and" in English.

- وہ (Woh) - Those

- Meaning: A demonstrative pronoun. Here, it refers to multiple people ("those"). Depending on the context, "وہ" can also mean "he," "she," or "it."

- Grammar Note: In Urdu, "وہ" can function as both a singular and plural pronoun. Its number is often clarified by the accompanying noun or verb conjugation.

- لوگ (Log) - People

- Meaning: A plural noun meaning "people" or "persons."

- Grammar Note: When "وہ" (woh) is paired with "لوگ" (log), the phrase "وہ لوگ" (woh log) specifically means "those people" or simply "those."

- جو (Jo) - Who

- Meaning: A relative pronoun meaning "who," "which," or "that." It connects the preceding noun (لوگ - people) to the following clause, specifying which people.

- اِس (Is) - In this In that In it

- Meaning: A demonstrative pronoun, here referring to "what" was revealed. It means "this" or "it" (referring to something near, or previously mentioned). When combined with the postposition "پَر" (par), it means "on this" or "in this."

- پَر (Par) - On / In

- Meaning: A postposition that can mean "on," "at," or "in." Here, it signifies the object of belief. So, "ایمان لانا اِس پَر" means "to believe in this."

- ایمان (Iman) - Belief / Faith

- Meaning: A noun meaning "belief" or "faith." It is very commonly used with the verb "لانا" (lana) to form the idiomatic expression "ایمان لانا" (iman lana), which means "to believe."

- لاتے ہیں (Latay hain) - Believe (literally: bring/have)

- Meaning: "لانا" (lana) means "to bring." In this context, "ایمان لاتے ہیں" (iman latay hain) is an idiomatic expression that collectively means "they believe" or "they bring faith."

- Grammar Note: "لاتے ہیں" is the masculine plural present indefinite tense form of the verb "لانا." "ہیں" (hain) is the plural auxiliary verb, meaning "are."

- جو (Jo) - What

- Meaning: Another relative pronoun, here meaning "what" in the sense of "that which."

- آپ (Aap) - You (respectful)

- Meaning: A highly respectful way of saying "you" in Urdu. It is used when addressing elders, superiors, or anyone you wish to show deference to. Grammatically, "آپ" is always treated as plural, even when referring to a single person.

- پَر (Par) - On / To

- Meaning: Here, it indicates direction or the recipient, meaning "to you" or "on you."

- نازِل (Nazil) - Revealed / Sent down

- Meaning: An adjective or past participle, borrowed from Arabic, meaning "revealed" or "sent down."

- کیا گیا (Kiya gaya) - Was done / Was made (used to form passive voice)

- Meaning: "کیا" (kiya) is the masculine singular past participle of "کرنا" (karna - to do). "گیا" (gaya) is the masculine singular past participle of "جانا" (jana - to go), which functions as an auxiliary verb here to form the passive voice.

- Grammar Note: Together, "نازل کیا گیا" (nazil kiya gaya) means "was revealed." This is a standard way to form the passive voice in Urdu for actions that are "done" or "made."

- اور (Aur) - And

- Meaning: Another conjunction, "and."

- اِس (Is) - In this In that In it

- Meaning: Similar to the previous "اِس پَر," it refers to "what" was revealed before.

- پَر (Par) - On / In

- Meaning: Similar to the previous "پَر," indicating the object of belief.

- جو (Jo) - What

- Meaning: Another relative pronoun, "what" (that which).

- آپ (Aap) - You (respectful)

- Meaning: Respectful "you."

- سِے (Se) - From / Before (in context)

- Meaning: A postposition that can mean "from," "with," "by," or "than." When used with "پَہلے" (pehlay), as in "آپ سِے پَہلے" (aap se pehlay), it specifically means "before you."

- پَہلے (Pehlay) - Before

- Meaning: An adverb meaning "before" or "first."

- Grammar Note: The phrase "سِے پَہلے" (se pehlay) is a common construction in Urdu meaning "before" a certain person or time.

- نازِل (Nazil) - Revealed / Sent down

- Meaning: "Revealed."

- کیا گیا (Kiya gaya) - Was done / Was made (was revealed)

- Meaning: Again, forming the passive voice for "was revealed."

- اور (Aur) - And

- Meaning: Conjunction "and."

- آخرت (Akhirat) - Hereafter

- Meaning: A noun referring to the life after death, the next world.

- پَر (Par) - In / On

- Meaning: Here, indicating belief in the Hereafter.

- وہ (Woh) - They

- Meaning: In this part of the sentence, "وہ" (woh) refers back to the "those people" (وہ لوگ - woh log) introduced at the beginning of the sentence. It means "they."

- یقین (Yaqeen) - Certainty / Conviction

- Meaning: A noun meaning "certainty," "conviction," or "firm belief." Similar to "ایمان" (iman), it's often used with "رکھنا" (rakhna) to form an idiomatic expression.

- رکھتے ہیں (Rakhtay hain) - Are certain (literally: keep/hold/have)

- Meaning: "رکھنا" (rakhna) means "to keep" or "to hold." The phrase "یقین رکھتے ہیں" (yaqeen rakhtay hain) is an idiomatic expression that means "they have certainty" or "they are certain" (i.e., they firmly believe).

- Grammar Note: "رکھتے ہیں" is the masculine plural present indefinite tense form of the verb "رکھنا." "ہیں" (hain) is the plural auxiliary verb, meaning "are."

Here is the translation and explanation of the Arabic sentence:

English Translation:

"And when there came to them a Messenger from Allah, confirming that which was with them, a party of those who were given the Scripture threw away the Book of Allah behind their backs as if they did not know."

Urdu Translation:

اور جب ان کے پاس اللہ کی طرف سے ایک رسول آیا، جو اس (کتاب) کی تصدیق کرنے والا تھا جو ان کے پاس تھی، تو جن لوگوں کو کتاب دی گئی تھی ان میں سے ایک گروہ نے اللہ کی کتاب کو اپنی پیٹھوں کے پیچھے پھینک دیا، گویا وہ جانتے نہ تھے۔

Urdu Word-for-Word Explanation and Pronunciation:

Let's break down the Urdu translation word by word to understand its meaning and structure.

- اور (aur) - And

- Meaning: This conjunction connects phrases or clauses, similar to "and" in English.

- Pronunciation: sounds like "ore" (as in 'ore' from a mine).

- جب (jab) - When

- Meaning: This adverb of time indicates "when" an event occurs.

- Pronunciation: sounds like "jub" (as in 'jubilant' without the last part).

- ان (un) - Them / Those

- Meaning: A demonstrative pronoun, here referring to "them" (the people being addressed in the context of the original text).

- Pronunciation: sounds like "oon" (as in 'moon' without the 'm').

- کے (ke) - Of / To

- Meaning: A postposition that functions like a preposition in English. Here, ke paas means "to them" or "with them." It denotes possession, relation, or direction.

- Pronunciation: sounds like "kay" (as in 'kayak').

- پاس (paas) - Near With To

- Meaning: When combined with ke, ke paas means "to/with them." It indicates proximity or possession.

- Pronunciation: sounds like "paas" (as in 'pass' but with a longer 'a' sound).

- Grammar Note: In Urdu, prepositions come after the noun or pronoun they relate to, so they are called postpositions. un ke paas literally translates to "them of near/with" but means "to/with them."

- اللہ (Allāh) - Allah / God

- Meaning: The Arabic word for God, widely used in Urdu.

- Pronunciation: "Al-lah" (stress on the first 'a').

- کی (kī) - Of / From

- Meaning: Another postposition indicating possession or origin. Here, kī taraf se means "from the side of."

- Pronunciation: sounds like "kee" (as in 'key').

- طرف (taraf) - Side / Direction

- Meaning: Refers to a direction or side.

- Pronunciation: "ta-ruf" (stress on 'ruf').

- سے (se) - From By With

- Meaning: A postposition indicating origin, means, or instrument. Here, it completes kī taraf se meaning "from (the side of)."

- Pronunciation: sounds like "say" (as in 'say').

- Grammar Note: Allah kī taraf se (from Allah's side) is a common way to express "from Allah" in Urdu, adding a nuance of origin or direction.

- ایک (ek) - A / One

- Meaning: The indefinite article "a" or the number "one."

- Pronunciation: sounds like "ake" (as in 'ache').

- رسول (rasūl) - Messenger

- Meaning: An envoy or messenger, often referring to a prophet in religious contexts.

- Pronunciation: "ra-sool" (stress on 'sool').

- آیا (āyā) - Came

- Meaning: The masculine singular past tense form of the verb "to come."

- Pronunciation: "aa-yaa" (both 'a's long, stress on the first).

- Grammar Note: Urdu verbs change form based on gender, number, and tense. aaya is for a singular masculine subject (the Messenger).

- جو (jo) - Who / Which

- Meaning: A relative pronoun, connecting the preceding noun (Messenger) to the following descriptive clause.

- Pronunciation: sounds like "joe."

- اس (us) - That / This (singular, oblique)

- Meaning: A demonstrative pronoun, here referring to "that" (the book/scripture mentioned implicitly).

- Pronunciation: "oos" (as in 'goose' without the 'g').

- (کتاب) (kitāb) - (Book)

- Meaning: "Book." This word is added in parentheses in the Urdu translation to clarify what "us" (that) refers to, as the context implies a book/scripture.

- Pronunciation: "ki-taab" (stress on 'taab').

- کی (kī) - Of

- Meaning: A postposition indicating possession or relation.

- Pronunciation: "kee."

- تصدیق (tasdīq) - Confirmation / Verification

- Meaning: The act of confirming or verifying something.

- Pronunciation: "tus-deek" (stress on 'deek').

- کرنے (karne) - To do / Doing

- Meaning: An infinitive form of the verb "to do." Here, it's part of the compound verb tasdīq karne wālā.

- Pronunciation: "kur-nay."

- والا (wālā) - One who (does)

- Meaning: A suffix that turns a verb into an agent noun, meaning "one who does" or "a doer of." So, tasdīq karne wālā means "one who confirms."

- Pronunciation: "wa-laa" (stress on 'laa').

- تھا (thā) - Was

- Meaning: The masculine singular past tense form of the verb "to be."

- Pronunciation: "thaa" (as in 'father' without 'fath-er').

- جو (jo) - Which / What

- Meaning: Another relative pronoun, referring to "that which" was with them.

- Pronunciation: "joe."

- ان (un) - Them

- Meaning: Referring to the people who had the scripture.

- Pronunciation: "oon."

- کے (ke) - Of / With

- Meaning: Postposition.

- Pronunciation: "kay."

- پاس (paas) - Near / With

- Meaning: Postposition. un ke paas means "with them."

- Pronunciation: "paas."

- تھی (thī) - Was

- Meaning: The feminine singular past tense form of the verb "to be." It refers to kitāb (book), which is feminine in Urdu, making the agreement thī.

- Pronunciation: "thee" (as in 'tree').

- Grammar Note: This demonstrates gender agreement in Urdu verbs. kitāb (book) is grammatically feminine, so the verb "was" becomes thī instead of thā.

- , تو (, to) - , Then / So

- Meaning: This word signals the consequence of the preceding clause. It's often used after jab (when) to mean "then" or "so."

- Pronunciation: "toe."

- جن (jin) - Whom / Those (oblique plural)

- Meaning: The oblique plural form of jo (who), used when referring to a plural object or indirect object.

- Pronunciation: "jin" (as in 'gin').

- لوگوں (logōñ) - People

- Meaning: The oblique plural form of log (people). It's used here because jin (whom) applies to it, and ko (to) follows it.

- Pronunciation: "lo-gohñ" (stress on 'gohñ', the 'ñ' is a nasal sound).

- کو (ko) - To / For

- Meaning: A postposition that marks the direct or indirect object of a verb. Here, it indicates "to whom" the book was given.

- Pronunciation: "koh."

- Grammar Note: jin logōñ ko means "to those people whom."

- کتاب (kitāb) - Book / Scripture

- Meaning: Refers to divine scripture.

- Pronunciation: "ki-taab."

- دی (dī) - Given

- Meaning: The feminine past participle of the verb "to give."

- Pronunciation: "dee."

- گئی (ga'ī) - Went / Was (auxiliary)

- Meaning: An auxiliary verb used to form the passive voice. dī ga'ī means "was given." kitāb (book) is feminine, so dī and ga'ī are in feminine form.

- Pronunciation: "ga-ee" (stress on 'ga').

- Grammar Note: dī ga'ī thī is the passive voice past tense. Literally "given gone was," meaning "was given."

- تھی (thī) - Was

- Meaning: The feminine singular past tense form of "to be."

- Pronunciation: "thee."

- ان (un) - Those

- Meaning: Refers back to the people who were given the book.

- Pronunciation: "oon."

- میں (meñ) - In / Among

- Meaning: A postposition meaning "in" or "among."

- Pronunciation: "mayñ" (nasal 'n' sound).

- سے (se) - From / Out of

- Meaning: A postposition indicating origin or selection. un meñ se means "from among them."

- Pronunciation: "say."

- ایک (ek) - A / One

- Meaning: Indefinite article or number.

- Pronunciation: "ake."

- گروہ (giroh) - Group / Party

- Meaning: A collective noun for a group of people.

- Pronunciation: "gi-roh" (stress on 'roh').

- نے (ne) - (Agent Marker)

- Meaning: A postposition that marks the subject of a transitive verb in certain past tenses. It indicates the "doer" of the action.

- Pronunciation: "nay."

- Grammar Note: This is a crucial grammatical marker in Urdu. It indicates that ek giroh (a group) is the agent performing the action of "throwing away" (a transitive verb in the past indefinite tense). The verb then agrees with the object (kitāb), not the subject.

- اللہ (Allāh) - Allah / God

- Meaning: God.

- Pronunciation: "Al-lah."

- کی (kī) - Of

- Meaning: Postposition indicating possession. Allah kī kitāb means "Allah's Book."

- Pronunciation: "kee."

- کتاب (kitāb) - Book

- Meaning: The scripture.

- Pronunciation: "ki-taab."

- کو (ko) - (Object Marker)

- Meaning: A postposition that marks the direct object of a verb, especially when the object is definite or animate. Here, it marks Allah kī kitāb as the object that was thrown away.

- Pronunciation: "koh."

- اپنی (apnī) - Their own

- Meaning: A reflexive possessive pronoun meaning "their own" (feminine singular, agreeing with pīṭhōñ).

- Pronunciation: "up-nee."

- Grammar Note: apnī indicates that the backs belong to the subject (ek giroh) performing the action.

- پیٹھوں (pīṭhōñ) - Backs

- Meaning: The oblique plural form of pīṭh (back). It's oblique because ke pīchhe follows it.

- Pronunciation: "peet-hohñ" (nasal 'n' sound at the end).

- کے (ke) - Of / For

- Meaning: Postposition.

- Pronunciation: "kay."

- پیچھے (pīchhe) - Behind

- Meaning: An adverb of place, meaning "behind." apnī pīṭhōñ ke pīchhe means "behind their (own) backs."

- Pronunciation: "peech-hay."

- پھینک (phenk) - Throw (stem)

- Meaning: The root of the verb "to throw."

- Pronunciation: "phaynkh" (the 'ph' is an aspirated 'p').

- دیا (diyā) - Gave (auxiliary)

- Meaning: The masculine singular past tense form of "to give," used here as an auxiliary verb to complete the compound verb phenk diyā. phenk diyā means "threw away."

- Pronunciation: "di-yaa."

- Grammar Note: phenk diyā is an example of a compound verb. The first part (phenk) carries the main meaning, and the second part (diyā) acts as a light verb, adding nuance (here, completion/finality of the action) and conjugating for tense, gender, and number. Since kitāb (the object) is feminine, ideally one might expect dī (feminine), but in common usage, diyā (masculine) is often used as a neutral auxiliary in such compound verbs where the direct object is marked with ko.

- , گویا (, goyā) - , As if / As though

- Meaning: A conjunction introducing a hypothetical or comparative clause.

- Pronunciation: "go-yaa."

- وہ (woh) - They

- Meaning: The plural pronoun "they."

- Pronunciation: "woh" (as in 'go' but with a 'w').

- جانتے (jānte) - Knowing / Used to know

- Meaning: The masculine plural imperfect participle of the verb "to know." When combined with na the, it forms the past negative continuous/habitual tense.

- Pronunciation: "jaantay."

- نہ (na) - Not

- Meaning: A particle used to negate verbs.

- Pronunciation: "na" (as in 'nap').

- تھے (the) - Were

- Meaning: The masculine plural past tense form of the verb "to be."

- Pronunciation: "thay" (as in 'they').

- Grammar Note: jānte na the means "they were not knowing" or "they did not know" (habitually/continuously). It implies a state of ignorance.

Here is the translation and explanation of the Arabic sentence, designed to help you learn Urdu:

English Translation

Those who believe in the unseen, and establish prayer, and spend from what We have provided them.

Urdu Translation

جو لوگ غیب پر ایمان لاتے ہیں، اور نماز قائم کرتے ہیں، اور جو کچھ ہم نے انہیں رزق دیا ہے، اس میں سے خرچ کرتے ہیں۔

Word-by-Word Urdu Explanation

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word, with pronunciation and explanations in English.

1. جو (jo)

- Meaning: Who Which That.

- Explanation: This is a relative pronoun. In this context, it introduces a descriptive clause, referring to "those who".

2. لوگ (lohg)

- Meaning: People.

- Explanation: When combined with "جو" (jo), "جو لوگ" means "those people who" or simply "those who". It clarifies that the subject is a group of people.

3. غیب (ghaib)

- Meaning: The unseen, the hidden, the unknown.

- Explanation: This refers to aspects of reality that are beyond human sensory perception or direct experience.

4. پر (pur)

- Meaning: On Upon At / In.

- Explanation: This is a postposition, meaning it comes after the noun it relates to (unlike English prepositions which come before). Here, "غیب پر" (ghaib pur) translates to "in the unseen" or "upon the unseen," indicating belief in it.

5. ایمان (ee-maan)

- Meaning: Faith / Belief.

6. لاتے (laa-tay)

- Meaning: Bring.

- Explanation: This is the masculine plural form of the verb "لانا" (laana) meaning "to bring".

- Grammar Note: "ایمان لانا" (eemaan laana) is an idiomatic verb phrase in Urdu meaning "to believe" or "to have faith". It literally means "to bring faith".

7. ہیں (hain)

- Meaning: Are.

- Explanation: This is the plural form of the present tense auxiliary verb "to be".

- Together: "ایمان لاتے ہیں" (eemaan laate hain) means "they believe" or "they bring faith".

8. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And.

- Explanation: A common conjunction used to connect words or phrases.

9. نماز (na-maaz)

- Meaning: Prayer.

- Explanation: Specifically refers to the ritualistic prayer performed by Muslims.

10. قائم (kaa-yam)

- Meaning: Established Firm Standing.

11. کرتے (kar-tay)

- Meaning: Do / Make.

- Explanation: This is the masculine plural form of the verb "کرنا" (karna) meaning "to do" or "to make".

- Grammar Note: "قائم کرنا" (qaayam karna) is an idiomatic verb phrase meaning "to establish".

12. ہیں (hain)

- Meaning: Are.

- Together: "نماز قائم کرتے ہیں" (namaaz qaayam karte hain) means "they establish prayer".

13. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And.

14. جو (jo)

- Meaning: What / That which.

- Explanation: Here, it introduces another clause, referring to "that which" or "whatever".

15. کچھ (kuch)

- Meaning: Some / A little.

- Explanation: When combined with "جو" (jo), "جو کچھ" (jo kuch) means "whatever" or "that which".

16. ہم (hum)

- Meaning: We.

- Explanation: The first person plural pronoun.

17. نے (nay)

- Meaning: (Ergative particle).

- Explanation: This is a grammatical particle in Urdu that marks the subject of a transitive verb in certain past tenses. It indicates that "ہم" (we) is the one performing the action. It doesn't have a direct English translation but is crucial for correct sentence structure.

18. انہیں (un-hen)

- Meaning: Them.

- Explanation: The third person plural object pronoun.

19. رزق (rizq)

- Meaning: Sustenance / Provision / Livelihood.

20. دیا (di-yaa)

- Meaning: Given.

- Explanation: This is the masculine singular form of the verb "دینا" (dena) meaning "to give".

- Grammar Note: "رزق دینا" (rizq dena) means "to provide sustenance".

21. ہے (hai)

- Meaning: Is.

- Explanation: The singular present tense auxiliary verb "to be".

- Together: "ہم نے انہیں رزق دیا ہے" (hum ne unhen rizq diya hai) means "We have provided them sustenance". The full phrase "جو کچھ ہم نے انہیں رزق دیا ہے" means "whatever sustenance We have provided them".

22. اس (is)

- Meaning: This / That.

- Explanation: Here, it refers back to "جو کچھ" (whatever was provided).

23. میں (mein)

- Meaning: In Inside Among.

24. سے (se)

- Meaning: From By With.

- Explanation: This is another postposition. "اس میں سے" (is mein se) literally means "from within this" or "out of this", conveying the sense of "from it" or "from among that".

25. خرچ (kharch)

- Meaning: Expense / Expenditure.

26. کرتے (kar-tay)

- Meaning: Do / Make.

- Explanation: Again, the masculine plural form of "کرنا" (karna).

- Grammar Note: "خرچ کرنا" (kharch karna) is an idiomatic verb phrase meaning "to spend".

27. ہیں (hain)

- Meaning: Are.

- Together: "خرچ کرتے ہیں" (kharch karte hain) means "they spend".

Here is the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence, structured to help you learn Urdu:

English Translation

O you who have believed, eat from the good things We have provided you and be grateful to Allah, if it is Him you worship.

Urdu Translation

اے ایمان والو! کھاؤ اُن پاکیزہ چیزوں میں سے جو ہم نے تمہیں عطا کی ہیں اور اللہ کا شکر ادا کرو اگر تم اسی کی عبادت کرتے ہو۔

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English)

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word to understand its meaning and structure.

- اے [Ae]

- Meaning: O / Hey

- Type: Vocative particle. It's used to address someone or call out to them, similar to "O" in English.

- ایمان [imaan]

- Meaning: Faith / Belief

- Type: Noun (masculine). It refers to the concept of believing or having faith, especially in a religious context.

- والو! [waalo!]

- Meaning: those of / people of

- Type: Suffix (plural, vocative). The suffix "-wālā" (-والا) is used in Urdu to indicate a person associated with or possessing something (e.g., "doodh wālā" - milkman). Here, "imaan wāle" (ایمان والے) means "people of faith" or "believers." When addressing them in the plural, it changes to "imaan waalo!" (ایمان والو!).

- Grammar Note: This is the vocative plural form of "wālā". The "o" sound at the end often indicates a vocative (addressing someone).

- کھاؤ [khaao]

- Meaning: eat

- Type: Imperative verb (plural). This is the command form of the verb "khānā" (کھانا - to eat), directed at multiple people.

- اُن [un]

- Meaning: those

- Type: Demonstrative pronoun (plural). It points to something plural that is somewhat distant.

- پاکیزہ [pakeezah]

- Meaning: pure / good wholesome clean

- Type: Adjective. It describes the quality of something being pure, clean, or lawful (halal) in an Islamic context.

- چیزوں [cheezon]

- Meaning: things

- Type: Noun (feminine, plural, oblique case). The singular form is "cheez" (چیز - thing). It's in the oblique case because of the postposition "mein se" (میں سے) that follows it.

- Grammar Note: Nouns often take an "oblique" form when followed by a postposition. For plural feminine nouns ending in consonant, this usually means adding "-on" (وں).

- میں سے [mein se]

- Meaning: from / among

- Type: Compound postposition. This phrase means "from within" or "amongst."

- جو [jo]

- Meaning: which / what

- Type: Relative pronoun. It introduces a clause that provides more information about the preceding noun ("cheezon" - things).

- ہم [hum]

- Meaning: We

- Type: Pronoun (first person plural). In a religious context, "We" (ہم) is often used by Allah (God) when referring to Himself, signifying majesty.

- نے [ne]

- Meaning: (agent marker)

- Type: Postposition (ergative marker). This particle is unique to Urdu (and other Indo-Aryan languages). It marks the agent (the one performing the action) of a transitive verb in perfect tenses (past, present perfect, future perfect). Here, "hum ne" means "by Us" or "We (as the agent)."

- Grammar Note: The 'ne' construction is an important feature of Urdu grammar. It causes the verb to agree with the object of the sentence, not the subject.

- تمہیں [tumhein]

- Meaning: to you / you (plural, oblique)

- Type: Pronoun (second person plural, dative/accusative oblique form). It refers to "you all" and acts as the indirect object here.

- عطا [ata]

- Meaning: bestowal / gift

- Type: Noun (feminine). Often used with "karnā" (کرنا - to do) to form the verb "atā karnā" (عطا کرنا - to bestow/grant).

- کی [ki]

- Meaning: did / made (feminine singular)

- Type: Verb (past participle of "karnā" - کرنا, to do/make). In the phrase "atā kī hain," "kī" agrees with the feminine noun "atā."

- ہیں [hain]

- Meaning: are

- Type: Auxiliary verb (present plural). This verb makes the phrase "atā kī hain" (have bestowed) a present perfect tense verb, indicating an action completed in the past with relevance to the present.

- اور [aur]

- Meaning: and

- Type: Conjunction. Connects two clauses or phrases.

- اللہ [Allah]

- Meaning: Allah / God

- Type: Proper Noun. The Arabic word for God.

- کا [ka]

- Meaning: of / 's

- Type: Postposition (genitive). This indicates possession or relationship, similar to "'s" or "of" in English. It agrees in gender and number with the noun it precedes ("shukr" - gratitude, which is masculine singular).

- شکر [shukr]

- Meaning: gratitude / thanks

- Type: Noun (masculine).

- ادا کرو [ada karo]

- Meaning: give / perform / express

- Type: Imperative verb phrase (plural). "Shukr adā karnā" (شکر ادا کرنا) is an idiomatic phrase meaning "to express gratitude" or "to give thanks." Here, "adā karo" is the plural imperative form.

- اگر [agar]

- Meaning: if

- Type: Conjunction. Introduces a conditional clause.

- تم [tum]

- Meaning: you (plural / informal singular)

- Type: Pronoun (second person plural). In Urdu, "tum" is used for plural "you" or for a familiar/informal singular "you."

- اسی [usi]

- Meaning: Him alone / that very one

- Type: Emphatic pronoun (oblique). This is an emphatic form of "us" (اس - him/that). It adds emphasis, meaning "Him alone" or "only Him."

- Grammar Note: The suffix 'i' (ی) often adds emphasis to pronouns and demonstratives in Urdu.

- کی [ki]

- Meaning: of / 's

- Type: Postposition (genitive). Here, it connects "usi" (Him) to "ibādat" (worship). It agrees in gender and number with "ibadat" (which is feminine singular).

- عبادت [ibadat]

- Meaning: worship / adoration / servitude

- Type: Noun (feminine). It refers to the act of worship or devotion.

- کرتے ہو [karte ho]

- Meaning: worship / do (habitually)

- Type: Verb phrase (present imperfect/habitual, second person plural). "Ibadat karnā" (عبادت کرنا) means "to worship." "Karte ho" is the present tense form, indicating a habitual or ongoing action, fitting the conditional clause "if you do worship Him."

Here is the Urdu translation of the Arabic sentence, followed by its English translation and a detailed word-for-word explanation to help you understand and learn Urdu.

English Translation of the Full Sentence:

Evil is that for which they sold themselves, (namely) that they disbelieve in what Allah has sent down, out of envy that Allah should send down of His bounty upon whom He wills of His servants. So they incurred wrath upon wrath, and for the disbelievers is a humiliating punishment.

Urdu Translation of the Full Sentence:

کیسی بری ہے وہ چیز جس کے بدلے انہوں نے اپنے نفسوں کو بیچا کہ وہ اللہ کی نازل کردہ (ہدایت) کا انکار کریں، محض اس حسد کی وجہ سے کہ اللہ اپنے فضل سے اپنے بندوں میں سے جس پر چاہے نازل فرمائے۔ پس وہ غضب پر غضب لے کر لوٹے اور کافروں کے لیے ذلیل کرنے والا عذاب ہے۔

Word-by-Word Breakdown and Explanation:

Here, we will break down the Urdu sentence word by word, providing pronunciation, English meaning, and any relevant grammar notes.

1. کیسی (kaisi)

- Meaning: How / What kind of (feminine form).

- Grammar: This is an interrogative adjective, used here to intensify the following adjective 'بری' (buri), meaning "how" or "what an" evil thing. It is feminine to agree with 'چیز' (cheez).

2. بری (buri)

- Meaning: Evil / Bad (feminine adjective).

- Grammar: The feminine form of 'برا' (bura) meaning 'bad' or 'evil'.

3. ہے (hai)

- Meaning: Is.

- Grammar: The singular present tense form of the verb 'to be'.

4. وہ (woh)

- Meaning: That.

- Grammar: A demonstrative pronoun.

5. چیز (cheez)

- Meaning: Thing.

- Grammar: A feminine noun.

6. جس (jis)

- Meaning: Which / Whose.

- Grammar: A relative pronoun in its oblique case, used before a postposition (like 'کے بدلے').

7. کے بدلے (ke badle)

- Meaning: In exchange for / In return for.

- Grammar: This is a postpositional phrase. In Urdu, prepositions come after the noun or pronoun they relate to, hence they are called "postpositions." 'کے' (ke) is the masculine oblique form of the possessive postposition 'کا' (kaa).

8. انہوں نے (unhon ne)

- Meaning: They (plural, agentive).

- Grammar: 'انہوں' (unhon) is the oblique plural form of 'وہ' (woh - they/those). 'نے' (ne) is a special postposition in Urdu that marks the agent (the one performing the action) of a transitive verb in certain past tenses. In this sentence, 'بیچا' (becha - sold) is a transitive verb in the past tense.

9. اپنے (apne)

- Meaning: Their / Own (reflexive possessive).

- Grammar: This is a reflexive possessive pronoun that refers back to the subject of the clause ('انہوں نے'). It means 'their own'. It's in the plural/oblique form here because 'نفسوں' is plural and in the oblique case.

10. نفسوں (nafs-on)

- Meaning: Souls / Selves.

- Grammar: The plural oblique form of the noun 'نفس' (nafs - soul/self). It's in the oblique case because it's followed by the postposition 'کو' (ko).

11. کو (ko)

- Meaning: To / For.

- Grammar: A postposition that typically marks the direct object or indirect object of a verb. Here, it marks 'نفسوں' (souls) as the object of the verb 'بیچا' (becha - sold).

12. بیچا (becha)

- Meaning: Sold.

- Grammar: The masculine singular past tense form of the verb 'بیچنا' (bechna - to sell). It agrees with the implied object 'چیز' or the general concept being sold.

13. کہ (ke)

- Meaning: That.

- Grammar: A conjunction, used to introduce a subordinate clause (often indicating purpose or explanation).

14. وہ (woh)

- Meaning: They.

- Grammar: A plural pronoun, referring back to the "they" from 'انہوں نے'.

15. اللہ (Allah)

- Meaning: Allah (God).

- Grammar: A proper noun.

16. کی (ki)

- Meaning: Of / Belonging to.

- Grammar: The feminine possessive postposition, agreeing with 'نازل کردہ' (naazil kardah) which is feminine.

17. نازل کردہ (naazil kardah)

- Meaning: Sent down / Revealed.

- Grammar: A compound adjective formed from 'نازل' (naazil - descended) and 'کردہ' (kardah - done/made). It acts as a past participle meaning "that which has been sent down."

18. (ہدایت) (hidaayat)

- Meaning: (Guidance).

- Grammar: A feminine noun. It's in parentheses here because in Urdu, it's often implicitly understood that "what Allah sent down" refers to His guidance or revelation, even if not explicitly stated.

19. کا (kaa)

- Meaning: Of.

- Grammar: The masculine possessive postposition, agreeing with 'انکار' (inkaar).

20. انکار (inkaar)

- Meaning: Denial / Disbelief.

- Grammar: A masculine noun.

21. کریں (karein)

- Meaning: Should do / They do / That they do.

- Grammar: The plural subjunctive/optative form of the verb 'کرنا' (karna - to do). In this context, 'انکار کریں' (inkaar karein) means "they should deny" or "that they disbelieve."

22. محض (mahaz)

- Meaning: Merely Only Simply.

- Grammar: An adverb.

23. اس (is)

- Meaning: This.

- Grammar: A demonstrative pronoun in its oblique case, used before a postposition.

24. حسد (hasad)

- Meaning: Envy / Malice.

- Grammar: A masculine noun.

25. کی وجہ سے (ki wajah se)

- Meaning: Because of / Due to.

- Grammar: A compound postpositional phrase. 'کی' (ki) is the feminine possessive postposition agreeing with 'وجہ' (wajah - reason/cause, which is feminine), and 'سے' (se) means 'from/with'.

26. کہ (ke)

- Meaning: That.

- Grammar: A conjunction, introducing another subordinate clause explaining the reason.

27. اللہ (Allah)

- Meaning: Allah (God).

- Grammar: A proper noun.

28. اپنے (apne)

- Meaning: His / Own.

- Grammar: Reflexive possessive pronoun, referring back to 'اللہ'.

29. فضل (fazl)

- Meaning: Bounty Grace Favor.

- Grammar: A masculine noun.

30. سے (se)

- Meaning: From / With.

- Grammar: A postposition indicating source or means.

31. اپنے (apne)

- Meaning: His / Own.

- Grammar: Reflexive possessive pronoun, referring back to 'اللہ'.

32. بندوں (band-on)

- Meaning: Servants / Slaves.

- Grammar: The plural oblique form of 'بندہ' (banda - servant/slave). It's in the oblique case because it's part of the compound postposition 'میں سے'.

33. میں سے (mein se)

- Meaning: From among / Out of.

- Grammar: A compound postposition indicating selection from a group. 'میں' (mein) means 'in' and 'سے' (se) means 'from'.

34. جس پر (jis par)

- Meaning: Upon whom.

- Grammar: 'جس' (jis) is the oblique relative pronoun, and 'پر' (par) is a postposition meaning 'upon' or 'on'.

35. چاہے (chaahe)

- Meaning: He wills / He desires.

- Grammar: The third person singular subjunctive/optative form of the verb 'چاہنا' (chaahna - to wish/will/desire).

36. نازل فرمائے (naazil farmaaye)

- Meaning: Should send down / Reveal.

- Grammar: A respectful compound verb. 'نازل کرنا' (naazil karna) means 'to send down'. 'فرمائے' (farmaaye) is a respectful form of 'کرے' (kare - should do), used when the action is performed by a revered entity (like Allah).

37. پس (pas)

- Meaning: So / Therefore / Thus.

- Grammar: A conjunction, indicating a consequence.

38. وہ (woh)

- Meaning: They.

- Grammar: A plural pronoun.

39. غضب (ghazab)

- Meaning: Wrath / Anger.

- Grammar: A masculine noun.

40. پر (par)

- Meaning: Upon / On.

- Grammar: A postposition.

41. غضب (ghazab)

- Meaning: Wrath / Anger.

- Grammar: A masculine noun. The repetition of 'غضب پر غضب' (ghazab par ghazab) means "wrath upon wrath" or "layered wrath," implying increasing or compounded anger.

42. لے کر (le kar)

- Meaning: Taking / Carrying.

- Grammar: A compound adverbial participle formed from 'لینا' (lena - to take) and 'کر' (kar - having done). It functions to mean 'bringing' or 'having taken' in this context.

43. لوٹے (laute)

- Meaning: Returned.

- Grammar: The masculine plural past tense form of the verb 'لوٹنا' (lautna - to return).

44. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And.

- Grammar: A conjunction.

45. کافروں (kaafiron)

- Meaning: Disbelievers.

- Grammar: The plural oblique form of the noun 'کافر' (kaafir - disbeliever). It's in the oblique case because it's followed by the postpositional phrase 'کے لیے'.

46. کے لیے (ke liye)

- Meaning: For.

- Grammar: A compound postpositional phrase, indicating purpose or recipient.

47. ذلیل (zaleel)

- Meaning: Humiliating / Disgraceful.

- Grammar: An adjective.

48. کرنے والا (karne waala)

- Meaning: One who does / Causing.

- Grammar: A participial phrase meaning "that which does" or "that which causes." It's formed from the verb root 'کر' (kar) from 'کرنا' (karna - to do) and the suffix 'والا' (waala) which denotes an agent or doer. Here, it functions as an adjective meaning "humiliating" or "that which causes humiliation."

49. عذاب (azaab)

- Meaning: Punishment.

- Grammar: A masculine noun.

50. ہے (hai)

- Meaning: Is.

- Grammar: The singular present tense form of the verb 'to be'.

This breakdown should provide a clear understanding of each Urdu word, its pronunciation, meaning, and its role in the sentence.

Here is the translation and explanation of the Arabic sentence, prepared for your mobi book format:

Urdu Translation

Full Urdu Translation:

اور ان میں سے اَن پڑھ لوگ ایسے ہیں جو کتاب کو اپنی خواہشات کے سِوا نہیں جانتے اور وہ محض گمان ہی کرتے ہیں.

English Translation

Full English Translation:

And among them are unlettered ones who do not know the Scripture except for their desires, and they only conjecture.

Word-for-Word Breakdown & Explanation

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word to understand its meaning and structure.

1. اور (aur)

- Pronunciation: sounds like "awe-r"

- Meaning: And

- Grammar Note: This is a conjunction, used to connect words, phrases, or clauses, similar to "and" in English.

2. ان (un)

- Pronunciation: sounds like "uhn" (like 'pun' without the 'p')

- Meaning: them (or 'their', 'those')

- Grammar Note: Here, it's a pronoun that, when combined with the following words, forms the phrase "among them."

3. میں (mein)

- Pronunciation: sounds like "mayn" (like 'main' in English)

- Meaning: in / among

- Grammar Note: This is a postposition (Urdu uses postpositions instead of prepositions), indicating location or inclusion.

4. سے (se)

- Pronunciation: sounds like "say"

- Meaning: from by than

- Grammar Note: Another postposition. When combined with "mein," "میں سے" (mein se) means "from among" or simply "among."

5. اَن (an)

- Pronunciation: sounds like "uhn"

- Meaning: un- / non-

- Grammar Note: This is a prefix used to negate the following word, much like "un-" or "non-" in English (e.g., "unhappy," "non-existent").

6. پڑھ (paṛh)

- Pronunciation: sounds like "pa-rh" (the 'ṛh' is a retroflex 'r' sound, made by flicking the tongue back slightly, combined with a puff of air)

- Meaning: read (root verb)

- Grammar Note: This is the root of the verb "to read." When combined with "اَن," "اَن پڑھ" (an paṛh) means "unlettered" or "illiterate."

7. لوگ (log)

- Pronunciation: sounds like "lohg"

- Meaning: people

- Grammar Note: This is a noun in its plural form. So, "اَن پڑھ لوگ" (an paṛh log) translates to "unlettered people" or "illiterates."

8. ایسے (aise)

- Pronunciation: sounds like "ai-say" (like 'eye-say')

- Meaning: such / like this

- Grammar Note: This word acts as an adjective or pronoun, meaning "such people." It helps the sentence flow, conveying "there are such unlettered people among them who..."

9. ہیں (hain)

- Pronunciation: sounds like "hain" (like 'hane' without the 'h')

- Meaning: are

- Grammar Note: This is an auxiliary verb, indicating the present tense plural. It agrees with "لوگ" (log - people).

10. جو (jo)

- Pronunciation: sounds like "joh"

- Meaning: who / which

- Grammar Note: This is a relative pronoun, connecting the following clause to the preceding noun ("اَن پڑھ لوگ" - unlettered people).

11. کتاب (kitāb)

- Pronunciation: sounds like "ki-taab"

- Meaning: book / Scripture

- Grammar Note: This noun refers to the divine 'Book' or 'Scripture' (al-Kitāb).

12. کو (ko)

- Pronunciation: sounds like "koh"

- Meaning: to / (object marker)

- Grammar Note: This is a postposition used to mark the direct object of a verb. Here, it indicates that "کتاب" (kitāb - Scripture) is the object of "جانتے" (jānte - know).

13. اپنی (apnī)

- Pronunciation: sounds like "up-nee"

- Meaning: their (reflexive possessive) / their own

- Grammar Note: This is a reflexive possessive adjective. It refers back to the subject of the sentence (the "unlettered people"), meaning "their own desires." It's like saying "their (subject's own) desires."

14. خواہشات (khwahishāt)

- Pronunciation: sounds like "khwa-hi-shaat" (the 'kh' is a guttural sound, similar to 'ch' in Scottish 'loch')

- Meaning: desires wishes wishful thinking

- Grammar Note: This is a noun in its plural form.

15. کے (ke)

- Pronunciation: sounds like "kay"

- Meaning: of / for

- Grammar Note: This is a postposition that connects nouns or pronouns. Here, it is part of the phrase "کے سِوا" (ke siwā).

16. سِوا (siwā)

- Pronunciation: sounds like "si-waa"

- Meaning: except / besides

- Grammar Note: This is a preposition. Together, "کے سِوا" (ke siwā) means "except for" or "other than."

17. نہیں (nahīñ)

- Pronunciation: sounds like "na-heen"

- Meaning: not

- Grammar Note: This is a negative particle, used to negate verbs.

18. جانتے (jānte)

- Pronunciation: sounds like "jaantay"

- Meaning: know (plural masculine present participle)

- Grammar Note: This is a verb in the present tense plural masculine form. It agrees with "لوگ" (log - people), which is the subject of this clause.

19. اور (aur)

- Pronunciation: sounds like "awe-r"

- Meaning: And

- Grammar Note: Another conjunction, connecting this part of the sentence.

20. وہ (woh)

- Pronunciation: sounds like "woh" (like 'woe')

- Meaning: they

- Grammar Note: This is a pronoun, referring back to the "اَن پڑھ لوگ" (an paṛh log - unlettered people).

21. محض (maḥaz)

- Pronunciation: sounds like "ma-huz" (the 'ḥ' is a soft guttural 'h' sound)

- Meaning: merely / only

- Grammar Note: This is an adverb, adding the sense of "only" or "just."

22. گمان (gumān)

- Pronunciation: sounds like "goo-maan"

- Meaning: conjecture / guess suspicion baseless notion

- Grammar Note: This is a noun. The phrase "گمان کرنا" (gumān karnā) means "to conjecture" or "to guess."

23. ہی (hī)

- Pronunciation: sounds like "hee"

- Meaning: only / indeed (emphatic particle)

- Grammar Note: This is an emphatic particle. It adds emphasis to the preceding word, meaning "they only conjecture" or "they indeed conjecture."

24. کرتے (karte)

- Pronunciation: sounds like "kar-tay"

- Meaning: do / make (plural masculine present participle)

- Grammar Note: This is a verb from "کرنا" (karnā - to do/make) in the present tense plural masculine form, agreeing with "وہ" (woh - they). "گمان کرتے" (gumān karte) means "they conjecture."

25. ہیں (hain)

- Pronunciation: sounds like "hain"

- Meaning: are

- Grammar Note: This is an auxiliary verb, indicating the present tense plural.

Grammar Rules Spotlight

- Urdu's Postpositions: Unlike English, which uses prepositions (e.g., in the box), Urdu uses postpositions (e.g., box mein). You'll notice this with "میں سے" (mein se - among), "کتاب کو" (kitāb ko - [know] the Scripture), and "کے سِوا" (ke siwā - except for).

- Verb Agreement: Urdu verbs often change their form to agree with the gender and number of the subject.

- "لوگ" (log - people) is plural and implicitly masculine (or generic plural). Therefore, the verbs "جانتے ہیں" (jānte hain - know) and "کرتے ہیں" (karte hain - do) are also in the plural masculine form.

- Reflexive Possessive "اپنی" (apnī): "Apnā/apnī/apne" (depending on gender/number) is a special possessive pronoun used when the possessor is the same as the subject of the sentence. In "اپنی خواہشات" (apnī khwahishāt), "apnī" refers back to "اَن پڑھ لوگ" (an paṛh log), meaning "their own desires."

- Emphatic Particle "ہی" (hī): This particle is extremely common in Urdu. It follows a word to emphasize it, adding a sense of "only," "indeed," or "just." So, "گمان ہی کرتے ہیں" (gumān hī karte hain) means they do only conjecture, highlighting that conjecture is all they do.

Here is the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence, designed to help you learn Urdu:

English Translation

So remember Me, I will remember you. And be grateful to Me, and do not be ungrateful to Me.

Urdu Translation

پس تم مجھے یاد کرو، میں تمہیں یاد کروں گا، اور میرا شکر ادا کرو، اور میری ناشکری نہ کرو۔

Word-for-Word Breakdown and Pronunciation

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word:

1. پس (pas)

- Meaning: So, therefore, then.

- Pronunciation: Puhs (like 'pass' but with a softer 'a' sound).

- Note: This word introduces a consequence or a direct continuation of thought from a preceding, implied context.

2. تم (tum)

- Meaning: You (plural or informal singular).

- Pronunciation: Tuhm (like 'tomb' without the 'b' sound, or 'tum' as in 'tummy').

- Note: In Urdu, tum is used for addressing multiple people, or for a single person you are familiar with. The Arabic command was for a plural 'you'.

3. مجھے (mujhe)

- Meaning: Me (object pronoun).

- Pronunciation: Moo-jhay (like 'moo' + 'j' as in 'jam' + 'hay' as in 'haystack').

- Note: This is the oblique form of main (I) used when 'me' is the object of a verb.

4. یاد (yaad)

- Meaning: Remembrance, memory.

- Pronunciation: Yaahd (like 'yard' but with a 'd' at the end).

5. کرو (karo)

- Meaning: Do (imperative/command, plural or informal singular).

- Pronunciation: Kuh-roh (like 'car' + 'row').

- Grammar Note: Yad karo (یاد کرو) together means "remember." Karna (کرنا) is the infinitive verb "to do." Its imperative form karo (کرو) is a command directed at tum (you all/informal you).

6. میں (mein)

- Meaning: I.

- Pronunciation: Mayn (like 'main' in 'main street').

7. تمہیں (tumhein)

- Meaning: You (plural or informal singular, object pronoun).

- Pronunciation: Tuhm-hayn (like 'tum' + 'hayn' as in 'train' but with 'h').

- Note: This is the oblique form of tum (you) used when 'you' is the object of a verb.

8. یاد (yaad)

- Meaning: Remembrance, memory.

- Pronunciation: Yaahd.

9. کروں (karoon)

- Meaning: I will do (future tense, first person singular).

- Pronunciation: Kuh-roon (like 'car' + 'ro͞on' as in 'moon').

- Grammar Note: This is part of the future tense conjugation.

10. گا (ga)

- Meaning: (Future tense marker, masculine singular).

- Pronunciation: Gaah (like 'gah' as in 'gah-gah').

- Grammar Note: Karoon ga (کروں گا) together means "I will do." The particle ga (گا) changes based on gender and number of the subject. Since main (I) is the subject here, and the speaker is male (or unspecified, where masculine is default), ga is used. If the speaker were female, it would be karoon gi (کروں گی).

11. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And.

- Pronunciation: Awr (like 'ore').

12. میرا (mera)

- Meaning: My (masculine possessive).

- Pronunciation: May-raa (like 'may' + 'raa' as in 'car').

- Note: This refers to 'my' when the possessed noun is masculine.

13. شکر (shukar)

- Meaning: Gratitude, thanks.

- Pronunciation: Shuh-kur (like 'shoo' + 'cur').

14. ادا (ada)

- Meaning: To perform, to fulfill, to offer.

- Pronunciation: Uh-daa (like 'a' as in 'about' + 'daa' as in 'dad').

15. کرو (karo)

- Meaning: Do (imperative/command, plural or informal singular).

- Pronunciation: Kuh-roh.

- Grammar Note: Shukar ada karo (شکر ادا کرو) means "express gratitude" or "give thanks." This is another imperative verb, directed at tum (you all/informal you).

16. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And.

- Pronunciation: Awr.

17. میری (meri)

- Meaning: My (feminine/plural possessive).

- Pronunciation: May-ree (like 'may' + 'ree' as in 'tree').

- Note: This refers to 'my' when the possessed noun is feminine or plural. In this case, nashukri (ناشکری) is a feminine noun.

18. ناشکری (nashukri)

- Meaning: Ungratefulness, ingratitude.

- Pronunciation: Naa-shuh-kree (like 'naa' + 'shoo' + 'kree').

- Note: This word is formed by adding na- (نا-) (a prefix meaning 'un-' or 'not') to shukri (the feminine form of shukar).

19. نہ (na)

- Meaning: Not (used for negation in commands or general statements).

- Pronunciation: Nah (like 'nah' as in 'nah, I won't').

- Grammar Note: This is used to negate a command. Na karo (نہ کرو) means "do not do."

20. کرو (karo)

- Meaning: Do (imperative/command, plural or informal singular).

- Pronunciation: Kuh-roh.

- Grammar Note: Nashukri na karo (ناشکری نہ کرو) means "do not be ungrateful." This is a negative imperative.

Grammar Notes

- Imperative Verbs (Commands): Urdu uses specific forms for commands. For karna (to do), the informal/plural command is karo (کرو). To make a command negative, you place na (نہ) before the verb, e.g., na karo (نہ کرو - do not do).

- Verb Phrases: Many common actions in Urdu are expressed using a noun followed by a form of karna (to do) or hona (to be). Examples here are yaad karna (to remember), shukar ada karna (to give thanks), and nashukri karna (to be ungrateful).

- Pronouns:

- Tum (تم) is the second-person pronoun (you). Its object form is tumhein (تمہیں).

- Main (میں) is the first-person pronoun (I). Its object form is mujhe (مجھے).

- Possessive pronouns like mera (میرا) and meri (میری) agree in gender and number with the noun they possess, not the possessor. Mera is masculine singular, meri is feminine singular or plural.

- Future Tense: The future tense is formed by conjugating the main verb (e.g., karoon) and adding a gender/number-specific particle (ga, gi, ge). Karoon ga (کروں گا) is "I will do" (masculine speaker).

- Conjunctions: Aur (اور) means "and." Pas (پس) means "so" or "therefore," indicating a consequence or logical connection.

Here is the translation and explanation of the Arabic sentence, prepared for an English-speaking student learning Urdu:

- English Translation

And [recall] when We made the House a place of return for the people and a sanctuary, and take the standing-place of Ibrahim as a place of prayer. And We enjoined upon Ibrahim and Ismail that they should purify My House for those who circumambulate, and those who seclude themselves, and those who bow and prostrate.

- Urdu Translation

اور (aur) یاد (yaad) کرو (karo) جب (jab) ہم (hum) نے (ne) اس (us) گھر (ghar) کو (ko) لوگوں (logon) کے (ke) لوٹنے (lauṭnay) کی (ki) جگہ (jagah) اور (aur) امن (amn) بنایا (banaya)، اور (aur) مقام (maqām) ابراہیم (ibrāhīm) کو (ko) نماز (namāz) کی (ki) جگہ (jagah) بناؤ (banāo)، اور (aur) ہم (hum) نے (ne) ابراہیم (ibrāhīm) اور (aur) اسماعیل (ismā'īl) سے (se) عہد (ahad) لیا (liyā) کہ (ke) وہ (woh) میرے (mere) گھر (ghar) کو (ko) طواف (tawāf) کرنے (karnay) والوں (wālon)، اعتکاف (ai'tikāf) کرنے (karnay) والوں (wālon)، اور (aur) رکوع (rukū') و (o) سجود (sujood) کرنے (karnay) والوں (wālon) کے (ke) لیے (liye) پاک (pāk) رکھیں۔ (rakhen)

- Word-by-Word Explanation (Urdu to English)

- اور (aur) - And

- Grammar: This is a conjunction, used to connect words, phrases, or clauses.

- یاد (yaad) - Remember, Recall, Memory

- Grammar: This is a noun meaning 'memory' or 'recollection'. When combined with 'karo', it forms the imperative 'remember' or 'recall'.

- کرو (karo) - Do, Make

- Grammar: This is the imperative (command) form of the verb karna (کرنا - to do/make). The phrase یاد کرو (yaad karo) together means "Remember" or "Recall".

- جب (jab) - When

- Grammar: This is an adverb and conjunction, used to indicate time.

- ہم (hum) - We

- Grammar: This is the first-person plural pronoun.

- نے (ne) - (Agent marker)

- Grammar: This is a postposition (like a preposition, but placed after the noun) that marks the agent (the one performing the action) of a transitive verb in perfect tenses (e.g., past definite, present perfect). It doesn't have a direct English equivalent but is essential for correct Urdu grammar. Here, it indicates that "We" (ہم) performed the action of "making."

- اس (us) - That, This

- Grammar: This is a demonstrative pronoun/adjective, referring to something specific, in this case, the Kaaba.

- گھر (ghar) - House, Home

- Grammar: This is a masculine noun, here referring to the Kaaba (God's House).

- کو (ko) - (Object marker)

- Grammar: This is a postposition that marks the direct object of a verb. It indicates that "ghar" (house) is the object upon which the action is performed.

- لوگوں (logon) - People

- Grammar: This is the oblique plural form of the noun log (لوگ - person/people). The '-on' ending is used when a postposition (like 'ke' here) follows.

- کے (ke) - Of, For

- Grammar: This is a postposition that shows possession (like 'of') or indicates the recipient/purpose (like 'for'). Here, it's part of the compound postposition کے لیے (ke liye - for), but also functions like 'of' for 'returning'.

- لوٹنے (lauṭnay) - Returning, Coming back

- Grammar: This is the oblique infinitive form of the verb lauṭna (لوٹنا - to return). It functions as a verbal noun here, meaning "of returning."

- کی (ki) - Of, For

- Grammar: Similar to کے (ke), but کی is used when the following noun (or the noun it relates to) is feminine. Here, جگہ (jagah - place) is feminine.

- جگہ (jagah) - Place

- Grammar: This is a feminine noun. The phrase لوٹنے کی جگہ (lauṭnay ki jagah) means "a place of returning."

- امن (amn) - Peace, Security, Sanctuary

- Grammar: This is a masculine noun.

- بنایا (banaya) - Made

- Grammar: This is the past tense, masculine singular form of the verb banana (بنانا - to make/build). It corresponds to the Arabic جَعَلْنَا (We made).

- اور (aur) - And

- Grammar: Conjunction.

- مقام (maqām) - Place, Station, Standing place

- Grammar: This is a masculine noun. Here, it refers to the "Station of Ibrahim."

- ابراہیم (ibrāhīm) - Ibrahim (Abraham)

- Grammar: This is a proper noun, the name of the prophet.

- کو (ko) - (Object marker)

- Grammar: Postposition. It marks "Maqam Ibrahim" as the object of the command.

- نماز (namāz) - Prayer (the Islamic ritual prayer)

- Grammar: This is a feminine noun.

- کی (ki) - Of, For

- Grammar: Postposition, used here because جگہ (jagah - place) is feminine. نماز کی جگہ (namaz ki jagah) means "a place of prayer."

- جگہ (jagah) - Place

- Grammar: Feminine noun.

- بناؤ (banāo) - Make (plural/formal imperative)

- Grammar: This is the imperative (command) form of banana (بنانا - to make/build), used for plural or for showing respect to a singular 'you'. It corresponds to the Arabic اتَّخِذُوا (take/make - plural imperative).

- اور (aur) - And

- Grammar: Conjunction.

- ہم (hum) - We

- Grammar: Pronoun.

- نے (ne) - (Agent marker)

- Grammar: Postposition. It indicates that "We" (ہم) performed the action of "taking a covenant."

- ابراہیم (ibrāhīm) - Ibrahim (Abraham)

- Grammar: Proper noun.

- اور (aur) - And

- Grammar: Conjunction.

- اسماعیل (ismā'īl) - Ismail (Ishmael)

- Grammar: Proper noun, the name of the prophet.

- سے (se) - From, With, To

- Grammar: This is a versatile postposition. Here, in the context of taking a covenant or making a promise to someone, it functions like "to" or "from". It corresponds to the Arabic إِلَىٰ (to/upon).

- عہد (ahad) - Covenant, Pledge, Promise

- Grammar: This is a masculine noun. The phrase عہد لیا (ahad liya) means "took a covenant" or "made a covenant."

- لیا (liyā) - Took

- Grammar: This is the past tense, masculine singular form of the verb lena (لینا - to take). It corresponds to the Arabic وَعَهِدْنَا (We enjoined/covenanted).

- کہ (ke) - That

- Grammar: This is a conjunction, used to introduce a subordinate clause, often reporting speech or an injunction. It corresponds to the Arabic أَن (that).

- وہ (woh) - They

- Grammar: This is the third-person plural pronoun, referring to Ibrahim and Ismail. Although the Arabic imperative is dual, Urdu often uses the plural pronoun for two people, especially when referring to revered figures.

- میرے (mere) - My

- Grammar: This is the possessive pronoun, masculine singular oblique form of mera (میرا - my).

- گھر (ghar) - House

- Grammar: Masculine noun. Here it refers to "My House" (God's House).

- کو (ko) - (Object marker)

- Grammar: Postposition.

- طواف (tawāf) - Circumambulation (the ritual circling of the Kaaba)

- Grammar: This is a masculine noun.

- کرنے (karnay) - To do, Doing

- Grammar: This is the oblique infinitive of the verb karna (کرنا - to do). It's used here to form a participial phrase.

- والوں (wālon) - Ones, Those

- Grammar: This is the plural oblique form of wala (والا - one who) or wali (والی - one who, feminine). The full phrase طواف کرنے والوں (tawāf karnay wālon) means "those who perform circumambulation" or "circumambulators," corresponding to the Arabic لِلطَّائِفِينَ.

- اعتکاف (ai'tikāf) - Seclusion (a spiritual retreat in a mosque, typically during Ramadan)

- Grammar: This is a masculine noun.

- کرنے (karnay) - To do, Doing

- Grammar: Oblique infinitive.

- والوں (wālon) - Ones, Those

- Grammar: Plural oblique. اعتکاف کرنے والوں (ai'tikāf karnay wālon) means "those who perform seclusion," corresponding to the Arabic وَالْعَاكِفِينَ.

- اور (aur) - And

- Grammar: Conjunction.

- رکوع (rukū') - Bowing (a posture in Islamic prayer)

- Grammar: This is a masculine noun. It corresponds to the Arabic الرُّكَّعِ (those who bow).

- و (o) - And

- Grammar: This is an old Persian/Arabic conjunction, often used in Urdu to link two nouns, meaning 'and'. It is pronounced like the 'o' in 'go'.

- سجود (sujood) - Prostration (a posture in Islamic prayer)

- Grammar: This is a masculine noun. It corresponds to the Arabic السُّجُودِ (those who prostrate). The phrase رکوع و سجود (rukū' o sujood) means "bowing and prostrating."

- کرنے (karnay) - To do, Doing

- Grammar: Oblique infinitive.

- والوں (wālon) - Ones, Those

- Grammar: Plural oblique. رکوع و سجود کرنے والوں (rukū' o sujood karnay wālon) means "those who perform bowing and prostration."

- کے لیے (ke liye) - For

- Grammar: This is a compound postposition meaning "for" or "on behalf of."

- پاک (pāk) - Pure, Clean, Holy

- Grammar: This is an adjective.

- رکھیں۔ (rakhen) - Keep (plural/formal imperative)

- Grammar: This is the imperative form of the verb rakhna (رکھنا - to keep/place). It is used for plural subjects or to show respect to a singular subject. Here, it is addressed to Ibrahim and Ismail (they) in a respectful plural form. The Arabic طَهِّرَا is a dual imperative (command to two), which is conveyed by the respectful plural imperative in Urdu. The full phrase پاک رکھیں (pāk rakhen) means "keep pure" or "purify."

Here is the translation and breakdown of the sentence, designed for an English-speaking student learning Urdu:

English Translation:

O humankind, eat from what is on the earth [that is] lawful and good, and do not follow the footsteps of Satan. Indeed, he is to you a clear enemy.

Urdu Translation:

اے لوگو! زمین میں سے حلال اور پاکیزہ چیزیں کھاؤ، اور شیطان کے نقش قدم پر نہ چلو۔ بے شک وہ تمہارا کھلا دشمن ہے۔

Word-by-Word Explanation:

1. اے (Ae)

- Pronunciation: ae (like 'ay' in 'day')

- English Meaning: O / Oh

- Grammar Note: This is an interjection used to address someone or something directly (vocative particle).

2. لوگو! (Logo!)

- Pronunciation: lo-go!

- English Meaning: people! / humankind!

- Grammar Note: This is the plural form of لوگ (log - people) used in a vocative sense (addressing them directly). The exclamation mark here is part of the original sentence structure (from the Arabic 'يا أيها الناس').

3. زمین (Zameen)

- Pronunciation: za-meen

- English Meaning: Earth Land Ground

- Grammar Note: This is a feminine noun.

4. میں (Mein)

- Pronunciation: mayn (like 'main' but with a nasal 'n' sound)

- English Meaning: in / inside

- Grammar Note: This is a postposition indicating location.

5. سے (Se)

- Pronunciation: se (like 'say')

- English Meaning: from / out of

- Grammar Note: This is a postposition indicating origin or source. Together, میں سے (mein se) means "from among" or "from within."

6. حلال (Halaal)

- Pronunciation: ha-laal

- English Meaning: lawful / permissible

- Grammar Note: This is an adjective derived from Arabic, meaning allowed by Islamic law.

7. اور (Aur)

- Pronunciation: aur (like 'awe-r')

- English Meaning: and

- Grammar Note: This is a conjunction.

8. پاکیزہ (Paakeezah)

- Pronunciation: paa-kee-za

- English Meaning: pure / clean / good

- Grammar Note: This is an adjective, often used as a synonym for 'طیب' (tayyib - good/pure) in an Islamic context.

9. چیزیں (Cheezein)

- Pronunciation: chee-zayn

- English Meaning: things / items

- Grammar Note: This is the plural form of چیز (cheez - thing), which is a feminine noun.

10. کھاؤ، (Khaao,)

- Pronunciation: khaa-o

- English Meaning: eat (imperative plural)

- Grammar Note: This is the imperative plural form of the verb کھانا (khaana - to eat). It is used to command or request multiple people, or to politely address a single person.

11. اور (Aur)

- Pronunciation: aur (like 'awe-r')

- English Meaning: and

- Grammar Note: Another conjunction.

12. شیطان (Shaitaan)

- Pronunciation: shaitaan

- English Meaning: Satan / Devil

- Grammar Note: This is a masculine noun, derived from Arabic.

13. کے (Ke)

- Pronunciation: ke (like 'kay')

- English Meaning: of / 's

- Grammar Note: This is a masculine oblique genitive postposition, indicating possession or relationship. It corresponds to "of" or the apostrophe-s ('s) in English. It agrees in gender and number with the possessed noun (here, نقش قدم is masculine).

14. نقش قدم (Naqsh-e-qadam)

- Pronunciation: naqsh-e-qa-dam

- English Meaning: footsteps / traces

- Grammar Note: This is a compound noun, literally meaning 'imprint of foot'. It functions as a single unit meaning 'footsteps'.

15. پر (Par)

- Pronunciation: par (like 'per')

- English Meaning: on upon at

- Grammar Note: This is a postposition indicating position or direction.

16. نہ (Nah)

- Pronunciation: nah (like 'nuh')

- English Meaning: not / do not

- Grammar Note: This is a negative particle used before verbs for prohibition or negation. It's often used for negative commands.

17. چلو۔ (Chalo.)

- Pronunciation: cha-lo

- English Meaning: follow / walk (imperative plural)

- Grammar Note: This is the imperative plural form of the verb چلنا (chalna - to walk move go). When used with نقش قدم پر (naqsh-e-qadam par), it means "to follow the footsteps."

18. بے شک (Be Shak)

- Pronunciation: be shak

- English Meaning: Indeed Verily Without a doubt

- Grammar Note: This is a common emphatic phrase, literally meaning 'without doubt'. It stresses the certainty of what follows.

19. وہ (Woh)

- Pronunciation: woh (like 'woe')

- English Meaning: he she it / they (distant pronoun)

- Grammar Note: In this context, it refers to Satan ("he").

20. تمہارا (Tumhaara)

- Pronunciation: tum-haa-raa

- English Meaning: your / yours

- Grammar Note: This is a possessive adjective (masculine singular), agreeing with the gender and number of the noun it modifies (دشمن - dushman is masculine singular). It is derived from the pronoun تم (tum - you, informal plural/polite singular).

21. کھلا (Khulaa)

- Pronunciation: khu-laa

- English Meaning: open clear apparent

- Grammar Note: This is an adjective describing دشمن.

22. دشمن (Dushman)

- Pronunciation: dushman

- English Meaning: enemy

- Grammar Note: This is a masculine noun.

23. ہے۔ (Hai.)

- Pronunciation: hai (like 'hi' but with a softer 'h')

- English Meaning: is

- Grammar Note: This is the third person singular present tense form of the verb ہونا (hona - to be).

Here is the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence for your Urdu learning:

English Translation

"And do they not know that Allah knows what they conceal and what they make public?"

Urdu Translation

اور کیا وہ نہیں جانتے کہ اللہ جانتا ہے جو کچھ وہ چھپاتے ہیں اور جو کچھ وہ ظاہر کرتے ہیں؟

(Aur kya woh nahin jaante ke Allah jaanta hai jo kuch woh chhipate hain aur jo kuch woh zaahir karte hain?)

Word-for-Word Breakdown & Explanation

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word to help you understand its structure and meaning.

- اور (Aur)

- Meaning: And

- Pronunciation: (aur)

- Grammar Note: This is a common conjunction in Urdu, connecting phrases or clauses, similar to "and" in English. In this context, it also carries the implication of starting an interrogative sentence, combined with "کیا" (kya).

- کیا (Kya)

- Meaning: What / (Interrogative particle)

- Pronunciation: (kya)

- Grammar Note: When placed at the beginning of a sentence, "کیا" (kya) turns a statement into a question that can be answered with "yes" or "no" (like "do they not know?"). It doesn't always translate directly as "what" in such cases but rather signals a question.

- وہ (Woh)

- Meaning: They

- Pronunciation: (woh)

- Grammar Note: This is the third-person plural pronoun, used for "they." It can also mean "he/she/it" (singular) depending on context, but here, it clearly refers to a group.

- نہیں (Nahin)

- Meaning: Not

- Pronunciation: (nah-heen)

- Grammar Note: This is the primary negation word in Urdu, used to make a verb negative. It typically precedes the verb it negates.

- جانتے (Jaante)

- Meaning: Know

- Pronunciation: (jaan-teh)

- Grammar Note: This is the plural form of the present participle of the verb جاننا (jaanna - to know). It is used with "ہیں" (hain) to form the Present Indefinite Tense for plural subjects: "they know" (وہ جانتے ہیں - woh jaante hain). Here, it's part of the question "do they not know?".

- کہ (Ke)

- Meaning: That

- Pronunciation: (keh)

- Grammar Note: This is a subordinating conjunction, introducing a subordinate clause, much like "that" in English.

- اللہ (Allah)

- Meaning: Allah (God)

- Pronunciation: (ah-llah)

- Grammar Note: The proper noun for God in Arabic and Urdu.

- جانتا ہے (Jaanta hai)

- Meaning: Knows

- Pronunciation: (jaan-tah hai)

- Grammar Note: This is the singular masculine form of the Present Indefinite Tense for the verb جاننا (jaanna - to know). جانتا (jaanta) is the masculine singular present participle, and ہے (hai) is the singular form of "to be" (is). So, "He knows."

- جو کچھ (Jo kuch)

- Meaning: What / Whatever (literally, "that which")

- Pronunciation: (jo kooch)

- Grammar Note: This phrase is used to mean "whatever" or "that which" in a general sense, referring to an unspecified thing or action.

- وہ (Woh)

- Meaning: They

- Pronunciation: (woh)

- Grammar Note: Again, the third-person plural pronoun.

- چھپاتے ہیں (Chhipate hain)

- Meaning: Conceal / keep secret

- Pronunciation: (chhipaa-teh hain)

- Grammar Note: This is the plural form of the Present Indefinite Tense for the verb چھپانا (chhipaana - to conceal/hide). چھپاتے (chhipaate) is the plural present participle, and ہیں (hain) is the plural form of "to be" (are). So, "they conceal/hide."

- اور (Aur)

- Meaning: And

- Pronunciation: (aur)

- Grammar Note: Conjunction, "and."

- جو کچھ (Jo kuch)

- Meaning: What / Whatever

- Pronunciation: (jo kooch)

- Grammar Note: Repeated, as explained above.

- وہ (Woh)

- Meaning: They

- Pronunciation: (woh)

- Grammar Note: Again, the third-person plural pronoun.

- ظاہر کرتے ہیں (Zaahir karte hain)

- Meaning: Make public / declare

- Pronunciation: (zaa-hir kar-teh hain)

- Grammar Note: This is a compound verb. ظاہر (zaahir - manifest/apparent) is an adjective or noun, and کرنا (karna - to do/make) is the auxiliary verb. Together, ظاہر کرنا (zaahir karna) means "to make public" or "to declare." ظاہر کرتے ہیں (zaahir karte hain) is its plural Present Indefinite Tense form, meaning "they make public" or "they declare."

Here is the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence into Urdu and English, designed for an English student learning Urdu, with pronunciation assistance and grammar notes.

English Translation

And [recall] when you said, "O Moses, we will never endure one kind of food. So invoke your Lord for us to bring forth for us from what the earth grows - its pot-herbs, and its cucumbers, and its garlic, and its lentils, and its onions." He said, "Would you exchange that which is lower for that which is better? Go down to a city, for indeed, for you is what you asked." And humiliation and destitution were stamped upon them, and they incurred the wrath of Allah. That was because they used to disbelieve in the signs of Allah and kill the prophets without right. That was because they disobeyed and used to transgress.

Urdu Translation

اور جب تم نے کہا، "اے موسیٰ، ہم ایک ہی قسم کے کھانے پر صبر نہیں کر سکتے۔ تو ہمارے لیے اپنے رب سے دعا کرو کہ وہ ہمارے لیے زمین سے اگنے والی چیزیں نکالے: اس کی ترکاریاں، اس کے کھیرے، اس کا لہسن، اس کی دالیں اور اس کی پیاز۔" اُس نے کہا، "کیا تم ادنیٰ چیز کو بہتر چیز سے بدلنا چاہتے ہو؟ کسی شہر میں جاؤ، کیونکہ جو تم نے مانگا ہے وہ تمہیں مل جائے گا۔" اور ان پر ذلت و مسکنت مسلط کر دی گئی، اور وہ اللہ کے غضب کے ساتھ لوٹے۔ یہ اس لیے تھا کہ وہ اللہ کی آیتوں کا انکار کرتے تھے اور نبیوں کو ناحق قتل کرتے تھے۔ یہ اس لیے کہ انہوں نے نافرمانی کی اور زیادتی کرتے تھے۔

Word-for-Word Breakdown (Urdu to English)

Let's break down the Urdu translation sentence by sentence, explaining each word and providing its pronunciation.

Urdu Sentence 1:

اور جب تم نے کہا، "اے موسیٰ، ہم ایک ہی قسم کے کھانے پر صبر نہیں کر سکتے۔"

English Translation:

And when you said, "O Moses, we cannot endure one type of food."

- اور (aur) - And

- جب (jab) - when

- تم (tum) - you (plural, or formal singular)

- نے (ne) - (A grammatical postposition indicating the subject of a transitive verb in the past tense. It doesn't have a direct English equivalent but structures the sentence to mean "you said.")

- کہا (kaha) - said (Past tense of کہنا 'kehna' - to say)

- اے (ae) - O! (A vocative particle, used to address someone)

- موسیٰ (Moosa) - Moses (Proper noun)

- ہم (hum) - we

- ایک (ek) - one

- ہی (hi) - (An emphatic particle, adding emphasis to 'one', meaning "only one" or "just one.")

- قسم (qism) - kind / type

- کے (ke) - of (A genitive case marker, connecting 'kind' to 'food', here masculine plural oblique form.)

- کھانے (khaane) - food (The oblique form of کھانا 'khaana' - food. Here it's used with 'پر'.)

- پر (par) - on / upon

- صبر (sabr) - patience / endurance

- نہیں (nahin) - not

- کر (kar) - do (The root verb of کرنا 'karna' - to do)

- سکتے (sakte) - can (The plural masculine form of سکنا 'sakna' - to be able to. Together, 'صبر نہیں کر سکتے' means "cannot endure/be patient.")

Urdu Sentence 2:

تو ہمارے لیے اپنے رب سے دعا کرو کہ وہ ہمارے لیے زمین سے اگنے والی چیزیں نکالے: اس کی ترکاریاں، اس کے کھیرے، اس کا لہسن، اس کی دالیں اور اس کی پیاز۔"

English Translation:

"So, invoke your Lord for us that He may bring forth for us from what the earth grows: its pot-herbs, its cucumbers, its garlic, its lentils, and its onions."

- تو (to) - so / then

- ہمارے (hamaare) - our (Plural/oblique form of ہمارا 'hamaara' - our)

- لیے (liye) - for (A postposition)

- اپنے (apne) - your (A reflexive possessive pronoun, referring to 'your' in 'your Lord' in relation to the speaker 'you'.)

- رب (Rabb) - Lord

- سے (se) - from / with (A postposition indicating the source or agent of the action)

- دعا (dua) - prayer / supplication

- کرو (karo) - do (The imperative plural of کرنا 'karna' - to do. 'دعا کرو' means "pray" or "invoke.")

- کہ (ke) - that (A conjunction)

- وہ (woh) - He / that (A third-person pronoun)

- ہمارے (hamaare) - our (Same as above)

- لیے (liye) - for (Same as above)

- زمین (zameen) - earth / land

- سے (se) - from (Same as above)

- اگنے (ugne) - to grow (The oblique infinitive of اگنا 'ugna' - to grow)

- والی (waali) - (A participial suffix indicating "the one that" or "that which." 'اگنے والی چیزیں' means "things that grow.")

- چیزیں (cheezein) - things / items (The plural of چیز 'cheez' - thing)

- نکالے (nikaale) - may bring forth / extract (The subjunctive form of نکالنا 'nikaalna' - to bring out, to extract)

- اس (iss) - its his her (The oblique form of یہ 'yeh' - this/it)

- کی (ki) - of (A feminine genitive case marker)

- ترکاریاں (tarkaariyaan) - pot-herbs / vegetables (The plural of ترکاری 'tarkaari' - vegetable)

- اس (iss) - its (Same as above)

- کے (ke) - of (A masculine genitive case marker)

- کھیرے (kheere) - cucumbers (The plural of کھیرا 'kheera' - cucumber)

- اس (iss) - its (Same as above)

- کا (ka) - of (A masculine genitive case marker)

- لہسن (lehsun) - garlic

- اس (iss) - its (Same as above)

- کی (ki) - of (A feminine genitive case marker)

- دالیں (daalein) - lentils / pulses (The plural of دال 'daal' - lentil)

- اور (aur) - and

- اس (iss) - its (Same as above)

- کی (ki) - of (A feminine genitive case marker)

- پیاز (pyaaz) - onion

Urdu Sentence 3:

اُس نے کہا، "کیا تم ادنیٰ چیز کو بہتر چیز سے بدلنا چاہتے ہو؟"

English Translation:

He said, "Would you exchange that which is lower for that which is better?"

- اُس (uss) - He (The oblique form of وہ 'woh' - he/she/it)

- نے (ne) - (A postposition, as explained before)

- کہا (kaha) - said (Past tense of کہنا 'kehna' - to say)

- کیا (kya) - (An interrogative particle, placed at the beginning to make the sentence a question, similar to "Do...?" or "Are...?").

- تم (tum) - you

- ادنیٰ (adna) - lower inferior baser

- چیز (cheez) - thing

- کو (ko) - (A postposition, functioning as a direct object marker)

- بہتر (behtar) - better

- چیز (cheez) - thing

- سے (se) - with / by (A postposition, indicating the thing being exchanged for)

- بدلنا (badalna) - to exchange / to change (An infinitive verb)

- چاہتے (chahte) - want (The plural masculine form of چاہنا 'chaahna' - to want)

- ہو (ho) - are (Present tense auxiliary verb for 'you' plural. 'بدلنا چاہتے ہو' (badalna chahte ho) together means "do you want to exchange?")

Urdu Sentence 4:

کسی شہر میں جاؤ، کیونکہ جو تم نے مانگا ہے وہ تمہیں مل جائے گا۔"

English Translation:

"Go down to a city, for what you asked for, that will be granted to you."

- کسی (kisi) - any some (An indefinite pronounadjective)

- شہر (shehar) - city

- میں (mein) - in (A postposition)

- جاؤ (jao) - go (The imperative plural of جانا 'jaana' - to go. This corresponds to the Arabic 'اهْبِطُوا' meaning 'go down'.)

- کیونکہ (kyunke) - because / for

- جو (jo) - whatever / which (A relative pronoun)

- تم (tum) - you

- نے (ne) - (A postposition, as explained before)

- مانگا (maanga) - asked demanded (Past participle of مانگنا 'maangna' - to askdemand)

- ہے (hai) - is (Present tense auxiliary verb. 'جو تم نے مانگا ہے' (jo tum ne maanga hai) means "that which you have asked for.")

- وہ (woh) - that / it (A pronoun)

- تمہیں (tumhein) - to you (The oblique form of تم 'tum' with the direct object marker 'کو' 'ko' implicitly attached.)

- مل (mil) - receive / get (The root verb of ملنا 'milna' - to get/receive)

- جائے (jaaye) - may go (The subjunctive form of جانا 'jaana' - to go, used here as part of a compound verb to indicate future tense or possibility.)

- گا (ga) - (A masculine singular future tense auxiliary suffix. 'مل جائے گا' (mil jaaye ga) means "will be received" or "will get.")

Urdu Sentence 5:

اور ان پر ذلت و مسکنت مسلط کر دی گئی، اور وہ اللہ کے غضب کے ساتھ لوٹے۔

English Translation:

And humiliation and destitution were imposed upon them, and they returned with the wrath of Allah.

- اور (aur) - And

- ان (un) - them (The oblique form of وہ 'woh' - they/those)

- پر (par) - upon / on

- ذلت (zillat) - humiliation / disgrace (A feminine noun)

- و (o) - and (A conjunction, often used in compound words, similar to Arabic 'wa'.)

- مسکنت (maskanat) - destitution poverty wretchedness (A feminine noun)

- مسلط (musallat) - imposed / dominant (An adjective)

- کر (kar) - do (The root verb of کرنا 'karna' - to do)

- دی (di) - gave (The past tense feminine singular of دینا 'dena' - to give, used here passively)

- گئی (gayee) - went (The past tense feminine singular of جانا 'jaana' - to go, used here as an auxiliary for the passive voice. 'مسلط کر دی گئی' means "was imposed.")

- اور (aur) - and

- وہ (woh) - they

- اللہ (Allah) - Allah (God)

- کے (ke) - of (A masculine genitive case marker)

- غضب (ghazab) - wrath / anger

- کے (ke) - of (Same as above)

- ساتھ (saath) - with

- لوٹے۔ (laute) - returned (The past tense plural masculine of لوٹنا 'lautna' - to return)

Urdu Sentence 6:

یہ اس لیے تھا کہ وہ اللہ کی آیتوں کا انکار کرتے تھے اور نبیوں کو ناحق قتل کرتے تھے

English Translation:

That was because they used to disbelieve in the signs of Allah and unjustly kill the prophets.

- یہ (yeh) - this / that (A pronoun)

- اس (iss) - this / that (The oblique form of یہ 'yeh')

- لیے (liye) - for (A postposition. 'اس لیے' (iss liye) means "because of this" or "therefore.")

- تھا (tha) - was (The past tense masculine singular auxiliary verb)

- کہ (ke) - that (A conjunction)

- وہ (woh) - they

- اللہ (Allah) - Allah

- کی (ki) - of (A feminine genitive case marker)

- آیتوں (aayaton) - signs verses (The oblique plural of آیت 'aayat' - signverse)

- کا (ka) - of (A masculine genitive case marker)

- انکار (inkaar) - denial / disbelief

- کرتے (karte) - do / make (The plural masculine form of کرنا 'karna' - to do)

- تھے (the) - were (The past tense plural masculine auxiliary verb. 'انکار کرتے تھے' (inkaar karte the) indicates a habitual past action, meaning "used to disbelieve.")

- اور (aur) - and

- نبیوں (nabiyon) - prophets (The oblique plural of نبی 'nabi' - prophet)

- کو (ko) - (A direct object marker)

- ناحق (naahaq) - unjustly / without right (An adverb)

- قتل (qatl) - killing / murder

- کرتے (karte) - do / make (Same as above)

- تھے (the) - were (Same as above. 'قتل کرتے تھے' (qatl karte the) means "used to kill.")

Urdu Sentence 7:

یہ اس لیے کہ انہوں نے نافرمانی کی اور زیادتی کرتے تھے۔

English Translation:

That was because they disobeyed and used to transgress.

- یہ (yeh) - this / that

- اس (iss) - this / that (The oblique form)

- لیے (liye) - for (A postposition. 'اس لیے' means "because of this" or "therefore.")

- کہ (ke) - that (A conjunction)

- انہوں (unhon) - they (The oblique plural of وہ 'woh', specifically used with 'نے')

- نے (ne) - (A postposition, as explained before, here used with 'انہوں')

- نافرمانی (naafarmani) - disobedience (A feminine noun)

- کی (ki) - did (The past tense feminine singular of کرنا 'karna' - to do. 'نافرمانی کرنا' means "to disobey." 'کی' agrees with the feminine noun 'نافرمانی'.)

- اور (aur) - and

- زیادتی (ziyadati) - transgression / excess / injustice (A feminine noun)

- کرتے (karte) - do / make (The plural masculine form of کرنا 'karna' - to do)

- تھے (the) - were (The past tense plural masculine auxiliary verb. 'زیادتی کرتے تھے' (ziyadati karte the) means "used to transgress.")

Here's the translation and breakdown for your Urdu lesson:

- English Translation:

And those who believed and did righteous deeds - those are the companions of Paradise; they will abide therein eternally.

- Urdu Translation:

اور جن لوگوں نے ایمان لائے اور نیک اعمال کیے، وہی جنّت والے ہیں ۔ وہ اس میں ہمیشہ رہیں گے۔

- Word-for-Word Explanation and Pronunciation Guide:

Let's break down the Urdu translation piece by piece to understand each word:

- اور (aur) - And

- This is a conjunction, serving the same purpose as "and" in English, connecting different parts of the sentence.

- جن (jin) - those (who)

- This word acts as a relative pronoun here, referring to a specific group of people being introduced: "those people who..."

- لوگوں (logon) - people

- This is the plural oblique form of "لوگ" (log), meaning "people." It's used in this form because it is followed by the postposition "نے".

- نے (ne) - (postposition)

- This is a crucial Urdu postposition. It marks the agent (the doer) of a transitive verb (a verb that takes an object) when the verb is in the past tense. When "نے" is used, the verb's gender and number usually agree with the object of the sentence, not the subject.

- Grammar Note: In the phrase "جن لوگوں نے ایمان لائے" (jin logon ne imaan laaye), "نے" indicates that "جن لوگوں" (those people) are the ones performing the action. "ایمان لانا" (imaan laana) is an idiomatic phrase meaning "to believe" or "to accept faith." While "ایمان" (imaan - faith) is masculine singular, "لائے" (laaye - believed/brought) is often used in the plural past tense here to agree with the plural subject "جن لوگوں" (those people), making it a natural way to say "they believed."

- ایمان (imaan) - faith / belief

- This noun refers to the concept of belief or religious faith.

- لائے (laaye) - believed / brought (plural, past tense)

- As explained above, when combined with "ایمان" to form "ایمان لانا" (imaan laana), this becomes an idiom meaning "to believe." "لائے" is the plural past tense form, indicating that "those people" (جن لوگوں) believed.

- اور (aur) - and

- Another conjunction, connecting the two actions: believing and doing good deeds.

- نیک (nek) - good / righteous

- This is an adjective, used to describe the quality of the deeds as "good" or "virtuous."

- اعمال (a'maal) - deeds / actions

- This is the plural form of "عمل" (amal), which means "deed" or "action."

- کیے (kiye) - did (plural, past tense)

- This is the past tense plural form of the verb "کرنا" (karna), meaning "to do." It agrees in number with "اعمال" (deeds), which is plural. So, "نیک اعمال کیے" translates to "did good deeds."

- ، (comma) - (Punctuation mark)

- This comma separates the introductory clause from the main statement.

- وہی (wohi) - those very / those indeed

- This is an emphatic pronoun. It emphasizes or highlights "those" individuals who fit the preceding description, signifying that they are the ones being referred to, and no others.

- جنّت (jannat) - Paradise / Garden

- This noun refers to the concept of a blissful afterlife, often translated as Paradise.

- والے (waale) - people of dwellers of belonging to

- This is a versatile suffix in Urdu. When attached to a noun (like "جنّت"), it indicates association, possession, or belonging. So, "جنّت والے" (jannat waale) means "people of Paradise" or "those belonging to Paradise." It is plural to agree with "وہی" (those).

- ہیں (hain) - are

- This is the plural present tense form of the verb "to be."

- ۔ (full stop) - (Punctuation mark)

- Indicates the end of the first sentence.

- وہ (woh) - they

- This is a plural pronoun, referring back to "those people of Paradise."

- اس (iss) - it / that (referring to Paradise)

- This demonstrative pronoun refers to something singular already mentioned or understood from context, in this case, "Paradise."

- میں (mein) - in

- This is a postposition meaning "in" or "inside." So, "اس میں" (iss mein) means "in it" or "therein."

- ہمیشہ (hamesha) - always / forever / eternally

- This adverb specifies the duration, meaning "for all time."

- رہیں گے (rahenge) - will stay / will remain / will abide (plural, future tense)

- This is the plural future tense form of the verb "رہنا" (rehna), which means "to stay," "to live," or "to remain." The "گے" (ge) ending marks it as a plural masculine future tense. Thus, "ہمیشہ رہیں گے" means "will remain forever" or "will abide eternally."

- ۔ (full stop) - (Punctuation mark)

- Indicates the end of the second sentence.

Here's your Urdu translation and breakdown:

Full Translation

Urdu: پھر ہم نے اس کے بعد تمہیں معاف کیا تاکہ تم شکر کرو۔

Pronunciation: (Phir hum ne is ke ba'd tumhēñ mu'aaf kiyā tāke tum shukr karo.)

English: Then We forgave you after that so that you may be grateful.

Word-by-Word Breakdown

Here's a detailed explanation of each word in the Urdu sentence:

- پھر (Phir)

- Meaning: Then; afterwards.

- Grammar: Adverb. This word indicates sequence or consequence, similar to "then" or "next" in English.

- ہم (Hum)

- Meaning: We (plural pronoun).

- Grammar: Pronoun, nominative case. Used for the first person plural. In the context of the Quran, "We" refers to God.

- نے (Ne)

- Meaning: (Agent marker).

- Grammar: Postposition. This particle is used in Urdu with transitive verbs in past tenses (like "forgave") to mark the agent (the one performing the action). It indicates that "hum" (we) performed the action of forgiving. It doesn't have a direct English equivalent but is crucial for correct sentence structure in Urdu.

- اس (Is)

- Meaning: This; that.

- Grammar: Demonstrative pronoun/adjective. In this context, it refers to "that" (referencing the previous event in the Arabic source).

- کے بعد (Ke ba'd)

- Meaning: After.

- Grammar: Postpositional phrase. کے (ke) is a genitive marker (like 's or of) that connects اس (is - that) to بعد (ba'd - after). So, "after that."

- تمہیں (Tumhēñ)

- Meaning: You (plural).

- Grammar: Pronoun, objective/dative case. This is the oblique form of تم (tum - you, plural informal) and functions as the direct object "you" in the sentence.

- معاف (Mu'aaf)

- Meaning: Forgiven; pardoned.

- Grammar: Adjective/Noun (often used as part of a compound verb). This is an Arabic loanword commonly used in Urdu.

- کیا (Kiyā)

- Meaning: Did; made.

- Grammar: Auxiliary verb (past tense of کرنا - karnā, to do/make). When combined with معاف (mu'aaf), it forms the compound verb معاف کیا (mu'aaf kiyā), which means "forgave" or "pardoned."

- تاکہ (Tāke)

- Meaning: So that; in order that.

- Grammar: Conjunction. This word introduces a clause of purpose or result.

- تم (Tum)

- Meaning: You (plural).

- Grammar: Pronoun, nominative case. Used for the second person plural.

- شکر (Shukr)

- Meaning: Gratitude; thanks.

- Grammar: Noun. Also an Arabic loanword, commonly used in Urdu.

- کرو (Karo)

- Meaning: Do; make (imperative/subjunctive).

- Grammar: Verb (subjunctive/imperative form of کرنا - karnā, to do/make). When combined with شکر (shukr), شکر کرو (shukr karo) means "be grateful," "give thanks," or "express gratitude." In this context, following تاکہ, it indicates a desired action or state.

Grammar Notes

- Compound Verbs: Urdu frequently uses compound verbs, where a noun or adjective is combined with a verb like کرنا (karnā - to do/make), ہونا (honā - to be/become), or دینا (denā - to give) to form new verbs. Examples here are معاف کیا (mu'aaf kiyā - forgave) and شکر کرو (shukr karo - be grateful/give thanks).

- Postpositions: Unlike English which uses prepositions (e.g., after that), Urdu uses postpositions (e.g., that after - اس کے بعد).

- The Agent Marker 'Ne': The postposition نے (ne) is a unique feature of Urdu (and some other Indo-Aryan languages). It marks the agent of a transitive verb in perfective (past) tenses. It signals who performed the action. For example, ہم نے معاف کیا (hum ne mu'aaf kiyā) means "we forgave," where ہم (we) is the agent.

Here is the Urdu translation of the Arabic sentence, along with its English translation and a detailed word-for-word breakdown to help you learn.

English Translation

"And do not say about those who are killed in the way of Allah that they are dead. Rather, they are alive, but you do not perceive (it)."

Urdu Translation

اور جو اللہ کی راہ میں مارے جائیں، انہیں مردہ مت کہو، بلکہ وہ زندہ ہیں اور تمہیں اس کا شعور نہیں ہے۔

(_Aur jo Allah ki raah mein maare jaa'en, unhein murda mat kaho, balke woh zinda hain aur tumhein is ka shaoor nahin hai.)_

Word-by-Word Breakdown

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word:

1. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Explanation: This is a conjunction, similar to "and" in English, connecting phrases or clauses.

2. جو (jo)

- Meaning: Who / Whoever

- Explanation: A relative pronoun, introducing a clause that describes someone or something. Here, it refers to "those who."

3. اللہ (Allah)

- Meaning: Allah (God)

- Explanation: The Arabic word for God, widely used in Urdu.

4. کی (ki)

- Meaning: Of

- Explanation: A feminine possessive postposition, meaning "of" or "belonging to." It is used here because the following noun, "راہ" (raah), is feminine.

5. راہ (raah)

- Meaning: Way / Path

- Explanation: A feminine noun meaning a "way," "path," or "road."

6. میں (mein)

- Meaning: In

- Explanation: A postposition indicating location or state, meaning "in" or "within."

7. مارے (maare)

- Meaning: Killed (plural form of participle)

- Explanation: This is the masculine plural past participle of the verb "مرنا" (marna - to die/be killed). Here, it's used in the passive voice.

8. جائیں (jaa'en)

- Meaning: May be / become (auxiliary verb)

- Explanation: This is the plural subjunctive form of "جانا" (jaana - to go). In this context, it acts as an auxiliary verb, combining with "مارے" (maare) to form the passive voice: "مارے جائیں" (maare jaa'en) means "may be killed" or "are killed" (in a general, timeless sense).

- Grammar Note: This construction (Past Participle + جانا/ہونا) is a common way to form the passive voice in Urdu.

9. انہیں (unhein)

- Meaning: Them / To them

- Explanation: An oblique plural pronoun, referring to "those people" (who are killed). It serves as the indirect object here.

10. مردہ (murda)

- Meaning: Dead (adjective/noun)

- Explanation: An adjective meaning "dead," but can also be used as a noun to refer to a "dead person" or "the dead."

11. مت (mat)

- Meaning: Do not

- Explanation: A prohibitive particle, used before verbs to express "do not" or "don't," specifically for commands or strong advice.

12. کہو (kaho)

- Meaning: Say (imperative, plural/polite singular)

- Explanation: The imperative (command) form of "کہنا" (kehna - to say). The form "کہو" (kaho) is used for plural "you" or polite singular "you."

- Grammar Note: "مت کہو" (mat kaho) is a direct prohibition: "Do not say."

13. بلکہ (balke)

- Meaning: Rather But On the contrary

- Explanation: A conjunction that introduces a contrasting or corrective statement.

14. وہ (woh)

- Meaning: They

- Explanation: A demonstrative pronoun that can mean "that," "those," "he," "she," or "they," depending on context. Here, it refers to the plural "they."

15. زندہ (zinda)

- Meaning: Alive

- Explanation: An adjective meaning "alive" or "living."

16. ہیں (hain)

- Meaning: Are

- Explanation: The plural form of the verb "ہونا" (hona - to be).

17. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Explanation: Another conjunction for "and."

18. تمہیں (tumhein)

- Meaning: To you You (pluralpolite singular)

- Explanation: An oblique plural pronoun, meaning "to you" or "you" (in a dative or indirect object sense).

19. اس (is)

- Meaning: This (oblique case)

- Explanation: The oblique form of "یہ" (yeh - this). It refers to "this fact" or "it."

20. کا (ka)

- Meaning: Of

- Explanation: A masculine possessive postposition, meaning "of" or "belonging to." It is used here because the following noun, "شعور" (shaoor), is masculine.

21. شعور (shaoor)

- Meaning: Perception Awareness Consciousness

- Explanation: A masculine noun derived from Arabic, meaning the ability to perceive, understand, or be aware.

22. نہیں (nahin)

- Meaning: Not

- Explanation: The general negation particle in Urdu.

23. ہے۔ (hai)

- Meaning: Is

- Explanation: The singular form of the verb "ہونا" (hona - to be). It completes the sentence, meaning "there isn't" or "you don't have."

Here's your translation and Urdu lesson:

English Translation

"So We made it an exemplary punishment for that which was before it and that which was after it, and an admonition for the righteous."

Urdu Translation

پھر ہم نے اسے اس کے آگے والوں اور اس کے پیچھے والوں کے لیے عبرت ناک سزا بنا دیا، اور پرہیزگاروں کے لیے ایک نصیحت۔

Word-for-Word Breakdown & Pronunciation

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word:

1. پھر (Phir)

- Meaning: Then, so, moreover. This particle connects the sentence to a preceding action, similar to 'fa-' in Arabic, indicating a sequence or consequence.

2. ہم (Hum)

- Meaning: We. This is the first person plural pronoun.

3. نے (Ne)

- Meaning: [Past tense marker / Agentive marker]. This particle is a unique feature of Urdu grammar. It indicates the agent (the one performing the action) of a transitive verb (a verb that takes a direct object) when that verb is in a perfective aspect (i.e., past tense).

- Grammar Rule: In Urdu, when the subject (ہم hum - 'we') performs an action in the past (بنا دیا bana diya - 'made'), 'نے' (ne) is used after the subject. The verb then agrees with the object, not the subject, in number and gender, but here 'بنا دیا' is a compound verb and the agreement is more complex, often remaining in a masculine singular form when the object is inanimate or generic.

4. اسے (Use)

- Meaning: It (accusative case), to it. This is the objective form of 'وہ' (woh - 'that/it'), indicating the direct object of the verb. It combines 'اس' (us - 'that/it') with 'ے' (e - a postposition that indicates the direct object or dative case).

5. اس (Us)

- Meaning: Its, that. This is the possessive or genitive form of 'وہ' (woh - 'that/it'). Here, it refers to the event or entity that serves as an example, acting as a possessive for 'آگے والوں' (aage walon - 'those before') and 'پیچھے والوں' (peechhe walon - 'those after').

6. کے (Ke)

- Meaning: [Postposition for possession/relation]. This postposition connects 'اس' (us) to the following nouns, similar to 'of' or 'for' in English, but it always comes after the noun or pronoun it modifies. So, 'اس کے' (us ke) means 'of it' or 'its'.

7. آگے (Aage)

- Meaning: Ahead, before, in front.

8. والوں (Walon)

- Meaning: Ones, people. This is the plural oblique form of 'والا' (wala - 'one, person, related to'). The oblique case is used when a noun or pronoun is followed by a postposition. Here, 'آگے والوں' (aage walon) collectively means 'those who were before/in front (of it)'.

9. اور (Aur)

- Meaning: And.

10. اس (Us)

- Meaning: Its, that. (Same as word 5).

11. کے (Ke)

- Meaning: [Postposition for possession/relation]. (Same as word 6).

12. پیچھے (Peechhe)

- Meaning: Behind, after.

13. والوں (Walon)

- Meaning: Ones, people. (Same as word 8). 'پیچھے والوں' (peechhe walon) means 'those who were after/behind (it)'.

14. کے لیے (Ke liye)

- Meaning: For, for the sake of. This is a common compound postposition in Urdu. 'کے' (ke) connects to the preceding noun/pronoun, and 'لیے' (liye) means 'for'.

- Grammar Rule: Compound postpositions consist of two or more words that function together as a single postposition.

15. عبرت (Ibrat)

- Meaning: Lesson, warning, admonition, exemplary punishment. This word itself carries the core meaning of 'nakalan' (an exemplary punishment).

16. ناک (Naak)

- Meaning: [Suffix meaning 'full of', 'like']. When this suffix is appended to a noun, it forms an adjective, e.g., 'خطرناک' (khatarnak - 'dangerous'). Here, 'عبرت ناک' (ibrat naak) means 'full of lesson/warning', thus 'exemplary' or 'dreadful'.

17. سزا (Saza)

- Meaning: Punishment.

18. بنا دیا (Bana diya)

- Meaning: Made, rendered. This is a compound verb. 'بنا' (bana) is derived from 'بنانا' (banana - 'to make/to become'), and 'دیا' (diya) is the past tense of 'دینا' (dena - 'to give'). In this context, 'دیا' acts as an auxiliary verb, indicating the completion and transitivity of the action, similar to 'rendered' or 'caused to be' in English.

- Grammar Rule: Compound verbs are formed by combining a main verb (or its root/stem) with an auxiliary verb to add nuance to the meaning, such as completion, intensity, or direction of action.

19. اور (Aur)

- Meaning: And.

20. پرہیزگاروں (Parhezgaron)

- Meaning: The pious, the righteous. This is the plural oblique form of 'پرہیزگار' (parhezgar - 'pious, abstinent, one who fears God'). The oblique form is used because it is followed by the postposition 'کے لیے' (ke liye).

21. کے لیے (Ke liye)

- Meaning: For, for the sake of. (Same as word 14).

22. ایک (Ek)

- Meaning: A, an, one. Urdu often uses 'ایک' (ek) for indefinite articles, though sometimes it can be implied by context without explicitly using 'ایک'.

23. نصیحت (Naseehat)

- Meaning: Admonition, advice, lesson, counsel. This is the direct equivalent of 'maw'izatan' in Arabic.

Urdu and English Translation & Tutoring

Here's the translation and a detailed breakdown of the Arabic sentence, designed to help you learn Urdu.

English Translation

And (remember) when Abraham and Ishmael were raising the foundations of the House (Kaaba), (they prayed): "Our Lord, accept from us. Indeed, You are the All-Hearing, the All-Knowing."

Urdu Translation

اور جب ابراہیم (علیہ السلام) اور اسماعیل (علیہ السلام) بیت اللہ کی بنیادیں اٹھا رہے تھے: "اے ہمارے رب، ہم سے قبول فرما۔ بیشک تو ہی سننے والا، جاننے والا ہے۔"

Word-for-Word Breakdown and Pronunciation

Let's break down the Urdu translation word by word, with pronunciation and explanations in English.

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Usage: This is a common conjunction, just like "and" in English, used to connect words, phrases, or clauses.

- جب (jab)

- Meaning: When

- Usage: Used to introduce a temporal clause, indicating the time an action occurred.

- ابراہیم (Ibrahim)

- Meaning: Abraham (the Prophet)

- Note: In Urdu, especially in religious contexts, when mentioning the names of Prophets, it is customary to add علیہ السلام (alaihis-salam), meaning "peace be upon him," as a mark of respect.

- (علیہ السلام) (alaihis-salam)

- Meaning: (Peace be upon him)

- Usage: A respectful invocation, often abbreviated as (A.S.) in English texts.

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Usage: Connects the names "Abraham" and "Ishmael."

- اسماعیل (Ismail)

- Meaning: Ishmael (the Prophet)

- Note: Similar to Abraham, علیہ السلام is added here for reverence.

- (علیہ السلام) (alaihis-salam)

- Meaning: (Peace be upon him)

- بیت اللہ (Bait-ul-lah)

- Meaning: The House of God (specifically referring to the Kaaba in Mecca)

- Breakdown:

- بیت (Bait): House

- اللہ (Allah): God

- Usage: This term directly translates to "House of God" and is a common way to refer to the Kaaba. The ال (ul) serves as a genitive linker, similar to "of" in "House of God."

- کی (ki)

- Meaning: of (feminine possessive particle)

- Usage: This is a possessive particle. In Urdu, possessive particles (کا ka, کی ki, کے kay) agree in gender and number with the possessed item (the noun that follows), not the possessor. Here, بنیادیں (buniyādēn - foundations) is a feminine plural noun, so کی is used.

- بنیادیں (buniyādēn)

- Meaning: Foundations

- Usage: This is the plural form of the noun بنیاد (buniyad), which means "foundation."

- اٹھا رہے تھے (uṭhaa rahey thay)

- Meaning: Were raising (past continuous tense)

- Grammar Point: Past Continuous Tense

- This construction is used to describe an action that was ongoing in the past. It's formed by combining:

1. The root verb (اٹھا uṭhaa for "to raise").

2. An auxiliary verb indicating continuity (رہے rahey). This auxiliary agrees in gender and number with the subject. Since Abraham and Ishmael are masculine and plural, رہے is used.

3. The past tense auxiliary verb (تھے thay). This also agrees with the subject's gender and number.

- Example: وہ کتاب پڑھ رہا تھا (woh kitaab paṛh raha tha) - He was reading a book.

- Example: وہ کھانا کھا رہے تھے (woh khaana khaa rahey thay) - They were eating food.

- اے (ay)

- Meaning: O (a vocative particle)

- Usage: This particle is used to directly address someone or something, similar to "O" in English, often used in prayers or formal address.

- ہمارے (hamaaray)

- Meaning: Our (masculine plural possessive pronoun)

- Usage: This possessive pronoun modifies رب (Rabb - Lord), which is grammatically masculine singular. However, ہمارے is commonly used as a respectful form, especially when addressing God, or when the noun it refers to is plural (e.g., ہمارے والدین - our parents).

- رب (Rabb)

- Meaning: Lord

- Usage: A respectful and common term for God in Urdu, derived from Arabic.

- ہم سے (hum say)

- Meaning: from us

- Breakdown:

- ہم (hum): Us (the object pronoun for "we")

- سے (say): From (a postposition, which functions like a preposition but is placed after the noun or pronoun it governs)

- قبول فرما (qabool farmaa)

- Meaning: Accept / Grant acceptance (polite imperative)

- Breakdown:

- قبول (qabool): Acceptance (a noun, which combines with verbs like کرنا karnaa or فرمانا farmaanaa to form a verb meaning "to accept").

- فرما (farmaa): Do/make/grant (This is a polite imperative form of the verb فرمانا farmaanaa, which means "to do/make/grant respectfully." It is used when making a respectful request or command, particularly when addressing God or an elder).

- Grammar Point: Polite Imperative

- Using فرما is a more respectful and formal way to give a command or make a request compared to کر (kar), which is the informal imperative of کرنا (karnaa - to do).

- بیشک (beshak)

- Meaning: Indeed Certainly Verily

- Usage: An emphatic adverb used to strongly affirm something.

- تو ہی (tu hee)

- Meaning: You alone / Indeed You (emphatic 'You')

- Breakdown:

- تو (tu): You (an informal singular pronoun. When addressing God, it's often used to express intimacy or for strong emphasis, rather than disrespect).

- ہی (hee): An emphatic particle that adds emphasis, meaning "only," "indeed," "alone," or "very." So, تو ہی implies "It is indeed You" or "You alone."

- سننے والا (sunnay waalaa)

- Meaning: The All-Hearing / One who hears

- Grammar Point: Agent Noun

- This construction forms an agent noun, which describes "one who performs an action." It's created by taking the infinitive stem of a verb and adding والا (waalaa).

- سننے (sunnay): The infinitive stem of سننا (sunnaa - to hear), usually takes the نے ending when used in this context.

- والا (waalaa): A suffix meaning "one who does" or "agent."

- Example: پڑھنے والا (paṛhnay waalaa) - reader / one who reads.

- جاننے والا (jaan'nay waalaa)

- Meaning: The All-Knowing / One who knows

- Grammar Point: Agent Noun

- Similar to سننے والا.

- جاننے (jaan'nay): The infinitive stem of جاننا (jaan'naa - to know).

- والا (waalaa): Suffix for the agent noun.

- ہے (hai)

- Meaning: Is (copula)

- Usage: This is the present tense copula (a verb that links the subject to a predicate) for singular subjects. Here, it links "You" (تو ہی) to the attributes "All-Hearing" and "All-Knowing."

Here is the Urdu translation, its English equivalent, and a word-for-word breakdown with pronunciation and grammar notes, designed to teach an English student.

Urdu Translation:

اور کہنے لگے کہ یہودی ہو جاؤ یا عیسائی تو ہدایت پا جاؤ گے۔ کہہ دو بلکہ ابراہیم کے دین پر جو حنیف تھا اور وہ مشرکوں میں سے نہ تھا۔

English Translation:

And they said, "Be Jews or Christians, you will be guided." Say, "Rather, [follow] the religion of Abraham, who was a pure monotheist, and he was not of the polytheists."

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English):

Let's break down each Urdu word or phrase from the translation:

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Explanation: This is a common conjunction in Urdu, just like "and" in English.

- کہنے لگے (kehne lage)

- Meaning: they began to say / they said

- Explanation: This phrase combines kehna (کہنا, to say) with the auxiliary verb lagna (لگنا, to begin). When lagna is used with an infinitive (like kehne), it indicates the start of an action. Here, it implies "they started saying" or simply "they said."

- کہنا (kehna) - to say

- لگے (lage) - began (past tense, plural)

- کہ (keh)

- Meaning: that

- Explanation: This is a conjunction used to introduce a subordinate clause, similar to "that" in English.

- یہودی (yahūdi)

- Meaning: Jew / Jewish

- Explanation: This word refers to a Jewish person or something pertaining to Judaism. It can be used for both singular and plural in this context.

- ہو جاؤ (ho jāo)

- Meaning: become / be

- Explanation: This is an imperative (command) form, addressing multiple people ("you all").

- ہو (ho) - be (from hona, ہونا, to be)

- جاؤ (jāo) - go (from jana, جانا, to go). When jana is used with hona, it forms the compound verb "to become."

- Grammar Note: In Urdu, compound verbs are very common. Ho jana (ہو جانا) specifically means "to become."

- یا (yā)

- Meaning: or

- Explanation: A simple disjunctive conjunction.

- عیسائی (īsāī)

- Meaning: Christian / Christians

- Explanation: This word refers to a Christian person or people, or something pertaining to Christianity.

- تو (to)

- Meaning: then so in that case

- Explanation: This particle often introduces the consequence of a conditional statement ("if X, then Y").

- ہدایت (hidāyat)

- Meaning: guidance

- Explanation: This is an Arabic loanword commonly used in Urdu, meaning divine guidance or direction.

- پا جاؤ گے (pā jāo ge)

- Meaning: you will attain you will receive you will be guided

- Explanation: This is in the future tense, addressing multiple people ("you all").

- پا (pā) - get / attain (from pana, پانا, to get/find/receive)

- جاؤ (jāo) - go (from jana, جانا, to go), used here as an auxiliary to complete the action.

- گے (ge) - This suffix marks the masculine plural future tense for the verb jana when addressing multiple people.

- Grammar Note: The phrase hidāyat pana (ہدایت پانا) directly translates to "to receive guidance." Adding jao ge makes it a strong future assertion: "you will surely receive/attain."

- کہہ دو (keh do)

- Meaning: Say! (singular command)

- Explanation: This is an imperative command, addressing a single person ("you").

- کہہ (keh) - say (from kehna, کہنا, to say)

- دو (do) - give (from dena, دینا, to give), used here as an auxiliary to intensify or make the command more direct, similar to "Do say!"

- Grammar Note: The auxiliary verb dena (دینا) is often used with other verbs to make a command more forceful or to indicate that the action is for the benefit of someone else.

- بلکہ (balkeh)

- Meaning: rather but on the contrary

- Explanation: This word introduces a correction or a contrasting statement.

- ابراہیم (ibrāhīm)

- Meaning: Abraham

- Explanation: This is the proper name of the prophet Abraham, common in Urdu.

- کے (ke)

- Meaning: of

- Explanation: This is a possessive particle. In Urdu, possessive particles (ka - کا, ki - کی, ke - کے) connect a possessor to what is possessed. Ke is used here because Ibrāhīm is a respectful singular masculine noun.

- Grammar Note: Ka (کا) is for masculine singular nouns (e.g., ladke ka ghar - لڑکے کا گھر, the boy's house). Ki (کی) is for feminine singular and plural nouns (e.g., ladki ki kitaab - لڑکی کی کتاب, the girl's book; ladkiyon ki kitaaben - لڑکیوں کی کتابیں, the girls' books). Ke (کے) is for masculine plural nouns (e.g., ladkon ke ghar - لڑکوں کے گھر, the boys' houses) or for respectful singular nouns (like Ibrāhīm).

- دین (deen)

- Meaning: religion / faith

- Explanation: An Arabic loanword for religion or way of life.

- پر (par)

- Meaning: on upon according to

- Explanation: A postposition. Here, it indicates adherence to a religion, so "on the religion of" implies "following the religion of."

- Grammar Note: Urdu uses postpositions (which come after the noun) instead of prepositions (which come before the noun, like in English).

- جو (jo)

- Meaning: who / which / that

- Explanation: A relative pronoun, connecting a clause to a preceding noun.

- حنیف (ḥanīf)

- Meaning: pure monotheist / upright / inclining to the truth

- Explanation: An Arabic loanword used in Urdu to describe someone who turns away from all falsehood and adheres to the pure worship of one God.

- تھا (thā)

- Meaning: was

- Explanation: The masculine singular past tense form of hona (ہونا, to be).

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: and

- Explanation: Another conjunction.

- وہ (woh)

- Meaning: he / that

- Explanation: A pronoun, here referring to Abraham.

- مشرکوں (mushrikon)

- Meaning: polytheists / idolaters (oblique plural)

- Explanation: The word mushrik (مشرک) comes from Arabic and means "one who associates partners with God" or "polytheist." Mushrikon is its oblique plural form, used when followed by a postposition like mein se.

- میں سے (mein se)

- Meaning: from among / out of

- Explanation: A combination of two postpositions: mein (میں, in) and se (سے, from/by). Together, they mean "from among."

- نہ (na)

- Meaning: not

- Explanation: A negation particle, placed before the verb it negates.

- تھا (thā)

- Meaning: was

- Explanation: The masculine singular past tense form of hona (ہونا, to be).

Here's the translation and Urdu lesson based on the Arabic sentence:

English Translation:

They said, "Call upon your Lord for us that He may make clear to us what her color is." He said, "Indeed, He says that she is a yellow cow, intensely yellow in color, pleasing to those who look."

Urdu Translation:

انہوں نے کہا، "ہمارے لیے اپنے رب سے دعا کرو کہ وہ ہمیں بتائے کہ اس کا رنگ کیا ہے۔" اس نے کہا، "بے شک وہ فرماتا ہے کہ وہ ایک زرد گائے ہے جس کا رنگ بہت شوخ ہے، دیکھنے والوں کو خوش کرتی ہے۔"

Urdu Word-by-Word Explanation & Pronunciation:

Let's break down the Urdu translation to understand each word:

- انہوں نے unho-nay (They, referring to a group of people, often used politely or when the subject is the agent of the action.)

- Grammar Note: نے (nay) is an agentive postposition in Urdu, indicating the subject of a transitive verb in certain tenses (like the past indefinite).

- کہا، kahaa, (said, spoke)

- Grammar Note: This is the past tense of the verb کہنا (kehnaa - to say).

- "ہمارے hamaaray (for us / our)

- Grammar Note: This is the dative/possessive form of ہم (ham - we/us). The ے ending makes it plural and oblique, fitting with لیے.

- لیے liyay (for)

- Grammar Note: This is a postposition indicating purpose or beneficiary.

- اپنے apnay (your, reflexive possessive)

- Grammar Note: اپنا (apnaa) is a reflexive possessive adjective, meaning "one's own." Here, it refers back to "your" (implied in the command "call upon your Lord"). It agrees in gender and number with the noun it modifies (رب is masculine, so اپنے is used).

- رب rabb (Lord)

- سے say (from to with)

- Grammar Note: This is a versatile postposition. Here, it indicates the recipient of the prayer or the source of the plea.

- دعا کرو du'aa karo (pray make a prayer call upon)

- دعا du'aa (prayer / supplication) - a noun.

- کرو karo (do / make) - the imperative form of کرنا (karnaa - to do/make).

- کہ keh (that)

- Grammar Note: This is a conjunction used to introduce a subordinate clause.

- وہ voh (He it that)

- Grammar Note: This pronoun is gender-neutral for animate beings in this context (referring to God), but can also refer to "it" or "that" for inanimate objects.

- ہمیں hamen (us, dative)

- Grammar Note: This is the dative form of ہم (ham - we/us).

- بتائے bataayay (may tell clarify inform)

- Grammar Note: This is the subjunctive form of بتانا (bataanaa - to tell/show), indicating a wish or a potential outcome.

- کہ keh (that / what)

- Grammar Note: Here, it functions more like "what" in an indirect question.

- اس کا is kaa (its / her)

- اس is (it she he, oblique form)

- کا kaa (of / 's, masculine possessive postposition)

- رنگ rang (color)

- کیا kyaa (what)

- ہے۔" hai. (is.)

- Grammar Note: This is the present tense form of the verb "to be" for a singular subject.

- اس نے us nay (He, referring to the speaker, Moses in this context)

- Grammar Note: Again, نے (nay) is the agentive postposition for a transitive verb in the past tense.

- کہا، kahaa, (said,)

- "بے شک bay shak (indeed / surely / without doubt)

- وہ voh (He, referring to God)

- فرماتا ہے farmaataa hai (says / states, politely)

- Grammar Note: فرماتا (farmaataa) is the masculine singular habitual/present participle of فرمانا (farmaanaa - to state/command, a polite verb for speaking, especially for elders or revered figures). ہے (hai) is "is."

- کہ keh (that)

- وہ voh (she / it, referring to the cow)

- ایک ek (a / one)

- زرد zard (yellow)

- گائے gaa'ay (cow)

- ہے۔ hai. (is.)

- جس کا jis kaa (whose / of which)

- Grammar Note: جس (jis) is the oblique form of the relative pronoun جو (jo - who/which). کا (kaa) is the masculine possessive postposition.

- رنگ rang (color)

- بہت bahut (very / much)

- شوخ shokh (bright / vivid / intense, often used for colors)

- ہے۔ hai, (is,)

- دیکھنے والوں کو dekhnay vaalon ko (to those who look / to the beholders)

- دیکھنے dekhnay (to see / seeing, infinitive form of دیکھنا dekhnaa - to see)

- والوں vaalon (those who / doers, plural oblique of والا vaalaa - one who does/possesses)

- کو ko (to, dative postposition)

- خوش کرتی ہے۔" khush karti hai. (pleases / makes happy.)

- خوش khush (happy / pleased) - an adjective.

- کرتی ہے karti hai (does / makes, feminine singular present tense) - the verb کرنا (karnaa - to do/make) conjugated for a feminine singular subject (the cow or its color). خوش کرنا (khush karnaa) means "to please" or "to make happy."

This detailed breakdown should help you understand each component of the Urdu sentence and how it's constructed!

Here is the Urdu and English translation of the Arabic sentence, followed by a detailed word-for-word breakdown to help you learn Urdu.

Urdu Translation

اور انہوں نے کہا کہ جنت میں ہرگز داخل نہیں ہوگا سوائے اس کے جو یہودی ہو یا عیسائی۔ یہ ان کی آرزوئیں ہیں۔ کہو، اپنی دلیل لاؤ اگر تم سچے ہو۔

English Translation

And they said, "None shall enter Paradise except one who is a Jew or a Christian." These are their [vain] desires. Say, "Produce your proof, if you should be truthful."

Word-for-Word Breakdown (Urdu to English)

Here is a detailed explanation of each Urdu word from the translation, including its pronunciation and grammatical context, to help you understand how the sentence is constructed.

- اور (aur) - And

- Meaning: This is a common conjunction in Urdu, similar to "and" in English.

- انہوں نے (unhon ne) - they (as the subject performing an action)

- Meaning: انہوں (unhon) is the oblique plural form of وہ (woh, they/he/she).

- Grammar Note: نے (ne) is a postposition used in Urdu after the subject of a transitive verb (a verb that takes an object) in the past tense. It indicates that the preceding noun/pronoun is the agent performing the action. So, انہوں نے کہا means "they said."

- کہا (kahaa) - said

- Meaning: This is the past tense form of the verb کہنا (kehna, to say).

- کہ (keh) - that

- Meaning: This is a conjunction used to introduce a subordinate clause, often reported speech, similar to "that" in English.

- جنت میں (jannat mein) - in Paradise

- Meaning: جنت (jannat) means 'Paradise' or 'heaven' (a feminine noun).

- Grammar Note: میں (mein) is a common postposition in Urdu meaning 'in' or 'inside'. In Urdu, prepositions come after the noun, hence they are called postpositions.

- ہرگز (hargiz) - never

- Meaning: This adverb adds strong emphasis to a negation, meaning "absolutely never" or "by no means."

- داخل نہیں ہوگا (daakhil nahin hoga) - will not enter (literally: 'enter will not happen')

- Meaning: داخل ہونا (daakhil hona) is a compound verb meaning 'to enter'.

- Grammar Note: نہیں (nahin) is the standard negation particle for verbs in Urdu. ہوگا (hoga) is the future tense form of ہونا (hona, to be/happen), masculine singular. Combined with ہرگز, it strongly negates the future action of entering.

- سوائے (sivaaye) - except

- Meaning: This is a particle used to indicate an exclusion.

- اس کے (us ke) - him/one (literally: 'of that')

- Meaning: اس (us) is the oblique singular form of وہ (woh, that/he/she).

- Grammar Note: کے (ke) is a postposition indicating possession or a relationship, often translated as 'of' or 'for'. Here, it forms part of the phrase "except of him" or "except for him," meaning "except him" or "except one."

- جو (jo) - who/that

- Meaning: This is a relative pronoun, similar to 'who' or 'that' in English, used to introduce a relative clause.

- یہودی ہو (yahoodi ho) - is a Jew (literally: 'be a Jew')

- Meaning: یہودی (yahoodi) means 'Jew'.

- Grammar Note: ہو (ho) is the subjunctive form of ہونا (hona, to be). It's used here to express a condition or possibility, much like "who should be a Jew" or "who happens to be a Jew."

- یا (yaa) - or

- Meaning: This is a conjunction meaning 'or'.

- عیسائی (eesaayi) - Christian

- Meaning: عیسائی (eesaayi) means 'Christian'. The subjunctive ہو from یہودی ہو is understood to apply here as well, implying "or is a Christian."

- یہ (yeh) - These (demonstrative pronoun)

- Meaning: This word functions like "this" or "these" in English, referring to something close or just mentioned.

- ان کی (un ki) - their (literally: 'of them')

- Meaning: ان (un) is the oblique plural form of وہ (woh, they/those).

- Grammar Note: کی (ki) is a feminine singular possessive postposition. It agrees in gender and number with the noun it modifies, which is آرزوئیں (aarzuyein, wishes) – a feminine plural noun. So, 'their wishes'.

- آرزوئیں ہیں (aarzuyein hain) - wishes are

- Meaning: آرزوئیں (aarzuyein) is the plural form of آرزو (aarzoo, wish/desire), which is a feminine noun.

- Grammar Note: ہیں (hain) is the plural form of the verb ہے (hai, is), meaning 'are'.

- کہو (kaho) - Say (imperative)

- Meaning: This is the informal singular imperative form of کہنا (kehna, to say), used to issue a command or instruction to one person informally. The Arabic قُلْ (qul) is also a singular imperative.

- اپنی (apni) - your (reflexive possessive)

- Meaning: اپنی (apni) is a reflexive possessive pronoun meaning 'one's own' or 'your own'.

- Grammar Note: It is used when the possessor (here, 'you', the implied subject of 'produce') is also the subject of the clause. It agrees in gender (feminine) with دلیل (daleel, proof).

- دلیل (daleel) - proof

- Meaning: دلیل (daleel) is a feminine noun meaning 'proof', 'argument', or 'evidence'.

- لاؤ (laao) - Produce/Bring (imperative)

- Meaning: This is the plural/formal imperative form of the verb لانا (laana, to bring/produce). It can be used to address multiple people or one person formally (e.g., in a respectful manner). The Arabic هَاتُوا (haatoo) is also a plural imperative.

- اگر (agar) - if

- Meaning: This is a conjunction used to introduce a conditional clause.

- تم (tum) - you (plural/informal)

- Meaning: This pronoun is used for 'you' when addressing multiple people or a single person informally.

- سچے ہو (sachche ho) - are truthful

- Meaning: سچے (sachche) is the plural masculine form of the adjective سچا (sachcha, truthful/true). It agrees in gender and number with the subject تم (tum).

- Grammar Note: ہو (ho) is the form of ہونا (hona, to be) used with the pronoun تم (tum). So, تم سچے ہو means "you are truthful."

Here's your Urdu translation and breakdown of the sentence:

Urdu Translation: مالکِ یومِ الدین

English Translation: Master of the Day of Recompense

Word-for-Word Explanation:

1. مالکِ (Maalik-e)

- Pronunciation: maa-lik-e

- Meaning: Master, Owner, King. This word is of Arabic origin and is widely used in Urdu.

- The 'e' sound at the end is an izaafat marker (a connecting particle, similar to 'of' in English), linking "Master" to the following noun, "Day."

2. یومِ (Yaum-e)

- Pronunciation: yaum-e

- Meaning: Day. This word is also of Arabic origin and frequently used in Urdu, particularly in more formal or religious contexts (whereas "دن" din is the common, everyday word for 'day').

- The 'e' sound at the end is another izaafat marker, linking "Day" to "Recompense" (which is implied by 'Ad-Deen'). So, "Day of Recompense."

3. الدین (Ad-Deen)

- Pronunciation: ad-deen

- Meaning: The Recompense, The Judgment, The Religion. This word is Arabic in origin. While its literal meaning is 'religion' or 'way of life', in the context of "Day of..." (یوم), it specifically refers to the Day of Judgment or Recompense, where deeds are accounted for and requited. It means 'the system of reward and punishment'.

Grammar Rules:

- Izaafat (اضافت): You'll notice the 'e' sound (represented by 'ِ' in written Urdu, and in our transliteration as '-e') after مالک (Maalik) and یوم (Yaum). This is called izaafat. It's a Persian grammatical construct, heavily adopted into Urdu, used to link two nouns to show a possessive relationship (e.g., "A of B" or "B's A") or sometimes an adjective-noun relationship.

- مالکِ یوم (Maalik-e-Yaum) means "Master of the Day".

- یومِ الدین (Yaum-id-Deen) means "Day of Recompense/Judgment".

- Together, مالکِ یومِ الدین (Maalik-e-Yaum-id-Deen) means "Master of the Day of Recompense/Judgment". This structure is commonly used in formal and religious Urdu, often adopting the original Arabic phrasing directly.

Here's your Urdu translation and word-for-word breakdown for the English student:

English Translation of the Sentence:

"And when We took a solemn pledge from the Children of Israel: 'You shall not worship except Allah, and treat parents with kindness, and kinsfolk, and orphans, and the needy. And speak kindly to people, and establish prayer, and give zakat.' Then you turned away, except a few of you, and you are averse."

Urdu Translation of the Sentence:

"اور جب ہم نے بنی اسرائیل سے پختہ عہد لیا کہ تم اللہ کے سوا کسی کی عبادت نہیں کرو گے اور والدین کے ساتھ بھلائی کرو گے اور رشتہ داروں، یتیموں اور مسکینوں کے ساتھ (بھی) (بھلائی کرو گے) اور لوگوں سے اچھی بات کہو گے اور نماز قائم کرو گے اور زکوٰۃ ادا کرو گے، پھر تم پھر گئے سوائے تم میں سے تھوڑے سے لوگوں کے، اور تم منہ موڑنے والے ہو"

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English):

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word to understand its meaning and structure.

- اور (aur) - And

- This is a conjunction, connecting clauses or phrases, similar to "and" in English.

- جب (jab) - When

- This adverb introduces a temporal clause, indicating "at the time that."

- ہم (hum) - We

- This is the first-person plural pronoun. In this context, it refers to Allah, often used as a royal 'We' or to show respect.

- نے (ne) - (Agentive postposition)

- This is a crucial postposition in Urdu. It marks the agent (the one who performs the action) of a transitive verb (a verb that takes an object) when the verb is in the perfective aspect (completed action). It has no direct English equivalent but indicates that "We" (Allah) performed the action of "taking."

- بنی اسرائیل (bani isra'eel) - Children of Israel

- بنی (bani) means 'children' or 'sons of'.

- اسرائیل (isra'eel) is the proper noun, 'Israel'.

- سے (se) - From

- This is a postposition indicating source or origin, similar to "from." Here, it specifies from whom the pledge was taken.

- پختہ (pukhta) - Firm Strong Solemn

- An adjective describing the nature of the 'covenant' – strong and binding.

- عہد (ahd) - Covenant Pledge Promise

- A masculine noun meaning a solemn agreement, promise, or commitment.

- لیا (liya) - Took

- The past participle of the verb لینا (lena) 'to take'. Combined with 'ne', it forms the completed action of taking the pledge.

- کہ (ke) - That / (introducing a clause)

- A conjunction used to introduce a subordinate clause, often a direct or indirect statement, similar to "that" in "He said that..."

- تم (tum) - You (plural / informal singular)

- The second-person plural pronoun, referring to the Children of Israel collectively.

- اللہ (allah) - Allah (God)

- The Arabic word for God, universally used in Urdu for the Almighty.

- کے سوا (ke siva) - Except / Other than

- A compound postposition meaning 'apart from' or 'excluding'.

- کسی (kisi) - Anyone / Any

- An indefinite pronoun/adjective. Here, it functions to mean "anyone's" or "any (entity's)."

- کی (ki) - Of / 's (Genitive postposition)

- A postposition showing possession or relation, similar to 'of' or apostrophe 's' in English. Here, it completes the phrase 'worship of anyone'.

- عبادت (ibadat) - Worship

- A feminine noun meaning devotion, adoration, or religious service.

- نہیں کرو گے (nahin karoge) - Will not do / Will not worship

- نہیں (nahin) - Not (the negator for verbs).

- کرو گے (karoge) - You will do (future tense, second-person plural form of the verb کرنا (karna) 'to do').

- The entire phrase conveys "you will not perform worship (of anyone)."

- اور (aur) - And

- Conjunction.

- والدین (walidain) - Parents

- A masculine plural noun, originally Arabic, commonly used in Urdu to mean 'parents'.

- کے ساتھ (ke saath) - With / Along with

- A compound postposition meaning 'in company with' or 'to'.

- بھلائی (bhalai) - Kindness / Goodness / Welfare

- A feminine noun meaning 'goodness', 'kindness', or 'beneficence'.

- (کرو گے) (karoge) - (You will do/show)

- This verb is implied from the previous clause ("you shall not worship except Allah") and the parallel structure. The full meaning is "you will show kindness."

- اور (aur) - And

- Conjunction.

- رشتہ داروں (rishtedaaron) - Relatives / Kinsfolk

- The oblique plural form of رشتہ دار (rishtedaar), a masculine noun meaning 'relative'. The '-on' ending is used when the noun is followed by a postposition (like 'ke saath' - implied) or is the object of a verb.

- یتیموں (yateemon) - Orphans

- The oblique plural form of یتیم (yateem), a masculine noun meaning 'orphan'.

- اور (aur) - And

- Conjunction.

- مسکینوں (miskeeno) - The needy / Poor

- The oblique plural form of مسکین (miskeen), a masculine noun meaning 'a poor or destitute person'.

- (بھی) (bhi) - (Also / Even)

- This particle emphasizes inclusion. It's often added for natural flow in Urdu to imply "to them also" or "even to them."

- (بھلائی کرو گے) (bhalai karoge) - (You will do kindness/goodness)

- Again, this phrase is implied from the previous similar command for brevity and natural flow in Urdu.

- اور (aur) - And

- Conjunction.

- لوگوں (logon) - People

- The oblique plural form of لوگ (log), a masculine noun meaning 'people'.

- سے (se) - To / From

- Here, this postposition indicates 'to' whom one speaks.

- اچھی (acchi) - Good / Kind

- A feminine adjective, agreeing with the feminine noun بات (baat).

- بات (baat) - Word Talk Speech

- A feminine noun meaning 'word', 'talk', or 'statement'.

- کہو گے (kahoge) - You will say / speak

- Future tense, second-person plural form of the verb کہنا (kahna) 'to say' or 'to speak'.

- اور (aur) - And

- Conjunction.

- نماز (namaz) - Prayer (Islamic ritual prayer)

- A feminine noun, of Persian origin, referring to the formal ritual prayer in Islam.

- قائم کرو گے (qa'im karoge) - You will establish / perform

- قائم (qa'im) - Established / Standing (an adjective, often used with کرنا (karna) 'to do/make' to mean 'to establish' or 'to uphold').

- کرو گے (karoge) - You will do (future tense, second-person plural).

- The phrase means "you will establish the prayer."

- اور (aur) - And

- Conjunction.

- زکوٰۃ (zakaat) - Zakat (obligatory charity)

- A feminine noun, from Arabic, referring to the obligatory charity paid by Muslims.

- ادا کرو گے (ada karoge) - You will pay / give

- ادا (ada) - To perform / pay (an adjective, often used with کرنا (karna) 'to do/make' to mean 'to pay' or 'to perform').

- کرو گے (karoge) - You will do (future tense, second-person plural).

- The phrase means "you will pay/give the zakat."

- پھر (phir) - Then / Afterwards

- An adverb indicating a sequence of events in time.

- تم (tum) - You (plural)

- Second-person plural pronoun.

- پھر گئے (phir gaye) - You turned away / deviated

- This is an idiomatic verb phrase. پھر (phir) means 'back' or 'again', and گئے (gaye) is the past participle of جانا (jaana) 'to go'. پھر جانا (phir jaana) means to turn back, to go back on a promise, or to deviate.

- سوائے (sivaaye) - Except / Apart from

- A postposition meaning 'excluding' or 'other than'.

- تم (tum) - You (plural)

- Second-person plural pronoun.

- میں سے (mein se) - From amongst / Out of

- A compound postposition meaning 'from within' or 'amongst'.

- تھوڑے سے (thode se) - A few / A small number of

- An adjective/quantifier meaning 'a small quantity' or 'a few'.

- لوگوں (logon) - People

- The oblique plural form of لوگ (log) 'people'.

- کے (ke) - (Possessive postposition)

- Here, it serves as a linking particle, completing the phrase "a few people from amongst you."

- اور (aur) - And

- Conjunction.

- تم (tum) - You (plural)

- Second-person plural pronoun.

- منہ (munh) - Face / Mouth

- A masculine noun meaning 'face' or 'mouth'.

- موڑنے والے (morne wale) - Those who turn away / Averse

- موڑنا (morna) - To turn.

- والے (wale) - A suffix that, when added to the infinitive form of a verb (like موڑنا (morna) -> موڑنے (morne)), creates an agentive noun or adjective meaning 'one who does [the action]' or 'those who do [the action]'.

- منہ موڑنا (munh morna) is an idiom meaning 'to turn one's face away', implying aversion, disobedience, or disregard.

- ہو (ho) - Are

- The second-person plural form of the verb ہونا (hona) 'to be'.

Here's the translation and breakdown for your Urdu learning:

English Translation:

And certainly, We have sent down to you clear signs, and none disbelieves in them except the defiantly disobedient (transgressors).

Urdu Translation:

اور ہم نے یقیناً آپ کی طرف کھلی ہوئی آیات نازل کی ہیں، اور کوئی ان کا انکار نہیں کرتا سوائے فاسقوں کے۔

Urdu Word-by-Word Explanation:

Here is a detailed breakdown of each Urdu word, its pronunciation, and its meaning in English:

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Explanation: This conjunction is used to connect words, phrases, or clauses, similar to "and" in English.

- ہم نے (hum ne)

- Meaning: We (as the agent)

- Explanation:

- ہم (hum): Means "we."

- نے (ne): This is an ergative marker in Urdu. It's used with the subject of a transitive verb when the action is completed (perfective aspect, typically past tenses). When ne is used, the verb's gender and number agreement shift from the subject to the object of the sentence. Here, it indicates that "We" are the doers of the action of sending down.

- یقیناً (yaqeenan)

- Meaning: Certainly Indeed Surely

- Explanation: This is an adverb derived from the Arabic word yaqeen (certainty). It emphasizes the truth or certainty of the statement.

- آپ کی طرف (aap ki taraf)

- Meaning: To you / Towards you

- Explanation:

- آپ (aap): The formal and respectful way to say "you" in Urdu.

- کی (ki): A genitive postposition meaning "of" or "to." Here, it links "you" to "direction." It's in the feminine singular form, agreeing with taraf (which is feminine).

- طرف (taraf): Means "direction" or "side." So, aap ki taraf literally means "in your direction" or "towards you."

- کھلی ہوئی (khuli hui)

- Meaning: Clear / Evident / Open

- Explanation: This is a compound adjective.

- کھلی (khuli): The feminine past participle of the verb کھولنا (kholna), meaning "to open." So, "opened."

- ہوئی (hui): The feminine past participle of the verb ہونا (hona), meaning "to be." It acts as an auxiliary here, forming a compound adjective that means "having been opened" or "clear/evident." It's feminine to agree with ayaat (verses), which are feminine plural.

- آیات (aayaat)

- Meaning: Signs / Verses

- Explanation: This is the plural form of آیت (aayat), which means "sign" or "verse" (especially a verse from the Quran). It's a feminine noun.

- نازل کی ہیں (nazil ki hain)

- Meaning: Have sent down / Have revealed

- Explanation: This is a compound verb in the present perfect tense.

- نازل کرنا (nazil karna): The infinitive verb "to send down" or "to reveal." It's a compound verb formed from the Arabic word nazil (descending) and the Urdu verb karna (to do).

- کی (ki): The feminine past participle of کرنا (karna), meaning "did" or "done." It's feminine plural here, agreeing with آیات (aayaat) (signs/verses), which is the object of the sentence. (Remember the ne rule from ہم نے).

- ہیں (hain): The plural auxiliary verb for "are," used to form the present perfect tense (meaning "have done").

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Explanation: Another conjunction connecting the two clauses.

- کوئی (koi)

- Meaning: Anyone / No one

- Explanation: In a negative sentence (like this one, with نہیں nahin), کوئی (koi) means "no one" or "not anyone." By itself, it can mean "someone" or "anyone."

- ان کا (un ka)

- Meaning: Their / Of them

- Explanation:

- ان (un): The oblique plural form of the pronoun "they/those" or "them." Here, it refers back to آیات (aayaat) (signs/verses).

- کا (ka): A genitive postposition meaning "of" or "belonging to." It's in the masculine singular form here, agreeing with انکار (inkar) (denial), which is a masculine noun.

- انکار (inkar)

- Meaning: Denial / Rejection

- Explanation: This is a masculine noun of Arabic origin, meaning "denial" or "rejection." In Urdu, it's often used with کرنا (karna) to form the verb "to deny" (انکار کرنا inkar karna).

- نہیں کرتا (nahin karta)

- Meaning: Does not do / Does not deny (when combined with inkar)

- Explanation:

- نہیں (nahin): The negative particle "not."

- کرتا (karta): The masculine singular present habitual form of کرنا (karna), meaning "does" or "makes." In the phrase انکار نہیں کرتا (inkar nahin karta), it means "does not deny" or "does not reject." The verb is masculine singular because the subject, کوئی (koi), is treated as masculine singular in such constructions, and there is no object with which it needs to agree (as inkar is part of the verbal phrase).

- سوائے (siwa'e)

- Meaning: Except / Other than

- Explanation: This is a preposition of Arabic origin, used to introduce an exception.

- فاسقوں کے (fasiqon ke)

- Meaning: The transgressors / The defiantly disobedient (plural)

- Explanation:

- فاسقوں (fasiqon): The oblique plural form of فاسق (fasiq), meaning "transgressor," "wicked person," or "defiantly disobedient one" (a term of Arabic origin).

- کے (ke): A postposition meaning "of" or "than," often used after سوائے (siwa'e) to link the exception. It's in the plural form here, agreeing with fasiqon.

Here is the Urdu translation of the Arabic sentence, followed by an English translation and a detailed word-for-word breakdown to help you learn Urdu.

Urdu Translation

"اور (aur) جب (jab) موسیٰ (moosa) نے (ne) اپنی (apni) قوم (qaum) سے (se) کہا، (kaha,) "اے (ae) میری (meri) قوم! (qaum!) بلاشبہ (bilashubah) تم (tum) نے (ne) بچھڑے (bachhṛe) کو (ko) بنا (bana) کر (kar) اپنے (apne) اوپر (opar) ظلم (zulm) کیا (kiya) ہے (hai)۔ پس (pas) اپنے (apne) خالق (khaliq) کی (ki) طرف (taraf) توبہ (taubah) کرو (karo) اور (aur) اپنی (apni) جانوں (janon) کو (ko) قتل (qatl) کرو (karo)۔ یہ (yeh) تمہارے (tumhare) لئے (liye) تمہارے (tumhare) خالق (khaliq) کے (ke) نزدیک (nazdeek) بہتر (behtar) ہے (hai)۔" پھر (phir) اس (uss) نے (ne) تمہاری (tumhari) توبہ (taubah) قبول (qabool) کی (ki)۔ یقیناً (yaqeenan) وہ (woh) بہت (bohat) توبہ (taubah) قبول (qabool) کرنے (karne) والا (wala) مہربان (mehrban) ہے۔ (hai)

English Translation

"And when Moses said to his people, "O my people, indeed you have wronged yourselves by taking the calf (for worship). So turn in repentance to your Creator and kill yourselves. That is best for you in the sight of your Creator." Then He accepted your repentance. Indeed, He is the Accepter of repentance, the Merciful."

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English)

Here's a detailed breakdown of each Urdu word from the translated sentence:

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Usage: A common conjunction used to connect words, phrases, or clauses, similar to "and" in English.

- جب (jab)

- Meaning: When

- Usage: Used to refer to a point or period in time.

- موسیٰ (moosa)

- Meaning: Moses

- Usage: The proper noun, name of the Prophet.

- نے (ne)

- Meaning: (A grammatical particle)

- Usage: This is a crucial postposition in Urdu grammar. It's used after the subject of a transitive verb (a verb that takes a direct object) in the past tense. It indicates that the subject is the agent performing the action.

- Grammar Note: The 'ne' marker is unique to Urdu and some other Indo-Aryan languages. It signifies ergativity in certain tenses.

- اپنی (apni)

- Meaning: His/her/their own (reflexive possessive pronoun)

- Usage: It refers back to the subject of the sentence (Moses in this case), indicating possession by that subject. Here, "his own people".

- قوم (qaum)

- Meaning: People, nation, community

- Usage: Refers to a group of people.

- سے (se)

- Meaning: To, from, with, by

- Usage: A versatile postposition. In this context, it means "to" or "with regard to" his people.

- کہا (kaha)

- Meaning: Said (past tense of کہنا - kehna - to say)

- Usage: The past tense form of the verb "to say".

- "اے (ae)

- Meaning: O!

- Usage: An interjection used to address or call someone.

- میری (meri)

- Meaning: My

- Usage: The possessive form of "میں" (main) - I.

- قوم! (qaum!)

- Meaning: People!

- Usage: Same as above, but in a vocative (calling) sense, usually followed by an exclamation mark.

- بلاشبہ (bilashubah)

- Meaning: Doubtless, certainly, indeed

- Usage: An adverb used to emphasize certainty, equivalent to "indeed" or "surely".

- تم (tum)

- Meaning: You (plural or informal singular)

- Usage: The second-person plural pronoun.

- نے (ne)

- Meaning: (A grammatical particle)

- Usage: Again, the 'ne' marker, indicating "you" (تم) are the agent of the action "wronged".

- بچھڑے (bachhṛe)

- Meaning: Calf

- Usage: Refers to a young cow or bull. The ending 'e' signifies its oblique case, often used when followed by the object marker 'کو'.

- کو (ko)

- Meaning: (A direct object marker)

- Usage: A postposition that marks the direct object of a transitive verb. It indicates that "the calf" is the thing upon which the action is performed.

- بنا (bana)

- Meaning: Made, created (root of بنانا - banana - to make/build)

- Usage: Used here as part of a compound verb or conjunctive participle.

- کر (kar)

- Meaning: Having done, by doing (conjunctive participle of کرنا - karna - to do)

- Usage: It connects two actions, indicating that the first action ('making' the calf) was completed before or contributed to the second action ('wronging yourselves'). So, "by making".

- اپنے (apne)

- Meaning: Your own (reflexive possessive pronoun)

- Usage: Refers back to the subject "you" (تم), indicating possession by them.

- اوپر (opar)

- Meaning: Upon, over

- Usage: In the phrase "اپنے اوپر ظلم کیا" (apne opar zulm kiya), it literally means "committed injustice upon yourselves," conveying "wronged yourselves."

- ظلم (zulm)

- Meaning: Injustice, tyranny, wrong

- Usage: A noun referring to an act of oppression or wrongdoing.

- کیا (kiya)

- Meaning: Did (past tense of کرنا - karna - to do)

- Usage: The past tense form of "to do".

- ہے (hai)

- Meaning: Is

- Usage: The present tense auxiliary verb, making the verb tense present perfect ("have wronged").

- پس (pas)

- Meaning: So, therefore, then

- Usage: A conjunction indicating consequence or continuation.

- اپنے (apne)

- Meaning: Your own (reflexive possessive pronoun)

- Usage: Refers back to the implied subject "you" (commands are often directed at "you").

- خالق (khaliq)

- Meaning: Creator

- Usage: A noun referring to the one who creates.

- کی (ki)

- Meaning: Of, 's (possessive postposition)

- Usage: Indicates possession. "خالق کی طرف" means "towards the Creator."

- Grammar Note: 'کی' (ki) is used when the possessed noun is feminine, or when used with certain directional words like 'طرف'.

- طرف (taraf)

- Meaning: Direction, side, towards

- Usage: Indicates movement or orientation towards something.

- توبہ (taubah)

- Meaning: Repentance

- Usage: A noun referring to the act of seeking forgiveness and turning away from sin.

- کرو (karo)

- Meaning: Do (imperative/command form of کرنا - karna - to do)

- Usage: A command directed at "you" (plural). "توبہ کرو" means "repent" or "do repentance".

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Usage: Connects phrases.

- اپنی (apni)

- Meaning: Your own (reflexive possessive pronoun)

- Usage: Refers back to the implied subject "you".

- جانوں (janon)

- Meaning: Lives, souls, selves (plural oblique of جان - jaan - life/soul)

- Usage: The plural form of "life" or "self", here meaning "yourselves". The 'on' ending is a common plural oblique marker.

- کو (ko)

- Meaning: (A direct object marker)

- Usage: Marks "جانوں" (janon) as the direct object of the verb "قتل کرو".

- قتل (qatl)

- Meaning: Killing, murder

- Usage: A noun referring to the act of taking a life.

- کرو (karo)

- Meaning: Do (imperative/command form)

- Usage: "قتل کرو" means "kill".

- یہ (yeh)

- Meaning: This, that

- Usage: A demonstrative pronoun, referring to the action just described ("killing yourselves").

- تمہارے (tumhare)

- Meaning: Your (possessive pronoun for plural 'you')

- Usage: The possessive form of "تم" (tum).

- لئے (liye)

- Meaning: For

- Usage: A postposition indicating purpose or benefit.

- تمہارے (tumhare)

- Meaning: Your

- Usage: Again, possessive form of "تم" (tum).

- خالق (khaliq)

- Meaning: Creator

- Usage: Same as above.

- کے (ke)

- Meaning: Of, 's (possessive postposition)

- Usage: Similar to 'کی' (ki), but 'کے' (ke) is typically used when the possessed noun is masculine, or when preceding certain postpositions like 'نزدیک'.

- Grammar Note: 'کے' (ke), 'کی' (ki), and 'کا' (ka) are forms of the same possessive marker, which change based on the gender and number of the possessed noun, not the possessor. Here, it precedes 'نزدیک', a masculine adverb.

- نزدیک (nazdeek)

- Meaning: Near, close, in the sight of

- Usage: An adverb indicating proximity or a perspective.

- بہتر (behtar)

- Meaning: Better, best

- Usage: A comparative/superlative adjective.

- ہے (hai)

- Meaning: Is

- Usage: The present tense form of the verb "to be".

- پھر (phir)

- Meaning: Then, afterwards

- Usage: An adverb indicating sequence in time.

- اس (uss)

- Meaning: He, that (demonstrative pronoun, referring to Allah implicitly)

- Usage: Refers to the third person singular, here meaning Allah.

- نے (ne)

- Meaning: (A grammatical particle)

- Usage: The 'ne' marker, indicating "He" (اس) performed the action of accepting repentance.

- تمہاری (tumhari)

- Meaning: Your (possessive pronoun, feminine form)

- Usage: The feminine possessive form of "تم" (tum) because "توبہ" (taubah) (repentance) is a feminine noun.

- توبہ (taubah)

- Meaning: Repentance

- Usage: Same as above.

- قبول (qabool)

- Meaning: Acceptance, to accept

- Usage: A noun meaning "acceptance," often used with "کرنا" (karna) to form "قبول کرنا" (qabool karna) meaning "to accept."

- کی (ki)

- Meaning: Did (feminine past tense of کرنا - karna - to do)

- Usage: Used here as an auxiliary verb, combining with "قبول" (qabool) to form "قبول کی" (qabool ki) - "accepted". 'کی' (ki) is used because "توبہ" (taubah) is feminine.

- یقیناً (yaqeenan)

- Meaning: Certainly, surely, indeed

- Usage: An adverb similar to "بلاشبہ" (bilashubah), emphasizing certainty.

- وہ (woh)

- Meaning: He, that

- Usage: The third-person singular pronoun.

- بہت (bohat)

- Meaning: Very, much

- Usage: An adverb of degree, intensifying the following adjective or verb.

- توبہ (taubah)

- Meaning: Repentance

- Usage: Same as above.

- قبول (qabool)

- Meaning: Acceptance

- Usage: Same as above.

- کرنے (karne)

- Meaning: To do, doing (oblique infinitive of کرنا - karna - to do)

- Usage: Used here to form a compound adjective, meaning "one who does" or "the doer of".

- والا (wala)

- Meaning: One who, person who (suffix)

- Usage: A suffix that turns verbs or nouns into an agent noun (e.g., "دیکھنے والا" (dekhne wala) - "one who sees"). Here, "توبہ قبول کرنے والا" (taubah qabool karne wala) means "one who accepts repentance" or "the Accepter of repentance".

- مہربان (mehrban)

- Meaning: Merciful, kind, compassionate

- Usage: An adjective describing someone who shows mercy.

- ہے۔ (hai)

- Meaning: Is

- Usage: The present tense form of the verb "to be", completing the sentence.

Here is the translation and detailed explanation to help you learn Urdu:

English Translation

Then you are these (very ones) who kill your own people/selves, and expel a party from among you from their homes, supporting each other against them in sin and aggression. And if they come to you as captives, you ransom them, although their expulsion was forbidden to you. Do you then believe in part of the Book and disbelieve in part? So what is the recompense for those among you who do that except disgrace in the worldly life? And on the Day of Resurrection, they will be returned to the severest torment. And Allah is not unaware of what you do.

Urdu Translation

پھر تم ہی ہو جو ایک دوسرے کو قتل کرتے ہو اور اپنے کچھ لوگوں کو ان کے گھروں سے نکالتے ہو، ان کے خلاف گناہ اور سرکشی میں ایک دوسرے کی مدد کرتے ہو۔ اور اگر وہ تمہارے پاس قیدی بن کر آئیں تو تم انہیں فدیہ دے کر چھڑاتے ہو، حالانکہ انہیں ان کے گھروں سے نکالنا تم پر حرام کیا گیا تھا۔ تو کیا تم کتاب کے ایک حصے پر ایمان لاتے ہو اور دوسرے کا انکار کرتے ہو؟ پس تم میں سے جو کوئی ایسا کرے اس کی سزا دنیا کی زندگی میں رسوائی کے سوا کیا ہے؟ اور قیامت کے دن انہیں شدید ترین عذاب کی طرف لوٹایا جائے گا۔ اور جو کچھ تم کرتے ہو اللہ اس سے غافل نہیں۔

Urdu Word-by-Word Explanation for English Speakers

This section breaks down the Urdu translation word by word, offering pronunciation assistance, English meanings, and grammatical notes where relevant.

- پھر (phir) - then, again.

- Meaning: This word indicates a sequence, "after that," or "subsequently."

- تم (tum) - you (plural/informal singular).

- Meaning: This is the second-person plural pronoun in Urdu. It can also be used for an informal singular "you."

- ہی (hee) - only, indeed, just.

- Meaning: This is an emphatic particle. When placed after a pronoun, it adds emphasis, like "you are the ones who..."

- ہو (ho) - are.

- Meaning: This is the conjugation of the verb "to be" (ہونا - hona) for the pronoun "تم" (tum).

- Grammar Note: In Urdu, verbs change their form based on the subject's person and number.

- جو (jo) - who, which.

- Meaning: This is a relative pronoun, connecting the initial statement about "you" to the actions you perform.

- ایک (ek) - one.

- Meaning: The numeral "one."

- دوسرے (doosre) - other.

- Meaning: "ایک دوسرے" (ek doosre) together means "each other" or "one another."

- کو (ko) - to, for.

- Meaning: This is a postposition (similar to a preposition but placed after the noun) that marks the direct or indirect object of a verb.

- قتل (qatl) - killing, murder.

- Meaning: This is a noun meaning the act of killing.

- کرتے (karte) - do, perform (masculine plural, imperfective participle).

- Meaning: This word is derived from the verb "کرنا" (karna) meaning "to do." When combined with "قتل" (qatl), it forms the verb phrase "قتل کرنا" (qatl karna) meaning "to kill."

- Grammar Note: "کرتے ہو" (karte ho) is a present indefinite tense, indicating a habitual action: "you (habitually) kill."

- ہو (ho) - are.

- Meaning: Again, the verb "to be" for "تم" (tum).

- اور (aur) - and.

- Meaning: A common conjunction.

- اپنے (apne) - your (reflexive possessive).

- Meaning: This word refers back to the subject "you," indicating "your own."

- کچھ (kuchh) - some, a few.

- Meaning: An indefinite pronoun or adjective.

- لوگوں (logon) - people (oblique plural).

- Meaning: This is the plural form of "لوگ" (log) meaning "people," in its oblique case, used with postpositions like "کو" (ko) or "سے" (se). "کچھ لوگوں کو" (kuchh logon ko) means "some people."

- کو (ko) - to, for.

- Meaning: Postposition marking the object.

- ان (un) - them.

- Meaning: The third-person plural pronoun.

- کے (ke) - of, 's (possessive postposition).

- Meaning: "ان کے" (un ke) means "their."

- گھروں (gharon) - homes (oblique plural).

- Meaning: The plural of "گھر" (ghar) meaning "home" or "house," in its oblique case. "ان کے گھروں سے" (un ke gharon se) means "from their homes."

- سے (se) - from, by, with.

- Meaning: A postposition indicating separation, origin, or means.

- نکالتے (nikaalte) - expel, remove (masculine plural, imperfective participle).

- Meaning: From the verb "نکالنا" (nikaalna) meaning "to expel" or "to remove." "نکالتے ہو" (nikaalte ho) means "you expel."

- ہو، (ho,) - are.

- Meaning: Verb "to be" for "تم" (tum).

- ان (un) - them.

- کے (ke) - of.

- خلاف (khilaaf) - against.

- Meaning: An adverbial postposition. "ان کے خلاف" (un ke khilaaf) means "against them."

- گناہ (gunaah) - sin.

- Meaning: A transgression or wrongdoing.

- اور (aur) - and.

- سرکشی (sarkashi) - aggression, rebellion, defiance.

- Meaning: A noun indicating aggressive or rebellious behavior.

- میں (mein) - in.

- Meaning: A postposition indicating location or state. "گناہ اور سرکشی میں" (gunaah aur sarkashi mein) means "in sin and aggression."

- ایک (ek) - one.

- دوسرے (doosre) - other.

- Meaning: "ایک دوسرے کی مدد کرنا" (ek doosre ki madad karna) means "to help each other." Here, the phrase "ایک دوسرے کی مدد کرتے ہو" implies they collaborate or support each other in these wrongful acts.

- کی (kee) - of (feminine possessive postposition).

- Meaning: This is a feminine possessive marker.

- مدد (madad) - help, support.

- Meaning: A noun meaning assistance or support.

- کرتے (karte) - do, perform (masculine plural, imperfective participle).

- Meaning: "مدد کرتے ہو" (madad karte ho) means "you provide help" or "you support."

- ہو۔ (ho.) - are.

- اور (aur) - and.

- اگر (agar) - if.

- Meaning: A conditional conjunction.

- وہ (woh) - they.

- Meaning: The third-person plural pronoun.

- تمہارے (tumhaare) - your (plural/formal singular, oblique possessive).

- Meaning: "تمہارے پاس" (tumhaare paas) means "to you" or "with you."

- پاس (paas) - near, with, to.

- Meaning: A postposition indicating proximity or presence.

- قیدی (qaidi) - prisoner, captive.

- Meaning: A noun referring to someone held captive.

- بن (ban) - become (root of "بَننا" - banna).

- Meaning: "بن کر" (ban kar) means "having become," acting as an adverbial phrase: "as captives."

- کر (kar) - having done (participle of "کرنا" - karna).

- Meaning: Used with "بن" (ban) to form "بن کر" (ban kar).

- آئیں (aayen) - they come (subjunctive/honorific plural present).

- Meaning: This is a form of the verb "آنا" (aana) meaning "to come." It's used in conditional clauses or as a polite plural.

- تو (to) - then.

- Meaning: A correlative conjunction that pairs with "اگر" (agar - if) to introduce the consequence.

- تم (tum) - you.

- انہیں (unhein) - them (oblique object pronoun).

- Meaning: This is the object form of "وہ" (woh - they).

- فدیہ (fidya) - ransom.

- Meaning: A payment made to free a captive.

- دے (de) - give (root of "دینا" - dena).

- Meaning: "دے کر" (de kar) means "having given," implying "by giving."

- کر (kar) - having done.

- چھڑاتے (chhurraate) - release, ransom (masculine plural, imperfective participle).

- Meaning: From the verb "چھڑانا" (chhurraana) meaning "to release" or "to ransom." "چھڑاتے ہو" (chhurraate ho) means "you ransom/release."

- ہو، (ho,) - are.

- حالانکہ (haalaanke) - although, whereas.

- Meaning: A conjunction introducing a contrasting idea.

- انہیں (unhein) - them.

- ان (un) - their.

- کے (ke) - of.

- گھروں (gharon) - homes.

- سے (se) - from.

- نکالنا (nikaalna) - to expel, to remove (infinitive/gerund).

- Meaning: Here, the infinitive acts as a noun, meaning "their expulsion."

- تم (tum) - you.

- پر (par) - on, upon.

- Meaning: A postposition. "تم پر" (tum par) means "on you" or "for you."

- حرام (haraam) - forbidden, unlawful.

- Meaning: An adjective indicating something is prohibited by religious law.

- کیا (kiyaa) - was done (masculine singular, past participle).

- Meaning: This is part of the passive voice construction.

- گیا (gayaa) - went, was (masculine singular, past participle of "جانا" - jaana).

- Meaning: Used as an auxiliary verb to form the passive voice. "کیا گیا" (kiya gayaa) means "was done."

- تھا۔ (thaa.) - was (masculine singular past tense of "ہونا" - hona).

- Meaning: An auxiliary verb indicating past tense. "حرام کیا گیا تھا" (haraam kiya gayaa thaa) means "had been made forbidden."

- تو (to) - then.

- Meaning: Used here to introduce a rhetorical question.

- کیا (kyaa) - what?

- Meaning: An interrogative pronoun, often used to introduce a yes/no question in Urdu.

- تم (tum) - you.

- کتاب (kitaab) - book.

- Meaning: Refers to a divine scripture.

- کے (ke) - of.

- ایک (ek) - one.

- حصے (hisse) - part, portion (oblique singular).

- Meaning: "ایک حصے پر" (ek hisse par) means "on one part."

- پر (par) - on.

- ایمان (eemaan) - faith, belief.

- Meaning: A noun meaning conviction or belief.

- لاتے (laate) - bring (masculine plural, imperfective participle).

- Meaning: From the verb "لانا" (laana) meaning "to bring." "ایمان لانا" (eemaan laana) is an idiom meaning "to believe" or "to have faith."

- ہو (ho) - are.

- اور (aur) - and.

- دوسرے (doosre) - other.

- Meaning: "دوسرے کا" (doosre kaa) means "of the other (part)."

- کا (kaa) - of (masculine possessive postposition).

- Meaning: A masculine possessive marker.

- انکار (inkaar) - denial, rejection.

- Meaning: A noun meaning the act of denying or rejecting.

- کرتے (karte) - do.

- Meaning: "انکار کرتے ہو" (inkaar karte ho) means "you deny" or "you reject."

- ہو؟ (ho?) - are?

- پس (pas) - so, therefore.

- Meaning: A conjunction indicating a consequence or conclusion.

- تم (tum) - you.

- میں (mein) - in.

- Meaning: "تم میں سے" (tum mein se) means "from among you."

- سے (se) - from.

- جو (jo) - whoever.

- Meaning: A relative pronoun meaning "whoever" or "he who."

- کوئی (ko-ee) - any, someone.

- Meaning: "جو کوئی" (jo ko-ee) reinforces the meaning of "whoever."

- ایسا (aisaa) - such, like this.

- Meaning: An adjective. "جو کوئی ایسا کرے" (jo ko-ee aisaa kare) means "whoever does such (a thing)."

- کرے (kare) - may do, should do (subjunctive).

- Meaning: The subjunctive form of "کرنا" (karna) meaning "to do," used in conditional or hypothetical clauses.

- اس (us) - his, that (oblique singular pronoun).

- Meaning: Refers back to "جو کوئی" (jo ko-ee).

- کی (kee) - of.

- سزا (sazaa) - punishment, recompense.

- Meaning: A noun meaning a penalty or reward.

- دنیا (dunyaa) - world, worldly.

- Meaning: A noun referring to the earthly world, often used as an adjective.

- کی (kee) - of.

- زندگی (zindagi) - life.

- Meaning: A noun. "دنیا کی زندگی میں" (dunyaa kee zindagi mein) means "in the worldly life."

- میں (mein) - in.

- رسوائی (ruswaa-ee) - disgrace, humiliation.

- Meaning: A noun meaning shame or dishonor.

- کے (ke) - of.

- سوا (sivaa) - except, besides.

- Meaning: A postposition meaning "other than" or "except for." "رسوائی کے سوا کیا ہے؟" (ruswaa-ee ke sivaa kyaa hai?) means "what is it except disgrace?"

- کیا (kyaa) - what?

- ہے؟ (hai?) - is?

- اور (aur) - and.

- قیامت (qiyaamat) - Resurrection.

- Meaning: Refers to the Day of Judgment in Islamic belief.

- کے (ke) - of.

- دن (din) - day.

- Meaning: "قیامت کے دن" (qiyaamat ke din) means "on the Day of Resurrection."

- انہیں (unhein) - them (object pronoun).

- شدید (shadeed) - severe, intense.

- Meaning: An adjective.

- ترین (tareen) - most, -est.

- Meaning: A suffix borrowed from Persian, used to form the superlative degree (e.g., "شدید ترین" - shadeed-tareen means "severest").

- عذاب (azaab) - torment, punishment.

- Meaning: A noun meaning suffering or retribution.

- کی (kee) - of.

- طرف (taraf) - towards, in the direction of.

- Meaning: A postposition. "شدید ترین عذاب کی طرف" (shadeed-tareen azaab kee taraf) means "towards the severest torment."

- لوٹایا (lotaayaa) - was returned (masculine singular, past participle).

- Meaning: From the verb "لوٹانا" (lotaana) meaning "to return" or "to send back."

- Grammar Note: "لوٹایا جائے گا" (lotaayaa jaayegaa) is a future passive construction, meaning "will be returned."

- جائے (jaa-e) - may go, will go (subjunctive of "جانا" - jaana).

- Meaning: Used as an auxiliary verb to form the future passive voice.

- گا۔ (gaa.) - will (future tense marker).

- Meaning: A masculine singular future tense marker.

- اور (aur) - and.

- جو (jo) - whatever, that which.

- Meaning: A relative pronoun.

- کچھ (kuchh) - some, anything.

- Meaning: "جو کچھ" (jo kuchh) means "whatever."

- تم (tum) - you.

- کرتے (karte) - do.

- ہو (ho) - are.

- Meaning: "جو کچھ تم کرتے ہو" (jo kuchh tum karte ho) means "whatever you do."

- اللہ (Allaah) - Allah (God).

- Meaning: The proper noun for God in Islam.

- اس (us) - that (oblique singular pronoun).

- Meaning: Refers to "جو کچھ تم کرتے ہو" (jo kuchh tum karte ho).

- سے (se) - from.

- Meaning: "اس سے" (us se) means "from that" or "of that."

- غافل (ghaafil) - unaware, heedless.

- Meaning: An adjective.

- نہیں۔ (naheen.) - not.

- Meaning: A negative particle. "اللہ اس سے غافل نہیں" (Allaah us se ghaafil naheen) means "Allah is not unaware of that."

Here is the Urdu and English translation of the Arabic sentence, followed by a detailed word-for-word explanation to help you learn Urdu.

Urdu Translation

کہو، اگر تمہارے لیے آخرت کا گھر اللہ کے نزدیک لوگوں کے سوا خالص ہے تو موت کی تمنا کرو، اگر تم سچے ہو۔

English Translation

Say, if the abode of the Hereafter with Allah is exclusively for you, to the exclusion of other people, then wish for death, if you are truthful.

Word-by-Word Explanation and Pronunciation (Urdu to English)

This section breaks down each Urdu word from the translated sentence, providing its meaning, pronunciation, and relevant grammar notes for English speakers.

- کہو (kaho)

- Meaning: Say!

- Grammar: This is an imperative verb (a command). It's the informal singular form of "to say" (کہنا - kehna).

- Pronunciation: The 'kh' sound is like the 'ch' in Scottish 'loch'. The 'o' is like 'oh'.

- اگر (agar)

- Meaning: If

- Grammar: This is a conjunction, used to introduce a conditional clause.

- Pronunciation: The 'a' sounds are like the 'u' in 'but'. The 'g' is a hard 'g'.

- تمہارے (tumhaare)

- Meaning: For you (plural/respectful singular)

- Grammar: This is a possessive pronoun ("your") used with "لیے" (liye) to mean "for you." "تمہارے" is the plural or respectful singular form.

- Pronunciation: 'tum' as in 'tumour', 'haa' as in 'haha', 're' as in 'ray'.

- لیے (liye)

- Meaning: For

- Grammar: This is a postposition. In Urdu, postpositions come after the noun or pronoun, similar to how prepositions work in English (e.g., "for you" becomes "you for"). Together, "تمہارے لیے" means "for you."

- Pronunciation: 'li' as in 'lid', 'ye' as in 'yeah'.

- آخرت (ākhirat)

- Meaning: Hereafter / The Last (life)

- Grammar: This is a feminine noun, referring to the life after death.

- Pronunciation: The 'aa' is like the 'a' in 'father'. 'kh' as in Scottish 'loch'. 'ra' as in 'run'. 't' is a soft 't'.

- کا (kā)

- Meaning: Of / 's (possessive marker)

- Grammar: This is a postposition indicating possession or association. It connects "آخرت" (ākhirat - Hereafter) with "گھر" (ghar - home). Its form (کا) depends on the gender and number of the possessed item (گھر is masculine singular).

- Pronunciation: 'kaa' as in 'car'.

- گھر (ghar)

- Meaning: Home / Abode

- Grammar: This is a masculine noun. Here, it refers to the dwelling place in the Hereafter.

- Pronunciation: 'gh' is a guttural sound, like a soft gargle. 'a' is like 'uh'.

- اللہ (Allah)

- Meaning: Allah (God)

- Grammar: This is a proper noun, the Arabic word for God, widely used in Urdu.

- Pronunciation: 'Al' as in 'all', 'lah' as in 'lullaby'.

- کے (ke)

- Meaning: Of / 's (possessive marker)

- Grammar: Another postposition, similar to "کا" (kā). کے is used when the following word is a masculine plural noun or a postposition itself (like "نزدیک" here). It connects "اللہ" (Allah) with "نزدیک" (nazdeek).

- Pronunciation: 'ke' as in 'kay'.

- نزدیک (nazdeek)

- Meaning: Near In the sight of With

- Grammar: This is an adverb or postposition indicating proximity or presence. "اللہ کے نزدیک" means "with Allah" or "in the sight of Allah."

- Pronunciation: 'naz' as in 'nasal', 'deek' as in 'deacon'.

- لوگوں (logon)

- Meaning: People (oblique plural)

- Grammar: This is the oblique plural form of "لوگ" (log - people). The oblique form is used when a postposition (like "کے سوا" in this case) follows it.

- Pronunciation: 'lo' as in 'low', 'gon' as in 'gone'.

- کے سوا (ke siwa)

- Meaning: Apart from / To the exclusion of

- Grammar: This is a compound postposition meaning "except for" or "besides." It follows the oblique form of the noun (لوگوں).

- Pronunciation: 'ke' as in 'kay', 'si' as in 'sit', 'wa' as in 'water'.

- خالص (khālis)

- Meaning: Exclusive / Pure / Unmixed

- Grammar: This is an adjective, describing the state of the abode of the Hereafter.

- Pronunciation: 'khaa' as in 'father', 'lis' as in 'list'.

- ہے (hai)

- Meaning: Is

- Grammar: This is the present tense form of the verb "to be" (ہونا - honā), for third person singular. It confirms the factual condition that the abode is exclusive.

- Pronunciation: 'hai' rhymes with 'eye'.

- تو (to)

- Meaning: Then / So

- Grammar: This is a conjunction that introduces the consequence of the preceding conditional clause (introduced by "اگر" - agar).

- Pronunciation: 'to' as in 'toe'.

- موت (maut)

- Meaning: Death

- Grammar: This is a feminine noun.

- Pronunciation: 'mau' as in 'cow', 't' is a soft 't'.

- کی (ki)

- Meaning: Of / 's (possessive marker)

- Grammar: Another postposition (possessive marker), similar to "کا" (kā). کی is used when the possessed item is feminine singular (like "تمنا" here).

- Pronunciation: 'ki' as in 'kit'.

- تمنا (tamannā)

- Meaning: Wish / Desire

- Grammar: This is a feminine noun. "موت کی تمنا" means "wish for death."

- Pronunciation: 'ta' as in 'tap', 'man' as in 'man', 'naa' as in 'father'.

- کرو (karo)

- Meaning: Do / Make (imperative)

- Grammar: This is an imperative verb, the plural/respectful singular form of "to do/make" (کرنا - karnā). In this context, "تمنا کرو" means "make a wish" or "wish."

- Pronunciation: 'ka' as in 'cup', 'ro' as in 'row'.

- اگر (agar)

- Meaning: If

- Grammar: (Already explained above)

- تم (tum)

- Meaning: You (informal plural/respectful singular)

- Grammar: This is a personal pronoun.

- Pronunciation: 'tum' as in 'tumour'.

- سچے (sachche)

- Meaning: Truthful Sincere (pluralmasculine)

- Grammar: This is an adjective, the plural/masculine form of "سچا" (sachā - truthful). It describes "تم" (tum - you).

- Pronunciation: 'sa' as in 'sun', 'chche' like 'cherry'. The 'ch' is aspirated.

- ہو (ho)

- Meaning: Are

- Grammar: This is the present tense form of the verb "to be" (ہونا - honā), for second person plural/respectful singular. It completes the conditional clause "اگر تم سچے ہو" (if you are truthful).

- Pronunciation: 'ho' as in 'hoe'.

Grammar Notes for English Speakers

1. Postpositions (vs. Prepositions): Urdu uses postpositions, which come after the noun or pronoun they modify, unlike English prepositions. For example, "for you" becomes "you for" (تمہارے لیے - tumhaare liye).

2. Possessive Markers (کا, کی, کے): These are like English 's or 'of'. Their form depends on the gender and number of the item being possessed, not the possessor.

- کا (kā): Used for masculine singular possessed items (e.g., آخرت کا گھر - The Hereafter's house).

- کی (ki): Used for feminine singular possessed items (e.g., موت کی تمنا - Death's wish).

- کے (ke): Used for masculine plural possessed items, or when the possessor is followed by another postposition (e.g., اللہ کے نزدیک - with Allah; لوگوں کے سوا - apart from people).

3. Verb Conjugation: Urdu verbs change based on the subject's person (I, you, he/she/it, etc.), number, and often politeness. For commands (imperative), there are different forms for informal singular, respectful singular/informal plural, and formal plural.

4. Conditional Sentences: Urdu commonly uses the "اگر...تو..." (agar...to...) structure, directly translating to "If...then..." to express conditions and their consequences.

5. Gender: Many Urdu nouns have a grammatical gender (masculine or feminine). This influences the form of adjectives, possessive markers, and sometimes verbs. While not always directly translated, being aware of noun gender is crucial for correct sentence construction in Urdu.

Urdu Translation: جب پیشواؤں (peshwa'on) نے پیروکاروں (pairukaron) سے بیزاری (bezaari) کی اور (aur) انہوں (unhon) نے عذاب (azaab) دیکھا اور (aur) ان (un) کے سب (sab) تعلقات (ta'alluqāt) منقطع (munqatī') ہو (ho) گئے (ga'e).

English Translation: When those who were followed disavowed those who followed them, and they saw the punishment, and all their ties were severed.

Word-by-Word Breakdown for Urdu Learners:

- جب (jab)

- Meaning: When

- Explanation: This is a common interrogative and subordinating conjunction used to indicate time, similar to "when" in English.

- پیشواؤں (peshwa'on)

- Meaning: Leaders / Those who were followed

- Explanation: This is the plural oblique form of "پیشوا" (peshwa), meaning 'leader' or 'guide'. In this context, it refers to those figures or entities that people followed. The 'ؤں' ending makes it plural and oblique, used when it's the object of a postposition (like 'ne' here) or indicates possession.

- Grammar Note: In Urdu, nouns often change form (oblique case) when followed by certain postpositions or when they are in a possessive relationship.

- نے (ne)

- Meaning: (Postposition indicating agent)

- Explanation: This is a postposition used in Urdu, typically with transitive verbs in perfect tenses, to mark the agent (the one performing the action). It doesn't have a direct English equivalent but is crucial for correct sentence structure.

- پیروکاروں (pairukaron)

- Meaning: Followers / Disciples

- Explanation: This is the plural oblique form of "پیروکار" (pairukar), meaning 'follower' or 'disciple'. It refers to those who followed the 'peshwa' (leaders).

- سے (se)

- Meaning: From / With

- Explanation: This is a versatile postposition in Urdu that can indicate 'from', 'with', 'by', or 'than'. Here, it signifies the source of the disavowal, i.e., "disavowed from them."

- بیزاری (bezaari)

- Meaning: Disavowal Aversion Disgust

- Explanation: This noun means a feeling of aversion, disgust, or disavowal. It often implies distancing oneself from something or someone.

- کی (ki)

- Meaning: Did / Made

- Explanation: This is the feminine singular past tense form of the verb "کرنا" (karna), meaning 'to do' or 'to make'. In Urdu, "بیزاری کرنا" (bezaari karna) is a compound verb phrase meaning 'to disavow' or 'to express aversion'. Here, 'ki' agrees with the feminine noun 'bezaari'.

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Explanation: A simple conjunction meaning 'and'.

- انہوں (unhon)

- Meaning: They (oblique)

- Explanation: This is the oblique plural form of "وہ" (woh), meaning 'they' or 'those'. It is used here because it is followed by the postposition 'ne'.

- نے (ne)

- Meaning: (Postposition indicating agent)

- Explanation: Same as above. It marks 'unhon' as the agent who 'saw' (dekha).

- عذاب (azaab)

- Meaning: Punishment / Torment

- Explanation: This noun refers to severe punishment or torment, often with religious connotations of divine retribution.

- دیکھا (dekha)

- Meaning: Saw

- Explanation: This is the masculine singular past tense form of the verb "دیکھنا" (dekhna), meaning 'to see' or 'to watch'. It agrees with the masculine object "عذاب" (azaab) when 'ne' is used.

- Grammar Note: When 'ne' is used, the verb agrees in gender and number with the object of the sentence, not the subject. Since 'azaab' is masculine singular, 'dekha' is also masculine singular.

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Explanation: A simple conjunction meaning 'and'.

- ان (un)

- Meaning: Their (oblique)

- Explanation: This is the oblique plural form of "وہ" (woh), meaning 'they' or 'those'. Here, it is used in a possessive sense ("their") with the postposition 'ke'.

- کے (ke)

- Meaning: Of / 's (possessive postposition)

- Explanation: This is a possessive postposition, similar to 'of' or an apostrophe-'s' in English. It connects the possessor ('un' - them) to the possessed ('ta'alluqāt' - ties). 'Ke' is used because 'ta'alluqāt' is masculine plural. (If the possessed noun were feminine, 'ki' would be used; if masculine singular, 'ka' would be used).

- سب (sab)

- Meaning: All / Every

- Explanation: This adjective means 'all' or 'every'. It modifies 'ta'alluqāt'.

- تعلقات (ta'alluqāt)

- Meaning: Relations Ties Connections

- Explanation: This is the plural form of "تعلق" (ta'alluq), meaning 'relation', 'connection', or 'tie'. It refers to the bonds or relationships between people.

- منقطع (munqatī')

- Meaning: Severed Cut off Disconnected

- Explanation: This is an adjective meaning 'severed', 'cut off', or 'disconnected'. It describes the state of the 'ta'alluqāt'.

- ہو (ho)

- Meaning: Became Are (base form of 'to bebecome')

- Explanation: This is the root form of the verb "ہونا" (hona), meaning 'to be' or 'to become'. Here, it forms part of a compound verb "منقطع ہو گئے" (munqatī' ho ga'e), meaning 'were severed' or 'became severed'.

- گئے (ga'e)

- Meaning: Went (masculine plural past tense)

- Explanation: This is the masculine plural past tense form of the verb "جانا" (jaana), meaning 'to go'. When combined with 'ho' (ho ga'e), it acts as an auxiliary verb to indicate completion or change of state, translating to 'became' or 'were' in this context. It agrees in gender and number with 'ta'alluqāt' (masculine plural).

Here is the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence, formatted for a mobi book:

English Translation

And even if you brought to those who were given the Book every kind of sign (or proof), they would still not follow your Qiblah. Nor are you to follow their Qiblah. And nor do some of them follow the Qiblah of others. And if you were to follow their desires after what has come to you of knowledge, then indeed you would certainly be among the wrongdoers.

Urdu Translation

اور اگر آپ اہلِ کتاب کے پاس ہر طرح کی نشانی (دلیل) بھی لے آئیں، تب بھی وہ آپ کے قبلے کی پیروی نہیں کریں گے، اور نہ ہی آپ ان کے قبلے کی پیروی کرنے والے ہیں۔ اور نہ ہی ان میں سے بعض ایک دوسرے کے قبلے کی پیروی کرتے ہیں۔ اور اگر آپ علم کے (اس حصے کے) بعد جو آپ کے پاس آ چکا ہے، ان کی خواہشات کی پیروی کریں گے، تو یقیناً آپ ظالموں میں سے ہوں گے۔

Urdu Word-for-Word Breakdown

Below is a detailed explanation of each Urdu word in the translated sentence, along with its pronunciation and English meaning.

- اور (Aur): And.

- اگر (Agar): If.

- آپ (Aap): You (a polite form of address for a singular or plural person).

- اہلِ کتاب (Ahl-e-Kitaab): People of the Book. This term refers to Jews and Christians, as mentioned in Islamic texts.

- اہل (Ahl): People, family, inhabitants.

- ِ (-e): A grammatical particle (called an 'izafat') used to connect two nouns, meaning "of" or "belonging to".

- کتاب (Kitaab): Book.

- کے پاس (Ke paas): To, near, with. In this context, it means "to" or "towards" the People of the Book.

- ہر (Har): Every, each.

- طرح کی (Tarah ki): Kind of, type of.

- طرح (Tarah): Kind, type, manner.

- کی (Ki): Of, belonging to. This is a feminine possessive particle, agreeing with the feminine noun 'nishani' (sign).

- نشانی (Nishaani): Sign, mark, proof.

- (دلیل) (Daleel): (Proof, argument, evidence). This is provided as an alternative or clarification for 'nishani', as the Arabic word 'Ayah' can mean both a sign and a proof.

- بھی (Bhi): Even, also. This particle adds emphasis, conveying the sense of "even if you bring..."

- لے آئیں (Le aayen): You bring. This is a compound verb; literally "take and come" in a subjunctive or conditional sense, implying "if you were to bring."

- تب بھی (Tab bhi): Even then, still. This phrase is often used in conditional sentences with 'agar' (if) to mean "even if... then still..."

- وہ (Woh): They (referring to the People of the Book).

- آپ کے (Aap ke): Your (masculine/plural possessive form).

- قبلے (Qible): Qiblah (the direction of prayer towards the Kaaba). Grammar note: 'Qible' is the oblique form of the noun 'qibla' (قبلہ), which is used when followed by a postposition or another noun in a possessive construction.

- کی (Ki): Of, belonging to (feminine possessive particle).

- پیروی (Pairvi): Following, adherence, imitation.

- نہیں کریں گے (Nahin kareinge): Will not do/follow.

- نہیں (Nahin): Not (the standard negative particle in Urdu).

- کریں گے (Kareinge): Will do (future tense, 3rd person plural). In this context, "will follow."

- اور نہ ہی (Aur na hi): And nor / nor indeed.

- اور (Aur): And.

- نہ (Na): Not, neither.

- ہی (Hi): An emphatic particle, meaning "indeed," "only," or "even."

- آپ (Aap): You.

- ان کے (Un ke): Their (masculine/plural possessive form).

- قبلے (Qible): Qiblah.

- کی (Ki): Of.

- پیروی کرنے والے (Pairvi karne waale): Followers (literally, "ones who do following").

- پیروی کرنے (Pairvi karne): To do following.

- والے (Waale): An agentive suffix, indicating "one who does" or "a doer" (masculine plural form).

- ہیں۔ (Hain): Are (plural, present tense verb "to be").

- اور نہ ہی (Aur na hi): And nor indeed.

- ان میں سے (Un mein se): Among them / some of them.

- ان (Un): Them (the oblique form of the pronoun 'woh', meaning 'they/those').

- میں (Mein): In, among.

- سے (Se): From, by, than. Here, it indicates selection, meaning "from among."

- بعض (Baaz): Some.

- ایک دوسرے کے (Ek doosre ke): Each other's / one another's.

- ایک (Ek): One.

- دوسرے (Doosre): Other, second (oblique form).

- کے (Ke): Of, belonging to.

- قبلے (Qible): Qiblah.

- کی (Ki): Of.

- پیروی کرتے ہیں۔ (Pairvi karte hain): Follow (present indefinite tense, indicating habitual or general action).

- پیروی کرتے (Pairvi karte): Do follow.

- ہیں۔ (Hain): Are.

- اور اگر (Aur agar): And if.

- آپ (Aap): You.

- علم کے (Ilm ke): Of knowledge.

- علم (Ilm): Knowledge.

- کے (Ke): Of, belonging to (masculine possessive particle).

- (اس حصے کے) ((Is hisse ke)): (Of that part). This parenthetical addition clarifies that it's about a portion or the specific knowledge that has come.

- اس (Is): That, this (oblique form).

- حصے (Hisse): Part, portion (oblique form of 'hissa').

- کے (Ke): Of.

- بعد (Baad): After.

- جو (Jo): Which, who.

- آپ کے پاس (Aap ke paas): To you (literally "with you").

- آ چکا ہے (Aa chuka hai): Has come (present perfect tense).

- آ چکا (Aa chuka): Has come (masculine singular perfective participle).

- ہے (Hai): Is (present tense form of the verb "to be").

- ان کی (Un ki): Their (feminine possessive, agreeing with 'khwahishaat').

- خواہشات (Khwahishaat): Desires (plural of 'khwahish', meaning desire/wish).

- کی (Ki): Of.

- پیروی کریں گے (Pairvi kareinge): Will follow.

- تو (To): Then, in that case.

- یقیناً (Yaqeenan): Certainly, indeed, undoubtedly.

- آپ (Aap): You.

- ظالموں (Zaalimon): Wrongdoers, oppressors (oblique plural form). Grammar note: The singular form is 'zaalim' (ظالم), meaning wrongdoer or unjust person. 'Zaalimon' is used when followed by a postposition like 'mein se'.

- میں سے (Mein se): From among, among.

- ہوں گے۔ (Honge): Will be (future tense, 2nd person plural or polite singular).

Here is the translation and detailed explanation of the Arabic sentence for an English student learning Urdu:

English Translation

"And when there came to them a Book from Allah, confirming that which was with them – although before they used to pray for victory over those who disbelieved – but when there came to them that which they recognized, they disbelieved in it. So the curse of Allah is upon the disbelievers."

Urdu Translation

اور جب ان کے پاس اللہ کی طرف سے ایک ایسی کتاب آئی جو ان کے پاس جو کچھ تھا اس کی تصدیق کرتی تھی، حالانکہ وہ اس سے پہلے کافروں پر فتح کی دعا مانگا کرتے تھے، پھر جب ان کے پاس وہ چیز آئی جسے وہ پہچانتے تھے تو انہوں نے اس کا انکار کر دیا۔ پس کافروں پر اللہ کی لعنت ہے۔

Word-by-Word Explanation

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word to understand its meaning and structure.

- اور (aur) - And

- This is a conjunction, similar to "and" in English.

- جب (jab) - When

- This is an adverb of time, meaning "when".

- ان (un) - Them

- This is an oblique form of the plural pronoun "they/those". In Urdu, pronouns often change form when followed by postpositions (like کے پاس here).

- کے پاس (ke paas) - With / To

- This is a postpositional phrase. کے (ke) is a possessive/relational particle, and پاس (paas) means "near" or "with". Together, ان کے پاس means "with them" or, in the context of something arriving, "to them".

- اللہ (Allah) - Allah (God)

- The Arabic word for God, commonly used in Urdu.

- کی طرف سے (ki taraf se) - From / From the direction of

- This is another postpositional phrase. کی (ki) is a feminine possessive/relational particle (it agrees with طرف, which is feminine). طرف (taraf) means "direction" or "side". سے (se) means "from". So, اللہ کی طرف سے means "from Allah".

- ایک (ek) - A / One

- This functions as an indefinite article ("a") or means "one".

- ایسی (aisi) - Such / Of this kind

- This adjective qualifies the noun "book", indicating it was "such a book" (of the type being described).

- کتاب (kitaab) - Book

- This is a feminine noun, meaning "book" or "scripture".

- آئی (aa'i) - Came

- This is the feminine singular past tense form of the verb آنا (aana - to come). It agrees with the feminine noun کتاب (kitaab).

- جو (jo) - Which / What

- This is a relative pronoun, similar to "which" or "that" when introducing a clause about a thing.

- ان (un) - They (oblique)

- Again, the oblique form of "they", referring to the people.

- کے پاس (ke paas) - With

- "With them" in this context.

- جو کچھ (jo kuch) - Whatever / That which

- جو (jo) means "which" and کچھ (kuch) means "some" or "anything". Together, they form "whatever" or "that which". Here, it refers to the scripture they already possessed.

- تھا (tha) - Was

- This is the masculine singular past tense form of the verb ہونا (hona - to be). It agrees with جو کچھ (jo kuch), which is treated as masculine singular.

- اس کی (uss ki) - Its / Of that

- اس (uss) is the oblique form of یہ (yeh - this) or وہ (woh - that), here referring to "that which was with them". کی (ki) is a feminine possessive particle, agreeing with تصدیق (tasdeeq).

- تصدیق (tasdeeq) - Confirmation / Verification

- This is a feminine noun meaning "confirmation".

- کرتی تھی (karti thi) - Used to confirm / Was confirming

- This is a compound verb construction. کرتی (karti) is the feminine form of کرنا (karna - to do), and تھی (thi) is the feminine past tense of ہونا (hona - to be). Together, کرتی تھی indicates a past continuous or habitual action, "used to confirm" or "was confirming". It agrees with کتاب (kitaab).

- حالانکہ (haalaankay) - Although / Whereas

- This is a conjunction that introduces a contrasting statement.

- وہ (woh) - They

- This is the plural pronoun "they".

- اس سے پہلے (iss se pehle) - Before this

- اس (iss) is "this" (oblique), سے (se) is "from" or "than", and پہلے (pehle) is "before". So, "before this" or "prior to this".

- کافروں (kaafiron) - Disbelievers

- This is the oblique plural form of کافر (kaafir - disbeliever). It changes to کافروں when followed by a postposition like پر.

- پر (par) - On Upon Over / Against

- This postposition means "on" or "upon". In the context of battle or competition, it can mean "over" or "against".

- فتح (fatah) - Victory

- This is a feminine noun meaning "victory".

- کی (ki) - Of

- This is a feminine possessive particle, linking "victory" to "prayer".

- دعا (du'a) - Prayer / Supplication

- This is a feminine noun meaning "prayer" or "supplication".

- مانگا کرتے تھے (maanga karte the) - Used to ask for / Used to pray for

- This is a complex verb phrase indicating a habitual action in the past by plural masculine subjects. مانگنا (maangna - to ask/demand/beg) and کرنا (karna - to do) combine to form a habitual action, with تھے (the) being the masculine plural past tense of ہونا (hona - to be). So, "used to ask for" or "used to pray for".

- پھر (phir) - Then / Again

- This adverb means "then" or "next".

- جب (jab) - When

- "When".

- ان (un) - They (oblique)

- Referring to the people.

- کے پاس (ke paas) - To them

- "To them".

- وہ (woh) - That

- This demonstrative pronoun means "that" or "it".

- چیز (cheez) - Thing

- This is a feminine noun meaning "thing".

- آئی (aa'i) - Came

- The feminine singular past tense form of آنا (aana - to come), agreeing with چیز (cheez).

- جسے (jisay) - Which / Whom

- This is a relative pronoun in the objective case, similar to "which" or "whom".

- وہ (woh) - They

- The plural pronoun "they".

- پہچانتے تھے (pehchaante the) - Used to recognize / Recognized

- This is the masculine plural past habitual form of پہچاننا (pehchaanna - to recognize). So, "they used to recognize" or simply "they recognized".

- تو (toh) - Then / So

- This is a conjunction that introduces the consequence of the preceding conditional clause.

- انہوں نے (unho nay) - They (ergative case)

- انہوں (unho) is the oblique form of وہ (woh - they). نے (nay) is the ergative marker used with transitive verbs in the past tense when the subject performs the action directly on an object. This construction means "they did" or "by them".

- اس کا (uss ka) - Its / Of it

- اس (uss) is the oblique form of "it/that". کا (ka) is a masculine possessive particle, agreeing with انکار (inkaar).

- انکار (inkaar) - Denial / Disbelief

- This is a masculine noun meaning "denial" or "disbelief".

- کر دیا (kar diya) - Did / Denied

- This is a compound verb. کرنا (karna - to do) and دینا (dena - to give, used here as an intensifier indicating completion or finality of the action). انکار کر دیا means "they completely denied it" or "they disbelieved in it".

- پس (pas) - So / Therefore

- This adverb indicates a consequence.

- کافروں (kaafiron) - Disbelievers (oblique plural)

- Again, the oblique plural form, here followed by پر.

- پر (par) - Upon / On

- "Upon".

- اللہ (Allah) - Allah (God)

- کی (ki) - Of

- Feminine possessive particle, agreeing with لعنت (la'nat).

- لعنت (la'nat) - Curse

- This is a feminine noun meaning "curse".

- ہے۔ (hai) - Is

- This is the third-person singular present tense form of ہونا (hona - to be). It is often implied or explicitly stated to complete the sentence, meaning "is".

Grammar Notes

1. Postpositions: Urdu uses postpositions (words that come after the noun) instead of prepositions (words that come before the noun). Examples in this sentence include کے پاس (ke paas - with/to), کی طرف سے (ki taraf se - from), پر (par - on/upon).

2. Verb Agreement: Verbs in Urdu generally agree with their subject in gender and number.

- Example: کتاب آئی (kitaab aa'i - "book came") - کتاب (book) is feminine singular, so آئی (came) is also feminine singular.

- Example: وہ مانگا کرتے تھے (woh maanga karte the - "they used to pray") - وہ (they) is plural masculine, so مانگا کرتے تھے is also plural masculine.

3. Ergative Case (نے): Urdu uses the ergative marker نے (nay) with the subject of a transitive verb (a verb that takes an object) when the verb is in a simple past tense. The verb then agrees with the object in gender and number, not the subject.

- Example: انہوں نے اس کا انکار کر دیا (unho nay uss ka inkaar kar diya) - Here, انہوں (unho) is the subject in the ergative case. The verb کر دیا (kar diya - denied) agrees with انکار (inkaar - denial), which is masculine singular.

4. Compound Verbs: Urdu frequently uses compound verbs to express nuances of action, such as completion, intensity, or habitual actions.

- Habitual Past: مانگا کرتے تھے (maanga karte the - "used to ask/pray") combines a verb with کرنا (karna - to do) and the past tense of ہونا (hona - to be) to show a recurring action in the past.

- Intensifier/Completion: کر دیا (kar diya - "did/denied") uses دینا (dena - to give) as an auxiliary verb to emphasize the completion or finality of the action انکار کرنا (inkaar karna - to deny).

5. Oblique Case of Pronouns and Nouns: Nouns and pronouns often change their form (enter the oblique case) when followed by a postposition.

- Example: وہ (woh - they) becomes ان (un) before کے پاس (ke paas).

- Example: کافر (kaafir - disbeliever) becomes کافروں (kaafiron) before پر (par).

Here's your translation and Urdu lesson:

English Translation

And is it that whenever they made a covenant, a party among them rejected it? Nay, most of them do not believe.

Urdu Translation

اور کیا جب کبھی انہوں نے کوئی عہد کیا، تو ان میں سے ایک گروہ نے اسے توڑ دیا؟ بلکہ ان میں سے اکثر ایمان نہیں لاتے ہیں۔

Word-for-Word Breakdown & Explanation

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word:

- اور (Aur) - And

- Pronunciation: oar (like the 'oar' used to row a boat)

- Grammar: Conjunction. Connects ideas. Here, it also serves to introduce a rhetorical question, giving it a sense of "And so, is it that...".

- کیا (Kya) - Is it that Did (Interrogative particle)

- Pronunciation: kyaa (like 'key-aa')

- Grammar: An interrogative particle. Placing it at the beginning of a sentence makes the entire sentence a question.

- جب (Jab) - When

- Pronunciation: jub (like 'juhb')

- Grammar: Adverb of time. Indicates 'when'.

- کبھی (Kabhi) - Ever / At any time

- Pronunciation: kub-hee (like 'cub-hee')

- Grammar: Adverb of time. When combined with جب (jab), جب کبھی (jab kabhi) means "whenever" or "every time".

- انہوں نے (Unhon ne) - They (agent marker)

- Pronunciation: un-hohn nay (like 'uhn-hohn nay')

- Grammar: انہوں (Unhon) is the oblique plural pronoun for 'they'. نے (ne) is a postposition (also known as an ergative marker) in Urdu. It indicates that the preceding noun/pronoun is the subject (doer) of an action, especially with transitive verbs in perfect tenses (like the past tense here). So, انہوں نے literally means "by them" or "they (did something)".

- کوئی (Koi) - Any A Some

- Pronunciation: koy-ee (like 'coy-ee')

- Grammar: Indefinite pronoun or adjective. Here, it acts like an indefinite article, meaning "a" or "any" covenant.

- عہد (Ahd) - Covenant Pledge Promise

- Pronunciation: uh-hud (like 'uh-hud')

- Grammar: Masculine noun. Refers to a formal agreement or promise.

- کیا (Kiya) - Made / Did

- Pronunciation: kee-yaa (like 'key-yaa')

- Grammar: Past tense verb (masculine singular). It comes from the verb کرنا (karnaa - to do/to make). In the phrase عہد کیا (ahd kiya), it means "made a covenant".

- تو (To) - Then / So

- Pronunciation: toe (like the 'toe' of a foot)

- Grammar: Conjunction or particle. It often introduces the consequence or result of a conditional clause. In this sentence, it connects the "whenever they made a covenant" part to the "then a group rejected it" part.

- ان (Un) - Them / Those

- Pronunciation: un (like 'uhn')

- Grammar: Oblique plural pronoun. Refers back to the people implied by "they" earlier in the sentence.

- میں سے (Mein se) - Among / From among

- Pronunciation: mayn say (like 'main say')

- Grammar: This is a postpositional phrase. میں (mein) means 'in' or 'among', and سے (se) means 'from'. Together, they form "from among" or "among".

- ایک (Ek) - One / A

- Pronunciation: ayk (like 'ache' in 'bake')

- Grammar: Numeral or indefinite article. Means 'a' or 'one'.

- گروہ (Giroh) - Group / Party

- Pronunciation: gee-roh (like 'gee-roh')

- Grammar: Masculine noun. Refers to a collection of people.

- نے (Ne) - (Agent marker)

- Pronunciation: nay (like 'nay' in 'nay-say')

- Grammar: Another نے postposition, marking گروہ (giroh - group) as the subject (doer) of the action توڑ دیا (tod diya - broke).

- اسے (Usay) - It (object)

- Pronunciation: oo-say (like 'oo-say')

- Grammar: Oblique singular pronoun, used here in the accusative case (as the direct object). It refers back to the عہد (ahd - covenant) that was made.

- توڑ دیا (Tod diya) - Broke / Rejected

- Pronunciation: tohd dee-yaa (like 'toad dee-yaa')

- Grammar: This is a compound verb in the past tense. توڑنا (tornaa) means 'to break', and دینا (denaa - to give) is used as an auxiliary verb here to complete the action, emphasizing that the action was performed completely or for someone else. In the context of a covenant, توڑ دیا means "broke" or "rejected" it.

- بلکہ (Balkay) - Rather But Nay

- Pronunciation: bul-kay (like 'bull-kay')

- Grammar: Conjunction. Used to introduce a contrasting or corrective statement, often stronger than just 'but'.

- ان میں سے (Un mein se) - Among them / From them

- Pronunciation: un mayn say (like 'uhn mayn say')

- Grammar: Same postpositional phrase as before, used to specify "most among them".

- اکثر (Aksar) - Most / Majority

- Pronunciation: uk-sur (like 'uk-sur')

- Grammar: Adjective or adverb. Here, it refers to "most of them."

- ایمان (Iman) - Faith / Belief

- Pronunciation: ee-maan (like 'ee-maan')

- Grammar: Masculine noun. Refers to faith or conviction.

- نہیں (Nahin) - Not / No

- Pronunciation: nah-heen (like 'nah-heen')

- Grammar: Negative particle. Used to negate verbs or adjectives.

- لاتے (Laate) - Bring / Come (plural masculine)

- Pronunciation: laa-tay (like 'laa-tay')

- Grammar: Present indefinite verb (plural masculine form). It comes from لانا (laanaa - to bring). In Urdu, ایمان لانا (iman laanaa) is an idiomatic expression that means "to believe" or "to accept faith". Therefore, ایمان نہیں لاتے means "they do not believe". (The auxiliary verb ہیں (hain - are) is often implied or omitted in such constructions for brevity).

Here is your Urdu translation and English word-for-word breakdown, suitable for an English-speaking student learning Urdu and for compilation into a mobi book format.

Urdu Translation:

بیشک (Beshaq) آسمانوں (aasmaanon) اور (aur) زمین (zameen) کی (ki) تخلیق (takhleeq) میں، (mein) اور (aur) رات (raat) اور (aur) دن (din) کے (ke) بدلنے (badalne) میں، (mein) اور (aur) ان (un) کشتیوں (kashtiyon) میں (mein) جو (jo) سمندر (samandar) میں (mein) لوگوں (logon) کے (ke) فائدے (faaide) کی (ki) چیزیں (cheezein) لے (le) کر (kar) چلتی (chalti) ہیں، (hain) اور (aur) اس (uss) پانی (paani) میں (mein) جو (jo) اللہ (Allah) نے (ne) آسمان (aasmaan) سے (se) نازل (naazil) کیا (kiya) اور (aur) پھر (phir) اس (uss) کے (ke) ذریعے (zariye) مردہ (murda) زمین (zameen) کو (ko) زندگی (zindagi) بخشی، (bakhshi) اور (aur) اس (uss) میں (mein) ہر (har) طرح (tarah) کے (ke) جاندار (jaandaar) پھیلائے، (phailaye) اور (aur) ہواؤں (hawaon) کے (ke) رخ (rukh) بدلنے (badalne) میں، (mein) اور (aur) ان (un) بادلوں (badalon) میں (mein) جو (jo) آسمان (aasmaan) اور (aur) زمین (zameen) کے (ke) درمیان (darmiyan) مسخر (musakhkhar) ہیں (hain) — عقل (aql) والوں (walon) کے (ke) لیے (liye) یقیناً (yaqeenan) نشانیاں (nishaaniyaan) ہیں۔ (hain)

English Translation:

Indeed, in the creation of the heavens and the earth, and the alternation of the night and the day, and the ships that sail through the sea with that which benefits people, and the water which Allah sent down from the sky thereby giving life to the dead earth, and dispersing therein every kind of living creature, and in the changing of the winds, and in those clouds made subservient between the sky and the earth — there are certainly signs for those who possess intellect.

Word-for-Word Explanation and Pronunciation:

- بیشک (Beshaq)

- Meaning: Indeed; Surely; Without doubt.

- Grammar: An emphatic particle, often used at the beginning of a sentence to add stress.

- آسمانوں (aasmaanon)

- Meaning: Heavens; Skies (plural of آسمان aasmaan 'sky/heaven').

- Grammar: This is the plural form of 'aasmaan' in the oblique case, used before a postposition like 'ki' or 'mein'.

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And.

- Grammar: Conjunction.

- زمین (zameen)

- Meaning: Earth; Land.

- Grammar: Feminine noun.

- کی (ki)

- Meaning: Of.

- Grammar: Postposition (similar to a preposition but comes after the noun). This form (ki) is used because the noun it relates to (تخلیق takhleeq) is feminine.

- تخلیق (takhleeq)

- Meaning: Creation.

- Grammar: Feminine noun.

- میں، (mein)

- Meaning: In.

- Grammar: Postposition.

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And.

- Grammar: Conjunction.

- رات (raat)

- Meaning: Night.

- Grammar: Feminine noun.

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And.

- Grammar: Conjunction.

- دن (din)

- Meaning: Day.

- Grammar: Masculine noun.

- کے (ke)

- Meaning: Of; For (used here to link 'badalne' to 'raat aur din').

- Grammar: Postposition. This form (ke) is used because the noun it relates to (بدلنے badalne) is masculine and in the oblique form (a verbal noun acting as a noun).

- بدلنے (badalne)

- Meaning: Changing; Alteration; Alternation (verbal noun of بدلنا badalna 'to change').

- Grammar: A masculine verbal noun in the oblique case.

- میں، (mein)

- Meaning: In.

- Grammar: Postposition.

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And.

- Grammar: Conjunction.

- ان (un)

- Meaning: Those; These (here, "those").

- Grammar: Demonstrative pronoun/adjective, used for plural and often for things at a distance.

- کشتیوں (kashtiyon)

- Meaning: Ships; Boats (plural of کشتی kashti 'ship/boat').

- Grammar: Feminine plural noun in the oblique case, as it's followed by the postposition 'mein'.

- میں (mein)

- Meaning: In.

- Grammar: Postposition.

- جو (jo)

- Meaning: Which; That; Who.

- Grammar: Relative pronoun, connecting the ships to their action.

- سمندر (samandar)

- Meaning: Sea; Ocean.

- Grammar: Masculine noun.

- میں (mein)

- Meaning: In.

- Grammar: Postposition.

- لوگوں (logon)

- Meaning: People (plural of لوگ log 'people', or from آدمی aadmi 'person').

- Grammar: Plural noun in the oblique case.

- کے (ke)

- Meaning: Of; For.

- Grammar: Postposition.

- فائدے (faaide)

- Meaning: Benefit; Advantage (oblique plural of فائدہ faida 'benefit', used here as singular oblique).

- Grammar: Masculine noun in the oblique case.

- کی (ki)

- Meaning: Of; For.

- Grammar: Postposition, feminine singular, linking 'cheezein' to 'faaide'.

- چیزیں (cheezein)

- Meaning: Things (plural of چیز cheez 'thing').

- Grammar: Feminine plural noun.

- لے (le)

- Meaning: Taking; Carrying (root of verb لینا lena 'to take').

- Grammar: A component of a compound verb phrase.

- کر (kar)

- Meaning: Having done (root of verb کرنا karna 'to do').

- Grammar: A conjunctive participle, often used to connect actions or form compound verbs. لے کر چلتی ہیں (le kar chalti hain) means "sail carrying" or "move while taking."

- چلتی (chalti)

- Meaning: Move; Run; Sail (feminine plural form of چلنا chalna 'to move/walk/run/sail').

- Grammar: Present participle, feminine plural, agreeing with کشتیوں kashtiyon (ships).

- ہیں، (hain)

- Meaning: Are.

- Grammar: Plural present tense auxiliary verb.

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And.

- Grammar: Conjunction.

- اس (uss)

- Meaning: That; This (here, "that").

- Grammar: Demonstrative pronoun/adjective.

- پانی (paani)

- Meaning: Water.

- Grammar: Masculine noun.

- میں (mein)

- Meaning: In.

- Grammar: Postposition.

- جو (jo)

- Meaning: Which; That.

- Grammar: Relative pronoun.

- اللہ (Allah)

- Meaning: God (Arabic word for God).

- Grammar: Proper noun.

- نے (ne)

- Meaning: (Agent marker for transitive verbs in past tense).

- Grammar: Ergative postposition. It indicates that the noun before it (Allah) is the subject/doer of a past transitive action. For example, in Urdu, you say "Allah ne kiya" (Allah did), not "Allah kiya".

- آسمان (aasmaan)

- Meaning: Sky; Heaven.

- Grammar: Masculine noun.

- سے (se)

- Meaning: From; By; With.

- Grammar: Postposition, indicating source.

- نازل (naazil)

- Meaning: Sent down; Revealed.

- Grammar: Adjective/participle, derived from Arabic. It combines with 'kiya' to form a verb.

- کیا (kiya)

- Meaning: Did; Was done (past tense of کرنا karna 'to do').

- Grammar: Past tense verb, masculine singular. نازل کیا (naazil kiya) together means "sent down".

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And.

- Grammar: Conjunction.

- پھر (phir)

- Meaning: Then; After that.

- Grammar: Adverb of time.

- اس (uss)

- Meaning: That (referring to the water).

- Grammar: Demonstrative pronoun/adjective.

- کے (ke)

- Meaning: Of; By (here, indicating agency or means).

- Grammar: Postposition, part of the compound postposition ke zariye.

- ذریعے (zariye)

- Meaning: Through; By means of.

- Grammar: Masculine noun in oblique case, forming the compound postposition کے ذریعے (ke zariye).

- مردہ (murda)

- Meaning: Dead; Lifeless.

- Grammar: Adjective.

- زمین (zameen)

- Meaning: Earth; Land.

- Grammar: Feminine noun.

- کو (ko)

- Meaning: To (dative case marker); Also marks the direct object in certain constructions.

- Grammar: Postposition, marking 'zameen' as the direct object of the verb 'bakhshi'.

- زندگی (zindagi)

- Meaning: Life.

- Grammar: Feminine noun.

- بخشی، (bakhshi)

- Meaning: Bestowed; Granted (feminine past tense of بخشنا bakhshna 'to bestow/grant').

- Grammar: Transitive verb in past tense, feminine singular, agreeing with زندگی zindagi (life).

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And.

- Grammar: Conjunction.

- اس (uss)

- Meaning: It (referring to the earth).

- Grammar: Demonstrative pronoun/adjective.

- میں (mein)

- Meaning: In.

- Grammar: Postposition.

- ہر (har)

- Meaning: Every; Each.

- Grammar: Indefinite adjective.

- طرح (tarah)

- Meaning: Kind; Type; Sort.

- Grammar: Feminine noun.

- کے (ke)

- Meaning: Of.

- Grammar: Postposition, masculine plural/oblique, linking 'kind' to 'creatures'.

- جاندار (jaandaar)

- Meaning: Living creature; Animal.

- Grammar: Masculine noun (can refer to any animate being).

- پھیلائے، (phailaye)

- Meaning: Spread; Dispersed (masculine plural past tense of پھیلانا phailaana 'to spread').

- Grammar: Transitive verb in past tense, masculine plural, agreeing with جاندار jaandaar.

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And.

- Grammar: Conjunction.

- ہواؤں (hawaon)

- Meaning: Winds (plural of ہوا hawa 'wind').

- Grammar: Feminine plural noun in the oblique case.

- کے (ke)

- Meaning: Of.

- Grammar: Postposition.

- رخ (rukh)

- Meaning: Direction; Face.

- Grammar: Masculine noun.

- بدلنے (badalne)

- Meaning: Changing; Alteration (verbal noun of بدلنا badalna 'to change').

- Grammar: Masculine verbal noun in the oblique case.

- میں، (mein)

- Meaning: In.

- Grammar: Postposition.

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And.

- Grammar: Conjunction.

- ان (un)

- Meaning: Those.

- Grammar: Demonstrative pronoun/adjective.

- بادلوں (badalon)

- Meaning: Clouds (plural of بادل badal 'cloud').

- Grammar: Masculine plural noun in the oblique case.

- میں (mein)

- Meaning: In.

- Grammar: Postposition.

- جو (jo)

- Meaning: Which; That.

- Grammar: Relative pronoun.

- آسمان (aasmaan)

- Meaning: Sky; Heaven.

- Grammar: Masculine noun.

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And.

- Grammar: Conjunction.

- زمین (zameen)

- Meaning: Earth; Land.

- Grammar: Feminine noun.

- کے (ke)

- Meaning: Between; In the middle of.

- Grammar: Postposition, used here to form ke darmiyan (between).

- درمیان (darmiyan)

- Meaning: Middle; Between.

- Grammar: Masculine noun, often used with کے (ke) as a compound postposition (کے درمیان ke darmiyan).

- مسخر (musakhkhar)

- Meaning: Made subservient; Controlled; Subjected.

- Grammar: Adjective/participle, derived from Arabic.

- ہیں (hain)

- Meaning: Are.

- Grammar: Plural present tense auxiliary verb.

- —

- Meaning: (This dash is a stylistic separator to indicate the end of the list of signs).

- عقل (aql)

- Meaning: Intellect; Reason; Wisdom.

- Grammar: Feminine noun.

- والوں (walon)

- Meaning: Ones (who possess something); People (who are associated with something) (plural oblique of والا waala).

- Grammar: The suffix والا (wala, masculine singular) is used to denote a possessor or an associate. والوں (walon) is its plural oblique form, so عقل والوں (aql walon) means "those who possess intellect."

- کے (ke)

- Meaning: For; To.

- Grammar: Postposition, part of ke liye.

- لیے (liye)

- Meaning: For.

- Grammar: Postposition, completing the compound postposition کے لیے (ke liye).

- یقیناً (yaqeenan)

- Meaning: Certainly; Definitely; Surely.

- Grammar: Adverb, adding emphasis.

- نشانیاں (nishaaniyaan)

- Meaning: Signs; Indications (plural of نشانی nishaani 'sign').

- Grammar: Feminine plural noun.

- ہیں۔ (hain)

- Meaning: Are.

- Grammar: Plural present tense auxiliary verb, indicating existence.

Here is the Urdu and English translation of the Arabic sentence, along with a word-for-word explanation and pronunciation guide to help you learn Urdu.

English Translation

"We have certainly seen the turning of your face towards the heaven. So We will surely turn you towards a Qibla that will please you. So turn your face towards the Sacred Mosque. And wherever you may be, turn your faces towards it. And indeed, those who were given the Scripture surely know that it is the truth from their Lord. And Allah is not unaware of what they do."

Urdu Translation with Word-for-Word Breakdown

ہم (Hum)

- Pronunciation: Hum

- Meaning: We

- Grammar: This is the first person plural pronoun.

دیکھ (Dekh)

- Pronunciation: Dekh

- Meaning: See (root of the verb "to see")

- Grammar: This is the imperative stem of the verb "dekhnā" (to see).

رہے (Rahay)

- Pronunciation: Rahay

- Meaning: Are (auxiliary verb indicating continuous action)

- Grammar: This is the masculine plural form of the auxiliary verb "rehnā" (to stay/remain), used here to form the present continuous tense. "Dekh rahay hain" means "are seeing".

ہیں (Hain)

- Pronunciation: Hain

- Meaning: Are (plural present tense form of 'to be')

- Grammar: This is the plural form of the verb "to be" in the present tense, used to complete the present continuous tense.

آپ (Aap)

- Pronunciation: Aap

- Meaning: You (respectful/formal singular or plural)

- Grammar: This is a respectful second person pronoun.

کے (Kay)

- Pronunciation: Kay

- Meaning: Of Your (possessive particle for masculine singularplural or for respectful address)

- Grammar: This is a possessive particle (like 's in English), which connects "آپ" (Aap - you) to "چہرے" (chehray - face). It agrees with the noun it modifies, which is "چہرے" (chehray - face), which is masculine.

چہرے (Chehray)

- Pronunciation: Chehray

- Meaning: Face (plural or oblique singular)

- Grammar: The word for face is "chehra" (چہرہ). "Chehray" can be either the plural form or the oblique singular form. Here, it refers to a single face but is in the oblique case because of the preceding possessive particle "کے" (kay).

کا (Kaa)

- Pronunciation: Kaa

- Meaning: Of / Possessive particle (masculine singular)

- Grammar: Another possessive particle, similar to "کے" (kay), but used for masculine singular nouns in the nominative case. Here, it connects "چہرے" (chehray - face) to the action "اٹھنا" (uṭhnā - rising).

بار (Baar)

- Pronunciation: Baar

- Meaning: Time / Repeatedly

- Grammar: This word signifies repetition.

بار (Baar)

- Pronunciation: Baar

- Meaning: Time / Repeatedly (again, emphasizing repetition)

- Grammar: "Bar bar" is an idiom meaning "again and again" or "repeatedly".

آسمان (Aasmaan)

- Pronunciation: Aasmaan

- Meaning: Sky / Heaven

- Grammar: Noun, masculine.

کی (Ki)

- Pronunciation: Ki

- Meaning: Towards / Of (feminine possessive particle or postposition)

- Grammar: Here, "کی طرف" (ki taraf) is a compound postposition meaning "towards". "کی" (ki) is also a possessive particle, but in this context, it functions as part of a directional phrase.

طرف (Taraf)

- Pronunciation: Ta-raf

- Meaning: Side / Direction

- Grammar: Noun, feminine. When combined with "کی" (ki), it forms the postposition "کی طرف" (ki taraf), meaning "towards".

اٹھنا (Uṭhnā)

- Pronunciation: Uth-naa

- Meaning: To rise To be lifted To turn (upwards)

- Grammar: Infinitive verb, used here as a noun phrase ("the rising/turning").

تو (To)

- Pronunciation: Toh

- Meaning: So Then Therefore

- Grammar: Conjunction.

ہم (Hum)

- Pronunciation: Hum

- Meaning: We

- Grammar: First person plural pronoun.

ضرور (Zarūr)

- Pronunciation: Za-roor

- Meaning: Surely Certainly Definitely

- Grammar: Adverb of emphasis.

آپ (Aap)

- Pronunciation: Aap

- Meaning: You (respectful/formal singular or plural)

- Grammar: Second person pronoun.

کو (Ko)

- Pronunciation: Koh

- Meaning: To (direct object marker)

- Grammar: This is a postposition indicating the direct object of the verb. Here, it marks "آپ" (Aap - you) as the recipient of the action.

ایک (Ek)

- Pronunciation: Ek

- Meaning: A An One

- Grammar: Indefinite article/numeral.

ایسے (Aisay)

- Pronunciation: Ai-say

- Meaning: Such / Like this (oblique form)

- Grammar: Demonstrative adjective, oblique masculine plural/singular. It modifies "قبلہ" (qibla) indirectly, meaning "a qibla of this kind".

قبلہ (Qibla)

- Pronunciation: Qib-la

- Meaning: Direction of prayer (specifically towards the Kaaba in Mecca)

- Grammar: Noun, masculine.

کی (Ki)

- Pronunciation: Ki

- Meaning: Towards / Of (part of the postposition "کی طرف")

- Grammar: Used here as part of the postposition "کی طرف" (ki taraf - towards).

طرف (Taraf)

- Pronunciation: Ta-raf

- Meaning: Side / Direction

- Grammar: Noun, feminine. "کی طرف" (ki taraf) means "towards".

پھیر (Phair)

- Pronunciation: Phair

- Meaning: Turn (root of the verb "to turn")

- Grammar: Imperative stem of the verb "phairnā" (to turn/change direction).

دیں (Dain)

- Pronunciation: Dain

- Meaning: Will give (auxiliary verb to form future tense with emphasis)

- Grammar: Plural/respectful form of "denā" (to give), used here as an auxiliary verb to form a future tense with a sense of certainty, "پھیر دیں گے" (phair dain gay) means "will turn".

گے (Gay)

- Pronunciation: Gay

- Meaning: Will (masculine plural future tense marker)

- Grammar: Future tense marker, masculine plural, agreeing with "ہم" (hum - we).

جس (Jis)

- Pronunciation: Jis

- Meaning: Which / Whom (oblique form of "jo")

- Grammar: Relative pronoun, oblique singular. Refers back to "قبلہ" (qibla).

سے (Say)

- Pronunciation: Say

- Meaning: From By With (postposition)

- Grammar: Postposition, here indicating the source or cause of satisfaction. "جس سے" (jis say) means "by which" or "with which".

آپ (Aap)

- Pronunciation: Aap

- Meaning: You (respectful/formal singular or plural)

- Grammar: Second person pronoun.

راضی (Rāzi)

- Pronunciation: Raa-zi

- Meaning: Pleased Satisfied Content

- Grammar: Adjective.

ہوں (Hon)

- Pronunciation: Hon

- Meaning: Are (subjunctive/optative form of 'to be')

- Grammar: The plural/respectful subjunctive form of "honā" (to be), indicating a wish, possibility, or condition. "جس سے آپ راضی ہوں" (jis say aap rāzi hon) means "with which you may be pleased" or "that will please you".

تو (To)

- Pronunciation: Toh

- Meaning: So / Then

- Grammar: Conjunction.

آپ (Aap)

- Pronunciation: Aap

- Meaning: You (respectful/formal singular or plural)

- Grammar: Second person pronoun.

اپنا (Apnā)

- Pronunciation: Ap-naa

- Meaning: Your own (reflexive possessive adjective)

- Grammar: Reflexive possessive adjective, agreeing with "چہرہ" (chehra - face) which is masculine singular. It emphasizes "your own face".

چہرہ (Chehra)

- Pronunciation: Cheh-raa

- Meaning: Face

- Grammar: Noun, masculine singular.

مسجد (Masjid)

- Pronunciation: Mas-jid

- Meaning: Mosque

- Grammar: Noun, feminine.

الحرام (Al-Haram)

- Pronunciation: Al-Ha-raam

- Meaning: The Sacred (from Arabic)

- Grammar: Adjective, always used with "Masjid" to refer to the Kaaba in Mecca.

کی (Ki)

- Pronunciation: Ki

- Meaning: Towards (part of the postposition "کی طرف")

- Grammar: Used here as part of the postposition "کی طرف" (ki taraf - towards).

طرف (Taraf)

- Pronunciation: Ta-raf

- Meaning: Side / Direction

- Grammar: Noun, feminine. "کی طرف" (ki taraf) means "towards".

پھیریں (Phairain)

- Pronunciation: Phairain

- Meaning: Turn (respectful imperative)

- Grammar: Respectful imperative form of "phairnā" (to turn). It is used for "آپ" (Aap - you).

اور (Aur)

- Pronunciation: Aur

- Meaning: And

- Grammar: Conjunction.

تم (Tum)

- Pronunciation: Tum

- Meaning: You (informal plural or familiar singular)

- Grammar: Second person pronoun, used for addressing multiple people or one person informally.

جہاں (Jahaañ)

- Pronunciation: Ja-haañ

- Meaning: Where

- Grammar: Adverb of place.

کہیں (Kahīñ)

- Pronunciation: Ka-hīñ

- Meaning: Anywhere / Some place

- Grammar: Emphasizes "wherever". "جہاں کہیں" (jahaañ kahīñ) means "wherever".

بھی (Bhi)

- Pronunciation: Bhi

- Meaning: Also Even Too

- Grammar: Emphatic particle, further emphasizing "wherever". "جہاں کہیں بھی" (jahaañ kahīñ bhi) means "wherever also" or simply "wherever you may be".

ہو (Ho)

- Pronunciation: Ho

- Meaning: Are (familiar/informal plural or singular)

- Grammar: Present tense form of "honā" (to be) for "تم" (tum).

، (comma) - Punctuation.

اپنے (Apnay)

- Pronunciation: Ap-nay

- Meaning: Your own (reflexive possessive adjective, oblique plural/masculine)

- Grammar: Reflexive possessive adjective, masculine plural, agreeing with "چہروں" (chehron - faces).

چہروں (Chehron)

- Pronunciation: Chehron

- Meaning: Faces (oblique plural)

- Grammar: The oblique plural form of "chehra" (چہرہ - face), used because of the preceding "اپنے" (apnay) and following "کو" (ko).

کو (Ko)

- Pronunciation: Koh

- Meaning: To (direct object marker)

- Grammar: Postposition, marking "چہروں" (chehron - faces) as the direct object.

اسی (Isi)

- Pronunciation: I-si

- Meaning: That very / Itself (emphatic demonstrative pronoun)

- Grammar: Emphatic form of "is" (this/it). Refers to the Masjid al-Haram.

کی (Ki)

- Pronunciation: Ki

- Meaning: Towards (part of the postposition "کی طرف")

- Grammar: Used here as part of the postposition "کی طرف" (ki taraf - towards).

طرف (Taraf)

- Pronunciation: Ta-raf

- Meaning: Side / Direction

- Grammar: Noun, feminine. "کی طرف" (ki taraf) means "towards".

پھیرو (Phairo)

- Pronunciation: Phai-ro

- Meaning: Turn (informal plural imperative)

- Grammar: Imperative verb form for "تم" (tum), instructing multiple people or one person informally.

۔ (full stop) - Punctuation.

اور (Aur)

- Pronunciation: Aur

- Meaning: And

- Grammar: Conjunction.

بے (Bay)

- Pronunciation: Bay

- Meaning: Without (prefix)

- Grammar: Prefix, means "without".

شک (Shak)

- Pronunciation: Shak

- Meaning: Doubt

- Grammar: Noun, masculine. "بے شک" (bay shak) means "without doubt" or "indeed".

جن (Jin)

- Pronunciation: Jin

- Meaning: Who / Which (oblique plural relative pronoun)

- Grammar: Oblique plural form of "jo" (جو - who/which), used to refer to people.

لوگوں (Logon)

- Pronunciation: Lo-gon

- Meaning: People (oblique plural)

- Grammar: Oblique plural form of "log" (لوگ - people), used here because of the preceding "جن" (jin).

کو (Ko)

- Pronunciation: Koh

- Meaning: To (indirect object marker)

- Grammar: Postposition, indicating the indirect object of the verb. "جن لوگوں کو" (jin logon ko) means "to those people who".

کتاب (Kitaab)

- Pronunciation: Ki-taab

- Meaning: Book / Scripture

- Grammar: Noun, feminine. Refers to the divine revelations.

دی (Di)

- Pronunciation: Di

- Meaning: Given (feminine past participle of "denā")

- Grammar: Past participle of "denā" (to give), feminine singular, agreeing with "کتاب" (kitaab - book).

گئی (Gaī)

- Pronunciation: Ga-ee

- Meaning: Went (feminine past participle of "jānā," used as auxiliary)

- Grammar: Past participle of "jānā" (to go), feminine singular, used as an auxiliary verb to form a passive voice. "دی گئی" (di gaī) means "was given".

ہے (Hai)

- Pronunciation: Hai

- Meaning: Is

- Grammar: Present tense form of "honā" (to be), completing the passive voice construction.

، (comma) - Punctuation.

وہ (Woh)

- Pronunciation: Woh

- Meaning: They (third person plural pronoun)

- Grammar: Third person plural pronoun, referring to "جن لوگوں" (jin logon - those people).

خوب (Khoob)

- Pronunciation: Khoob

- Meaning: Very well Thoroughly Abundantly

- Grammar: Adverb, here emphasizing the extent of their knowledge.

جانتے (Jaantay)

- Pronunciation: Jaantay

- Meaning: Know (masculine plural imperfect participle)

- Grammar: Imperfect participle of "jānnā" (to know), masculine plural, agreeing with "وہ" (woh - they).

ہیں (Hain)

- Pronunciation: Hain

- Meaning: Are

- Grammar: Plural present tense form of "to be," completing the present simple tense "جانتے ہیں" (jaantay hain - they know).

کہ (Keh)

- Pronunciation: Keh

- Meaning: That (conjunction)

- Grammar: Conjunction introducing a subordinate clause.

یہ (Yeh)

- Pronunciation: Yeh

- Meaning: This / It

- Grammar: Demonstrative pronoun, referring to "it" (the Qibla change or the command).

ان (Un)

- Pronunciation: Un

- Meaning: Their (oblique plural pronoun)

- Grammar: Oblique plural pronoun, referring to "those people".

کے (Kay)

- Pronunciation: Kay

- Meaning: Of Possessive particle (masculine pluralrespectful singular)

- Grammar: Possessive particle, agreeing with "رب" (Rabb - Lord) which is masculine. "ان کے" (un kay) means "their".

رب (Rabb)

- Pronunciation: Rubb

- Meaning: Lord Cherisher Sustainer

- Grammar: Noun, masculine. Refers to God.

کی (Ki)

- Pronunciation: Ki

- Meaning: From / Of (feminine possessive particle or postposition)

- Grammar: Here, "کی طرف سے" (ki taraf say) is a compound postposition meaning "from the side of" or "from".

طرف (Taraf)

- Pronunciation: Ta-raf

- Meaning: Side / Direction

- Grammar: Noun, feminine.

سے (Say)

- Pronunciation: Say

- Meaning: From / By

- Grammar: Postposition, completing the phrase "کی طرف سے" (ki taraf say - from).

حق (Haqq)

- Pronunciation: Haqq

- Meaning: Truth / Right

- Grammar: Noun, masculine.

ہے۔ (Hai)

- Pronunciation: Hai

- Meaning: Is

- Grammar: Present tense form of "honā" (to be), completing the sentence.

اور (Aur)

- Pronunciation: Aur

- Meaning: And

- Grammar: Conjunction.

اللہ (Allāh)

- Pronunciation: Al-laah

- Meaning: Allah (God)

- Grammar: Proper noun, masculine.

اس (Is)

- Pronunciation: Is

- Meaning: This / It (oblique form)

- Grammar: Oblique demonstrative pronoun, referring to "what they do".

سے (Say)

- Pronunciation: Say

- Meaning: From / By (postposition)

- Grammar: Postposition, here indicating "from/of" what Allah is not unaware.

غافل (Ghāfil)

- Pronunciation: Ghaafil

- Meaning: Unaware Negligent Heedless

- Grammar: Adjective.

نہیں (Nahīñ)

- Pronunciation: Na-hīñ

- Meaning: Not

- Grammar: Negating particle.

جو (Jo)

- Pronunciation: Jo

- Meaning: What / Which (relative pronoun)

- Grammar: Relative pronoun, referring to the actions.

وہ (Woh)

- Pronunciation: Woh

- Meaning: They (third person plural pronoun)

- Grammar: Third person plural pronoun.

کر (Kar)

- Pronunciation: Kar

- Meaning: Do (root of the verb "to do")

- Grammar: Imperative stem of "karnā" (to do).

رہے (Rahay)

- Pronunciation: Ra-hay

- Meaning: Are (auxiliary verb indicating continuous action)

- Grammar: Masculine plural auxiliary verb for present continuous tense. "Kar rahay hain" means "are doing".

ہیں۔ (Hain)

- Pronunciation: Hain

- Meaning: Are

- Grammar: Plural present tense form of "to be", completing the present continuous tense.

Here's the Urdu translation of the Arabic sentence, followed by its English translation and a detailed word-for-word breakdown to help you learn Urdu:

Urdu Translation

اور جن لوگوں نے پیروی کی تھی، وہ کہیں گے، "کاش ہمیں ایک بار پھر لوٹنے کا موقع ملتا تو ہم ان سے بیزار ہو جاتے جس طرح وہ ہم سے بیزار ہوئے۔" اسی طرح اللہ انہیں ان کے اعمال حسرتوں کی صورت میں دکھائے گا، اور وہ آگ سے نکلنے والے نہیں ہیں۔

English Translation

And those who followed will say, "If only we had a return (to life) again, then we would disown them just as they disowned us." Thus will Allah show them their deeds as bitter regrets for them, and they will not be those who exit the Fire.

Word-for-Word Breakdown (Urdu to English)

Here's a breakdown of each Urdu word from the translated sentence, with its pronunciation and English meaning:

1. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Grammar Note: This is a common conjunction, similar to "and" in English, used to connect words, phrases, or clauses.

2. جن (jin)

- Meaning: Those / Whom

- Grammar Note: This is a relative pronoun. In this context, it refers to "those people who..." and acts as the subject of the clause "جن لوگوں نے پیروی کی تھی" (those people who had followed).

3. لوگوں (logon)

- Meaning: People

- Grammar Note: This is the plural and oblique (indirect case) form of "log" (person/people). It's used here with the postposition "نے" (ne) to mark the agent of the past transitive verb.

4. نے (ne)

- Meaning: [marker for agent/doer]

- Grammar Note: This is a postposition (like a preposition, but comes after the noun) that marks the agent (the one performing the action) of a transitive verb in perfective tenses (past simple, past perfect). It doesn't have a direct English equivalent but is crucial for correct sentence structure in Urdu.

5. پیروی (pai-ra-vee)

- Meaning: Following / Adherence

- Grammar Note: This is a feminine noun derived from Arabic, meaning "following," "imitation," or "adherence." It often combines with the verb "کرنا" (karna - to do) to form a compound verb "پیروی کرنا" (pairavi karna - to follow).

6. کی (kee)

- Meaning: Did

- Grammar Note: This is the feminine singular perfective form of the verb "کرنا" (karna - to do). Here, "پیروی کی" (pairavi kee) together means "followed."

7. تھی، (thee,)

- Meaning: Was / Had been

- Grammar Note: This is the feminine singular past auxiliary verb, which, when used with "کی" (kee), indicates the pluperfect tense, meaning "had followed." The comma indicates a pause.

8. وہ (woh)

- Meaning: They

- Grammar Note: This is a plural pronoun, meaning "they" or "those."

9. کہیں گے، (ka-hen ge,)

- Meaning: Will say

- Grammar Note: This is the masculine plural future tense of the verb "کہنا" (kehna - to say). "کہیں گے" (kahenge) means "they will say." The comma marks the end of the introductory clause before the direct speech.

10. "کاش (kaash)

- Meaning: "If only..." / "Would that..."

- Grammar Note: This is an interjection expressing a strong wish or desire, often for something that is impossible or unlikely to happen.

11. ہمیں (ha-men)

- Meaning: To us / We had

- Grammar Note: This is the dative/accusative (indirect object) form of the pronoun "ہم" (hum - we/us). It expresses "to us" or, in constructions like this, "we had" or "we received."

12. ایک (ek)

- Meaning: One

- Grammar Note: The numeral "one."

13. بار (baar)

- Meaning: Time / Occasion

- Grammar Note: A noun meaning "time" or "occasion." "ایک بار" (ek baar) means "one time" or "once."

14. پھر (phir)

- Meaning: Again

- Grammar Note: An adverb meaning "again" or "then."

15. لوٹنے (laut-ne)

- Meaning: To return / Of returning

- Grammar Note: This is the oblique infinitive form of the verb "لوٹنا" (lautna - to return). It's used here as a verbal noun, meaning "of returning."

16. کا (kaa)

- Meaning: [possessive/genitive marker]

- Grammar Note: This is a postposition (like 'of' or 's in English) that indicates possession or relationship. It's masculine singular, agreeing with "موقع" (mauqa - opportunity). So, "لوٹنے کا موقع" means "an opportunity of returning."

17. موقع (mau-qa)

- Meaning: Opportunity / Chance

- Grammar Note: A masculine noun meaning "opportunity" or "chance."

18. ملتا (mil-taa)

- Meaning: Would be received / Would get

- Grammar Note: This is the masculine singular imperfective (habitual/conditional) form of the verb "ملنا" (milna - to be received/to get). In a conditional sentence with "کاش" (kaash), it means "would be granted" or "would get."

19. تو (toh)

- Meaning: Then / In that case

- Grammar Note: A conjunction used to introduce the consequence of a conditional clause, similar to "then" in English.

20. ہم (hum)

- Meaning: We

- Grammar Note: The first-person plural pronoun.

21. ان (un)

- Meaning: Them / Those

- Grammar Note: The oblique plural demonstrative pronoun, referring to the leaders or "those people."

22. سے (se)

- Meaning: From By With

- Grammar Note: A versatile postposition. Here, "ان سے" (un se) means "from them" or "away from them," in the context of disassociating.

23. بیزار (be-zaar)

- Meaning: Disgusted Disowning Fed up

- Grammar Note: An adjective of Persian origin, meaning "disgusted," "fed up," or "disassociating." It often combines with "ہونا" (hona - to be) or "کرنا" (karna - to do) to form verbal phrases.

24. ہو (ho)

- Meaning: Become / Be

- Grammar Note: The base form of the verb "ہونا" (hona - to be/to become). It's used as an auxiliary here.

25. جاتے (jaa-te)

- Meaning: Would go / Would become

- Grammar Note: The masculine plural imperfective form of the verb "جانا" (jaana - to go), used here as an auxiliary to denote a change of state or completion. "بیزار ہو جاتے" (be-zaar ho jaate) means "would become disassociated" or "would disown." This combination forms a conditional consequence.

26. جس (jis)

- Meaning: Which / As

- Grammar Note: A relative pronoun, used to introduce a comparative clause, similar to "as" or "in the way that."

27. طرح (ta-rah)

- Meaning: Way / Manner

- Grammar Note: A feminine noun meaning "way" or "manner." "جس طرح" (jis tarah) means "in the way that" or "just as."

28. وہ (woh)

- Meaning: They

- Grammar Note: A plural pronoun, meaning "they" or "those."

29. ہم (hum)

- Meaning: Us

- Grammar Note: The first-person plural pronoun.

30. سے (se)

- Meaning: From

- Grammar Note: Postposition meaning "from." "ہم سے" (hum se) means "from us."

31. بیزار (be-zaar)

- Meaning: Disgusted / Disowned

- Grammar Note: Same as above, referring to "disowned" or "disassociated."

32. ہوئے۔" (ho-e.")

- Meaning: Became / Were

- Grammar Note: The masculine plural perfective form of "ہونا" (hona - to be/to become). "بیزار ہوئے" (be-zaar ho-e) means "became disassociated" or "disowned (us)." The closing quotation mark completes the direct speech.

33. اسی (i-see)

- Meaning: That very / Thus

- Grammar Note: A demonstrative adjective used for emphasis, meaning "that very" or "in that same." It combines with "طرح" (tarah) to mean "in the same way" or "thus."

34. طرح (ta-rah)

- Meaning: Way / Manner

- Grammar Note: Same as above. "اسی طرح" (isi tarah) means "in the same way" or "thus."

35. اللہ (Al-lah)

- Meaning: Allah / God

- Grammar Note: The Arabic word for God, commonly used in Urdu.

36. انہیں (in-hen)

- Meaning: Them

- Grammar Note: The dative/accusative (indirect/direct object) form of "یہ" (yeh - these) or "وہ" (woh - those), referring to the people mentioned (both followers and leaders) as the object of Allah's action.

37. ان (un)

- Meaning: Their

- Grammar Note: The oblique plural demonstrative pronoun, used here as a possessive adjective meaning "their."

38. کے (ke)

- Meaning: [possessive/genitive marker]

- Grammar Note: A postposition (like 'of' or 's in English) indicating possession or relationship. It's masculine plural, agreeing with "اعمال" (a'maal - deeds). So, "ان کے اعمال" (un ke a'maal) means "their deeds."

39. اعمال (aa'-maal)

- Meaning: Deeds / Actions

- Grammar Note: A plural masculine noun (singular is 'amal, from Arabic) meaning "deeds" or "actions."

40. حسرتوں (has-ra-ton)

- Meaning: Regrets / Sorrows

- Grammar Note: This is the oblique plural form of the feminine noun "حسرت" (hasrat - regret, sorrow, lament). It's used here with "کی صورت میں" to mean "in the form of regrets."

41. کی (kee)

- Meaning: [possessive/genitive marker]

- Grammar Note: A postposition (like 'of' or 's in English) indicating possession or relationship. It's feminine singular, agreeing with "صورت" (soorat - form).

42. صورت (soo-rat)

- Meaning: Form Shape Appearance

- Grammar Note: A feminine noun meaning "form," "shape," or "appearance." "کی صورت میں" (ki soorat men) is a common idiom meaning "in the form of."

43. میں (men)

- Meaning: In

- Grammar Note: A common postposition meaning "in" or "inside."

44. دکھائے (di-khai-e)

- Meaning: Will show

- Grammar Note: This is the root form of the verb in the future tense construction.

45. گا، (gaa,)

- Meaning: [future tense marker]

- Grammar Note: The masculine singular future tense auxiliary. Combined with "دکھائے" (dikhae), it forms "دکھائے گا" (dikhaega), meaning "He will show." The comma indicates a pause.

46. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Grammar Note: Conjunction, meaning "and."

47. وہ (woh)

- Meaning: They

- Grammar Note: A plural pronoun, meaning "they" or "those."

48. آگ (aag)

- Meaning: Fire

- Grammar Note: A feminine noun meaning "fire."

49. سے (se)

- Meaning: From

- Grammar Note: Postposition meaning "from." "آگ سے" (aag se) means "from the fire."

50. نکلنے (ni-kal-ne)

- Meaning: To exit / To come out

- Grammar Note: The oblique infinitive form of the verb "نکلنا" (nikalna - to exit/to come out). It is used here with "والے" (waale) to describe "those who exit."

51. والے (waa-le)

- Meaning: Those who / Ones who

- Grammar Note: This is a suffix or particle that, when attached to an infinitive (like "نکلنے"), creates an agent noun or an adjective meaning "those who do [the action of the infinitive]" or "one who is capable of [the action]." "نکلنے والے" (nikalne waale) means "those who will exit" or "exiters."

52. نہیں (na-heen)

- Meaning: Not

- Grammar Note: The negation particle for verbs and adjectives. It negates the action or state.

53. ہیں۔ (hen.)

- Meaning: Are.

- Grammar Note: The plural present auxiliary verb, meaning "are." "نہیں ہیں" (naheen hen) means "are not." So, "نکلنے والے نہیں ہیں" (nikalne waale naheen hen) means "they are not those who will exit" or "they will not exit."

Here is the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence, designed to teach Urdu to an English student:

English Translation

They said, "Pray to your Lord for us to make clear to us what it is." He said, "Indeed, He says it should be a cow, neither old nor young, but of middle age between that. So do what you are commanded."

Urdu Translation with Pronunciation

انہوں (unhōn) نے (nay) کہا (kahā), "ہمارے (hamārē) لیے (liyē) اپنے (apnē) رب (Rabb) سے (sē) دعا (du'ā) کریں (karēñ) کہ (kē) وہ (voh) ہمیں (hamēñ) واضح (vāzih) کر (kar) دے (dē) کہ (kē) وہ (voh) کیسی (kaysī) ہو۔" (انہوں (unhōn) نے) کہا (kahā), "اللہ (Allāh) فرماتا (farmātā) ہے (hai) کہ (kē) وہ (voh) ایسی (aysī) گائے (gā'ē) ہو (hō) جو (jō) نہ (nah) بہت (bahut) بوڑھی (bōṛhī) ہو (hō) اور (aur) نہ (nah) بہت (bahut) چھوٹی (chōṭī), بلکہ (balkē) درمیانی (darmiyānī) عمر (umar) کی (kī) ہو۔ تو (tō) جو (jō) کچھ (kuch) تمہیں (tumhēñ) حکم (hukm) دیا (diyā) جاتا (jātā) ہے (hai) وہ (voh) کرو (karō)."

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English)

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word:

1. انہوں (unhōn)

- Meaning: They (plural, respectful, referring to people)

- Grammar: This is a third-person plural pronoun, often used respectfully.

2. نے (nay)

- Meaning: (Ergative marker)

- Grammar: This is a postposition (or ergative marker) in Urdu. It is used after the subject of a transitive verb when the verb is in a past tense (e.g., 'said,' 'ate,' 'did'). It indicates the doer of the action. Urdu is an SOV (Subject-Object-Verb) language, and 'nay' marks the agent of a transitive verb in perfective aspects.

3. کہا (kahā)

- Meaning: Said

- Grammar: Past tense of the verb کہنا (kehnā), meaning 'to say.'

4. "ہمارے (hamārē)

- Meaning: Our / for us

- Grammar: This is the plural possessive form of ہم (ham - we). When followed by لیے (liyē), it means "for us."

5. لیے (liyē)

- Meaning: For

- Grammar: A postposition indicating purpose or beneficiary.

6. اپنے (apnē)

- Meaning: Your hisher/its own

- Grammar: This is a reflexive possessive pronoun. It refers back to the subject of the clause (here, the implied "you" in "your Lord").

7. رب (Rabb)

- Meaning: Lord / Cherisher

8. سے (sē)

- Meaning: From / with / by

- Grammar: A postposition. In the context of praying, it is often used to mean "to" or "from" in the sense of addressing someone.

9. دعا (du'ā)

- Meaning: Prayer / supplication

10. کریں" (karēñ)

- Meaning: Do make (plural, imperativepolite request form)

- Grammar: Plural imperative/polite request form of the verb کرنا (karnā - to do). Together, "دعا کریں" (du'ā karēñ) means "pray."

11. کہ (kē)

- Meaning: That

- Grammar: A conjunction, used to introduce a subordinate clause.

12. وہ (voh)

- Meaning: He she it / that

- Grammar: A pronoun. Here, it refers to the Lord.

13. ہمیں (hamēñ)

- Meaning: Us / to us

- Grammar: The objective form of ہم (ham - we).

14. واضح (vāzih)

- Meaning: Clear / evident

15. کر (kar)

- Meaning: Do / make (root form)

- Grammar: Root form of 'karnā'.

16. دے (dē)

- Meaning: Give (root form)

- Grammar: Root form of دینا (denā - to give). "واضح کر دے" (vāzih kar dē) is a compound verb meaning "make clear" or "explain."

17. کہ (kē)

- Meaning: That

- Grammar: Another conjunction.

18. وہ (voh)

- Meaning: It (referring to the cow, implicitly)

- Grammar: A pronoun.

19. کیسی (kaysī)

- Meaning: How / of what kind

- Grammar: The feminine form of کیسا (kaysā - how/what kind). It agrees with the feminine noun 'cow' that is implied.

20. ہو۔" (hō)

- Meaning: Be (subjunctive/optative form)

- Grammar: Subjunctive/optative form of the verb ہونا (honā - to be). "وہ کیسی ہو" (voh kaysī hō) translates to "what kind it should be."

(The phrase "(انہوں نے) کہا" is repeated in the Urdu translation to clarify who said the next part, although it's implicit in the original Arabic.)

21. اللہ (Allāh)

- Meaning: God

22. فرماتا (farmātā)

- Meaning: Says / commands

- Grammar: Present tense of the respectful verb فرمانا (farmānā - to say/command).

23. ہے (hai)

- Meaning: Is

- Grammar: Present tense of ہونا (honā - to be). So, "اللہ فرماتا ہے" (Allāh farmātā hai) means "Allah says/commands."

24. کہ (kē)

- Meaning: That

- Grammar: Conjunction.

25. وہ (voh)

- Meaning: It (referring to the cow)

- Grammar: Pronoun.

26. ایسی (aysī)

- Meaning: Such / of this kind

- Grammar: Feminine form of ایسا (aysā - such).

27. گائے (gā'ē)

- Meaning: Cow

- Grammar: A feminine noun.

28. ہو (hō)

- Meaning: Be (subjunctive)

- Grammar: Subjunctive form. "وہ ایسی گائے ہو" (voh aysī gā'ē hō) means "it should be such a cow."

29. جو (jō)

- Meaning: Which / that

- Grammar: A relative pronoun, used to introduce a relative clause.

30. نہ (nah)

- Meaning: Not

- Grammar: A negation particle.

31. بہت (bahut)

- Meaning: Very / much

32. بوڑھی (bōṛhī)

- Meaning: Old (feminine adjective)

- Grammar: Adjective agreeing with the feminine noun 'cow'.

33. ہو (hō)

- Meaning: Be (subjunctive)

- Grammar: "نہ بہت بوڑھی ہو" (nah bahut bōṛhī hō) means "should not be very old."

34. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

35. نہ (nah)

- Meaning: Not

36. بہت (bahut)

- Meaning: Very / much

37. چھوٹی (chōṭī)

- Meaning: Small / young (feminine adjective)

- Grammar: Adjective agreeing with 'cow'. "نہ بہت چھوٹی" (nah bahut chōṭī) means "nor very young."

38. بلکہ (balkē)

- Meaning: Rather / but

39. درمیانی (darmiyānī)

- Meaning: Middle / intermediate (adjective)

40. عمر (umar)

- Meaning: Age

- Grammar: A feminine noun.

41. کی (kī)

- Meaning: Of (feminine possessive postposition)

- Grammar: This postposition agrees with the feminine noun 'cow'. "درمیانی عمر کی" (darmiyānī umar kī) means "of middle age."

42. ہو۔" (hō)

- Meaning: Be (subjunctive)

- Grammar: "درمیانی عمر کی ہو" (darmiyānī umar kī hō) means "should be of middle age."

43. تو (tō)

- Meaning: So / then

- Grammar: A conjunction, often used to introduce a consequence.

44. جو (jō)

- Meaning: What / which

- Grammar: A relative pronoun.

45. کچھ (kuch)

- Meaning: Some / anything

- Grammar: Together, "جو کچھ" (jō kuch) means "whatever."

46. تمہیں (tumhēñ)

- Meaning: You / to you

- Grammar: The objective form of تم (tum - you, informal plural/formal singular).

47. حکم (hukm)

- Meaning: Command / order

- Grammar: A masculine noun.

48. دیا (diyā)

- Meaning: Given

- Grammar: Past participle of دینا (denā - to give).

49. جاتا (jātā)

- Meaning: Goes

- Grammar: Present participle of جانا (jānā - to go). "حکم دیا جاتا ہے" (hukm diyā jātā hai) is a passive construction meaning "is commanded" or "is given command."

50. ہے (hai)

- Meaning: Is

- Grammar: Present tense of ہونا (honā).

51. وہ (voh)

- Meaning: That (referring to the command/action)

- Grammar: Pronoun.

52. کرو۔ (karō)

- Meaning: Do (imperative)

- Grammar: Imperative, informal plural/formal singular form of کرنا (karnā - to do). So, "وہ کرو" (voh karō) means "do that."

Here is the translation and explanation for the given Arabic sentence:

English Translation

"They said, 'Call upon your Lord for us to explain to us what it is. Indeed, the cows have become similar to us, and indeed, if Allah wills, we will surely be guided.'"

Urdu Translation

انہوں نے کہا، 'ہمارے لیے اپنے رب سے دعا کریں کہ وہ ہمیں واضح کرے کہ وہ کیا ہے، کیونکہ گائے ہمیں ایک جیسی لگتی ہیں، اور اگر اللہ نے چاہا تو ہم ضرور ہدایت پا لیں گے۔'

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English)

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word to understand its components.

- انہوں نے (unhōn ne)

- Meaning: They

- Explanation: This is the plural pronoun for "they." The postposition "نے" (ne) is an agent marker that typically follows the subject of a transitive verb in perfect tenses in Urdu. Here, "انہوں نے کہا" means "They said."

- Grammar Tip: "نے" (ne) is a unique postposition in Urdu and Hindi. It marks the agent of a transitive verb in compound past tenses (e.g., perfect, past indefinite).

- کہا (kahā)

- Meaning: said

- Explanation: This is the past tense form of the verb "کہنا" (kehnā), meaning "to say."

- ہمارے (hamāre)

- Meaning: for us / our

- Explanation: This is the genitive form of the pronoun "ہم" (ham - we/us), meaning "our" or "for us." It is masculine plural, agreeing with "لیے" (liye).

- لیے (liye)

- Meaning: for

- Explanation: A postposition meaning "for."

- اپنے (apne)

- Meaning: your (reflexive possessive)

- Explanation: This is a reflexive possessive pronoun. It refers back to the subject of the main clause (in this case, the people asking Moses). Here, "اپنے رب" means "your Lord" (referring to the Lord of the people making the request, implying Moses' Lord who is also their Lord).

- Grammar Tip: "اپنا/اپنی/اپنے" (apnā/apnī/apne) are used when the possessor is also the subject of the clause or a prominent figure in the context.

- رب (rab)

- Meaning: Lord

- Explanation: A noun meaning "Lord" or "Sustainer," commonly used for God.

- سے (se)

- Meaning: from / to (in this context, implying "from whom to ask")

- Explanation: A versatile postposition that can mean "from," "by," "with," or "to" (when addressing someone for a request or prayer). Here, it indicates the recipient of the supplication: "ask from your Lord."

- دعا (du'ā)

- Meaning: prayer / supplication

- Explanation: A noun meaning "prayer" or "invocation."

- کریں (karain)

- Meaning: do make (imperative, politeplural)

- Explanation: This is the polite imperative form of the verb "کرنا" (karnā - to do/make). "دعا کریں" (du'ā karain) collectively means "pray" or "make a supplication."

- کہ (keh)

- Meaning: that (conjunction)

- Explanation: A conjunction used to introduce a subordinate clause, often translated as "that."

- وہ (woh)

- Meaning: He / it

- Explanation: A pronoun that can mean "he," "she," or "it." Here, it refers to Allah (He).

- ہمیں (hamain)

- Meaning: us

- Explanation: The oblique form of the pronoun "ہم" (ham - we/us), used as an object.

- واضح (wāzeh)

- Meaning: clear / explain

- Explanation: An adjective meaning "clear" or "apparent." When used with "کرے" (kare), "واضح کرے" (wāzeh kare) means "may he make clear" or "may he explain."

- کرے (kare)

- Meaning: may do / may make (subjunctive)

- Explanation: This is the subjunctive form of "کرنا" (karnā - to do/make), indicating a wish, possibility, or command in a subordinate clause.

- کہ (keh)

- Meaning: what (introducing an indirect question)

- Explanation: Here, it functions to introduce the indirect question "what it is."

- وہ (woh)

- Meaning: it

- Explanation: Referring to the subject of the indirect question – the unknown thing they are asking about (the cow/cattle).

- کیا (kyā)

- Meaning: what

- Explanation: An interrogative pronoun meaning "what."

- ہے (hai)

- Meaning: is

- Explanation: The present tense form of the verb "ہونا" (honā - to be).

- کیونکہ (kyūnkeh)

- Meaning: because

- Explanation: A conjunction used to indicate cause or reason.

- گائے (gāye)

- Meaning: cow(s)

- Explanation: A noun meaning "cow." In this context, it refers to the cattle in general, which the Arabic word بَقَرَ (baqar) also encompasses. While گائے is singular for "cow," it can be used collectively, or implied as plural in agreement with لگتی ہیں (lagti hain).

- ہمیں (hamain)

- Meaning: us

- Explanation: The oblique form of "ہم" (ham - we/us).

- ایک (ek)

- Meaning: one / same

- Explanation: A numeral meaning "one," but can also imply "same" or "identical" in certain contexts, especially when paired with جیسی (jaisī).

- جیسی (jaisī)

- Meaning: like / similar

- Explanation: An adjective meaning "like" or "similar." It is feminine singular here, agreeing with "گائے" (gāye). "ایک جیسی" (ek jaisī) means "the same."

- لگتی (lagti)

- Meaning: seem / appear

- Explanation: The feminine form of the verb stem "لگنا" (lagnā - to seem/feel/appear). It agrees with "گائے" (gāye) which is grammatically feminine.

- ہیں (hain)

- Meaning: are

- Explanation: The plural present tense form of the verb "ہونا" (honā - to be). It completes the phrase "seem to be."

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: and

- Explanation: A conjunction meaning "and."

- اگر (agar)

- Meaning: if

- Explanation: A conjunction used to introduce a conditional clause.

- اللہ (Allāh)

- Meaning: Allah / God

- Explanation: The Arabic word for God, commonly used in Urdu.

- نے (ne)

- Meaning: (agent marker)

- Explanation: Here, it is used with "چاہا" (chāhā) in the conditional phrase "اگر اللہ نے چاہا" (agar Allāh ne chāhā), meaning "if Allah willed." Even though it's a conditional, the structure often uses 'ne' when the verb is transitive and in a perfect aspect.

- چاہا (chāhā)

- Meaning: willed / wished

- Explanation: The past participle of the verb "چاہنا" (chāhnā - to want/wish/will). "اگر اللہ نے چاہا" is a common idiom meaning "if God wills."

- تو (to)

- Meaning: then

- Explanation: A correlative conjunction that pairs with "اگر" (agar - if) to introduce the consequence of the conditional clause.

- ہم (ham)

- Meaning: we

- Explanation: A pronoun meaning "we."

- ضرور (zarūr)

- Meaning: surely / certainly

- Explanation: An adverb meaning "surely" or "certainly."

- ہدایت (hidāyat)

- Meaning: guidance

- Explanation: A noun meaning "guidance."

- پا (pā)

- Meaning: obtain / receive (verb stem)

- Explanation: The verb stem of "پانا" (pānā - to get/obtain/receive).

- لیں گے (lain ge)

- Meaning: will take / will get (auxiliary verb + future tense)

- Explanation: This is the future tense of the auxiliary verb "لینا" (lenā - to take). When combined with a verb stem like "پا" (pā), "پا لیں گے" (pā lain ge) forms a compound verb meaning "will receive" or "will attain," often implying completion or certainty of the action.

- Grammar Tip: Compound verbs (like پا لینا) are very common in Urdu and convey nuances of completion, intensity, or direction.

Here is the Urdu and English translation of the Arabic sentence, along with a detailed word-for-word explanation in English to help you understand the Urdu words and their usage.

Urdu Translation

اور جب ہم نے تم سے پختہ عہد لیا اور تمہارے اوپر کوہِ طور کو بلند کیا (اور کہا): "جو کچھ ہم نے تمہیں دیا ہے اسے مضبوطی سے تھامو اور سنو۔" انہوں نے کہا: "ہم نے سنا اور ہم نے نافرمانی کی۔" اور ان کے کفر کی وجہ سے ان کے دلوں میں (بچھڑا) رچ بس گیا تھا۔ کہو: "تمہارا ایمان تمہیں کس قدر بُرے کام کا حکم دیتا ہے، اگر تم واقعی مومن ہو!"

English Translation

And when We took a firm covenant from you and raised Mount Tur above you (and said): "Take what We have given you with strength and listen." They said: "We have heard and we have disobeyed." And because of their disbelief, the calf became ingrained in their hearts. Say: "How evil is that which your faith commands you (to do), if you are truly believers!"

Word-by-Word Breakdown (Urdu to English)

Here's a breakdown of each Urdu word, its pronunciation, and its English meaning, along with any relevant grammatical notes.

- اور (aur) - And

- Explanation: A conjunction meaning "and".

- جب (jab) - When

- Explanation: A conjunction indicating time, meaning "when".

- ہم (hum) - We

- Explanation: The first-person plural pronoun.

- نے (nay) - (Postposition indicating agent)

- Explanation: This is an ergative postposition in Urdu. It marks the agent (the one who performs the action) of a transitive verb in a perfect tense (past tense). It doesn't have a direct English equivalent but indicates that "we" are the doers of the action "took".

- تم (tum) - You

- Explanation: The second-person plural pronoun, also used for informal singular "you".

- سے (say) - From / With

- Explanation: A postposition with multiple meanings, here it means "from" or "from you".

- پختہ (pukhta) - Firm Strong Permanent

- Explanation: An adjective modifying 'covenant', implying it was a strong or binding agreement.

- عہد (ahd) - Covenant Promise Pledge

- Explanation: A masculine noun meaning a solemn agreement or promise.

- لیا (liya) - Took

- Explanation: The past tense form of the verb لینا (layna, to take). It is masculine singular, agreeing with 'covenant' implicitly or the action itself.

- اور (aur) - And

- Explanation: A conjunction meaning "and".

- تمہارے (tumhaaray) - Your

- Explanation: The possessive form of 'tum' (you), meaning "your". It is in the oblique case because of the following postposition.

- اوپر (oopar) - Above / Over

- Explanation: A postposition indicating position, meaning "above" or "over".

- کوہِ (koh-e) - Mount of

- Explanation: This is a component of a compound noun "کوہِ طور" (koh-e Toor), meaning "Mount Tur".

- کوہ (koh) means "mountain".

- ِ (-e) is the izaafat, a grammatical construction borrowed from Persian that connects two nouns or an adjective and a noun to show a possessive or descriptive relationship (like "of"). So, "کوہِ طور" means "Mountain of Tur".

- طور (Toor) - Tur

- Explanation: A proper noun, referring to Mount Tur (Mount Sinai), a significant mountain in Islamic and Jewish tradition.

- کو (ko) - (Postposition for direct object)

- Explanation: A postposition that marks the direct object of a verb. Here, it indicates that "Mount Tur" is the object being "raised". It has no direct English equivalent.

- بلند (buland) - High / Elevated / Raised

- Explanation: An adjective meaning "high" or "elevated".

- کیا (kiya) - Did / Made / Raised

- Explanation: The past tense form of the verb کرنا (karna, to do/to make). When combined with 'بلند', it means "raised high" or "elevated".

- (اور (aur) - (And)

- Explanation: Implied from the Arabic, for smoother flow in Urdu, the conjunction 'and' before 'said' is often omitted or understood.

- کہا): (kaha) - (Said)

- Explanation: The past tense form of the verb کہنا (kehna, to say). It is enclosed in parentheses here to indicate it's often implied in such constructions from Arabic, rather than explicitly stated.

- جو (jo) - What Which That

- Explanation: A relative pronoun meaning "what" or "that which".

- کچھ (kuchh) - Some A little Whatever

- Explanation: An indefinite pronoun, used here with 'جو' to form "جو کچھ" (jo kuchh), meaning "whatever" or "that which".

- ہم (hum) - We

- Explanation: The first-person plural pronoun.

- نے (nay) - (Postposition indicating agent)

- Explanation: Ergative postposition, marking "we" as the agent of "given".

- تمہیں (tumhein) - To you

- Explanation: The oblique/object form of 'tum' (you), meaning "to you".

- دیا (diya) - Gave

- Explanation: The past tense form of the verb دینا (dena, to give).

- ہے (hai) - Is

- Explanation: The third-person singular present tense form of the auxiliary verb "to be". Here, it indicates the perfect tense, "have given".

- اسے (usay) - It / That (object)

- Explanation: The object form of 'یہ/وہ' (yeh/woh, this/that), referring back to "what we have given".

- مضبوطی (mazbooti) - Strength / Firmness

- Explanation: A feminine noun meaning "strength" or "firmness".

- سے (say) - With / By

- Explanation: A postposition here indicating "with strength".

- تھامو (thamo) - Hold / Grab (plural imperative)

- Explanation: The imperative (command) form of the verb تھامنا (thamna, to hold/to grasp), addressed to multiple people or informally to a single person.

- اور (aur) - And

- Explanation: A conjunction meaning "and".

- سنو۔" (suno) - Listen (plural imperative)

- Explanation: The imperative form of the verb سننا (sunna, to listen/to hear), addressed to multiple people or informally to a single person.

- انہوں (unhon) - They (oblique/honorific)

- Explanation: The oblique plural/honorific form of 'وہ' (woh, he/she/it/they). Used here as the agent of the verb 'said'.

- نے (nay) - (Postposition indicating agent)

- Explanation: Ergative postposition, marking "they" as the agent of "said".

- کہا: (kaha) - Said

- Explanation: The past tense form of the verb کہنا (kehna, to say).

- "ہم (hum) - We

- Explanation: The first-person plural pronoun.

- نے (nay) - (Postposition indicating agent)

- Explanation: Ergative postposition, marking "we" as the agent of "heard".

- سنا (suna) - Heard

- Explanation: The past tense form of the verb سننا (sunna, to hear/to listen).

- اور (aur) - And

- Explanation: A conjunction meaning "and".

- ہم (hum) - We

- Explanation: The first-person plural pronoun.

- نے (nay) - (Postposition indicating agent)

- Explanation: Ergative postposition, marking "we" as the agent of "disobeyed".

- نافرمانی (nafarmani) - Disobedience

- Explanation: A feminine noun meaning "disobedience".

- کی۔" (ki) - Did

- Explanation: The past tense form of the verb کرنا (karna, to do/to make). Here, it means "committed disobedience" or "disobeyed". It is feminine to agree with 'نافرمانی'.

- اور (aur) - And

- Explanation: A conjunction meaning "and".

- ان (un) - Their / Those (oblique)

- Explanation: The oblique plural form of 'وہ' (woh, he/she/it/they), used here as a possessive pronoun meaning "their".

- کے (kay) - Of

- Explanation: A possessive postposition, agreeing with 'دلوں' (hearts, masculine plural).

- کفر (kufr) - Disbelief / Infidelity

- Explanation: A masculine noun meaning "disbelief" or "rejection of faith".

- کی (ki) - Of

- Explanation: A possessive postposition, agreeing with 'وجہ' (reason, feminine singular).

- Grammar Note: Even though 'کفر' is masculine, 'کی' is used because it links 'کفر' to 'وجہ' (reason), which is feminine. So, "کفر کی وجہ سے" means "due to the reason of disbelief".

- وجہ (wajah) - Reason / Cause

- Explanation: A feminine noun meaning "reason" or "cause".

- سے (say) - Because of / Due to

- Explanation: A postposition, here meaning "because of" or "due to".

- ان (un) - Their

- Explanation: Possessive pronoun, meaning "their".

- کے (kay) - Of

- Explanation: Possessive postposition, agreeing with 'دلوں' (hearts, masculine plural).

- دلوں (dilon) - Hearts

- Explanation: The oblique plural form of 'دل' (dil, heart), meaning "hearts".

- میں (mein) - In

- Explanation: A postposition indicating location, meaning "in".

- (بچھڑا) (bachhRa) - (Calf)

- Explanation: A masculine noun meaning "calf". Enclosed in parentheses as it's the subject that became ingrained. The Arabic explicitly mentions "the calf".

- رچ (rach) - (Part of idiom)

- Explanation: Part of the idiomatic phrase "رچ بس جانا" (rach bas jaana), which means "to become deeply ingrained", "to permeate", or "to settle in thoroughly".

- بس (bas) - (Part of idiom)

- Explanation: Also part of the idiom "رچ بس جانا".

- گیا (gaya) - Went / Became

- Explanation: The past tense form of the verb جانا (jaana, to go). Here, it acts as an auxiliary verb to form the compound verb "رچ بس گیا", indicating completion or becoming ingrained.

- تھا۔ (tha) - Was

- Explanation: The masculine singular past tense form of the auxiliary verb "to be". It indicates that the state of being ingrained was in the past.

- کہو: (kaho) - Say (singular imperative)

- Explanation: The imperative form of the verb کہنا (kehna, to say), addressed to a single person.

- "تمہارا (tumhara) - Your

- Explanation: The possessive form of 'تم' (tum, you), meaning "your".

- ایمان (imaan) - Faith / Belief

- Explanation: A masculine noun meaning "faith" or "belief".

- تمہیں (tumhein) - To you (object)

- Explanation: The oblique/object form of 'تم' (tum, you), meaning "to you".

- کس (kis) - What / Which (oblique)

- Explanation: The oblique form of the interrogative pronoun 'کیا' (kya, what/which).

- قدر (qadar) - Extent / Amount

- Explanation: A feminine noun meaning "extent" or "amount". When used with 'کس', "کس قدر" (kis qadar) means "how much" or "to what extent".

- بُرے (buray) - Bad (oblique/plural)

- Explanation: The oblique/plural form of the adjective 'برا' (bura, bad). It agrees with 'کام' (work/deed, masculine singular here, but takes oblique 'ے' ending because of the following 'کا').

- کام (kaam) - Work Deed Act

- Explanation: A masculine noun meaning "work", "deed", or "act".

- کا (ka) - Of (possessive)

- Explanation: A possessive postposition, agreeing with 'کام' (masculine singular).

- حکم (hukm) - Command / Order

- Explanation: A masculine noun meaning "command" or "order".

- دیتا (deta) - Gives / Commands

- Explanation: The present participle form of the verb دینا (dena, to give), used here to mean "commands" or "gives a command".

- ہے،" (hai) - Is

- Explanation: The third-person singular present tense form of the auxiliary verb "to be". It makes the verb 'دیتا' into a continuous or habitual present tense ("commands" / "does command").

- اگر (agar) - If

- Explanation: A conjunction introducing a conditional clause, meaning "if".

- تم (tum) - You

- Explanation: The second-person plural pronoun.

- واقعی (waqai) - Truly Indeed Really

- Explanation: An adverb meaning "truly", "indeed", or "really".

- مومن (momin) - Believer (singular or plural)

- Explanation: A noun meaning "believer" (masculine singular or plural, context-dependent).

- ہو!" (ho) - Are

Explanation: The second-person plural present tense form of the auxiliary verb "to be", agreeing with 'تم' (you).

This lesson will guide you through the Arabic sentence, translating it into English and then breaking down the Urdu translation word by word. You'll learn the meaning, pronunciation, and grammatical context of each Urdu word.

English Translation

"And from wherever you come out, turn your face towards the Sacred Mosque. And indeed, it is the truth from your Lord. And Allah is not unaware of what you do."

Urdu Translation

"اور جہاں سے بھی تم نکلو، اپنا منہ مسجد الحرام کی طرف کرو۔ اور بے شک یہ تمہارے رب کی طرف سے حق ہے۔ اور اللہ اس سے بے خبر نہیں جو تم کرتے ہو۔"

Word-by-Word Urdu Explanation

Here's a breakdown of the Urdu translation, helping you understand each word:

- اور (aur) - And

- This is a common conjunction, meaning "and".

- جہاں سے بھی (jahān se bhī) - From wherever

- جہاں (jahān): (Pronounced: jah-haan) - "Where" or "wherever".

- سے (se): (Pronounced: say) - A postposition meaning "from".

- بھی (bhī): (Pronounced: bhee) - An emphatic particle meaning "also", "even", or in this context, it adds the nuance of "whichever" or "wherever it may be". Together, "جہاں سے بھی" conveys "from wherever."

- تم (tum) - You (plural or informal singular)

- This is the second-person pronoun. In Urdu, "tum" is used for addressing people informally or for multiple people. For formal singular, "آپ" (āp) would be used.

- نکلو (niklo) - Come out / Leave (imperative)

- (Pronounced: nik-lo) - This is the imperative form of the verb "نکلنا" (nikalnā), meaning "to come out" or "to leave". The "tum" form of the imperative for "to leave" is "نکلو".

- اپنا (apnā) - Your (own)

- (Pronounced: up-naa) - This is a reflexive possessive pronoun, meaning "one's own" or "your own". It refers back to the subject ("تم" - you).

- منہ (munh) - Face / Mouth

- (Pronounced: moonh) - In this context, it refers to the "face."

- مسجد الحرام (Masjid ul-Harām) - The Sacred Mosque

- (Pronounced: mas-jid-ul-ha-raam) - This is a direct borrowing from Arabic, referring to the Grand Mosque in Mecca, which houses the Kaaba. "مسجد" (masjid) means "mosque," and "الحرام" (al-harām) means "the sacred" or "the forbidden/sanctified."

- کی طرف (kī taraf) - Towards

- کی (kī): (Pronounced: kee) - A feminine possessive postposition (similar to 'of'). It agrees with the feminine noun "طرف".

- طرف (taraf): (Pronounced: tuh-ruf) - A feminine noun meaning "direction" or "side." Together, "کی طرف" functions as a compound postposition meaning "towards" or "in the direction of."

- کرو (karo) - Do / Turn (imperative)

- (Pronounced: kuh-ro) - This is the imperative form of the verb "کرنا" (karnā), meaning "to do". When combined with "منہ" (face) and "کی طرف" (towards), it takes the meaning of "to turn (your face)". The "tum" form of the imperative for "to do" is "کرو".

- اور (aur) - And

- As explained before, a conjunction meaning "and".

- بے شک (be shak) - Indeed / Undoubtedly

- (Pronounced: bay-shuk) - This is a Persian-derived phrase commonly used in Urdu, meaning "without doubt," "certainly," or "indeed." "بے" (be) means "without," and "شک" (shak) means "doubt."

- یہ (yeh) - It / This

- (Pronounced: yeh) - A demonstrative pronoun meaning "this" or "it".

- تمہارے (tumhāre) - Your (plural or informal singular)

- (Pronounced: tum-haa-ray) - This is the possessive form of "تم" (tum - you). It is plural or informal singular and in the masculine oblique case to agree with "رب" (Rabb - Lord) which is grammatically masculine.

- رب (Rabb) - Lord

- (Pronounced: rubb) - An Arabic loanword meaning "Lord" or "Sustainer," commonly used in Urdu, especially in religious contexts.

- کی طرف سے (kī taraf se) - From (the direction of)

- (Pronounced: kee-tuh-ruf-say) - This is a compound postposition.

- کی (kī): Possessive postposition.

- طرف (taraf): Direction/side.

- سے (se): From. Together, it literally means "from the direction of" and is used to convey "from" a source or entity.

- حق ہے (ḥaq hai) - Is the truth / Is right

- حق (ḥaq): (Pronounced: huq) - An Arabic loanword meaning "truth," "right," or "justice."

- ہے (hai): (Pronounced: hai) - The present tense form of the verb "to be" for singular subjects, meaning "is."

- اور (aur) - And

- As explained before.

- اللہ (Allāh) - Allah / God

- (Pronounced: uh-laah) - The Arabic word for God, universally used by Muslims.

- اس سے (us se) - Of that / From that

- اس (us): (Pronounced: us) - An oblique form of "یہ" (yeh - this/it) or "وہ" (woh - that/he/she/it). Here, it refers to the "what you do."

- سے (se): "From" or "of". Together, it means "from that" or "of that."

- بے خبر (be khabar) - Unaware / Uninformed

- (Pronounced: bay-khu-bur) - Another Persian-derived phrase. "بے" (be) means "without," and "خبر" (khabar) means "news" or "information." So, "without news/information," meaning "unaware."

- نہیں (nahīn) - Not

- (Pronounced: na-heen) - The general negative particle used for verbs and adjectives.

- Grammar Note: In Urdu, the negation "نہیں" usually comes after the verb or adjective it negates. So, "بے خبر نہیں" means "is not unaware."

- جو (jo) - What / Which

- (Pronounced: joh) - A relative pronoun meaning "what" or "which." It refers to the action being done.

- تم (tum) - You (plural or informal singular)

- As explained before.

- کرتے ہو (karte ho) - You do / You are doing

- کرتے (karte): (Pronounced: kur-tay) - The masculine plural/oblique habitual participle of the verb "کرنا" (karnā - to do). It matches the plural subject "تم" (you).

- ہو (ho): (Pronounced: ho) - The present tense form of the verb "to be" for "تم" (you).

- Grammar Note: "کرتے ہو" forms the present habitual or present continuous tense for "you" (tum), meaning "you do" or "you are doing."

Here's the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence, designed to help you learn Urdu:

Urdu & English Translation

Urdu Translation: اللہ نے ان کے دلوں پر اور ان کے کانوں پر مہر لگا دی ہے، اور ان کی آنکھوں پر پردہ ہے، اور ان کے لیے بڑا عذاب ہے۔

English Translation: Allah has sealed their hearts and their hearing, and over their eyes is a covering, and for them is a great torment.

Word-by-Word Urdu Explanation

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word, providing pronunciation, English meaning, and relevant grammar points.

- اللہ (Allah)

- Pronunciation: Uhl-lah

- Meaning: God, Allah

- Grammar: This is a proper noun, referring to the Creator.

- نے (ne)

- Pronunciation: nay

- Meaning: (marker for the doer)

- Grammar: This is a postposition in Urdu. It is used after the subject (the doer of the action) when a transitive verb (a verb that takes a direct object) is in a perfective tense (e.g., past tense, present perfect). It marks the agent of the action. In English, it doesn't have a direct equivalent but helps identify "who did what."

- ان کے (un ke)

- Pronunciation: uhn kay

- Meaning: Their

- Grammar: This is a possessive phrase.

- ان (un) means "they/them" (plural or respectful third person).

- کے (ke) is a possessive postposition (like 'of' or 's in English). It signifies possession and changes form based on the gender and number of the possessed noun. Here, دلوں (dilon - hearts) is masculine plural, so we use کے (ke). If the possessed noun were feminine, it would be کی (kee); if masculine singular, کا (kaa).

- دلوں (dilon)

- Pronunciation: di-lon (the 'o' as in 'dot', 'on' as in 'loan' but shorter)

- Meaning: Hearts

- Grammar: This is the plural form of دل (dil), which means "heart" (masculine noun). The وں (on) ending is a common way to pluralize masculine nouns in an oblique case (when followed by a postposition like پر - par).

- پر (par)

- Pronunciation: pahr

- Meaning: On, upon, over

- Grammar: This is a postposition that indicates location or placement.

- مہر (mohar)

- Pronunciation: moh-hur

- Meaning: Seal

- Grammar: This is a feminine noun.

- لگا دی ہے (lagaa di hai)

- Pronunciation: la-gaa dee hai

- Meaning: Has sealed/put a seal

- Grammar: This is a compound verb phrase in the present perfect tense.

- لگا دینا (lagaa dena) is a compound verb meaning "to put," "to apply," or "to affix."

- دی (di) is the feminine past participle of the auxiliary verb دینا (dena, "to give" or, in this context, "to apply/do for someone"). It agrees in gender with مہر (mohar - seal), which is feminine.

- ہے (hai) is the present tense auxiliary verb ("is"), which makes the entire phrase present perfect ("has sealed").

- ، اور (aur)

- Pronunciation: aur (like 'oar')

- Meaning: And

- Grammar: This is a conjunction, used to connect words, phrases, or clauses. The comma preceding it is standard in Urdu for separating clauses.

- ان کے (un ke)

- Pronunciation: uhn kay

- Meaning: Their

- Grammar: Same as explained above. کانوں (kaanon - ears) is masculine plural, so کے (ke) is used.

- کانوں (kaanon)

- Pronunciation: kaa-non

- Meaning: Ears, hearing

- Grammar: This is the plural form of کان (kaan), which means "ear" (masculine noun). Similar to دلوں (dilon), it takes the وں (on) ending in the oblique case. In this context, it refers to their faculty of "hearing."

- پر (par)

- Pronunciation: pahr

- Meaning: On, upon

- Grammar: Same as explained above.

- مہر (mohar)

- Pronunciation: moh-hur

- Meaning: Seal

- Grammar: This word is implied here in the Urdu translation from the first clause to avoid repetition. The full phrase would be "ان کے کانوں پر مہر لگا دی ہے" (un ke kaanon par mohar lagaa di hai - has put a seal on their ears).

- لگا دی ہے (lagaa di hai)

- Pronunciation: la-gaa dee hai

- Meaning: Has sealed/put a seal

- Grammar: This part of the verb phrase also carries over from the first clause for conciseness in Urdu, common when connecting similar actions.

- ، اور (aur)

- Pronunciation: aur

- Meaning: And

- Grammar: Conjunction.

- ان کی (un ki)

- Pronunciation: uhn kee

- Meaning: Their

- Grammar: Same as ان کے (un ke), but here کی (ki) is used because the possessed noun آنکھوں (aankhon - eyes) is feminine plural.

- آنکھوں (aankhon)

- Pronunciation: aan-khon (the 'on' as in 'loan' but shorter)

- Meaning: Eyes

- Grammar: This is the plural form of آنکھ (aankh), which means "eye" (feminine noun). Feminine nouns often take the وں (on) ending for plural in the oblique case.

- پر (par)

- Pronunciation: pahr

- Meaning: On, upon, over

- Grammar: Postposition.

- پردہ (parda)

- Pronunciation: pur-dah

- Meaning: Covering, veil, curtain

- Grammar: This is a masculine noun.

- ہے (hai)

- Pronunciation: hai

- Meaning: Is

- Grammar: This is the present tense form of the verb "to be."

- ، اور (aur)

- Pronunciation: aur

- Meaning: And

- Grammar: Conjunction.

- ان کے (un ke)

- Pronunciation: uhn kay

- Meaning: Their

- Grammar: Here, it refers to "for them," indicating possession or association with what follows.

- لیے (liye)

- Pronunciation: liy-ay

- Meaning: For

- Grammar: This is a postposition that indicates purpose or benefit.

- بڑا (bara)

- Pronunciation: ba-rah

- Meaning: Great, big, severe

- Grammar: This is a masculine singular adjective that agrees with the masculine singular noun عذاب (azaab - torment). If the noun were feminine, it would be بڑی (bari).

- عذاب (azaab)

- Pronunciation: a-zaab

- Meaning: Torment, punishment

- Grammar: This is a masculine noun.

- ہے۔ (hai)

- Pronunciation: hai

- Meaning: Is / there is

- Grammar: The verb "to be" at the end of the sentence. Implies "there is a great torment for them."

Here is the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence for your Urdu lesson:

English Translation

And We certainly gave Moses the Book and followed up after him with messengers. And We gave Jesus, son of Mary, the clear proofs and supported him with the Holy Spirit. Is it then that whenever a messenger came to you with what your souls did not desire, you became arrogant? So, a group you denied, and a group you kill.

Urdu Translation with Word-for-Word Breakdown

Urdu Sentence:

اور ہم نے موسیٰ (علیہ السلام) کو کتاب دی اور ان کے بعد پے در پے پیغمبر بھیجے اور ہم نے عیسیٰ (علیہ السلام) بن مریم کو کھلی نشانیاں دیں اور روح القدس کے ذریعے ان کی تائید کی، تو کیا جب بھی کوئی رسول تمہارے پاس وہ چیز لے کر آیا جو تمہارے دلوں کو پسند نہ تھی، تم نے تکبر کیا؟ پھر تم نے ایک گروہ کو جھٹلایا اور ایک گروہ کو قتل کرتے ہو۔

Word-for-Word Explanation:

1. اور (aur) - And

- Meaning: A conjunction used to connect words, phrases, or clauses.

- Pronunciation: sounds like 'ore' in English.

2. ہم نے (hum ne) - We (subject marker)

- Meaning: 'ہم' means "we." 'نے' is a postposition (similar to a preposition but placed after the noun/pronoun) that marks the agent of a transitive verb in the past tense. This is a crucial grammatical point in Urdu.

- Pronunciation: 'hum' like 'hum'ming, 'ne' like 'nay'.

- Grammar Note: The 'نے' particle indicates that 'ہم' (we) is the doer of the action (giving), and the verb will agree with the object (کتاب - book) in gender and number, not the subject.

3. موسیٰ (Musa) - Moses

- Meaning: The name of the Prophet Moses.

- Pronunciation: 'Moo-sa'.

4. (علیہ السلام) (alaihis-salam) - (peace be upon him)

- Meaning: A honorific phrase used after the names of Prophets in Islamic tradition.

- Pronunciation: 'ah-lay-hiss-sah-laam'.

5. کو (ko) - to / for (object marker)

- Meaning: A postposition that marks the direct or indirect object of a verb. Here, it indicates that the book was given to Moses.

- Pronunciation: 'koh'.

6. کتاب (kitaab) - book

- Meaning: A written work, scroll, or scripture.

- Pronunciation: 'kee-taab'.

7. دی (di) - gave

- Meaning: Past tense, feminine singular form of the verb 'دینا' (dena - to give). It agrees with 'کتاب' (kitaab - book), which is feminine in Urdu.

- Pronunciation: 'dee'.

- Grammar Note: As explained with 'نے', the verb 'دی' (gave) agrees in gender and number with 'کتاب' (book, feminine singular), even though the subject is 'ہم' (we, plural).

8. اور (aur) - And

- Pronunciation: 'ore'.

9. ان کے بعد (un ke baad) - after him

- Meaning: 'ان' (un) means "them/him" (respectful plural for a single person). 'کے' (ke) is a possessive/relational postposition. 'بعد' (baad) means "after."

- Pronunciation: 'oon kay baad'.

10. پے در پے (pe dar pe) - successively / one after another

- Meaning: An idiom meaning continuously, without interruption.

- Pronunciation: 'pay dar pay'.

11. پیغمبر (paighambar) - messengers / prophets

- Meaning: Individuals chosen by God to deliver His message.

- Pronunciation: 'pay-gham-bar'.

12. بھیجے (bheje) - sent

- Meaning: Past tense, masculine plural form of the verb 'بھیجنا' (bhejna - to send). It agrees with 'پیغمبر' (paighambar - messengers), which is masculine plural.

- Pronunciation: 'bhay-jay'.

13. اور (aur) - And

- Pronunciation: 'ore'.

14. ہم نے (hum ne) - We (subject marker)

- Pronunciation: 'hum ne'.

15. عیسیٰ (Isa) - Jesus

- Meaning: The name of the Prophet Jesus.

- Pronunciation: 'Ee-sa'.

16. (علیہ السلام) (alaihis-salam) - (peace be upon him)

- Pronunciation: 'ah-lay-hiss-sah-laam'.

17. بن (bin) - son of

- Meaning: An Arabic word adopted into Urdu, meaning "son of."

- Pronunciation: 'bin'.

18. مریم (Mariam) - Mary

- Meaning: The name of Mary, mother of Jesus.

- Pronunciation: 'Mar-yam'.

19. کو (ko) - to (object marker)

- Pronunciation: 'koh'.

20. کھلی (khuli) - clear / open (feminine)

- Meaning: Adjective meaning "clear" or "manifest." It's feminine to agree with 'نشانیاں' (nishaniyan - signs).

- Pronunciation: 'khoo-lee'.

21. نشانیاں (nishaniyan) - signs / proofs

- Meaning: Plural of 'نشانی' (nishani), meaning "sign" or "mark." Here it refers to miracles or clear proofs.

- Pronunciation: 'ni-shaa-nee-yaan'.

22. دیں (din) - gave

- Meaning: Past tense, feminine plural form of 'دینا' (dena - to give). It agrees with 'نشانیاں' (nishaniyan - signs), which is feminine plural.

- Pronunciation: 'deen'.

23. اور (aur) - And

- Pronunciation: 'ore'.

24. روح القدس (Rooh-ul-Qudus) - the Holy Spirit

- Meaning: 'روح' (rooh) means "spirit," and 'القدس' (al-qudus) means "the holy."

- Pronunciation: 'roo-hull-koo-doos'.

25. کے ذریعے (ke zariye) - through / by means of

- Meaning: 'کے' (ke) is a postposition, 'ذریعے' (zariye) means "means" or "medium."

- Pronunciation: 'kay za-ree-yay'.

26. ان کی (un ki) - his / their (possessive)

- Meaning: 'ان' (un) is a respectful pronoun for "him." 'کی' (ki) is a feminine possessive postposition, agreeing with 'تائید' (taaeed - support), which is feminine.

- Pronunciation: 'oon kee'.

27. تائید (taaeed) - support / confirmation

- Meaning: Help, backing, or strengthening.

- Pronunciation: 'taayeed'.

28. کی (ki) - did / rendered (feminine past tense of 'کرنا' - to do)

- Meaning: Here, it completes the verb phrase "تائید کی" (taaeed ki) meaning "gave support" or "supported." It's feminine, agreeing with 'تائید'.

- Pronunciation: 'kee'.

29. تو کیا (to kya) - So is it that / Then is it that?

- Meaning: 'تو' (to) means "so/then." 'کیا' (kya) is an interrogative word meaning "what/is it?" and turns the sentence into a question.

- Pronunciation: 'toh kya'.

30. جب بھی (jab bhi) - whenever

- Meaning: 'جب' (jab) means "when." 'بھی' (bhi) means "also/even," here adding the sense of "every time" or "whenever."

- Pronunciation: 'jab bhee'.

31. کوئی (koi) - any / a

- Meaning: Indefinite pronoun or adjective.

- Pronunciation: 'ko-ee'.

32. رسول (rasool) - messenger

- Meaning: A divine messenger.

- Pronunciation: 'ra-sool'.

33. تمہارے پاس (tumhare paas) - to you / near you

- Meaning: 'تمہارے' (tumhare) means "your." 'پاس' (paas) means "near/with." Together, it indicates "to you" in the context of someone coming.

- Pronunciation: 'tum-haa-ray paas'.

34. وہ چیز (woh cheez) - that thing / that which

- Meaning: 'وہ' (woh) means "that." 'چیز' (cheez) means "thing."

- Pronunciation: 'woh cheez'.

35. لے کر آیا (le kar aaya) - brought / came with

- Meaning: 'لے کر' (le kar) is a compound verb meaning "having taken," and 'آیا' (aaya) is past tense masculine singular of 'آنا' (aana - to come). Together, "came having taken" means "brought."

- Pronunciation: 'lay kar aa-yaa'.

36. جو (jo) - which / that (relative pronoun)

- Meaning: Connects the previous clause to the next.

- Pronunciation: 'joh'.

37. تمہارے دلوں کو (tumhare dilon ko) - your hearts

- Meaning: 'تمہارے' (tumhare) "your." 'دلوں' (dilon) is the plural of 'دل' (dil - heart). 'کو' (ko) is the object marker.

- Pronunciation: 'tum-haa-ray di-loh ko'.

38. پسند نہ تھی (pasand na thi) - was not pleasing / did not like

- Meaning: 'پسند' (pasand) means "liking/preference." 'نہ' (na) means "not." 'تھی' (thi) is past tense feminine singular of 'ہونا' (hona - to be). The phrase means "was not to the liking."

- Pronunciation: 'pa-sand na thee'.

39. تم نے (tum ne) - you (plural, subject marker)

- Meaning: 'تم' (tum) means "you" (informal plural or respectful singular). 'نے' marks the agent.

- Pronunciation: 'tum ne'.

40. تکبر کیا؟ (takabbur kiya?) - showed arrogance / became arrogant?

- Meaning: 'تکبر' (takabbur) means "arrogance/pride." 'کیا' (kiya) is past tense masculine singular of 'کرنا' (karna - to do). "تکبر کرنا" means "to show arrogance." The question mark indicates the interrogative nature of 'کیا' earlier.

- Pronunciation: 'ta-kab-bur key-yaa'.

41. پھر (phir) - Then / So

- Meaning: Indicates sequence or consequence.

- Pronunciation: 'phir'.

42. تم نے (tum ne) - you (plural, subject marker)

- Pronunciation: 'tum ne'.

43. ایک (ek) - one / a

- Meaning: Indefinite article or numeral.

- Pronunciation: 'ake'.

44. گروہ (giroh) - group / party

- Meaning: A collection of people.

- Pronunciation: 'gee-roh'.

45. کو (ko) - (object marker)

- Pronunciation: 'koh'.

46. جھٹلایا (jhutlaya) - denied / rejected (masculine singular past tense)

- Meaning: Past tense of 'جھٹلانا' (jhutlana - to deny/falsify).

- Pronunciation: 'jhoot-laa-yaa'.

47. اور (aur) - and

- Pronunciation: 'ore'.

48. ایک (ek) - one / a

- Pronunciation: 'ake'.

49. گروہ (giroh) - group / party

- Pronunciation: 'gee-roh'.

50. کو (ko) - (object marker)

- Pronunciation: 'koh'.

51. قتل کرتے ہو (qatl karte ho) - you kill / are killing

- Meaning: 'قتل' (qatl) means "killing/murder." 'کرتے ہو' (karte ho) is the present continuous/habitual form of 'کرنا' (karna - to do) with 'تم' (you) as the subject. "قتل کرنا" means "to kill." The present tense here can imply a continuous action or a habitual practice.

- Pronunciation: 'qat-ul kar-tay hoh'.

- Grammar Note: Unlike the past tense with 'نے', in the present tense, the verb 'کرتے ہو' (kill/do) agrees directly with the subject 'تم' (you, plural).

Here is the translation and detailed breakdown of the sentence, designed for an English-speaking student learning Urdu:

English Translation:

Indeed, those who conceal what We revealed of clear signs and guidance, after We made it clear to the people in the Book – those are cursed by Allah and cursed by the cursers.

Urdu Translation:

یقیناً وہ لوگ جو ان واضح نشانیوں اور ہدایت کو چھپاتے ہیں، جو ہم نے نازل کیں، اس کے بعد جب ہم نے اسے کتاب میں لوگوں کے لیے کھول کھول کر بیان کر دیا تھا، ایسے لوگوں پر اللہ لعنت بھیجتا ہے اور لعنت کرنے والے بھی ان پر لعنت بھیجتے ہیں۔

Word-for-Word Breakdown and Pronunciation:

Here, you'll find each Urdu word from the translated sentence, its pronunciation guide, and its English meaning, along with relevant grammar notes.

- یقیناً yaqīnan

- Meaning: Certainly, indeed, verily.

- Grammar Note: This is an adverb, emphasizing the certainty of the statement.

- وہ woh

- Meaning: Those. (Also commonly means 'he/she/it' or 'that' depending on context).

- Grammar Note: Here, it acts as a demonstrative pronoun, referring to 'people'.

- لوگ log

- Meaning: People.

- Grammar Note: A plural noun.

- جو jo

- Meaning: Who, which, what.

- Grammar Note: A relative pronoun, connecting 'people' to the action they perform.

- ان un

- Meaning: These, those (plural).

- Grammar Note: A demonstrative pronoun here, referring to 'signs and guidance'. It's plural and precedes the nouns it describes.

- واضح wāzeh

- Meaning: Clear, evident.

- Grammar Note: An adjective modifying 'signs' and 'guidance'.

- نشانیوں nishāniyōñ

- Meaning: Signs, evidences.

- Grammar Note: This is the oblique plural form of the noun 'نشانی' (nishāni - sign). It takes this form because it's followed by the postposition 'کو' (ko).

- اور aur

- Meaning: And.

- Grammar Note: A conjunction.

- ہدایت hidāyat

- Meaning: Guidance.

- Grammar Note: A feminine noun.

- کو ko

- Meaning: (Marks the direct object).

- Grammar Note: A postposition that indicates the direct object of the verb. In English, it's often not translated directly but understood through word order.

- چھپاتے chupātay

- Meaning: Hide, conceal (plural, masculine).

- Grammar Note: This is the present participle form of the verb 'چھپانا' (chupānā - to hide). Combined with 'ہیں', it forms the present indefinite tense. It's masculine plural to agree with 'لوگ' (log - people).

- ہیں، hain,

- Meaning: Are.

- Grammar Note: The plural present tense form of the verb 'ہونا' (honā - to be). It completes the present indefinite tense 'چھپاتے ہیں'.

- جو jo

- Meaning: Which, what.

- Grammar Note: Another relative pronoun, referring to 'signs and guidance' that were revealed.

- ہم hum

- Meaning: We.

- Grammar Note: First person plural pronoun.

- نے nay

- Meaning: (Agent marker for transitive verbs in past tense).

- Grammar Note: This postposition is crucial in Urdu grammar. It indicates the agent (doer) of a transitive verb when the verb is in a perfect tense (like past indefinite, past perfect). It means 'we' are the ones who performed the action of 'revealing'.

- نازل nāzil

- Meaning: Revealed, sent down.

- Grammar Note: Often used as part of a compound verb like 'نازل کرنا' (nāzil karnā - to reveal/send down).

- کیں، keen,

- Meaning: Did (feminine, plural).

- Grammar Note: This is the past tense auxiliary verb for feminine plural subjects, part of the compound verb 'نازل کرنا'. It agrees with 'نشانیوں' (signs) and 'ہدایت' (guidance) which are considered feminine in this context. The full phrase 'ہم نے نازل کیں' means 'We revealed/sent down'.

- اس iss

- Meaning: That.

- Grammar Note: A demonstrative pronoun.

- کے kay

- Meaning: Of, for (oblique form of 'کا/کی/کے').

- Grammar Note: A postposition.

- بعد ba'd

- Meaning: After.

- Grammar Note: A noun or adverb. 'اس کے بعد' means 'after that'.

- جب jab

- Meaning: When.

- Grammar Note: A conjunction, introducing a temporal clause.

- ہم hum

- Meaning: We.

- Grammar Note: First person plural pronoun.

- نے nay

- Meaning: (Agent marker).

- Grammar Note: As explained before, marks the agent of a transitive verb in perfect tenses.

- اسے usay

- Meaning: It, him/her (oblique form of 'یہ/وہ').

- Grammar Note: This is the object pronoun, referring to 'what we revealed' (the signs and guidance). The 'e' ending comes from the direct object marker 'کو' (ko) attached to 'اس' (iss - that).

- کتاب kitāb

- Meaning: Book.

- Grammar Note: A feminine noun.

- میں mein

- Meaning: In.

- Grammar Note: A postposition indicating location.

- لوگوں logon

- Meaning: People (oblique plural).

- Grammar Note: The oblique plural form of 'لوگ' (log - people), required because it's followed by the postposition 'کے لیے'.

- کے kay

- Meaning: For, of.

- Grammar Note: A postposition.

- لیے liay

- Meaning: For.

- Grammar Note: A postposition. 'کے لیے' (kay liay) together means 'for'.

- کھول khol

- Meaning: Open (root of the verb 'کھولنا' - kholnā - to open).

- Grammar Note: Used here in reduplication to emphasize thoroughness.

- کھول khol

- Meaning: Open.

- Grammar Note: Repetition for emphasis, like 'clearly and thoroughly'.

- کر kar

- Meaning: Having done, by doing.

- Grammar Note: This is a conjunctive participle (or 'kar' suffix). It connects 'کھول کھول' with 'بیان کر دیا', forming an adverbial phrase meaning 'by explaining thoroughly'.

- بیان bayān

- Meaning: Explanation, statement.

- Grammar Note: Often used in the compound verb 'بیان کرنا' (bayān karnā - to explain/state).

- کر kar

- Meaning: Did/made (root of 'کرنا' - karnā - to do/make).

- Grammar Note: Part of the compound verb 'بیان کر دیا'.

- دیا diyā

- Meaning: Gave.

- Grammar Note: The masculine singular past tense of 'دینا' (denā - to give). Used here as an auxiliary verb to complete the compound verb 'بیان کر دیا' (bayān kar diyā), meaning 'explained'.

- تھا، thā,

- Meaning: Was.

- Grammar Note: The masculine singular past tense of 'ہونا' (honā - to be). It makes the preceding action (explained) a past perfect event, implying 'had explained'.

- ایسے aisay

- Meaning: Such, like this/that.

- Grammar Note: A demonstrative adjective/pronoun, here referring to 'such people'.

- لوگوں logon

- Meaning: People (oblique plural).

- Grammar Note: As before, oblique plural due to the following postposition.

- پر par

- Meaning: On, upon.

- Grammar Note: A postposition indicating 'upon' or 'on'.

- اللہ Allāh

- Meaning: Allah (God).

- Grammar Note: A proper noun.

- لعنت la'nat

- Meaning: Curse, damnation.

- Grammar Note: A feminine noun.

- بھیجتا bhejta

- Meaning: Sends (masculine, singular).

- Grammar Note: Present participle of 'بھیجنا' (bhejnā - to send). Combined with 'ہے', it forms the present indefinite tense. It's masculine singular to agree with 'اللہ' (Allah). The phrase 'لعنت بھیجنا' means 'to curse/send a curse'.

- ہے hai

- Meaning: Is.

- Grammar Note: The singular present tense form of 'ہونا' (honā - to be). Completes the present indefinite tense 'بھیجتا ہے'.

- اور aur

- Meaning: And.

- Grammar Note: A conjunction.

- لعنت la'nat

- Meaning: Curse, damnation.

- Grammar Note: A feminine noun.

- کرنے karnay

- Meaning: Doing, making (oblique form of 'کرنا' - karnā).

- Grammar Note: Here, it's part of the compound 'کرنے والے' (karnay wālay), which means 'doers' or 'those who do'.

- والے wālay

- Meaning: Ones, people (plural).

- Grammar Note: This suffix 'والا/والے/والی' (wālā/wālay/wālī) attaches to verbs or nouns to denote the doer, agent, or possessor. 'لعنت کرنے والے' means 'those who curse'.

- بھی bhī

- Meaning: Also, too.

- Grammar Note: An intensifier/emphasizer.

- ان un

- Meaning: Them (oblique plural).

- Grammar Note: An object pronoun, referring to 'those people'.

- پر par

- Meaning: On, upon.

- Grammar Note: A postposition.

- لعنت la'nat

- Meaning: Curse, damnation.

- Grammar Note: A feminine noun.

- بھیجتے bhejte

- Meaning: Send (masculine, plural).

- Grammar Note: Present participle of 'بھیجنا' (bhejnā - to send). It's masculine plural to agree with 'لعنت کرنے والے' (the cursers).

- ہیں۔ hain.

- Meaning: Are.

- Grammar Note: The plural present tense form of 'ہونا' (honā - to be). It completes the present indefinite tense 'بھیجتے ہیں'.

Here's the Urdu and English translation of the Arabic sentence, along with a detailed word-for-word explanation to help you understand the Urdu words and their usage.

English Translation

"And We will surely test you with something of fear, and hunger, and a decrease in wealth, and lives, and fruits. And give good tidings to the patient ones."

Urdu Translation

اور (aur) ہم (hum) تمہیں (tumhein) ضرور (zaroor) آزمائیں (aazmayenge) گے (ge)، کچھ (kuchh) خوف، (khauf,) بھوک، (bhookh,) مالوں، (maaloon,) جانوں (jaanoon) اور (aur) پھلوں (phaloon) میں (mein) کمی (kami) کے ساتھ۔ (ke saath.) اور (aur) صبر (sabr) کرنے (karne) والوں (walon) کو (ko) خوشخبری (khushkhabri) دو۔ (do.)

Word-for-Word Breakdown & Learning

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word:

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Grammar: This is a conjunction, connecting phrases or clauses. It functions exactly like "and" in English.

- ہم (hum)

- Meaning: We

- Grammar: This is the first-person plural pronoun. It refers to the speaker and others.

- تمہیں (tumhein)

- Meaning: You (plural or respectful singular, objective case)

- Grammar: This is the second-person plural pronoun in the objective case. It's used when "you" is the object of the verb. It can also be used respectfully for a single person.

- ضرور (zaroor)

- Meaning: Surely, certainly, definitely

- Grammar: This is an adverb, emphasizing the certainty of the action.

- آزمائیں (aazmayen)

- Meaning: Test (verb stem in future tense, first-person plural)

- Grammar: This is the root of the verb "آزمانا" (aazmana - to test). When combined with "گے" (ge), it forms the future tense for "we."

- گے (ge)

- Meaning: (Future tense marker for masculine plural/respectful)

- Grammar: This is a future tense auxiliary verb. It indicates that the action will happen in the future. "گے" is used with masculine plural subjects or for respectful singular subjects. If the subject were feminine plural, it would be "گی" (gi), and if singular masculine, it would be "گا" (ga).

- کچھ (kuchh)

- Meaning: Some, a little, a certain (thing)

- Grammar: This is an indefinite pronoun or adjective. Here it functions as an adjective meaning "a certain amount" or "some."

- خوف، (khauf,)

- Meaning: Fear

- Grammar: This is a masculine noun. The comma indicates it's part of a list.

- بھوک، (bhookh,)

- Meaning: Hunger

- Grammar: This is a feminine noun.

- مالوں، (maaloon,)

- Meaning: Wealths, properties (plural of مال - maal)

- Grammar: This is the oblique plural form of the masculine noun "مال" (maal - wealth, property, possessions). The oblique case is used when a noun is followed by a postposition (like "میں" - mein or "کے ساتھ" - ke saath, or implied in a list that will be followed by one).

- جانوں (jaanoon)

- Meaning: Lives, souls (plural of جان - jaan)

- Grammar: This is the oblique plural form of the feminine noun "جان" (jaan - life, soul).

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Grammar: Another conjunction, connecting the list.

- پھلوں (phaloon)

- Meaning: Fruits (plural of پھل - phal)

- Grammar: This is the oblique plural form of the masculine noun "پھل" (phal - fruit).

- میں (mein)

- Meaning: In

- Grammar: This is a postposition (similar to a preposition in English but placed after the noun). Here it suggests "in the matter of" or "among."

- کمی (kami)

- Meaning: Decrease, deficiency, lack

- Grammar: This is a feminine noun.

- کے ساتھ۔ (ke saath.)

- Meaning: With (along with, by means of)

- Grammar: This is a compound postposition. "کے" (ke) is the oblique marker for "کا" (ka - of/belonging to) and "ساتھ" (saath) means "with." Together, "کے ساتھ" means "with" or "along with." It indicates the means or accompaniment.

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Grammar: Another conjunction, starting a new clause.

- صبر (sabr)

- Meaning: Patience

- Grammar: This is a masculine noun.

- کرنے (karne)

- Meaning: Doing, to do (oblique infinitive/gerund)

- Grammar: This is the oblique form of the infinitive verb "کرنا" (karna - to do). It's used here to form a compound phrase "صبر کرنے والے" (sabr karne wale - those who do patience, i.e., patient ones).

- والوں (walon)

- Meaning: Ones, people (oblique plural)

- Grammar: This is the oblique plural form of "والا" (wala - one, person, doer). When combined with a verb (like "کرنے"), it forms an agent noun, meaning "those who do [the action]". "کرنے والوں" (karne walon) means "those who do." So, "صبر کرنے والوں" means "those who do patience" or "the patient ones."

- کو (ko)

- Meaning: To (dative case marker)

- Grammar: This is a postposition that marks the indirect object or sometimes the direct object. Here, it indicates "to the patient ones."

- خوشخبری (khushkhabri)

- Meaning: Good tidings, good news

- Grammar: This is a feminine noun.

- دو۔ (do.)

- Meaning: Give (imperative, plural/respectful singular)

- Grammar: This is the imperative form of the verb "دینا" (dena - to give). It's a command. "دو" is used for plural "you" or respectful singular "you." For informal singular, it would be "دے" (de).

Salaam alaikum and welcome! I'm here to help you learn Urdu. We'll go through an Arabic sentence, translate it into English and then break down the Urdu translation word-by-word, providing pronunciation and grammar tips along the way.

How to Read Pronunciation Guides:

- aa as in "father"

- ee as in "feet"

- oo as in "moon"

- eh as in "bed"

- oh as in "boat"

- ai as in "aisle"

- ow as in "cow"

- kh is a guttural sound, like 'ch' in Scottish "loch"

- gh is a guttural 'g' sound, often like 'r' in French "rouge"

- ph, bh, th, dh are aspirated consonants (e.g., 'ph' as in "pot-hole", not 'f')

- ḍ, ṭ, ṛ are retroflex sounds (tongue curls back)

- ñ (or ⁿ) indicates a nasalized vowel, meaning the sound is produced partly through the nose, similar to the 'n' in "bon" (French).

English Translation

"And from wherever you depart, turn your face towards the Sacred Mosque. And wherever you [all] are, turn your faces towards it, so that people may not have any argument against you, except for those among them who are unjust. So do not fear them, but fear Me, and that I may complete My favor upon you and that you may be guided."

Urdu Translation

اور جہاں کہیں سے تم نکلو، تو اپنا چہرہ مسجد الحرام کی طرف پھیر لو، اور جہاں کہیں بھی تم ہو، اپنے چہروں کو اسی کی طرف پھیر لو، تاکہ لوگوں کو تمہارے خلاف کوئی حجت نہ رہے، سوائے ان کے جو ان میں سے ظالم ہیں، تو تم ان سے نہ ڈرو اور مجھ سے ڈرو، اور تاکہ میں اپنی نعمت تم پر پوری کر دوں اور تاکہ تم ہدایت پا جاؤ۔

Word-for-Word Urdu Explanation

Let's break down the Urdu sentence piece by piece to understand each word and its role.

1. اور (aur) - 'owr'

- Meaning: And

- Type: Conjunction

- Grammar: This word is used to connect phrases or clauses, just like "and" in English.

2. جہاں کہیں (jahāⁿ kahīⁿ) - 'ja-haa-ñ ka-hee-ñ'

- Meaning: Wherever

- Type: Compound adverb/conjunction

- Grammar: Literally "where any". جہاں (jahāⁿ) means "where", and کہیں (kahīⁿ) means "anywhere" or "ever". When combined, they form "wherever". The 'ñ' indicates a nasalized vowel sound.

3. سے (se) - 'say'

- Meaning: From

- Type: Postposition

- Grammar: Postpositions come after the noun or pronoun they modify, unlike prepositions in English. Here it indicates the starting point of an action.

4. تم (tum) - 'tum'

- Meaning: You (singular or informal plural)

- Type: Pronoun

- Grammar: In Urdu, تم (tum) can refer to a singular "you" (informal) or a plural "you". In this context, it refers to a singular "you" as the first part of the verse addresses an individual (Prophet Muhammad, peace be upon him).

5. نکلو (niklo) - 'nik-lo'

- Meaning: Depart / Come out (imperative)

- Type: Verb

- Grammar: This is the imperative form of the verb نکلنا (nikalnā - 'nik-al-naa', to depart/come out). It's an instruction.

6. تو (to) - 'toh'

- Meaning: Then / So

- Type: Conjunction

- Grammar: Used here to introduce the consequence of the previous action (departing).

7. اپنا (apnā) - 'ap-naa'

- Meaning: Your (own)

- Type: Reflexive possessive adjective

- Grammar: اپنا (apnā) is used when the possessor is the same as the subject of the sentence. It agrees in gender and number with the noun it modifies. Here, it refers to 'your' face.

8. چہرہ (chehrā) - 'cheh-raa'

- Meaning: Face

- Type: Masculine Noun

9. مسجد الحرام (masjid-ul-harām) - 'mas-jid-ool-ha-raam'

- Meaning: The Sacred Mosque (referring to the Kaaba in Mecca)

- Type: Compound Noun

- Grammar: An Arabic loanword used directly in Urdu.

10. کی (kī) - 'kee'

- Meaning: Of / belonging to

- Type: Postposition (possessive)

- Grammar: This is a feminine possessive postposition, agreeing with the feminine noun طرف (taraf).

11. طرف (taraf) - 'ta-raf'

- Meaning: Direction / Towards

- Type: Feminine Noun

- Grammar: When used with کی (kī), it forms the phrase "towards the direction of".

12. پھیر لو (pher lo) - 'phair loh'

- Meaning: Turn (imperative)

- Type: Compound Verb

- Grammar: This is a compound verb: پھیرنا (phernā - 'phair-naa', to turn) + لینا (lenā - 'lay-naa', an auxiliary verb here indicating an action done for one's own benefit or completion). It's an imperative command.

13. اور (aur) - 'owr'

- Meaning: And

- Type: Conjunction

14. جہاں کہیں (jahāⁿ kahīⁿ) - 'ja-haa-ñ ka-hee-ñ'

- Meaning: Wherever

- Type: Compound adverb/conjunction

15. بھی (bhī) - 'bhee'

- Meaning: Also Even Moreover

- Type: Particle

- Grammar: This particle adds emphasis or generalizes the preceding word. Here, it emphasizes "wherever".

16. تم (tum) - 'tum'

- Meaning: You (plural)

- Type: Pronoun

- Grammar: In this second part of the verse, تم (tum) refers to a plural "you" (all believers).

17. ہو (ho) - 'hoh'

- Meaning: Are

- Type: Verb (to be)

- Grammar: This is the plural form of the verb "to be" for تم (tum).

18. اپنے (apne) - 'ap-nay'

- Meaning: Your (own)

- Type: Reflexive possessive adjective

- Grammar: Plural form of اپنا (apnā), agreeing with the plural object چہروں (chehroⁿ).

19. چہروں کو (chehroⁿ ko) - 'cheh-roñ koh'

- Meaning: Faces (plural, direct object)

- Type: Noun with object marker

- Grammar: چہروں (chehroⁿ) is the oblique plural form of چہرہ (chehrā - face). The postposition کو (ko) marks it as the direct object of the verb. The 'ñ' signifies a nasalized vowel.

20. اسی (isī) - 'i-see'

- Meaning: That very / The same

- Type: Emphatic demonstrative pronoun

- Grammar: This refers back emphatically to the "Sacred Mosque".

21. کی (kī) - 'kee'

- Meaning: Of / belonging to

- Type: Postposition (possessive)

22. طرف (taraf) - 'ta-raf'

- Meaning: Direction / Towards

- Type: Feminine Noun

23. پھیر لو (pher lo) - 'phair loh'

- Meaning: Turn (imperative)

- Type: Compound Verb

- Grammar: Again, an imperative command, but now addressed to the plural "you".

24. تاکہ (tāke) - 'taa-ke'

- Meaning: So that / In order that

- Type: Conjunction

- Grammar: Introduces a purpose or reason clause, often followed by a verb in the subjunctive mood.

25. لوگوں کو (logoⁿ ko) - 'loh-goñ koh'

- Meaning: To the people / For the people

- Type: Noun with dative/object marker

- Grammar: لوگوں (logoⁿ) is the oblique plural of لوگ (log - 'lohg', people). کو (ko) here indicates the recipient or for whom the action is relevant (in this case, for whom an argument exists). The 'ñ' signifies a nasalized vowel.

26. تمہارے (tumhāre) - 'tum-haa-ray'

- Meaning: Your (plural possessive)

- Type: Possessive adjective

- Grammar: Agrees with the masculine noun خلاف (khilāf).

27. خلاف (khilāf) - 'khilaaf'

- Meaning: Against / Opposite

- Type: Preposition

28. کوئی (koī) - 'ko-ee'

- Meaning: Any / Some

- Type: Indefinite pronoun/adjective

- Grammar: Used here to mean "any argument".

29. حجت (hujjat) - 'huj-jat'

- Meaning: Argument Proof Excuse

- Type: Feminine Noun

- Grammar: An Arabic loanword.

30. نہ (na) - 'na'

- Meaning: Not

- Type: Negation particle

- Grammar: Used to negate the verb.

31. رہے (rahe) - 'ra-hay'

- Meaning: May remain / May exist

- Type: Verb (subjunctive mood)

- Grammar: This is the subjunctive form of رہنا (rehnā - 'reh-naa', to remain/to be). The subjunctive mood is often used after تاکہ (tāke) to express purpose.

32. سوائے (savā'e) - 'sa-vaa-ay'

- Meaning: Except / Other than

- Type: Preposition

33. ان کے (un ke) - 'un kay'

- Meaning: Those

- Type: Demonstrative pronoun with possessive

- Grammar: ان (un) means "those" (plural demonstrative), and کے (ke) is a possessive postposition, here implying "those of them" or simply "those".

34. جو (jo) - 'joh'

- Meaning: Who / Which

- Type: Relative pronoun

- Grammar: Introduces a relative clause.

35. ان میں سے (un meⁿ se) - 'un meñ say'

- Meaning: From among them

- Type: Compound postpositional phrase

- Grammar: ان (un) means "them", میں (meⁿ) means "in/among", and سے (se) means "from". The 'ñ' signifies a nasalized vowel.

36. ظالم (zālim) - 'zaa-lim'

- Meaning: Unjust / Oppressors

- Type: Adjective/Noun

- Grammar: Can function as both an adjective (unjust people) or a noun (oppressors).

37. ہیں (haiⁿ) - 'haiñ'

- Meaning: Are

- Type: Verb (to be)

- Grammar: Plural form of the verb "to be". The 'ñ' signifies a nasalized vowel.

38. تو (to) - 'toh'

- Meaning: Then / So

- Type: Conjunction

39. تم (tum) - 'tum'

- Meaning: You (plural)

- Type: Pronoun

40. ان سے (un se) - 'un say'

- Meaning: From them / Them

- Type: Pronoun with postposition

- Grammar: ان (un) means "them", and سے (se) is used here to indicate the object of fear (fear from them).

41. نہ (na) - 'na'

- Meaning: Not

- Type: Negation particle

42. ڈرو (ḍaro) - 'da-roh'

- Meaning: Fear (imperative)

- Type: Verb

- Grammar: This is the imperative form of ڈرنا (ḍarnā - 'ḍar-naa', to fear), addressed to the plural "you". The 'ḍ' is a retroflex sound.

43. اور (aur) - 'owr'

- Meaning: And

- Type: Conjunction

44. مجھ سے (mujh se) - 'mujh say'

- Meaning: From Me (God) / Me

- Type: Pronoun with postposition

- Grammar: مجھ (mujh) is the oblique form of میں (maiⁿ - 'maiñ', I). سے (se) again indicates the object of fear (fear from Me).

45. ڈرو (ḍaro) - 'da-roh'

- Meaning: Fear (imperative)

- Type: Verb

46. اور (aur) - 'owr'

- Meaning: And

- Type: Conjunction

47. تاکہ (tāke) - 'taa-ke'

- Meaning: So that / In order that

- Type: Conjunction

48. میں (maiⁿ) - 'maiñ'

- Meaning: I

- Type: Pronoun

- Grammar: The 'ñ' signifies a nasalized vowel.

49. اپنی (apnī) - 'ap-nee'

- Meaning: My (own)

- Type: Reflexive possessive adjective

- Grammar: Feminine form, agreeing with نعمت (ni'mat).

50. نعمت (ni'mat) - 'ni-mat'

- Meaning: Favor / Blessing

- Type: Feminine Noun

- Grammar: An Arabic loanword.

51. تم پر (tum par) - 'tum par'

- Meaning: Upon you

- Type: Pronoun with postposition

- Grammar: تم (tum) means "you" (plural), and پر (par - 'par') means "on/upon".

52. پوری کر دوں (pūrī kar duⁿ) - 'poo-ree kar duñ'

- Meaning: May complete / May fulfill (subjunctive)

- Type: Compound Verb

- Grammar: This is a compound verb form indicating completion: پوری کرنا (pūrī karnā - 'poo-ree kar-naa', to complete) + دینا (denā - 'day-naa', an auxiliary verb meaning "to give", here implying an action completed for someone or for thoroughness). The 'ñ' signifies a nasalized vowel. It's in the subjunctive mood due to تاکہ (tāke).

53. اور (aur) - 'owr'

- Meaning: And

- Type: Conjunction

54. تاکہ (tāke) - 'taa-ke'

- Meaning: So that / In order that

- Type: Conjunction

55. تم (tum) - 'tum'

- Meaning: You (plural)

- Type: Pronoun

56. ہدایت (hidāyat) - 'hi-daa-yat'

- Meaning: Guidance

- Type: Feminine Noun

- Grammar: An Arabic loanword.

57. پا جاؤ (pā jā'o) - 'paa jaa-o'

- Meaning: May receive / May attain (guidance) (subjunctive)

- Type: Compound Verb

- Grammar: This is a compound verb: پانا (pānā - 'paa-naa', to get/receive) + جانا (jānā - 'jaa-naa', to go, used as an auxiliary verb to indicate the attainment of a state). It's in the subjunctive mood, again due to تاکہ (tāke).

I hope this detailed breakdown helps you understand the Urdu translation of the sentence! Keep practicing these words and grammatical structures, and you'll be speaking Urdu in no time.

Here's your Urdu translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence, designed to teach an English student:

Urdu Translation

اللہ کے نام سے جو بڑا مہربان نہایت رحم والا ہے، الف لام میم

English Translation

In the name of Allah, the Most Gracious, the Most Merciful. Alif Lam Mim.

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English)

Let's break down each Urdu word to help you understand its meaning and pronunciation.

1. اللہ (Allah)

- Meaning: Allah (God). This is the proper name for God in Islam.

- Pronunciation Note: The 'A' is like the 'a' in 'father'. The 'llah' part has a strong 'l' sound followed by 'ah'.

2. کے (kay)

- Meaning: Of, belonging to.

- Grammar Note: This is a postposition. Unlike prepositions in English (like 'of' or 'in' which come before the noun), postpositions come after the noun they relate to. Here, it shows possession or relation: "name of Allah". So in Urdu, it's اللہ کے نام (Allah kay naam).

3. نام (naam)

- Meaning: Name.

- Pronunciation Note: Rhymes with the English word 'calm'.

4. سے (say)

- Meaning: From, with, by, in.

- Grammar Note: Another versatile postposition. In this context, it functions like "in" as in "in the name of". So, نام سے (naam say) means "by/with/in the name".

5. جو (jo)

- Meaning: Who, which, that.

- Grammar Note: This is a relative pronoun. It's used to introduce a descriptive clause, referring back to a preceding noun. Here, it refers back to "Allah" and introduces the description that follows: "who is the Most Gracious, the Most Merciful."

6. بڑا (baraa)

- Meaning: Great, big, very.

- Grammar Note: An adjective. Here, it acts as an intensifier for مہربان (gracious), meaning "very gracious" or "greatly gracious". The final 'a' sound is long, like the 'a' in 'car'.

7. مہربان (meherbaan)

- Meaning: Gracious, benevolent, kind.

- Pronunciation Note: 'Meher' sounds like 'mayor' without the 'y'. 'Baan' rhymes with 'barn'.

8. نہایت (nihaayat)

- Meaning: Extremely, greatly, very.

- Grammar Note: An adverb, similar to بڑا in its intensifying role, but often implying an even higher degree. It emphasizes رحم والا.

9. رحم والا (rehm waalaa)

- Meaning: Merciful one, one who has mercy.

- Breakdown:

- رحم (rehm): Mercy, compassion.

- والا (waalaa): This is a common Urdu suffix attached to nouns or adjectives. It indicates possession, association, or a doer. It literally means "one who has" or "possessing". So, رحم والا means "one who has mercy" or "merciful".

- Grammar Note: The suffix والا changes form based on the gender and number of the noun it modifies. Here, اللہ (Allah) is considered masculine singular, so it uses والا. If it were referring to a feminine noun, it would be والی (waalee).

10. ہے (hai)

- Meaning: Is.

- Grammar Note: This is the present tense form of the verb "to be" for a singular third person (he/she/it/God). It completes the descriptive clause: "who is (badaa meherbaan nihaayat rehm waalaa)".

11. الف لام میم (Alif Laam Meem)

- Meaning: Alif Lam Mim. These are the names of the Arabic letters.

- Explanation: These are special letter combinations found at the beginning of certain chapters in the Quran. They are known as حروف مقطعات (hurūf muqaṭṭaʿāt) in Arabic, meaning "disjoined" or "abbreviated" letters. Their exact meaning is known only to Allah. In translation, they are usually transliterated as the names of the individual letters.

Here is the Urdu translation of the Arabic sentence, followed by its English translation, and a detailed word-for-word explanation in English to help you learn Urdu.

English Translation

"Say, 'We have believed in Allah and in what was revealed to us and what was revealed to Abraham and Ishmael and Isaac and Jacob and the Tribes, and in what was given to Moses and Jesus and in what was given to the prophets from their Lord. We make no distinction between any of them, and to Him we are submissive.'"

Urdu Translation with Pronunciation and Word-by-Word Breakdown

Here is the Urdu translation of the sentence, broken down word by word. Each Urdu word is followed by its pronunciation guide and a detailed English explanation.

کہو!

- Kaho!

- Say!

- کہو (kaho) - This is the imperative plural form of the verb کہنا (kehna), meaning "to say" or "to tell." It is used when addressing multiple people or one person respectfully.

- Grammar Note: In Urdu, the imperative form changes based on the number and respect level of the addressee. For a single, informal person, it would be keh (کہہ); for a single, respectful person or multiple people, it's kaho (کہو); and for a very respectful address, it's kahiye (کہیے).

ہم

- Ham

- We

- ہم (ham) - This is the first-person plural pronoun, meaning "we."

ایمان لائے

- Īmān lāye

- believed (lit: brought faith)

- ایمان (īmān) - This word means "faith" or "belief," directly borrowed from Arabic.

- لائے (lāye) - This is the past plural form of the verb لانا (lānā), meaning "to bring." When combined with īmān, īmān lānā (ایمان لانا) forms a compound verb meaning "to believe" or "to have faith."

- Grammar Note: Urdu often uses compound verbs, where a noun or adjective is combined with a light verb (like karnā 'to do', honā 'to be', lānā 'to bring', jānā 'to go') to form a new verb phrase.

اللہ پر

- Allāh par

- in Allah (lit: on Allah)

- اللہ (Allāh) - This is the Arabic word for God, widely used in Urdu.

- پر (par) - This is a postposition, similar to a preposition in English, meaning "on," "upon," or "in." Here, it signifies belief "in" Allah.

اور

- aur

- and

- اور (aur) - This is a conjunction meaning "and."

اس پر

- is par

- in what (lit: on that)

- اس (is) - This is a demonstrative pronoun, meaning "that" or "this." Here, it refers to "what" (the revelation).

- پر (par) - Postposition meaning "on" or "in."

جو

- jo

- which/what

- جو (jo) - A relative pronoun meaning "who," "which," or "what." It connects the preceding "that" (is) to the subsequent clause describing the revelation.

ہماری طرف

- hamārī taraf

- to us (lit: towards our side)

- ہماری (hamārī) - This is the feminine genitive form of "our" (ہم (ham) + کی (kī)).

- طرف (taraf) - This word means "side," "direction," or "towards." The phrase hamārī taraf (ہماری طرف) means "towards us" or "to us."

نازل کیا گیا،

- nāzil kiyā gayā,

- was revealed,

- نازل (nāzil) - An Arabic word meaning "revealed" or "sent down."

- کیا گیا (kiyā gayā) - This forms the passive voice in Urdu. kiyā is the past participle of کرنا (karnā) "to do," and gayā is the past participle of جانا (jānā) "to go." Together, they mean "was done" or "was gone," and when combined with a noun like nāzil, it means "was revealed."

- Grammar Note: The passive voice in Urdu is typically formed with the past participle of the main verb followed by a form of jānā (جانا).

اور

- aur

- and

- اور (aur) - Conjunction meaning "and."

جو

- jo

- what

- جو (jo) - Relative pronoun meaning "what" or "which."

ابراہیم،

- Ibrāhīm,

- Abraham,

- ابراہیم (Ibrāhīm) - The Urdu (and Arabic) name for Abraham.

اسماعیل،

- Ismā'īl,

- Ishmael,

- اسماعیل (Ismā'īl) - The Urdu (and Arabic) name for Ishmael.

اسحاق،

- Ishāq,

- Isaac,

- اسحاق (Ishāq) - The Urdu (and Arabic) name for Isaac.

یعقوب

- Ya'qūb

- Jacob

- یعقوب (Ya'qūb) - The Urdu (and Arabic) name for Jacob.

اور

- aur

- and

- اور (aur) - Conjunction meaning "and."

اسباط

- asbāt

- the Tribes (descendants)

- اسباط (asbāt) - This is an Arabic plural word (singular: سبط - sibṭ) meaning "tribes," "descendants," or "clans." It refers to the twelve tribes descended from Jacob (Israel).

پر

- par

- to (on)

- پر (par) - Postposition meaning "on" or "to."

نازل کیا گیا،

- nāzil kiyā gayā,

- was revealed,

- نازل کیا گیا (nāzil kiyā gayā) - "Was revealed." (See explanation above for nāzil kiyā gayā).

اور

- aur

- and

- اور (aur) - Conjunction meaning "and."

جو

- jo

- what

- جو (jo) - Relative pronoun meaning "what" or "which."

موسیٰ

- Mūsā

- Moses

- موسیٰ (Mūsā) - The Urdu (and Arabic) name for Moses.

اور

- aur

- and

- اور (aur) - Conjunction meaning "and."

عیسیٰ

- Īsā

- Jesus

- عیسیٰ (Īsā) - The Urdu (and Arabic) name for Jesus.

کو

- ko

- to

- کو (ko) - This is a postposition acting as a dative marker, indicating the indirect object or the recipient of an action, similar to "to" or "for."

دیا گیا،

- diyā gayā,

- was given,

- دیا گیا (diyā gayā) - This is the passive voice of دینا (denā) "to give." diyā is the past participle of denā, and gayā is from jānā "to go." Together, they mean "was given."

اور

- aur

- and

- اور (aur) - Conjunction meaning "and."

جو

- jo

- what

- جو (jo) - Relative pronoun meaning "what" or "which."

تمام نبیوں

- tamām nabīyoñ

- all prophets

- تمام (tamām) - An adjective meaning "all" or "complete," borrowed from Arabic.

- نبیوں (nabīyoñ) - This is the oblique plural form of نبی (nabī), meaning "prophet." The oblique form is used when a noun is followed by a postposition or when it's part of a compound that functions as an object.

کو

- ko

- to

- کو (ko) - Postposition, meaning "to."

ان کے رب

- un ke rab

- their Lord

- ان (un) - This is the oblique plural form of the demonstrative pronoun وہ (woh), meaning "those" or referring to "them."

- کے (ke) - This is a genitive postposition, meaning "of" or "belonging to." It often signifies possession.

- رب (rab) - An Arabic word meaning "Lord" or "sustainer," commonly used in Urdu.

- Grammar Note: The sequence un ke (ان کے) means "their" (plural masculine/common). If it were feminine, it would be un kī (ان کی).

کی طرف سے

- kī taraf se

- from (lit: from the side of)

- کی (kī) - Genitive postposition, meaning "of."

- طرف (taraf) - Word meaning "side" or "direction."

- سے (se) - Postposition meaning "from," "by," or "with." The entire phrase kī taraf se (کی طرف سے) is a compound postposition meaning "from the side of" or simply "from."

دیا گیا،

- diyā gayā,

- was given,

- دیا گیا (diyā gayā) - "Was given." (See explanation above for diyā gayā).

ہم

- Ham

- We

- ہم (ham) - First-person plural pronoun, meaning "we."

ان میں سے

- un meñ se

- among them (lit: from them)

- ان (un) - Oblique plural form of "they/those."

- میں (meñ) - Postposition meaning "in" or "among."

- سے (se) - Postposition meaning "from." The phrase un meñ se (ان میں سے) literally means "from in them" or "among them."

کسی میں

- kisī meñ

- in any (one)

- کسی (kisī) - Indefinite pronoun, meaning "any" or "someone."

- میں (meñ) - Postposition meaning "in." The phrase kisī meñ (کسی میں) means "in any (one)."

فرق نہیں کرتے،

- farq nahīñ karte,

- do not make distinction,

- فرق (farq) - An Arabic word meaning "difference" or "distinction."

- نہیں (nahīñ) - The negation particle "not."

- کرتے (karte) - The present plural habitual form of the verb کرنا (karnā) "to do" or "to make."

- Grammar Note: The phrase farq karnā (فرق کرنا) means "to make a distinction" or "to differentiate." When negated, farq nahīñ karte (فرق نہیں کرتے) means "we do not make a distinction."

اور

- aur

- and

- اور (aur) - Conjunction meaning "and."

ہم

- ham

- we

- ہم (ham) - First-person plural pronoun, meaning "we."

اسی کے

- usī ke

- to Him (lit: of Him only)

- اسی (usī) - An emphatic demonstrative pronoun, meaning "Him only" or "that very one." It adds emphasis.

- کے (ke) - Genitive postposition, meaning "of" or "to." The phrase usī ke (اسی کے) implies dedication or submission to Him alone.

فرمانبردار ہیں

- farmānbardār haiñ.

- are submissive (or obedient)

- فرمانبردار (farmānbardār) - This is a compound word: فرمان (farmān) means "command" or "decree," and بردار (bardār) means "bearer" or "one who carries/obeys." So, farmānbardār means "obedient," "submissive," or "one who obeys commands."

- ہیں (haiñ) - This is the plural form of the verb "to be" (ہونا - honā), meaning "are."

**Urdu Translation:** **یہ** (Yeh) **وہ** (Woh) **کتاب** (Kitaab) **ہے،** (Hai,) **اس** (Iss) **میں** (Mein) **کوئی** (Koi) **شک** (Shaq) **نہیں،** (Nahin,) **متقین** (Muttaqeen) **کے** (Ke) **لیے** (Liye) **ہدایت** (Hidayat) **ہے۔** (Hai.) **English Translation:** That is the Book, in which there is no doubt, a guidance for the righteous. --- ### **Word-by-Word Breakdown and Pronunciation Assistance** Here's a detailed explanation of each word in the Urdu translation: 1. **یہ** (Yeh) *Pronunciation:** (yih) - Sounds like 'yih' as in 'yes' but with a short 'i' sound. *Meaning:** This. *Grammar:** This is a **demonstrative pronoun**, used to point to something nearby or introduce a subject. In the phrase "یہ وہ کتاب ہے" (This is that Book), 'یہ' serves to introduce the subject, making the statement about the book. 2. **وہ** (Woh) *Pronunciation:** (woh) - Sounds like 'woh' as in 'go' but with a soft 'h' at the end. *Meaning:** That / The (implied). *Grammar:** This is also a **demonstrative pronoun**, meaning "that" or "those." Here, "یہ وہ کتاب ہے" literally means "This is that book." This construction is a common and natural way in Urdu to refer to the specific, significant book being discussed, carrying a similar emphasis to the Arabic `ذَٰلِكَ الْكِتَابُ` (That Book). 3. **کتاب** (Kitaab) *Pronunciation:** (ki-taab) - 'ki' as in 'kit', 'taa' as in 'star', 'b' as in 'book'. *Meaning:** Book. *Grammar:** This is a **feminine noun** in Urdu. Its gender doesn't significantly affect other words in this particular sentence, but it's good to note for future reference. 4. **ہے** (Hai) *Pronunciation:** (hai) - Sounds like 'hai' as in 'high'. *Meaning:** Is. *Grammar:** This is the **copula** (the equivalent of the verb 'to be') for the singular, present tense, third person. It connects the subject ("یہ وہ کتاب") to its predicate ("is"). 5. **اس** (Iss) *Pronunciation:** (iss) - Sounds like 'iss' as in 'hiss'. *Meaning:** This / It (oblique form). *Grammar:** This is the **oblique form** of the pronoun 'یہ' (yeh - this). Oblique forms are used when a pronoun is followed by a **postposition** (like 'میں' here). It refers back to "the book," so "اس میں" means "in it." 6. **میں** (Mein) *Pronunciation:** (mẽɪ̃) - Sounds like 'main' (as in 'main street') but with a slight nasalization. *Meaning:** In. *Grammar:** This is a **postposition** (similar to a preposition in English, but it comes after the noun or pronoun it modifies). It indicates location. So, "اس میں" means "in it" or "in this." 7. **کوئی** (Koi) *Pronunciation:** (ko-ee) - 'ko' as in 'go', 'ee' as in 'see'. *Meaning:** Any / No (when used with negation). *Grammar:** This is an **indefinite pronoun/adjective**. When used with a negative word like 'نہیں' (nahin), it means "no" or "not any." 8. **شک** (Shaq) *Pronunciation:** (shaq) - 'sh' as in 'she', 'a' as in 'cat', 'q' is a harder, guttural 'k' sound (similar to 'q' in Arabic or sometimes 'kh' in English words from Arabic). *Meaning:** Doubt. *Grammar:** This is a **masculine noun**. 9. **نہیں** (Nahin) *Pronunciation:** (na-hẽɪ̃) - 'na' as in 'nap', 'hẽɪ̃' is like 'hay' but with a nasal 'e' and a soft 'h'. *Meaning:** Not / No. *Grammar:** This is a **negation particle**, used to make a sentence negative. The phrase "کوئی شک نہیں" (koi shaq nahin) collectively means "no doubt" or "there is no doubt." 10. **متقین** (Muttaqeen) *Pronunciation:** (mut-ta-qeen) - 'mut' as in 'put', 'ta' as in 'tap', 'qeen' where 'q' is a guttural 'k' and 'een' as in 'green'. *Meaning:** The righteous / The pious. *Grammar:** This is a **masculine plural noun**, derived from Arabic, meaning those who are God-fearing, devout, or righteous. 11. **کے** (Ke) *Pronunciation:** (kay) - Sounds like 'kay' as in 'key'. *Meaning:** Of / For (masculine oblique form). *Grammar:** This is an **oblique postposition** and a **genitive marker**. It is the masculine plural/oblique form of 'کا' (kaa - of/for). Here it functions as part of the phrase "کے لیے" (ke liye), which means "for." 12. **لیے** (Liye) *Pronunciation:** (liy-e) - 'liy' as in 'lie' but with a short 'i', 'e' as in 'bed'. *Meaning:** For. *Grammar:** This is a **postposition** that combines with 'کے' (ke) to form the compound postposition "کے لیے" (ke liye), meaning "for the purpose of" or simply "for." 13. **ہدایت** (Hidayat) *Pronunciation:** (hi-daa-yat) - 'hi' as in 'hit', 'daa' as in 'dark', 'yat' as in 'yacht'. *Meaning:** Guidance. *Grammar:** This is a **feminine noun** of Arabic origin. 14. **ہے** (Hai) *Pronunciation:** (hai) - Sounds like 'hai' as in 'high'. *Meaning:** Is. *Grammar:** As before, the **copula** connecting "guidance" to the implied subject (the book). The full phrase "متقین کے لیے ہدایت ہے" means "it is a guidance for the righteous."

Here is the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence, structured to teach Urdu to an English speaker.

English Translation:

And they said, "Our hearts are covered." Nay, but Allah has cursed them for their disbelief; so little do they believe.

Urdu Translation:

اور انہوں نے کہا ہمارے دل غلاف میں ہیں۔ بلکہ اللہ نے ان پر ان کے کفر کے سبب لعنت کی، پس وہ بہت کم ایمان لاتے ہیں۔

Word-for-Word Urdu Breakdown (with Pronunciation & Explanation):

Let's break down the Urdu translation word by word to help you understand its structure and meaning.

1. اور

- Pronunciation: aur

- Meaning: And

- Grammar Note: This is a conjunction, used to connect words, phrases, or clauses, similar to "and" in English.

2. انہوں نے

- Pronunciation: unhon ne

- Meaning: They

- Grammar Note: This is the oblique (indirect) form of the plural pronoun 'وہ' (woh - they) combined with the postposition 'نے' (ne). The 'نے' particle is a unique feature of Urdu (and other Indo-Aryan languages) that marks the agent (the doer of the action) of a transitive verb in certain past tenses.

3. کہا

- Pronunciation: kaha

- Meaning: Said

- Grammar Note: This is the past tense form of the verb 'کہنا' (kehna - to say). Because 'کہنا' is a transitive verb here ("they said something"), the subject 'انہوں' takes the 'نے' particle.

4. ہمارے

- Pronunciation: hamaare

- Meaning: Our

- Grammar Note: This is a possessive adjective, the plural masculine form of 'میرا' (mera - my). It agrees in gender and number with the noun it modifies, 'دل' (dil - heart/hearts).

5. دل

- Pronunciation: dil

- Meaning: Hearts

- Grammar Note: This is a masculine noun. While 'دل' is often singular, in contexts like this where it refers to multiple people's hearts or a collective state, it can imply plurality. The context of "غلاف میں ہیں" (are in a covering) further reinforces the idea of multiple or collective hearts.

6. غلاف میں

- Pronunciation: ghilaaf mein

- Meaning: In a covering / Covered

- Grammar Note: 'غلاف' (ghilaaf) is a masculine noun meaning 'cover' or 'sheath'. 'میں' (mein) is a postposition meaning 'in'. Together, "غلاف میں" implies that their hearts are covered, sealed, or insensitive to the truth, echoing the meaning of the Arabic "غُلْفٌ".

7. ہیں۔

- Pronunciation: hain

- Meaning: Are

- Grammar Note: This is the plural form of the verb 'ہونا' (hona - to be), used to complete the sentence "Our hearts are covered."

8. بلکہ

- Pronunciation: bal-kay

- Meaning: Nay, but / Rather

- Grammar Note: This is a conjunction used to introduce a contrasting or corrective statement.

9. اللہ نے

- Pronunciation: Allah ne

- Meaning: Allah (subject marker 'ne')

- Grammar Note: 'اللہ' (Allah) is a proper noun. Again, the 'نے' particle marks Allah as the agent of the action 'لعنت کی' (la'nat kee - cursed).

10. ان پر

- Pronunciation: un par

- Meaning: Upon them / On them

- Grammar Note: 'ان' (un) is the oblique form of the plural pronoun 'وہ' (woh - they). 'پر' (par) is a postposition meaning 'on' or 'upon'. So, "ان پر" means "upon them."

11. لعنت کی،

- Pronunciation: la'nat kee

- Meaning: Cursed

- Grammar Note: This is a compound verb. 'لعنت' (la'nat) is a feminine noun meaning 'curse'. 'کی' (kee) is the past tense feminine form of the verb 'کرنا' (karna - to do), agreeing with the feminine noun 'لعنت'. So, literally, it's "did a curse" or "performed cursing." The comma indicates a slight pause.

12. پس

- Pronunciation: pas

- Meaning: So / Thus / Therefore

- Grammar Note: This is a conjunction used to indicate a consequence or result.

13. وہ

- Pronunciation: woh

- Meaning: They

- Grammar Note: This is a plural pronoun, acting as the subject for the verb 'ایمان لاتے ہیں' (eemaan laatay hain).

14. بہت کم

- Pronunciation: bohat kam

- Meaning: Very little

- Grammar Note: This is an adverbial phrase. 'بہت' (bohat) means 'very', and 'کم' (kam) means 'little' or 'less'.

15. ایمان لاتے ہیں

- Pronunciation: eemaan laatay hain

- Meaning: They believe (literally: they bring faith)

- Grammar Note: This is a compound verb in the present habitual tense, often used to describe actions that happen regularly or are generally true. 'ایمان' (eemaan) is a masculine noun meaning 'faith' or 'belief'. 'لاتے ہیں' (laatay hain) is the masculine plural present habitual form of 'لانا' (laana - to bring). In Urdu, 'ایمان لانا' (eemaan laana) is an idiom meaning 'to believe'.

Here's the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence, designed for an English-speaking student learning Urdu.

English Translation

Those who break the covenant of Allah after its solemn pledge, and sever what Allah has commanded to be joined, and cause corruption in the earth—it is these who are the losers.

Urdu Translation

جو لوگ اللہ کا عہد اس کے پختہ ہو جانے کے بعد توڑتے ہیں، اور اس چیز کو کاٹتے ہیں جسے اللہ نے جوڑنے کا حکم دیا ہے، اور زمین میں فساد پھیلاتے ہیں، وہی خسارہ اٹھانے والے ہیں۔

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English)

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word to understand its meaning and structure.

- جو (jo) – which / who

- Meaning: This is a relative pronoun, similar to 'who' or 'which' in English, introducing a dependent clause.

- Grammar Note: In Urdu, relative clauses often come before the main clause.

- لوگ (log) – people

- Meaning: Plural noun meaning 'people'.

- Combined: جو لوگ (jo log) – those people who or simply those who.

- اللہ (Allah) – Allah / God

- Meaning: The Arabic word for God, commonly used in Urdu.

- کا (kā) – of / 's

- Meaning: A masculine singular possessive postposition. It connects 'Allah' to 'covenant', showing possession.

- Grammar Note: Urdu uses postpositions (words that come after the noun) instead of prepositions (words that come before the noun, like 'of'). The form of ka (کا) changes based on the gender and number of the possessed noun (the thing being owned). Here, 'عہد' (ahd) is masculine singular.

- عہد (ahd) – covenant / pledge

- Meaning: A promise, agreement, or covenant.

- اس (us) – its / that

- Meaning: A pronoun referring back to 'عہد' (ahd - covenant).

- کے (ke) – of / 's

- Meaning: A connecting postposition, often used with other postpositions like 'بعد' (ba'd). It also acts as a genitive particle similar to 'ka', but used in different contexts, particularly when the following word is an oblique case.

- پختہ (pukhtah) – firm / solid / confirmed

- Meaning: An adjective describing something as firm, strong, or confirmed.

- ہو جانے (ho jāne) – to become / to be done

- Meaning: This is a compound verb 'ہو جانا' (ho jānā) meaning 'to happen', 'to become', or 'to be accomplished'. 'ہو جانے' is in the oblique infinitive form, used with 'کے بعد' (ke ba'd) to mean 'after becoming firm/confirmed'.

- کے بعد (ke ba'd) – after

- Meaning: A compound postposition meaning 'after'.

- Combined: اس کے پختہ ہو جانے کے بعد (us ke pukhtah ho jāne ke ba'd) – after its being made firm/confirmed.

- توڑتے ہیں (toṛte hain) – they break

- Meaning: The verb 'توڑنا' (toṛnā) means 'to break'. 'توڑتے ہیں' is the present indefinite plural form, meaning 'they break'.

- اور (aur) – and

- Meaning: A conjunction, 'and'.

- اس (us) – that / it

- Meaning: A demonstrative pronoun, referring to 'that thing'.

- چیز (cheez) – thing

- Meaning: A feminine noun meaning 'thing'. This word helps to generalize 'what' in the Arabic text.

- کو (ko) – to / for

- Meaning: An object marker postposition. It indicates that 'اس چیز' (us cheez - that thing) is the direct object of the verb 'کاٹتے ہیں' (kāṭte hain - they cut).

- کاٹتے ہیں (kāṭte hain) – they cut / they sever

- Meaning: The verb 'کاٹنا' (kāṭnā) means 'to cut' or 'to sever'. 'کاٹتے ہیں' is the present indefinite plural form, meaning 'they cut/sever'.

- جسے (jise) – which / whom (object form)

- Meaning: Another relative pronoun, the oblique object form of 'جو' (jo). It means 'which (object)' or 'whom'. It refers to the 'thing' that Allah commanded to be joined.

- اللہ (Allah) – Allah / God

- Meaning: As above.

- نے (ne) – by

- Meaning: An agent marker postposition. It indicates the subject ('اللہ' - Allah) of a transitive verb in certain tenses (like the perfect tense, as implied here for 'حکم دیا ہے').

- Grammar Note: 'نے' is crucial in Urdu grammar for marking the agent of a transitive verb in past tenses and perfect aspects.

- جوڑنے (joṛne) – to join / joining

- Meaning: The oblique infinitive form of the verb 'جوڑنا' (joṛnā), meaning 'to join'. Used here in a nominal sense, 'of joining'.

- کا (kā) – of / 's

- Meaning: Possessive postposition, connecting 'جوڑنے' (joṛne - joining) to 'حکم' (hukm - command). So, 'command of joining' or 'command to join'.

- حکم (hukm) – command / order

- Meaning: A masculine noun meaning 'command' or 'order'.

- دیا ہے (diyā hai) – has given

- Meaning: The perfect tense of the verb 'دینا' (denā - to give). Here, 'حکم دیا ہے' (hukm diyā hai) means 'has commanded' or 'has given a command'.

- Combined: جسے اللہ نے جوڑنے کا حکم دیا ہے (jise Allah ne joṛne kā hukm diyā hai) – which Allah has commanded to be joined (literally: which Allah has given the command of joining).

- اور (aur) – and

- Meaning: A conjunction, 'and'.

- زمین (zamīn) – earth / land

- Meaning: A feminine noun meaning 'earth' or 'land'.

- میں (men) – in

- Meaning: A postposition meaning 'in' or 'on'.

- فساد (fasād) – mischief / corruption

- Meaning: A masculine noun meaning 'mischief', 'corruption', 'disorder'.

- پھیلاتے ہیں (phailāte hain) – they spread / they cause

- Meaning: The verb 'پھیلانا' (phailānā) means 'to spread' or 'to cause to spread'. 'پھیلاتے ہیں' is the present indefinite plural form, meaning 'they spread' or 'they cause'.

- Combined: فساد پھیلاتے ہیں (fasād phailāte hain) – they spread corruption/mischief or they cause corruption.

- وہی (vahī) – those very ones / indeed they

- Meaning: An emphatic demonstrative pronoun. It adds emphasis, meaning 'they, and no one else', or 'it is those who...'.

- خسارہ (khasārah) – loss / damage

- Meaning: A masculine noun meaning 'loss' or 'damage'.

- اٹھانے والے (uṭhāne vāle) – those who bear/suffer

- Meaning: From the verb 'اٹھانا' (uṭhānā - to bear, to lift, to suffer). 'اٹھانے والے' is a noun phrase meaning 'those who suffer/bear'. The suffix '-wale' is used to form an agent noun (one who does the action).

- Combined: خسارہ اٹھانے والے (khasārah uṭhāne vāle) – those who suffer loss / the losers.

- ہیں (hain) – are

- Meaning: The plural form of the verb 'to be'.

Here is the translation and explanation of the Arabic sentence for your English student learning Urdu:

English Translation

"And your God is one God. There is no god except Him, the Most Gracious, the Most Merciful."

Urdu Translation

اور (aur) تمہارا (tumhara) معبود (ma'bood) ایک (ek) ہی (hi) معبود (ma'bood) ہے۔ (hai.) اس (us) کے (ke) سوا (siwa) کوئی (koi) معبود (ma'bood) نہیں۔ (nahin.) وہ (woh) بڑا (bara) مہربان (mehrbaan) اور (aur) نہایت (nihayat) رحم (rehm) والا (wala) ہے۔ (hai.)

Word-by-Word Explanation (Urdu to English)

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word to understand its meaning and structure.

- اور (aur) - And

- This is a conjunction that connects phrases or clauses, just like "and" in English.

- تمہارا (tumhara) - Your

- This is a possessive pronoun. It means "your" and is used when the possessed item (here, "معبود" - God/Deity) is masculine singular. "Tumhara" is typically used when addressing a single person informally or multiple people.

- Grammar Note: In Urdu, possessive pronouns change based on the gender and number of the thing possessed. If the thing possessed were feminine (e.g., "book" - کتاب, kitab), it would be "تمہاری" (tumhari).

- معبود (ma'bood) - Deity Object of Worship God

- This noun directly translates to "one who is worshipped" or "deity," which is a very close equivalent to the Arabic word "ilaah."

- ایک (ek) - One

- This is a numeral, meaning "one."

- ہی (hi) - Indeed Only Emphatic particle

- This is an emphatic particle that adds emphasis to the preceding word. When paired with "ایک" (ek) as "ایک ہی" (ek hi), it intensifies the meaning to "only one" or "indeed one."

- معبود (ma'bood) - Deity / God

- This word is repeated here for grammatical completeness and emphasis, similar to how "one God" is used in the English translation.

- ہے۔ (hai.) - Is

- This is the third-person singular present tense form of the verb "to be." It completes the first statement: "Your God is indeed one God."

- اس (us) - Him / That

- This is the oblique form of the pronoun "وہ" (woh), which means "he/she/it/that." It is used when a pronoun is followed by a postposition, like "کے" (ke) or "سوا" (siwa) in this sentence. Here, it refers to God.

- کے (ke) - Of For With

- This is a versatile postposition. In the phrase "اس کے سوا" (us ke siwa), "کے" (ke) works with "سوا" (siwa) to create the meaning "except Him" or "besides Him."

- سوا (siwa) - Except / Besides

- This is a postposition that, when used with "کے" (ke), denotes exclusion. So, "اس کے سوا" (us ke siwa) means "except Him."

- کوئی (koi) - Any / No

- In negative sentences (e.g., "کوئی... نہیں"), "کوئی" (koi) functions to mean "no" or "not any."

- معبود (ma'bood) - Deity / God

- Again, referring to "one who is worshipped."

- نہیں۔ (nahin.) - Not / No

- This is the standard negative particle in Urdu. The combination "کوئی... نہیں" (koi... nahin) forms a complete negative statement, meaning "There is no..." or "No... exists." This completes the second part of the sentence: "There is no God except Him."

- وہ (woh) - He / That

- Another demonstrative pronoun, here referring to "He" (God).

- بڑا (bara) - Great / Big / Very

- This adjective means "big" or "great." When used to modify qualities like "مہربان" (mehrbaan - kind/merciful), it acts as an intensifier, meaning "very" or "most."

- مہربان (mehrbaan) - Kind Merciful Gracious

- This is an adjective meaning "kind," "compassionate," or "gracious." It captures the essence of the Arabic name Al-Rahman (The Most Gracious, whose mercy encompasses all creation).

- اور (aur) - And

- Another conjunction, connecting the two attributes of God.

- نہایت (nihayat) - Extremely Very Utterly

- This is an adverb that further intensifies adjectives, meaning "extremely" or "very."

- رحم (rehm) - Mercy / Compassion

- This is a noun meaning "mercy" or "compassion."

- والا (wala) - One who / Possessor of

- This is a common suffix in Urdu that turns a noun or verb into an agent noun, meaning "one who possesses" or "one who does." So, "رحم والا" (rehm wala) means "one who possesses mercy" or "the Merciful one." It conveys the essence of the Arabic name Al-Raheem (The Most Merciful, who bestows specific mercy upon believers).

- ہے۔ (hai.) - Is

- The third-person singular present tense of the verb "to be," completing the final statement: "He is the Most Gracious, the Most Merciful."

Here's the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence for your Urdu lesson:

Urdu Translation

اور (aur) ابراہیم (Ibraaheem) نے (nay) اپنے (apnay) بیٹوں (bayton) کو (ko) اسی (isi) بات (baat) کی (kee) وصیت (wasiyat) کی (kee) تھی (thee) اور (aur) یعقوب (Ya'qoob) نے (nay) بھی (bhee) (اسی بات کی وصیت کی تھی) کہ: "اے (Ay) میرے (mayray) بیٹو (bayto)! بے (bay) شک (shak) اللہ (Allah) نے (nay) تمہارے (tumhaaray) لیے (liyay) اس (iss) دین (deen) کو (ko) چن (chun) لیا (liyaa) ہے (hai), لہٰذا (lihaaza) ہرگز (hargiz) مت (mat) مرنا (marnaa) مگر (magar) اس (iss) حال (haal) میں (mein) کہ (keh) تم (tum) مسلمان (musalmaan) ہو۔"

English Translation

And Abraham enjoined his sons with it, and Jacob (also enjoined his sons, saying): "O my sons! Indeed, Allah has chosen for you this religion, so do not die except while you are Muslims."

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English)

Here's a detailed breakdown of each Urdu word and its meaning, along with pronunciation and relevant grammar notes:

- اور (aur) - Meaning: And

- Explanation: A common conjunction used to connect words, phrases, or clauses.

- ابراہیم (Ibraaheem) - Meaning: Abraham

- Explanation: The name of the prophet Abraham, transliterated into Urdu.

- نے (nay) - Meaning: (Postposition indicating the doer of the action)

- Explanation: In Urdu, 'nay' is an ergative marker. It is used after the subject (doer) of a transitive verb (a verb that takes a direct object) when the verb is in a perfect tense (e.g., past simple, present perfect, past perfect). It doesn't have a direct English equivalent but indicates that the preceding noun/pronoun performed the action.

- اپنے (apnay) - Meaning: His (own)

- Explanation: This is a reflexive possessive adjective, meaning "one's own." It refers back to the subject of the sentence (Abraham). It's used here in the oblique plural form to agree with 'بیٹوں' (sons).

- بیٹوں (bayton) - Meaning: Sons

- Explanation: This is the oblique plural form of 'بیٹا' (beta - son). The oblique case is used when a noun is followed by a postposition, such as 'کو' (ko) here.

- کو (ko) - Meaning: To/For

- Explanation: A postposition that marks the direct or indirect object of a verb. Here, it indicates that the enjoinment was directed to his sons.

- اسی (isi) - Meaning: This very/The same

- Explanation: An emphatic demonstrative pronoun/adjective derived from 'اس' (iss - this). It adds emphasis, meaning "this specific" or "the very same."

- بات (baat) - Meaning: Matter/Thing/Message

- Explanation: A feminine noun meaning a word, talk, matter, or message.

- کی (kee) - Meaning: Of Did Made

- Explanation: This word serves a dual role here.

1. As a possessive postposition: "اسی بات کی" (of this very matter/message).

2. As the feminine past participle of the verb 'کرنا' (karnaa - to do/make). It forms part of the compound verb 'وصیت کرنا' (wasiyat karnaa - to enjoin/make a will). Since 'وصیت' (wasiyat) is feminine, 'کی' (kee) is used.

- وصیت (wasiyat) - Meaning: Will/Enjoinment/Advice

- Explanation: A feminine noun referring to a will, testament, or a solemn piece of advice/instruction.

- تھی (thee) - Meaning: Was

- Explanation: The feminine past auxiliary verb, completing the past perfect tense 'کی تھی' (kee thee - had done/made). It agrees with the feminine noun 'وصیت' (wasiyat).

- اور (aur) - Meaning: And

- Explanation: Connects the two parts of the sentence, indicating that Jacob also performed a similar action.

- یعقوب (Ya'qoob) - Meaning: Jacob

- Explanation: The name of the prophet Jacob, transliterated into Urdu.

- نے (nay) - Meaning: (Postposition indicating the doer of the action)

- Explanation: Again, the ergative marker, indicating Jacob is the doer.

- بھی (bhee) - Meaning: Also/Too

- Explanation: An emphatic particle that adds the meaning of "also" or "even."

- (اسی (isi) بات (baat) کی (kee) وصیت (wasiyat) کی (kee) تھی) - Meaning: (Also enjoined the same thing)

- Explanation: This phrase is repeated for clarity in Urdu to explicitly state that Jacob also gave the same enjoinment, mirroring the first part of the sentence. In the Arabic, it's implied by the structure 'وَيَعْقُوبُ', meaning 'and Jacob (did the same)'.

- کہ (keh) - Meaning: That

- Explanation: A conjunction that introduces a direct or indirect quote or clause, similar to "that" in English.

- "اے (Ay) - Meaning: O

- Explanation: A vocative particle used to address someone directly, often found in formal or poetic language.

- میرے (mayray) - Meaning: My

- Explanation: A possessive adjective for the first person singular, meaning "my." It is used for masculine singular or plural nouns.

- بیٹو (bayto)! - Meaning: Sons!

- Explanation: This is the vocative plural form of 'بیٹا' (beta - son). When addressing multiple people, the ending changes from '-a' to '-o'.

- بے شک (bay shak) - Meaning: Indeed/Verily/Without a doubt

- Explanation: A compound adverb meaning "without a doubt" or "surely." It emphasizes the truthfulness of the statement.

- اللہ (Allah) - Meaning: Allah/God

- Explanation: The Arabic word for God, commonly used in Urdu.

- نے (nay) - Meaning: (Postposition for the doer)

- Explanation: Marks Allah as the doer of the action (choosing).

- تمہارے (tumhaaray) - Meaning: Your (plural/respectful singular)

- Explanation: A possessive adjective for the second person plural (you all) or for a respectful singular "you." It's used here because the address is to "my sons."

- لیے (liyay) - Meaning: For

- Explanation: A postposition that follows a pronoun in its oblique form (like 'تمہارے') to mean "for you."

- اس (iss) - Meaning: This

- Explanation: A demonstrative adjective or pronoun meaning "this."

- دین (deen) - Meaning: Religion/Faith

- Explanation: A masculine noun derived from Arabic, meaning religion, faith, or way of life.

- کو (ko) - Meaning: (Postposition marking the direct object)

- Explanation: Here, it marks 'دین' (deen - religion) as the direct object of the verb 'چن لیا ہے' (chun liyaa hai - has chosen).

- چن (chun) - Meaning: Chosen/Selected

- Explanation: The root or stem of the verb 'چننا' (chunnaa - to choose/select). It is used as part of a compound verb.

- لیا (liyaa) - Meaning: Took/Has taken

- Explanation: The masculine past participle of the verb 'لینا' (lenaa - to take). When combined with verbs like 'چن', it forms a compound verb that emphasizes completion, meaning "has chosen" or "has selected."

- ہے (hai) - Meaning: Is

- Explanation: The present tense auxiliary verb (to be) for singular subjects, completing the present perfect tense 'چن لیا ہے' (has chosen).

- لہٰذا (lihaaza) - Meaning: Therefore/So

- Explanation: A conjunction that indicates a consequence or conclusion.

- ہرگز (hargiz) - Meaning: Never/At all

- Explanation: An adverb used to strongly emphasize a negative statement, making it an absolute prohibition. It is always used with a negative particle like 'مت' (mat).

- مت (mat) - Meaning: Do not

- Explanation: A negative imperative particle used to form prohibitions or strong warnings, often with the infinitive form of a verb.

- مرنا (marnaa) - Meaning: To die

- Explanation: The infinitive form of the verb 'مرنا' (marnaa - to die). When used with 'مت' (mat), it forms a strong negative command: "do not die."

- مگر (magar) - Meaning: But/Except

- Explanation: A conjunction that introduces a contrasting or excepting clause.

- اس (iss) - Meaning: This

- Explanation: A demonstrative adjective meaning "this."

- حال (haal) - Meaning: State/Condition

- Explanation: A masculine noun meaning situation, state, or condition.

- میں (mein) - Meaning: In

- Explanation: A postposition indicating location or state. "اس حال میں" (iss haal mein) means "in this condition" or "in this state."

- کہ (keh) - Meaning: That

- Explanation: A conjunction introducing a clause, often completing the meaning of the preceding phrase. "مگر اس حال میں کہ" (magar iss haal mein keh) means "except in this state that..."

- تم (tum) - Meaning: You (plural/informal singular)

- Explanation: A second-person pronoun, used for addressing multiple people or one person informally.

- مسلمان (musalmaan) - Meaning: Muslim/One who submits

- Explanation: A noun referring to a follower of Islam, meaning "one who submits (to God)."

- ہو (ho) - Meaning: Are

- Explanation: The plural present tense form of the verb 'ہونا' (honaa - to be), used with 'تم' (tum) or 'آپ' (aap).

Here is the translation and breakdown for your English student:

English Translation

Do you then hope that they will believe you, when a group among them used to hear the Word of God, then distort it after they had understood it, and they know (what they are doing)?

Urdu Translation

تو کیا تم یہ طمع رکھتے ہو کہ وہ تم پر ایمان لائیں، حالانکہ ان میں سے ایک گروہ اللہ کے کلام کو سنتا تھا، پھر اسے سمجھنے کے بعد جانتے بوجھتے ہوئے بدل ڈالتا تھا؟

Word-for-Word Breakdown (Urdu to English)

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word to help you understand its structure and meaning.

- تو (to) - Then, so

- This is a conjunction, often used to introduce a consequence or a new thought, similar to "so" or "then" in English.

- کیا (kyaa) - What, (interrogative particle)

- In Urdu, "کیا" (kyaa) can mean "what," but when placed at the beginning of a sentence before the subject, it acts as an interrogative particle, turning the sentence into a question (like putting "do" or "are" at the beginning of an English sentence).

- تم (tum) - You (plural or informal/formal singular)

- This is the second-person plural pronoun, but it can also be used as a respectful singular or for friends.

- یہ (yeh) - This

- A demonstrative pronoun, here used to emphasize the "desire" or to introduce the coming clause.

- طمع (tama') - Greed, desire, longing, covetousness (noun)

- This word implies a strong, sometimes eager or even greedy, desire or hope.

- رکھتے ہو (rakhte ho) - (You) keep/have

- This is a part of the verb phrase "طمع رکھنا" (tama' rakhna), which means "to entertain/have a desire/greed."

- رکھنا (rakhnaa) is the infinitive verb "to keep/to have."

- رکھتے (rakhte) is the masculine plural habitual/present participle form.

- ہو (ho) is the second-person plural form of the verb "to be."

- Grammar Note: The combination "طمع رکھتے ہو" forms a present tense question: "Do you entertain this desire?"

- کہ (ke) - That

- A conjunction used to introduce a subordinate clause, often translated as "that."

- وہ (woh) - They

- The third-person plural pronoun.

- تم (tum) - You

- Again, the second-person pronoun.

- پر (par) - On, upon

- A postposition meaning "on," "upon." When used with "ایمان لانا" (eemaan laana - to believe), it means "to believe in you" or "to believe upon you."

- ایمان (eemaan) - Faith, belief (noun)

- لائیں (laa'en) - (They) bring

- This is the subjunctive form of the verb لانا (laana - to bring).

- Grammar Note: ایمان لانا (eemaan laana) is a common compound verb in Urdu meaning "to believe" or "to embrace faith." The subjunctive mood here (lāʾeṉ) expresses a desire or expectation: "that they should believe."

- حالانکہ (haalaankeh) - Although, whereas, even though

- A conjunction introducing a concessive clause.

- ان (un) - Them

- The oblique form of وہ (woh - they/those), used when followed by a postposition.

- میں (mein) - In

- A postposition meaning "in."

- سے (se) - From

- A postposition meaning "from," "by," "with."

- Grammar Note: ان میں سے (un mein se) collectively means "from amongst them."

- ایک (ek) - One, a

- The numeral "one," often used as an indefinite article "a" or "an."

- گروہ (giroh) - Group, party (noun)

- اللہ (Allah) - God (proper noun)

- کے (ke) - Of

- A postposition indicating possession, corresponding to "'s" or "of" in English. It's the masculine plural/oblique form of کا (kaa).

- Grammar Note: اللہ کے کلام (Allah ke kalaam) means "the word of God" or "God's word."

- کلام (kalaam) - Word, speech (noun)

- کو (ko) - (Object marker postposition)

- This postposition marks the direct object of a verb.

- سنتا تھا (suntaa thaa) - (He) used to hear

- سننا (sunnaa) is the infinitive verb "to hear."

- سنتا (suntaa) is the masculine singular habitual/imperfect participle.

- تھا (thaa) is the masculine singular past tense form of "to be" (was).

- Grammar Note: This construction ("participle + था/थी/تھے/تھیں") indicates the imperfect tense, meaning an action that used to happen repeatedly or habitually in the past.

- پھر (phir) - Then, again

- An adverb indicating sequence or repetition.

- اسے (usey) - It

- The oblique form of وہ (woh - it/that) combined with the object marker کو (ko).

- سمجھنے (samajhne) - To understand / understanding

- This is the oblique infinitive or gerund form of the verb سمجھنا (samajhnaa - to understand).

- کے (ke) - Of

- Here, it links سمجھنے (samajhne) with بعد (ba'd).

- بعد (ba'd) - After

- An adverb/postposition.

- Grammar Note: سمجھنے کے بعد (samajhne ke ba'd) is a common phrase meaning "after understanding it" or "after having understood it." The structure is "infinitive/gerund + के बाद."

- جانتے (jaante) - Knowing

- Present participle of the verb جاننا (jaannaa - to know).

- بوجھتے (boojhte) - Deliberately / understandingly

- Present participle of بوجھنا (boojhnaa - to understand/to comprehend). Used here in tandem with 'jaante' to emphasize a deliberate, conscious action.

- ہوئے (huey) - Being / while being

- Present participle of ہونا (honaa - to be). When used with other participles like جانتے بوجھتے (jaante boojhte), it functions as an adverbial particle, emphasizing the state or manner: "while knowing and understanding," or "deliberately."

- Grammar Note: جانتے بوجھتے ہوئے (jaante boojhte huey) is an idiomatic phrase meaning "knowingly and deliberately."

- بدل (badal) - Change, alteration

- The root of the verb بدلنا (badalnaa - to change).

- ڈالتا تھا (daaltaa thaa) - (He) used to put/throw (away), used to distort

- ڈالنا (daalnaa) is an auxiliary verb meaning "to put," "to throw." When combined with other verbs (like بدلنا - to change), it often intensifies the action, suggesting completeness, decisiveness, or even a sense of disregard.

- بدل ڈالنا (badal daalnaa) means "to completely change," "to distort," or "to alter decisively."

- ڈالتا (daaltaa) is the masculine singular habitual/imperfect participle.

- تھا (thaa) is the masculine singular past tense form of "to be."

- Grammar Note: This again uses the imperfect tense, indicating a past habitual action of distorting the word. The auxiliary verb ڈالنا (daalnaa) adds a nuance of deliberate or complete action.

- ؟ (question mark) - Question mark

Here is the Urdu translation of the Arabic sentence, along with a word-by-word explanation and pronunciation guide, tailored for an English-speaking student.

Original English Translation:

The lightning almost snatches away their sight. Whenever it shines for them, they walk in it, and when it darkens over them, they stand still. And if Allah had willed, He could have taken away their hearing and their sight. Indeed, Allah is over all things competent.

Urdu Translation:

بجلی ان کی آنکھیں تقریباً اچک لے جاتی ہے۔ جب بھی وہ ان کے لیے چمکتی ہے، وہ اس میں چلتے ہیں اور جب ان پر اندھیرا چھا جاتا ہے، تو وہ کھڑے ہو جاتے ہیں۔ اور اگر اللہ چاہتا تو ان کے کان اور ان کی آنکھیں لے جاتا۔ بے شک اللہ ہر چیز پر قادر ہے۔

Word-by-Word Breakdown and Explanation:

Let's break down the Urdu sentence by sentence to understand each word.

Sentence 1:

Urdu: بجلی ان کی آنکھیں تقریباً اچک لے جاتی ہے۔

English: The lightning almost snatches away their sight.

- بجلی (bijli) - Lightning

- Pronunciation: bij-lee

- Explanation: This word means 'lightning'. In Urdu, 'بجلی' is a feminine noun.

- ان (un) - Their

- Pronunciation: un (sounds like 'uhn' in 'butter')

- Explanation: This is a plural possessive pronoun, meaning 'their' when followed by a noun, or 'them' when used as an object. Here, it indicates possession of the 'eyes'.

- کی (ki) - of / 's (Feminine possessive marker)

- Pronunciation: kee

- Explanation: This is a feminine possessive postposition that links the possessor (ان - un) to the possessed item (آنکھیں - aankhen). It agrees with the gender and number of the possessed item. Since 'آنکھیں' (aankhen) is feminine plural, we use 'کی'. If the possessed item were masculine, we would use 'کے' (ke) or 'کا' (ka) for singular.

- آنکھیں (aankhen) - Eyes / Sight

- Pronunciation: aankhen ( 'aa' as in 'car', 'khen' as in 'pen' with a nasal 'n' sound)

- Explanation: This is the plural form of 'آنکھ' (aankh), which means 'eye'. It is a feminine noun. In this context, it refers to their 'sight'.

- تقریباً (taqreeban) - Almost / Nearly

- Pronunciation: taq-ree-bun ( 'a' as in 'far', 'ree' as in 'reap', 'bun' as in 'bun')

- Explanation: This is an adverb meaning 'almost' or 'nearly'. It expresses proximity to a certain state or action.

- اچک (uchak) - Snatch / Grab (root of verb)

- Pronunciation: oo-chuk ('oo' as in 'book', 'chuk' as in 'chuck')

- Explanation: This is the root of the verb 'اچکنا' (uchakna), which means 'to snatch' or 'to grab quickly'.

- لے (le) - Take / Away

- Pronunciation: le (as in 'lay')

- Explanation: This is an auxiliary verb, often used with other verbs to form compound verbs or to indicate direction. Here, combined with 'جاتی ہے' (jati hai), it forms 'اچک لے جاتی ہے' (uchak le jati hai), meaning 'snatches away'.

- جاتی (jati) - Goes / Carries (feminine form)

- Pronunciation: jaa-tee ('jaa' as in 'jar', 'tee' as in 'tea')

- Explanation: This is the feminine present participle form of the verb 'جانا' (jaana), meaning 'to go'. In compound verbs like 'لے جانا' (le jaana - to take away), it indicates the continuous or habitual aspect. It agrees with the feminine subject 'بجلی' (bijli).

- ہے۔ (hai) - Is

- Pronunciation: hai (similar to 'hi' but with a softer 'h')

- Explanation: This is the present tense form of the verb 'to be' for singular subjects. It completes the present indefinite tense of the sentence.

- Grammar Note: The verb 'اچک لے جاتی ہے' (uchak le jati hai) is in the present indefinite tense, indicating a general truth or a habitual action. The feminine form 'جاتی' (jati) agrees with the feminine subject 'بجلی' (bijli - lightning).

Sentence 2:

Urdu: جب بھی وہ ان کے لیے چمکتی ہے، وہ اس میں چلتے ہیں اور جب ان پر اندھیرا چھا جاتا ہے، تو وہ کھڑے ہو جاتے ہیں۔

English: Whenever it shines for them, they walk in it, and when it darkens over them, they stand still.

- جب (jab) - When

- Pronunciation: jub (like 'juhb' in 'rub')

- Explanation: This is a conjunction meaning 'when'.

- بھی (bhi) - Also / Even

- Pronunciation: bhee (as in 'bee')

- Explanation: This particle adds emphasis or generalizes. When combined with 'جب' (jab), 'جب بھی' (jab bhi) means 'whenever'.

- وہ (woh) - It / She / They

- Pronunciation: woh (as in 'whoa' without the 'a' sound)

- Explanation: This pronoun can mean 'he', 'she', 'it', or 'they' depending on context. Here, 'it' refers to 'بجلی' (bijli - lightning).

- ان (un) - Them

- Pronunciation: un

- Explanation: This is a plural pronoun, used here as the indirect object.

- کے لیے (ke liye) - For (them)

- Pronunciation: ke li-ye

- Explanation: This is a postpositional phrase meaning 'for'. 'کے' (ke) is a possessive marker, and 'لیے' (liye) means 'for'.

- چمکتی (chamakti) - Shines (feminine form)

- Pronunciation: cha-muk-tee ('cha' as in 'chug', 'muk' as in 'luck', 'tee' as in 'tea')

- Explanation: This is the feminine present participle form of the verb 'چمکنا' (chamakna), meaning 'to shine'. It agrees with 'وہ' (woh) when referring to the feminine noun 'بجلی' (bijli - lightning).

- ہے، (hai) - Is

- Pronunciation: hai

- Explanation: Present tense verb 'to be' for singular subjects.

- وہ (woh) - They

- Pronunciation: woh

- Explanation: Here, this pronoun refers to 'they' (the people).

- اس (us) - It / That

- Pronunciation: us (like 'uss' in 'fuss')

- Explanation: This is a demonstrative pronoun meaning 'this' or 'that', or 'it' when referring to a previously mentioned thing (the light).

- میں (mein) - In

- Pronunciation: mayn (as in 'main')

- Explanation: This is a postposition meaning 'in'.

- چلتے (chalte) - Walk (masculine plural form)

- Pronunciation: chul-teh ('chul' as in 'chug', 'teh' as in 'tea' with a soft 'h')

- Explanation: This is the masculine plural present participle form of the verb 'چلنا' (chalna), meaning 'to walk'. It agrees with the plural subject 'وہ' (woh - they).

- ہیں (hain) - Are

- Pronunciation: hayn (like 'hane' in 'Shane' with a nasal 'n')

- Explanation: This is the present tense form of the verb 'to be' for plural subjects.

- اور (aur) - And

- Pronunciation: aur (as in 'oar')

- Explanation: This is a conjunction meaning 'and'.

- جب (jab) - When

- Pronunciation: jub

- Explanation: Conjunction meaning 'when'.

- ان (un) - Them

- Pronunciation: un

- Explanation: Plural pronoun.

- پر (par) - On / Over

- Pronunciation: pur (like 'purr')

- Explanation: This is a postposition meaning 'on' or 'over'. Here it implies 'over them'.

- اندھیرا (andhera) - Darkness

- Pronunciation: un-dhe-ra ('un' as in 'under', 'dhe' as in 'they', 'ra' as in 'rah')

- Explanation: This is a masculine noun meaning 'darkness'.

- چھا (chhaa) - Spread / Cover (root of verb)

- Pronunciation: chhaa (as in 'cha' with a long 'aa' sound)

- Explanation: This is the root of the verb 'چھانا' (chhaana), meaning 'to spread' or 'to cover'.

- جاتا (jaata) - Goes (masculine form)

- Pronunciation: jaa-ta ('jaa' as in 'jar', 'ta' as in 'tar')

- Explanation: This is the masculine present participle form of 'جانا' (jaana - to go). 'چھا جانا' (chhaa jaana) is a compound verb meaning 'to spread over' or 'to engulf'. It agrees with the masculine subject 'اندھیرا' (andhera).

- ہے، (hai) - Is

- Pronunciation: hai

- Explanation: Present tense verb 'to be'.

- تو (to) - Then

- Pronunciation: to (as in 'toe')

- Explanation: This is a correlative conjunction, often used with 'جب' (jab - when), meaning 'then'.

- وہ (woh) - They

- Pronunciation: woh

- Explanation: Again, referring to 'they' (the people).

- کھڑے (khare) - Standing (masculine plural form)

- Pronunciation: kha-re ('kha' as in 'car' with a soft 'h', 're' as in 'ray')

- Explanation: This is the masculine plural form of the adjective 'کھڑا' (khara), meaning 'standing'.

- ہو (ho) - Be / Become (root of verb 'ہونا')

- Pronunciation: ho (as in 'hoe')

- Explanation: This is the root of the verb 'ہونا' (hona), meaning 'to be' or 'to become'. 'کھڑے ہو جانا' (khare ho jaana) is a compound verb meaning 'to stand still' or 'to stop'.

- جاتے (jaate) - Go (masculine plural form)

- Pronunciation: jaa-te

- Explanation: Masculine plural present participle form of 'جانا' (jaana). It forms part of the compound verb 'کھڑے ہو جاتے ہیں'.

- ہیں۔ (hain) - Are

- Pronunciation: hayn

- Explanation: Present tense verb 'to be' for plural subjects.

- Grammar Note: The phrases 'اندھیرا چھا جاتا ہے' (andhera chhaa jaata hai) and 'وہ کھڑے ہو جاتے ہیں' (woh khare ho jaate hain) are both in the present indefinite tense, describing general or habitual actions. Verbs agree with their subjects in gender and number.

Sentence 3:

Urdu: اور اگر اللہ چاہتا تو ان کے کان اور ان کی آنکھیں لے جاتا۔

English: And if Allah had willed, He could have taken away their hearing and their sight.

- اور (aur) - And

- Pronunciation: aur (as in 'oar')

- Explanation: This is a conjunction meaning 'and'.

- اگر (agar) - If

- Pronunciation: uh-gur ('uh' as in 'cup', 'gur' as in 'gull')

- Explanation: This is a conditional conjunction meaning 'if'.

- اللہ (Allah) - Allah / God

- Pronunciation: ul-lah ('ul' as in 'full', 'lah' as in 'lah')

- Explanation: The Arabic word for God, widely used in Urdu.

- چاہتا (chahta) - Willed / Wanted (masculine form)

- Pronunciation: chaa-haa-ta ('chaa' as in 'chart', 'haa' with a soft 'h', 'ta' as in 'tar')

- Explanation: This is the masculine singular imperfect participle of the verb 'چاہنا' (chaahna), meaning 'to want' or 'to will'. In a conditional sentence with 'اگر' (agar), it implies a hypothetical past condition ("if He had willed").

- تو (to) - Then / Certainly

- Pronunciation: to (as in 'toe')

- Explanation: This is a correlative conjunction, often used with 'اگر' (agar - if), to introduce the consequence of the conditional clause.

- ان (un) - Their / Them

- Pronunciation: un

- Explanation: Plural pronoun.

- کے (ke) - Of / 's (Masculine plural possessive marker)

- Pronunciation: ke (as in 'key')

- Explanation: This is a masculine plural possessive postposition, agreeing with 'کان' (kaan - ears) which is considered masculine plural here.

- کان (kaan) - Ears / Hearing

- Pronunciation: kaan (as in 'calm')

- Explanation: This word means 'ear'. Here, it is used in a plural sense to refer to 'hearing'.

- اور (aur) - And

- Pronunciation: aur

- Explanation: Conjunction meaning 'and'.

- ان (un) - Their / Them

- Pronunciation: un

- Explanation: Plural pronoun.

- کی (ki) - Of / 's (Feminine possessive marker)

- Pronunciation: kee

- Explanation: This is a feminine possessive postposition, agreeing with 'آنکھیں' (aankhen - eyes) which is feminine plural.

- آنکھیں (aankhen) - Eyes / Sight

- Pronunciation: aankhen

- Explanation: Plural form of 'آنکھ' (aankh - eye). Here, referring to 'sight'.

- لے (le) - Take / Away

- Pronunciation: le

- Explanation: Auxiliary verb, forming part of the compound verb 'لے جانا' (le jaana - to take away).

- جاتا۔ (jaata) - Would take / Had taken (masculine form)

- Pronunciation: jaa-ta

- Explanation: This is the masculine singular imperfect participle of 'جانا' (jaana - to go). In conditional sentences, 'لے جاتا' (le jaata) means 'would take away' or 'had taken away', expressing a hypothetical past outcome. It agrees with the implied masculine subject (Allah).

- Grammar Note: This is a conditional sentence using the 'اگر...تو' (agar...to) structure. The verb 'چاہتا' (chahta) sets up the unfulfilled past condition, and 'لے جاتا' (le jaata) describes the hypothetical consequence.

Sentence 4:

Urdu: بے شک اللہ ہر چیز پر قادر ہے۔

English: Indeed, Allah is over all things competent.

- بے شک (be shak) - Indeed / Certainly

- Pronunciation: be-shuk ('be' as in 'bed', 'shuk' as in 'shook')

- Explanation: This is an adverbial phrase meaning 'indeed', 'certainly', or 'without a doubt'. It is used to emphasize a statement.

- اللہ (Allah) - Allah / God

- Pronunciation: ul-lah

- Explanation: The word for God.

- ہر (har) - Every / All

- Pronunciation: hur (like 'her' but with a softer 'r' sound)

- Explanation: This is an adjective meaning 'every' or 'each'. When used with a singular noun (like 'چیز' - cheez), it can imply 'all' or 'every single'.

- چیز (cheez) - Thing

- Pronunciation: cheez (as in 'cheese')

- Explanation: This is a feminine noun meaning 'thing'.

- پر (par) - On / Over

- Pronunciation: pur (like 'purr')

- Explanation: This is a postposition meaning 'on' or 'over'. Here, it implies 'over' or 'with respect to'.

- قادر (qaadir) - Competent / Powerful / Able

- Pronunciation: qaa-dir ('qaa' like 'ca' in 'car' but with a deeper, guttural 'q' sound, 'dir' like 'deer')

- Explanation: This is an adjective meaning 'powerful', 'competent', or 'able'. It describes someone who has power or capability over something.

- ہے۔ (hai) - Is

- Pronunciation: hai

- Explanation: Present tense verb 'to be'. It completes the sentence, stating a fact.

Here is the Urdu translation and a detailed word-for-word explanation for an English student, along with pronunciation assistance and grammar notes.

Urdu Lesson: Understanding the Quranic Verse

Let's break down this powerful verse from the Quran, learning Urdu words and their meanings along the way.

English Translation:

Many of the People of the Book wish that they could turn you back into disbelievers after your faith, out of envy from their own souls, after the truth has become clear to them. So forgive and overlook until Allah brings His command. Indeed, Allah is over all things powerful.

Urdu Translation:

اہلِ کتاب میں سے بہت سے لوگ یہ چاہتے ہیں کہ کاش وہ تمہیں ایمان لانے کے بعد پھر کافر بنا دیں، اپنے نفسوں کے حسد کی وجہ سے، حالآنکہ حق ان پر واضح ہو چکا ہے۔ پس معاف کر دو اور درگزر کرو یہاں تک کہ اللہ اپنا حکم لے آئے۔ بے شک اللہ ہر چیز پر قادر ہے۔

Word-by-Word Explanation (Urdu to English):

1. اہلِ کتاب (Ahle Kitaab) - People of the Book

- اہلِ (Ahle) - people, family, followers, belonging to. This word indicates association.

- کتاب (Kitaab) - book.

- Grammar Note: The short 'ِ' sound (called kasra or zaf'at) between "اہل" and "کتاب" is a possessive particle. It connects two nouns, similar to "of" or "'s" in English. So, "People of the Book."

2. میں سے (mayn se) - from among, among

- میں (mayn) - in, among.

- سے (se) - from, by, with.

- Grammar Note: "میں سے" is a common postpositional phrase (words that come after the noun they relate to, unlike prepositions in English) used to denote selection from a group, meaning "out of" or "from among."

3. بہت سے (bahut se) - many

- بہت (bahut) - much, very, many.

- سے (se) - (Here, it combines with 'بہت' to form a quantifier for plural nouns, meaning "many").

- Grammar Note: "بہت سے" is used with countable nouns to mean "many."

4. لوگ (log) - people

- لوگ (log) - people, folk. (This is a plural noun).

5. یہ (yeh) - this, it, that (here, referring to the desire)

- یہ (yeh) - this, these, it. In this context, it acts as a placeholder or a demonstrative pronoun, referring to the desire expressed in the following clause.

6. چاہتے ہیں (chahte hain) - wish, desire, want

- چاہتے (chahte) - wanting, wishing. This is the masculine plural present participle of the verb چاہنا (chaahna), meaning "to want" or "to wish."

- ہیں (hain) - are. This is the plural form of the verb "to be."

- Grammar Note: This is a common structure for the present indefinite tense in Urdu: [subject] + [verb participle] + [form of 'to be'].

7. کہ (keh) - that (conjunction)

- کہ (keh) - that, so that, in order that. It acts as a conjunction, introducing a subordinate clause.

8. کاش (kaash) - if only, would that

- کاش (kaash) - if only, I wish, would that. This word expresses a strong desire or a regret for something that is not happening or is unlikely to happen.

9. وہ (woh) - they

- وہ (woh) - he, she, it, they. In Urdu, this pronoun can be singular or plural, depending on context and verb agreement. Here, it refers to "many of the People of the Book."

10. تمہیں (tumhen) - you (plural/respectful object pronoun)

- تمہیں (tumhen) - you. This is the dative/accusative case for the pronoun 'you' (singular respectful or plural), meaning "to you" or "you" as the object of the verb.

11. ایمان لانے کے بعد (eemaan laane ke ba'd) - after believing/having faith

- ایمان (eemaan) - faith, belief.

- لانے (laane) - bringing, acquiring. This is the oblique infinitive of the verb لانا (laana), meaning "to bring." The phrase "ایمان لانا" (eemaan laana) is an idiom meaning "to believe" or "to have faith."

- کے بعد (ke ba'd) - after.

- Grammar Note: "کے بعد" is a postpositional phrase meaning "after." When it follows a verbal noun (like the oblique infinitive 'لانے'), it means "after [the action of]."

12. پھر (phir) - again, then

- پھر (phir) - again, then, afterwards.

13. کافر (kaafir) - disbeliever, infidel

- کافر (kaafir) - disbeliever, one who rejects or covers the truth.

14. بنا دیں (banaa den) - make you (into disbelievers)

- بنا (banaa) - make (root of the verb بنانا - banaana, to make).

- دیں (den) - give. This is the honorific plural subjunctive form of the verb دینا (dena), meaning "to give." The compound verb "بنا دینا" (banaa dena) means "to make (someone into something)." The subjunctive mood here expresses a wish or potential action.

15. اپنے (apne) - their own (reflexive possessive)

- اپنے (apne) - one's own, his own, her own, their own. This is a reflexive possessive adjective that refers back to the subject of the sentence ("they," referring to the People of the Book).

16. نفسوں کے (nafsõ ke) - souls' (plural oblique possessive)

- نفسوں (nafsõ) - souls, selves. This is the oblique plural form of the noun نفس (nafs), meaning "soul" or "self."

- کے (ke) - of, 's. This is a possessive particle that connects 'نفسوں' (souls) to 'حسد' (envy), indicating "envy of their souls." It agrees with the masculine plural 'نفسوں'.

17. حسد کی وجہ سے (hasad ki wajah se) - due to envy, out of envy

- حسد (hasad) - envy, jealousy.

- کی وجہ سے (ki wajah se) - because of, due to, on account of.

- Grammar Note: "کی وجہ سے" is a common postpositional phrase. "کی" (ki) is the feminine possessive particle agreeing with "وجہ" (wajah - reason, which is feminine).

18. حالآنکہ (haalanke) - although, whereas, despite the fact that

- حالآنکہ (haalanke) - although, whereas, even though. This word introduces a concessive clause (a clause that expresses a contrasting idea).

19. حق (haq) - the truth, right

- حق (haq) - truth, right, justice.

20. ان پر (un par) - upon them, to them

- ان (un) - them. This is the oblique plural pronoun.

- پر (par) - on, upon, over.

21. واضح ہو چکا ہے (waazeh ho chuka hai) - has become clear

- واضح (waazeh) - clear, evident.

- ہو چکا (ho chuka) - has become. This combines the verb ہونا (hona), "to be," with the auxiliary verb چکنا (chukna), "to finish/complete," to form the perfective aspect, indicating a completed action.

- ہے (hai) - is. This is the singular form of the verb "to be."

- Grammar Note: This is a present perfect tense construction, signifying an action completed in the past that has relevance to the present.

22. پس (pas) - so, therefore

- پس (pas) - so, therefore, consequently. This word often introduces a conclusion or result.

23. معاف کر دو (mu'aaf kar do) - forgive (imperative, plural/respectful)

- معاف (mu'aaf) - forgiveness (noun).

- کر دو (kar do) - do. This is an imperative (command) form, combining کرنا (karna), "to do," with دینا (dena), "to give." The compound verb "معاف کرنا" (mu'aaf karna) means "to forgive." The 'دو' indicates a command given to plural 'you' or a respectful singular 'you'.

24. اور (aur) - and

- اور (aur) - and.

25. درگزر کرو (darguzar karo) - overlook (imperative, plural/respectful)

- درگزر (darguzar) - overlooking, forbearance (noun).

- کرو (karo) - do. This is the imperative form of کرنا (karna), "to do." The compound verb "درگزر کرنا" (darguzar karna) means "to overlook" or "to tolerate."

26. یہاں تک کہ (yahaan tak keh) - until, so much so that

- یہاں (yahaan) - here.

- تک (tak) - until, up to.

- کہ (keh) - that.

- Grammar Note: This phrase means "until" or "to the extent that."

27. اللہ (Allah) - Allah (God)

- اللہ (Allah) - God, the Almighty.

28. اپنا (apna) - His own (reflexive possessive)

- اپنا (apna) - one's own, his own. This is a reflexive possessive adjective that refers back to 'اللہ'.

29. حکم (hukm) - command, decree

- حکم (hukm) - command, order, decree.

30. لے آئے (le aae) - brings (subjunctive)

- لے (le) - take (root of the verb لینا - lena, to take).

- آئے (aae) - comes. This is the subjunctive form of the verb آنا (aana), "to come." The compound verb "لے آنا" (le aana) means "to bring." The subjunctive mood here implies a future event or condition.

31. بے شک (beshak) - indeed, undoubtedly

- بے شک (beshak) - undoubtedly, certainly, indeed. This word is of Persian origin, where 'be' means "without" and 'shak' means "doubt."

32. ہر چیز پر (har cheez par) - over every thing

- ہر (har) - every, each.

- چیز (cheez) - thing, item.

- پر (par) - on, upon, over.

33. قادر ہے (qaadir hai) - is powerful, is able

- قادر (qaadir) - powerful, able, capable. This adjective is often used specifically for Allah (God).

- ہے (hai) - is. This is the singular form of the verb "to be."

- Grammar Note: "قادر ہے" forms the predicate of the sentence, meaning "is powerful/able."

Here is the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence, designed to teach Urdu to an English speaker:

English Translation:

"Whatever verse We abrogate or cause to be forgotten, We bring forth [one] better than it or similar to it. Do you not know that Allah is over all things All-Powerful?"

Urdu Translation:

"ہم جس آیت کو منسوخ کر دیتے ہیں یا بھلا دیتے ہیں تو اس سے بہتر یا اس جیسی لاتے ہیں۔ کیا تمہیں معلوم نہیں کہ اللہ ہر چیز پر قادر ہے؟"

Word-by-Word Explanation (Urdu to English)

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word:

1. ہم (Hum)

- [We]

- Grammar Note: This is the first-person plural pronoun.

2. جس (Jis)

- [Which / Whatever]

- Grammar Note: This is a relative pronoun. In this context, it links back to "aayat" (verse) and implies "whatever" or "the one that".

3. آیت (Aayat)

- [Verse / Sign]

- Grammar Note: A feminine noun, referring to a verse from scripture or a sign.

4. کو (Ko)

- [To / Objective Case Marker]

- Grammar Note: This is a postposition that marks the direct object of a verb. Here, "aayat" is the object of "mansookh kar dete hain" (abrogate).

5. منسوخ (Mansookh)

- [Abrogated / Cancelled]

- Grammar Note: An adjective derived from Arabic, meaning something that has been cancelled or superseded. It's often used with the verb "کرنا" (karnaa - to do) to form a compound verb.

6. کر (Kar)

- [Doing]

- Grammar Note: The root of the verb "کرنا" (karnaa - to do). In combination with "دیتے ہیں" (dete hain), it forms a compound verb indicating completion or a state of doing.

7. دیتے ہیں (Dete hain)

- [Give (used for completioncausation)]

- Grammar Note: This is from the verb "دینا" (denaa - to give). When used as an auxiliary verb, as it is here, it indicates that the action ("mansookh kar") is done completely, or sometimes for the benefit of someone else. In this context, it adds emphasis to the act of abrogation. "Mansookh kar dete hain" means "We abrogate (completely/definitively)".

8. یا (Yaa)

- [Or]

- Grammar Note: A conjunction.

9. بھلا (Bhulaa)

- [Causing to forget / Forgotten]

- Grammar Note: The root of the causative verb "بھلانا" (bhulaanaa - to cause to forget). It comes from "بھولنا" (bhoolnaa - to forget).

10. دیتے ہیں (Dete hain)

- [Give (used for completioncausation)]

- Grammar Note: Similar to above. "Bhulaa dete hain" means "We cause (it) to be forgotten" or "We make (it) forgotten."

11. تو (To)

- [Then / So]

- Grammar Note: A conjunction, often used to introduce the consequence of a conditional clause ("If... then..."). Here, it links the first part of the sentence (the condition) to the second part (the result).

12. اس (Us)

- [That / It]

- Grammar Note: A demonstrative pronoun or third-person pronoun, referring back to "aayat" (the verse).

13. سے (Se)

- [From Than By]

- Grammar Note: A postposition with multiple meanings. Here, it is used to indicate comparison, meaning "than."

14. بہتر (Behtar)

- [Better]

- Grammar Note: An adjective, the comparative form of "اچھا" (achchaa - good).

15. یا (Yaa)

- [Or]

- Grammar Note: A conjunction.

16. اس (Us)

- [That / It]

- Grammar Note: Referring to the verse again.

17. جیسی (Jaisi)

- [Like it / Similar to it]

- Grammar Note: An adjective meaning "like" or "similar." It is the feminine form of "جیسا" (jaisaa) to agree with "aayat" (feminine).

18. لاتے ہیں (Laate hain)

- [Bring]

- Grammar Note: The present indefinite tense of the verb "لانا" (laanaa - to bring). "Hum laate hain" means "We bring."

19. کیا (Kyaa)

- [What / (Interrogative Particle)]

- Grammar Note: Here, it functions as an interrogative particle, placed at the beginning of a sentence to turn it into a question that expects a yes/no answer.

20. تمہیں (Tumhein)

- [To you / You (object)]

- Grammar Note: The oblique form of "تم" (tum - you, informal plural/formal singular), used with postpositions like implied "کو" (ko). Here, it means "to you" or "for you."

21. معلوم (Maloom)

- [Known]

- Grammar Note: An adjective derived from Arabic, meaning something that is known or evident. "Maloom honaa" means "to be known."

22. نہیں (Nahin)

- [Not]

- Grammar Note: A negative particle. "Maloom nahin" means "not known." So, "Kyaa tumhein maloom nahin?" translates to "Is it not known to you?" or "Don't you know?"

23. کہ (Ke)

- [That]

- Grammar Note: A conjunction used to introduce a subordinate clause.

24. اللہ (Allah)

- [Allah / God]

- Grammar Note: The proper noun for God.

25. ہر (Har)

- [Every / All]

- Grammar Note: An adjective meaning "every" or "each."

26. چیز (Cheez)

- [Thing]

- Grammar Note: A feminine noun. "Har cheez" means "every thing" or "all things."

27. پر (Par)

- [On Over Upon]

- Grammar Note: A postposition. Here, it indicates authority or power "over" something.

28. قادر (Qadir)

- [All-Powerful Competent Able]

- Grammar Note: An adjective of Arabic origin, describing someone with ultimate power or capability. Often used with "ہونا" (honaa - to be) to form a descriptive phrase.

29. ہے؟ (Hai?)

- [Is?]

- Grammar Note: The present tense form of the verb "ہونا" (honaa - to be). The question mark indicates the interrogative nature of the sentence. "Qadir hai" means "is All-Powerful."

Here's a detailed translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence, designed to help an English student learn Urdu:

Full English Translation:

The coloring of Allah! And who is better than Allah in coloring? And we are His worshippers.

Full Urdu Translation:

اللہ کا رنگ، اور اللہ سے بہتر رنگ کس کا ہو سکتا ہے؟ اور ہم اُسی کے بندے ہیں۔

Word-by-Word Explanation and Pronunciation Guide

Let's break down each part of the sentence:

1. صِبْغَةَ اللَّهِ

- Urdu: اللہ کا رنگ

- English: The coloring of Allah / Allah's natural disposition

- اللہ (Uh-lah)

- Meaning: Allah (God)

- Grammar Note: This is the proper noun for God in Arabic and Urdu.

- کا (Kah)

- Meaning: of / 's (a possessive particle)

- Grammar Note: In Urdu, possessive particles (کا, کی, کے - ka, ki, ke) agree in gender and number with the possessed noun, not the possessor. Here, "رنگ" (color) is masculine singular, so "کا" is used.

- رنگ (Rung - like 'rung' in 'rung a bell')

- Meaning: color dye hue / complexion. In this context, it often refers to the "coloring" or "nature" given by Allah, commonly interpreted as the pure, natural disposition or religion.

- Grammar Note: Masculine noun.

2. وَمَنْ أَحْسَنُ مِنَ اللَّهِ صِبْغَةً

- Urdu: اور اللہ سے بہتر رنگ کس کا ہو سکتا ہے؟

- English: And whose coloring can be better than Allah's? / And who is better than Allah in giving color?

- اور (Aur - like 'oar' in English)

- Meaning: And

- Grammar Note: A conjunction, similar to 'and' in English, used to connect words, phrases, or clauses.

- اللہ (Uh-lah)

- Meaning: Allah (God)

- سے (Say)

- Meaning: from / than by with. In this comparative sentence, it functions as "than".

- Grammar Note: A postposition (similar to a preposition but placed after the noun) used to indicate source, comparison, or instrumentality.

- بہتر (Beh-tur)

- Meaning: better / superior

- Grammar Note: An adjective, frequently used in comparative sentences.

- رنگ (Rung)

- Meaning: color dye hue. Here, it refers to the act or quality of "coloring" or "dyeing."

- کس کا (Kiss kah)

- Meaning: whose? (Literally: 'of whom?')

- Grammar Note: "کس" is the oblique form of "کون" (who), used when followed by a postposition or possessive particle. "کا" is the masculine singular possessive particle.

- ہو سکتا ہے (Hoh suk-tah hai)

- Meaning: can be / is possible

- Grammar Note: This is a compound verb construction expressing possibility. "ہو" (to be), "سکنا" (to be able to), "ہے" (is). The "سکتا" part agrees with the implied subject (coloring/rang) in gender and number.

3. وَنَحْنُ لَهُ عَابِدُونَ

- Urdu: اور ہم اُسی کے بندے ہیں۔

- English: And we are His worshippers / And we are His servants.

- اور (Aur)

- Meaning: And

- ہم (Hum)

- Meaning: We

- Grammar Note: First person plural pronoun.

- اُسی کے (Oo-see kay)

- Meaning: His (emphatic). Literally: 'of that very one' or 'to Him alone'.

- Grammar Note: "اُسی" is an emphatic demonstrative pronoun ("that very one"). "کے" is a possessive particle (used here because "بندے" (servants) is masculine plural). This phrase emphasizes exclusive devotion.

- بندے (Bun-day)

- Meaning: servants / worshippers / slaves

- Grammar Note: Masculine plural noun, the plural form of "بندہ" (bun-dah, singular servant/worshipper).

- ہیں (Hain - like 'hay' with a nasal 'n' sound)

- Meaning: are

- Grammar Note: Third person plural form of the verb "to be" (ہونا - ho-nah), used to agree with plural subjects like "ہم" (we). It also functions for "they" and "you" (plural or respectful).

Here's the translation and breakdown of the sentence, designed to help an English student learn Urdu:

English Translation:

And [remember] when you killed a person and then disputed about it. And Allah is going to reveal what you were concealing.

Urdu Translation:

اور جب تم نے ایک جان کو قتل کیا، پھر تم اس میں جھگڑنے لگے، اور اللہ ظاہر کرنے والا ہے جو کچھ تم چھپا رہے تھے۔

Word-for-Word Breakdown and Explanation:

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Grammar: This is a conjunction, used to connect words, phrases, or clauses, similar to "and" in English.

- جب (jab)

- Meaning: When

- Grammar: This is an adverb of time, used to introduce a temporal clause. Together, "اور جب" (aur jab) means "And when" or "And [remember] when," signaling a past event.

- تم (tum)

- Meaning: You (plural, or informal singular)

- Grammar: This is a second-person plural pronoun. In Urdu, tum is used for addressing multiple people, or a single person in an informal context. Here, it refers to a group.

- نے (nay)

- Meaning: (Agent marker for past tense)

- Grammar: This is a postposition that marks the agent (the one performing the action) of a transitive verb in the past tense. It doesn't have a direct English translation but indicates that "you" (تم) are the ones who performed the action of "killing."

- ایک (aik)

- Meaning: One / A

- Grammar: This is an indefinite article or numeral, similar to "a" or "an" in English.

- جان (jaan)

- Meaning: Soul Life Person

- Grammar: This is a feminine noun. In this context, it refers to a human being, a "person" or "soul."

- کو (ko)

- Meaning: To / (Object marker)

- Grammar: This is a postposition that typically marks the direct object of a verb. So, "ایک جان کو" (aik jaan ko) means "a person" as the direct object of the verb "killed."

- قتل کیا (qatal kiya)

- Meaning: Killed

- Grammar: This is a compound verb. Qatal (قتل) is a noun meaning "killing," and kiya (کیا) is the past tense of the verb karna (کرنا - to do). Literally, it means "did killing," which translates to "killed."

- پھر (phir)

- Meaning: Then / Afterwards

- Grammar: This is an adverb of time or a conjunction, indicating a sequence of events.

- اس (uss)

- Meaning: It / That

- Grammar: This is a demonstrative pronoun. Here, it refers back to the "killing" or the "matter of the killing."

- میں (mein)

- Meaning: In Among Concerning

- Grammar: This is a postposition indicating location or context. "اس میں" (uss mein) translates to "in it" or "concerning it."

- جھگڑنے لگے (jhagaṛnay lagay)

- Meaning: Started disputing / Began to quarrel

- Grammar: This is a compound verb construction indicating the beginning of an action.

- Jhagṛna (جھگڑنا) is the infinitive verb meaning "to dispute" or "to quarrel."

- Lagay (لگے) is the past tense (plural masculine) of the auxiliary verb lagna (لگنا), which means "to begin" or "to start" when used with another verb. So, the phrase means "you started to dispute."

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Grammar: Another conjunction, connecting this clause to the previous one.

- اللہ (Allah)

- Meaning: Allah (God)

- Grammar: This is a proper noun, referring to God.

- ظاہر کرنے والا ہے (zaahir karnay wala hai)

- Meaning: Is going to reveal / Is one who reveals / Will expose

- Grammar: This is a descriptive phrase that indicates a future action or an inherent characteristic.

- Zaahir (ظاہر) can be an adjective meaning "manifest" or a noun meaning "revelation."

- Karnay (کرنے) is the oblique infinitive of karna (کرنا - to do).

- Wala (والا) is a common Urdu suffix/agent noun marker that means "one who does" or "going to do."

- Hai (ہے) is the present tense of "to be" (is).

- Together, this phrase means "Allah is the one who will make manifest" or "Allah is going to reveal."

- جو کچھ (jo kuch)

- Meaning: What / That which

- Grammar: This is a relative pronoun phrase. It refers to an unspecified thing or amount.

- تم (tum)

- Meaning: You (plural, or informal singular)

- Grammar: Another second-person plural pronoun, referring to the same group as before.

- چھپا رہے تھے (chhupa rahay thay)

- Meaning: Were concealing / Were hiding

- Grammar: This is the past continuous tense.

- Chhupana (چھپانا) is the verb "to hide" or "to conceal."

- Rahay (رہے) is the plural masculine form of the present participle raha (رہا) of rahna (رہنا - to stay/remain), used as an auxiliary verb to indicate continuous action.

- Thay (تھے) is the past tense (plural masculine) of "to be" (were).

- So, "چھپا رہے تھے" (chhupa rahay thay) means "you were in the process of hiding" or "you were concealing."

Here is the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence for learning Urdu:

English Translation:

And when they meet those who believe, they say, "We believe," but when they are alone with their devils, they say, "Indeed, we are with you; we are only mockers."

Urdu Translation:

اور (Aur) جب (jab) وہ (woh) ایمان (īmān) والوں (wālon) سے (se) ملتے (milte) ہیں (hain) تو (to) کہتے (kehte) ہیں (hain) کہ (ke) ہم (hum) ایمان (īmān) لائے (lāye)۔ اور (Aur) جب (jab) وہ (woh) اپنے (apne) شیطانوں (shaitānon) کے (ke) پاس (pās) اکیلے (akele) ہوتے (hote) ہیں (hain) تو (to) کہتے (kehte) ہیں (hain) کہ (ke) ہم (hum) تو (to) تمہارے (tumhāre) ساتھ (sāth) ہیں (hain)، ہم (hum) تو (to) صرف (sirf) مذاق (mazāq) کر (kar) رہے (rahe) ہیں (hain)۔

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English):

Here's a breakdown of each Urdu word and its meaning, along with pronunciation assistance:

- اور (Aur) - And

- Explanation: This is a common conjunction in Urdu, just like "and" in English.

- جب (jab) - When

- Explanation: Used to indicate a point in time or a condition.

- وہ (woh) - They (or He/She/That)

- Explanation: In Urdu, "woh" can mean "he," "she," "it," or "they," depending on the context. Here, it refers to "they."

- ایمان (īmān) - Faith, Belief

- Explanation: This word is borrowed from Arabic and means "faith" or "belief."

- والوں (wālon) - People of, Those who (plural oblique)

- Explanation: The suffix "-wālon" (plural of "-wālā") is used to denote people associated with something. So, "īmān wālon" means "people of faith" or "believers." It's in the oblique case because of the preposition "se" that follows.

- سے (se) - With, From, By

- Explanation: This is a postposition in Urdu (similar to a preposition in English, but it comes after the noun). Here, it means "with" or "from" in the sense of interacting "with" someone.

- ملتے ہیں (milte hain) - They meet

- Explanation: This is a verb phrase.

- ملتے (milte) - Meet (plural, masculine, present participle)

- ہیں (hain) - Are (plural auxiliary verb, indicating present tense)

- Grammar Note: Urdu verbs often combine a root word (like mil- for meet) with endings and auxiliary verbs to indicate tense, number, and gender. "Milte hain" literally means "they are meeting" or "they meet."

- تو (to) - Then, So, In that case

- Explanation: This particle introduces the consequence of the preceding "when" clause.

- کہتے ہیں (kehte hain) - They say

- Explanation: Similar to "milte hain," this is a verb phrase.

- کہتے (kehte) - Say (plural, masculine, present participle)

- ہیں (hain) - Are (plural auxiliary verb)

- کہ (ke) - That (conjunction)

- Explanation: This connects the reporting verb ("they say") to the reported speech ("we believe").

- ہم (hum) - We

- Explanation: First person plural pronoun.

- ایمان لائے (īmān lāye) - We believed, We brought faith

- Explanation: This is a common way to express "to believe" in Urdu.

- ایمان (īmān) - Faith, Belief

- لائے (lāye) - Brought (past tense of lānā - to bring, plural)

- Grammar Note: The literal translation is "we brought faith," which means "we believed" or "we have embraced faith."

- اور (Aur) - And

- Explanation: Connects the two main clauses of the sentence.

- جب (jab) - When

- Explanation: Introduces the second conditional clause.

- وہ (woh) - They

- Explanation: Refers to the same group of people.

- اپنے (apne) - Their (reflexive possessive)

- Explanation: This is a reflexive possessive pronoun, meaning "one's own." Here, it's "their own."

- شیطانوں (shaitānon) - Devils, Satans (plural oblique)

- Explanation: The plural of shaitān (devil/satan). It's in the oblique case because of the postposition "ke pas" that follows.

- کے پاس (ke pās) - With, Near, To

- Explanation: This is a compound postposition. "Ke" is a genitive marker (like 's or of) and "pas" means "near" or "with." "Apne shaitānon ke pās" means "with their devils."

- اکیلے (akele) - Alone (plural masculine)

- Explanation: Describes their state when they are with their devils.

- ہوتے ہیں (hote hain) - They are (literally: they become/happen to be)

- Explanation: Similar to "milte hain," this is a verb phrase.

- ہوتے (hote) - Become, Happen, Be (plural, masculine, present participle)

- ہیں (hain) - Are (plural auxiliary verb)

- Grammar Note: "Hote hain" implies a state of being or a recurring action/condition.

- تو (to) - Then, So

- Explanation: Connects the "when" clause to the consequence.

- کہتے ہیں (kehte hain) - They say

- Explanation: The same verb phrase as before.

- کہ (ke) - That (conjunction)

- Explanation: Introduces the reported speech.

- ہم (hum) - We

- Explanation: First person plural pronoun.

- تو (to) - Indeed, Certainly (emphasis particle)

- Explanation: This particle adds emphasis to the statement that follows, often conveying a sense of "indeed" or "certainly" or "as for us."

- تمہارے (tumhāre) - Your (plural/formal singular)

- Explanation: This is the possessive form of "tum" (you, informal plural or informal respectful singular). Here, it's "your."

- ساتھ (sāth) - With

- Explanation: This is a postposition meaning "with." "Tumhāre sāth" means "with you."

- ہیں (hain) - Are (plural auxiliary verb)

- Explanation: Indicates the present tense for "we are with you."

- ہم (hum) - We

- Explanation: Used again to start a new part of the statement.

- تو (to) - Indeed, Only (emphasis particle)

- Explanation: Again, used for emphasis, here conveying a sense of "only" or "merely."

- صرف (sirf) - Only, Merely

- Explanation: This word explicitly means "only."

- مذاق (mazāq) - Joke, Mockery, Fun

- Explanation: This word means "joke," "fun," or "mockery."

- کر رہے ہیں (kar rahe hain) - Are doing, Are making (in context: are mocking)

- Explanation: This is a continuous tense verb phrase.

- کر (kar) - Do, Make (root of the verb karnā - to do/make)

- رہے (rahe) - Being, Remaining (auxiliary for continuous tense, plural masculine)

- ہیں (hain) - Are (plural auxiliary verb)

- Grammar Note: "Mazāq kar rahe hain" literally means "are doing mockery" or "are making fun," which translates to "are mocking" or "are ridiculing." This structure is common in Urdu for continuous actions.

Here is the translation and explanation of the Arabic sentence, designed to help you learn Urdu:

Urdu Translation

پھر شیطان (shaitaan) نے ان دونوں کو اس سے پھسلا دیا (iss se phissla diya)، اور انہیں اس (uss) سے نکال دیا (nikaal diya) جس میں وہ تھے (jiss mein woh thay)۔ اور ہم نے کہا (hum ne kaha): "نیچے اترو! (neeche utro!) تم ایک دوسرے کے دشمن ہو گے (tum aik doosre ke dushman hoge)۔ اور تمہارے لیے (tumhare liye) زمین میں (zameen mein) ایک ٹھکانہ (aik thikana) اور ایک وقت مقررہ تک (aik waqt-e-muqarara tak) فائدہ اٹھانے کا سامان ہے (faida uthane ka samaan hai)۔"

English Translation

"Then Satan made them both slip from it, and expelled them from that wherein they were. And We said, 'Go down! You will be enemies to one another. And for you in the earth is a dwelling place and provision for an appointed time.'"

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English)

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word:

- پھر (phir) - Then, Afterwards.

- Grammar Note: This word connects the previous context (implied, as this is a segment) to the current action.

- شیطان (shaitaan) - Satan, The Devil.

- نے (ne) - This is a postposition (similar to a preposition but comes after the noun) that indicates the agent of a transitive verb in the past tense. Here, it marks "Satan" as the one who performed the action of making them slip.

- ان دونوں کو (un dono ko) - Them both.

- ان (un) - Them (plural/dual, often used respectfully).

- دونوں (dono) - Both.

- کو (ko) - To/for/on (postposition indicating the object of the verb).

- اس سے (iss se) - From it/that.

- اس (iss) - It/that (demonstrative pronoun).

- سے (se) - From/by/with (postposition indicating separation, cause, or instrument).

- پھسلا دیا (phissla diya) - Made to slip, misguided, caused to stumble.

- پھسلانا (phislana) - To make someone slip/slide.

- دیا (diya) - Gave (auxiliary verb, forming the compound verb in past tense, meaning "did the action of making slip").

- ، اور (aur) - And.

- انہیں (unhein) - Them (plural/dual, often used respectfully).

- اس (uss) - That, it (referring to the state or place).

- سے (se) - From (postposition).

- نکال دیا (nikaal diya) - Expelled, took out, removed.

- نکالنا (nikaalna) - To take out/expel.

- دیا (diya) - Auxiliary verb for past tense.

- جس میں وہ تھے (jiss mein woh thay) - In which they were.

- جس (jiss) - Which/that (relative pronoun).

- میں (mein) - In (postposition).

- وہ (woh) - They (pronoun).

- تھے (thay) - Were (past tense of "to be" for plural/respectful).

- ۔ اور (aur) - Full stop, and.

- ہم نے کہا (hum ne kaha) - We said.

- ہم (hum) - We (pronoun).

- نے (ne) - Postposition indicating the agent of the verb.

- کہا (kaha) - Said (past tense of کہنا (kehna) - to say).

- : - Colon (marks the beginning of a direct quote).

- "نیچے اترو!" (neeche utro!) - "Go down! / Descend!"

- نیچے (neeche) - Down, downwards.

- اترو (utro) - Descend! / Go down! (imperative plural/respectful form of اترنا (utarna) - to descend).

- تم ایک دوسرے کے دشمن ہو گے (tum aik doosre ke dushman hoge) - You will be enemies to one another.

- تم (tum) - You (plural/informal singular).

- ایک دوسرے کے (aik doosre ke) - Of each other, to one another.

- ایک (aik) - One.

- دوسرے (doosre) - Other.

- کے (ke) - Of/for (postposition, here indicating possession or relationship).

- دشمن (dushman) - Enemy.

- ہو گے (hoge) - Will be (future tense of "to be" for "tum").

- ۔ اور (aur) - Full stop, and.

- تمہارے لیے (tumhare liye) - For you (plural/respectful).

- تمہارے (tumhare) - Your (possessive form of "tum").

- لیے (liye) - For (postposition).

- زمین میں (zameen mein) - In the earth.

- زمین (zameen) - Earth, land.

- میں (mein) - In (postposition).

- ایک ٹھکانہ (aik thikana) - A dwelling place, a residence.

- ایک (aik) - A/an, one.

- ٹھکانہ (thikana) - Dwelling, abode, place.

- اور (aur) - And.

- ایک وقت مقررہ تک (aik waqt-e-muqarara tak) - Until an appointed time.

- ایک (aik) - A/an, one.

- وقت (waqt) - Time.

- مقررہ (muqarara) - Appointed, fixed, specified.

- تک (tak) - Until, up to, for (postposition indicating limit).

- فائدہ اٹھانے کا سامان ہے (faida uthane ka samaan hai) - There is provision for enjoyment/benefit.

- فائدہ (faida) - Benefit, advantage, enjoyment.

- اٹھانے کا (uthane ka) - For gaining/taking/obtaining.

- اٹھانا (uthana) - To pick up, to gain, to benefit from.

- کا (ka) - Of/for (possessive postposition).

- سامان (samaan) - Provision, goods, equipment, means.

- ہے (hai) - Is (present tense of "to be").

Here is the translation and detailed breakdown of the Arabic sentence, designed to help you learn Urdu:

English Translation

"And (remember) when We parted the sea for you, and saved you, and drowned Pharaoh's people while you were watching."

Urdu Translation

"اور جب ہم نے تمہارے لیے سمندر کو پھاڑا تو تمہیں نجات دی اور آلِ فرعون کو غرق کیا اور تم دیکھ رہے تھے۔"

Word-by-Word Explanation (Urdu to English)

Let's break down the Urdu translation word by word, with pronunciation, English meaning, and grammar notes.

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Explanation: This is a common conjunction in Urdu, equivalent to "and" in English. It connects words, phrases, or clauses.

- جب (jab)

- Meaning: When

- Explanation: This word introduces a temporal clause, indicating "at the time that" something happened.

- ہم نے (hum nay)

- Meaning: We (as the doer of an action)

- Explanation:

- ہم (hum): "We." This is the first-person plural pronoun.

- نے (nay): This is a postposition (similar to a preposition but comes after the noun/pronoun). It is an agentive marker used with transitive verbs in the perfect (past) tenses. It indicates that "ہم" (we) is the doer of the action.

- تمہارے لیے (tumhaaray liay)

- Meaning: For you

- Explanation:

- تمہارے (tumhaaray): "Your." This is the genitive (possessive) form of "تم" (tum - you, informal/plural). The 'ay' ending makes it oblique, required before a postposition.

- لیے (liay): "For." This postposition indicates the beneficiary or purpose of an action.

- سمندر کو (samandar ko)

- Meaning: The sea (as the direct object)

- Explanation:

- سمندر (samandar): "Sea." This is a masculine noun.

- کو (ko): This is a postposition that marks the direct object of a transitive verb. In English, we usually don't have a special marker for direct objects; their role is understood by their position. In Urdu, ko clarifies which noun is receiving the action.

- پھاڑا (phaaṛaa)

- Meaning: Parted / Split

- Explanation: This is the masculine singular perfect participle of the verb پھاڑنا (phaaṛnaa), "to part, to tear, to split." Since the direct object "سمندر" (samandar - sea) is masculine singular, the participle agrees with it. This forms the compound past tense with "ہم نے".

- تو (to)

- Meaning: Then / So

- Explanation: This word acts as a correlative conjunction, often used after a "جب" (jab - when) clause to introduce the consequence or main clause, similar to "then" or "so" in English.

- تمہیں (tumhen)

- Meaning: You (as the direct object)

- Explanation: This is the direct object form of "تم" (tum - you, informal/plural). It effectively combines "تم" + "کو" (you + direct object marker) into a single word.

- نجات دی (nijaat dee)

- Meaning: Saved / Gave salvation

- Explanation:

- نجات (nijaat): "Salvation, rescue." This is a feminine noun.

- دی (dee): "Gave." This is the feminine singular past tense form of the verb دینا (denaa), "to give." In Urdu, many actions are expressed using a noun + a verb like "karna" (to do) or "dena" (to give). Here, "to save" is literally "to give salvation." Since "نجات" (nijaat) is feminine, the verb "دینا" (denaa) takes its feminine form "دی" (dee).

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Explanation: Another conjunction, connecting this clause to the previous one.

- آلِ فرعون کو (aal-e-fir'oun ko)

- Meaning: Pharaoh's people (as the direct object)

- Explanation:

- آلِ (aal-e): "People/family of." The 'e' is the izaafat connective, similar to "'s" or "of" in English, used in Persian constructions adopted by Urdu. It connects two nouns, where the second noun describes the first.

- فرعون (fir'oun): "Pharaoh."

- کو (ko): Direct object marker, as explained before.

- غرق کیا (gharq kiyaa)

- Meaning: Drowned

- Explanation:

- غرق (gharq): "Drowning, submerged." This is a noun or adjective.

- کیا (kiyaa): "Did." This is the masculine singular past tense form of the verb کرنا (karnaa), "to do." Similar to "نجات دی" (nijaat dee), "to drown" is expressed as "to do drowning." Since "غرق" (gharq) is masculine (or implicitly treated as such when paired with karnaa), the verb "کرنا" (karnaa) takes its masculine form "کیا" (kiyaa).

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Explanation: Yet another conjunction, linking the final clause.

- تم (tum)

- Meaning: You (plural / informal)

- Explanation: The second-person plural pronoun, referring to the people being addressed. It can also be used as an informal singular "you."

- دیکھ رہے تھے (dekh rahay thay)

- Meaning: Were watching / Were seeing

- Explanation: This is the past imperfective progressive tense, indicating an action that was ongoing in the past.

- دیکھ (dekh): The root of the verb دیکھنا (dekhnaa), "to see, to watch."

- رہے (rahay): The masculine plural form of the auxiliary verb رہنا (rehnaa), "to stay, to remain." Used here to form the progressive aspect. It agrees with "تم" (tum - masculine plural).

- تھے (thay): The masculine plural past tense form of the verb ہونا (honaa), "to be." Used here as the past tense auxiliary for the imperfective aspect. It also agrees with "تم" (tum).

Here is the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence, designed to help you learn Urdu:

Arabic Sentence

(Please note: We are using this Arabic sentence as a source for translation and learning, but we will not display it in the final output as per your instructions. The original sentence was: فَبَدَّلَ الَّذِينَ ظَلَمُوا قَوْلًا غَيْرَ الَّذِي قِيلَ لَهُمْ فَأَنزَلْنَا عَلَى الَّذِينَ ظَلَمُوا رِجْزًا مِّنَ السَّمَاءِ بِمَا كَانُوا يَفْسُقُونَ)

English Translation

But those who wronged changed the word to one other than that which had been said to them. So We sent down upon those who wronged a punishment from the sky because of their transgression.

Urdu Translation

لیکن جن لوگوں نے ظلم کیا، انہوں نے اس بات کو بدل دیا جو ان سے کہی گئی تھی، تو ہم نے ظالموں پر آسمان سے عذاب نازل کیا کیونکہ وہ نافرمانی کرتے تھے۔

Word-by-Word Urdu Explanation

Let's break down the Urdu translation phrase by phrase to understand each word and its role.

1. لیکن (lekin)

- Meaning: But

- Explanation: This is a common Urdu conjunction used to introduce a contrast or a new idea, similar to "but" or "however" in English.

2. جن (jin)

- Meaning: those (who)

- Explanation: This is a relative pronoun. In Urdu, جن لوگ (jin log) or جن لوگوں نے (jin logon ne) is used to mean "those people who..." or "the ones who...". It introduces a clause describing a group of people.

3. لوگوں (logon)

- Meaning: people

- Explanation: This is the plural, oblique form of لوگ (log), meaning "people". The oblique form is used when a postposition (like نے or پر) follows it, or when it's part of a compound noun or phrase.

4. نے (ne)

- Meaning: (marker for the agent)

- Explanation: This is a crucial postposition in Urdu grammar. It marks the agent (the one performing the action) of a transitive verb when the verb is in a perfective tense (like the simple past or present perfect). Here, جن لوگوں نے indicates that "those people" are the ones who performed the action of "zulm kiya" (committed wrong). It doesn't have a direct English equivalent but is essential for correct sentence structure.

5. ظلم (zulm)

- Meaning: injustice, wrongdoing, oppression

- Explanation: This noun refers to an act of wrong, tyranny, or injustice.

6. کیا (kiya)

- Meaning: did, committed

- Explanation: This is the past tense of the verb کرنا (karnā), meaning "to do" or "to commit". ظلم کیا (zulm kiyā) means "committed wrongdoing/injustice".

7. انہوں نے (unhon ne)

- Meaning: they (did)

- Explanation: انہوں (unhon) is the oblique plural form of وہ (woh), meaning "they". Combined with نے, it again marks "they" as the agent of the next action, "badal diya" (changed). This repetition emphasizes that the same group of people who committed wrong also did the changing.

8. اس (is)

- Meaning: that, this

- Explanation: A demonstrative pronoun, here referring to "the word" or "the saying" that follows.

9. بات (baat)

- Meaning: word, saying, command

- Explanation: This feminine noun means a statement, a talk, or a matter. In this context, it refers to the command or instruction given to them.

10. کو (ko)

- Meaning: (marker for the direct object)

- Explanation: This postposition marks the direct object of a transitive verb. Here, اس بات کو (is baat ko) indicates that "that word" is what was changed.

11. بدل (badal)

- Meaning: change

- Explanation: This is the root of the verb بدلنا (badalnā), meaning "to change". It's often used with an auxiliary verb to form a compound verb.

12. دیا (diya)

- Meaning: gave (auxiliary verb)

- Explanation: This is the past tense of دینا (denā), "to give". When combined with another verb root (like بدل), it forms a compound verb بدل دیا (badal diyā), meaning "changed completely" or simply "changed." The دیا here adds a sense of completion to the action.

13. جو (jo)

- Meaning: which, that (relative pronoun)

- Explanation: Introduces a relative clause, referring back to اس بات (is baat - that word/saying).

14. ان (un)

- Meaning: them

- Explanation: The oblique plural form of وہ (woh), "they/them".

15. سے (se)

- Meaning: from, by, to

- Explanation: This versatile postposition can mean "from," "by," "with," or "to," depending on the context. Here, ان سے (un se) means "to them" or "from them" in the context of being spoken to.

16. کہی (kahi)

- Meaning: said (feminine)

- Explanation: This is the feminine past participle of کہنا (kahnā), "to say." It is feminine because it agrees with بات (baat - word/saying), which is a feminine noun.

17. گئی (gayi)

- Meaning: went (auxiliary verb, feminine)

- Explanation: This is the feminine past participle of جانا (jānā), "to go." In this construction (کہی گئی), گئی acts as an auxiliary verb to form the passive voice. So, کہی گئی (kahi gayī) means "was said."

18. تھی (thi)

- Meaning: was (feminine)

- Explanation: This is the feminine past tense of ہونا (honā), "to be." کہی گئی تھی (kahi gayī thī) indicates a past perfect passive construction: "had been said" or "was said" (emphasizing completion in the past).

19. تو (to)

- Meaning: so, then

- Explanation: A conjunction that introduces the consequence or result of the preceding action.

20. ہم (hum)

- Meaning: we

- Explanation: The first-person plural pronoun.

21. نے (ne)

- Meaning: (marker for the agent)

- Explanation: Again, نے marks ہم (hum - we) as the agent performing the action of "نازل کیا" (nāzil kiyā - sent down).

22. ظالموں (zaalimon)

- Meaning: oppressors, wrongdoers

- Explanation: This is the oblique plural form of ظالم (zālim), meaning "oppressor" or "wrongdoer."

23. پر (par)

- Meaning: upon, on

- Explanation: A postposition indicating position or direction. Here, ظالموں پر (zālimon par) means "upon the wrongdoers."

24. آسمان (aasman)

- Meaning: sky, heaven

- Explanation: A common Urdu noun for the sky or heavens.

25. سے (se)

- Meaning: from

- Explanation: Here, آسمان سے (āsmān se) means "from the sky."

26. عذاب (azaab)

- Meaning: punishment, torment, wrath

- Explanation: This noun refers to a divine or severe punishment.

27. نازل (naazil)

- Meaning: sent down, descended

- Explanation: This is often used with کرنا (karnā) to form the compound verb نازل کرنا (nāzil karnā), meaning "to send down" or "to cause to descend."

28. کیا (kiya)

- Meaning: did (auxiliary verb)

- Explanation: As before, کیا here forms a compound verb نازل کیا (nāzil kiyā), meaning "sent down."

29. کیونکہ (kyunki)

- Meaning: because

- Explanation: A conjunction used to state the reason for something.

30. وہ (woh)

- Meaning: they

- Explanation: The third-person plural pronoun.

31. نافرمانی (nafarmani)

- Meaning: disobedience, transgression

- Explanation: This feminine noun means rebellion or refusal to obey.

32. کرتے (karte)

- Meaning: doing, used to do (masculine plural)

- Explanation: This is the masculine plural imperfective participle of کرنا (karnā), "to do." It indicates an ongoing or habitual action. It agrees in gender and number with وہ (they).

33. تھے (the)

- Meaning: were (masculine plural)

- Explanation: This is the masculine plural past tense of ہونا (honā), "to be." When combined with کرتے (karte), کرتے تھے (karte the) forms the habitual past tense, meaning "they used to do" or "they were (habitually) doing."

Grammar Notes for English Speakers

- Ergative Construction (نے): Urdu uses an ergative construction for transitive verbs in perfective tenses (like the simple past). This means the agent (the one doing the action) is marked with نے (ne), and the verb agrees with the object in gender and number, or remains masculine singular if there's an object marker (کو).

- Example: جن لوگوں نے ظلم کیا (jin logon ne zulm kiyā) - "Those people committed wrong." Here کیا is masculine singular, agreeing with ظلم which can be seen as an internal object or simply as the default agreement when the verb is intransitive or the object is implicit.

- Example: انہوں نے اس بات کو بدل دیا (unhon ne is baat ko badal diyā) - "They changed that word." Even though بات (baat) is feminine, because it's marked with کو, the verb بدل دیا (badal diyā) defaults to masculine singular. If کو were absent, it would be بدل دی (badal dī) to agree with بات.

- Example: ہم نے عذاب نازل کیا (hum ne azaab nāzil kiyā) - "We sent down punishment." کیا (kiyā) is masculine singular, agreeing with عذاب (azāb), which is masculine.

- Passive Voice (جانا as auxiliary): To form the passive voice in Urdu, you typically use the perfective participle of the main verb (e.g., کہی from کہنا - to say) followed by a form of جانا (jānā - to go) as an auxiliary verb, which indicates "being done." The passive verb agrees in gender and number with the subject (what is being acted upon).

- Example: جو ان سے کہی گئی تھی (jo un se kahi gayī thī) - "which had been said to them." کہی (kahi) is feminine because بات (baat - word/saying) is feminine, and گئی (gayī) and تھی (thī) also become feminine to agree.

- Compound Verbs: Urdu frequently uses compound verbs, where a noun or a verb root is combined with an auxiliary verb like کرنا (karnā - to do), دینا (denā - to give), لینا (lenā - to take), جانا (jānā - to go), etc., to create a new verb with a specific nuance (e.g., completion, intensity, direction).

- Example: بدل دیا (badal diyā) - "changed (completely)."

- Example: نازل کیا (nāzil kiyā) - "sent down."

- Habitual Past (کرتے تھے): To express actions that were habitual, repeated, or ongoing in the past, Urdu uses the imperfective participle (کرتے - karte) followed by the past tense of ہونا (honā - to be) (تھے - the).

- Example: وہ نافرمانی کرتے تھے (woh nāfarmānī karte the) - "They used to commit disobedience" or "They were (habitually) committing disobedience."

Here is the Urdu and English translation, along with a word-for-word explanation to help you understand the Urdu language.

Urdu Translation

پس ہلاکت ہے ان لوگوں کے لیے جو اپنے ہاتھوں سے کتاب لکھتے ہیں، پھر کہتے ہیں کہ یہ اللہ کی طرف سے ہے تاکہ اس کے بدلے تھوڑی قیمت حاصل کریں! پس ہلاکت ہے ان کے لیے اس کے سبب جو ان کے ہاتھوں نے لکھا اور ہلاکت ہے ان کے لیے اس کے سبب جو وہ کماتے ہیں!

English Translation

So woe to those who write the Book with their own hands, then say, 'This is from Allah,' in order to exchange it for a small price. So woe to them for what their hands have written, and woe to them for what they earn!

Word-for-Word Explanation

Here is a breakdown of each Urdu word with its English meaning and pronunciation, along with relevant grammar notes:

1. پس (pas) – So / Then.

- Explanation: This word introduces a consequence or a new point, similar to "therefore" or "thus" in English.

2. ہلاکت (halākat) – Woe Destruction Ruin.

- Explanation: This feminine noun signifies a state of great distress, ruin, or severe punishment.

3. ہے (hai) – Is.

- Explanation: This is the present tense form of the verb "to be" for a singular subject.

4. ان (un) – Those / Them.

- Explanation: A demonstrative pronoun used for plural and distant subjects/objects. When followed by a postposition like "ke liye," it often refers to "those."

5. لوگوں (logon) – People.

- Explanation: This is the oblique plural form of "log" (person/people). It changes form when followed by a postposition like "ke liye."

6. کے لیے (ke liye) – For.

- Explanation: A postpositional phrase indicating purpose or beneficiary. In Urdu, these phrases come after the noun or pronoun they modify.

7. جو (jo) – Who / Which.

- Explanation: A relative pronoun, connecting the preceding phrase to the clause that describes "those people."

8. اپنے (apne) – Their (own).

- Explanation: A reflexive possessive pronoun. It indicates possession by the subject of the clause (the people), emphasizing it's their own hands.

9. ہاتھوں (hāthon) – Hands.

- Explanation: The oblique plural form of "hāth" (hand). It is used here with the postposition "se" (with/by).

10. سے (se) – With By From.

- Explanation: A postposition indicating means, instrument, or origin. Here it means "with" (their hands).

11. کتاب (kitāb) – Book / Scripture.

- Explanation: A feminine noun referring to a written work, often specifically scripture in religious contexts.

12. لکھتے ہیں (likhte hain) – Write / Are writing.

- Explanation: This is the present indefinite tense for a plural subject ("they write"). "Likhte" is the masculine plural form of the verb stem "likh-" (to write), and "hain" is the plural form of "to be."

13. پھر (phir) – Then / Afterwards.

- Explanation: An adverb indicating sequence in time.

14. کہتے ہیں (kehte hain) – Say / Are saying.

- Explanation: This is the present indefinite tense for a plural subject ("they say"). "Kehte" is the masculine plural form of the verb stem "keh-" (to say), and "hain" is the plural form of "to be."

15. کہ (keh) – That.

- Explanation: A conjunction introducing a subordinate clause, often used for direct or indirect speech.

16. یہ (yeh) – This.

- Explanation: A demonstrative pronoun for a singular and near subject/object.

17. اللہ (Allah) – Allah / God.

- Explanation: The Arabic word for God, widely used in Urdu.

18. کی طرف سے (kī taraf se) – From (the side of) / From.

- Explanation: A postpositional phrase indicating origin or source. "Ki" is the feminine genitive marker (of) here, agreeing with 'taraf' (side/direction).

19. تاکہ (tāke) – So that / In order to.

- Explanation: A conjunction introducing a purpose clause.

20. اس (us) – It / That.

- Explanation: A demonstrative pronoun for a singular and distant subject/object. Here it refers back to "the Book" or the act of writing it.

21. کے بدلے (ke badle) – In exchange for / In return for.

- Explanation: A postpositional phrase indicating exchange or substitution.

22. تھوڑی (thoṛī) – Little / Small.

- Explanation: A feminine adjective describing "qīmat" (price). Urdu adjectives agree in gender with the noun they modify.

23. قیمت (qīmat) – Price Value Gain.

- Explanation: A feminine noun referring to the cost or worth of something.

24. حاصل کریں (hāsil karein) – Obtain / Gain.

- Explanation: This is the subjunctive mood, plural, implying purpose ("that they may obtain/gain"). "Hāsil karna" is the infinitive verb "to obtain." "Karein" is the plural subjunctive form of "karna" (to do/make).

25. ! (!) – Exclamation Mark.

- Explanation: Indicates strong feeling or emphasis, used here after the first "woe."

26. پس (pas) – So / Then. (See #1)

27. ہلاکت (halākat) – Woe Destruction Ruin. (See #2)

28. ہے (hai) – Is. (See #3)

29. ان (un) – Those / Them. (See #4)

30. کے لیے (ke liye) – For. (See #6)

31. اس (us) – It / That. (See #20, here referring to what follows.)

32. کے سبب (ke sabab) – Because of Due to For the reason of.

- Explanation: A postpositional phrase indicating cause or reason.

33. جو (jo) – What / Which.

- Explanation: A relative pronoun, here referring to "what" (they wrote).

34. ان (un) – Their.

- Explanation: Here it indicates possession by "them," used with "ke hāthon."

35. کے ہاتھوں (ke hāthon) – Hands.

- Explanation: A genitive plural form "ke hāthon" means "of their hands".

36. نے (ne) – (Agent Marker).

- Explanation: This is a unique postposition in Urdu that marks the agent (doer) of a transitive verb in perfect tenses. Here, "hāthon ne" indicates that "the hands" performed the action of writing.

37. لکھا (likhā) – Wrote.

- Explanation: The masculine singular past tense form of the verb "likhna" (to write). It agrees with the implied "what" (jo) that was written.

38. اور (aur) – And.

- Explanation: A conjunction connecting two clauses or phrases.

39. ہلاکت (halākat) – Woe Destruction Ruin. (See #2)

40. ہے (hai) – Is. (See #3)

41. ان (un) – Those / Them. (See #4)

42. کے لیے (ke liye) – For. (See #6)

43. اس (us) – It / That. (See #20, here referring to what follows.)

44. کے سبب (ke sabab) – Because of Due to For the reason of. (See #32)

45. جو (jo) – What / Which. (See #33, here referring to "what" (they earn)).

46. وہ (woh) – They.

- Explanation: A pronoun for plural subjects.

47. کماتے ہیں (kamāte hain) – Earn / Gain.

- Explanation: This is the present indefinite tense for a plural subject ("they earn/gain"). "Kamāte" is the masculine plural form of the verb stem "kamā-" (to earn), and "hain" is the plural form of "to be."

Grammar Notes

- Postpositions: Urdu uses postpositions (like ke liye, se, ke badle, ki taraf se, ke sabab, ne) which come after the noun or pronoun they modify, unlike prepositions in English that come before.

- Oblique Case: Many nouns and pronouns change their form (go into the oblique case) when followed by a postposition. For example, log (person) becomes logon in logon ke liye. Similarly, hāth (hand) becomes hāthon in hāthon se.

- Verb Conjugation: Urdu verbs conjugate for tense, aspect, and often for gender and number, especially in present indefinite and perfect tenses. For example, likhte hain (they write, masculine plural) and likha (wrote, masculine singular past).

- Agent Marker 'ne': The postposition ne is unique to Urdu. It marks the agent (the one performing the action) of a transitive verb in perfect tenses (past, present perfect, future perfect). It also causes the verb to agree in gender and number with the object of the sentence, not the agent. In "un ke hāthon ne likhā," the action of "writing" (likhā) is done by "their hands" (un ke hāthon).

Here is the translation and word-for-word breakdown to help you learn Urdu:

English Translation:

"And (remember) when We saved you from Pharaoh's people, who were afflicting you with a grievous torment, slaughtering your sons and sparing your women. And in that was a tremendous trial from your Lord."

Urdu Translation:

اور جب ہم نے تمہیں فرعون کی قوم سے نجات دی جو تمہیں بدترین عذاب دیتے تھے، تمہارے بیٹوں کو ذبح کرتے تھے اور تمہاری عورتوں کو زندہ رہنے دیتے تھے۔ اور اس میں تمہارے رب کی طرف سے ایک بڑا امتحان تھا۔

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English):

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word:

1. اور (aur) - And

- Explanation: This is a conjunction, meaning "and." It connects phrases or clauses.

2. جب (jab) - When

- Explanation: This adverb introduces a temporal clause, indicating "at the time that."

3. ہم (hum) - We

- Explanation: This is the first-person plural pronoun, meaning "we."

4. نے (nay) - (Agent Marker)

- Explanation: This is a postposition (like a preposition, but placed after the noun/pronoun) that marks the agent of a transitive verb in the perfect tense (past tense). It indicates that "we" (ہم) are the ones performing the action of saving. This is a key grammatical feature in Urdu and Hindi.

- Grammar Note: In Urdu, transitive verbs (verbs that take a direct object) in certain past tenses (like the perfect past) require the subject to be followed by 'ne'. The verb then agrees with the object, not the subject.

5. تمہیں (tum-hēñ) - You (plural, object)

- Explanation: This is the objective case of the plural pronoun "tum" (you). It refers to "all of you" or "you people" as the direct object of the verb.

6. فرعون (fir-oun) - Pharaoh

- Explanation: This is a proper noun, referring to the ancient Egyptian king.

7. کی (kee) - of / 's (feminine possessive)

- Explanation: This is a postposition indicating possession or relationship, similar to 'of' or the apostrophe 's' in English. It agrees in gender and number with the possessed noun. Here, it agrees with "قوم" (qaum - people/nation), which is a feminine noun.

8. قوم (qaum) - People Nation Folk

- Explanation: This is a feminine noun, meaning a group of people, a nation, or a community. So, "فرعون کی قوم" means "Pharaoh's people."

9. سے (say) - From / By

- Explanation: This is a postposition indicating origin, separation, or the agent of an action. Here, it means "from."

10. نجات (ni-jaat) - Salvation / Deliverance / Rescue

- Explanation: This is a feminine noun. In Urdu, "نجات دینا" (nijaat day-naa) is a common compound verb meaning "to give salvation/deliverance" or "to save/rescue."

11. دی (dee) - Gave

- Explanation: This is the feminine singular past tense form of the verb "دینا" (day-naa - to give). Since "نجات" (salvation) is a feminine noun, the verb "دینا" (to give) agrees with it, resulting in "دی". "ہم نے تمہیں نجات دی" literally means "We gave you salvation/rescue," which translates to "We saved you."

12. جو (jo) - Who / Which

- Explanation: This is a relative pronoun, referring back to "فرعون کی قوم" (Pharaoh's people). It introduces a descriptive clause.

13. تمہیں (tum-hēñ) - You (plural, object)

- Explanation: Same as before; the plural objective pronoun for "you."

14. بدترین (bad-ta-reen) - Worst / Most evil / Grievous

- Explanation: This is an adjective in its superlative form. "بد" (bad - bad) combined with the suffix "ترین" (tareen - most/extreme) creates "worst."

15. عذاب (a-zaab) - Torment Punishment Affliction

- Explanation: This is a masculine noun.

16. دیتے (day-tay) - Used to give / Were giving

- Explanation: This is the masculine plural imperfective participle form of "دینا" (day-naa - to give). It signifies a continuous or habitual action in the past. It agrees with the implied masculine plural subject ("they," referring to Pharaoh's people).

17. تھے (thay) - Were

- Explanation: This is the masculine plural past tense auxiliary verb. When combined with "دیتے" (day-tay), "دیتے تھے" forms the imperfect past tense, meaning "they used to give" or "they were imposing/inflicting." So, "تمہیں بدترین عذاب دیتے تھے" means "who used to inflict upon you the worst torment."

18. تمہارے (tum-haa-ray) - Your (plural, masculine possessive)

- Explanation: This is the possessive pronoun for "you all," agreeing in gender and number with the possessed noun. Here, it's masculine plural, agreeing with "بیٹوں" (bay-ṭoñ - sons).

19. بیٹوں (bay-ṭoñ) - Sons / Male children (oblique plural)

- Explanation: This is the oblique plural form of "بیٹا" (bay-ṭaa - son). The oblique case is used when a noun is followed by a postposition, such as "کو" (ko) in this instance.

20. کو (ko) - To / (Object Marker)

- Explanation: This is a postposition that marks the direct object of a verb, particularly when the object is definite or a person.

21. ذبح (zabh) - Slaughter / Slaying

- Explanation: This is a masculine noun. "ذبح کرنا" (zabh kar-naa - to slaughter) is a common compound verb.

22. کرتے (kar-tay) - Used to do / Were doing

- Explanation: This is the masculine plural imperfective participle form of "کرنا" (kar-naa - to do). It indicates a continuous or habitual past action.

23. تھے (thay) - Were

- Explanation: Same as before. "ذبح کرتے تھے" means "they used to slaughter" or "they were slaughtering." So, "تمہارے بیٹوں کو ذبح کرتے تھے" means "they were slaughtering your sons."

24. اور (aur) - And

- Explanation: Same as before.

25. تمہاری (tum-haa-ree) - Your (plural, feminine possessive)

- Explanation: This is the possessive pronoun for "you all," agreeing in gender and number with the possessed noun. Here, it's feminine plural, agreeing with "عورتوں" (aur-toñ - women).

26. عورتوں (aur-toñ) - Women / Females (oblique plural)

- Explanation: This is the oblique plural form of "عورت" (aurat - woman). It is in the oblique case because of the following postposition "کو" (ko).

27. کو (ko) - To / (Object Marker)

- Explanation: Same as before.

28. زندہ (zin-dah) - Alive / Living

- Explanation: This is an adjective, meaning "alive."

29. رہنے (rah-nay) - To remain / To live (oblique infinitive)

- Explanation: This is the oblique infinitive form of the verb "رہنا" (rah-naa - to remain, to live). It is used here in a causative-like construction with "دیتے تھے." The phrase "زندہ رہنے دیتے تھے" means "they used to let (them) live" or "they were sparing the lives of."

30. دیتے (day-tay) - Used to give / Were giving

- Explanation: Same as before.

31. تھے (thay) - Were

- Explanation: Same as before. Together, "زندہ رہنے دیتے تھے" means "they used to let live" or "they were sparing the lives of." So, "اور تمہاری عورتوں کو زندہ رہنے دیتے تھے" means "and they were letting your women live."

32. اور (aur) - And

- Explanation: Same as before.

33. اس (us) - That / This (oblique demonstrative)

- Explanation: This is the oblique form of the demonstrative pronoun "وہ" (voh - that) or "یہ" (yeh - this). It is used here because it is followed by the postposition "میں" (meñ). It refers to the aforementioned events or situation.

34. میں (meñ) - In

- Explanation: This is a postposition indicating location or inclusion, meaning "in" or "within." So, "اس میں" means "in that" or "in this."

35. تمہارے (tum-haa-ray) - Your (plural, masculine possessive)

- Explanation: Same as before, agreeing with "رب" (rab - Lord), which is masculine.

36. رب (rab) - Lord / Cherisher

- Explanation: This is a masculine noun, often used to refer to God.

37. کی (kee) - of / 's (feminine possessive)

- Explanation: Same as before. Here it connects "رب" (Lord) to "طرف" (taraf - side/direction), which is a feminine noun.

38. طرف (taraf) - Side Direction Part

- Explanation: This is a feminine noun. "کی طرف سے" (kee taraf say) is a common compound postposition meaning "from the side of" or "from."

39. سے (say) - From / By

- Explanation: Same as before. So, "تمہارے رب کی طرف سے" means "from your Lord."

40. ایک (ek) - One / A

- Explanation: This is a numeral meaning "one," but it also functions as an indefinite article, meaning "a" or "an."

41. بڑا (ba-ṛaa) - Big Great Tremendous

- Explanation: This is a masculine singular adjective, agreeing with "امتحان" (im-ti-haan - test/trial), which is masculine singular.

42. امتحان (im-ti-haan) - Test Trial Examination / Affliction

- Explanation: This is a masculine noun.

43. تھا (thaa) - Was

- Explanation: This is the masculine singular past tense auxiliary verb. "ایک بڑا امتحان تھا" means "there was a great trial."

Here is the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence for learning Urdu:

English Translation:

And seek help through patience and prayer. And indeed, it is a great/difficult task except for the submissive ones.

Urdu Translation:

اور صبر اور نماز سے مدد حاصل کرو۔ اور بے شک یہ ایک بھاری کام ہے سوائے عاجزی کرنے والوں کے۔

(Aur sabr aur namāz se madad hāsil karo. Aur beshak yeh ek bhārī kām hai siwāye ājizī karne wālon ke.)

Word-for-Word Breakdown:

Here's a detailed explanation of each Urdu word, its pronunciation, and its English meaning.

1. اور (Aur)

- Pronunciation: Awr

- Meaning: And

- Explanation: This is a conjunction used to connect words, phrases, or clauses.

2. صبر (Sabr)

- Pronunciation: Sabr

- Meaning: Patience

- Explanation: This noun refers to the quality of being patient or enduring. It's a direct borrowing from Arabic.

3. اور (Aur)

- Pronunciation: Awr

- Meaning: And

- Explanation: Another instance of the conjunction "and."

4. نماز (Namāz)

- Pronunciation: Na-māz

- Meaning: Prayer (specifically the ritualistic prayer in Islam)

- Explanation: This noun refers to the formal prayer performed by Muslims. It's a Persian loanword widely used in Urdu.

5. سے (Se)

- Pronunciation: Say

- Meaning: From, through, by, with

- Explanation: This is a versatile Urdu postposition (similar to a preposition in English but placed after the noun). Here, it indicates the means or instrument, translating to "through" or "with."

6. مدد (Madad)

- Pronunciation: Ma-dad

- Meaning: Help, assistance

- Explanation: This noun refers to support or aid. It's also an Arabic loanword.

7. حاصل کرو (Hāsil karo)

- Pronunciation: Haa-sil ka-ro

- Meaning: Obtain, get, achieve (imperative form)

- Explanation: This is a compound verb derived from حاصل کرنا (hāsil karnā), meaning "to obtain" or "to achieve."

- حاصل (hāsil) - obtained, achieved (from Arabic)

- کرو (karo) - do (imperative plural or respectful singular form of کرنا - karnā, "to do").

- Grammar Note: The imperative form "karo" is used to give a command or make a request to more than one person, or to one person respectfully. So, "madad hāsil karo" means "obtain help" or "seek help."

8. ۔ (Punctuation)

- Meaning: Period/Full stop

- Explanation: This marks the end of a sentence, just like a period in English.

9. اور (Aur)

- Pronunciation: Awr

- Meaning: And

- Explanation: Connecting the two parts of the sentence.

10. بے شک (Beshak)

- Pronunciation: Bay-shak

- Meaning: Indeed, certainly, without a doubt

- Explanation: This phrase emphasizes certainty. It's composed of بے (be - without) and شک (shak - doubt).

11. یہ (Yeh)

- Pronunciation: Yeh

- Meaning: This, it

- Explanation: A demonstrative pronoun that can refer to "this" or "it," depending on the context. Here, it refers to the act of seeking help through patience and prayer.

12. ایک (Ek)

- Pronunciation: Ayk

- Meaning: One, a/an

- Explanation: The indefinite article "a" or "an," or the numeral "one."

13. بھاری (Bhārī)

- Pronunciation: Bhā-ree

- Meaning: Heavy, difficult, burdensome

- Explanation: This adjective describes something as weighty, arduous, or challenging. It directly translates the sense of "kabīratun" (great/difficult) in the Arabic context. The 'bh' sound is an aspirated 'b'.

14. کام (Kām)

- Pronunciation: Kaam

- Meaning: Work, task, affair

- Explanation: This noun refers to a job, duty, or an undertaking. Using "kaam" with "bhārī" makes "bhārī kaam" mean "a difficult task."

15. ہے (Hai)

- Pronunciation: Hay

- Meaning: Is

- Explanation: The third-person singular form of the verb "to be" in the present tense.

16. سوائے (Siwāye)

- Pronunciation: Si-wā-ye

- Meaning: Except, other than

- Explanation: This word functions like a conjunction or preposition, indicating exclusion. It's often followed by کے (ke).

17. عاجزی (Ājizī)

- Pronunciation: Aa-ji-zee

- Meaning: Humility, submission, meekness

- Explanation: This noun refers to the quality of being humble or submissive. It's a Persianized form of an Arabic root.

18. کرنے (Karne)

- Pronunciation: Kar-nay

- Meaning: Doing, making

- Explanation: This is an oblique infinitive or participle form of کرنا (karnā), "to do." It often combines with other nouns or adjectives to form agentive phrases.

19. والوں (Wālon)

- Pronunciation: Waa-lon

- Meaning: Ones, people

- Explanation: This is the oblique plural form of والا (wālā), which functions as a suffix to indicate "one who does/possesses/is related to something."

- Grammar Note: When کرنے (karne) and والوں (wālon) are combined (کرنے والوں - karne wālon), it means "those who do." So, عاجزی کرنے والوں (ājizī karne wālon) literally translates to "those who do humility" or more naturally, "the humble/submissive ones." The plural form والوں (wālon) is used because it refers to multiple people.

20. کے (Ke)

- Pronunciation: Kay

- Meaning: Of, for

- Explanation: This is an oblique postposition, similar to "se." Here, it combines with "siwāye" to mean "except for" and shows possession or relationship for "the humble ones."

Here's the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence, designed to help an English student learn Urdu:

English Translation:

And when they meet those who believe, they say, "We believe," but when they are alone with each other, they say, "Will you tell them what Allah has revealed to you, so that they may argue with you about it before your Lord? Do you not then understand?"

Urdu Translation:

اور جب وہ ان لوگوں سے ملتے ہیں جو ایمان لائے، تو کہتے ہیں کہ ہم ایمان لائے، اور جب وہ ایک دوسرے کے ساتھ تنہا ہوتے ہیں، تو کہتے ہیں کہ کیا تم انہیں وہ باتیں بتاتے ہو جو اللہ نے تم پر ظاہر کی ہیں تاکہ وہ تمہارے رب کے سامنے انہی کے ذریعے تم سے جھگڑا کریں؟ کیا تم پھر بھی عقل نہیں کرتے؟

Word-by-Word Breakdown and Pronunciation Guide:

1. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Explanation: This is a common conjunction in Urdu, just like "and" in English.

2. جب (jab)

- Meaning: When

- Explanation: Used to introduce a subordinate clause indicating time.

3. وہ (woh)

- Meaning: They He She / It (plural, or singular distant)

- Explanation: In this context, it refers to a group of people ("they").

4. ان (un)

- Meaning: Those

- Explanation: Used before a plural noun to indicate "those."

5. لوگوں (logon)

- Meaning: People

- Explanation: This is the oblique plural form of لوگ (log, meaning "people"). It's used when followed by a postposition like سے (se).

- Grammar Note: Urdu nouns change form (oblique case) when followed by postpositions (which are like prepositions but come after the noun).

6. سے (se)

- Meaning: With / From / By

- Explanation: Here, it indicates association, like "meet with."

7. ملتے (milte)

- Meaning: Meet (plural masculine present tense)

- Explanation: This is the present participle form of the verb ملنا (milna, "to meet"). Combined with ہیں (hain), it forms the present indefinite tense.

8. ہیں (hain)

- Meaning: Are

- Explanation: The plural auxiliary verb for the present tense, used with ملتے (milte).

9. جو (jo)

- Meaning: Who Which That

- Explanation: A relative pronoun, connecting "people" to their action of believing.

10. ایمان (imaan)

- Meaning: Faith / Belief

- Explanation: A noun borrowed from Arabic, meaning religious faith or conviction.

11. لائے، (laaye)

- Meaning: (Have) brought / Believed

- Explanation: This is the plural masculine past tense of the verb لانا (laana, "to bring"). When combined with ایمان (imaan), ایمان لانا (imaan laana) means "to bring faith" or simply "to believe."

12. تو (to)

- Meaning: Then / So

- Explanation: Often used to introduce the consequence of a "when" (جب - jab) clause.

13. کہتے (kehte)

- Meaning: Say (plural masculine present tense)

- Explanation: Present participle of کہنا (kehna, "to say").

14. ہیں (hain)

- Meaning: Are

- Explanation: Plural auxiliary verb.

15. کہ (keh)

- Meaning: That

- Explanation: A conjunction, often used to introduce reported speech or a subordinate clause.

16. ہم (hum)

- Meaning: We

- Explanation: First-person plural pronoun.

17. ایمان (imaan)

- Meaning: Faith / Belief

- Explanation: Same as above.

18. لائے، (laaye)

- Meaning: (Have) brought / Believed

- Explanation: Same as above. Here, "we have believed."

19. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Explanation: Another conjunction.

20. جب (jab)

- Meaning: When

- Explanation: Introduces another time clause.

21. وہ (woh)

- Meaning: They

- Explanation: Refers to the same group of people.

22. ایک (ek)

- Meaning: One / Each

- Explanation: Used here as part of the phrase "each other."

23. دوسرے (doosre)

- Meaning: Other

- Explanation: Used here with ایک (ek) and کے ساتھ (ke saath) to form "with each other."

24. کے ساتھ (ke saath)

- Meaning: With

- Explanation: A postpositional phrase meaning "along with" or "together with."

25. تنہا (tanha)

- Meaning: Alone / Privately

- Explanation: An adjective describing the state of being alone.

26. ہوتے (hote)

- Meaning: Are / Happen to be (plural masculine present tense)

- Explanation: Present participle of ہونا (hona, "to be/happen"). تنہا ہونا (tanha hona) means "to be alone."

27. ہیں، (hain)

- Meaning: Are

- Explanation: Plural auxiliary verb.

28. تو (to)

- Meaning: Then

- Explanation: Connects the "when" clause to the main action.

29. کہتے (kehte)

- Meaning: Say (plural masculine present tense)

- Explanation: Same as above.

30. ہیں (hain)

- Meaning: Are

- Explanation: Plural auxiliary verb.

31. کہ (keh)

- Meaning: That

- Explanation: Introduces reported speech.

32. کیا (kya)

- Meaning: What? / (Interrogative particle)

- Explanation: When placed at the beginning of a sentence, it turns it into a 'yes/no' question. Here, "Will you...?"

33. تم (tum)

- Meaning: You (informal plural, or singular respectful)

- Explanation: Second-person pronoun.

34. انہیں (unhein)

- Meaning: Them

- Explanation: Oblique plural pronoun for "them," used when followed by an implied postposition or when acting as an indirect object.

35. وہ (woh)

- Meaning: Those / That

- Explanation: Refers to "those matters" or "those things."

36. باتیں (baatein)

Meaning: Matters / Things / Talks

- Explanation: This is the plural form of بات (baat, "talk/matter/thing"). Since it's plural and feminine, subsequent verbs/adjectives related to it will also take feminine plural forms.

37. بتاتے (bataate)

- Meaning: Tell (plural masculine present tense)

- Explanation: Present participle of بتانا (bataana, "to tell"). This is masculine, likely because it agrees with the male speakers.

38. ہو (ho)

- Meaning: Are

- Explanation: The auxiliary verb for the pronoun تم (tum). تم بتاتے ہو (tum bataate ho) means "you tell."

39. جو (jo)

- Meaning: Which / That

- Explanation: Relative pronoun.

40. اللہ (Allah)

- Meaning: God

- Explanation: The Arabic word for God, commonly used in Urdu.

41. نے (ne)

- Meaning: (Agent marker)

- Explanation: This postposition marks the subject of a transitive verb in perfect tenses (e.g., past indefinite, past perfect). It indicates that "Allah" is the doer of the action.

- Grammar Note: This is a crucial aspect of Urdu grammar. The verb then agrees with the object, not the subject.

42. تم (tum)

- Meaning: You

- Explanation: Second-person pronoun.

43. پر (par)

- Meaning: On / Upon

- Explanation: Indicates something being revealed "upon" someone.

44. ظاہر (zaahir)

- Meaning: Revealed Manifested Clear

- Explanation: An adjective (originally Arabic) meaning "apparent" or "manifest." Here, it's used with کرنا (karna) to mean "to reveal."

45. کی (ki)

- Meaning: Did / Made (feminine plural past tense)

- Explanation: This is the feminine plural form of the verb کرنا (karna, "to do/make"). It agrees with باتیں (baatein, "matters/things") because نے (ne) shifts verb agreement to the object. ظاہر کرنا (zaahir karna) means "to reveal/make manifest."

46. ہیں (hain)

- Meaning: Are

- Explanation: Auxiliary verb, completing the present perfect tense "have revealed." (ظاہر کی ہیں - zaahir ki hain).

47. تاکہ (taakeh)

- Meaning: So that / In order that

- Explanation: A conjunction introducing a purpose clause.

48. وہ (woh)

- Meaning: They

- Explanation: Refers to the believers mentioned earlier.

49. تمہارے (tumhaare)

- Meaning: Your (informal plural possessive)

- Explanation: Possessive adjective for تم (tum). It's in the oblique form because it precedes رب (Rabb) and is part of the phrase تمہارے رب کے سامنے (tumhaare Rabb ke saamne).

50. رب (Rabb)

- Meaning: Lord

- Explanation: An Arabic word for Lord or Cherisher, commonly used in Urdu for God.

51. کے سامنے (ke saamne)

- Meaning: In front of / Before

- Explanation: A postpositional phrase indicating position or presence.

52. انہی (unhi)

- Meaning: Those very ones / Them (emphatic)

- Explanation: An emphatic form of ان (un, "those"), meaning "by those very things/means."

53. کے ذریعے (ke zariye)

- Meaning: Through / By means of

- Explanation: A postpositional phrase indicating the means by which something is done.

54. تم (tum)

- Meaning: You

- Explanation: Second-person pronoun.

55. سے (se)

- Meaning: From / With

- Explanation: Here, it indicates with whom the argument will take place, "argue with you."

56. جھگڑا (jhagra)

- Meaning: Argument / Dispute

- Explanation: A noun meaning a quarrel or conflict.

57. کریں؟ (karein?)

- Meaning: May do / May make (plural subjunctive)

- Explanation: This is the plural subjunctive form of کرنا (karna, "to do/make"). Combined with جھگڑا (jhagra), جھگڑا کرنا (jhagra karna) means "to argue/dispute." The subjunctive mood expresses possibility or purpose, aligning with "so that they may argue." The question mark indicates it's part of the indirect question.

58. کیا (kya)

- Meaning: (Interrogative particle)

- Explanation: Initiates the final question, "Do you...?"

59. تم (tum)

- Meaning: You

- Explanation: Second-person pronoun.

60. پھر (phir)

- Meaning: Then / Again

- Explanation: Used for sequencing or continuation.

61. بھی (bhi)

- Meaning: Also Even Too

- Explanation: When combined with پھر (phir), پھر بھی (phir bhi) means "even then" or "still."

62. عقل (aql)

- Meaning: Reason / Understanding / Intellect

- Explanation: A noun (from Arabic) referring to the faculty of reason.

63. نہیں (nahin)

- Meaning: Not

- Explanation: The standard Urdu negative particle.

64. کرتے؟ (karte?)

- Meaning: Do? (plural masculine present tense)

- Explanation: Present participle of کرنا (karna, "to do"). عقل کرنا (aql karna) means "to use reason" or "to understand." The question mark completes the interrogative sentence.

Here's the translation and breakdown of the sentence, designed for an English student learning Urdu:

English Translation

Indeed, those who disbelieved – it is all the same for them whether you warn them or do not warn them – they will not believe.

Urdu Translation

بیشک جن لوگوں نے کفر کیا، ان کے لیے برابر ہے کہ آپ انہیں ڈرائیں یا نہ ڈرائیں، وہ ایمان نہیں لائیں گے۔

Urdu Word-for-Word Explanation and Pronunciation Guide

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word:

1. بیشک - Beshak

- Meaning: Indeed; Certainly; Without doubt.

- Explanation: This word emphasizes the truth or certainty of the statement that follows.

2. جن - Jin

- Meaning: Those (who).

- Explanation: This is a relative pronoun, referring to a group of people, and is in its oblique form because it's followed by a noun and a postposition.

3. لوگوں نے - Logon ne

- Meaning: People (who).

- Explanation:

- لوگوں (logon) is the oblique plural form of لوگ (log), meaning "people." When a noun is followed by a postposition (like 'ne', 'ko', 'mein'), it often takes an oblique form.

- نے (ne) is a postposition. It indicates the agent (the doer) of a transitive verb in the perfective aspect (e.g., past simple, present perfect). In this phrase, "جن لوگوں نے کفر کیا" (jin logon ne kufr kiya), 'ne' marks 'those people' as the ones who performed the action of disbelief.

4. کفر - Kufr

- Meaning: Disbelief; Infidelity.

- Explanation: This noun refers to the act of rejecting faith or truth.

5. کیا - Kiya

- Meaning: Did.

- Explanation: This is the past tense form of the verb کرنا (karna), meaning "to do." When combined with کفر (kufr), کفر کیا (kufr kiya) means "disbelieved" or "committed disbelief."

6. ، - (Comma)

7. ان کے لیے - Un ke liye

- Meaning: For them.

- Explanation:

- ان (un) is the oblique plural pronoun for "they" or "those."

- کے (ke) is a genitive postposition, similar to "of" or "for" in this context, showing a relationship.

- لیے (liye) means "for." So, ان کے لیے (un ke liye) means "for them."

8. برابر ہے - Baraabar hai

- Meaning: It is equal; It is the same.

- Explanation:

- برابر (baraabar) means "equal," "even," or "the same."

- ہے (hai) means "is" (the present tense of "to be").

9. کہ - Ke

- Meaning: That (conjunction).

- Explanation: This word acts as a conjunction, introducing a dependent clause, similar to "that" in English.

10. آپ - Aap

- Meaning: You (formal/respectful).

- Explanation: In Urdu, آپ (aap) is used for addressing someone respectfully, even if it's a single person. It takes plural verb forms.

11. انہیں - Inhain

- Meaning: Them (direct object).

- Explanation: This is the oblique plural pronoun for "them," used as the direct object of the verb that follows.

12. ڈرائیں - Daraayain

- Meaning: Warn; Frighten.

- Explanation: This is the subjunctive/optative form of the verb ڈرانا (daraana), meaning "to warn" or "to frighten." This form is used in conditional clauses or when expressing a possibility, wish, or request, often following کہ (ke) or یا (ya).

13. یا - Ya

- Meaning: Or.

- Explanation: A simple conjunction meaning "or."

14. نہ - Nah

- Meaning: Not.

- Explanation: This is a negative particle used directly before a verb to negate it, especially in conditional, imperative, or subjunctive clauses.

15. ڈرائیں - Daraayain

- Meaning: Warn; Frighten.

- Explanation: Same as above, completing the "whether you warn them or not warn them" structure.

16. ، - (Comma)

17. وہ - Woh

- Meaning: They.

- Explanation: This is the pronoun for "they."

18. ایمان - Eemaan

- Meaning: Faith; Belief.

- Explanation: This noun refers to belief or faith.

19. نہیں - Nahin

- Meaning: Not.

- Explanation: This is the standard negative particle for general statements and verbs in the present and future tenses.

20. لائیں گے - Laayain ge

- Meaning: Will bring.

- Explanation:

- لانا (laana) is the infinitive verb "to bring."

- لائیں گے (laayain ge) is the future tense, masculine plural (or respectful singular) form.

- The phrase ایمان لانا (eemaan laana) is an idiomatic expression in Urdu, meaning "to believe" or "to accept faith." So, ایمان نہیں لائیں گے (eemaan nahin laayain ge) means "they will not believe."

Here's the translation and breakdown to help you learn Urdu:

English Translation:

And those who disbelieved and denied Our signs - those are the companions of the Fire; they will abide eternally therein.

Urdu Translation:

اور (Aur) جن (jin) لوگوں (logon) نے (nay) کفر (kufr) کیا (kiya) اور (aur) ہماری (hamaari) آیات (aayaat) کو (ko) جھٹلایا (jhutlaayaa)، یہی (yehi) لوگ (log) جہنم (jahannum) والے (waalay) ہیں (hain)، وہ (woh) اس (uss) میں (mein) ہمیشہ (hamesha) رہیں (rahenge) گے۔

Urdu Word-by-Word Breakdown & Learning

1. اور (Aur)

- Meaning: And

- Explanation: This is a conjunction, similar to "and" in English, used to connect words, phrases, or clauses.

- Grammar Tip: It always precedes the word or phrase it connects.

2. جن (jin)

- Meaning: Those Whom Who

- Explanation: This is a relative pronoun. In this context, it refers to "those people" who performed the actions. It connects the description of the people to their eventual fate.

3. لوگوں (logon)

- Meaning: People (plural, oblique case)

- Explanation: The singular is "لوگ" (log - people). "لوگوں" is the plural form used when it's followed by a postposition like "نے" (nay) or "کو" (ko), or when it's in an oblique case (e.g., "of the people").

- Grammar Tip: Urdu uses postpositions (like prepositions in English, but they come after the noun). The noun often changes form (oblique case) before a postposition.

4. نے (nay)

- Meaning: (Agent marker)

- Explanation: This is a postposition that marks the agent (the one who performs the action) of a transitive verb in perfect tenses (past simple, past perfect, etc.). It doesn't have a direct English equivalent but indicates "by" or "who" in terms of action.

- Grammar Tip: "نے" is crucial for understanding sentence structure in Urdu. It often indicates that the verb's action was completed in the past by the preceding noun/pronoun.

5. کفر (kufr)

- Meaning: Disbelief / Denying the truth

- Explanation: This word comes from Arabic and refers to the act of not believing in God or His messages.

6. کیا (kiya)

- Meaning: Did (from کرنا - karna, to do)

- Explanation: This is the past tense form of the verb "کرنا" (karna - to do). Here, "کفر کیا" means "committed disbelief" or "disbelieved."

- Grammar Tip: Many verbs in Urdu are formed by combining a noun with "کرنا" (karna) to create a verbal phrase (e.g., "کام کرنا" - to work, "پڑھائی کرنا" - to study).

7. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Explanation: Another instance of the conjunction "and."

8. ہماری (hamaari)

- Meaning: Our (feminine)

- Explanation: This is the possessive pronoun for "we/us." It's "ہماری" (hamaari) because the possessed noun "آیات" (aayaat - signs) is grammatically feminine in Urdu. If it were masculine, it would be "ہمارا" (hamaara).

- Grammar Tip: Urdu adjectives and possessive pronouns often agree in gender and number with the noun they modify.

9. آیات (aayaat)

- Meaning: Signs / Verses (of a holy book)

- Explanation: This is the plural of "آیت" (aayat - a sign or a verse). In an Islamic context, it specifically refers to the verses of the Quran.

10. کو (ko)

- Meaning: (Object marker)

- Explanation: This is a postposition that marks the direct object of a verb. It's similar to the English "to" or just indicating the direct object, especially if the object is definite or animate.

- Grammar Tip: Often used with transitive verbs.

11. جھٹلایا (jhutlaayaa)

- Meaning: Denied / Rejected as false

- Explanation: This is the past tense form of the verb "جھٹلانا" (jhutlaana - to deny, to falsify). It implies asserting something as untrue.

12. یہی (yehi)

- Meaning: These very ones / It is these

- Explanation: An emphatic demonstrative pronoun, emphasizing "these" or "these very people." It adds a sense of certainty.

- Grammar Tip: Formed by adding "ہی" (hee - emphasis) to "یہ" (yeh - this).

13. لوگ (log)

- Meaning: People (plural, nominative case)

- Explanation: Here, it's in the nominative case because it's the subject of the clause "یہی لوگ جہنم والے ہیں" (These people are the dwellers of Hell).

14. جہنم (jahannum)

- Meaning: Hell / Gehenna

- Explanation: An Islamic term for the abode of punishment for sinners. Another common word for it is "دوزخ" (dozakh).

15. والے (waalay)

- Meaning: Dwellers of People of Belonging to

- Explanation: This suffix "-والے" (waalay) indicates possession, association, or belonging. "جہنم والے" means "people of Hell" or "dwellers of Hell."

- Grammar Tip: It's masculine plural. If it were feminine, it would be "والیاں" (waaliyaan). If singular masculine, "والا" (waalaa).

16. ہیں (hain)

- Meaning: Are (plural form of "to be")

- Explanation: This is the present tense plural form of the verb "ہونا" (hona - to be).

- Grammar Tip: Urdu verbs change based on the subject's number and, sometimes, gender.

17. وہ (woh)

- Meaning: They (or He/She/It - depending on context)

- Explanation: This is a third-person plural pronoun (or singular if referring to a distant or respectful person/thing). Here, it clearly refers to "those people."

18. اس (uss)

- Meaning: That / It (oblique form)

- Explanation: This is the oblique form of "وہ" (woh - that/it) when it's followed by a postposition. Here, it refers to "جہنم" (jahannum - Hell).

- Grammar Tip: Similar to "لوگوں" and "جن", "اس" is used when the pronoun is governed by a postposition.

19. میں (mein)

- Meaning: In

- Explanation: This is a common postposition indicating location or inclusion.

20. ہمیشہ (hamesha)

- Meaning: Always Forever Eternally

- Explanation: An adverb indicating continuous or unending duration.

21. رہیں (rahenge)

- Meaning: Will remain Will live Will stay

- Explanation: This is the future tense, plural, formal/respectful form of the verb "رہنا" (rehna - to remain, to live, to stay).

- Grammar Tip: The "-یں گے" ending indicates future tense for plural subjects.

Here's the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence, designed to teach Urdu to an English student:

English Translation

- Beware! Indeed, they are the ones who cause corruption, but they do not perceive.

Urdu Translation

- خبردار! (Khabardar!) یقیناً (Yaqeenan) وہی (Wahi) فساد (Fasad) پھیلانے والے (Phailane wale) ہیں، (hain,) لیکن (lekin) انہیں (unhein) احساس (ehsaas) نہیں (nahin) ہوتا۔ (hota.)

Word-by-Word Explanation (Urdu to English)

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word to understand its meaning and structure:

1. خبردار! (Khabardar!)

- Meaning: Beware! Lo! Pay attention!

- Explanation: This is an interjection, similar to saying "Look!" or "Listen!" to draw attention to what follows. It's often used to give a warning or to emphasize the importance of a statement.

2. یقیناً (Yaqeenan)

- Meaning: Indeed Certainly Verily

- Explanation: This is an adverb that adds emphasis and confirms the truthfulness of the statement. It's equivalent to "indeed" or "certainly" in English.

3. وہی (Wahi)

- Meaning: They / Those very ones (emphatic)

- Explanation: This word is formed by combining وہ (woh - they/those) with the emphatic particle ہی (hi). The particle ہی adds emphasis, making it mean "they themselves," "those very ones," or "it is they who..." It highlights the subject.

4. فساد (Fasad)

- Meaning: Mischief Corruption Disorder / Turmoil

- Explanation: This is a noun referring to actions or a state that causes harm, disorder, or moral decay.

5. پھیلانے والے (Phailane wale)

- Meaning: Spreaders / Those who cause (literally, "those who spread")

- Explanation: This is a fascinating example of how Urdu forms agent nouns.

- The root verb is پھیلانا (phailana - to spread).

- To form the agent noun (the one who does the action), you use the infinitive form (پھیلانے) and add والا (wala - for masculine singular) or والے (wale - for masculine plural) or والی (wali - for feminine singular/plural).

- So, پھیلانے والے literally means "the ones who spread." In this context, it implies "those who cause" corruption.

6. ہیں، (hain,)

- Meaning: Are

- Explanation: This is the plural present tense form of the verb "to be" in Urdu. It agrees with وہی (they) and پھیلانے والے (the spreaders).

7. لیکن (lekin)

- Meaning: But / However

- Explanation: This is a common conjunction used to introduce a contrasting or opposing idea, similar to "but" in English.

8. انہیں (unhein)

- Meaning: They (indirect object) / To them / Them

- Explanation: انہیں is the oblique or indirect object form of وہ (woh - they). In Urdu, when you say "they don't perceive," the "they" often takes this indirect object form, especially with verbs related to feeling, knowing, or needing. It implies "to them" or "by them."

9. احساس (ehsaas)

- Meaning: Realization / Feeling Perception Awareness

- Explanation: This is a noun referring to the act or state of being aware or feeling something. It's a key word for understanding consciousness or awareness.

10. نہیں (nahin)

- Meaning: Not / No

- Explanation: This is the general negative particle used to negate verbs or adjectives in Urdu.

11. ہوتا۔ (hota.)

- Meaning: Happens / Is Occurs (masculine singular, habitualcontinuous form)

- Explanation: ہوتا is the habitual or continuous form of the verb ہونا (hona - to be/to happen). When combined with احساس نہیں, احساس نہیں ہوتا means "realization does not happen" or "they do not realize" as a general or continuous state. It's often used to describe something that habitually does not occur or is not present.

Here's the translation and breakdown for your English student learning Urdu:

English Translation:

And you certainly knew those among you who transgressed concerning the Sabbath. So We said to them, "Be apes, despised!"

Urdu Translation:

اور تم (tum) ان (un) لوگوں (logon) کو (ko) خوب (khoob) جانتے (jaantay) ہو (ho) جنہوں (jinhon) نے (nay) تم (tum) میں (mein) سے (say) ہفتے (haftay) کے (kay) دن (din) حد (had) سے (say) تجاوز (tajawuz) کیا (kiya) تھا (tha)، تو (to) ہم (hum) نے (nay) ان (un) سے (say) کہا (kaha) کہ (keh) تم (tum) ذلیل (zaleel) و (o) رسوا (ruswa) بندر (bandar) بن (bun) جاؤ (jao)۔

Word-for-Word Explanation and Pronunciation:

- اور (aur) - And

- This is a common conjunction used to connect words or phrases.

- تم (tum) - You (plural/informal)

- This is the second-person plural pronoun, often used informally for a single person or formally for multiple people. In this context, it refers to a group.

- ان (un) - Those / Them

- This is a demonstrative pronoun, referring to people or things at a distance.

- لوگوں (logon) - People

- This is the plural, oblique form of "لوگ" (log - people). It's used here because it's followed by the postposition "کو".

- کو (ko) - To For Marker for direct object

- This is a postposition that marks the direct object of a verb or indicates direction.

- خوب (khoob) - Well Thoroughly Certainly

- This adverb emphasizes the degree of knowing, meaning "very well" or "certainly."

- جانتے (jaantay) - Know (plural/masculine form)

- This is the present participle of the verb "جاننا" (jaanna - to know). It agrees with the plural subject "تم" (tum).

- ہو (ho) - Are

- This is the plural form of the auxiliary verb "ہونا" (hona - to be), used with "تم" (tum) to form the present tense.

- جنہوں (jinhon) - Who (plural, oblique)

- This is a relative pronoun, referring to the "لوگوں" (logon - people) and is in its oblique form because it's followed by "نے".

- نے (nay) - (Agentive marker)

- This is a postposition that marks the agent (doer) of a transitive verb in certain past tenses (like the perfective past, as seen with "کیا تھا"). It does not have a direct English equivalent.

- Grammar Note: In Urdu, when a transitive verb is in a perfective past tense (e.g., simple past, present perfect, past perfect), the subject (the doer of the action) often takes the postposition "نے". The verb then agrees with the object, not the subject.

- تم (tum) - You (plural/informal)

- Again, referring to "you" within the group.

- میں (mein) - In / Among

- This is a common postposition meaning "in" or "among."

- سے (say) - From / Of

- This postposition indicates origin or separation, here meaning "from among you."

- ہفتے (haftay) - Week / Sabbath (oblique form)

- This is the oblique form of "ہفتہ" (hafta - week), used here in the context of "ہفتے کے دن" (haftay kay din - on the day of the Sabbath).

- کے (kay) - Of / 's (possessive marker, masculine plural/oblique)

- This is a postposition indicating possession or relation. It connects "ہفتے" (haftay) and "دن" (din).

- دن (din) - Day

- This means "day." So, "ہفتے کے دن" (haftay kay din) means "on the day of the week" or specifically, "on the Sabbath day" in this religious context.

- حد (had) - Limit / Boundary

- This refers to a boundary or limit.

- سے (say) - From / By

- Here, it implies "beyond" or "from" the limit.

- تجاوز (tajawuz) - Transgression / Exceeding limits

- This noun refers to the act of going beyond boundaries or transgressing.

- کیا (kiya) - Did (masculine singular perfective past)

- This is the masculine singular perfective past form of the verb "کرنا" (karna - to do). Here, "تجاوز کیا" (tajawuz kiya) means "transgressed" or "exceeded limits."

- تھا (tha) - Was (masculine singular past auxiliary)

- This is the masculine singular past auxiliary verb, used with "کیا" (kiya) to form the past perfect tense ("had transgressed").

- تو (to) - Then / So

- This is a conjunction indicating consequence or sequence, meaning "so" or "then."

- ہم (hum) - We

- This is the first-person plural pronoun.

- نے (nay) - (Agentive marker)

- Again, the agentive marker for "ہم" (hum) as the subject of the transitive verb "کہا" (kaha) in the perfective past.

- ان (un) - Them

- Referring to the same transgressing people.

- سے (say) - To (them)

- Here, "سے" (say) is used with verbs of speaking to indicate "to someone."

- کہا (kaha) - Said (masculine singular perfective past)

- This is the masculine singular perfective past form of the verb "کہنا" (kehna - to say).

- کہ (keh) - That

- This is a conjunction introducing a subordinate clause, similar to "that" in English.

- تم (tum) - You (plural/informal)

- Here, it's the subject of the command "بن جاؤ" (bun jao).

- ذلیل (zaleel) - Despised Humiliated Ignoble

- This adjective describes someone or something contemptible or lowly.

- و (o) - And

- This is a conjunctive particle, often used to connect two similar adjectives or nouns, derived from Persian/Arabic. It functions like "and."

- رسوا (ruswa) - Disgraced / Dishonored

- This adjective means disgraced or shamed. Together, "ذلیل و رسوا" (zaleel-o-ruswa) means "despised and disgraced" or "humiliated and abject."

- بندر (bandar) - Monkey / Ape

- This is the word for monkey or ape.

- بن (bun) - Become (root of verb)

- This is the root of the verb "بننا" (banna - to become).

- جاؤ (jao) - Go (plural command form)

- This is the plural imperative (command) form of the verb "جانا" (jaana - to go). In this phrasal verb construction, "بن جاؤ" (bun jao) means "become." The combination of "بن" (bun) and "جاؤ" (jao) creates a more emphatic command to "become" or "turn into."

Urdu Lesson: Translating from Arabic

This lesson will guide you through translating an Arabic sentence into Urdu and English, providing a detailed word-for-word breakdown in English for the Urdu translation, along with pronunciation and grammar notes.

The Arabic sentence we are working with is: صُمٌّ بُكْمٌ عُمْيٌ فَهُمْ لَا يَرْجِعُونَ

English Translation

They are deaf, mute, blind, so they will not return.

Urdu Translation

وہ بہرے، گونگے، اندھے ہیں، تو وہ نہیں لوٹیں گے۔

Word-by-Word Breakdown (Urdu to English)

Let's break down the Urdu translation word by word to understand its components.

1. وہ (Woh) [pronunciation: voh]

- Meaning: They.

- Grammar Note: In Urdu, woh is a versatile pronoun. It can mean "he," "she," "it," or "they," depending on the context. Here, because the following adjectives are plural and the verb "are" is plural, woh clearly refers to "they."

2. بہرے (Behray) [pronunciation: beh-ray]

- Meaning: Deaf (plural masculine).

- Grammar Note: This is the plural form of the adjective بہرا (behra), which means "deaf." Urdu adjectives change their endings to agree with the gender and number of the noun they describe. Since the implied subject is plural and masculine, the adjective also takes its plural masculine form.

3. گونگے (Goongay) [pronunciation: goongay]

- Meaning: Mute / Dumb (plural masculine).

- Grammar Note: Similar to behray, this is the plural form of گونگا (goonga), meaning "mute" or "dumb." It also agrees with the plural masculine subject.

4. اندھے (Andhay) [pronunciation: an-dhay]

- Meaning: Blind (plural masculine).

- Grammar Note: This is the plural form of اندھا (andha), meaning "blind," following the same agreement rules for gender and number.

5. ہیں (Hain) [pronunciation: hain]

- Meaning: Are.

- Grammar Note: This is the plural present tense form of the Urdu verb "to be" (ہونا - hona). It acts as a copula, linking the subject (implied "they") with the descriptive adjectives. The Arabic sentence omits this verb, but Urdu typically includes it for clarity.

6. تو (To) [pronunciation: toh]

- Meaning: So Then Therefore.

- Grammar Note: To is a common conjunction in Urdu that introduces a consequence or result. It functions similarly to the Arabic "فَ" (fa), which connects the two parts of the sentence, indicating that the blindness, deafness, and muteness are a reason for not returning.

7. وہ (Woh) [pronunciation: voh]

- Meaning: They.

- Grammar Note: The pronoun "they" is repeated here to clearly indicate the subject of the second part of the sentence (who will not return).

8. نہیں (Nahin) [pronunciation: na-heen]

- Meaning: Not.

- Grammar Note: Nahin is the standard Urdu negation particle. It is placed immediately before the verb it negates.

9. لوٹیں گے (Lotein gay) [pronunciation: lo-tein gay]

- Meaning: Will return.

- Grammar Note: This is the future tense, plural masculine form of the verb لوٹنا (lotna), which means "to return."

- لوٹیں (Lotein): This is the root form of the verb for plural subjects in the future tense.

- گے (Gay): This is the masculine plural ending for verbs in the future tense. If the subject were feminine plural, it would be گیں (gein). If singular masculine, it would be گا (ga), and singular feminine, گی (gi).

Lesson: Understanding an Arabic Verse in Urdu

This lesson will guide you through the translation and understanding of an Arabic sentence into Urdu and English, providing a detailed word-for-word breakdown and pronunciation assistance.

English Translation

Say: Are you disputing with us concerning Allah, while He is our Lord and your Lord? Our deeds are for us, and your deeds are for you. And we are sincere to Him alone.

Urdu Translation

کہو: (kaho) کیا (kyā) تم (tum) ہم (ham) سے (se) اللہ (Allāh) کے بارے میں (ke bāre mein) جھگڑتے ہو؟ (jhagaṛte ho?) حالانکہ (ḥālāṅke) وہ (woh) ہمارا (hamārā) رب (rabb) ہے (hai) اور (aur) تمہارا (tumhārā) رب (rabb) بھی (bhī) ہے۔ (hai.) اور (aur) ہمارے (hamāre) عمل (amal) ہمارے لیے (hamāre liye) ہیں (hain) اور (aur) تمہارے (tumhāre) عمل (amal) تمہارے لیے (tumhāre liye) ہیں۔ (hain.) اور (aur) ہم (ham) اسی کے لیے (usī ke liye) مخلص (mukhliṣ) ہیں۔ (hain.)

Word-for-Word Breakdown (Urdu to English)

Here's a detailed explanation of each Urdu word in the translation:

- کہو (kaho)

- Meaning: Say!

- Grammar: This is the imperative form of the verb کہنا (kehnā - to say) for the second person singular 'you'. It is used to give a command.

- کیا (kyā)

- Meaning: (Interrogative particle)

- Grammar: In Urdu, کیا (kyā) is often placed at the beginning of a sentence to turn it into a question that expects a 'yes' or 'no' answer, similar to how "Are" or "Do" function at the beginning of an English question.

- تم (tum)

- Meaning: You

- Grammar: A second-person plural pronoun, but it can also be used for a familiar or respectful singular 'you'.

- ہم (ham)

- Meaning: We / Us

- Grammar: A first-person plural pronoun.

- سے (se)

- Meaning: From / With

- Grammar: A postposition. Here, it indicates "with" in the context of interaction or argument, hence "with us".

- اللہ (Allāh)

- Meaning: Allah / God

- Grammar: A proper noun, the Arabic word for God.

- کے بارے میں (ke bāre mein)

- Meaning: About / Concerning

- Grammar: This is a compound postpositional phrase. کے (ke) is a genitive marker (like 'of' or 's'), بارہ (bāra) means 'matter' or 'topic', and میں (mein) means 'in'. Together, it means "in the matter of" or "about".

- جھگڑتے ہو؟ (jhagaṛte ho?)

- Meaning: Are you arguing?

- Grammar: This is the present indefinite tense for the second-person plural تم. جھگڑنا (jhagaṛnā) is the infinitive verb meaning "to argue" or "to quarrel". جھگڑتے (jhagaṛte) is the masculine plural participle, and ہو (ho) is the auxiliary verb "to be" for تم.

- حالانکہ (ḥālāṅke)

- Meaning: Whereas While Although

- Grammar: A conjunction that introduces a clause indicating a contrasting or simultaneous condition.

- وہ (woh)

- Meaning: He / That

- Grammar: A third-person singular pronoun.

- ہمارا (hamārā)

- Meaning: Our

- Grammar: A possessive adjective, derived from ہم (ham - we/us). It agrees in gender and number with the noun it modifies, which is رب (rabb - Lord), a masculine singular noun.

- رب (rabb)

- Meaning: Lord / Sustainer

- Grammar: A masculine noun, directly borrowed from Arabic.

- ہے (hai)

- Meaning: Is

- Grammar: The third-person singular present form of the verb ہونا (honā - to be).

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Grammar: A coordinating conjunction.

- تمہارا (tumhārā)

- Meaning: Your

- Grammar: A possessive adjective, derived from تم (tum - you). It agrees in gender and number with رب (rabb).

- رب (rabb)

- Meaning: Lord / Sustainer

- Grammar: A masculine noun.

- بھی (bhī)

- Meaning: Also Too Even

- Grammar: An emphatic particle that adds emphasis or indicates inclusion. Here, it means "too" or "as well."

- ہے۔ (hai.)

- Meaning: Is.

- Grammar: The third-person singular present form of the verb "to be".

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Grammar: A coordinating conjunction.

- ہمارے (hamāre)

- Meaning: Our

- Grammar: A possessive adjective, derived from ہم (ham). It is in the masculine plural form to agree with عمل (amal - deeds), which is treated as masculine plural here.

- عمل (amal)

- Meaning: Deeds / Actions

- Grammar: A masculine noun, plural form. Singular is also عمل, but context (like ہمارے) indicates plurality. It comes from Arabic.

- ہمارے لیے (hamāre liye)

- Meaning: For us

- Grammar: A compound postpositional phrase. ہمارے (hamāre) is the oblique form of ہم (ham - we/us), and لیے (liye) is a postposition meaning "for".

- ہیں (hain)

- Meaning: Are

- Grammar: The third-person plural present form of the verb ہونا (honā - to be).

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Grammar: A coordinating conjunction.

- تمہارے (tumhāre)

- Meaning: Your

- Grammar: A possessive adjective, derived from تم (tum). Masculine plural to agree with عمل (amal).

- عمل (amal)

- Meaning: Deeds / Actions

- Grammar: A masculine noun, plural.

- تمہارے لیے (tumhāre liye)

- Meaning: For you

- Grammar: A compound postpositional phrase. تمہارے (tumhāre) is the oblique form of تم (tum - you), and لیے (liye) means "for".

- ہیں۔ (hain.)

- Meaning: Are.

- Grammar: The third-person plural present form of the verb "to be".

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Grammar: A coordinating conjunction.

- ہم (ham)

- Meaning: We

- Grammar: A first-person plural pronoun.

- اسی کے لیے (usī ke liye)

- Meaning: For Him alone / For Him

- Grammar: اس (us) is the oblique form of وہ (woh - he/that). The suffix -ی (-ī) in اسی (usī) adds emphasis, meaning "that very one" or "Him alone". کے لیے (ke liye) is the compound postposition "for". So, "for Him alone" or "only for Him".

- مخلص (mukhliṣ)

- Meaning: Sincere / Devoted

- Grammar: An adjective, directly borrowed from Arabic. It describes the state of being sincere or devoted. In this context, it implies devotion to Allah.

- ہیں۔ (hain.)

- Meaning: Are.

- Grammar: The third-person plural present form of the verb "to be", agreeing with ہم (ham - we).

Pronunciation Guide

To help you with the pronunciation of Urdu words, here's a general guide to the transliteration used in this lesson:

- ā: as in father (long 'a')

- ī: as in machine (long 'ee')

- ū: as in flute (long 'oo')

- e: as in bed or pay (can be short or long, depending on context)

- o: as in go

- ai: as in buy or aisle

- au: as in cow or loud

- ḥ: a strong, guttural 'h' sound (like the 'h' in Arabic hamd)

- kh: a guttural 'k' sound, similar to the 'ch' in Scottish loch

- ḍ, ṭ, ṛ: retroflex sounds, pronounced by curling the tongue back to touch the roof of the mouth, similar to sounds in Indian English.

- ṣ, ẓ, ʻ, gh: These are sounds specific to Arabic loanwords and generally follow their Arabic pronunciation. gh is a voiced guttural fricative, similar to a French 'r' or gargling sound.

Here's the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence for your Urdu learning:

English Translation

"And [recall] when We said to the angels, 'Prostrate to Adam,' so they prostrated, except Iblis; he refused and was arrogant and was among the disbelievers."

Urdu Translation

اور جب ہم نے فرشتوں سے کہا کہ آدم کو سجدہ کرو تو سب نے سجدہ کیا سوائے ابلیس کے، اس نے انکار کیا اور تکبر کیا اور وہ کافروں میں سے تھا

Word-for-Word Breakdown (Urdu to English)

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word:

- اور (aur) - And

- جب (jab) - when

- ہم (hum) - We

- نے (ne) - This is an ergative postposition in Urdu. It marks the subject of a transitive verb in certain past tenses. Here, it indicates "We" as the doer of the action "said."

- فرشتوں (farishton) - angels. This is the oblique plural form of "فرشتہ" (farishta - angel). Urdu uses oblique forms when nouns are followed by postpositions.

- سے (se) - to/from/with. Here, it means "to the angels," indicating the recipient of the speech.

- کہا (kaha) - said. This is the past tense of "کہنا" (kehna - to say).

- کہ (keh) - that. It introduces the direct speech or a subordinate clause.

- آدم (Adam) - Adam. The name of the first human prophet.

- کو (ko) - to/for. This postposition indicates the object or recipient of an action. Here, it means "to Adam" (the one to whom prostration is due).

- سجدہ (sajda) - prostration. The act of bowing down in worship.

- کرو (karo) - do. This is the imperative (command) form, addressing multiple people (or respectfully a single person). Together, "سجدہ کرو" means "prostrate."

- تو (to) - then/so. It connects the two clauses, indicating a consequence.

- سب (sab) - all/everyone.

- نے (ne) - An ergative postposition, indicating "all" as the subject who performed the prostration.

- سجدہ (sajda) - prostration.

- کیا (kiya) - did. This is the past tense of "کرنا" (karna - to do). Together, "سجدہ کیا" means "prostrated."

- سوائے (siwaye) - except/other than.

- ابلیس (Iblees) - Iblis. The Arabic name for Satan.

- کے (ke) - This postposition works with "سوائے" (siwaye) to mean "except for Iblis." In other contexts, "کے" can mean 's, of, or for.

- اس (us) - he/that (oblique form). This refers to Iblis.

- نے (ne) - An ergative postposition, indicating "he" as the subject who refused.

- انکار (inkaar) - refusal/denial.

- کیا (kiya) - did. Together, "انکار کیا" means "refused."

- اور (aur) - and.

- تکبر (takabbur) - arrogance/pride.

- کیا (kiya) - did/showed. Together, "تکبر کیا" means "showed arrogance" or "was arrogant."

- اور (aur) - and.

- وہ (woh) - he/that.

- کافروں (kafiron) - disbelievers. This is the oblique plural form of "کافر" (kafir - disbeliever).

- میں (mein) - in/among.

- سے (se) - from. "میں سے" (mein se) together means "amongst" or "from among."

- تھا (tha) - was. This is the past tense of "ہونا" (hona - to be).

Grammar Notes

- Ergative Case (نے - ne): Notice the use of نے (ne) after ہم (hum - we), سب (sab - all), and اس (us - he). In Urdu, for transitive verbs in certain past tenses (like the perfect tense, e.g., "said," "did," "refused"), the subject takes the ergative postposition نے. The verb then agrees with the object, or if there's no direct object or it's implicitly understood, it defaults to masculine singular.

- Example: میں نے کھانا کھایا (main ne khaana khaaya) - I ate food. (खाना khaana is masculine singular, so खाया khaaya is masculine singular).

- Example: ہم نے کہا (hum ne kaha) - We said. (कहा kaha is masculine singular, as there's no direct object for the verb 'to say' in this specific structure).

- Postpositions: Urdu heavily relies on postpositions (like نے, کو, سے, میں, کے) which come after the noun they modify, similar to prepositions in English. These indicate grammatical relationships (like subject, object, possession, direction, location).

- Oblique Forms: When a noun is followed by a postposition, it often takes an "oblique" form, especially in the plural. For example, "فرشتہ" (farishta - angel) becomes "فرشتوں" (farishton) when followed by "سے" (se). Similarly, "کافر" (kafir - disbeliever) becomes "کافروں" (kafiron) when followed by "میں" (mein).

Here is the translation and detailed explanation:

English Translation

And He taught Adam all the names, then He presented them to the angels and said, "Inform me of the names of these, if you are truthful."

Urdu Translation

اور (aur) اس نے (us nay) آدم (Adam) کو (ko) تمام (tamaam) اشیاء (ashyaa) کے (kay) نام (naam) سکھائے (sikhaye)، پھر (phir) انہیں (unhen) فرشتوں (farishton) کے (kay) سامنے (saamnay) پیش (pesh) کیا (kiyaa) اور (aur) فرمایا (farmaya): اگر (agar) تم (tum) سچے (sacche) ہو (ho) تو (to) مجھے (mujhe) ان (un) کے (kay) نام (naam) بتاؤ (batao)۔

Word-by-Word Explanation (Urdu to English)

This section breaks down the Urdu translation word by word, providing its pronunciation, English meaning, and relevant grammatical notes.

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Grammar: Conjunction. Connects phrases or clauses.

- اس نے (us nay)

- Meaning: He (referring to God, implied by context)

- Grammar: "اس" (us) is a demonstrative pronoun (that/he/she/it) used here as the subject. "نے" (nay) is an ergative postposition that marks the agent of a transitive verb in the past tense. It indicates that "اس" (He) performed the action.

- آدم (Adam)

- Meaning: Adam

- Grammar: Proper noun. The direct object of the verb "سکھائے" (sikhaye - taught).

- کو (ko)

- Meaning: To / for (as a direct object marker)

- Grammar: A postposition that marks the direct object, especially when it's a living being or definite. Here, it clarifies "آدم" as the recipient of the teaching.

- تمام (tamaam)

- Meaning: All / entire

- Grammar: Adjective/determiner. Modifies "اشیاء" (ashyaa).

- اشیاء (ashyaa)

- Meaning: Things / objects

- Grammar: Plural noun (singular is "شیء" shai). This refers to the concept of "names" in the Arabic original, implying the named things.

- کے (kay)

- Meaning: Of / belonging to

- Grammar: A postposition (genitive marker) indicating possession or relationship. "تمام اشیاء کے نام" means "names of all things."

- نام (naam)

- Meaning: Names

- Grammar: Plural noun (singular is also "نام" naam).

- سکھائے (sikhaye)

- Meaning: Taught

- Grammar: Past indefinite tense, masculine plural form of the verb "سکھانا" (sikhana - to teach). It agrees with "نام" (names), which is considered masculine plural here.

- پھر (phir)

- Meaning: Then / afterwards

- Grammar: Adverb of time.

- انہیں (unhen)

- Meaning: Them (referring to the named things)

- Grammar: Plural oblique pronoun. It's the direct object of "پیش کیا" (pesh kiya - presented).

- فرشتوں (farishton)

- Meaning: Angels

- Grammar: Plural noun in the oblique case (singular is "فرشتہ" farishta). Used with a postposition.

- کے سامنے (kay saamnay)

- Meaning: Before / in front of

- Grammar: Compound postposition. "کے" (kay) is the genitive marker, and "سامنے" (saamnay) means "front." Together they indicate location or presence before someone.

- پیش کیا (pesh kiya)

- Meaning: Presented

- Grammar: Compound verb formed by the noun "پیش" (pesh - presentation) and the auxiliary verb "کیا" (kiyaa - did). Past indefinite tense, masculine singular, agreeing with the implied singular action.

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Grammar: Conjunction.

- فرمایا (farmaya)

- Meaning: Said / commanded (respectful form)

- Grammar: Past indefinite tense, masculine singular of the verb "فرمانا" (farmana - to say/command). This verb is used when referring to a respectful figure, like God.

- اگر (agar)

- Meaning: If

- Grammar: Conditional conjunction. Introduces a conditional clause.

- تم (tum)

- Meaning: You (plural / informal singular)

- Grammar: Second person plural pronoun.

- سچے (sacche)

- Meaning: Truthful / honest

- Grammar: Adjective, masculine plural form (singular is "سچا" saccha). Describes "تم" (tum).

- ہو (ho)

- Meaning: Are

- Grammar: Present tense, second person plural form of the verb "ہونا" (hona - to be). "اگر تم سچے ہو" means "If you are truthful."

- تو (to)

- Meaning: Then / so

- Grammar: Conjunction used to introduce the consequence of the conditional clause. It usually follows the "اگر" (agar) clause.

- مجھے (mujhe)

- Meaning: Me (indirect object)

- Grammar: Oblique form of the first person singular pronoun "میں" (main - I). Used as an indirect object, meaning "to me."

- ان (un)

- Meaning: These / those

- Grammar: Demonstrative pronoun in the oblique case. Refers to the things whose names are to be told.

- کے (kay)

- Meaning: Of

- Grammar: Genitive postposition. "ان کے نام" means "names of these."

- نام (naam)

- Meaning: Names

- Grammar: Plural noun.

- بتاؤ (batao)

- Meaning: Tell / inform

- Grammar: Imperative verb, second person plural (or informal singular) of "بتانا" (batana - to tell). It's a command.

Ahlan wa sahlan! Welcome to your Urdu lesson. I'm here to help you understand this beautiful language using the Arabic sentence you provided as our starting point. We'll break it down piece by piece.

Full Translation

Urdu:

وہ جس نے تمہارے لیے زمین کو بستر اور آسمان کو چھت بنایا، اور آسمان سے پانی برسایا پھر اس سے تمہارے لیے پھلوں کا رزق نکالا۔ پس تم اللہ کے ساتھ شریک نہ ٹھہراؤ جبکہ تم جانتے ہو۔

English:

He who made the earth a bed for you and the sky a canopy, and sent down water from the sky, and thereby brought forth fruits as provision for you. So do not set up rivals to Allah while you know [the truth].

Word-for-Word Explanation

Let's dissect the Urdu sentence to understand each word.

1. وہ (Woh) - He / That

- This is a demonstrative pronoun. In this context, it refers to "He" (God).

2. جس نے (Jis ne) - who

- جس (Jis) - a relative pronoun meaning "who" or "which".

- نے (ne) - This is a postposition (like a preposition, but comes after the noun/pronoun) called an "agent marker." It's used after the subject of a transitive verb in certain past tenses in Urdu (e.g., "I ate" would be "Maine khaaya"). Here, "He who..." (the one who performed the action).

3. تمہارے لیے (Tumhaare liye) - for you

- تمہارے (Tumhaare) - "your" (plural or respectful singular form).

- لیے (liye) - a postposition meaning "for."

- Grammar Note: In Urdu, ke liye (for masculine/plural nouns or pronouns) or ki liye (for feminine nouns) is used to express "for." Here, tumhaare is the oblique plural form of tum (you).

4. زمین (Zameen) - earth / ground

5. کو (ko) - (object marker)

- This is a postposition that marks the direct object of a verb, similar to how "to" might function in some English phrases (but not directly translatable as "to" here). It indicates that "the earth" is the object that was "made."

6. بستر (Bistar) - bed / carpet / resting place

7. اور (Aur) - and

8. آسمان (Aasmaan) - sky / heaven

9. کو (ko) - (object marker)

- Again, marking "sky" as the object of the verb "made."

10. چھت (Chhat) - roof / canopy

11. بنایا (Banaaya) - made / created

- This is the masculine singular past tense form of the verb banana (بنانا) - to make/create.

12. اور (Aur) - and

13. آسمان (Aasmaan) - sky / heaven

14. سے (se) - from

- A postposition meaning "from," "by," or "with." Here, "from the sky."

15. پانی (Paani) - water

16. برسایا (Barsaaya) - rained down / caused to rain

- The masculine singular past tense form of the verb barsaana (برسانا) - to cause to rain, to send down rain.

17. پھر (Phir) - then afterwards so

18. اس سے (Is se) - from it / thereby

- اس (Is) - "it" (oblique form of yeh - this).

- سے (se) - "from" or "with/by." So, "from it" (referring to the water).

19. تمہارے لیے (Tumhaare liye) - for you

- (As explained in point 3)

20. پھلوں (Phalon) - fruits (plural, oblique form)

- The plural form of phal (پھل) - fruit. It's in the oblique case because of the following postposition ka.

21. کا (ka) - of (possessive marker)

- This is a postposition indicating possession or relation, similar to "of" or 's in English. It agrees in gender and number with the possessed item, not the possessor. Here, rizq (provision) is masculine singular, so ka is used.

- Grammar Note: The forms are ka (masculine singular), ke (masculine plural/oblique), ki (feminine singular/plural).

22. رزق (Rizq) - provision sustenance livelihood

23. نکالا (Nikaala) - brought forth extracted produced

- The masculine singular past tense form of the verb nikaalna (نکالنا) - to bring out, to extract, to produce.

24. پس (Pas) - so therefore then

25. تم (Tum) - you (informal plural or singular, less formal than aap)

26. اللہ (Allah) - Allah / God

27. کے ساتھ (ke saath) - with

- کے (ke) - oblique form of ka used before certain postpositions.

- ساتھ (saath) - a postposition meaning "with."

28. شریک (Shareek) - partner / associate / rival

29. نہ ٹھہراؤ (Na thehrao) - do not set up / do not make

- نہ (Na) - a particle used to negate imperative (command) verbs.

- ٹھہراؤ (thehrao) - the imperative (command) form for "you" (tum) of the verb thehraana (ٹھہرانا) - to cause to stand, to set up, to make. So, "do not set up."

30. جبکہ (Jabke) - while / whereas

31. تم (Tum) - you (as explained in point 25)

32. جانتے (Jaante) - know

- This is the masculine plural participle form of the verb jaanna (جاننا) - to know. It functions with ho to form the present continuous tense or a statement of fact.

33. ہو (Ho) - are

- The verb "to be" for tum (you).

- Grammar Note: In Urdu, the verb "to be" (hona) changes forms based on the subject pronoun:

- میں ہوں (Main houn) - I am

- تم ہو (Tum ho) - You are (informal)

- آپ ہیں (Aap hain) - You are (formal)

- وہ ہے (Woh hai) - He/She/It is

- ہم ہیں (Hum hain) - We are

- وہ ہیں (Woh hain) - They are

Keep practicing these words and their pronunciations. You're doing great!

Here is the translation and Urdu lesson for the provided Arabic sentence:

English Translation:

And when it is said to them, "Follow what Allah has sent down," they say, "No, rather we will follow what we found our forefathers upon." What? Even if their forefathers understood nothing and were not guided?

Urdu Translation:

اور جب ان سے کہا جاتا ہے کہ اللہ نے جو کچھ نازل کیا ہے اس کی پیروی کرو، تو وہ کہتے ہیں: نہیں، بلکہ ہم تو اسی کی پیروی کریں گے جس پر ہم نے اپنے آباؤ اجداد کو پایا۔ کیا؟ اگرچہ ان کے آباؤ اجداد کچھ بھی نہ سمجھتے ہوں اور ہدایت پر بھی نہ ہوں؟

Word-for-Word Explanation and Pronunciation:

- اور (aur) - And

Explanation: This is a common conjunction in Urdu, used to connect words, phrases, or clauses, meaning "and".

- جب (jab) - When

Explanation: An adverb that introduces a temporal clause, meaning "when".

- ان (un) - Them

Explanation: This is a plural pronoun, used here in the objective case, referring to a group of people.

- سے (se) - To/From/By

Explanation: A versatile postposition in Urdu. In this context, combined with a passive verb, it translates to "to them" or "by them," indicating the recipient of the action of saying.

- کہا جاتا ہے (kahaa jaata hai) - It is said

Explanation: This is a common construction for the passive voice in the present indefinite tense. It's formed from the verb kehna (to say). Kahaa is the masculine singular past participle, and jaata hai (literally "goes/is gone") serves as the auxiliary verb for the passive voice.

Grammar Note: Urdu frequently forms the passive voice by using the past participle of the main verb followed by a form of the auxiliary verb jaana (to go), which here means 'to be done/said'.

- کہ (ke) - That

Explanation: A conjunction used to introduce a subordinate clause, often a direct or indirect quotation or a statement.

- اللہ (Allah) - Allah (God)

Explanation: The Arabic word for God, widely used in Urdu.

- نے (ne) - (Agent Marker)

Explanation: This is a unique postposition in Urdu that marks the agent (the doer of the action) of a transitive verb (a verb that takes a direct object) when it is in a perfect tense (like past indefinite, present perfect, past perfect). It doesn't have a direct English equivalent but is essential for correct sentence structure.

- جو (jo) - What/Which

Explanation: A relative pronoun, which can mean "who," "which," or "what" depending on context. Here, it refers to "that which" or "what."

- کچھ (kuchh) - Anything/Some

Explanation: When used with jo (jo kuchh), it means "whatever" or "all that."

- نازل کیا ہے (naazil kiyaa hai) - Has sent down

Explanation: This is the present perfect tense of the verb naazil karna (to send down, to reveal). Naazil is an Arabic root meaning 'descend' or 'reveal', and kiyaa hai means 'has done'.

Grammar Note: Many verbs in Urdu are formed by combining an adjective or noun (often of Arabic or Persian origin) with the verb karna (to do).

- اس (us) - It/That

Explanation: A demonstrative pronoun, here functioning as a placeholder referring back to "what Allah has sent down."

- کی (ki) - Of

Explanation: A genitive postposition, indicating possession or relationship. Here, it means "of that" or "its."

- پیروی (pairvi) - Following/Adherence

Explanation: A noun meaning "following," "emulation," or "adherence."

- کرو (karo) - Do/Follow

Explanation: This is the imperative (command) form of the verb karna (to do). When combined with pairvi (pairvi karna), it means "to follow."

- تو (to) - Then/So

Explanation: A conjunction often used to connect a conditional clause (like the "when..." clause introduced by jab) to its main clause, meaning "then" or "so."

- وہ (woh) - They

Explanation: A plural pronoun, referring to the people mentioned earlier.

- کہتے ہیں (kehte hain) - They say

Explanation: The present indefinite tense, masculine plural, of the verb kehna (to say). Kehte is the habitual/imperfect participle form, and hain is the plural form of "to be" ("are").

- نہیں (nahin) - No

Explanation: A common negation word used to express disagreement or denial.

- بلکہ (bal-ke) - Rather/But

Explanation: A conjunction used to introduce a contrast, a stronger alternative, or a correction.

- ہم (hum) - We

Explanation: A plural pronoun.

- تو (to) - (Emphatic Particle)

Explanation: An emphatic particle that adds stress or certainty to the preceding word or phrase. It can be translated as "indeed," "certainly," or "only."

- اسی (isi) - That very one/It (emphatic)

Explanation: An emphatic form of us (that/it), used here to emphasize "that very thing" or "that exact way."

- کی (ki) - Of

Explanation: A genitive postposition, meaning "of."

- پیروی (pairvi) - Following/Adherence

Explanation: (As above) A noun meaning "following," "emulation," or "adherence."

- کریں گے (karein ge) - Will do/Will follow

Explanation: The future indefinite tense, masculine plural, of the verb karna (to do). Combined with pairvi (pairvi karna), it means "will follow."

- جس (jis) - Which/Whom

Explanation: A relative pronoun, referring to "the thing/way which."

- پر (par) - On/Upon

Explanation: A postposition indicating location or a state of being "on" or "upon" something.

- ہم (hum) - We

Explanation: A plural pronoun.

- نے (ne) - (Agent Marker)

Explanation: (As above) A postposition that marks the agent of a transitive verb in perfect tenses.

- اپنے (apne) - Our own

Explanation: A reflexive possessive adjective that refers back to the subject (hum - we), indicating "our own."

- آباؤ اجداد (aaba'o ajdaad) - Forefathers/Ancestors

Explanation: A compound noun commonly used in Urdu to refer to "ancestors" or "forefathers." It is formed from Aabaa (fathers) and Ajdaad (grandfathers/ancestors).

- کو (ko) - (Object Marker)

Explanation: A postposition that marks the direct or indirect object of a verb. Here, it marks 'forefathers' as the object of 'found'.

- پایا (paayaa) - Found

Explanation: The simple past tense, masculine singular, of the verb paana (to find).

- کیا؟ (kya?) - What? / (Interrogative Particle)

Explanation: An interrogative particle used to begin a question. In this context, it expresses surprise or challenges the preceding statement, implying "Is it true?" or "What then?".

- اگرچہ (agarche) - Even if/Although

Explanation: A conjunction used to introduce a concession or a conditional clause.

- ان (un) - Their

Explanation: A plural pronoun, used here with ke to form the possessive "their."

- کے (ke) - Of

Explanation: A genitive postposition. When used with un (un ke), it forms the possessive "their."

- آباؤ اجداد (aaba'o ajdaad) - Forefathers/Ancestors

Explanation: (As above) A compound noun for "ancestors" or "forefathers."

- کچھ (kuchh) - Anything

Explanation: In this negative construction (kuchh bhi na...), it strengthens the negation to mean "anything at all" or "nothing at all."

- بھی (bhi) - Even/Also

Explanation: An emphatic particle that adds stress, meaning "even" or "also." When used with kuchh na, it reinforces the negation to "not even anything."

- نہ (na) - Not

Explanation: A negation particle, primarily used with verbs.

- سمجھتے ہوں (samajhte hon) - May understand/reason

Explanation: This is the conditional/subjunctive form of the verb samajhna (to understand, to reason). Samajhte is the imperfect participle, and hon is the plural subjunctive form of hona (to be). It expresses a hypothetical or conditional situation ("even if they do not understand/reason").

Grammar Note: The subjunctive mood is crucial for expressing possibilities, desires, conditions, or uncertainties in Urdu.

- اور (aur) - And

Explanation: A common conjunction meaning "and."

- ہدایت (hidaayat) - Guidance

Explanation: A noun of Arabic origin meaning "guidance" or "right path."

- پر (par) - On/Upon

Explanation: A postposition indicating being "on" or "upon" something. Here, it is used idiomatically to mean "on the path of guidance" or "in a state of being guided."

- بھی (bhi) - Even/Also

Explanation: An emphatic particle, "even" or "also," emphasizing that they were not guided either.

- نہ (na) - Not

Explanation: A negation particle.

- ہوں؟ (hon?) - May be?

Explanation: The plural subjunctive form of hona (to be), completing the conditional question.

Here is the translation and breakdown of the sentence, designed to help an English speaker learn Urdu.

English Translation

That was a nation that has passed. For them is what they earned, and for you is what you earned. And you will not be questioned about what they used to do.

Urdu Translation with Pronunciation and Word-for-Word Explanation

وہ (woh) ایک (ek) امت (ummat) تھی (thi) جو (jo) گزر (guzar) چکی (chuki) ہے۔ (hai.) ان (un) کے (ke) لیے (liye) وہ (woh) ہے (hai) جو (jo) انہوں (unhoñ) نے (ne) کمایا (kamaya) اور (aur) تمہارے (tumhaare) لیے (liye) وہ (woh) ہے (hai) جو (jo) تم (tum) نے (ne) کمایا (kamaya)۔ اور (aur) تم (tum) سے (se) اس (us) کے (ke) بارے (baare) میں (meiñ) نہیں (nahīñ) پوچھا (pucha) جائے (jaaye) گا (ga) جو (jo) وہ (woh) کرتے (karte) تھے (the)۔

Word-by-Word Breakdown

- وہ (woh)

- Meaning: That It They

- Explanation: This is a versatile pronoun in Urdu. Here, it functions as a demonstrative pronoun, referring to "that" nation.

- ایک (ek)

- Meaning: One A An

- Explanation: This is the indefinite article, similar to "a" or "an" in English.

- امت (ummat)

- Meaning: Nation Community Generation

- Explanation: This word is derived directly from Arabic and means a collective group of people or a generation. It is a feminine noun in Urdu.

- تھی (thi)

- Meaning: Was

- Explanation: This is the feminine singular past tense form of the verb "to be" (ہونا - hona). It matches "امت" (ummat) which is feminine.

- جو (jo)

- Meaning: Who Which That

- Explanation: This is a relative pronoun, connecting the "nation" to the subsequent description of its passing.

- گزر (guzar)

- Meaning: Pass / Go by

- Explanation: This is the root of the verb "گزرنا" (guzarna - to pass).

- چکی ہے (chuki hai)

- Meaning: Has passed / Is gone

- Explanation: This forms the present perfect tense in Urdu.

- چکی (chuki) is the feminine past participle of "چکنا" (chukna), an auxiliary verb meaning "to be done" or "to be completed."

- ہے (hai) means "is," the present tense form of "to be."

- Grammar Note: The construction "verb stem + چکا/چکی/چکے + ہے/ہوں/ہیں" creates the present perfect tense, indicating an action completed in the past with a bearing on the present (e.g., "وہ کھا چکا ہے" - He has eaten).

- ان (un)

- Meaning: Them / Those

- Explanation: This is the oblique plural form of "وہ" (woh - that/they). Here, it refers to the people of "that nation."

- کے لیے (ke liye)

- Meaning: For

- Explanation: This is a postpositional phrase meaning "for."

- کے (ke) is a genitive marker (like 's or of) often used with plural pronouns or when showing respect.

- لیے (liye) means "for."

- وہ (woh)

- Meaning: That / It

- Explanation: Here, it refers to "that which" or "what."

- ہے (hai)

- Meaning: Is

- Explanation: Present tense of "to be."

- جو (jo)

- Meaning: What / That which

- Explanation: Another relative pronoun, introducing what the nation earned.

- انہوں نے (unhoñ ne)

- Meaning: They (ergative)

- Explanation:

- انہوں (unhoñ) is the oblique plural form of "وہ" (woh - they).

- نے (ne) is the ergative marker.

- Grammar Note: In Urdu, the ergative marker نے (ne) is used with the subject of a transitive verb (a verb that takes a direct object) in certain past tenses (simple past, present perfect, past perfect). It indicates that the subject is the agent performing the action.

- کمایا (kamaya)

- Meaning: Earned

- Explanation: This is the masculine singular past tense form of the verb "کمانا" (kamaana - to earn).

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Explanation: A common conjunction.

- تمہارے (tumhaare)

- Meaning: Your (plural/formal)

- Explanation: A possessive pronoun, derived from "تم" (tum - you). It can be used for a group of people or respectfully for a single person.

- لیے (liye)

- Meaning: For

- Explanation: As explained above.

- وہ (woh)

- Meaning: That / It

- Explanation: Referring to "that which" or "what."

- ہے (hai)

- Meaning: Is

- Explanation: Present tense of "to be."

- جو (jo)

- Meaning: What / That which

- Explanation: Relative pronoun.

- تم (tum)

- Meaning: You (plural/informal)

- Explanation: The second-person plural pronoun.

- نے (ne)

- Meaning: (Ergative marker)

- Explanation: As explained above, used with "تم" when it's the subject of a transitive verb in the past tense.

- کمایا (kamaya)

- Meaning: Earned

- Explanation: Past tense of "کمانا" (kamaana).

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Explanation: Conjunction.

- تم (tum)

- Meaning: You (plural/informal)

- Explanation: Second person plural pronoun.

- سے (se)

- Meaning: From / By

- Explanation: A postposition here indicating the agent of a passive verb. When something is "asked of you" or "questioned by you."

- اس کے بارے میں (us ke baare meiñ)

- Meaning: About that / About it / Regarding it

- Explanation:

- اس (us) is the oblique singular form of "وہ" (woh - that/it).

- کے بارے میں (ke baare meiñ) is a compound postposition meaning "about" or "regarding."

- نہیں (nahīñ)

- Meaning: Not

- Explanation: The negation particle.

- پوچھا جائے گا (pucha jaaye ga)

- Meaning: Will be asked / Will be questioned

- Explanation: This is the future passive voice.

- پوچھا (pucha) is the masculine past participle of "پوچھنا" (poochhna - to ask).

- جائے گا (jaaye ga) is the masculine future tense form of the auxiliary verb "جانا" (jaana - to go), used here to construct the passive voice.

- Grammar Note: Passive voice in Urdu is typically formed by combining the past participle of the main verb with an appropriate form of "جانا" (jaana) as an auxiliary verb. For example, "کیا گیا" (kiya gaya - was done), "لکھا جائے گا" (likha jaaye ga - will be written).

- جو (jo)

- Meaning: What / That which

- Explanation: Relative pronoun.

- وہ (woh)

- Meaning: They

- Explanation: Refers to the people of the previous nation.

- کرتے تھے (karte the)

- Meaning: Used to do / Were doing

- Explanation: This forms the past continuous or habitual past tense.

- کرتے (karte) is the masculine plural imperfect participle of "کرنا" (karna - to do).

- تھے (the) is the masculine plural past tense form of "to be."

- Grammar Note: The construction "verb stem + تا/تی/تے + تھا/تھی/تھے" forms the habitual past or past continuous tense, indicating actions that happened repeatedly or were ongoing in the past (e.g., "وہ کھاتا تھا" - He used to eat / He was eating).

Here's a detailed Urdu translation and explanation of the Arabic sentence for an English student:

English Translation:

And when you said, 'O Moses, we will never believe you until we see Allah openly (or clearly).' Then the thunderbolt seized you while you were watching.

Urdu Translation:

اور (aur) جب (jab) تم (tum) نے (ne) کہا (kaha), ' اے (ay) موسیٰ (moosa), ہم (hum) تم (tum) پر (par) ہرگز (hargiz) ایمان (eemaan) نہیں (nahin) لائیں گے (laayenge) جب (jab) تک (tak) ہم (hum) اللہ (Allah) کو (ko) کھلے عام (khulay aam) نہ (nah) دیکھ (dekh) لیں (lein).' تو (to) تمہیں (tumhen) صاعقہ (saa'iqa) نے (ne) آ پکڑا (aa pakra) جبکہ (jabkay) تم (tum) دیکھ (dekh) رہے (rahay) تھے (thay).

Word-by-Word Explanation:

Let's break down each Urdu word to help you understand its meaning and role in the sentence.

1. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Grammar: This is a conjunction, used to connect words, phrases, or clauses. It functions exactly like "and" in English.

2. جب (jab)

- Meaning: When

- Grammar: This is an adverb of time. It introduces a temporal (time-related) clause, indicating when an action took place.

3. تم (tum)

- Meaning: You (plural or informal singular)

- Grammar: This is a second-person pronoun. In Urdu, "tum" is used to address multiple people, or informally a single person. For respectful singular address, the pronoun "aap" is used.

4. نے (ne)

- Meaning: (Agent marker for past transitive verbs)

- Grammar: This is a unique postposition in Urdu (and some other Indo-Aryan languages). It marks the agent (the doer of the action) of a transitive verb (a verb that takes a direct object) when the verb is in a past tense. When "ne" is used, the verb usually agrees with the direct object in gender and number, not the subject. Here, "tum ne kaha" means "you said".

5. کہا (kaha)

- Meaning: Said

- Grammar: This is the past tense, masculine singular form of the verb کہنا (kehna - to say).

6. اے (ay)

- Meaning: O / Oh

- Grammar: This is an interjection or vocative particle. It's used to address someone directly, similar to "O" in older English.

7. موسیٰ (moosa)

- Meaning: Moses

- Grammar: This is a proper noun, referring to the Prophet Moses.

8. ہم (hum)

- Meaning: We

- Grammar: This is a first-person plural pronoun.

9. تم (tum)

- Meaning: You

- Grammar: Here, "tum" is again a second-person pronoun, but in this part of the sentence, it functions as the object of the verb "believe".

10. پر (par)

- Meaning: On upon to

- Grammar: This is a postposition. In the context of "imaan lana" (to believe), "par" is used to indicate "believe in" or "believe upon" someone/something. So, "tum par" means "in you" or "upon you".

11. ہرگز (hargiz)

- Meaning: Never / absolutely not

- Grammar: This is an adverb of negation. It intensifies the negative meaning of the sentence and typically precedes the negative particle.

12. ایمان (eemaan)

- Meaning: Faith / belief

- Grammar: This is a masculine noun. In Urdu, "faith" is often expressed as a compound verb: "ایمان لانا" (eemaan laana), which literally means "to bring faith" but translates to "to believe".

13. نہیں (nahin)

- Meaning: Not

- Grammar: This is the most common negative particle in Urdu, used to negate verbs in most tenses.

14. لائیں گے (laayenge)

- Meaning: Will bring (plural/formal)

- Grammar: This is the future tense, first-person plural form of the verb لانا (laana - to bring). Combined with "ایمان" (eemaan), it forms "ایمان لائیں گے" (eemaan laayenge - we will believe). The "ge" ending indicates future tense and agreement with "ہم" (hum - we).

15. جب (jab)

- Meaning: When

- Grammar: Another adverb of time, used here in conjunction with "تک" (tak).

16. تک (tak)

- Meaning: Until / till

- Grammar: This is a postposition. Used with "جب" (jab) to form the phrase "جب تک" (jab tak - until / as long as).

17. ہم (hum)

- Meaning: We

- Grammar: Another first-person plural pronoun.

18. اللہ (Allah)

- Meaning: Allah (God)

- Grammar: This is a proper noun, the name for God in Islam.

19. کو (ko)

- Meaning: To / (object marker)

- Grammar: This is a postposition. In Urdu, "کو" (ko) marks the direct object of a verb, especially when the object is animate (a living being) or definite (specific). Here, "اللہ کو" (Allah ko) marks Allah as the object of "seeing".

20. کھلے عام (khulay aam)

- Meaning: Openly / publicly / clearly

- Grammar: This is an adverbial phrase. "کھلے" (khulay) means 'open' and "عام" (aam) means 'common' or 'public'. Together, they convey the sense of doing something in the open, clearly, or publicly.

21. نہ (nah)

- Meaning: Not

- Grammar: This is another negative particle in Urdu. It is often used with subjunctive or imperative verbs, or to express a condition, particularly in dependent clauses like those introduced by "جب تک... نہ" (jab tak... nah - until... not). It functions similarly to "نہیں" (nahin) but is preferred in such constructions.

22. دیکھ (dekh)

- Meaning: See / look

- Grammar: This is the root form (or stem) of the verb دیکھنا (dekhna - to see). It's used here as part of a compound verb.

23. لیں (lein)

- Meaning: (Auxiliary verb)

- Grammar: This is an auxiliary verb, specifically the subjunctive/optative plural form of لینا (lena - to take). When combined with another verb stem (like "دیکھ" dekh), it forms a compound verb such as "دیکھ لیں" (dekh lein), which implies completeness, resolve, or a polite request. Here, it adds the nuance of "to make sure to see" or "to actually see". The "ein" ending makes it plural and respectful, agreeing with "ہم" (hum - we).

24. تو (to)

- Meaning: Then / so

- Grammar: This is a conjunction or adverb. It's frequently used in Urdu to introduce the consequent clause (the result) after a conditional or temporal clause (e.g., after "جب... تو" jab... to - "when... then").

25. تمہیں (tumhen)

- Meaning: To you / you (object)

- Grammar: This is the oblique form of "تم" (tum - you), often functioning as a dative or accusative pronoun. It includes the meaning of "کو" (ko - to/object marker) implicitly, signifying that "you" are the indirect or direct object of the action.

26. صاعقہ (saa'iqa)

- Meaning: Thunderbolt / lightning

- Grammar: This is a feminine noun, directly borrowed from Arabic. It refers specifically to a destructive bolt of lightning.

27. نے (ne)

- Meaning: (Agent marker for past transitive verbs)

- Grammar: Again, the postposition "نے" (ne) marks "صاعقہ" (saa'iqa) as the agent (the thing that seized) of the past transitive compound verb "آ پکڑا" (aa pakra).

28. آ پکڑا (aa pakra)

- Meaning: Seized / caught

- Grammar: This is a compound verb. It's formed from آ جانا (aa jaana - to come) and پکڑنا (pakadna - to catch/seize). The prefix "آ" (aa) often implies a sudden or complete action. "پکڑا" (pakra) is the past tense, masculine singular form. The entire phrase means "came and seized" or simply "seized".

29. جبکہ (jabkay)

- Meaning: While / whereas

- Grammar: This is a conjunction. It introduces a clause that indicates a simultaneous action or a contrast.

30. تم (tum)

- Meaning: You

- Grammar: Another second-person pronoun.

31. دیکھ (dekh)

- Meaning: Seeing / looking

- Grammar: The root form of the verb دیکھنا (dekhna - to see). Used here as part of a continuous tense construction.

32. رہے (rahay)

- Meaning: Were (auxiliary verb)

- Grammar: This is an auxiliary verb, specifically the masculine plural form of رہنا (rehna - to stay/remain). It is used with a verb stem (like "دیکھ" dekh) and a form of "تھا/تھی/تھے/تھیں" (tha/thi/the/thin - past tense of 'to be') to form the past continuous tense. "رہے" (rahay) agrees with "تم" (tum - you) in number and gender (here, plural and implicitly masculine in this context).

33. تھے (thay)

- Meaning: Were

- Grammar: This is the past tense, masculine plural form of ہونا (hona - to be). Together, "دیکھ رہے تھے" (dekh rahe the) means "were seeing" or "were watching," forming the past continuous tense.

Here is the translation and detailed breakdown for your English student learning Urdu:

English Translation

"Those to whom We gave the Book recognize him just as they recognize their own sons. But indeed, a party of them conceal the truth while they know it."

Urdu Translation

جن کو ہم نے کتاب دی، وہ اسے ایسے پہچانتے ہیں جیسے اپنے بیٹوں کو پہچانتے ہیں۔ اور بے شک ان میں سے ایک گروہ حق کو چھپاتا ہے حالانکہ وہ جانتے ہیں۔

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English)

Let's break down the Urdu translation word by word to help you understand its structure and meaning.

- جن (jin) – those whom / to whom

- This word acts as a relative pronoun, referring to a group of people. In this context, it translates to "those to whom."

- کو (ko) – to

- This is a postposition in Urdu that indicates the indirect object or direction, similar to "to" or "for" in English. Here, it signifies "to whom."

- ہم (hum) – We

- This is the first-person plural pronoun, "We." In religious texts, "We" often refers to God.

- نے (ne) – (agent marker)

- This is a crucial postposition in Urdu, often referred to as an "agentive marker." It indicates the subject of a transitive verb in certain tenses (like the past indefinite or perfect). Here, "ہم نے" means "by us" or "we (as the doer of the action)."

- کتاب (kitaab) – Book

- This noun refers to "the Book," often interpreted as divine scripture.

- دی (dee) – gave

- This is the feminine singular past tense form of the verb "دینا" (denaa), meaning "to give." It agrees with "کتاب" (Book), which is feminine.

- Grammar Note: In Urdu, the verb's gender and number often agree with the object if the subject is marked with "نے". Since "کتاب" is feminine, the verb "دی" is also feminine.

- وہ (voh) – they / those

- This is the third-person plural pronoun, "they," referring back to "جن" (those to whom).

- اسے (usē) – him / it

- This is a pronoun used for "him" or "it" (direct object). It refers to the subject being recognized (e.g., a prophet or a message). The "ے" at the end indicates it's the object.

- ایسے (aisē) – in such a way / just as

- This adverb means "like this," "in such a way," or "just as," linking the recognition to the following comparison.

- پہچانتے (pehchaantē) – recognize

- This is the plural masculine form of the present indefinite verb "پہچاننا" (pehchaannaa), meaning "to recognize" or "to identify." It agrees with "وہ" (they).

- ہیں (hain) – are

- This is the plural form of the present tense auxiliary verb "to be," indicating that the action of recognizing is happening now or habitually.

- جیسے (jaisē) – just as / like

- This conjunction means "just as" or "like," introducing a comparison.

- اپنے (apnē) – their own / their

- This reflexive possessive pronoun refers back to the subject ("وہ" - they), meaning "their own."

- بیٹوں (bēṭon) – sons

- This is the plural, oblique form of "بیٹا" (bēṭaa), meaning "son." The "وں" ending is for plural nouns in the oblique case, used when followed by a postposition or when acting as an object in certain structures.

- کو (ko) – (object marker)

- Here, "کو" is used as an object marker, indicating that "بیٹوں" (sons) is the direct object of the verb "پہچانتے" (recognize).

- پہچانتے (pehchaantē) – recognize

- (Same as above)

- ہیں (hain) – are

- (Same as above)

- Grammar Note: The repetition of "پہچانتے ہیں" emphasizes the comparison: "they recognize him just as they recognize their sons (they recognize)."

- اور (aur) – and

- This conjunction connects the two parts of the sentence.

- بے شک (bē shak) – indeed / verily

- This emphatic phrase means "without doubt" or "indeed."

- ان (un) – them

- This is the oblique plural pronoun, "them."

- میں سے (mēn sē) – among / from

- This compound postposition means "among" or "from within." So, "ان میں سے" means "among them."

- ایک (ēk) – a / one

- This is the indefinite article "a" or the number "one."

- گروہ (guroh) – group / party

- This noun means "group" or "party."

- حق (haq) – truth

- This noun means "the truth" or "the right."

- کو (ko) – (object marker)

- Here, "کو" marks "حق" (truth) as the direct object of the verb "چھپاتا ہے."

- چھپاتا (chupaataa) – conceals

- This is the masculine singular form of the present indefinite verb "چھپانا" (chupaanaa), meaning "to conceal" or "to hide." It agrees with "گروہ" (group), which is treated as singular masculine.

- ہے (hai) – is

- This is the singular form of the present tense auxiliary verb "to be."

- حالانکہ (haalaankē) – while / although

- This conjunction means "whereas," "while," or "although," introducing a contrasting clause.

- وہ (voh) – they

- This refers to the members of the "گروہ" (group).

- جانتے (jaantē) – know

- This is the plural masculine form of the present indefinite verb "جاننا" (jaannaa), meaning "to know." It agrees with "وہ" (they).

- ہیں (hain) – are

- (Same as above)

Here is the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence, designed to teach Urdu to an English student:

Original Arabic Sentence for Reference:

هُوَ الَّذِي خَلَقَ لَكُم مَّا فِي الْأَرْضِ جَمِيعًا ثُمَّ اسْتَوَىٰ إِلَى السَّمَاءِ فَسَوَّاهُنَّ سَبْعَ سَمَاوَاتٍ ۚ وَهُوَ بِكُلِّ شَيْءٍ عَلِيمٌ

English Translation:

He it is Who created for you all that is in the earth. Then He directed Himself to the heaven, and fashioned them into seven heavens. And He is All-Knowing of every thing.

Urdu Translation:

وہی ہے جس نے تمہارے لیے وہ سب کچھ بنایا جو زمین میں ہے، پھر وہ آسمان کی طرف متوجہ ہوا تو انہیں سات آسمان بنا دیا۔ اور وہ ہر چیز کا جاننے والا ہے۔

Word-for-Word Explanation and Pronunciation (Urdu to English):

Let's break down the Urdu translation word by word to understand its components.

- وہی (Wahi) - He it is / Only He

- This is an emphatic pronoun. It combines 'وہ' (woh - he/that) with 'ہی' (hi - indeed/only), making the subject strongly emphasized: "He, and no other."

- ہے (Hai) - is

- This is the present tense form of the verb "to be" for a singular third person.

- جس نے (Jis ne) - Who

- 'جس' (jis) is a relative pronoun meaning "who" or "which."

- 'نے' (ne) is a postposition (similar to a preposition but comes after the noun/pronoun). It marks the agent of a transitive verb in the past tense. In Urdu grammar, when a transitive verb is in the past tense, the subject takes 'نے'. This is a key grammatical rule to remember!

- تمہارے لیے (Tumhare liye) - for you (plural)

- 'تمہارے' (tumhare) - the oblique (possessive/dative) form of "you" (plural or respectful singular).

- 'لیے' (liye) - a postposition meaning "for" or "on behalf of."

- وہ سب کچھ (Woh sab kuch) - all that

- 'وہ' (woh) - that.

- 'سب' (sab) - all/everything.

- 'کچھ' (kuch) - something. Together, 'سب کچھ' means "everything" or "all."

- بنایا (Banaya) - created / made

- This is the masculine singular past tense form of the verb 'بنانا' (banana), which means "to make" or "to create."

- جو (Jo) - which / that

- Another relative pronoun, linking 'وہ سب کچھ' to what follows.

- زمین (Zameen) - earth / land

- This is a feminine noun for "earth" or "ground."

- میں (Mein) - in

- A common postposition indicating location ("in" or "inside").

- پھر (Phir) - Then

- An adverb used to indicate sequence in time ("after that").

- وہ (Woh) - He

- The third-person singular pronoun ("he," "she," "it," or "that").

- آسمان (Aasman) - heaven / sky

- This is a masculine noun for "sky" or "heaven."

- کی طرف (Ki taraf) - towards

- A compound postposition. 'کی' (ki) is a feminine possessive marker (like "of"), and 'طرف' (taraf) means "direction" or "side." So literally, "in the direction of."

- متوجہ ہوا (Mutawajjeh hua) - directed Himself / turned (towards)

- This is a compound verb. 'متوجہ' (mutawajjeh) is an adjective meaning "attentive" or "turned (towards)." 'ہوا' (hua) is the masculine singular past tense of 'ہونا' (hona) - "to be" or "to happen/become." Together, it means "He became attentive" or "He turned (His attention)."

- تو (To) - so / then

- A conjunction indicating a consequence or a subsequent action.

- انہیں (Unhein) - them

- The oblique plural pronoun for the third person.

- سات (Saat) - seven

- A cardinal number.

- آسمان (Aasman) - heavens / skies

- Although 'آسمان' (aasman) is singular, when combined with a number like 'سات' (seven), it implicitly functions as a plural here, referring to seven distinct heavens.

- بنا دیا (Bana diya) - fashioned / made

- This is another compound verb, often called an "intensive compound verb." 'بنا' (bana) is the root of 'بنانا' (banana) - "to make." 'دیا' (diya) is the past tense of 'دینا' (dena) - "to give." In this construction, 'دینا' (dena) intensifies the action, implying completion or doing something for the benefit of someone/something, like "made completely" or "fashioned and established."

- اور (Aur) - And

- A common conjunction meaning "and."

- ہر (Har) - every

- An adjective meaning "each" or "every."

- چیز (Cheez) - thing

- A feminine noun meaning "thing."

- کا (Ka) - of / possessive marker

- A masculine singular possessive postposition (like 's in English). It links 'ہر چیز' (every thing) to 'جاننے والا' (knower).

- جاننے والا (Jaan'ne wala) - Knower / All-Knowing

- This phrase forms an agent noun. 'جاننے' (jaan'ne) comes from the verb 'جاننا' (jaanna) - "to know." 'والا' (wala) is a suffix that turns a verb into an agent noun, meaning "one who does" or "the doer of." So, "one who knows."

- ہے۔ (Hai) - is.

- The present tense "to be" for a singular third person, completing the sentence.

Here's your Urdu translation and explanation, designed to help an English student understand the language:

English Translation

"Say, 'Whoever is an enemy to Gabriel – then indeed, he has sent it down upon your heart by permission of Allah, confirming what was before it and as guidance and good tidings for the believers.'"

Urdu Translation

کہہ دو، جو کوئی جبرائیل کا دشمن ہے تو یقیناً اس نے اسے تمہارے دل پر اللہ کے حکم سے نازل کیا ہے، تصدیق کرنے والا ہے اس کی جو اس سے پہلے (نازل ہوا) اور ایمان والوں کے لیے ہدایت اور خوشخبری ہے۔

Word-for-Word Breakdown and Pronunciation Guide

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word:

1. کہہ (keh)

- Meaning: Say (imperative form)

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "keh" (as in "sketch" without the "stch")

- Explanation: This is the imperative form of the verb کہنا (kehna), meaning "to say" or "to tell."

2. دو (do)

- Meaning: Give (as an auxiliary verb here, it softens the command or completes the imperative form)

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "doh" (as in "dough")

- Explanation: In Urdu, often an imperative verb like 'کہہ' (keh) is followed by 'دو' (do) to form a more complete and natural-sounding command, like "Say (it)." It's not literally "give" here, but rather a grammatical particle.

3. جو (jo)

- Meaning: Whoever / Who

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "joh" (as in "Joe")

- Explanation: This is a relative pronoun, introducing a clause about a person or thing.

4. کوئی (koi)

- Meaning: Any / Someone / A

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "koyee" (as in "boy" with an "ee" at the end)

- Explanation: When combined with 'جو' (jo), 'جو کوئی' (jo koi) means "whoever" or "anyone who."

5. جبرائیل (Jibraeel)

- Meaning: Gabriel (the Angel Jibreel)

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "jib-ra-eel" (emphasis on 'ra-eel')

- Explanation: This is the Urdu transliteration of the proper noun, referring to the Archangel Gabriel.

6. کا (ka)

- Meaning: Of / 's (possessive particle for masculine singular nouns)

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "kaa" (as in "car" without the "r")

- Explanation: This is a postposition indicating possession or relationship. It changes based on the gender and number of the possessed noun. Here, 'دشمن' (dushman - enemy) is treated as masculine singular. If the possessed item was feminine, it would be 'کی' (ki). If plural, 'کے' (ke).

7. دشمن (dushman)

- Meaning: Enemy

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "doosh-mun"

- Explanation: This is the noun for an adversary.

8. ہے (hai)

- Meaning: Is

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "hai" (as in "hi")

- Explanation: The present tense form of the verb "to be" for singular subjects.

9. تو (toh)

- Meaning: Then / So

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "toh" (as in "toe")

- Explanation: This conjunction introduces the consequence or result of the preceding clause.

10. یقیناً (yaqeenan)

- Meaning: Indeed Certainly Verily

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "ya-qee-nun" (emphasis on 'qee')

- Explanation: An adverb emphasizing the certainty of the statement.

11. اس (us)

- Meaning: He / It (oblique form of the pronoun)

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "oos" (as in "book" but with a shorter 'oo')

- Explanation: This is the oblique form of the third-person singular pronoun. Here it refers to Gabriel. In this sentence, it's implied that Gabriel is the one who revealed it, even though the Arabic uses 'he' for God. Urdu often allows for such flexibility or implication in context, especially in translations where the original nuance might slightly shift due to grammatical structures.

12. نے (ne)

- Meaning: (Agent marker)

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "nay" (as in "day")

- Explanation: This is a postposition used only with transitive verbs in the past tense to mark the agent (the one performing the action). In Urdu, the verb نازل کیا (naazil kiya - revealed) is a past tense transitive verb, hence 'نے' is required here.

13. اسے (usay)

- Meaning: It / Him (accusative case)

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "oo-say"

- Explanation: This is the accusative form of the third-person singular pronoun 'وہ' (woh - he/she/it). Here, 'اسے' refers to the Quran.

14. تمہارے (tumhaare)

- Meaning: Your (plural/respectful singular or familiar plural possessive)

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "tum-haa-ray" (emphasis on 'haa')

- Explanation: This is the possessive form of 'تم' (tum - you, familiar plural or respectful singular). It relates to 'دل' (dil - heart).

15. دل (dil)

- Meaning: Heart

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "dil" (as in "drill" without the "r")

- Explanation: The noun for heart.

16. پر (par)

- Meaning: On / Upon

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "pur" (as in "put" but with an 'r')

- Explanation: A postposition indicating location on a surface.

17. اللہ (Allah)

- Meaning: Allah (God)

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "ul-lah" (emphasis on 'lah')

- Explanation: The Arabic word for God, commonly used in Urdu.

18. کے (ke)

- Meaning: Of / 's (possessive particle for masculine plural nouns or when referring to a respectful person or often with abstract nouns like 'hukm')

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "kay" (as in "kayak" without the "ak")

- Explanation: This is a postposition indicating possession or relationship, similar to 'کا' (ka) but used in different contexts. Here, it precedes حکم (hukm).

19. حکم (hukm)

- Meaning: Command Order Permission

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "hookm" (a bit like "hook-um" but with a very soft 'u' in the second syllable)

- Explanation: The noun for a directive or permission.

20. سے (se)

- Meaning: By With From

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "say" (as in "say")

- Explanation: A postposition indicating means, source, or cause. Here, it means "by the command of."

21. نازل (naazil)

- Meaning: Revealed / Sent down

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "naa-zil" (emphasis on 'naa')

- Explanation: An adjective or part of a compound verb meaning "to be sent down" or "revealed."

22. کیا (kiya)

- Meaning: Did / Made (past tense of 'کرنا' - karna, to do/make)

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "kee-ya"

- Explanation: When combined with نازل (naazil), نازل کیا (naazil kiya) forms the compound verb "revealed" or "sent down."

23. ہے (hai)

- Meaning: Is

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "hai" (as in "hi")

- Explanation: The present tense form of the verb "to be," indicating that the revelation is a current state or a completed action with present relevance.

24. تصدیق (tasdeeq)

- Meaning: Confirmation / Verification

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "tus-deeq" (emphasis on 'deeq')

- Explanation: The noun for affirming truth.

25. کرنے (karne)

- Meaning: To do / Making (oblique infinitive of 'کرنا' - karna)

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "kur-nay"

- Explanation: Part of a compound structure often used to form continuous or descriptive actions.

26. والا (wala)

- Meaning: One who (does something) / -ing (suffix)

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "waa-laa" (as in "walla" but with longer 'a' sounds)

- Explanation: A suffix that creates an agent noun or an adjective, indicating someone or something that performs the action of the preceding verb. تصدیق کرنے والا (tasdeeq karne wala) means "the one who confirms" or "confirming."

27. ہے (hai)

- Meaning: Is

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "hai" (as in "hi")

- Explanation: Again, the present tense 'to be' verb.

28. اس (us)

- Meaning: That / It (oblique form of demonstrative pronoun)

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "oos" (as in "book" but with a shorter 'oo')

- Explanation: Refers to the previous scriptures.

29. کی (ki)

- Meaning: Of / 's (possessive particle for feminine singular nouns or sometimes used with abstract concepts)

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "kee" (as in "key")

- Explanation: Here, it connects تصدیق کرنے والا (confirming one) with اس (that/it), referring to the previous scriptures.

30. جو (jo)

- Meaning: Which / What

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "joh" (as in "Joe")

- Explanation: A relative pronoun.

31. اس (us)

- Meaning: It / This (oblique form of demonstrative pronoun)

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "oos" (as in "book" but with a shorter 'oo')

- Explanation: Refers to the Quran itself in this context, comparing it to what came before it.

32. سے (se)

- Meaning: From / Than

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "say" (as in "say")

- Explanation: Indicates separation or comparison.

33. پہلے (pehle)

- Meaning: Before / Earlier

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "peh-lay" (emphasis on 'peh')

- Explanation: An adverb of time. اس سے پہلے (us se pehle) means "before it" or "prior to it."

34. (نازل ہوا) ((naazil hua))

- Meaning: (Was revealed / sent down)

- Pronunciation: (naa-zil hoo-aa)

- Explanation: This phrase is implied in the original Arabic and often understood in Urdu. It clarifies what happened "before it." I've put it in parentheses because it's an implicit part of the sentence's meaning in Urdu, making the flow natural.

35. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "oar"

- Explanation: A conjunction.

36. ایمان (eemaan)

- Meaning: Faith / Belief

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "ee-maan" (emphasis on 'maan')

- Explanation: The noun for conviction or faith.

37. والوں (walon)

- Meaning: Ones (plural oblique of 'والا' - wala)

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "waa-lon"

- Explanation: The plural, oblique form of والا (wala). Combined with ایمان (eemaan), ایمان والوں (eemaan walon) means "people of faith" or "believers."

38. کے لیے (ke liye)

- Meaning: For / For the sake of

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "kay lee-ay"

- Explanation: A compound postposition meaning "for" or "on behalf of."

39. ہدایت (hidaayat)

- Meaning: Guidance

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "hi-daa-yat" (emphasis on 'daa')

- Explanation: The noun for direction or guidance.

40. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "oar"

- Explanation: A conjunction.

41. خوشخبری (khushkhabri)

- Meaning: Good tidings / Glad news

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "khoosh-khub-ree" (emphasis on 'khub')

- Explanation: A compound noun (خوش - happy + خبر - news) meaning good news or glad tidings.

42. ہے۔ (hai)

- Meaning: Is

- Pronunciation: Sounds like "hai" (as in "hi")

- Explanation: The present tense form of the verb "to be," closing the sentence.

Grammar Notes

- Postpositions: Urdu uses postpositions (like کا, کی, کے, پر, سے, کے لیے) instead of prepositions (like "of," "on," "by," "for" in English). They follow the noun or pronoun they relate to.

- Verb Conjugation (Imperative): The command "Say" is rendered as کہہ دو (keh do). کہہ is the root verb, and دو often serves as a polite or complete auxiliary for imperative commands.

- Agent Marker 'نے': Urdu's unique نے (ne) particle is crucial. It marks the agent (the one performing the action) when a transitive verb is in the past tense. Here, جبرائیل نے (Jibraeel ne) shows Gabriel as the one who "revealed" (نازل کیا).

- Compound Verbs: Many actions are expressed using a noun or adjective followed by a form of کرنا (karna - to do/make) or ہونا (hona - to be). E.g., نازل کیا (naazil kiya - revealed) and تصدیق کرنے والا (tasdeeq karne wala - confirming one).

- Possessive Adjectives: Urdu possessive forms (تمہارے - your) change based on the gender and number of the possessed item, not the possessor.

- Implied Words: Like the original Arabic, Urdu can be concise. The phrase (نازل ہوا) (was revealed) is often understood from context in اس کی جو اس سے پہلے (that which was before it).

Here is the translation and detailed breakdown of the Arabic sentence into Urdu and English, designed to tutor an English student in Urdu, with pronunciation and grammar notes.

English Translation

"And believe in what I have sent down, confirming what is with you, and do not be the first to disbelieve in it. And do not sell My verses for a small price. And fear Me alone."

Urdu Translation

"اور ایمان لاؤ اس پر جو میں نے نازل کیا ہے، تصدیق کرنے والا ہے اس کی جو تمہارے پاس ہے، اور اس کے پہلے انکار کرنے والے نہ بنو۔ اور میری آیات کے بدلے تھوڑی قیمت نہ لو۔ اور صرف مجھ ہی سے ڈرو۔"

Word-by-Word Explanation and Tutoring

Let's break down the Urdu translation word by word:

1. اور (aur)

- Pronunciation: Roughly like "oar" in English.

- Meaning: And, also.

- Grammar Note: This is a conjunction, connecting different parts of the sentence.

2. ایمان (eemaan)

- Pronunciation: "ee" like in "see", "maan" like in "man" with a slightly longer 'a'.

- Meaning: Faith, belief.

- Grammar Note: This is a noun of Arabic origin, commonly used in Urdu.

3. لاؤ (laao)

- Pronunciation: "laa" like in "father", "o" like in "go".

- Meaning: Bring (plural imperative).

- Grammar Note: When combined with ایمان (eemaan), ایمان لاؤ (eemaan laao) forms an idiom meaning "believe" or "have faith". It's a plural imperative, meaning it's a command directed to more than one person, or used as a respectful command to a single person.

4. اس (is)

- Pronunciation: Like "is" in English.

- Meaning: This, that, it.

- Grammar Note: A demonstrative pronoun referring to something singular, either near or abstract. Here, it refers to "what I have sent down."

5. پر (par)

- Pronunciation: Like "par" in "park" but with a softer 'r'.

- Meaning: On, upon, in.

- Grammar Note: This is a postposition, which functions like a preposition in English but comes after the noun or pronoun it modifies. So, اس پر (is par) means "upon this" or "in this".

6. جو (jo)

- Pronunciation: Like "jo" in "Joe".

- Meaning: Which, who, that (relative pronoun).

- Grammar Note: Connects a descriptive clause to the preceding noun/pronoun.

7. میں (main)

- Pronunciation: Rhymes with "mine".

- Meaning: I (first-person singular pronoun).

8. نے (ne)

- Pronunciation: Like "nay".

- Meaning: (Agent marker).

- Grammar Note: This is a crucial postposition in Urdu grammar. It marks the agent (the one performing the action) of a transitive verb in certain past tenses. It doesn't have a direct English equivalent but indicates that "I" am the one who "sent down". Example: "میں نے کھانا کھایا" (main ne khaana khaaya) - "I ate food".

9. نازل (naazil)

- Pronunciation: "naa" like "nah", "zil" like in "zilch".

- Meaning: Revealed, sent down.

- Grammar Note: An adjective of Arabic origin.

10. کیا (kiya)

- Pronunciation: "ki-yaa", "ki" like in "kit", "yaa" like in "yard".

- Meaning: Did, done.

- Grammar Note: This is the past participle of the verb "کرنا" (karna) meaning "to do". When combined with نازل (naazil kiya), it forms a compound verb meaning "revealed" or "sent down".

11. ہے (hai)

- Pronunciation: Rhymes with "pie".

- Meaning: Is.

- Grammar Note: The present tense form of "to be" for a singular subject. It completes the perfect tense, indicating "has been sent down."

12. تصدیق (tasdeeq)

- Pronunciation: "tas" like in "task", "deeq" like "deep" but with a guttural 'q'.

- Meaning: Confirmation, attestation.

- Grammar Note: A noun of Arabic origin.

13. کرنے (karne)

- Pronunciation: "kar-ne", "kar" like in "car", "ne" like "nay".

- Meaning: Doing (oblique infinitive).

- Grammar Note: This is the oblique infinitive form of "کرنا" (karna, "to do"). It's used here with والا (waala) to form a participle.

14. والا (waala)

- Pronunciation: "waa" like "wah", "laa" like "la-la-la".

- Meaning: One who (does/is), suffix indicating agent or property.

- Grammar Note: This suffix is used to turn verbs or nouns into descriptive agents. So, تصدیق کرنے والا (tasdeeq karne waala) means "the one who confirms" or "confirming".

15. ہے (hai)

- Pronunciation: Rhymes with "pie".

- Meaning: Is. (See above).

16. اس (is)

- Pronunciation: Like "is".

- Meaning: This, that, it. (See above).

17. کی (ki)

- Pronunciation: Like "key".

- Meaning: Of, belonging to, for.

- Grammar Note: A postposition indicating possession or relation. It agrees in gender and number with the possessed item (which is often implied or follows). اس کی (is ki) means "of that" or "for that".

18. جو (jo)

- Pronunciation: Like "jo" in "Joe".

- Meaning: Which, who, that. (See above).

19. تمہارے (tumhaare)

- Pronunciation: "tum-haa-re", "tum" like in "tumbler", "haa" like in "ha!", "re" like "ray".

- Meaning: Your (plural/respectful possessive pronoun).

20. پاس (paas)

- Pronunciation: "paas" like "pass" with a longer 'a'.

- Meaning: Near, with, at.

- Grammar Note: A postposition indicating proximity or possession. تمہارے پاس (tumhaare paas) means "with you" or "in your possession".

21. ہے (hai)

- Pronunciation: Rhymes with "pie".

- Meaning: Is. (See above).

22. اور (aur)

- Pronunciation: Like "oar".

- Meaning: And. (See above).

23. اس (is)

- Pronunciation: Like "is".

- Meaning: This, that, it. (See above).

24. کے (ke)

- Pronunciation: Like "kay".

- Meaning: Of, for.

- Grammar Note: Similar to کی (ki) but used when the noun/pronoun it refers to is masculine singular oblique or plural oblique. اس کے (is ke) means "of it" or "for it".

25. پہلے (pahle)

- Pronunciation: "pah-le", "pah" like "pah", "le" like "lay".

- Meaning: First, before.

- Grammar Note: Here, it acts as an adjective modifying "disbelievers."

26. انکار (inkaar)

- Pronunciation: "in-kaar", "in" like in "ink", "kaar" like in "car".

- Meaning: Denial, disbelief.

- Grammar Note: A noun of Arabic origin.

27. کرنے (karne)

- Pronunciation: "kar-ne".

- Meaning: Doing. (See above).

28. والے (waale)

- Pronunciation: "waa-le", "waa" like "wah", "le" like "lay".

- Meaning: Ones who (do/are).

- Grammar Note: This is the plural/oblique form of والا (waala). So, انکار کرنے والے (inkaar karne waale) means "those who deny" or "disbelievers".

29. نہ (nah)

- Pronunciation: Like "nah".

- Meaning: Not.

- Grammar Note: A negative particle primarily used with imperative verbs to express a prohibition.

30. بنو (bano)

- Pronunciation: "ba-no", "ba" like "bah", "no" like "no".

- Meaning: Become (plural imperative).

- Grammar Note: Plural imperative form of "بننا" (banna) meaning "to become". نہ بنو (nah bano) means "do not become".

31. اور (aur)

- Pronunciation: Like "oar".

- Meaning: And. (See above).

32. میری (meri)

- Pronunciation: "me-ree", "me" like "me", "ree" like "ree".

- Meaning: My (feminine possessive pronoun).

- Grammar Note: This form is used because آیات (aayaat) is treated as a feminine plural noun in Urdu.

33. آیات (aayaat)

- Pronunciation: "aa-yaat", "aa" like "ah", "yaat" like "yaht".

- Meaning: Verses, signs.

- Grammar Note: Plural of "آیت" (aayat, "verse" or "sign"), typically referring to sacred scriptures.

34. کے (ke)

- Pronunciation: Like "kay".

- Meaning: Of, for, in exchange for.

- Grammar Note: Here, it forms part of the idiom کے بدلے (ke badle).

35. بدلے (badle)

- Pronunciation: "bad-le", "bad" like in "bad", "le" like "lay".

- Meaning: In exchange, instead.

- Grammar Note: کے بدلے (ke badle) collectively means "in exchange for".

36. تھوڑی (thori)

- Pronunciation: "tho-ri", "tho" like in "throw", "ri" like "ri" in "rip".

- Meaning: Little, small (feminine).

- Grammar Note: Feminine form of "تھوڑا" (thoda), agreeing with قیمت (qeemat).

37. قیمت (qeemat)

- Pronunciation: "qee-mat", "qee" like "key" but with a guttural 'q', "mat" like "mat".

- Meaning: Price, value.

- Grammar Note: A feminine noun of Arabic origin.

38. نہ (nah)

- Pronunciation: Like "nah".

- Meaning: Not. (See above).

39. لو (lo)

- Pronunciation: Like "lo".

- Meaning: Take (plural imperative).

- Grammar Note: Plural imperative of "لینا" (lena) meaning "to take". نہ لو (nah lo) means "do not take". In this context, "do not take a small price for my verses" means "do not sell My verses for a small price" or "do not exchange them for something of little value".

40. اور (aur)

- Pronunciation: Like "oar".

- Meaning: And. (See above).

41. صرف (sirf)

- Pronunciation: Like "surf".

- Meaning: Only, merely.

- Grammar Note: An adverb used for emphasis.

42. مجھ (mujh)

- Pronunciation: "moojh", "moo" like in "moon", "jh" sound like 'j' in "judge" but softer.

- Meaning: Me (oblique form of "I").

- Grammar Note: This is the oblique form of "میں" (main, "I"), used when followed by a postposition.

43. ہی (hee)

- Pronunciation: Like "he".

- Meaning: Indeed, only (emphatic particle).

- Grammar Note: An emphatic particle that adds stress or exclusivity. So, مجھ ہی (mujh hee) means "Me alone" or "only Me".

44. سے (se)

- Pronunciation: Like "say".

- Meaning: From, by, with.

- Grammar Note: A versatile postposition. Here, it is used in the idiom for "fearing someone" (ڈرنا سے - darna se, "to fear from").

45. ڈرو (daro)

- Pronunciation: "da-ro", "da" like "dah", "ro" like "row".

- Meaning: Fear (plural imperative).

- Grammar Note: Plural imperative form of "ڈرنا" (darna) meaning "to fear". مجھ ہی سے ڈرو (mujh hee se daro) means "fear only Me".

Here's the translation and breakdown of the sentence, designed to help an English speaker learn Urdu:

Understanding Urdu Through Translation

This lesson focuses on a single sentence, breaking it down word by word to teach you Urdu vocabulary, pronunciation, and grammar.

English Translation

And to Allah belongs the East and the West. So wherever you turn, there is the Face of Allah. Indeed, Allah is All-Encompassing, All-Knowing.

Urdu Translation

اور مشرق و مغرب اللہ ہی کے ہیں۔ پس جہاں بھی تم رخ کرو، وہیں اللہ کا چہرہ ہے۔ بے شک اللہ بہت وسعت والا، بڑا جاننے والا ہے۔

Word-for-Word Explanation

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word:

1. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Explanation: This is a common conjunction in Urdu, equivalent to "and" in English, used to connect words, phrases, or clauses.

2. مشرق (mashriq)

- Meaning: East

- Explanation: This is a masculine noun referring to the direction where the sun rises.

3. و (o)

- Meaning: And

- Explanation: This is a short, enclitic conjunction, often used in Urdu to link two nouns, especially in compounds (like 'mashriq-o-maghrib' meaning "East and West"). It serves the same purpose as 'aur' in this specific construction but is often found in more formal or poetic contexts.

4. مغرب (maghrib)

- Meaning: West

- Explanation: This is a masculine noun referring to the direction where the sun sets.

5. اللہ (Allah)

- Meaning: Allah / God

- Explanation: The proper name for God in Islam.

6. ہی (hee)

- Meaning: Only / Indeed

- Explanation: This is an emphatic particle. It adds emphasis to the preceding word, indicating exclusivity or certainty. Here, 'Allah hee' means "only to Allah" or "indeed, to Allah."

7. کے (kay)

- Meaning: Of / Belongs to

- Explanation: This is a postposition indicating possession or relation. It agrees in gender and number with the possessed item. Here, 'mashriq' and 'maghrib' are both masculine, and when referred to together, the plural form 'kay' is used.

- Grammar Note: Urdu postpositions like 'ka' (masculine singular), 'ki' (feminine singular/plural), and 'kay' (masculine plural/oblique case) function similarly to prepositions in English but come after the noun.

8. ہیں۔ (hain)

- Meaning: Are

- Explanation: This is the present tense plural form of the verb 'hona' (to be). It acts as a copula, linking the subject to its predicate. The dot at the end indicates the completion of the sentence.

9. پس (pas)

- Meaning: So / Therefore

- Explanation: A conjunction used to indicate a consequence or result, similar to "so" or "therefore" in English.

10. جہاں (jahan)

- Meaning: Wherever / Where

- Explanation: An adverb of place. It can mean "where" or, when combined with 'bhi', "wherever."

11. بھی (bhi)

- Meaning: Also Even Too

- Explanation: An emphatic particle that adds emphasis, inclusion, or generality. When combined with 'jahan' (where), 'jahan bhi' means "wherever."

12. تم (tum)

- Meaning: You (plural / informal singular)

- Explanation: A second-person pronoun. In Urdu, 'tum' is used for addressing multiple people, or informally for a single person. For formal singular, 'aap' is used.

13. رخ (rukh)

- Meaning: Face / Direction

- Explanation: A masculine noun. When used with the verb 'karna' (to do/make), 'rukh karna' means "to turn one's face" or "to face a direction."

14. کرو، (karo)

- Meaning: Do / Turn

- Explanation: This is the imperative (command) form of the verb 'karna' (to do / to make) for the pronoun 'tum'. In the context of 'rukh karna', it translates to "you turn." The comma indicates a pause in the sentence.

15. وہیں (wahin)

- Meaning: There itself / Right there

- Explanation: This is an emphatic adverb of place. It's formed by combining 'wahan' (there) with the emphatic particle 'hee' (itself), to strongly emphasize the exact location.

16. اللہ (Allah)

- Meaning: Allah / God

- Explanation: (As explained previously)

17. کا (ka)

- Meaning: Of / 's

- Explanation: This is a postposition indicating possession or relation, masculine singular, agreeing with 'chehra' (face), which is masculine singular.

18. چہرہ (chehra)

- Meaning: Face

- Explanation: A masculine noun. In a spiritual context, "Face of Allah" often signifies His presence, essence, or direction.

19. ہے۔ (hai)

- Meaning: Is

- Explanation: This is the present tense singular form of the verb 'hona' (to be).

20. بے شک (beshak)

- Meaning: Indeed / Undoubtedly

- Explanation: An adverbial phrase used to emphasize certainty or truth.

21. اللہ (Allah)

- Meaning: Allah / God

- Explanation: (As explained previously)

22. بہت (bohot)

- Meaning: Very / Much

- Explanation: An adverb used to intensify the following adjective or adverb.

23. وسعت (wus'at)

- Meaning: Expanse Vastness Breadth

- Explanation: A feminine noun. It refers to a large extent or great capacity.

24. والا، (wala)

- Meaning: One who possesses / Having

- Explanation: This is a versatile suffix that forms adjectives or nouns, meaning "one who has," "related to," or "possessor of." When combined with 'wus'at' ('wus'at wala'), it means "one who possesses vastness" or "all-encompassing." The comma indicates a list or separation of qualities.

25. بڑا (bara)

- Meaning: Great / Big / Very

- Explanation: An adjective. Here, it acts as an intensifier for 'jaan'ne wala', meaning "greatly" or "all-".

26. جاننے (jaan'ne)

- Meaning: Knowing

- Explanation: This is the oblique (inflected) form of the infinitive verb 'jaanna' (to know). It's used here to form an agent noun when combined with 'wala'.

27. والا ہے۔ (wala hai)

- Meaning: One who is

- Explanation: When combined with 'jaan'ne', 'jaan'ne wala' means "one who knows" or "knower." So, 'bada jaan'ne wala' means "Great Knower" or "All-Knowing." The 'hai' at the end completes the sentence, meaning "He is."

Here is the translation and explanation of the Arabic sentence for an English student learning Urdu:

English Translation

"Do you not know that to Allah belongs the dominion of the heavens and the earth? And you have no protector or helper besides Allah."

Urdu Translation

کیا تمہیں معلوم نہیں کہ اللہ ہی کی آسمانوں اور زمین کی بادشاہت ہے؟ اور اللہ کے سوا تمہارا کوئی ولی اور نہ کوئی مددگار ہے۔

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English)

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word:

1. کیا kyaa (Do/What)

- This word is used at the beginning of a sentence to turn it into a question. It's similar to how "Do" or "Is" is used in English questions.

- Grammar Note: Unlike English, where auxiliary verbs change based on tense and subject, کیا kyaa is a versatile interrogative particle.

2. تمہیں tumhẽ (you / to you)

- This is the objective or dative form of "you" (singular informal). It means "to you" or "for you."

- Grammar Note: Urdu pronouns have different forms for subject (nominative), object (objective/dative), and possessive cases. تمہیں tumhẽ is an objective pronoun.

3. معلوم نہیں ma'loom nahīñ (not known / don't know)

- معلوم ma'loom (known, informed) - An adjective meaning "known."

- نہیں nahīñ (not) - The common negative particle in Urdu.

- Together, معلوم نہیں ma'loom nahīñ literally means "not known," but in this context, when combined with کیا تمہیں kyaa tumhẽ, it forms "Do you not know?"

4. کہ keh (that)

- A conjunction, similar to "that" in English, used to connect clauses.

5. اللہ Allah (Allah / God)

- The Arabic word for God, commonly used in Urdu.

6. ہی hī (only / indeed)

- An emphatic particle. It emphasizes the preceding word. So, اللہ ہی Allah hī means "Allah ONLY" or "Indeed, Allah."

7. کی kī (of / belonging to)

- A feminine possessive particle. It indicates possession or relationship, similar to "'s" or "of" in English. It is کی kī because بادشاہت baadshaahat (dominion) is a feminine noun.

- Grammar Note: Urdu possessive particles (کا kaa for masculine singular, کے ke for masculine plural/dative, کی kī for feminine singular/plural) agree in gender and number with the possessed item, not the possessor.

8. آسمانوں aasmanōñ (heavens / skies)

- The plural form of آسمان aasman (sky/heaven). The نوں nōñ ending is a common way to pluralize nouns in an oblique case (when they are followed by a postposition like کی kī).

9. اور aur (and)

- A common conjunction.

10. زمین zamīn (earth)

- A feminine noun meaning "earth" or "land."

11. کی kī (of / belonging to)

- Again, the feminine possessive particle, as بادشاہت baadshaahat is feminine.

12. بادشاہت baadshaahat (dominion / kingdom / sovereignty)

- A feminine noun meaning "dominion," "kingship," or "sovereignty."

13. ہے؟ hai? (is?)

- The present tense form of "to be" for a singular subject, ending the first question.

14. اور aur (and)

- Connecting the two clauses of the sentence.

15. اللہ Allah (Allah / God)

- Again, the proper name for God.

16. کے سوا ke sivā (besides / other than)

- A postpositional phrase meaning "besides" or "other than." کے ke here is the oblique form of the possessive particle used with postpositions.

17. تمہارا tumhaara (your)

- The masculine possessive pronoun for "your" (singular informal). It is تمہارا tumhaara (masculine singular) because ولی walī (protector) and مددگار madadgār (helper) are treated as masculine nouns here.

- Grammar Note: Like کی kī, possessive pronouns like تمہارا tumhaara also agree in gender and number with the possessed item.

18. کوئی koī (any / a / someone)

- An indefinite pronoun or adjective meaning "any," "someone," or "a." In a negative sentence, it often translates to "any."

19. ولی walī (protector / guardian / friend)

- A masculine noun meaning "protector," "guardian," or "close friend." It is often used to describe someone who has authority or guardianship.

20. اور نہ کوئی aur nah koī (and not any)

- اور aur (and)

- نہ nah (not / neither) - This is another negative particle, often used in conjunction with اور aur to mean "neither... nor..." or "and no..."

- کوئی koī (any) - See point 18.

- Together, this means "and no (one)."

21. مددگار madadgār (helper)

- A masculine noun meaning "helper" or "supporter."

22. ہے۔ hai. (is.)

- The present tense form of "to be" for a singular subject, ending the second statement.

Here is the translation and word-by-word breakdown of the Arabic sentence, designed to teach Urdu to an English speaker.

Full English Translation

"And when Moses sought water for his people, We said, 'Strike the stone with your staff.' So, twelve springs gushed forth from it. Each tribe knew its drinking place. 'Eat and drink from the provision of Allah, and do not spread corruption on the earth, causing mischief.'"

Full Urdu Translation

اور جب موسیٰ نے اپنی قوم کے لیے پانی طلب کیا تو ہم نے کہا کہ اپنے عصا سے پتھر پر مارو، پس اس سے بارہ چشمے پھوٹ پڑے اور ہر قبیلے نے اپنا پانی پینے کا مقام جان لیا۔ (ہم نے کہا) اللہ کے رزق سے کھاؤ اور پیو اور زمین میں فساد کرتے نہ پھرو۔

Urdu Word-by-Word Explanation

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word to understand its meaning and structure.

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Type: Conjunction

- Explanation: This word is used to connect phrases or clauses, similar to "and" in English.

- جب (jab)

- Meaning: When

- Type: Adverbial conjunction

- Explanation: Used to introduce a temporal clause, indicating "at the time that."

- موسیٰ (Moosa)

- Meaning: Moses

- Type: Proper Noun

- Explanation: This is the name of the Prophet Moses, transliterated into Urdu.

- نے (ne)

- Meaning: (Agent marker)

- Type: Postposition

- Explanation: This crucial postposition marks the agent (the doer) of a transitive verb in the past tense. It doesn't have a direct English equivalent but is essential for correct Urdu sentence structure when a transitive verb is in the perfect aspect (past tense). Here, it indicates that Moses performed the action of "seeking."

- Grammar Note: The 'ne' marker is a unique feature of Urdu (and some other Indo-Aryan languages). It typically follows the subject (or agent) of a transitive verb when that verb is in a compound past tense form.

- اپنی (apni)

- Meaning: His (own) / One's own

- Type: Reflexive Possessive Pronoun

- Explanation: This pronoun refers back to the subject of the sentence (Moses) and indicates possession. It signifies "his own" or "their own," depending on the subject.

- قوم (qaum)

- Meaning: People / Nation

- Type: Noun (feminine)

- Explanation: Refers to a group of people, a community, or a nation.

- کے لیے (ke li_e)

- Meaning: For

- Type: Postpositional phrase

- Explanation: This phrase means "for" or "on behalf of," indicating the beneficiary or purpose. 'Ke' is the masculine oblique form of the possessive postposition 'ka', used here in a fixed phrase.

- پانی (paani)

- Meaning: Water

- Type: Noun (masculine)

- Explanation: The common word for water.

- طلب کیا (talab kiya)

- Meaning: Sought Asked for Requested

- Type: Compound Verb

- Explanation: This is a compound verb formed by the noun طلب (talab, meaning "request" or "seeking") and the past tense of the verb کرنا (karna, "to do") which is کیا (kiya). Together, they mean "did a seeking" or simply "sought/requested."

- تو (to)

- Meaning: Then / So

- Type: Conjunction

- Explanation: Often used to introduce the consequence or result of a preceding action or condition, similar to "then" or "so" in English.

- ہم (hum)

- Meaning: We

- Type: Pronoun

- Explanation: The first-person plural pronoun.

- نے (ne)

- Meaning: (Agent marker)

- Type: Postposition

- Explanation: Again, marking 'We' as the agent who performed the action of 'saying'.

- کہا (kaha)

- Meaning: Said

- Type: Verb (past tense of کہنا - kehna, "to say")

- Explanation: The past tense form of the verb "to say."

- کہ (keh)

- Meaning: That

- Type: Conjunction

- Explanation: Used to introduce a subordinate clause, often reported speech, similar to "that" in English.

- اپنے (apne)

- Meaning: Your (own)

- Type: Reflexive Possessive Pronoun (oblique form)

- Explanation: In this context, it refers to the person being addressed (Moses), meaning "your own." It's the oblique form of 'apna' used before a postposition ('se' in this case).

- عصا (asaa)

- Meaning: Staff / Rod

- Type: Noun (masculine)

- Explanation: Refers to a walking stick or staff.

- سے (se)

- Meaning: With / By (means or instrument)

- Type: Postposition

- Explanation: Indicates the instrument or means by which an action is performed.

- پتھر (patthar)

- Meaning: Stone

- Type: Noun (masculine)

- Explanation: The common word for stone or rock.

- پر (par)

- Meaning: On / Upon

- Type: Postposition

- Explanation: Indicates position on a surface.

- مارو (maaro)

- Meaning: Strike / Hit (command)

- Type: Imperative Verb (plural/respectful singular)

- Explanation: This is a command form of the verb مارنا (maarna, "to hit/strike"). The -و (-o) ending is used for plural commands or as a respectful singular command.

- پس (pas)

- Meaning: So Then Thus

- Type: Conjunction

- Explanation: Similar to 'to', this word indicates a direct consequence or result.

- اس (is)

- Meaning: It / From it

- Type: Demonstrative Pronoun (oblique form)

- Explanation: Refers to the previously mentioned 'stone'. In Urdu, when followed by a postposition like 'se', the pronoun takes an oblique form.

- سے (se)

- Meaning: From (source)

- Type: Postposition

- Explanation: Here, it indicates the origin or source, meaning "from it."

- بارہ (baarah)

- Meaning: Twelve

- Type: Numeral

- Explanation: The number 12.

- چشمے (chashme)

- Meaning: Springs / Fountains

- Type: Noun (plural of چشمہ - chashma, "spring")

- Explanation: Refers to natural sources of water emerging from the ground.

- پھوٹ پڑے (phoot paR_e)

- Meaning: Gushed forth / Burst out

- Type: Compound Verb

- Explanation: This compound verb is formed by پھوٹنا (phootna, "to burst/gush") and the auxiliary verb پڑنا (paRna, "to fall/happen") in its past plural form. The auxiliary verb پڑنا often adds a sense of suddenness or unexpectedness to the action.

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Type: Conjunction

- Explanation: Connects the clauses.

- ہر (har)

- Meaning: Every / Each

- Type: Determiner

- Explanation: Used before a noun to indicate "every single one."

- قبیلے (qabeele)

- Meaning: Tribe (oblique singular)

- Type: Noun

- Explanation: This is the oblique singular form of قبیلہ (qabeela, "tribe"). When 'har' is used, it often takes a singular noun, even if it implies multiple entities.

- نے (ne)

- Meaning: (Agent marker)

- Type: Postposition

- Explanation: Marks 'each tribe' as the agent of the action 'knew'.

- اپنا (apna)

- Meaning: Its (own)

- Type: Reflexive Possessive Pronoun

- Explanation: Refers back to 'each tribe', meaning "its own."

- پانی (paani)

- Meaning: Water

- Type: Noun (masculine)

- Explanation: The common word for water.

- پینے کا (peene ka)

- Meaning: Of drinking / For drinking

- Type: Gerundive phrase

- Explanation: This phrase is derived from the infinitive verb پینا (peena, "to drink"). پینے (peene) is the oblique infinitive (acting as a gerund here), and کا (ka) is the possessive postposition "of." So, literally "of drinking."

- مقام (maqaam)

- Meaning: Place / Location

- Type: Noun (masculine)

- Explanation: Refers to a specific spot or location.

- جان لیا (jaan liya)

- Meaning: Knew / Came to know / Understood

- Type: Compound Verb

- Explanation: Formed by the verb جاننا (jaanna, "to know") and the auxiliary verb لینا (lena, "to take") in its past form لیا (liya). The auxiliary لینا often implies an action completed for oneself, or the acquisition of something, including knowledge.

- (ہم نے کہا) (hum ne kaha)

- Meaning: (We said)

- Type: Parenthetical phrase

- Explanation: This phrase is added in parentheses to provide context, indicating that the following commands are a continuation of what Allah (We) commanded. It's implicitly understood from the Arabic source.

- اللہ (Allah)

- Meaning: Allah / God

- Type: Proper Noun

- Explanation: The Arabic word for God, commonly used in Urdu.

- کے رزق (ke rizq)

- Meaning: Of the provision / Sustenance

- Type: Possessive phrase

- Explanation: کے (ke) is the masculine oblique form of the possessive postposition "of," and رزق (rizq) means "provision," "sustenance," or "livelihood."

- سے (se)

- Meaning: From

- Type: Postposition

- Explanation: Indicates the source or origin, meaning "from the provision."

- کھاؤ (khaao)

- Meaning: Eat (command)

- Type: Imperative Verb (plural/respectful singular)

- Explanation: The command form of کھانا (khaana, "to eat"). The -و (-o) ending is used for plural commands or respectful singular.

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Type: Conjunction

- Explanation: Connects the commands.

- پیو (piyo)

- Meaning: Drink (command)

- Type: Imperative Verb (plural/respectful singular)

- Explanation: The command form of پینا (peena, "to drink"). Similar to 'khaao', the -و (-o) ending is used for plural or respectful singular commands.

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Type: Conjunction

- Explanation: Connects the clauses.

- زمین (zameen)

- Meaning: Earth / Land

- Type: Noun (feminine)

- Explanation: Refers to the planet earth or ground/land.

- میں (mein)

- Meaning: In

- Type: Postposition

- Explanation: Indicates location or place.

- فساد (fasaad)

- Meaning: Corruption Mischief Disorder

- Type: Noun (masculine)

- Explanation: Refers to disorder, chaos, mischief, or moral corruption.

- کرتے (karte)

- Meaning: Doing / Committing

- Type: Present Participle (oblique plural)

- Explanation: This is the present participle form of کرنا (karna, "to do/commit"). Here, it's used in conjunction with 'نہ پھرو' (do not roam around) to mean "do not go around doing."

- نہ (na)

- Meaning: Not / Don't

- Type: Negative Particle

- Explanation: Used to negate verbs or commands.

- پھرو (phiro)

- Meaning: Roam / Wander (command)

- Type: Imperative Verb (plural/respectful singular)

- Explanation: This is the command form of پھرنا (phirna, "to roam/wander/turn"). The phrase کرتے نہ پھرو (karte na phiro) is an idiomatic expression meaning "do not go around doing" or "do not persist in doing."

Here is the Urdu translation of the Arabic sentence, followed by its English translation and a detailed word-by-word explanation to help you understand each part.

Urdu Translation:

پھر ہم نے تمہیں تمہاری موت کے بعد اٹھایا تاکہ تم شکر کرو۔

English Translation:

Then We raised you after your death so that you might be grateful.

Word-by-Word Explanation and Pronunciation:

Here's a detailed breakdown of each Urdu word in the sentence, along with its English meaning and pronunciation assistance:

پھر (phir)

- English Meaning: Then, afterwards.

- Explanation: This word acts as a conjunction, connecting the current action to a preceding one. It is equivalent to the Arabic 'ثُمَّ' (thumma) and indicates a sequence in time.

ہم (ham)

- English Meaning: We.

- Explanation: This is a first-person plural pronoun. In Urdu, pronouns like 'ہم' (ham) often take a postposition (like 'نے' in this case) to indicate their grammatical role, especially when they are the subject of a transitive verb in the past tense. This 'We' in a religious context typically refers to the divine (Allah).

نے (ne)

- English Meaning: (a postposition indicating the subject of a transitive verb in past tense).

- Explanation: This is a grammatical particle (postposition) that is a unique feature of Urdu and Hindi. It is used with the subject of a transitive verb (a verb that takes an object) when the verb is in the past tense. It doesn't have a direct English equivalent but marks 'ہم' (ham) as the doer of the action 'اٹھایا' (uṭhāyā - raised).

Grammar Note: The use of 'نے' (ne) signifies an "ergative" construction. When 'نے' is used, the verb's gender and number agreement shift from the subject to the direct object (or, if no direct object, it defaults to masculine singular).

تمہیں (tumhēñ)

- English Meaning: You (plural/formal, objective case).

- Explanation: This is the oblique or object form of the second-person plural pronoun 'تم' (tum - you). It functions as the direct object of the verb 'اٹھایا' (uṭhāyā - raised). While 'tum' can be used for a singular informal "you," 'tumhēñ' often implies plural or respectful address, and here it refers to a group of people, aligning with 'كُم' in the Arabic 'بَعَثْنَاكُم'.

تمہاری (tumhārī)

- English Meaning: Your (plural/formal, feminine possessive).

- Explanation: This is the possessive form of 'تم' (tum - you), meaning "your." The ending '-ī' indicates that the noun it modifies, 'موت' (maut - death), is feminine. If the noun were masculine, it would be 'تمہارا' (tumhārā), and if plural, 'تمہارے' (tumhārē). This corresponds to 'كُم' in the Arabic 'مَوْتِكُمْ'.

موت (maut)

- English Meaning: Death.

- Explanation: This is a feminine noun meaning 'death'. It's a direct translation of the Arabic 'مَوْت' (mawt) and shares a similar pronunciation.

کے (ke)

- English Meaning: Of, (a postposition indicating possession or relation).

- Explanation: This is a postposition used to show possession or relation, similar to 'of' or an apostrophe 's' in English. Here, it connects 'موت' (maut - death) with 'بعد' (ba'd - after). Since 'بعد' is masculine and singular, 'کے' (ke) is used. (If the following word were feminine, it would be 'کی' (kī), and if masculine singular, it would be 'کا' (kā)).

بعد (ba'd)

- English Meaning: After.

- Explanation: This is a masculine noun often used as a postposition meaning 'after'. It directly translates the Arabic 'بَعْدِ' (ba'di). So, 'موت کے بعد' (maut ke ba'd) means "after death".

اٹھایا (uṭhāyā)

- English Meaning: Raised, lifted, brought to life.

- Explanation: This is the past tense masculine singular form of the transitive verb 'اٹھانا' (uṭhānā - to raise, to lift, to pick up). In the context of "after your death," it implies "brought back to life" or "resurrected," which aligns with the meaning of the Arabic 'بَعَثْنَا' (ba'athnā - We raised/sent). Because 'نے' (ne) is used, the verb 'اٹھایا' (uṭhāyā) agrees in gender and number with the implied direct object (which in this case is the group of people, conceptually singular masculine for the verb form). In this religious context, it specifically refers to resurrection.

تاکہ (tākeh)

- English Meaning: So that, in order that.

- Explanation: This is a conjunction used to express purpose or intention. It is the direct equivalent of the Arabic 'لَعَلَّ' (la'alla) when 'la'alla' expresses purpose (though 'la'alla' can also mean "perhaps"). Here, "so that" clearly fits the context of divine action having a purpose.

تم (tum)

- English Meaning: You (plural/informal).

- Explanation: This is a second-person plural pronoun, used here as the subject of the following verb 'شکر کرو' (shukr karo).

شکر (shukr)

- English Meaning: Gratitude, thanks.

- Explanation: This is a masculine noun meaning 'gratitude' or 'thanks'. It is directly derived from Arabic 'شُكْر' (shukr). In Urdu, it is often combined with the verb 'کرنا' (karnā - to do) to form a compound verb, meaning "to be grateful" or "to thank."

کرو (karo)

- English Meaning: Do (imperative/subjunctive, plural).

- Explanation: This is the plural imperative or subjunctive form of the verb 'کرنا' (karnā - to do). In the construction 'شکر کرو' (shukr karo), it means "you do gratitude" or more naturally, "you be grateful" or "you thank." The ending '-o' indicates agreement with the plural 'تم' (tum). The subjunctive mood is used after 'تاکہ' (tākeh) to express purpose or a desired outcome.

Here is the translation and explanation:

English Translation

They try to deceive Allah and those who believe, but they deceive none but themselves, and they do not perceive.

Urdu Translation

وہ اللہ اور ایمان والوں کو دھوکا دینا چاہتے ہیں، حالانکہ وہ اپنے آپ کے سوا کسی اور کو دھوکا نہیں دے رہے، اور انہیں اس کا شعور تک نہیں۔

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English)

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word to understand its components.

- وہ (woh)

- Meaning: They / Those

- Pronunciation: Pronounced like the English word "woe" but with a soft 'h' at the end.

- Grammar: This is a third-person plural pronoun, referring to "they."

- اللہ (Allah)

- Meaning: God / Allah

- Pronunciation: Pronounced as in English, "A-llah."

- Grammar: This is a proper noun.

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Pronunciation: Pronounced like the English word "oar."

- Grammar: This is a conjunction, connecting two phrases or words.

- ایمان (ee-maan)

- Meaning: Faith / Belief

- Pronunciation: Pronounced as "ee-maan," where 'ee' is like "see" and 'maan' rhymes with "faun."

- Grammar: This is a noun.

- والوں (waa-lon)

- Meaning: (of) the people / (of) those

- Pronunciation: Pronounced as "waa-lon," with 'waa' like "water" and 'lon' like "loan."

- Grammar: This is a plural form derived from wala (والا), which acts as a suffix indicating association or possession. When combined with īmān (ایمان), īmān wālon (ایمان والوں) means "people of faith" or "believers." The ending 'وں' (on) is an oblique plural marker, often used when the noun is the object of a verb or followed by a postposition.

- کو (koh)

- Meaning: To / For

- Pronunciation: Pronounced as "koh," like the English word "go."

- Grammar: This is a postposition (similar to a preposition in English but placed after the noun). It marks the direct or indirect object of the verb. Here, it indicates that "Allah and the believers" are the recipients or objects of the deception.

- دھوکا (dhoh-kaa)

- Meaning: Deception / Trick

- Pronunciation: Pronounced as "dhoh-kaa," with 'dhoh' like "dough" and 'kaa' like "car."

- Grammar: This is a noun. In Urdu, many actions are expressed by combining a noun with a verb like denā (to give) or karnā (to do). Dhokā denā (دھوکا دینا) means "to give deception" or "to deceive."

- دینا (day-naa)

- Meaning: To give

- Pronunciation: Pronounced as "day-naa," like "day" followed by "naa" as in "nap."

- Grammar: This is the infinitive form of the verb "to give." As explained above, it combines with dhokā to form the verb phrase "to deceive."

- چاہتے ہیں (chaa-htay hain)

- Meaning: They want / They try

- Pronunciation: Pronounced as "chaa-htay hain," with 'chaa' like "chart," 'htay' like "h-tay," and 'hain' like "h-ign" (as in "sign").

- Grammar: This is the present indefinite tense of the verb chāhnā (چاہنا - to want/to desire). The plural form chāhtay hain agrees with the plural subject woh (they). In this context, it conveys their intention or attempt to deceive.

- حالانکہ (haa-laa-n-keh)

- Meaning: Whereas Although In fact / Despite this

- Pronunciation: Pronounced as "haa-laa-n-keh," with 'haa' like "hat," 'laa' like "la," 'n' as in "ran," and 'keh' like "ketchup."

- Grammar: This is a conjunction that introduces a contrasting or contradictory clause. It serves a similar purpose to "but" or "whereas" in English.

- وہ (woh)

- Meaning: They

- Pronunciation: woh (as above).

- Grammar: Repeated third-person plural pronoun.

- اپنے (ap-nay)

- Meaning: Their own / One's own

- Pronunciation: Pronounced as "ap-nay," with 'ap' like "apple" and 'nay' like "name."

- Grammar: This is a reflexive possessive pronoun, indicating possession by the subject itself. It corresponds to "their own" when the subject is "they."

- آپ (aap)

- Meaning: Self

- Pronunciation: Pronounced as "aap," like the English word "awe" with a 'p' at the end.

- Grammar: This noun, combined with apne, forms the reflexive pronoun phrase apne aap (اپنے آپ), meaning "themselves."

- کے سوا (kay si-waa)

- Meaning: Except for Other than Besides

- Pronunciation: Pronounced as "kay si-waa," with 'kay' like "key," 'si' like "sit," and 'waa' like "water."

- Grammar: This is a compound postpositional phrase. Ke (کے) is a genitive postposition, and sivā (سوا) means "except."

- کسی (ki-see)

- Meaning: Any / Someone

- Pronunciation: Pronounced as "ki-see," like "kitty" without the 't's.

- Grammar: This is an indefinite pronoun or adjective. In a negative sentence (like this one), kisī...nahīn (کسی...نہیں) typically translates to "no one" or "none."

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: Other / Else

- Pronunciation: aur (as above).

- Grammar: This is an adjective here. Kisī aur (کسی اور) means "anyone else" or "any other."

- کو (koh)

- Meaning: To / For

- Pronunciation: koh (as above).

- Grammar: Postposition, marking "anyone else" as the object of deception.

- دھوکا (dhoh-kaa)

- Meaning: Deception

- Pronunciation: dhoh-kaa (as above).

- Grammar: Noun, part of the verb phrase "to deceive."

- نہیں دے رہے (na-heen day ra-hay)

- Meaning: They are not giving / They are not deceiving

- Pronunciation: Pronounced as "na-heen day ra-hay," with 'na' like "nut," 'heen' like "he" + "n," 'day' like "day," and 'ra-hay' like "rah-hay."

- Grammar: This is the present continuous negative tense of the verb denā (to give).

- نہیں (nahīn): The negative particle "not."

- دے (de): The stem of the verb denā (to give).

- رہے (rahe): An auxiliary verb indicating continuous action, agreeing with the plural masculine subject.

- The complete phrase dhokā nahīn de rahe (دھوکا نہیں دے رہے) means "are not deceiving." The construction apne aap ke sivā kisī aur ko dhokā nahīn de rahe (اپنے آپ کے سوا کسی اور کو دھوکا نہیں دے رہے) translates to "they are not deceiving anyone else except themselves," which implies "they are only deceiving themselves."

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Pronunciation: aur (as above).

- Grammar: Conjunction.

- انہیں (un-hēn)

- Meaning: To them / They (oblique form)

- Pronunciation: Pronounced as "un-hēn," with 'un' like "under" and 'hēn' like "hen."

- Grammar: This is an oblique plural pronoun, derived from woh (وہ). In Urdu, when expressing states of mind, feelings, or having/lacking something, the subject often appears in the dative case (marked with ko or in its oblique form like unhēn). Here, it effectively functions as the subject "they" in the construction "they don't have awareness."

- اس (is)

- Meaning: This / It

- Pronunciation: Pronounced as "is," like the English word "is."

- Grammar: This is a demonstrative pronoun/adjective, referring back to the preceding situation (of deceiving themselves).

- کا (kaa)

- Meaning: Of / 's

- Pronunciation: Pronounced as "kaa," like the English word "car."

- Grammar: This is a possessive postposition, similar to "'s" or "of" in English. It shows a relationship between is (it) and sha'oor (awareness), meaning "awareness of it."

- شعور (shaa-oor)

- Meaning: Awareness Perception Realization

- Pronunciation: Pronounced as "shaa-oor," with 'shaa' like "sharp" and 'oor' like "poor."

- Grammar: This is a noun.

- تک (tak)

- Meaning: Even / Until

- Pronunciation: Pronounced as "tak," like the English word "tack."

- Grammar: This is a postposition that adds emphasis, meaning "not even awareness" or "not so much as awareness."

- نہیں (na-heen)

- Meaning: Not

- Pronunciation: na-heen (as above).

- Grammar: This is the negative particle. In this context, it negates the existence of awareness. The verb "is" (ہے - hai) is often implied after nahīn in such constructions. The full phrase unhēn is kā sha'oor tak nahīn (انہیں اس کا شعور تک نہیں) means "they don't even have awareness of it."

This detailed breakdown should help you understand each Urdu word and its role in the sentence!

Here is the translation and word-for-word explanation to help you learn Urdu:

Full English Translation:

And you will surely find them the most eager of people for life, even more than those who associate partners (with God). Each one of them wishes that he could be granted a life of a thousand years, but his being granted a long life will not distance him from the punishment. And God is All-Seer of what they do.

Full Urdu Translation:

اور آپ انہیں سب لوگوں سے زیادہ زندگی کے حریص پائیں گے، اور ان لوگوں سے بھی جو شرک کرتے ہیں۔ ان میں سے ہر ایک یہ چاہتا ہے کہ کاش اسے ہزار سال کی عمر دی جائے، اور اس کا لمبی عمر پانا اسے عذاب سے بچا نہیں سکے گا اور اللہ جو کچھ وہ کرتے ہیں اسے خوب دیکھتا ہے۔

Word-by-Word Breakdown for Urdu Learners:

1. اور (aur) - And

- Explanation: This is a common conjunction in Urdu, similar to "and" in English.

2. آپ (aap) - You (formal)

- Explanation: In Urdu, aap is used for respectful 'you', whether singular or plural. It's similar to 'vous' in French or 'Sie' in German.

3. انہیں (unhen) - Them

- Explanation: This is the object pronoun for 'they/them'.

4. سب (sab) - All

- Explanation: Means 'all' or 'every'.

5. لوگوں (logon) - People

- Explanation: This is the plural form of لوگ (log, 'person/people') in its oblique case, used when followed by a postposition like 'سے' (se).

6. سے (se) - Than, from, by

- Explanation: This postposition has multiple uses. Here, it is used for comparison, meaning "than".

7. زیادہ (ziyaadah) - More, most

- Explanation: When combined with سب لوگوں سے (sab logon se, "than all people"), it forms the superlative "the most". So, سب لوگوں سے زیادہ (sab logon se ziyaadah) means "more than all people" or "the most of all people".

8. زندگی (zindagi) - Life

- Explanation: This is a feminine noun of Persian origin, commonly used in Urdu.

9. کے (ke) - Of, for

- Explanation: This is a masculine possessive particle, similar to 'of' or 'for' in English. It agrees with the masculine noun حریص (harees) that follows, or implies "for life's eagerness".

10. حریص (harees) - Eager, greedy, covetous

- Explanation: This word is derived from Arabic and means someone who is excessively desirous or greedy.

11. پائیں گے (paaen ge) - Will find

- Explanation: پائیں (paaen) is the root verb "to find" (پانا, paana) conjugated for 'aap'. گے (ge) is the masculine plural future tense marker. It agrees with the implied subject 'you' (singular, but 'aap' often takes plural verb forms for respect).

12. ، اور (aur) - , and

- Explanation: Another instance of the conjunction 'and'.

13. ان (un) - Those

- Explanation: Plural demonstrative pronoun, here in its oblique form.

14. لوگوں (logon) - People

- Explanation: Again, the oblique plural of لوگ (log).

15. سے (se) - Than

- Explanation: Used here for comparison, as before.

16. بھی (bhi) - Even, also

- Explanation: This particle emphasizes the preceding word, meaning "even more than" or "also". ان لوگوں سے بھی (un logon se bhi) means "even from those people" or "even more than those people".

17. جو (jo) - Who

- Explanation: This is a relative pronoun, similar to 'who', 'which', or 'that'.

18. شرک (shirk) - Polytheism, associating partners (with God)

- Explanation: An Arabic loanword that refers to the act of associating partners with God, considered a major sin in Islam.

19. کرتے ہیں (karte hain) - Do, practice

- Explanation: کرتے (karte) is the plural form of the verb "to do" (کرنا, karna), and ہیں (hain) is the plural auxiliary verb for the present tense. Together, they form the present habitual tense for 'they'.

20. ۔ ان (. un) - . Among them

- Explanation: The full stop ۔ marks the end of the previous clause. ان (un) refers back to the people being discussed.

21. میں (men) - In, among

- Explanation: A common postposition meaning 'in' or 'among'.

22. سے (se) - From, of

- Explanation: Here, ان میں سے (un men se) means "from among them" or "of them".

23. ہر (har) - Every

- Explanation: Means 'every' or 'each'.

24. ایک (ek) - One

- Explanation: Means 'one' or 'a single'. ہر ایک (har ek) means "each one".

25. یہ (yeh) - This

- Explanation: A demonstrative pronoun that can also refer to the following clause or idea, meaning "this (thing)".

26. چاہتا ہے (chahta hai) - Wishes, desires

- Explanation: چاہتا (chahta) is the masculine singular form of the verb "to want/wish" (چاہنا, chaahna), and ہے (hai) is the singular auxiliary verb for the present tense.

27. کہ (keh) - That

- Explanation: A conjunction meaning 'that'.

28. کاش (kaash) - If only, would that

- Explanation: An exclamatory particle used to express a strong wish or desire.

29. اسے (use) - Him, to him

- Explanation: An object pronoun for 'him' or 'it'.

30. ہزار (hazaar) - Thousand

- Explanation: A common word for 'thousand', of Persian origin.

31. سال (saal) - Year

- Explanation: A common word for 'year', also of Persian origin.

32. کی (ki) - Of

- Explanation: A feminine possessive particle, agreeing with the feminine noun عمر (umar) that follows.

33. عمر (umar) - Life, age

- Explanation: A feminine noun of Arabic origin, meaning 'life' or 'age'.

34. دی جائے (di jaaye) - Be given, be granted

- Explanation: This is a passive subjunctive construction, literally meaning "that it be given" or "may it be given/granted." دی (di) is the feminine form of "given" (from دینا, dena - to give), and جائے (jaaye) is the subjunctive form of "to go" (جانا, jaana), used to form passive constructions.

35. ، اور (, aur) - , but

- Explanation: Here, 'aur' functions more like 'but' or 'however', indicating a contrast.

36. اس (us) - His

- Explanation: A possessive pronoun, referring to the person.

37. کا (ka) - Of

- Explanation: A masculine possessive particle, agreeing with the verbal noun پانا (paana) that follows.

38. لمبی (lambi) - Long

- Explanation: An adjective, feminine form, agreeing with the feminine noun عمر (umar).

39. عمر (umar) - Life, age

- Explanation: Same as above.

40. پانا (paana) - Getting, receiving, attaining

- Explanation: This is a verbal noun derived from the verb پانا (paana, "to get/receive"). The phrase اس کا لمبی عمر پانا (us ka lambi umar paana) means "his getting/receiving a long life."

41. اسے (use) - Him

- Explanation: Object pronoun.

42. عذاب (azaab) - Punishment, torment

- Explanation: An Arabic loanword meaning 'punishment'.

43. سے (se) - From

- Explanation: Here, it indicates separation or distancing "from the punishment."

44. بچا (bacha) - Save, protect, distance

- Explanation: This is the root form of the verb "to save" or "to distance" (بچانا, bachana).

45. نہیں سکے گا (nahin sake ga) - Will not be able to

- Explanation: نہیں (nahin) negates the verb. سکے گا (sake ga) is the masculine singular future form of سکنا (sakna, "to be able to"). So, بچا نہیں سکے گا (bacha nahin sake ga) means "will not be able to save/distance (him)".

46. اور (aur) - And

- Explanation: The conjunction 'and'.

47. اللہ (Allah) - God

- Explanation: The Arabic proper noun for God, commonly used in Urdu.

48. جو کچھ (jo kuchh) - Whatever, what

- Explanation: جو (jo, 'what/which/who') combined with کچھ (kuchh, 'some/any/thing') means "whatever" or "all that."

49. وہ (woh) - They

- Explanation: Plural pronoun for 'they'.

50. کرتے ہیں (karte hain) - Do, perform

- Explanation: Present habitual tense for 'they', as explained earlier.

51. اسے (use) - It

- Explanation: Object pronoun, referring to جو کچھ وہ کرتے ہیں (jo kuchh woh karte hain, "whatever they do").

52. خوب (khoob) - Well, thoroughly, very

- Explanation: An adverb meaning 'well' or 'thoroughly', emphasizing the manner of seeing.

53. دیکھتا ہے (dekhta hai) - Sees

- Explanation: دیکھتا (dekhta) is the masculine singular form of the verb "to see" (دیکھنا, dekhna), and ہے (hai) is the singular auxiliary verb for the present tense. خوب دیکھتا ہے (khoob dekhta hai) translates to "sees well" or "observes thoroughly," conveying the sense of "All-Seer."

Here is the translation and detailed breakdown of the Arabic sentence, designed to teach Urdu to an English speaker.

English Translation

And [recall] when his Lord tested Abraham with [certain] words, and he fulfilled them. He (Allah) said, "Indeed, I will make you a leader for the people." He (Abraham) said, "And from my offspring [too]?" He (Allah) said, "My covenant will not reach the wrongdoers."

Urdu Translation

اور جب اِبراہیم (علیہ السلام) کو اُن کے رب نے چند باتوں سے آزمایا تو اُنہوں نے اُنہیں پورا کر دکھایا۔ (اللہ نے) فرمایا، "میں تمہیں لوگوں کا امام بناؤں گا۔" (اِبراہیم نے) عرض کیا، "اور میری اولاد میں سے بھی؟" فرمایا، "میرا عہد ظالموں کو نہیں پہنچے گا۔"

Urdu Word-for-Word Breakdown and Explanation

Let's break down the Urdu translation word by word to help you understand its structure and vocabulary.

- اور (aur) - and

- This is a conjunction, similar to "and" in English.

- جب (jab) - when

- This word introduces a temporal clause, indicating a time.

- اِبراہیم (Ibrahim) - Abraham

- This is the proper noun for the Prophet Abraham.

- (علیہ السلام) (alaihis salaam) - peace be upon him

- This is an honorific phrase commonly used after the names of prophets in Islamic contexts. It literally means "upon him be peace."

- کو (ko) - to / for (object marker)

- Grammar Tip: In Urdu, کو (ko) is a postposition that marks the direct object of a verb, especially when the object is a person or a definite noun. It doesn't always have a direct English equivalent but indicates who or what is receiving the action. Here, it marks "Abraham" as the one being tested.

- اُن (un) - his / their

- This is a third-person plural pronoun, but it can also be used as an honorific singular "his" when referring to respected individuals like prophets.

- کے (ke) - of / belonging to (possessive particle)

- Grammar Tip: کے (ke) is a possessive particle that links the possessor (اُن - his/their) to the possessed (رب - Lord). It's masculine plural, but its form here is determined by the gender and number of the possessed noun (رب - Lord, masculine singular).

- کا (ka) is used for masculine singular nouns.

- کی (ki) is used for feminine singular/plural nouns.

- کے (ke) is used for masculine plural nouns, or when the possessed noun is the object of a postposition like کو (ko). In this case, 'Rab' is masculine singular, but 'ke' is used here to match 'un' (honorific plural) and sometimes it's just a set phrase for 'his Lord'.

- رب (Rabb) - Lord

- This noun refers to the Lord or Sustainer.

- نے (ne) - (subject marker)

- Grammar Tip: نے (ne) is a unique postposition in Urdu that marks the subject of a transitive verb in the perfect (past) tenses. It signals that the action was performed by the preceding noun. For example, "Rab ne aazmaaya" means "The Lord tested."

- چند (chand) - some / a few

- This is an indefinite adjective, indicating an unspecified small number.

- باتوں (baaton) - words / matters / commands

- This is the plural, oblique form of بات (baat) meaning "word" or "matter." It's in the oblique case because it's followed by the postposition سے (se).

- سے (se) - with by from

- This postposition indicates the means or instrument by which an action is performed. Here, it means "with" or "by means of."

- آزمایا (aazmaaya) - tested

- This is the masculine singular past tense form of the verb آزمانا (aazmaana), meaning "to test" or "to try."

- تو (to) - then / so

- This conjunction connects the preceding clause (the testing) to the following one (the fulfillment).

- اُنہوں نے (unhon ne) - he (honorific) / they (honorific plural with subject marker)

- Grammar Tip: اُنہوں نے (unhon ne) is the oblique form of the third-person plural pronoun وہ (woh) combined with the subject marker نے (ne). When referring to a single respected person (like Abraham), Urdu often uses plural forms for honorifics. So, it means "he (Abraham) [honorifically]."

- اُنہیں (unhen) - them

- This is the oblique object form of the third-person plural pronoun وہ (woh), meaning "them." It refers back to چند باتوں (chand baaton).

- پورا (poora) - complete / fulfilled

- This is an adjective meaning "complete" or "whole."

- کر دکھایا (kar dikhaaya) - fulfilled / accomplished

- This is a compound verb formed from کرنا (karna) (to do) and دکھانا (dikhaana) (to show). Together, کر دکھانا means "to accomplish" or "to fulfill" something, often implying effort and success.

- (اللہ نے) (Allah ne) - (Allah) (subject marker)

- This phrase is added for clarity in the breakdown; the subject "Allah" is implied in the Arabic but often explicitly stated or understood in Urdu contexts.

- فرمایا (faramaaya) - said / commanded

- This is the honorific past tense form of فرمانا (farmaana), meaning "to say" or "to command" (used when a respected person or God speaks).

- میں (main) - I

- This is the first-person singular pronoun.

- تمہیں (tumhen) - you (object)

- This is the oblique object form of the second-person singular pronoun تم (tum), meaning "you."

- لوگوں (logon) - people

- This is the plural, oblique form of لوگ (log) meaning "people." It's in the oblique case because it's followed by a possessive particle.

- کا (ka) - of / belonging to (possessive particle)

- Grammar Tip: Here, کا (ka) is used because امام (Imam) (leader) is a masculine singular noun. It connects "people" to "leader," forming "leader of the people."

- امام (Imam) - leader / Imam

- This noun means a leader, especially a religious leader.

- بناؤں گا (banaunga) - will make

- This is the first-person singular future tense of the verb بنانا (banaana), meaning "to make" or "to build." گا (ga) is the masculine future tense suffix.

- (اِبراہیم نے) (Ibrahim ne) - (Abraham) (subject marker)

- Again, added for clarity; the subject "Abraham" is implied.

- عرض کیا (arz kiya) - requested / submitted

- This is a common polite phrase meaning "to request" or "to submit (a query/petition)." It's formed from عرض (arz) (request/submission) and کرنا (karna) (to do).

- اور (aur) - and

- Conjunction, "and."

- میری (meri) - my

- Grammar Tip: میری (meri) is the feminine singular possessive pronoun for "my." It matches the gender of اولاد (aulaad) which, while sometimes considered masculine, is often treated as feminine in this context in Urdu.

- میرا (mera) for masculine singular nouns.

- میری (meri) for feminine singular/plural nouns.

- میرے (mere) for masculine plural nouns or when the noun is an object of a postposition.

- اولاد (aulaad) - offspring / children

- This noun refers to one's descendants.

- میں سے (mein se) - from among / out of

- This compound postposition means "from within" or "from among."

- بھی؟ (bhi?) - also / too?

- بھی (bhi) means "also" or "too." The question mark indicates that it's a query.

- میرا (mera) - my

- Grammar Tip: میرا (mera) is the masculine singular possessive pronoun. It matches عہد (ahd) (covenant) which is a masculine noun.

- عہد (ahd) - covenant / pledge

- This noun refers to a solemn promise or agreement.

- ظالموں (zaalimon) - wrongdoers / oppressors

- This is the plural, oblique form of ظالم (zaalim) meaning "wrongdoer" or "oppressor." It's in the oblique case because it's followed by the postposition کو (ko).

- کو (ko) - to (object marker)

- Here, کو (ko) marks ظالموں (zaalimon) as the indirect object, indicating "to the wrongdoers."

- نہیں (nahin) - not

- This is the general negation particle used with verbs in present/future tenses.

- پہنچے گا (pahunchega) - will reach

- This is the masculine singular future tense of the verb پہنچنا (pahunchana), meaning "to reach" or "to arrive." گا (ga) is the masculine future tense suffix.

Here's the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence, designed to help an English speaker learn Urdu:

English Translation:

In their hearts is a disease, so Allah increased them in disease, and for them is a painful punishment because they used to lie.

Urdu Translation:

ان کے دلوں میں ایک بیماری ہے، تو اللہ نے ان کی بیماری اور بڑھا دی، اور ان کے لیے دردناک عذاب ہے اس وجہ سے کہ وہ جھوٹ بولا کرتے تھے۔

Word-by-Word Explanation (Urdu to English):

- ان (un) - their, those.

- [Pronoun, plural oblique form. Used here to denote possession with 'کے'.]

- کے (ke) - of, for, belonging to.

- [Postposition, indicating possession or relationship, usually follows a pronoun or noun in oblique case.]

- دلوں (dilon) - hearts.

- [Plural noun, oblique case of 'دل' (dil - heart). Used here because of the preceding postposition 'میں'.]

- میں (mein) - in.

- [Postposition, indicating location.]

- ایک (ek) - a, one.

- [Indefinite article/numeral.]

- بیماری (beemari) - disease, sickness.

- [Noun, feminine.]

- ہے (hai) - is.

- [Verb, present tense of 'to be' for singular subjects.]

Sentence fragment so far: "In their hearts is a disease."

- تو (to) - so, then.

- [Conjunction, indicating a consequence or continuation.]

- اللہ (Allah) - Allah (God).

- [Proper Noun.]

- نے (ne) - (marker of agent).

- [Postposition, indicating the subject as the agent of a transitive verb in a past tense or perfective aspect construction. Often untranslatable directly into English but crucial for Urdu grammar.]

- ان (un) - their, them.

- [Pronoun, plural oblique form, here referring to the people whose hearts are diseased.]

- کی (ki) - of, for.

- [Postposition, feminine form of 'کے', used to show possession with 'بیماری' which is feminine.]

- بیماری (beemari) - disease, sickness.

- [Noun, feminine.]

- اور (aur) - more, further, and.

- [Adverb/Conjunction. Here means 'more'.]

- بڑھا (barha) - increased.

- [Verb stem from 'بڑھانا' (barhana - to increase). Used here in its past participle form.]

- دی (dee) - gave.

- [Auxiliary verb, feminine past tense of 'دینا' (dena - to give/to let). When used with 'بڑھا', it forms a compound verb meaning "to cause to increase" or "to increase (for someone's benefit/detriment)" and indicates the feminine direct object ('بیماری').]

Sentence fragment so far: "So Allah increased their disease." (More literally: "So Allah, regarding their disease, increased it further.")

- اور (aur) - and.

- [Conjunction.]

- ان (un) - them.

- [Pronoun, plural oblique form.]

- کے (ke) - for.

- [Postposition, indicating purpose or belonging.]

- لیے (liye) - for, in order to.

- [Postposition, often used with 'کے' to mean "for someone/something". 'کے لیے' (ke liye) means "for".]

- ایک (ek) - a, one.

- [Indefinite article/numeral.]

- دردناک (dardnaak) - painful.

- [Adjective. 'درد' (dard - pain) + 'ناک' (naak - full of/causing).]

- عذاب (azaab) - punishment, torment.

- [Noun, masculine.]

- ہے (hai) - is.

- [Verb, present tense of 'to be' for singular subjects.]

Sentence fragment so far: "And for them is a painful punishment."

- اس (is) - this, that.

- [Demonstrative pronoun/adjective, oblique case.]

- وجہ (wajah) - reason, cause.

- [Noun, feminine.]

- سے (se) - from, by, with, because of.

- [Postposition, here indicating cause/reason when used with 'وجہ'. 'اس وجہ سے' (is wajah se) means "because of this reason".]

- کہ (ke) - that.

- [Conjunction, introducing a subordinate clause.]

- وہ (wo) - they.

- [Pronoun, plural.]

- جھوٹ (jhoot) - lie, falsehood.

- [Noun, masculine.]

- بولا (bola) - spoke, told.

- [Verb stem from 'بولنا' (bolna - to speak/tell). Used here in a continuous past tense construction.]

- کرتے (karte) - used to do, do.

- [Auxiliary verb, masculine plural habitual/continuous past tense of 'کرنا' (karna - to do). When combined with 'بولا', it forms a compound verb 'بولا کرنا' meaning "to habitually lie" or "to used to lie".]

- تھے (the) - were.

- [Auxiliary verb, masculine plural past tense of 'to be'. Combined with 'بولا کرتے', it completes the habitual past tense: "they used to lie".]

Final phrase: "Because they used to lie."

Hello there! I'm here to help you learn Urdu. We'll go through this Arabic sentence piece by piece, first with its full English and Urdu translations, and then a detailed word-by-word explanation to help you understand each Urdu word, its pronunciation, and its role in the sentence.

Full English Translation

He said, "O Adam, inform them of their names." So when he informed them of their names, He said, "Did I not tell you that I know the unseen of the heavens and the earth and I know what you reveal and what you used to conceal?"

مکمل اردو ترجمہ (Full Urdu Translation)

فرمایا، "اے آدم! انہیں ان کے نام بتاؤ۔" تو جب آدم نے انہیں ان کے نام بتائے، اللہ نے فرمایا، "کیا میں نے تم سے نہیں کہا تھا کہ میں آسمانوں اور زمین کا غیب جانتا ہوں اور میں وہ بھی جانتا ہوں جو تم ظاہر کرتے ہو اور جو تم چھپاتے تھے؟"

Word-by-Word Explanation (Urdu to English)

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word. Remember, Urdu is written from right to left, but we will go from left to right for individual words in our breakdown.

Clause 1: فرمایا، "اے آدم! انہیں ان کے نام بتاؤ۔"

English: He said, "O Adam! Inform them of their names."

1. فرمایا (farmāyā)

- Meaning: (He) said/commanded. This is a respectful way of saying "said" in Urdu, often used when referring to God, prophets, or elders.

- Grammar: Past tense, masculine singular verb. It implies the subject is a respectful 'He' (in this context, Allah).

2. اے (ae)

- Meaning: O! (An addressive particle, used to call someone).

3. آدم! (Ādam!)

- Meaning: Adam! (The name).

4. انہیں (inhẽ)

- Meaning: Them (indirect object).

- Grammar: This is the oblique plural pronoun for 'they/them' when used as an indirect object. It can also mean "to them."

5. ان (un)

- Meaning: Their (a possessive pronoun).

- Grammar: It's the oblique plural form of 'they/those,' used here to indicate possession.

6. کے (ke)

- Meaning: Of / 's (a postposition indicating possession).

- Grammar: Urdu uses postpositions (words that come after the noun they relate to), unlike English prepositions. 'کے' (ke) is used for masculine plural nouns or when the possessed item is plural, or for general possession where the gender/number of the possessed item determines کا, کی, or کے. Here, نام (name) is masculine, so it could be کا or کے. It is کے here because 'نام' here, while singular, refers to multiple names given to multiple beings. Or more simply, ان کے نام means "their names" (plural).

7. نام (nām)

- Meaning: Names.

- Grammar: Noun, masculine plural. (The singular is also 'نام', context clarifies if it's singular or plural).

8. بتاؤ (batāo)

- Meaning: Inform/Tell (imperative verb).

- Grammar: This is the informal imperative form of the verb 'بتانا' (batānā - to tell/inform). It's a direct command from Allah to Adam. If it were a more formal command, one might use 'بتائیے' (batāiye).

Clause 2: تو جب آدم نے انہیں ان کے نام بتائے، اللہ نے فرمایا،

English: So when Adam informed them of their names, Allah said,

1. تو (to)

- Meaning: So / Then. (A conjunction connecting clauses).

2. جب (jab)

- Meaning: When. (A temporal conjunction).

3. آدم (Ādam)

- Meaning: Adam.

4. نے (ne)

- Meaning: (An agentive marker).

- Grammar: This is a crucial postposition in Urdu grammar. It marks the subject (agent) of a transitive verb in the perfect tenses (past simple, past perfect). It indicates who performed the action. In this sentence, 'آدم' (Ādam) is the agent.

5. انہیں (inhẽ)

- Meaning: Them (indirect object). (Same as above).

6. ان (un)

- Meaning: Their (possessive pronoun). (Same as above).

7. کے (ke)

- Meaning: Of / 's (postposition). (Same as above).

8. نام (nām)

- Meaning: Names. (Same as above).

9. بتائے (batāye)

- Meaning: Informed/Told (past tense verb).

- Grammar: This is the past tense form of 'بتانا' (batānā - to tell/inform). Because the subject 'آدم' is marked by 'نے', the verb 'بتائے' agrees with the direct object (the names, which are plural masculine) rather than the subject.

10. اللہ (Allāh)

- Meaning: Allah (God).

11. نے (ne)

- Meaning: (Agentive marker). (Same as above, marking Allah as the agent).

12. فرمایا (farmāyā)

- Meaning: (He) said/commanded. (Same as above).

Clause 3: "کیا میں نے تم سے نہیں کہا تھا کہ میں آسمانوں اور زمین کا غیب جانتا ہوں

English: "Did I not tell you that I know the unseen of the heavens and the earth...

1. کیا (kyā)

- Meaning: What / (Interrogative particle).

- Grammar: When placed at the beginning of a sentence, 'کیا' makes the entire sentence a yes/no question, like putting "Did" or "Are" at the start of an English sentence.

2. میں (maiñ)

- Meaning: I (first-person singular pronoun).

3. نے (ne)

- Meaning: (Agentive marker). (Marks 'میں' as the agent of 'کہا').

4. تم (tum)

- Meaning: You (second-person plural/informal singular pronoun).

5. سے (se)

- Meaning: From To With (a postposition).

- Grammar: Here, 'سے' indicates the recipient of the action 'کہا' (said). So, 'تم سے کہا' means "said to you."

6. نہیں (nahīñ)

- Meaning: Not (a negative particle).

7. کہا (kahā)

- Meaning: Said (past participle of 'کہنا' - to say).

8. تھا؟ (thā?)

- Meaning: Was? (Auxiliary verb).

- Grammar: 'تھا' is the masculine singular form of the past auxiliary verb 'ہونا' (honā - to be). When combined with a past participle (like 'کہا'), it forms the past perfect tense ("had said"). So, 'نہیں کہا تھا' means "had not said."

9. کہ (ke)

- Meaning: That (conjunction). Introduces a subordinate clause.

10. میں (maiñ)

- Meaning: I. (Subject of the subordinate clause).

11. آسمانوں (āsmānoñ)

- Meaning: Heavens (plural).

- Grammar: This is the oblique plural form of 'آسمان' (āsmān - heaven/sky). It's used here because it's followed by a postposition 'کا' (kā).

12. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And (conjunction).

13. زمین (zamīn)

- Meaning: Earth (noun, feminine).

14. کا (kā)

- Meaning: Of / 's (postposition indicating possession).

- Grammar: 'کا' is the masculine singular form of the possessive postposition. It agrees in gender and number with the possessed item, which is 'غیب' (ghaib - unseen), a masculine singular noun.

15. غیب (ghaib)

- Meaning: Unseen / Hidden. (Noun, masculine).

16. جانتا (jāntā)

- Meaning: Know (masculine singular participle).

- Grammar: This is the present participle of 'جاننا' (jānnā - to know). It agrees in gender and number with the subject 'میں' (maiñ).

17. ہوں (hūñ)

- Meaning: Am (auxiliary verb).

- Grammar: This is the first-person singular present form of 'ہونا' (honā - to be). Combined with 'جانتا', it forms the present indefinite tense: 'جانتا ہوں' means "I know."

Clause 4: اور میں وہ بھی جانتا ہوں جو تم ظاہر کرتے ہو اور جو تم چھپاتے تھے؟"

English: ...and I also know what you reveal and what you used to conceal?"

1. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And.

2. میں (maiñ)

- Meaning: I.

3. وہ (vo)

- Meaning: That / What (demonstrative pronoun). Here it refers to "that thing" or "what."

4. بھی (bhī)

- Meaning: Also / Even. (An emphatic particle).

5. جانتا (jāntā)

- Meaning: Know (masculine singular participle). (Same as above).

6. ہوں (hūñ)

- Meaning: Am (auxiliary verb). (Same as above).

7. جو (jo)

- Meaning: Which / What (relative pronoun). It introduces a relative clause.

8. تم (tum)

- Meaning: You.

9. ظاہر (zāhir)

- Meaning: Apparent / Manifest / Revealed. (Adjective, often used with 'کرنا' to form a verb).

10. کرتے ہو (karte ho)

- Meaning: Do / Make (present indefinite tense).

- Grammar: 'کرتے' is the masculine plural/oblique participle of 'کرنا' (karnā - to do/make), agreeing with 'تم'. 'ہو' (ho) is the second-person plural/informal singular present auxiliary verb. So, 'ظاہر کرتے ہو' means "you make manifest" or "you reveal."

11. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And.

12. جو (jo)

- Meaning: Which / What (relative pronoun).

13. تم (tum)

- Meaning: You.

14. چھپاتے (chhipāte)

- Meaning: Concealing / Hiding (participle).

- Grammar: This is the masculine plural/oblique participle of 'چھپانا' (chhipānā - to hide/conceal).

15. تھے؟ (the?)

- Meaning: Were? (Auxiliary verb).

- Grammar: 'تھے' is the masculine plural form of the past auxiliary verb 'ہونا' (honā - to be). Combined with 'چھپاتے', it forms the past continuous/imperfect tense: 'چھپاتے تھے' means "you were concealing" or "you used to conceal." The question mark at the end applies to the entire statement.

I hope this detailed breakdown helps you understand the Urdu translation of the sentence! Let me know if you have any more questions.

Here is the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence for your Urdu learning.

English Translation

Indeed, those who disbelieved and died while they were disbelievers, upon them is the curse of Allah and the angels and all mankind.

Urdu Translation

بلاشبہ وہ لوگ جنہوں نے کفر کیا اور کافر ہی مر گئے، ان پر اللہ، فرشتوں اور تمام انسانوں کی لعنت ہے۔

(Bilashubah woh log jinhoN nay kufr kiya aur kaafir hee mar ga'ay, un par Allah, farishtoN aur tamaam insaanoN ki la'nat hai.)

Urdu Word-for-Word Explanation

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word to understand its meaning and structure.

- بلاشبہ (Bilashubah)

- Meaning: Indeed; Undoubtedly; Without a doubt; Surely.

- Grammar: This is an adverb, used to emphasize certainty. It's derived from بلا (bila - without) and شبہ (shubah - doubt).

- وہ (woh)

- Meaning: Those (plural of 'that').

- Grammar: A demonstrative pronoun, referring to people at a distance.

- لوگ (log)

- Meaning: People.

- Grammar: A masculine plural noun.

- Together, "وہ لوگ" means "Those people."

- جنہوں نے (jinhoN nay)

- Meaning: Who (plural, oblique case, followed by the postposition نے).

- Grammar: A relative pronoun. جنہوں is the oblique plural form of جو (jo - who). The postposition نے (nay) indicates the agent of a transitive verb in the past tense. Here, it marks "those people" as the ones who performed the action of "disbelieving."

- کفر (kufr)

- Meaning: Disbelief; Infidelity.

- Grammar: A masculine noun, referring to the act or state of denying truth or faith, especially in an Islamic context.

- کیا (kiya)

- Meaning: Did (past tense of کرنا - karna, to do).

- Grammar: A transitive verb in the simple past tense.

- Together, "کفر کیا" means "disbelieved" or "practiced disbelief."

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And.

- Grammar: A conjunction, connecting two clauses or phrases.

- کافر (kaafir)

- Meaning: Disbeliever; Infidel.

- Grammar: A masculine noun (or adjective), the agent noun of کفر (kufr).

- ہی (hee)

- Meaning: Only; Just; Indeed (an emphatic particle).

- Grammar: An emphatic particle, often used to add emphasis or specify "only" or "just" that particular thing/state. Here, it emphasizes that they died as disbelievers, not converting before death.

- مر گئے (mar ga'ay)

- Meaning: Died (plural past tense).

- Grammar: A compound verb. مر (mar) is the root of مرنا (marna - to die), and گئے (ga'ay) is the past plural masculine form of جانا (jaana - to go), which acts as an auxiliary verb to indicate completion of the action of dying.

- Together, "کافر ہی مر گئے" means "died only as disbelievers" or "died as disbelievers."

- ان (un)

- Meaning: Those; Them (oblique plural of وہ - woh).

- Grammar: A demonstrative or personal pronoun in its oblique form, referring back to "those people."

- پر (par)

- Meaning: On; Upon; Over.

- Grammar: A postposition that indicates location or direction, similar to "on" or "upon" in English.

- Together, "ان پر" means "upon them."

- اللہ (Allah)

- Meaning: Allah (God).

- Grammar: A proper noun.

- فرشتوں (farishtoN)

- Meaning: Angels (plural, oblique case).

- Grammar: A masculine plural noun. فرشتے (farishtay) is the nominative plural, and فرشتوں is the oblique plural form, used when followed by a postposition (کی in this case) or when in certain grammatical constructions.

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And.

- Grammar: A conjunction.

- تمام (tamaam)

- Meaning: All; Entire; Whole.

- Grammar: An adjective, modifying the noun انسانوں.

- انسانوں (insaanoN)

- Meaning: Mankind; Humans; People (plural, oblique case).

- Grammar: A masculine plural noun. انسان (insaan) is singular, انسانوں is the oblique plural form.

- کی (ki)

- Meaning: Of.

- Grammar: A feminine genitive postposition, indicating possession or relationship. It corresponds to 's or "of" in English. It is feminine because it modifies لعنت (la'nat), which is a feminine noun.

- لعنت (la'nat)

- Meaning: Curse; Malediction.

- Grammar: A feminine noun.

- ہے (hai)

- Meaning: Is.

- Grammar: The third-person singular present tense form of the verb "to be." It completes the sentence, stating the existence of the curse.

Grammatical Notes

1. Postpositions: Urdu uses postpositions (like نے, پر, کی) instead of prepositions (like "of," "on," "by" in English). These words come after the noun or pronoun they relate to.

2. Oblique Case: When nouns or pronouns are followed by postpositions, they often change into their oblique case. For instance, وہ (woh - they) becomes ان (un - them) before پر (par - on/upon). Similarly, فرشتے (farishtay - angels) becomes فرشتوں (farishtoN) before کی (ki - of).

3. Gender Agreement: In Urdu, adjectives and verbs often agree in gender and number with the noun they refer to. For example, کی (ki - of) is feminine because it relates to لعنت (la'nat - curse), which is a feminine noun.

4. Compound Verbs: Urdu frequently uses compound verbs (e.g., مر گئے - mar ga'ay), where an auxiliary verb (like جانا - jaana, to go) combines with a verb root to add nuance, such as indicating completion of an action.

5. Emphasis Particle ہی (hee): This small but powerful particle adds emphasis, meaning "only," "just," or "indeed." In this sentence, "کافر ہی" (kaafir hee) emphasizes that they died as disbelievers, not in any other state.

Here is the translation and detailed explanation of the Arabic sentence for an English student learning Urdu:

English Translation

And establish the prayer, and give the Zakat, and bow down with those who bow down.

Urdu Translation

اور نماز قائم کرو، اور زکوٰۃ دو، اور رکوع کرنے والوں کے ساتھ رکوع کرو۔

Pronunciation: Aur namāz qā'im karo, aur zakāt do, aur rukū' karne wālon ke sāth rukū' karo.

Word-for-Word Breakdown (Urdu to English)

Let's break down the Urdu translation word by word to help you understand its components:

1. اور (Aur) - And

- This is a conjunction, similar to "and" in English, used to connect words, phrases, or clauses.

2. نماز (Namāz) - Prayer / Salat

- This word refers to the ritual prayer performed by Muslims. It's a Persian loanword widely used in Urdu.

3. قائم (Qā'im) - Establish / Maintain / Set up

- This word means to establish, maintain, or set up something. It's an Arabic loanword.

4. کرو (Karo) - Do / Perform / Make (Plural/Formal Imperative)

- This is the imperative (command) form of the verb "کرنا" (karnā) meaning "to do" or "to make."

- Grammar Note: In Urdu, when addressing multiple people or speaking formally, the imperative verb takes the -o ending (like karo). If it were to a single, informal person, it would be kar (do). So, "نماز قائم کرو" means "Establish the prayer" (addressed to multiple people or respectfully).

5. اور (Aur) - And

- (Repeated, as explained above)

6. زکوٰۃ (Zakāt) - Zakat / Charity

- This refers to the obligatory charity given by Muslims, a pillar of Islam. It's an Arabic loanword.

7. دو (Do) - Give (Plural/Formal Imperative)

- This is the imperative form of the verb "دینا" (denā) meaning "to give."

- Grammar Note: Similar to karo, do is the plural/formal imperative. For a single, informal person, it would be de (give). So, "زکوٰۃ دو" means "Give the Zakat."

8. اور (Aur) - And

- (Repeated, as explained above)

9. رکوع (Rukū') - Bowing / Bowing down

- This refers to the specific bowing posture in Islamic prayer, where one bends from the waist. It's an Arabic loanword.

10. کرنے (Karne) - Doing / Who do

- This is the oblique form of the infinitive "کرنا" (karnā - to do), used here as part of a participle phrase.

11. والوں (Wālon) - Those / People (Plural, Oblique)

- The suffix "والا" (wālā) or "والے" (wāle - plural) is used to form an agent noun or to denote someone who does something.

- Here, "رکوع کرنے والوں" (rukū' karne wālon) literally means "those who do bowing" or "the bowers."

- Grammar Note: "والوں" is in the oblique plural form because it is followed by a postposition "کے" (ke).

12. کے (Ke) - Of / 's

- This is a postposition (similar to a preposition but placed after the noun) indicating possession or relationship. Here, it acts as part of "کے ساتھ."

13. ساتھ (Sāth) - With / Along with

- This word means "with" or "along with." When combined with "کے," it forms the common phrase "کے ساتھ" (ke sāth), meaning "with."

14. رکوع (Rukū') - Bowing / Bowing down

- (Repeated, as explained above)

15. کرو (Karo) - Do / Perform / Make (Plural/Formal Imperative)

- (Repeated, as explained above) Here it completes the phrase "رکوع کرو" which means "Bow down."

Here is the translation and word-by-word breakdown of the Arabic sentence, designed to teach Urdu to an English student:

English Translation

"We said, 'Descend from it, all of you.' Then if guidance comes to you from Me, whoever follows My guidance - there will be no fear upon them, nor will they grieve."

Urdu Translation

ہم نے کہا، تم سب اس میں سے اتر جاؤ۔ پھر جب میری طرف سے تمہارے پاس کوئی ہدایت آئے تو جو میری ہدایت کی پیروی کرے گا، ان پر نہ کوئی خوف ہوگا اور نہ وہ غمگین ہوں گے۔

Word-by-Word Breakdown and Explanation

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word to understand its meaning and structure.

- ہم (hum) – We

- This is the first person plural pronoun.

- نے (ne) – (Postposition)

- This is a postposition used after the subject of a transitive verb in certain past tenses in Urdu. It indicates that the subject is the agent performing the action.

- کہا (ka-haa) – said

- This is the past tense form of the verb کہنا (keh-naa) meaning "to say" or "to tell".

- ، (comma) – (Pause)

- تم (tum) – you (plural/respectful singular)

- This is the second person plural pronoun. It can also be used for a respectful singular "you."

- سب (sab) – all / all of you

- This word means "all" or "everyone." When combined with pronouns like "تم," it becomes "all of you."

- اس (is) – this / it

- This is a demonstrative pronoun meaning "this" or "it."

- میں (mein) – in

- This is a postposition meaning "in" or "inside."

- سے (se) – from / by

- This is a postposition with several uses, here it means "from."

- Combined: اس میں سے (is mein se) means "from it" or "from within it." In the context of the Quranic verse, "it" often refers to the Garden (Paradise) from which Adam and Eve (and their progeny) were commanded to descend.

- اتر (u-tar) – descend / go down

- This is the verb stem of اترنا (utarna), meaning "to descend" or "to go down."

- جاؤ (ja-ao) – go (plural command)

- This is the plural imperative form of the verb جانا (jaanaa), meaning "to go." It acts here as an auxiliary verb, forming a compound verb with "اتر" (utar).

- Combined: اتر جاؤ (utar jaao) is a compound verb meaning "descend" or "go down" (as a plural command).

- ۔ (full stop) – (End of sentence)

- پھر (phir) – then / after that

- This adverb means "then" or "afterwards."

- جب (jab) – when

- This is a conjunction meaning "when."

- میری (me-ri) – My

- This is the feminine form of the possessive pronoun "my," agreeing with the feminine noun ہدایت (hidayat).

- طرف (ta-raf) – direction / side

- This noun means "direction" or "side."

- سے (se) – from

- Combined: میری طرف سے (meri taraf se) means "from My side" or simply "from Me."

- تمہارے (tum-haa-re) – your (to you)

- This is the oblique form of the possessive pronoun "your," used here with the postposition "پاس" (paas).

- پاس (paas) – near to with

- This postposition means "near," "with," or "to."

- Combined: تمہارے پاس (tumhare paas) means "to you" or "in your possession."

- کوئی (ko-ii) – any / some

- This can be an indefinite pronoun or adjective meaning "any" or "some."

- ہدایت (hi-daa-yat) – guidance

- This is a feminine noun meaning "guidance" or "direction."

- آئے (aa-ye) – comes / should come

- This is the subjunctive/conditional form of the verb آنا (aanaa), meaning "to come." It implies "if it comes" or "when it comes."

- تو (to) – then / so

- This is a conjunction used to introduce the consequence of a conditional clause, meaning "then" or "so."

- جو (jo) – whoever / who

- This is a relative pronoun meaning "who" or "whoever."

- میری (me-ri) – My

- Possessive pronoun, as explained above.

- ہدایت (hi-daa-yat) – guidance

- Noun, as explained above.

- کی (ki) – of

- This is a feminine postposition indicating possession or relation, agreeing with the feminine noun پیروی (pairwi).

- Combined: میری ہدایت کی (meri hidayat ki) means "of My guidance."

- پیروی (pai-ra-wi) – following / adherence

- This is a feminine noun meaning "following" or "adherence."

- کرے (ka-re) – does / should do

- This is the subjunctive/conditional form of the verb کرنا (karna), meaning "to do."

- گا (gaa) – (Future tense marker)

- This is a masculine singular future tense marker attached to the verb stem.

- Combined: پیروی کرے گا (pairwi karega) means "will follow" or "will adhere."

- ، (comma) – (Pause)

- ان (un) – them

- This is the oblique form of the plural pronoun وہ (woh), meaning "they."

- پر (par) – on / upon

- This is a postposition meaning "on" or "upon."

- Combined: ان پر (un par) means "upon them."

- نہ (na) – neither / no

- This is a negative particle used to negate verbs or adjectives.

- کوئی (ko-ii) – any / some

- As explained above.

- خوف (khauf) – fear

- This is a masculine noun meaning "fear." (The 'kh' sound is a guttural 'h', similar to 'ch' in Scottish 'loch').

- ہوگا (ho-gaa) – will be

- This is the masculine singular future tense form of the verb ہونا (ho-naa), meaning "to be."

- Combined: نہ کوئی خوف ہوگا (na koi khauf hoga) means "there will be no fear."

- اور (aur) – and

- This is a conjunction meaning "and."

- نہ (na) – neither / no

- As explained above.

- وہ (woh) – they

- This is the third person plural pronoun.

- غمگین (ghamgeen) – sorrowful / grieving

- This is an adjective meaning "sorrowful," "sad," or "grieving."

- ہوں (hon) – will be

- This is the plural form of the verb होना (ho-naa), meaning "to be."

- گے (ge) – (Future tense marker)

- This is a masculine plural future tense marker attached to the verb.

- Combined: غمگین ہوں گے (ghamgeen honge) means "will be sorrowful" or "will grieve."

- ۔ (full stop) – (End of sentence)

Here's the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence for an English student learning Urdu:

Full English Translation:

The path of those upon whom You have bestowed favor, not of those who have evoked [Your] wrath or of those who are astray.

Full Urdu Translation:

ان لوگوں کا راستہ جن پر تو نے اپنا فضل کیا، نہ کہ ان کا جن پر تیرا غضب ہوا اور نہ ہی گمراہوں کا۔

(in logon ka raasta jin par tu ne apna fazl kiya, nah ke un ka jin par tera ghazab hua aur nah hee gumraahon ka)

Word-by-Word Breakdown and Explanation:

1. ان (in) (pronunciation: in)

- Meaning: These, those.

- Explanation: This is a demonstrative pronoun. In this context, it refers to "those people" or "the ones."

2. لوگوں (logon) (pronunciation: lo-gon)

- Meaning: People (plural).

- Explanation: 'Log' (لوگ) is the singular form meaning "person" or "people." 'Logon' (لوگوں) is the oblique plural form, which is used when the noun is followed by a postposition (like 'ka' in the next word).

3. کا (ka) (pronunciation: kaa)

- Meaning: Of, belonging to.

- Explanation: This is a masculine singular postposition. Urdu uses postpositions (coming after the noun) instead of prepositions (coming before the noun, like "of" in English). It indicates possession or a relationship, so "ان لوگوں کا" means "of those people."

4. راستہ (raasta) (pronunciation: raas-taa)

- Meaning: Path, way, road.

- Explanation: This word directly translates "صِرَاطَ" (sirāṭa), meaning "path." So, "ان لوگوں کا راستہ" means "the path of those people."

5. جن (jin) (pronunciation: jin)

- Meaning: Who, whom, which.

- Explanation: This is a relative pronoun. It connects the current clause to "those people," referring back to them.

6. پر (par) (pronunciation: par)

- Meaning: On, upon, over.

- Explanation: Another common postposition, indicating location or the recipient of an action.

7. تو (tu) (pronunciation: too)

- Meaning: You (informal, singular).

- Explanation: This is the informal singular pronoun for "you." In religious contexts, it's often used to address God. It corresponds to the "You" in "You have bestowed favor."

8. نے (ne) (pronunciation: ne)

- Meaning: A postposition indicating the agent.

- Explanation: This postposition is used to mark the subject of a transitive verb in certain past tenses in Urdu. Here, 'تو نے' means 'You (did something)'. It clarifies that 'You' are the one performing the action of "bestowing favor."

9. اپنا (apnaa) (pronunciation: ap-naa)

- Meaning: Own, one's own, your (reflexive).

- Explanation: This is a reflexive possessive pronoun. It indicates that the favor is "Your own" favor, referring back to the subject 'تو' (you).

10. فضل (fazl) (pronunciation: fazl)

- Meaning: Favor, grace, bounty, blessing.

- Explanation: This word is a common translation for the concept of "favor" or "blessing" conveyed by "أَنْعَمْتَ" (anʿamta - You bestowed favor).

11. کیا (kiya) (pronunciation: ki-yaa)

- Meaning: Did, done.

- Explanation: This is the past tense form of the verb 'کرنا' (karnaa - to do). When combined with 'فضل' (fazl), 'فضل کیا' (fazl kiya) means "bestowed favor" or "did favor."

- So, "جن پر تو نے اپنا فضل کیا" means "upon whom You bestowed Your favor."

12. نہ (nah) (pronunciation: nah)

- Meaning: Not, neither, nor.

- Explanation: This is a negative particle used to negate a verb or an idea.

13. کہ (ke) (pronunciation: ke)

- Meaning: That, than, or.

- Explanation: Here, it functions to connect the negation, similar to saying "not that of them..." It sets up the contrast.

14. ان (in) (pronunciation: in)

- Meaning: These, those. (Same as the first 'ان')

15. کا (ka) (pronunciation: kaa)

- Meaning: Of, belonging to. (Same as the first 'کا')

16. جن (jin) (pronunciation: jin)

- Meaning: Who, whom. (Same as the first 'جن')

17. پر (par) (pronunciation: par)

- Meaning: On, upon. (Same as the first 'پر')

18. تیرا (teraa) (pronunciation: te-raa)

- Meaning: Your (informal, singular).

- Explanation: This is the possessive form of 'تو' (tu - you), meaning "Your."

19. غضب (ghazab) (pronunciation: gha-zab)

- Meaning: Wrath, anger, displeasure.

- Explanation: This corresponds to "الْمَغْضُوبِ" (al-maghdūbi), which refers to "those who have evoked [Your] wrath" or "those upon whom wrath has fallen."

20. ہوا (hua) (pronunciation: hu-aa)

- Meaning: Happened, occurred, became.

- Explanation: This is the past tense of 'ہونا' (honaa - to be, to happen). Here, 'غضب ہوا' (ghazab hua) means "wrath occurred" or "wrath fell upon them."

- So, "نہ کہ ان کا جن پر تیرا غضب ہوا" means "not of those upon whom Your wrath fell."

21. اور (aur) (pronunciation: aur)

- Meaning: And.

- Explanation: A common conjunction connecting phrases or clauses.

22. نہ (nah) (pronunciation: nah)

- Meaning: Not, neither, nor. (Same as previous 'نہ')

23. ہی (hee) (pronunciation: hee)

- Meaning: Indeed, only, precisely, even.

- Explanation: This is an emphatic particle that adds emphasis to the preceding word. Here, it reinforces the negation, making it "nor indeed" or "nor even."

24. گمراہوں (gumraahon) (pronunciation: gum-ra-hon)

- Meaning: Those who are astray, misguided ones.

- Explanation: This is the oblique plural form of 'گمراہ' (gumraah - astray, misguided). It directly translates "الضَّالِّينَ" (aḍ-ḍāllīna).

- So, "اور نہ ہی گمراہوں کا" means "and nor of those who are astray."

Key Grammar Rules Highlighted:

- Postpositions: Urdu uses postpositions (like کا, پر, نے) that come after the noun or pronoun they relate to, unlike English prepositions which come before.

- Oblique Case: Nouns and pronouns in Urdu often change their form (entering the 'oblique case') when they are immediately followed by a postposition. For example, 'لوگ' (log - people) becomes 'لوگوں' (logon) when followed by 'کا'. Similarly, 'گمراہ' (gumraah - astray) becomes 'گمراہوں' (gumraahon) in the plural oblique case (here, implicitly followed by 'کا').

- Verb Forms:

- کیا (kiya) is the past tense of 'کرنا' (karnaa - to do).

- ہوا (hua) is the past tense of 'ہونا' (honaa - to be, to happen).

- Agentive Postposition 'نے' (ne): This postposition marks the subject of a transitive verb (a verb that takes an object) in certain past tenses. In "تو نے فضل کیا," 'نے' indicates that 'تو' (You) is the agent of 'فضل کیا' (bestowed favor).

- Reflexive Possessive Pronoun 'اپنا' (apnaa): This pronoun refers back to the subject of the sentence. 'اپنا فضل' means 'Your own favor' (where 'Your' refers to the subject 'تو').

- Negation: The word نہ (nah) is used for negation, meaning "not," "neither," or "nor." It often precedes the word or phrase it negates.

Here is the translation and detailed explanation of the Arabic sentence, designed to help an English student learn Urdu:

English Translation:

Or do you intend to ask your Messenger as Moses was asked before? And whoever exchanges disbelief for faith has certainly strayed from the straight path.

Urdu Translation:

کیا تم چاہتے ہو کہ اپنے رسول سے ویسا ہی سوال کرو جیسا کہ موسیٰ سے پہلے سوال کیا گیا تھا؟ اور جو ایمان کے بدلے کفر کو لے، تو وہ یقیناً سیدھے راستے سے بھٹک گیا ہے۔

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English)

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word to understand its structure and meaning.

کیا (kyā)

- Meaning: What / Do (question particle)

- Grammar: This word acts as a question particle at the beginning of a sentence, similar to how "do" or "are" starts a question in English. It signals that the sentence is interrogative.

تم (tum)

- Meaning: You (plural/informal singular)

- Grammar: This is the second-person plural pronoun. In Urdu, tum is also used for informal singular "you." For formal singular "you," آپ (āp) is used.

چاہتے ہو (chāhte ho)

- Meaning: Want (you want)

- Grammar: This is the present indefinite tense for "to want."

- چاہتے (chāhte) is the masculine plural participle of the verb چاہنا (chāhnā - to want).

- ہو (ho) is the second-person plural form of the auxiliary verb ہونا (honā - to be).

- Together, چاہتے ہو means "you want." If it were a female plural or singular informal, it would be چاہتی ہو (chāhtī ho).

کہ (ke)

- Meaning: That / So that

- Grammar: This conjunction introduces a subordinate clause, often translated as "that" in English.

اپنے (apne)

- Meaning: Your (referring to the subject of the sentence)

- Grammar: This is a reflexive possessive pronoun. It refers back to the subject (تم - you). If it were "his/her/their" referring to someone else, it would be اس کے (us ke) or ان کے (un ke).

رسول (rasūl)

- Meaning: Messenger

- Grammar: A noun, borrowed from Arabic, commonly used in Urdu to refer to a prophet or messenger of God.

سے (se)

- Meaning: From By With (as a postposition)

- Grammar: This is a postposition that follows a noun or pronoun. Here, it indicates the recipient of the action "to ask," so "from your messenger" or "ask your messenger."

ویسا (waisā)

- Meaning: Like that / Such

- Grammar: An adjective referring to "that kind" or "such." It modifies the noun "سوال" (sawāl - question).

ہی (hī)

- Meaning: Only Indeed Just

- Grammar: An intensifier particle. It emphasizes the preceding word or phrase. Here, it emphasizes "waisā" (like that), making it "just like that" or "exactly like that."

سوال (sawāl)

- Meaning: Question

- Grammar: A noun, borrowed from Arabic. It's often used with کرنا (karnā - to do) to form the verb "to ask a question" (سوال کرنا).

کرو (karo)

- Meaning: Do (you do / you ask)

- Grammar: This is the imperative form of the verb کرنا (karnā - to do). Here, سوال کرو means "ask a question" (literally "do a question").

جیسا (jaisā)

- Meaning: As / Like

- Grammar: A conjunction or adverb, used to make comparisons. Similar to ویسا (waisā), but جیسا initiates the comparison.

کہ (ke)

- Meaning: That

- Grammar: Again, a conjunction. جیسا کہ (jaisā ke) means "just as" or "like that."

موسیٰ (Mūsā)

- Meaning: Moses

- Grammar: A proper noun, referring to the prophet Moses.

سے (se)

- Meaning: From / By

- Grammar: Another postposition. Here it indicates who was asked, so "from Moses" or "Moses was asked."

پہلے (pahle)

- Meaning: Before / Previously

- Grammar: An adverb of time.

سوال (sawāl)

- Meaning: Question

- Grammar: (Already explained)

کیا (kiyā)

- Meaning: Was done / Asked

- Grammar: The past masculine singular form of the verb کرنا (karnā - to do).

گیا (gayā)

- Meaning: Went / (Auxiliary for passive voice)

- Grammar: The past masculine singular form of the verb جانا (jānā - to go). When used with کیا (kiyā), as in کیا گیا (kiyā gayā), it forms the passive voice, meaning "was done" or "was asked."

تھا (thā)

- Meaning: Was

- Grammar: The past masculine singular form of the auxiliary verb ہونا (honā - to be). It places the passive action in the past perfect, so "had been asked."

اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Grammar: A conjunction, used to connect clauses or sentences.

جو (jo)

- Meaning: Whoever / Who (relative pronoun)

- Grammar: This is a relative pronoun, equivalent to "who" or "whoever" in English. It introduces a descriptive clause.

ایمان (īmān)

- Meaning: Faith / Belief

- Grammar: A noun, borrowed from Arabic, meaning religious faith or belief.

کے بدلے (ke badle)

- Meaning: Instead of / In exchange for

- Grammar: A compound postposition. کے (ke) is a genitive postposition (like "of"), and بدلے (badle) means "exchange" or "substitute." Together, they mean "in exchange for" or "instead of."

کفر (kufr)

- Meaning: Disbelief / Atheism

- Grammar: A noun, borrowed from Arabic, referring to disbelief or rejection of faith.

کو (ko)

- Meaning: To / (Object marker)

- Grammar: A postposition that marks the direct object of a verb. Here, کفر کو indicates that کفر (disbelief) is the object being taken or chosen.

لے (le)

- Meaning: Takes / Chooses

- Grammar: This is the subjunctive/conditional form of the verb لینا (lenā - to take). In this context, with اختیار کرنا (ikhtiyār karnā - to choose/adopt) implied, it means "chooses" or "adopts."

تو (to)

- Meaning: Then / So

- Grammar: A conditional particle. It introduces the consequence of the preceding conditional clause.

وہ (wo)

- Meaning: He / She It That

- Grammar: A third-person singular pronoun. Here it refers back to جو (whoever).

یقیناً (yaqīnan)

- Meaning: Certainly / Indeed

- Grammar: An adverb, meaning "with certainty."

سیدھے (sīdhe)

- Meaning: Straight / Right

- Grammar: An adjective, describing the path. It is in the oblique masculine plural form because راستے (rāste) is plural oblique.

راستے (rāste)

- Meaning: Path / Way

- Grammar: A noun, in the oblique plural form راستے (rāste). The singular nominative is راستہ (rāstā).

سے (se)

- Meaning: From

- Grammar: Here, this postposition indicates separation, meaning "from the path."

بھٹک (bhaṭak)

- Meaning: Strayed / Lost

- Grammar: The root of the verb بھٹکنا (bhaṭaknā - to stray, to get lost).

گیا (gayā)

- Meaning: Went / (Auxiliary for completed action)

- Grammar: The past masculine singular form of جانا (jānā - to go). When used with a verb participle like بھٹک, it forms a compound verb indicating a completed action, "has strayed."

ہے (hai)

- Meaning: Is

- Grammar: The present singular form of the auxiliary verb ہونا (honā - to be). It places the completed action (بھٹک گیا) into the present perfect tense, meaning "has strayed."

Here is the translation and detailed Urdu lesson based on the Arabic sentence:

English Translation

Those who disbelieved among the People of the Book, nor the polytheists, wish that any good should be sent down to you from your Lord. But Allah chooses for His mercy whom He wills. And Allah is the possessor of great bounty.

Urdu Translation

اہلِ کتاب میں سے کافر لوگ اور نہ ہی مشرکین یہ پسند کرتے ہیں کہ تم پر تمہارے رب کی طرف سے کوئی بھلائی نازل ہو۔ اور اللہ جسے چاہتا ہے اپنی رحمت کے لیے خاص کر لیتا ہے۔ اور اللہ بہت بڑے فضل والا ہے۔

Urdu Word-by-Word Explanation (for English Students)

Here is a breakdown of the Urdu translation, word by word, with pronunciation and grammar notes to help you understand:

- اہلِ (Ahl-e) – People of / Families of

- This word means "people of" or "family of". The 'e' sound at the end (written as a kasra in Arabic, but often just implied in Urdu) connects it to the next noun, forming a possessive phrase.

- کتاب (Kitāb) – Book / Scripture

- Refers to a divine book or scripture, specifically the Torah, Psalms, and Gospel, whose followers are called the People of the Book.

- میں (Mein) – In / Among

- This is a common postposition, similar to "in" or "among" in English. It always comes after the noun it relates to.

- سے (Se) – From / Out of

- Another postposition, often used with 'mein' (میں) to mean "from among" or "out of".

- کافر (Kāfir) – Disbeliever / Infidel

- A person who disbelieves in God or rejects His message.

- لوگ (Log) – People

- A plural noun meaning "people".

- اور (Aur) – And

- A conjunction meaning "and".

- نہ (Na) – Not / Nor

- A negative particle, like "not". Here, it's combined with 'hi' for emphasis.

- ہی (Hi) – Indeed Even Only

- An emphatic particle that adds stress or emphasis to the preceding word or idea. Here, "نہ ہی" (na hi) means "nor indeed" or "not even".

- مشرکین (Mushrikīn) – Polytheists / Those who associate partners with God

- The plural form of Mushrik (مشرک), referring to people who associate partners with Allah (God) in worship or divinity.

- یہ (Yeh) – This / It

- A demonstrative pronoun, here referring to the idea or action that follows.

- پسند (Pasand) – Liking / Preference

- This is a noun meaning "liking" or "preference".

- کرتے (Karte) – Do / Make

- This is the masculine plural imperfect participle of the verb کرنا (karnā) – "to do" or "to make".

- ہیں (Hain) – Are

- The plural present tense form of the verb "to be".

- Grammar Note: "پسند کرتے ہیں" (pasand karte hain) is a common Urdu construction meaning "they like/prefer". The noun 'pasand' combines with 'karna' to form a verbal phrase.

- کہ (Ke) – That

- A conjunction introducing a subordinate clause, similar to "that" in English.

- تم (Tum) – You

- The second-person plural pronoun, often used for informal singular "you" as well.

- پر (Par) – On / Upon

- A postposition meaning "on" or "upon".

- تمہارے (Tumhāre) – Your

- The possessive adjective for "you" (plural or informal singular), masculine oblique/plural form.

- رب (Rabb) – Lord

- Meaning "Lord" or "Sustainer".

- کی (Ki) – Of

- A feminine genitive particle, used to show possession or relationship. It connects 'Rabb' (masculine) to 'taraf' (feminine).

- طرف (Taraf) – Direction / Side

- A feminine noun meaning "direction" or "side".

- سے (Se) – From

- Here, "کی طرف سے" (ki taraf se) is a compound postposition meaning "from the side of" or simply "from".

- کوئی (Koī) – Any / Some

- An indefinite pronoun/adjective meaning "any" or "some".

- بھلائی (Bhalāī) – Goodness Welfare Benefit

- A feminine noun meaning "goodness," "welfare," or "benefit."

- نازل (Nāzil) – Sent down / Revealed

- An adjective/participle referring to something that is sent down or revealed (often divine revelation).

- ہو (Ho) – Be / Should be

- The subjunctive form of the verb ہونا (honā) – "to be". It implies a wish, possibility, or necessity.

- Grammar Note: "نازل ہو" (nāzil ho) functions as a passive voice, meaning "should be sent down" or "be sent down."

- اور (Aur) – And

- A conjunction meaning "and".

- اللہ (Allāh) – Allah / God

- The Arabic word for God.

- جسے (Jise) – Whom / Whomever

- The oblique case of جو (jo) – "who" or "which". It means "whom" or "whomever."

- چاہتا (Chāhtā) – Wishes / Wants

- The masculine singular imperfect participle of the verb چاہنا (chāhnā) – "to want" or "to wish".

- ہے (Hai) – Is

- The singular present tense form of the verb "to be".

- Grammar Note: "جسے چاہتا ہے" (jise chāhtā hai) means "whom He wishes".

- اپنی (Apnī) – His/Her/Its own

- A reflexive possessive adjective, feminine form, referring back to the subject (Allah). It means "His own".

- رحمت (Rahmat) – Mercy / Compassion

- A feminine noun meaning "mercy" or "compassion".

- کے لیے (Ke liye) – For

- A compound postposition meaning "for".

- خاص (Khās) – Special / Exclusive

- An adjective meaning "special" or "exclusive".

- کر (Kar) – Do / Make

- The root form of the verb کرنا (karnā) – "to do" or "to make".

- لیتا (Letā) – Takes

- The masculine singular imperfect participle of the verb لینا (lenā) – "to take".

- ہے (Hai) – Is

- The singular present tense form of the verb "to be".

- Grammar Note: "خاص کر لیتا ہے" (khās kar letā hai) is a compound verb construction. "کر لینا" (kar lenā) means "to do/make (for oneself, or completely)". So, "خاص کر لیتا ہے" means "He makes (someone) special for Himself" or "He chooses exclusively".

- اور (Aur) – And

- A conjunction meaning "and".

- اللہ (Allāh) – Allah / God

- The Arabic word for God.

- بہت (Bahut) – Very / Much

- An adverb meaning "very" or "much".

- بڑے (Baṛe) – Great / Big

- The oblique/plural form of the adjective بڑا (baṛā) – "big" or "great".

- فضل (Fazl) – Bounty Grace Favor

- A masculine noun meaning "bounty," "grace," or "favor."

- والا (Wālā) – Possessor of / One who has

- A suffix that indicates a possessor or an attribute.

- Grammar Note: "فضل والا" (fazl wālā) means "possessor of bounty" or "one who has bounty/grace". "بہت بڑے فضل والا" (bahut baṛe fazl wālā) means "possessor of very great bounty".

Here's the translation and breakdown for you:

English Translation:

Those are upon guidance from their Lord, and those are the successful ones.

Urdu Translation:

وہ اپنے رب کی ہدایت پر ہیں، اور وہی کامیاب لوگ ہیں۔

Urdu Word-for-Word Explanation and Pronunciation Guide:

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word:

- وہ (woh)

- Meaning: Those / They (plural demonstrative pronoun, often used for third person plural, similar to 'they' or 'those')

- Grammar Note: In Urdu, 'وہ' can mean 'he', 'she', 'it', 'they', or 'those', depending on context and number. Here, it refers to a group of people, thus 'those'.

- اپنے (apne)

- Meaning: Their (reflexive possessive pronoun)

- Grammar Note: 'اپنے' is the plural/oblique form of 'اپنا' (apna), which means 'one's own'. It refers back to the subject ('those' in this case), indicating possession by them. It's often used where English might simply use 'their' or 'his/her own'.

- رب (Rabb)

- Meaning: Lord / Sustainer

- Grammar Note: This word is directly borrowed from Arabic and means 'Lord' or 'Cherisher'.

- کی (ki)

- Meaning: Of / 's (feminine possessive particle)

- Grammar Note: This is a possessive postposition. It connects 'Rabb' (Lord) to 'hidaayat' (guidance). It agrees in gender and number with the possessed noun ('hidaayat' is feminine).

- ہدایت (hidaayat)

- Meaning: Guidance / Direction

- Grammar Note: A feminine noun, also borrowed from Arabic.

- پر (par)

- Meaning: On / Upon

- Grammar Note: A postposition indicating position or state. In this context, 'upon guidance'.

- ہیں (hain)

- Meaning: Are (plural form of 'to be')

- Grammar Note: This is the plural form of the verb 'to be' in the present tense, used with plural subjects like 'وہ' (those).

- ، (comma)

- Meaning: Punctuation mark, similar to English comma.

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Grammar Note: A conjunction connecting two clauses.

- وہی (woh-hee)

- Meaning: They themselves / It is they who (emphatic form of 'وہ')

- Grammar Note: This is formed by combining 'وہ' (woh, they/those) with the emphatic particle 'ہی' (hee). It adds emphasis, meaning "it is precisely they (and no one else)".

- کامیاب (kaamyaab)

- Meaning: Successful

- Grammar Note: An adjective describing 'log' (people).

- لوگ (log)

- Meaning: People

- Grammar Note: A masculine plural noun.

- ہیں (hain)

- Meaning: Are (plural form of 'to be')

- Grammar Note: Again, the plural 'to be' verb for 'they' (referring to the 'successful people').

This breakdown should help you understand each component of the Urdu sentence and its corresponding meaning and grammatical function. Let me know if you have any more sentences!

Here's your Urdu and English translation, along with a detailed word-for-word explanation in English for the Urdu text, including pronunciation assistance and grammar notes.

English Translation

Or do you say that Abraham and Ishmael and Isaac and Jacob and the Tribes were Jews or Christians? Say, "Are you more knowing or Allah?" And who is more unjust than one who concealed a testimony he had from Allah? And Allah is not unaware of what you do.

Urdu Translation

کیا تم کہتے ہو کہ ابراہیم اور اسماعیل اور اسحاق اور یعقوب اور اسباط یہودی یا عیسائی تھے؟ کہو، کیا تم زیادہ جانتے ہو یا اللہ؟ اور اس شخص سے زیادہ ظالم کون ہے جس نے اللہ کی طرف سے اپنے پاس موجود گواہی کو چھپایا؟ اور اللہ تمہارے اعمال سے غافل نہیں ہے۔

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English)

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word:

- کیا (Kyaa - What/Do/Is it that?)

- This word functions as an interrogative particle in Urdu. When placed at the beginning of a sentence, it turns a statement into a question, similar to "Do" or "Are" in English questions. It doesn't always translate literally as "What" in such contexts.

- تم (Tum - You)

- This is the second-person plural pronoun, used for "you" (informal plural or polite singular).

- کہتے (Kehte - Say/Call)

- This is the plural present participle of the verb کہنا (kehna - to say). It indicates an ongoing or habitual action.

- ہو (Ho - Are)

- This is the second-person plural form of the verb ہونا (hona - to be). Together, کہتے ہو means "you (all) say."

- کہ (Keh - That)

- This is a conjunction meaning "that," used to introduce a subordinate clause.

- ابراہیم (Ibraaheem - Abraham)

- This is the Urdu transliteration of the proper noun "Abraham."

- اور (Aur - And)

- A conjunction meaning "and."

- اسماعیل (Ismaa'eel - Ishmael)

- This is the Urdu transliteration of the proper noun "Ishmael."

- اور (Aur - And)

- A conjunction meaning "and."

- اسحاق (Ishaaq - Isaac)

- This is the Urdu transliteration of the proper noun "Isaac."

- اور (Aur - And)

- A conjunction meaning "and."

- یعقوب (Ya'qoob - Jacob)

- This is the Urdu transliteration of the proper noun "Jacob."

- اور (Aur - And)

- A conjunction meaning "and."

- اسباط (Asbaat - Tribes/Descendants)

- This word directly comes from Arabic (الْأَسْبَاط) and refers to the tribes (descendants) of Jacob. In English, it's often translated as "The Tribes."

- یہودی (Yahoodi - Jewish/Jew)

- An adjective meaning "Jewish" or a noun meaning "Jew."

- یا (Yaa - Or)

- A conjunction meaning "or."

- عیسائی (Eesaai - Christian/Christian)

- An adjective meaning "Christian" or a noun meaning "Christian."

- تھے؟ (The? - Were?)

- This is the third-person plural past tense form of the verb ہونا (hona - to be), meaning "were." The question mark indicates it's part of the initial question.

- Grammar Note: Urdu verbs change form based on gender, number, and politeness. تھے is for plural masculine subjects.

- کہو، (Kaho, - Say!)

- This is the imperative (command) form of the verb کہنا (kehna - to say), meaning "Say!" It's directed at a singular informal or polite plural "you."

- کیا (Kyaa - Do/Is it that?)

- Again, used to introduce a question.

- تم (Tum - You)

- Second-person plural pronoun.

- زیادہ (Ziyaada - More/Much)

- An adverb meaning "more" or "much."

- جانتے (Jaante - Know)

- This is the plural present participle of the verb جاننا (jaanna - to know).

- ہو (Ho - Are)

- Second-person plural form of ہونا (hona - to be). Together, زیادہ جانتے ہو means "you know more" or "are more knowing."

- یا (Yaa - Or)

- A conjunction meaning "or."

- اللہ؟ (Allah? - Allah/God?)

- The Arabic word for God. The question mark concludes this part of the question.

- اور (Aur - And)

- A conjunction meaning "and."

- اس (Us - That/This)

- A demonstrative pronoun, here functioning like "that" or "a."

- شخص (Shakhs - Person/Individual)

- A noun meaning "person" or "individual."

- سے (Se - From/Than/By)

- A postposition with multiple meanings. Here, it functions to indicate comparison, meaning "than." اس شخص سے (us shakhs se) means "than that person."

- زیادہ (Ziyaada - More/Most)

- An adverb meaning "more" or "most."

- ظالم (Zaalim - Unjust/Oppressor)

- An adjective meaning "unjust" or "oppressive," or a noun meaning "oppressor."

- کون (Kaun - Who)

- An interrogative pronoun meaning "who."

- ہے (Hai - Is)

- The third-person singular present form of ہونا (hona - to be), meaning "is."

- Grammar Note: The phrase زیادہ ظالم کون ہے (ziyaada zaalim kaun hai) means "who is more unjust?"

- جس (Jis - Who/Which)

- A relative pronoun, meaning "who" or "which," connecting to the preceding noun (شخص).

- نے (Ne - Ergative Marker)

- A grammatical particle (ergative marker) used after the subject of a transitive verb in the past tense. It indicates that the preceding noun/pronoun is the agent performing the action.

- Grammar Note: Urdu is an ergative language. When a transitive verb is in a perfective (past) tense, the subject is followed by نے and the verb agrees with the object, not the subject.

- اللہ (Allah - Allah/God)

- The Arabic word for God.

- کی (Ki - Of/Belonging to)

- A possessive postposition, meaning "of" or "belonging to" (feminine singular). Here it connects اللہ to طرف.

- Grammar Note: Urdu postpositions (like کی, کا, کے) agree in gender and number with the noun they modify (the noun that comes after them), not the noun they follow. Here طرف (taraf - direction/side) is feminine, so کی is used.

- طرف (Taraf - Direction/Side)

- A noun meaning "direction" or "side." کی طرف سے (ki taraf se) means "from the side of" or "from."

- سے (Se - From)

- A postposition meaning "from." Together, اللہ کی طرف سے means "from Allah."

- اپنے (Apne - His/Her/Their own)

- A reflexive possessive pronoun, referring back to the subject of the clause (جس). It means "his/her/its/their own." Here it means "his own."

- پاس (Paas - Near/With)

- A postposition meaning "near" or "with." اپنے پاس (apne paas) means "with himself."

- موجود (Maujood - Present/Existing)

- An adjective meaning "present" or "existing."

- گواہی (Gawaahi - Testimony/Witness)

- A noun meaning "testimony" or "witness."

- کو (Ko - To/Objective Marker)

- An objective marker in Urdu, usually used to mark the direct object of a transitive verb, especially if the object is definite or a person. Here, گواہی کو marks گواہی as the direct object of چھپایا.

- چھپایا؟ (Chhipaayaa? - Concealed/Hid?)

- The masculine singular perfective (past) form of the verb چھپانا (chhipaana - to conceal/hide). The question mark means this clause is part of the larger question starting with اور کون ہے.

- Grammar Note: Because نے is used after جس, the verb چھپایا agrees with the direct object گواہی (which is feminine, but here it's acting more neutrally or defaulting to masculine singular form often with inanimate objects in نے constructions unless clearly feminine plural). In this case, چھپایا is masculine singular.

- اور (Aur - And)

- A conjunction meaning "and."

- اللہ (Allah - Allah/God)

- The Arabic word for God.

- تمہارے (Tumhaare - Your)

- The plural masculine possessive pronoun for تم (tum - you), meaning "your." It agrees with اعمال (aamaal - deeds), which is masculine plural.

- اعمال (Aamaal - Deeds/Actions)

- A plural noun (from Arabic عمل) meaning "deeds" or "actions."

- سے (Se - From/Of)

- A postposition here indicating the object of the state of being "unaware," meaning "of" or "from." اعمال سے غافل means "unaware of deeds."

- غافل (Ghaafil - Unaware/Negligent)

- An adjective meaning "unaware," "negligent," or "heedless."

- نہیں (Nahin - Not)

- A negative particle used for verbs and adjectives in the present tense.

- ہے۔ (Hai. - Is.)

- The third-person singular present form of ہونا (hona - to be), meaning "is." Together, غافل نہیں ہے means "is not unaware."

Assalamu Alaikum and welcome to our Urdu lesson! Today, we're going to break down a beautiful and meaningful Arabic sentence into Urdu and English, focusing on understanding each word.

The Arabic Sentence:

أَمْ كُنتُمْ شُهَدَاءَ إِذْ حَضَرَ يَعْقُوبَ الْمَوْتُ إِذْ قَالَ لِبَنِيهِ مَا تَعْبُدُونَ مِن بَعْدِي قَالُوا نَعْبُدُ إِلَـٰهَكَ وَإِلَـٰهَ آبَائِكَ إِبْرَاهِيمَ وَإِسْمَاعِيلَ وَإِسْحَاقَ إِلَـٰهًا وَاحِدًا وَنَحْنُ لَهُ مُسْلِمُونَ

English Translation:

"Or were you witnesses when death approached Jacob, when he said to his sons, 'What will you worship after me?' They said, 'We worship your God and the God of your fathers, Abraham, Ishmael, and Isaac – one God – and to Him we are submitted.'"

Urdu Translation:

کیا تم گواہ تھے جب یعقوب پر موت آئی، جب انہوں نے اپنے بیٹوں سے کہا: "میرے بعد تم کس کی عبادت کرو گے؟" انہوں نے کہا: "ہم تیرے خدا کی، اور تیرے باپ دادا ابراہیم، اسماعیل اور اسحاق کے واحد خدا کی عبادت کرتے ہیں، اور ہم اسی کے فرمانبردار ہیں۔"

Word-by-Word Explanation (Urdu to English):

Let's dissect the Urdu translation word by word, along with pronunciation and grammatical insights.

- کیا (kyā)

- Meaning: Interrogative particle, often translates to "what" or "is/are/did" when forming a question. Here, it initiates a question, implying "Were you...?" The Arabic أَمْ (am - "or") at the start often signals a rhetorical question, which کیا helps convey in Urdu.

- Grammar: This particle makes the sentence a question.

- تم (tum)

- Meaning: You (plural or formal singular).

- Grammar: Second-person plural pronoun.

- گواہ (gavāh)

- Meaning: Witness(es).

- Grammar: Noun, it can be singular or plural.

- تھے (the)

- Meaning: Were (past tense of 'to be').

- Grammar: Auxiliary verb, masculine plural past tense, agreeing with تم (you).

- جب (jab)

- Meaning: When.

- Grammar: Conjunction/adverb, introducing a temporal clause. This translates the Arabic إِذْ (idh).

- یعقوب (yaʿqūb)

- Meaning: Jacob (a prophet mentioned in the Abrahamic religions).

- Grammar: Proper Noun.

- پر (par)

- Meaning: On, upon.

- Grammar: Postposition, indicating that death came upon Jacob.

- موت (maut)

- Meaning: Death.

- Grammar: Feminine Noun.

- آئی (āyī)

- Meaning: Came (past tense of 'to come').

- Grammar: Verb, past tense, feminine singular, agreeing with موت (death). The full phrase موت آئی means "death came."

- جب (jab)

- Meaning: When.

- Grammar: Conjunction/adverb. This translates the second إِذْ (idh) in the Arabic sentence.

- انہوں نے (unhoñ ne)

- Meaning: They (referring to Jacob).

- Grammar: Pronoun phrase. انہوں (unhoñ) is the oblique form of وہ (voh - "they/he/she"), and نے (ne) is an ergative marker. In Urdu, for transitive verbs in the past tense, the subject takes the نے marker. Here, Jacob (singular, but spoken respectfully as plural in Urdu) is the subject who "said."

- اپنے (apne)

- Meaning: His (own).

- Grammar: Possessive pronoun, reflexive, referring back to Jacob.

- بیٹوں (beṭoñ)

- Meaning: Sons.

- Grammar: Noun, plural and in the oblique case due to the following postposition سے. The singular is بیٹا (beṭā - son).

- سے (se)

- Meaning: To, from, with. Here, it means "to".

- Grammar: Postposition. بیٹوں سے means "to the sons."

- کہا: (kahā:)

- Meaning: Said.

- Grammar: Verb, past tense of کہنا (kahnā - to say).

- "میرے (mere)

- Meaning: My.

- Grammar: Possessive pronoun, masculine oblique form of میرا (merā).

- بعد (baʿd)

- Meaning: After.

- Grammar: Noun/Adverb. میرے بعد (mere baʿd) means "after me."

- تم (tum)

- Meaning: You (plural or formal singular).

- Grammar: Second-person plural pronoun.

- کس (kis)

- Meaning: Whose, whom (oblique form of کون - kaun, meaning "who"). Here it acts as 'of whom' or 'what'.

- Grammar: Interrogative pronoun.

- کی (kī)

- Meaning: Of.

- Grammar: Postposition, feminine possessive marker. It also functions here with عبادت کرو گے (you will worship) to mark the object of worship. کس کی means "of whom/what."

- عبادت (ʿibādat)

- Meaning: Worship, adoration.

- Grammar: Feminine Noun.

- کرو گے؟" (karo ge?)

- Meaning: Will you do/worship?

- Grammar: Verb phrase, future tense. کرنا (karnā - to do) is the infinitive. کرو گے is second-person plural future tense, meaning "you will do." Combined with عبادت (worship), it means "you will worship."

- انہوں نے (unhoñ ne)

- Meaning: They.

- Grammar: Pronoun phrase, subject of کہا.

- کہا: (kahā:)

- Meaning: Said.

- Grammar: Verb, past tense.

- "ہم (ham)

- Meaning: We.

- Grammar: First-person plural pronoun.

- تیرے (tere)

- Meaning: Your.

- Grammar: Possessive pronoun, masculine oblique form of تیرا (terā).

- خدا (ḵẖudā)

- Meaning: God.

- Grammar: Masculine Noun.

- کی، (kī,)

- Meaning: Of.

- Grammar: Postposition, feminine possessive marker, indicating the object of worship. تیرے خدا کی means "of your God."

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And.

- Grammar: Conjunction.

- تیرے (tere)

- Meaning: Your.

- Grammar: Possessive pronoun.

- باپ دادا (bāp dādā)

- Meaning: Forefathers, ancestors (literally "father-grandfather").

- Grammar: Compound Noun.

- ابراہیم، (ibrāhīm,)

- Meaning: Abraham.

- Grammar: Proper Noun.

- اسماعیل (ismāʿīl)

- Meaning: Ishmael.

- Grammar: Proper Noun.

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And.

- Grammar: Conjunction.

- اسحاق (isḥāq)

- Meaning: Isaac.

- Grammar: Proper Noun.

- کے (ke)

- Meaning: Of.

- Grammar: Postposition, masculine possessive marker, used because خدا (God) is masculine. It connects "Abraham, Ishmael and Isaac" to "God". تیرے باپ دادا ... کے means "of your forefathers..."

- واحد (vāḥid)

- Meaning: One, sole, unique.

- Grammar: Adjective, modifying خدا.

- خدا (ḵẖudā)

- Meaning: God.

- Grammar: Masculine Noun. واحد خدا means "one God."

- کی (kī)

- Meaning: Of.

- Grammar: Postposition, again marking the object of worship for عبادت کرتے ہیں.

- عبادت (ʿibādat)

- Meaning: Worship.

- Grammar: Noun.

- کرتے (karte)

- Meaning: Do (present participle).

- Grammar: Verb, masculine plural form of کرنا (karnā - to do).

- ہیں،" (haiñ,")

- Meaning: Are.

- Grammar: Auxiliary verb, present tense, first-person plural, completing the verb phrase عبادت کرتے ہیں (we worship/do worship).

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And.

- Grammar: Conjunction.

- ہم (ham)

- Meaning: We.

- Grammar: First-person plural pronoun.

- اسی (usī)

- Meaning: To that very one, to Him.

- Grammar: Demonstrative pronoun, emphatic form of اس (us - that). Here, it specifically refers to "that same one God."

- کے (ke)

- Meaning: Of, to, for. Here, it functions to connect اسی (Him) to فرمانبردار (submitted). اسی کے implies "to Him" or "belonging to Him" in the context of submission.

- فرمانبردار (farmānbardār)

- Meaning: Obedient, submitted, submissive.

- Grammar: Adjective/Noun.

- ہیں۔" (haiñ.")

- Meaning: Are.

- Grammar: Auxiliary verb, present tense, first-person plural, completing the sentence "we are submitted."

Grammar Notes:

- Postpositions: Urdu uses postpositions (پر, سے, کی, کے) instead of prepositions, which come after the noun they modify.

- Ergative Case: Transitive verbs in the past tense often trigger the ergative marker نے (ne) on the subject (e.g., انہوں نے کہا - "they said").

- Gender Agreement: Verbs and adjectives often agree in gender and number with the noun they modify (e.g., موت آئی - "death came," where موت is feminine, so آئی is used instead of آیا).

- Verb Phrases: Many actions are expressed using noun + auxiliary verb combinations (e.g., عبادت کرنا - "to do worship" or "to worship").

I hope this detailed breakdown helps you understand the nuances of Urdu! Keep practicing, and you'll master it in no time.

Here's your translation and Urdu lesson:

English Translation

Certainly, whoever commits an evil deed and his sin encompasses him – those are the dwellers of the Fire; they will abide therein eternally.

Urdu Translation

بیشک جو کوئی برائی کمائے اور اسے اس کا گناہ گھیر لے، تو ایسے لوگ دوزخ والے ہیں، وہ اس میں ہمیشہ رہیں گے۔

Word-by-Word Breakdown (Urdu to English)

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word to understand its meaning and structure.

- بیشک (Bēshak) - Indeed, Certainly.

- Explanation: This word is commonly used in Urdu to express strong affirmation, meaning 'without doubt' or 'surely'. It directly translates the strong affirmative sense of the Arabic word used in the original text.

- جو (Jo) - Whoever, The one who.

- Explanation: This relative pronoun introduces a clause referring to a person, similar to 'whoever' or 'he who' in English.

- کوئی (Koī) - Any, Some.

- Explanation: When combined with 'جو' (jo), it forms 'جو کوئی' (jo koī), which means 'whoever' or 'anyone who'.

- برائی (Burā'ī) - Evil deed, Sin.

- Explanation: This noun means 'evil' or 'badness'. It is the Urdu equivalent for the Arabic word meaning 'an evil deed' or 'sin'.

- کمائے (Kamā'ē) - Earns, Commits, Acquires.

- Explanation: This is the subjunctive form of the verb 'کمانا' (kamānā), meaning 'to earn' or 'to acquire'. In this context, when referring to sin, it means 'to commit' or 'to incur'.

- اور (Aur) - And.

- Explanation: A common conjunction in Urdu, identical in meaning and function to 'and' in English, used to connect words or clauses.

- اسے (Usē) - Him, To him.

- Explanation: This is the oblique form of the pronoun 'وہ' (voh, 'he/she/it/they'). It acts as the direct object here, meaning 'him'.

- اس (Is) - His, Its.

- Explanation: This is the oblique form of the demonstrative pronoun 'یہ' (yeh, 'this/it'). When used before the possessive particle 'کا' (kā), it indicates possession, making 'اس کا' (is kā) mean 'his' or 'its'.

- کا (Kā) - Of, 's (possessive particle).

- Explanation: This is a possessive particle that connects the possessor to the possessed item. In 'اس کا گناہ' (is kā gunāh), it signifies 'his sin'. (Note: Urdu possessive particles 'کا', 'کی', 'کے' agree in gender and number with the possessed item, not the possessor.)

- گناہ (Gunāh) - Sin, Transgression.

- Explanation: This noun is a common Urdu word for 'sin' or 'transgression'. It's a direct and appropriate translation for the Arabic word for 'sin'.

- گھیر (Ghēr) - Surround, Encompass.

- Explanation: This is the root of the verb 'گھیرنا' (ghērnā), meaning 'to surround' or 'to encircle'.

- لے (Lē) - Takes, Gets.

- Explanation: This is an auxiliary verb, part of the compound verb 'گھیر لینا' (ghēr lēnā), which collectively means 'to encompass' or 'to take over completely'. The 'لے' here also contributes to a subjunctive/optative mood, suggesting 'should surround' or 'may surround'.

- تو (To) - Then, So.

- Explanation: A common conjunction used to introduce the consequence or result of a preceding clause, similar to 'then' or 'so' in English. It serves a similar function to the Arabic particle meaning 'then' or 'so'.

- ایسے (Aisē) - Such, These kinds of.

- Explanation: This demonstrative adjective means 'such' or 'these kinds of'.

- لوگ (Log) - People.

- Explanation: A common noun for 'people'. Together, 'ایسے لوگ' (aisē log) means 'such people' or 'those people', referring to the group mentioned previously.

- دوزخ (Dōzakh) - Hell, The Fire.

- Explanation: This is a common Urdu word for 'Hell' or 'Gehenna', often used interchangeably with 'جہنم' (Jahannum). It refers to the 'Fire' mentioned in the original text.

- والے (Wālē) - Dwellers of, Belonging to, People of.

- Explanation: This is a suffix in Urdu that indicates association, ownership, or dwelling. 'دوزخ والے' (Dōzakh wālē) means 'dwellers of Hell' or 'people of Hell', conveying the idea of 'companions' or 'inhabitants' of the Fire.

- ہیں (Haiṁ) - Are.

- Explanation: This is the plural present tense form of the verb 'to be' in Urdu.

- وہ (Voh) - They.

- Explanation: The plural pronoun for 'they', referring back to 'ایسے لوگ' (aisē log - those people).

- اس (Is) - It.

- Explanation: The oblique form of 'یہ' (yeh, 'this/it'), used here before the postposition 'میں' (mēṁ) to mean 'in it'. It refers to 'دوزخ' (Dōzakh - Hell/Fire).

- میں (Mēṁ) - In.

- Explanation: A common postposition meaning 'in' or 'inside'.

- ہمیشہ (Hamēshā) - Always, Forever.

- Explanation: An adverb indicating continuous duration, 'always' or 'eternally'.

- رہیں (Rahēṁ) - Will stay, Will remain, Will abide.

- Explanation: This is the plural form (often used for respect or future tense with 'گے') of the verb 'رہنا' (rahnā), meaning 'to stay', 'to remain', or 'to abide'.

- گے (Gē) - (Future tense marker).

- Explanation: This is a future tense auxiliary particle, attached to the verb stem to indicate future action. Combined with 'رہیں' (rahēṁ), it forms 'رہیں گے' (rahēṁ gē), meaning 'they will stay/abide'. This phrase captures the meaning of 'eternal abiding' from the original text.

Grammar Notes for English Speakers Learning Urdu

1. Word Order: While English typically follows a Subject-Verb-Object (SVO) order, Urdu generally follows a Subject-Object-Verb (SOV) order. You'll notice this in how the verb often comes at the end of the clause or sentence.

2. Postpositions: Unlike English which uses prepositions (e.g., in the house), Urdu uses postpositions (e.g., گھر g͟har میں mēṁ, 'house in'). These particles follow the noun or pronoun they relate to. Examples in this sentence include 'کا' (kā) for possession and 'میں' (mēṁ) for 'in'.

3. Compound Verbs: Urdu frequently uses compound verbs (verb + auxiliary verb) to express more nuanced meanings or to complete an action. 'گھیر لینا' (ghēr lēnā, 'to encompass') is an example where 'گھیرنا' (ghērnā, 'to surround') is combined with 'لینا' (lēnā, 'to take') to indicate a complete or thorough action.

4. Possessive Particles: Urdu uses 'کا' (kā), 'کی' (kī), and 'کے' (kē) to show possession. These particles agree in gender and number with the possessed item, not the possessor. For instance, 'اس کا گناہ' (is kā gunāh) uses 'کا' because 'گناہ' (gunāh, sin) is masculine singular. If it were a feminine noun, 'کی' would be used.

5. Pronouns: Urdu has direct and oblique forms for pronouns. 'وہ' (voh, 'he/she/it/they') becomes 'اسے' (usē, 'him/her/it') when it's an object, or 'اس' (is) when it's followed by a postposition like 'کا' (kā) or 'میں' (mēṁ). This is similar to how 'he' becomes 'him' in English, but Urdu has more forms.

Assalamu Alaikum! (A common Islamic greeting, meaning "Peace be upon you.")

Welcome to your Urdu lesson! We will translate the Arabic sentence you provided into Urdu and then break down each Urdu word with its English meaning and pronunciation, along with any necessary grammar tips.

Let's begin!

Urdu Translation

Here is the Urdu translation of the Arabic sentence:

وہ لوگ جو، جب انہیں کوئی مصیبت پہنچتی ہے، تو وہ کہتے ہیں: "بیشک ہم اللہ ہی کے ہیں اور بیشک ہم اسی کی طرف لوٹنے والے ہیں۔"

English Translation

Here is the English translation of the Urdu sentence:

Those people who, when a misfortune befalls them, say: "Indeed, we belong to Allah, and indeed, to Him we shall return."

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English)

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word. Each Urdu word will be in bold, followed by its pronunciation in square brackets [ ], and then its English meaning and any relevant grammar notes.

- وہ [woh] - That Those They.

- Meaning here: Refers to "those" (people).

- لوگ [log] - People.

- Explanation: This is the plural form for "person" or "people."

- جو [jo] - Who Which That.

- Explanation: This is a relative pronoun, connecting "those people" to the action that follows.

- جب [jab] - When.

- Explanation: A temporal conjunction, indicating time.

- انہیں [unhein] - To them / They (object form).

- Explanation: This is the objective form of "they," meaning "to them" or "them."

- کوئی [koi] - Any / Some / A.

- Explanation: Used here to mean "a" or "any" misfortune.

- مصیبت [museebat] - Misfortune / Calamity / Adversity.

- Grammar Note: In Urdu, nouns have a gender. 'مصیبت' (museebat) is a feminine noun.

- پہنچتی ہے [pahunchti hai] - Reaches / Befalls.

- Explanation: This is the verb 'پہنچنا' (pahunchna - to reach) conjugated in the present indefinite tense for a feminine singular subject ('مصیبت' - museebat).

- Grammar Note: Urdu verbs agree in gender and number with their subject. Since 'مصیبت' (museebat) is feminine and singular, the verb ends in '-تی ہے' (-ti hai).

- تو [to] - Then / So.

- Explanation: Used as a correlative conjunction with 'جب' (jab - when), forming the "when... then..." structure.

- وہ [woh] - They (subject form).

- Meaning here: Refers back to "those people" as the subject of the verb "say."

- کہتے ہیں [kehte hain] - Say.

- Explanation: This is the verb 'کہنا' (kehna - to say) conjugated in the present indefinite tense for a plural subject ('وہ' - woh).

- Grammar Note: Since 'وہ' (woh - they) is plural, the verb ends in '-تے ہیں' (-te hain).

- بیشک [beshak] - Indeed Certainly Verily.

- Explanation: An adverb used to add emphasis and certainty.

- ہم [hum] - We.

- اللہ [Allah] - Allah / God.

- ہی [hee] - Only / Indeed.

- Explanation: This is an emphatic particle that adds stress or exclusivity to the word it follows. Here, it means "Allah only" or "Allah Himself."

- کے ہیں [ke hain] - Belong to.

- Explanation: 'کے' (ke) is a postposition (similar to a preposition but placed after the noun) indicating possession or relation, here meaning "belonging to." 'ہیں' (hain) is the plural form of the "to be" verb ("are").

- Grammar Note: Postpositions are fundamental in Urdu grammar, showing relationships between words. 'کے' (ke) is used when the possessor is plural or formal, or when the possessed item is masculine plural. Here, it conveys "we belong to Allah."

- اور [aur] - And.

- Explanation: A conjunction connecting two parts of the sentence.

- بیشک [beshak] - Indeed Certainly Verily.

- ہم [hum] - We.

- اسی [usi] - To Him / To that very one.

- Explanation: This is an emphatic demonstrative pronoun, emphasizing "Him" (Allah) strongly. It combines 'اس' (us - that/him) with the emphatic particle 'ہی' (hee).

- کی طرف [ki taraf] - Towards / In the direction of.

- Explanation: 'کی' (ki) is a feminine possessive postposition (agreeing with 'طرف' - taraf, which is feminine), and 'طرف' (taraf) means "direction" or "side." Together, they mean "towards."

- Grammar Note: 'کی' (ki) is used here because 'طرف' (taraf) is a feminine noun.

- لوٹنے والے [lautne waale] - Those who return / Returning ones.

- Explanation: This phrase is formed from the verb 'لوٹنا' (lautna - to return) plus the suffix '-والے' (-waale). The suffix '-والا' (-waala) '-والی' (-waali) '-والے' (-waale) is very common in Urdu to create an agent noun (one who does something) or an adjective (X-ing). Here, 'لوٹنے والے' means "the ones who return."

- ہیں۔ [hain] - Are.

- Explanation: The plural form of the "to be" verb, completing the sentence.

I hope this detailed breakdown helps you understand the Urdu translation and its components! Let me know if you have any more questions.

Here is the translation and explanation of the Arabic sentence for your Urdu learning:

English Translation

How can you disbelieve in Allah when you were dead and He gave you life? Then He will cause you to die, then He will give you life, and then to Him you will be returned.

Urdu Translation

کیسے (kaise) تم (tum) اللہ (Allah) کا (ka) کفر (kufr) کرتے (karte) ہو (ho)؟ حالانکہ (haalanke) تم (tum) مردہ (murda) تھے (the)، پھر (phir) اس (us) نے (ne) تمہیں (tumhein) زندہ (zinda) کیا (kiya)۔ پھر (phir) وہ (woh) تمہیں (tumhein) موت (maut) دے (de) گا (ga)، پھر (phir) وہ (woh) تمہیں (tumhein) زندہ (zinda) کرے (kare) گا (ga) اور (aur) پھر (phir) اسی (usi) کی (ki) طرف (taraf) تم (tum) لوٹائے (lautaaye) جاؤ (jao) گے (ge)۔

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English)

Here's a detailed breakdown of each Urdu word in the translated sentence:

- کیسے (kaise)

- Meaning: How

- Grammar: An interrogative (questioning) adverb. It asks about the manner or method.

- تم (tum)

- Meaning: You (plural or respectful singular)

- Grammar: A second-person plural pronoun. In Urdu, 'tum' is used for multiple people or for a single person in an informal but respectful way.

- اللہ (Allah)

- Meaning: Allah (God)

- Grammar: A proper noun, referring to God in Islam.

- کا (ka)

- Meaning: Of / 's (possessive marker, masculine singular)

- Grammar: A postposition indicating possession or relation. It connects 'Allah' to the act of 'kufr' (disbelief) in this context, meaning "disbelief of Allah" or "disbelief in Allah."

- کفر (kufr)

- Meaning: Disbelief / Ingraitutde

- Grammar: A masculine noun. It refers to the act of rejecting faith or showing ingratitude towards God.

- کرتے (karte)

- Meaning: Do / Make (plural, masculine)

- Grammar: The plural form of the verb stem 'kar' (to do/make). When combined with 'ho', it forms the present indefinite tense.

- ہو (ho)

- Meaning: Are (for 'tum')

- Grammar: The second-person plural form of the verb 'hona' (to be). Together, "karte ho" means "you (plural) do."

- حالانکہ (haalanke)

- Meaning: Whereas While Although

- Grammar: A conjunction used to introduce a contrasting or qualifying statement.

- تم (tum)

- Meaning: You (plural or respectful singular)

- Grammar: Second-person plural pronoun, repeated from earlier in the sentence for clarity.

- مردہ (murda)

- Meaning: Dead

- Grammar: An adjective, describing the state of being deceased.

- تھے (the)

- Meaning: Were (for 'tum')

- Grammar: The second-person plural past tense form of 'hona' (to be). So, "tum murda the" means "you were dead."

- پھر (phir)

- Meaning: Then / Afterwards

- Grammar: An adverb of time, indicating a sequence of events.

- اس (us)

- Meaning: He / That (oblique form of 'woh')

- Grammar: A third-person singular pronoun. Used here in its oblique form because it's followed by the postposition 'ne'. Refers to Allah.

- نے (ne)

- Meaning: (Agent marker)

- Grammar: A postposition used to mark the agent (doer) of a transitive verb in the perfect tense. It has no direct English equivalent but indicates that 'us' (He) performed the action.

- تمہیں (tumhein)

- Meaning: You (objective case)

- Grammar: The objective form of the pronoun 'tum'. It acts as the direct object of the verb 'zinda kiya' (gave life).

- زندہ (zinda)

- Meaning: Alive / Living

- Grammar: An adjective.

- کیا (kiya)

- Meaning: Did / Made (masculine singular)

- Grammar: The masculine singular past tense form of 'karna' (to do/make). "Zinda kiya" is an idiomatic expression meaning "gave life" or "made alive."

- پھر (phir)

- Meaning: Then / Afterwards

- Grammar: An adverb of time, repeated to denote the next step in the sequence.

- وہ (woh)

- Meaning: He / That

- Grammar: A third-person singular pronoun. Refers to Allah.

- تمہیں (tumhein)

- Meaning: You (objective case)

- Grammar: Objective form of 'tum', functioning as the direct object.

- موت (maut)

- Meaning: Death

- Grammar: A feminine noun.

- دے (de)

- Meaning: Give (verb stem)

- Grammar: The verb stem for 'dena' (to give).

- گا (ga)

- Meaning: (Future tense marker, masculine singular)

- Grammar: A suffix added to verb stems to form the masculine singular future tense. So, "maut de ga" means "He will give death" or "He will cause to die."

- پھر (phir)

- Meaning: Then / Afterwards

- Grammar: An adverb of time, indicating another sequential event.

- وہ (woh)

- Meaning: He / That

- Grammar: Third-person singular pronoun, referring to Allah.

- تمہیں (tumhein)

- Meaning: You (objective case)

- Grammar: Objective form of 'tum', direct object.

- زندہ (zinda)

- Meaning: Alive / Living

- Grammar: Adjective.

- کرے (kare)

- Meaning: Do / Make (verb stem, subjunctive/future form)

- Grammar: The verb stem of 'karna' (to do/make) used here in a future sense.

- گا (ga)

- Meaning: (Future tense marker, masculine singular)

- Grammar: Suffix for the masculine singular future tense. "Zinda kare ga" means "He will give life" or "He will make alive."

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Grammar: A conjunction, connecting the clauses.

- پھر (phir)

- Meaning: Then / Afterwards

- Grammar: Adverb of time, indicating the final step.

- اسی (usi)

- Meaning: To Him / To that very one (oblique form of 'wahi' - that very one)

- Grammar: A demonstrative pronoun in its oblique form, conveying emphasis ('to Him only').

- کی (ki)

- Meaning: Of / 's (feminine possessive marker)

- Grammar: A postposition indicating possession or relation. Here, it connects 'usi' (Him) to 'taraf' (direction). It is feminine to agree with 'taraf'.

- طرف (taraf)

- Meaning: Direction / Side

- Grammar: A feminine noun. "Usi ki taraf" means "towards Him."

- تم (tum)

- Meaning: You (plural or respectful singular)

- Grammar: Second-person plural pronoun.

- لوٹائے (lautaaye)

- Meaning: Returned (passive, plural)

- Grammar: The passive form of the verb 'lautana' (to return something). It means 'to be returned'. This form indicates that the action is done to the subject, not by the subject.

- جاؤ (jao)

- Meaning: Go (plural imperative/future form)

- Grammar: The plural form of the verb stem 'jaana' (to go). When combined with 'ge', it forms the future passive.

- گے (ge)

- Meaning: (Future tense marker, plural)

- Grammar: A suffix added to verb stems to form the plural future tense. So, "lautaaye jaoge" means "you will be returned."

Here's your Urdu translation and detailed breakdown:

English Translation

"And fear a Day when no soul will suffice for another soul at all, nor will intercession be accepted from it, nor will compensation be taken from it, nor will they be helped."

Urdu Translation

"اور ڈرو اس دن سے جب کوئی جان کسی دوسری جان کی طرف سے کچھ بھی بدلہ نہیں دے گی اور نہ اس سے کوئی سفارش قبول کی جائے گی اور نہ اس سے کوئی فدیہ لیا جائے گا اور نہ انہیں مدد دی جائے گی।"

Urdu Word-for-Word Explanation and Pronunciation

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word:

- اور (aur) - And

- This is a conjunction, meaning "and."

- ڈرو (daro) - Fear / Be conscious of

- This is the imperative (command) form of the verb ڈرنا (darna), meaning "to fear." It's in the plural form, addressing multiple people or used as a respectful singular.

- اس (us) - That

- A demonstrative pronoun, meaning "that" or "this" (when followed by a noun, it often implies "that" in context).

- دن (din) - Day

- A masculine noun, meaning "day."

- سے (se) - From / Of

- A postposition with various meanings, including "from," "by," "with," or indicating the object of fear when used with ڈرنا (darna). So, اس دن سے means "from that day" or "of that day."

- جب (jab) - When

- A conjunction, meaning "when."

- کوئی (koi) - Any / No

- An indefinite pronoun/adjective. In a negative sentence, it translates to "no" or "not any."

- جان (jaan) - Soul / Life

- A feminine noun, meaning "soul" or "life."

- کسی (kisi) - Any

- The oblique form of کوئی (koi), used when followed by a postposition.

- دوسری (doosri) - Other / Another

- An adjective (feminine singular), meaning "other" or "second/another."

- جان (jaan) - Soul / Life

- (Repeated) Meaning "soul" or "life."

- کی (ki) - Of / For

- A postposition (feminine singular possessive marker), indicating possession or relationship. Here, کی طرف سے forms a phrase.

- طرف (taraf) - Side / Direction

- A feminine noun, meaning "side" or "direction."

- سے (se) - From / On behalf of

- A postposition. The phrase کسی کی طرف سے (kisi ki taraf se) means "on behalf of someone."

- کچھ (kuchh) - Anything / Some

- An indefinite pronoun/adjective, meaning "some" or "anything."

- بھی (bhi) - Even Also At all

- An emphatic particle that intensifies the word it follows. کچھ بھی (kuchh bhi) translates to "anything at all" or "nothing at all" in a negative context.

- بدلہ (badla) - Compensation Ransom Substitute

- A masculine noun, meaning "compensation," "ransom," or "substitute."

- نہیں (nahin) - Not

- A negative particle.

- دے (de) - Give

- The root of the verb دینا (dena), "to give."

- گی (gi) - Will

- A feminine singular future tense marker, used with verbs.

- Grammar Note: نہیں دے گی (nahin de gi) together means "will not give." In this context, it implies "will not suffice" or "will not pay compensation."

- اور (aur) - And

- (Repeated) Conjunction, meaning "and."

- نہ (na) - Nor / Not

- A negative conjunction, often used with اور (aur) to mean "and nor."

- اس (us) - It / Her

- An oblique pronoun, referring back to "soul" (جان - jaan).

- سے (se) - From

- Postposition, meaning "from."

- کوئی (koi) - Any

- (Repeated) Indefinite pronoun/adjective, "any."

- سفارش (sifarish) - Intercession / Recommendation

- A feminine noun (from Arabic), meaning "intercession" or "recommendation."

- قبول (qabool) - Accepted

- An adjective (from Arabic), meaning "accepted." It's often used with auxiliary verbs to form the passive voice.

- کی (ki) - Of / Done

- Here, an auxiliary verb form (feminine singular) used in passive constructions.

- جائے (jaae) - Be / Go

- The subjunctive/passive form of جانا (jaana), "to go," used as an auxiliary verb to form the passive voice.

- گی (gi) - Will

- (Repeated) Feminine singular future tense marker.

- Grammar Note: قبول کی جائے گی (qabool ki jaae gi) is a passive construction meaning "will be accepted."

- اور (aur) - And

- (Repeated) Conjunction, meaning "and."

- نہ (na) - Nor / Not

- (Repeated) Negative conjunction.

- اس (us) - It / Her

- (Repeated) Oblique pronoun.

- سے (se) - From

- (Repeated) Postposition, meaning "from."

- کوئی (koi) - Any

- (Repeated) Indefinite pronoun/adjective, "any."

- فدیہ (fidyah) - Ransom / Compensation

- A masculine noun (from Arabic), meaning "ransom" or "compensation."

- لیا (liya) - Taken

- The past participle (masculine singular) of the verb لینا (lena), "to take." Used as an auxiliary verb.

- جائے (jaae) - Be / Go

- (Repeated) Subjunctive/passive form of جانا (jaana).

- گا (ga) - Will

- Masculine singular future tense marker.

- Grammar Note: لیا جائے گا (liya jaae ga) is a passive construction meaning "will be taken."

- اور (aur) - And

- (Repeated) Conjunction, meaning "and."

- نہ (na) - Nor / Not

- (Repeated) Negative conjunction.

- انہیں (unhen) - Them

- An oblique plural pronoun, meaning "them."

- مدد (madad) - Help / Assistance

- A feminine noun (from Arabic), meaning "help" or "assistance."

- دی (di) - Given

- The past participle (feminine singular) of the verb دینا (dena), "to give." Used as an auxiliary verb.

- جائے (jaae) - Be / Go

- (Repeated) Subjunctive/passive form of جانا (jaana).

- گی (gi) - Will

- (Repeated) Feminine singular future tense marker.

- Grammar Note: مدد دی جائے گی (madad di jaae gi) is a passive construction meaning "help will be given" or simply "will be helped."

Here is the Urdu translation of the sentence, along with a detailed word-for-word explanation to help you understand and learn Urdu.

English Translation:

And [remember] when We gave Moses the Scripture and the Criterion that you might be guided.

Urdu Translation:

اور جب ہم نے موسیٰ کو کتاب اور فرقان دی تاکہ تم ہدایت پاؤ۔

(Aur jab hum ne Musa ko kitaab aur furqaan di taake tum hidaayat pao.)

Word-by-Word Breakdown and Explanation:

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word:

1. اور (Aur)

- Meaning: And

- Explanation: This is a common conjunction in Urdu, used to connect words, phrases, or clauses, just like "and" in English. It derives from the Arabic word 'wa' (و).

2. جب (Jab)

- Meaning: When

- Explanation: This word is an adverb of time. It introduces a temporal clause, indicating "at the time that" or "whenever." In this context, it refers to a specific past event.

3. ہم نے (Hum ne)

- Meaning: We (lit. "by us")

- Explanation:

- ہم (Hum): This is the first-person plural pronoun, meaning "we."

- نے (ne): This is a crucial postposition in Urdu grammar. It's used after the subject of a transitive verb in the past tense. It marks the agent (the one performing the action). While it doesn't have a direct English equivalent, it implies "by" or indicates that the subject is the doer of the action. So, "ہم نے" collectively means "we (did something)."

4. موسیٰ کو (Musa ko)

- Meaning: Moses (lit. "to Moses" or "Moses as the recipient")

- Explanation:

- موسیٰ (Musa): This is the proper noun for the Prophet Moses.

- کو (ko): This is another common postposition. It acts as a direct object marker or indicates the recipient of an action ("to," "for"). Here, it marks Moses as the one who received the Scripture and the Criterion.

5. کتاب (Kitaab)

- Meaning: Book / Scripture

- Explanation: This noun refers to a book. In a religious context, like this one, it specifically means a divine book or scripture, such as the Torah. It comes directly from the Arabic word 'kitab' (كِتَاب).

6. اور (Aur)

- Meaning: And

- Explanation: (Already explained above) This connects "کتاب" and "فرقان."

7. فرقان (Furqaan)

- Meaning: Criterion / Differentiator

- Explanation: This noun refers to something that distinguishes or differentiates between right and wrong, truth and falsehood. It can refer to a specific divine revelation (like the Torah or the Quran) that serves this purpose, or the ability to discern. It derives from the Arabic word 'furqan' (فُرْقَانَ).

8. دی (Di)

- Meaning: Gave

- Explanation: This is the past tense form of the transitive verb دینا (dena), meaning "to give." In Urdu, when the نے postposition is used (as in "ہم نے"), the verb agrees in gender and number with the direct object. Here, کتاب (kitaab) and فرقان (furqaan) are both considered feminine nouns in this context, hence "دی" (feminine singular past tense).

9. تاکہ (Taake)

- Meaning: So that / In order that

- Explanation: This is a conjunction that introduces a clause of purpose or result. It explains why something was done. It is equivalent to "in order that" or "so that" in English.

10. تم (Tum)

- Meaning: You (plural or informal singular)

- Explanation: This is the second-person pronoun, used for "you." In Urdu, تم (tum) is used for addressing multiple people, or for a single person informally. In this sentence, it corresponds to the plural "you" in the Arabic original (لَعَلَّكُمْ).

11. ہدایت (Hidaayat)

- Meaning: Guidance

- Explanation: This noun refers to divine guidance, the right path, or instruction that leads to truth. It comes from the Arabic word 'hidayat' (هِدَايَة).

12. پاؤ (Pao)

- Meaning: May you find / acquire

- Explanation: This is the subjunctive or imperative form of the verb پانا (paana), which means "to find," "to obtain," or "to acquire." When used with تاکہ (taake) and ہدایت (hidaayat), the phrase ہدایت پاؤ (hidaayat pao) means "that you may find guidance" or "that you may be guided." The verb form "پاؤ" is suitable for the second-person plural or informal singular.

Here is the Urdu and English translation of the Arabic sentence, along with a word-for-word breakdown to help you understand the Urdu words and their grammar.

English Translation

And they said, "The Fire will not touch us except for a few numbered days." Say, "Have you taken a covenant with Allah? Then Allah will never break His covenant. Or do you say about Allah what you do not know?"

Urdu Translation

اور انہوں نے کہا، "آگ ہمیں ہرگز نہیں چھوئے گی مگر چند گنتی کے دنوں کے۔" کہو، "کیا تم نے اللہ کے پاس کوئی عہد لیا ہے؟ تو اللہ اپنا عہد کبھی نہیں توڑے گا۔ یا تم اللہ پر وہ بات کہتے ہو جو تم نہیں جانتے؟"

Word-for-Word Breakdown and Explanation

Here's a detailed breakdown of each Urdu word in the translated sentence, with its pronunciation, English meaning, and any relevant grammar notes.

1. اور (Aur)

- Meaning: And

- Grammar: A conjunction.

2. انہوں (Unhon)

- Meaning: They (plural, respectful)

- Grammar: An oblique form of the pronoun "وہ" (woh - they/he/she). It's used when followed by a postposition like "نے".

3. نے (ne)

- Meaning: (Agentive marker)

- Grammar: This is a postposition that marks the agent (the one performing the action) of a transitive verb in the past tense. It's an important feature of Urdu grammar and doesn't have a direct English equivalent. It indicates that "انہوں" (they) performed the action of "کہا" (said).

4. کہا (kaha)

- Meaning: Said

- Grammar: Past tense, masculine singular form of the verb "کہنا" (kehna - to say).

5. آگ (Aag)

- Meaning: Fire

- Grammar: A feminine noun in Urdu. This influences the verb's gender agreement later in the sentence.

6. ہمیں (hamein)

- Meaning: Us

- Grammar: An oblique (dative/accusative) form of the pronoun "ہم" (hum - we/us).

7. ہرگز (hargiz)

- Meaning: Never, at all

- Grammar: An adverb used to strongly emphasize negation.

8. نہیں (nahin)

- Meaning: Not

- Grammar: The primary negation particle in Urdu.

9. چھوئے گی (chhuegi)

- Meaning: Will touch

- Grammar: Future tense, feminine singular form of the verb "چھونا" (chhoona - to touch). The "گی" (gi) ending signifies future tense and feminine singular agreement, here agreeing with "آگ" (Fire) as the implied subject that will not touch.

10. مگر (magar)

- Meaning: But, except

- Grammar: A conjunction.

11. چند (chand)

- Meaning: A few, some

12. گنتی (ginti)

- Meaning: Counting, number

13. کے (ke)

- Meaning: Of, 's (possessive marker)

- Grammar: A postposition. Here, it connects "گنتی" (counting) to "دنوں" (days), meaning "of counting" or "numbered".

14. دنوں (dinon)

- Meaning: Days

- Grammar: Plural, oblique form of "دن" (din - day). Used when followed by postpositions like "کے".

15. کے (ke)

- Meaning: For, of

- Grammar: Another postposition. "گنتی کے دنوں کے" collectively means "of a few numbered days" or "for a few counted days".

16. کہو (Kaho)

- Meaning: Say!

- Grammar: Imperative (command) form of the verb "کہنا" (kehna - to say). This form can be used for informal plural "you" or polite singular "you".

17. کیا (Kya)

- Meaning: What? / (Interrogative particle)

- Grammar: When placed at the beginning of a sentence, it turns a statement into a question, similar to "Do/Did/Are...?" in English, without a direct translation.

18. تم (tum)

- Meaning: You (plural or informal singular)

19. نے (ne)

- Meaning: (Agentive marker)

- Grammar: Similar to word #3, it marks "تم" (you) as the agent of the action "لیا ہے" (have taken).

20. اللہ (Allah)

- Meaning: Allah (God)

21. کے (ke)

- Meaning: Of, 's

- Grammar: A postposition. Here, it's used with "پاس" (paas - near/with) to mean "with Allah".

22. پاس (paas)

- Meaning: Near, with, at

23. کوئی (koi)

- Meaning: Any, some

24. عہد (ahad)

- Meaning: Covenant, promise

25. لیا ہے (liya hai)

- Meaning: Have taken

- Grammar: Present perfect tense of the verb "لینا" (lena - to take). "لیا" is the past participle, and "ہے" (hai - is) is the auxiliary verb.

26. تو (To)

- Meaning: Then, so

- Grammar: A conjunction, often used to introduce a consequence.

27. اللہ (Allah)

- Meaning: Allah (God)

28. اپنا (apna)

- Meaning: His own, one's own

- Grammar: A reflexive possessive adjective. It refers back to the subject of the clause, which is "اللہ" (Allah) in this case.

29. عہد (ahad)

- Meaning: Covenant, promise

30. کبھی (kabhi)

- Meaning: Ever, never

- Grammar: When used with a negation ("نہیں"), it means "never".

31. نہیں (nahin)

- Meaning: Not

- Grammar: Negation particle.

32. توڑے گا (torega)

- Meaning: Will break

- Grammar: Future tense, masculine singular form of the verb "توڑنا" (torna - to break). The "گا" (ga) ending signifies future tense and masculine singular agreement, here agreeing with "اللہ" (Allah) as the subject.

33. یا (Ya)

- Meaning: Or

- Grammar: A conjunction.

34. تم (tum)

- Meaning: You (plural or informal singular)

35. اللہ (Allah)

- Meaning: Allah (God)

36. پر (par)

- Meaning: On, upon, about

- Grammar: A postposition. Here, it means "about Allah".

37. وہ (woh)

- Meaning: That, those

- Grammar: A demonstrative pronoun or adjective, here meaning "that" or "what".

38. بات (baat)

- Meaning: Talk, matter, thing, statement

39. کہتے ہو (kehte ho)

- Meaning: You say / You are saying

- Grammar: Present indefinite (or habitual) tense of the verb "کہنا" (kehna - to say). "کہتے" is the masculine plural participle, and "ہو" (ho - are) is the auxiliary verb for "تم" (you).

40. جو (jo)

- Meaning: Who, which, that (relative pronoun)

- Grammar: Here it functions as "what" or "that which".

41. تم (tum)

- Meaning: You (plural or informal singular)

42. نہیں (nahin)

- Meaning: Not

- Grammar: Negation particle.

43. جانتے؟ (jaante?)

- Meaning: You know?

- Grammar: Present indefinite (or habitual) tense of the verb "جاننا" (jaanna - to know). "جانتے" is the masculine plural participle. The question mark indicates the interrogative nature of this part of the sentence.

Here is the translation and breakdown for your Urdu lesson:

English Translation:

O you who have believed! Seek help through patience and prayer. Indeed, Allah is with the patient.

Urdu Translation:

اے ایمان والو! صبر اور نماز سے مدد طلب کرو۔ بے شک اللہ صبر کرنے والوں کے ساتھ ہے۔

(Ay īmān wālo! Sabar aur namāz say madad talab karo. Bay shak Allāh sabar karnay wālon kay sāth hai.)

Word-for-Word Breakdown:

- اے (Ay) - O (A vocative particle, used to address someone or a group).

- ایمان (Ī-mān) - Faith/Belief.

- والو! (Wā-lo!) - Those who possess/people of.

- Grammar Note: Together, ایمان والو (Īmān wālo) means "O believers" or "O people of faith". 'والو' is the plural, vocative form of 'والا' (wālā), meaning 'one who possesses' or 'connected with'. This is a common way to address a group in Urdu.

- صبر (Sa-bar) - Patience/Endurance.

- اور (Aur) - And.

- نماز (Na-māz) - Prayer (specifically the ritual prayer in Islam, often referred to as Salaah).

- سے (Say) - With/Through/By means of (A postposition indicating the instrument or means by which something is done).

- مدد (Ma-dad) - Help/Assistance.

- طلب (Ta-lab) - Seeking/Request.

- کرو۔ (Ka-ro.) - Do/Seek (Imperative plural form of the verb 'کرنا' (kar-nā) - to do).

- Grammar Note: مدد طلب کرو (Madad talab karo) functions as a single verb phrase meaning "seek help" or "request assistance". 'طلب کرنا' (talab karnā) is a common compound verb in Urdu meaning "to seek" or "to request".

- بے شک (Bay shak) - Indeed/Surely/Without a doubt.

- Grammar Note: This is a compound word formed by 'بے' (bay), a prefix meaning "without", and 'شک' (shak), meaning "doubt". So, literally "without doubt".

- اللہ (Al-lāh) - Allah/God.

- صبر (Sa-bar) - Patience.

- کرنے (Kar-nay) - Doing/Practicing.

- Grammar Note: This is the oblique infinitive or participial form of 'کرنا' (karnā - to do). It acts here to describe the noun 'والوں'.

- والوں (Wā-lon) - Those who possess/do.

- Grammar Note: صبر کرنے والوں (Sabar karnay wālon) means "the patient ones" or "those who practice patience". 'والوں' is the plural, oblique form of 'والا' (wālā). The oblique form is used here because it is followed by the postposition 'کے ساتھ'.

- کے (Kay) - Of/For (A possessive postposition, here part of the compound postposition 'کے ساتھ').

- ساتھ (Sāth) - With/Alongside.

- Grammar Note: کے ساتھ (kay sāth) collectively means "with".

- ہے۔ (Hai.) - Is (The present tense third person singular form of the verb 'ہونا' (ho-nā) - to be).

Here is the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence for an English-speaking student learning Urdu:

English Translation:

"O Children of Israel, remember My favor which I bestowed upon you and that I preferred you over the worlds."

Urdu Translation:

"اے بنی اسرائیل! میری اس نعمت کو یاد کرو جو میں نے تم پر کی تھی اور یہ کہ میں نے تمہیں تمام جہانوں پر فضیلت دی تھی۔"

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English)

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word:

1. اے (Ae) - O / Hey

- This is a vocative particle, used to address someone directly.

- Grammar Note: Similar to "O" in English, used before the name or title of the person/group being addressed.

2. بنی (Bani) - Children / Sons

- This word is borrowed from Arabic and is the plural of 'ibn' or 'bin' (son). In this context, it refers to "children" or "descendants."

3. اسرائیل! (Israil!) - Israel!

- The name "Israel."

4. میری (Meri) - My

- This is the feminine possessive pronoun for "my." It agrees with the feminine noun "نعمت" (ne'mat - favor) that follows it.

- Grammar Note: In Urdu, possessive pronouns (like mera/meri/mere) change form based on the gender and number of the noun they modify. Meri is for feminine singular nouns.

5. اس (Is) - This / That

- A demonstrative pronoun, here it means "that" particular favor being referred to. It emphasizes the specific favor.

6. نعمت (Ne'mat) - Favor / Blessing

- This is a feminine noun meaning "favor" or "blessing."

7. کو (Ko) - [object marker]

- This is a postposition (like a preposition, but comes after the noun) that marks the direct object of a verb. Here, it indicates that "میری اس نعمت" (meri is ne'mat - my favor) is the object of the verb "یاد کرو" (yaad karo - remember).

- Grammar Note: "Ko" is often used with definite direct objects or when the object is a person.

8. یاد (Yaad) - Memory / Remembrance

- This is a feminine noun meaning "memory" or "remembrance."

9. کرو (Karo) - Do / Make

- This is the imperative plural form of the verb "کرنا" (karna - to do/make).

- Together, یاد کرو (yaad karo) means "remember" (commanding multiple people, or politely addressing one).

10. جو (Jo) - Which / That

- This is a relative pronoun, similar to "which" or "that" in English, used to introduce a subordinate clause.

11. میں (Main) - I

- The first-person singular pronoun.

12. نے (Ne) - [Ergative Particle]

- This is an ergative particle used with the subject (agent) of a transitive verb in perfective tenses (past simple, past perfect, present perfect). It indicates that "میں" (main - I) is the one performing the action.

- Grammar Note: The "ne" construction is a key feature of Urdu grammar. It means the verb then agrees in gender and number with the object, not the subject.

13. تم (Tum) - You

- This is the second-person plural pronoun, or a respectful singular "you."

14. پر (Par) - On / Upon

- A postposition meaning "on," "upon," or "over."

15. کی (Ki) - Did / Made

- This is the feminine past participle of the verb "کرنا" (karna - to do/make/bestow). It agrees with the feminine noun "نعمت" (ne'mat - favor) which is the implicit object of "bestowed" in this clause.

16. تھی (Thi) - Was

- This is the feminine past auxiliary verb, forming the past perfect tense with "کی" (ki).

- Together, کی تھی (ki thi) means "had done" or "had bestowed." So, "جو میں نے تم پر کی تھی" (jo main ne tum par ki thi) means "which I had bestowed upon you."

17. اور (Aur) - And

- A conjunction meaning "and."

18. یہ (Yeh) - This / That

- Here, "اور یہ کہ" (aur yeh ke) functions like "and that" or "and the fact that."

19. کہ (Ke) - That

- A conjunction meaning "that," used to introduce a subordinate clause.

20. میں (Main) - I

- The first-person singular pronoun.

21. نے (Ne) - [Ergative Particle]

- Again, the ergative particle, indicating "میں" (main - I) is the agent.

22. تمہیں (Tumhein) - You (object form)

- This is the oblique (object) form of "تم" (tum - you). It means "to you" or "you" when used as an object.

23. تمام (Tamaam) - All / Entire

- An adjective meaning "all" or "entire."

24. جہانوں (Jahanon) - Worlds / Realms

- This is the oblique plural form of "جہان" (jahan - world). It takes the oblique form because it is followed by the postposition "پر" (par).

- Grammar Note: When a plural noun is followed by a postposition, it often takes an oblique form ending in -on or -o.

25. پر (Par) - On Upon Over

- A postposition meaning "on," "upon," or "over."

26. فضیلت (Fazeelat) - Superiority Preference Excellence

- A feminine noun meaning "superiority," "preference," or "excellence."

27. دی (Di) - Gave / Bestowed

- This is the feminine past participle of the verb "دینا" (dena - to give). It agrees with the feminine noun "فضیلت" (fazeelat - preference).

28. تھی (Thi) - Was

- The feminine past auxiliary verb, forming the past perfect tense with "دی" (di).

- Together, دی تھی (di thi) means "had given" or "had bestowed." So, "میں نے تمہیں تمام جہانوں پر فضیلت دی تھی" (main ne tumhein tamam jahanon par fazeelat di thi) means "I had given you preference over all the worlds."

Here is the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence, designed for an English-speaking Urdu student:

English Translation

Indeed, he only commands you to evil and indecency, and that you say about Allah what you do not know.

Urdu Translation

وہ تمہیں صرف برائی اور بے حیائی کا حکم دیتا ہے اور یہ کہ تم اللہ پر ایسی بات کہو جس کا تمہیں علم نہیں۔

Urdu Word-for-Word Explanation

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word:

1. وہ (Woh) - He/She/It/That

- Meaning: In this context, it refers to a singular male entity (e.g., Satan) commanding evil.

2. تمہیں (Tumhēṅ) - To you (plural or respectful singular)

- Meaning: This is the object pronoun for 'you'.

3. صرف (Sirf) - Only, merely

- Meaning: This adverb emphasizes exclusivity.

4. برائی (Burāī) - Evil, badness, mischief

- Meaning: This is a feminine noun meaning 'evil' or 'wickedness'.

5. اور (Aur) - And

- Meaning: A common conjunction meaning 'and'.

6. بے حیائی (Bē hayā'ī) - Indecency, shamelessness, immorality

- Meaning: This is a feminine noun for 'indecency' or 'immodesty'. It's formed by adding 'be-' (without) to 'haya' (modesty) and the abstract noun suffix '-ai'.

7. کا (Kā) - Of, belongs to (masculine possessive particle)

- Grammar: This is a postposition (like a preposition, but placed after the noun) that indicates possession or relation. Here, it connects "evil and indecency" to "command". It changes forms based on gender and number: کا (kā) for masculine singular, کی (kī) for feminine singular/plural, کے (ke) for masculine plural. In this sentence, it refers to the hukm (command) which is masculine.

8. حکم (Hukm) - Command, order

- Meaning: A masculine noun meaning 'command' or 'order'.

9. دیتا (Dētā) - Gives

- Meaning: This is the masculine singular form of the verb 'dena' (to give). In Urdu, commands are often "given" using 'hukm dena'.

10. ہے (Hai) - Is

- Meaning: The present tense auxiliary verb, similar to 'is' in English.

11. اور (Aur) - And

- Meaning: Another instance of the conjunction 'and'.

12. یہ (Yeh) - This, it

- Meaning: Here, it introduces the subsequent clause, meaning "and that (this fact)...".

13. کہ (Keh) - That

- Grammar: A conjunction used to introduce a subordinate clause, often translated as 'that'.

14. تم (Tum) - You (plural or informal singular)

- Meaning: The pronoun for 'you'.

15. اللہ (Allāh) - Allah, God

- Meaning: The Arabic word for God, widely used in Urdu.

16. پر (Par) - On, upon, against

- Grammar: Another postposition. Here, 'Allah par' means "against Allah" or "about Allah" in the context of making false statements.

17. ایسی (Aisī) - Such, of this kind (feminine)

- Meaning: This adjective modifies the feminine noun 'baat'.

18. بات (Bāt) - Talk, word, matter, thing

- Meaning: A feminine noun meaning 'talk', 'word', or 'matter'.

19. کہو (Kaho) - Say, speak (imperative/subjunctive for 'you' plural)

- Meaning: The plural (or polite singular) imperative/subjunctive form of 'kehna' (to say).

20. جس (Jis) - Which, whose (relative pronoun)

- Grammar: This is an oblique form of the relative pronoun جو (jo) (who/which). It's used when followed by a postposition, forming phrases like 'jis ka' (whose), 'jis par' (on which), etc.

21. کا (Kā) - Of, belongs to (masculine possessive particle)

- Grammar: Again, the postposition کا (kā), here linking 'jis' to 'ilm'. 'Jis ka' means "whose" or "of which".

22. تمہیں (Tumhēṅ) - To you (plural or respectful singular)

- Meaning: The object pronoun 'to you'.

23. علم (Ilm) - Knowledge

- Meaning: A masculine noun meaning 'knowledge' or 'information'.

24. نہیں (Nahīñ) - Not, no

- Meaning: The negative particle used to negate verbs or nouns.

Grammatical Notes

- Compound Verb: The phrase حکم دیتا ہے (hukm deta hai) is an example of a common Urdu compound verb structure where a noun (حکم - hukm) is combined with a verb (دینا - dena, to give) to form a new verb meaning "to command."

- Postpositions: Urdu heavily relies on postpositions like کا (kā) and پر (par) instead of prepositions (like 'of', 'on', 'to' in English). They are placed after the noun they relate to.

- Relative Pronouns: Urdu uses relative pronouns like جو (jo) (who/which) and its oblique forms like جس (jis) to introduce relative clauses, similar to 'who', 'which', 'that' in English. The form جس کا (jis kā) translates to "whose" or "of which."

- Verb Conjugation: The verb کہو (kaho) is the plural imperative/subjunctive form of the verb کہنا (kehna - to say). It implies a command or suggestion directed at "you" (plural or respectful singular).

- Gender Agreement: Adjectives like ایسی (aisī) (such) agree in gender with the noun they modify (بات - bāt is feminine, so ایسی is used instead of ایسا - aisā for masculine).

Here's your Urdu translation and tutoring session for the Arabic sentence, designed for an English student and formatted for a mobi book:

Urdu Tutoring Session: Understanding an Arabic Verse

Welcome to your Urdu lesson! We will break down an Arabic sentence, translate it into both Urdu and English, and then explore the Urdu words and grammar in detail.

The Original Sentence (Arabic - for reference only):

أَتَأْمُرُونَ النَّاسَ بِالْبِرِّ وَتَنسَوْنَ أَنفُسَكُمْ وَأَنتُمْ تَتْلُونَ الْكِتَابَ ۚ أَفَلَا تَعْقِلُونَ

English Translation:

"Do you command the people to righteousness and forget yourselves, while you yourselves recite the Book? Do you not then understand/reason?"

Urdu Translation with Pronunciation:

کیا تم لوگوں کو نیکی کا حکم دیتے ہو اور اپنے آپ کو بھول جاتے ہو، حالانکہ تم کتاب کی تلاوت کرتے ہو؟ تو کیا تم عقل نہیں رکھتے؟

Kya tum logon ko neki ka hukm dete ho aur apne aap ko bhool jaate ho, halanke tum kitaab ki tilawat karte ho? To kya tum aql nahin rakhte?

Word-by-Word Breakdown and Explanation:

Let's dissect the Urdu translation word by word to help you understand its components:

- کیا (Kya)

- Meaning: "Do/Does/Is/Are" (an interrogative particle used to form a question)

- Grammar Note: In Urdu, کیا often starts a question that can be answered with "yes" or "no." It doesn't have a direct English equivalent but indicates a question.

- تم (Tum)

- Meaning: "You" (plural or informal singular)

- Grammar Note: Urdu has different forms for "you":

- میں (Main): I

- تم (Tum): You (informal, often used for friends, children, or sometimes in general address where respect is not explicitly emphasized, or for plural "you").

- آپ (Aap): You (formal or respectful, used for elders, strangers, or in professional settings, can be singular or plural).

The Arabic original uses a plural "you," so تم fits well here.

- لوگوں (Logon)

- Meaning: "People" (plural, in the objective case)

- Grammar Note: The singular is لوگ (log). The suffix -وں is used to make nouns plural and oblique (meaning they are followed by a postposition like کو).

- کو (Ko)

- Meaning: "To" (a postposition indicating the direct or indirect object)

- Grammar Note: Similar to "to" or "for" in English, کو marks the recipient of an action or the object. Here, "command to the people."

- نیکی (Neki)

- Meaning: "Righteousness," "goodness," "virtue"

- Grammar Note: A feminine noun. It's the equivalent of الْبِرِّ in Arabic.

- کا (Ka)

- Meaning: "Of" (a masculine possessive postposition)

- Grammar Note: This postposition indicates possession or relation. It changes based on the gender and number of the possessed item: کا (masculine singular), کی (feminine singular/plural), کے (masculine plural). Here, حکم (command) is masculine, hence کا. So, "command of righteousness" or "command for righteousness."

- حکم (Hukm)

- Meaning: "Command," "order"

- Grammar Note: A masculine noun. It's equivalent to أَمْر in Arabic.

- دیتے ہو (Dete ho)

- Meaning: "You give/command" (present habitual/continuous tense)

- Grammar Note: This is the plural/informal "you" form of the verb دینا (dena), meaning "to give." When combined with حکم (حکم دینا), it means "to give a command" or "to command."

- دیتے (dete): The masculine plural form of the present participle.

- ہو (ho): The auxiliary verb for "you" (tum) in the present tense.

- اور (Aur)

- Meaning: "And"

- Grammar Note: A simple conjunction.

- اپنے (Apne)

- Meaning: "Your own" (reflexive possessive)

- Grammar Note: This is the oblique form of اپنا (apna), which is a reflexive possessive pronoun meaning "one's own." It refers back to the subject of the sentence (you). It takes the form اپنے because it's followed by آپ (self) and کو (object marker).

- آپ (Aap)

- Meaning: "Self"

- Grammar Note: This word can also mean the formal "you," but when used with اپنے (اپنے آپ), it specifically means "one's self" or "yourselves" in this context.

- کو (Ko)

- Meaning: "To" (here, marks the object "yourselves")

- Grammar Note: As explained before, it's an object marker.

- بھول (Bhool)

- Meaning: "Forgetting" (root of the verb بھولنا - bhoolna, "to forget")

- جاتے ہو (Jaate ho)

- Meaning: "You go" (present habitual/continuous tense)

- Grammar Note: This is the plural/informal "you" form of the verb جانا (jaana), meaning "to go." When combined with بھول (بھول جانا), it forms a compound verb meaning "to forget entirely" or "to forget."

- جاتے (jaate): The masculine plural form of the present participle.

- ہو (ho): The auxiliary verb for "you" (tum) in the present tense.

- حالانکہ (Halanke)

- Meaning: "Whereas," "while," "although"

- Grammar Note: A conjunction used to introduce a contrasting or surprising fact. It's the equivalent of وَأَنتُمْ (and while you...) in the Arabic context.

- تم (Tum)

- Meaning: "You" (plural or informal singular)

- Grammar Note: See explanation above.

- کتاب (Kitaab)

- Meaning: "Book"

- Grammar Note: A feminine noun. It directly refers to الْكِتَابَ (The Book), often understood as a divine scripture.

- کی (Ki)

- Meaning: "Of" (a feminine possessive postposition)

- Grammar Note: کتاب (kitaab) is feminine, so we use کی for possession/relation, as in "recitation of the Book."

- تلاوت (Tilawat)

- Meaning: "Recitation" (especially of holy texts)

- Grammar Note: A feminine noun, derived from Arabic.

- کرتے ہو (Karte ho)

- Meaning: "You do/recite" (present habitual/continuous tense)

- Grammar Note: This is the plural/informal "you" form of the verb کرنا (karna), meaning "to do." When combined with تلاوت (تلاوت کرنا), it means "to recite."

- کرتے (karte): The masculine plural form of the present participle.

- ہو (ho): The auxiliary verb for "you" (tum) in the present tense.

- ؟ (Question Mark)

- Meaning: Indicates a question.

- تو (To)

- Meaning: "Then," "so," "in that case"

- Grammar Note: A conditional or emphatic particle, often used to connect ideas or introduce a consequence, much like the فَ (fa) in Arabic أَفَلَا.

- کیا (Kya)

- Meaning: "Do/Does/Is/Are" (interrogative particle)

- Grammar Note: Used again to introduce the second question.

- تم (Tum)

- Meaning: "You" (plural or informal singular)

- Grammar Note: See explanation above.

- عقل (Aql)

- Meaning: "Intellect," "reason," "understanding"

- Grammar Note: A feminine noun, derived from Arabic. It's the equivalent of عقل in Arabic.

- نہیں (Nahin)

- Meaning: "Not"

- Grammar Note: The most common negative particle in Urdu for verbs and adjectives.

- رکھتے؟ (Rakhte?)

- Meaning: "You keep/possess" (present habitual/continuous tense, truncated for a question)

- Grammar Note: This is the plural/informal "you" form of the verb رکھنا (rakhna), meaning "to keep" or "to possess." When combined with عقل نہیں (عقل نہیں رکھتے؟), it means "do you not possess reason/intellect?" or "do you not understand/reason?" The auxiliary ہو (ho) is often omitted at the end of a question for brevity.

This detailed breakdown should help you understand each part of the Urdu translation and how it corresponds to the original Arabic, along with useful grammar insights. Keep practicing!

Here's the translation and breakdown of the sentence, designed for an English-speaking student learning Urdu:

English Translation:

And who is more unjust than one who prevents the mosques of Allah from His name being mentioned therein and strives for their destruction? Such people are not to enter them except in fear. For them in this world is disgrace, and for them in the Hereafter is a great punishment.

Urdu Translation:

اور اس سے بڑھ کر ظالم کون ہو گا جو اللہ کی مسجدوں کو اس بات سے روکے کہ ان میں اس کا نام لیا جائے اور ان کے ویران کرنے کی کوشش کرے۔ انہیں ان میں داخل ہونے کا حق نہیں مگر ڈرتے ہوئے۔ ان کے لیے دنیا میں رسوائی ہے اور ان کے لیے آخرت میں بڑا عذاب ہے۔

Word-for-Word Breakdown (Urdu to English)

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word to help you understand its structure and vocabulary.

1. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Usage: A common conjunction used to connect words, phrases, or clauses.

2. اس (iss)

- Meaning: This / That (here, referring to the person being discussed)

- Usage: A demonstrative pronoun or adjective. In this context, it refers to the person in question, and combined with "سے بڑھ کر", it forms the comparative "than him/that".

3. سے (say)

- Meaning: From / Than

- Usage: A postposition. Here, it's used with "بڑھ کر" to create a comparative structure, meaning "more than" or "greater than."

4. بڑھ کر (baṛh kar)

- Meaning: More than / Greater than (literally, "having increased")

- Usage: This phrase is used with "سے" to form comparative and superlative degrees. "X سے بڑھ کر Y" means "Y is greater than X."

- Grammar Note: "بڑھنا" (baṛhna) means "to grow, to increase." "بڑھ کر" is its conjunctive participle form, used to indicate an action preceding another or to modify an adjective.

5. ظالم (zaalim)

- Meaning: Unjust / Oppressor

- Usage: An adjective describing someone who commits injustice.

6. کون (kaun)

- Meaning: Who

- Usage: An interrogative pronoun, used here to form a rhetorical question.

7. ہو گا (ho gaa)

- Meaning: Will be

- Usage: The masculine singular future tense form of the verb "ہونا" (hona - to be). It completes the rhetorical question, asking "who will be...?"

- Grammar Note: "ہو گا" is masculine singular. If the subject were feminine, it would be "ہو گی" (ho gee).

8. جو (jo)

- Meaning: Who / That (relative pronoun)

- Usage: Introduces a relative clause, referring back to "ظالم" (the unjust one).

9. اللہ (Allah)

- Meaning: Allah / God

- Usage: The Arabic word for God, widely used in Urdu.

10. کی (kee)

- Meaning: Of

- Usage: A feminine possessive particle. It agrees in gender and number with the possessed item, not the possessor. Here, "مسجدوں" (masjidoñ - mosques) is feminine plural, so "کی" is used.

- Grammar Note: The possessive particles are: کا (kaa - masculine singular), کی (kee - feminine singular/plural), کے (kay - masculine plural / respectful singular).

11. مسجدوں (masjidoñ)

- Meaning: Mosques (plural of "مسجد" - masjid)

- Usage: The oblique plural form of "مسجد," used when followed by a postposition like "کو" (ko) or "میں" (meiñ). The direct plural is "مسجدیں" (masjidein).

12. کو (ko)

- Meaning: To / For

- Usage: A postposition that marks the direct object of a verb or indicates direction/destination. Here, it marks "مسجدوں" as the object of the verb "روکے" (to prevent).

13. اس (iss)

- Meaning: This That (referring to "بات" - the matterfact)

- Usage: Demonstrative pronoun/adjective.

14. بات (ba'at)

- Meaning: Matter Thing Fact

- Usage: A feminine noun.

15. سے (say)

- Meaning: From

- Usage: A postposition. Here, it indicates "from this matter/fact."

16. روکے (rok-kay)

- Meaning: Prevents / Stops

- Usage: The subjunctive/optative form of the verb "روکنا" (rokna - to prevent/stop). This form is often used in clauses introduced by "جو" (who) or "کہ" (that) to express conditions, wishes, or actions performed by the subject of the relative clause.

17. کہ (keh)

- Meaning: That (conjunction)

- Usage: Connects clauses, often introducing a subordinate clause stating what is being prevented or said.

18. ان (un)

- Meaning: Them (oblique plural pronoun)

- Usage: Refers back to "مسجدوں" (mosques).

19. میں (meiñ)

- Meaning: In

- Usage: A common postposition indicating location.

20. اس (iss)

- Meaning: His (referring to Allah)

- Usage: Possessive pronoun.

21. کا (kaa)

- Meaning: Of

- Usage: A masculine possessive particle. It agrees with "نام" (naam - name), which is masculine.

22. نام (naam)

- Meaning: Name

- Usage: A masculine noun.

23. لیا جائے (liyaa jaa'ay)

- Meaning: Be taken / Be mentioned (passive voice)

- Usage: This is a passive voice construction. "لیا" (liyaa) is the masculine singular perfect participle of "لینا" (lena - to take). "جائے" (jaa'ay) is the subjunctive form of "جانا" (jaana - to go), which acts as an auxiliary verb to form the passive voice. "نام لینا" literally means "to take a name," but in context means "to mention a name."

24. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Usage: Connects the two actions of the unjust person.

25. ان (un)

- Meaning: Their (referring to the mosques)

- Usage: Oblique plural pronoun.

26. کے (kay)

- Meaning: Of

- Usage: A masculine plural/oblique possessive particle, here linking "ان" to the action of "ویران کرنا".

27. ویران (veeraan)

- Meaning: Desolate / Ruined

- Usage: An adjective describing the state of the mosques.

28. کرنے (kar-nay)

- Meaning: To do / To make

- Usage: The oblique infinitive of "کرنا" (karna - to do/make). Used here in the phrase "ویران کرنے کی کوشش" (effort of making desolate).

29. کی (kee)

- Meaning: Of

- Usage: Feminine possessive particle, agreeing with "کوشش" (koshish - effort), which is feminine.

30. کوشش (koshish)

- Meaning: Effort / Attempt

- Usage: A feminine noun.

31. کرے (kar-ay)

- Meaning: Does / Makes

- Usage: The subjunctive/optative form of "کرنا" (karna - to do/make). Similar to "روکے," it expresses the action performed by the subject of the relative clause "جو".

32. انہیں (un-heiñ)

- Meaning: To them / For them

- Usage: Oblique plural pronoun with the dative marker "ہیں" (heñ), meaning "to them" or "them (as indirect object)." It refers to the "unjust people."

33. ان (un)

- Meaning: These / Those (referring to the mosques)

- Usage: Oblique plural demonstrative pronoun.

34. میں (meiñ)

- Meaning: In

- Usage: Postposition indicating location.

35. داخل (daakhil)

- Meaning: Entered / To enter (as part of a compound verb)

- Usage: An adjective. "داخل ہونا" (daakhil hona) means "to enter."

36. ہونے (ho-nay)

- Meaning: To be / To become

- Usage: The oblique infinitive of "ہونا" (hona - to be/become). Here, it's part of the compound verb "داخل ہونا" (to enter) and is followed by "کا" (of) to indicate a right or ability.

37. کا (kaa)

- Meaning: Of

- Usage: Masculine possessive particle. Here, "داخل ہونے کا حق" means "the right of entering."

38. حق (haq)

- Meaning: Right / Entitlement

- Usage: A masculine noun.

39. نہیں (na-hīñ)

- Meaning: Not

- Usage: Used to negate verbs and adjectives.

- Grammar Note: "نہیں" is the standard negation for statements. For imperatives or subjunctives, "نہ" (nah) is often used.

40. مگر (magar)

- Meaning: But / However / Except

- Usage: A conjunction indicating a contrast or an exception.

41. ڈرتے ہوئے (dar-tay hu-ay)

- Meaning: Fearing / Being afraid (literally, "while fearing")

- Usage: This is a present participial phrase, indicating the manner in which the action (entering) is to be done. "ڈرنا" (darna - to fear) is the verb. "ہوئے" (hu-ay) is the oblique plural participle of "ہونا" (to be), often used to form such phrases.

42. ان (un)

- Meaning: For them

- Usage: Oblique plural pronoun.

43. کے لیے (kay li-ay)

- Meaning: For

- Usage: A compound postposition. "کے" is the possessive particle, and "لیے" is the postposition meaning "for" or "on behalf of."

44. دنیا (dun-ya)

- Meaning: World (this present world)

- Usage: A feminine noun.

45. میں (meiñ)

- Meaning: In

- Usage: Postposition indicating location.

46. رسوائی (rus-vaa'ee)

- Meaning: Disgrace / Humiliation

- Usage: A feminine noun.

47. ہے (hai)

- Meaning: Is

- Usage: The present tense form of "ہونا" (hona - to be) for singular subjects.

48. اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Usage: Connects the two consequences.

49. ان (un)

- Meaning: For them

- Usage: Oblique plural pronoun.

50. کے لیے (kay li-ay)

- Meaning: For

- Usage: Compound postposition.

51. آخرت (aa-khir-at)

- Meaning: Hereafter / The next world

- Usage: A feminine noun.

52. میں (meiñ)

- Meaning: In

- Usage: Postposition indicating location.

53. بڑا (ba-ṛaa)

- Meaning: Great / Big

- Usage: A masculine singular adjective, agreeing with "عذاب" (azaab - punishment).

- Grammar Note: Adjectives in Urdu change form to agree with the noun they modify. بڑا (baṛaa) is masculine singular, بڑی (baṛee) is feminine singular, بڑے (baṛay) is masculine plural/oblique singular.

54. عذاب (a-zaab)

- Meaning: Punishment

- Usage: A masculine noun.

55. ہے (hai)

- Meaning: Is

- Usage: The present tense form of "ہونا" (hona - to be) for singular subjects.

Here is the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence for your Urdu learning.

English Translation

"And fear a Day when no soul will avail anything for another, nor will any compensation be accepted from it, nor will any intercession benefit it, nor will they be helped."

Urdu Translation

"اور اس دن سے ڈرو جب کوئی جان کسی جان کے بدلے کچھ نہ دے گی، اور نہ اس سے کوئی بدلہ قبول کیا جائے گا، اور نہ اسے کوئی سفارش فائدہ دے گی، اور نہ ان کی مدد کی جائے گی۔"

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English)

Let's break down each Urdu word from the translated sentence:

اور (aur)

- English meaning: And

- Grammar Note: This is a conjunction, connecting phrases or clauses.

اس (us)

- English meaning: That / This (referring to something specific, in this context, 'that Day')

- Grammar Note: This is a demonstrative pronoun/adjective.

دن (din)

- English meaning: Day

- Grammar Note: A masculine noun.

سے (se)

- English meaning: From By With (indicates the source or instrument, or in this context, "from" what one should fear)

- Grammar Note: This is a postposition, similar to a preposition in English, but it comes after the noun.

ڈرو (daro)

- English meaning: Fear (plural imperative form)

- Grammar Note: This is an imperative verb, telling a group of people to "fear." The root verb is "ڈرنا" (darna) - "to fear."

جب (jab)

- English meaning: When

- Grammar Note: This is a conjunction, introducing a temporal clause.

کوئی (koi)

- English meaning: Any / No (in a negative context like this sentence)

- Grammar Note: An indefinite pronoun/adjective. When used with a negative verb, it translates to "no."

جان (jaan)

- English meaning: Soul Life Person

- Grammar Note: A feminine noun.

کسی (kisi)

- English meaning: Any (when referring to an indefinite singular noun) / Another (in this context)

- Grammar Note: This is the oblique form of "کوئی" (koi), used when followed by a postposition or when referring to an indefinite object.

جان (jaan)

- English meaning: Soul Life Person (again, referring to another soul)

کے بدلے (ke badle)

- English meaning: In exchange for / On behalf of / Instead of

- Grammar Note: This is a compound postposition. "کے" (ke) is the genitive marker (of/for) and "بدلے" (badle) means "exchange" or "compensation."

کچھ (kuchh)

- English meaning: Anything / Some

- Grammar Note: An indefinite pronoun. When used with a negative verb, it translates to "anything."

نہ (na)

- English meaning: Not

- Grammar Note: A negative particle, typically used before the verb to negate it.

دے گی (de gi)

- English meaning: Will give / Will provide / Will avail

- Grammar Note: This is the future tense of the verb "دینا" (dena) - "to give." "گی" (gi) indicates feminine singular future tense, agreeing with "جان" (jaan - soul).

اور (aur)

- English meaning: And

نہ (na)

- English meaning: Not

اس (us)

- English meaning: It / That (referring back to "جان" - soul)

سے (se)

- English meaning: From

کوئی (koi)

- English meaning: Any / No (in a negative context)

بدلہ (badla)

- English meaning: Compensation Ransom Exchange

- Grammar Note: A masculine noun.

قبول (qabool)

- English meaning: Accepted / Approved

- Grammar Note: This is an adjective/noun, often used in compound verbs.

کیا جائے گا (kiya jaaye ga)

- English meaning: Will be done / Will be accepted (passive voice)

- Grammar Note: This is the passive voice construction in Urdu for the future tense. "کیا" (kiya) is the past participle of "کرنا" (karna - to do), and "جائے گا" (jaaye ga) is the future tense of "جانا" (jaana - to go) used here to form the passive voice, indicating "will be." "گا" (ga) indicates masculine singular future tense, agreeing with "بدلہ" (badla - compensation).

اور (aur)

- English meaning: And

نہ (na)

- English meaning: Not

اسے (use)

- English meaning: To it / It (as an object)

- Grammar Note: This is the oblique form of "وہ" (woh - that/it) with the implied postposition "کو" (ko - to/for), making it an indirect object pronoun.

کوئی (koi)

- English meaning: Any / No (in a negative context)

سفارش (sifaarish)

- English meaning: Intercession / Recommendation

- Grammar Note: A feminine noun.

فائدہ (faida)

- English meaning: Benefit / Advantage

- Grammar Note: A masculine noun.

دے گی (de gi)

- English meaning: Will give / Will provide / Will benefit (when used with "فائدہ")

- Grammar Note: Future tense of "دینا" (dena) - "to give." Here, it means "will provide benefit." "گی" (gi) indicates feminine singular future tense, agreeing with "سفارش" (sifaarish - intercession).

اور (aur)

- English meaning: And

نہ (na)

- English meaning: Not

ان (un)

- English meaning: Them / Those (oblique plural pronoun)

- Grammar Note: This is the oblique plural demonstrative pronoun, referring to "they" (plural souls/people).

کی (ki)

- English meaning: Of / For (feminine genitive marker)

- Grammar Note: This is a postposition (genitive case marker), indicating possession or relationship. It takes the feminine form because "مدد" (madad - help) is feminine.

مدد (madad)

- English meaning: Help / Aid

- Grammar Note: A feminine noun.

کی جائے گی (ki jaaye gi)

- English meaning: Will be done / Will be helped (passive voice)

- Grammar Note: This is the passive voice construction for the future tense. "کی" (ki) is the past participle of "کرنا" (karna - to do), and "جائے گی" (jaaye gi) is the future tense of "جانا" (jaana - to go) used to form the passive voice. "گی" (gi) indicates feminine singular future tense, agreeing with "مدد" (madad - help).

Here is the Urdu translation of the Arabic sentence, followed by its English translation and a detailed word-for-word breakdown to help you understand each component.

Urdu Translation and Explanation

Urdu Translation

اے ہمارے رب! اور ہمیں دونوں کو اپنے لیے فرمانبردار (مسلمان) بنا، اور ہماری اولاد میں سے بھی اپنے لیے ایک فرمانبردار (مسلمان) امت بنا، اور ہمیں ہماری عبادات کے طریقے دکھا، اور ہماری توبہ قبول فرما۔ بے شک تو ہی توبہ قبول کرنے والا، رحم کرنے والا ہے۔

English Translation

Our Lord! And make both of us submissive (Muslim) to You, and from our offspring, make a submissive (Muslim) nation for You. And show us our rites of worship, and accept our repentance. Indeed, You alone are the Accepter of repentance, the Most Merciful.

Word-by-Word Breakdown (Urdu to English)

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word to understand its structure and meaning.

- اے (Ay)

- Meaning: Oh / O

- Explanation: This is an exclamation used to address someone, similar to "Oh" or "Hey" in English, but used formally in prayers.

- ہمارے (Hamaaray)

- Meaning: Our

- Explanation: A possessive pronoun, meaning 'our'. It is used here with 'Rabb' (Lord).

- رب! (Rabb!)

- Meaning: Lord! / Sustainer!

- Explanation: A direct address to God, meaning Lord or Sustainer.

- اور (Aur)

- Meaning: And

- Explanation: A conjunction, connecting phrases or clauses.

- ہمیں (Hamein)

- Meaning: Us

- Explanation: The object pronoun for 'we'.

- دونوں کو (Dono ko)

- Meaning: Both of us / both

- Explanation: 'Dono' means 'both', and 'ko' is a postposition indicating the object of the verb. This explicitly translates the dual form from the Arabic.

- Grammar Note: Urdu does not have a grammatical dual form like Arabic. To indicate 'two' or 'both', explicit words like 'do' (two) or 'dono' (both) are used.

- اپنے (Apne)

- Meaning: Your (reflexive/possessive)

- Explanation: This refers back to the 'Lord' (Rabb). It's a reflexive possessive pronoun, meaning "for Self" or "Your own".

- لیے (Liye)

- Meaning: For

- Explanation: A postposition indicating purpose or beneficiary, meaning 'for'. So, 'apne liye' means 'for Yourself'.

- Grammar Note: Urdu uses postpositions (words that come after the noun they relate to), unlike English prepositions.

- فرمانبردار (Farmanbardaar)

- Meaning: Submissive / Obedient

- Explanation: This adjective describes someone who obeys commands. It captures the essence of a 'Muslim' (one who submits to God) in this context.

- (Optional clarification): (مسلمان) (Musalman) - Muslim. This word is often added in parentheses to indicate the specific identity, though 'farmanbardaar' conveys the core meaning of submission.

- بنا، (Bana,)

- Meaning: Make (us)

- Explanation: The imperative form of the verb 'banana' (to make/to create). Here, it's a prayer/command to God. The comma indicates a pause and continuation of the sentence.

- اور (Aur)

- Meaning: And

- Explanation: Another conjunction.

- ہماری (Hamari)

- Meaning: Our

- Explanation: Possessive pronoun, feminine form, used with 'aulaad' (offspring) which is grammatically feminine in Urdu.

- اولاد (Aulaad)

- Meaning: Offspring Progeny Children

- Explanation: A collective noun for descendants.

- میں سے (Mein se)

- Meaning: From / Out of

- Explanation: A compound postposition meaning 'from among' or 'out of'.

- بھی (Bhi)

- Meaning: Also / Too

- Explanation: An intensifier, meaning 'also' or 'even'. It emphasizes that this request applies to the offspring as well.

- Grammar Note: Particles like 'bhi' are common in Urdu to add emphasis or nuance.

- اپنے (Apne)

- Meaning: Your (reflexive/possessive)

- Explanation: Refers to the Lord.

- لیے (Liye)

- Meaning: For

- Explanation: As before, 'for'.

- ایک (Ek)

- Meaning: A An One

- Explanation: The indefinite article or numeral 'one'.

- فرمانبردار (Farmanbardaar)

- Meaning: Submissive / Obedient

- Explanation: As explained before.

- (Optional clarification): (مسلمان) (Musalman) - Muslim.

- امت (Ummat)

- Meaning: Nation / Community

- Explanation: Refers to a community or nation, especially in a religious context.

- بنا، (Bana,)

- Meaning: Make (it)

- Explanation: The imperative verb 'bana' again.

- اور (Aur)

- Meaning: And

- ہمیں (Hamein)

- Meaning: Us

- ہماری (Hamari)

- Meaning: Our

- Explanation: Feminine possessive, as 'ibaadaat' is plural of 'ibaadat' which is feminine.

- عبادات (Ibaadaat)

- Meaning: Worships / Acts of worship

- Explanation: Plural of 'ibaadat' (worship).

- کے (Ke)

- Meaning: Of

- Explanation: A postposition, part of the possessive phrase 'hamari ibaadaat ke tareeqay' (our ways of worship).

- طریقے (Tareeqay)

- Meaning: Ways / Methods / Rites

- Explanation: Plural of 'tareeqa' (way/method). This translates the Arabic 'manasik' (rites).

- دکھا، (Dikha,)

- Meaning: Show (us)

- Explanation: The imperative form of the verb 'dikhana' (to show).

- اور (Aur)

- Meaning: And

- ہماری (Hamari)

- Meaning: Our

- Explanation: Feminine possessive, as 'taubah' (repentance) is feminine.

- توبہ (Taubah)

- Meaning: Repentance

- Explanation: The act of seeking forgiveness and turning away from sin.

- قبول (Qabool)

- Meaning: Accept

- Explanation: An adjective or adverb meaning 'accepted' or 'acceptable'. It is used with 'farma' to form a compound verb.

- فرما۔ (Farma.)

- Meaning: Do Grant Perform (an honorific verb)

- Explanation: An honorific and respectful way of saying 'do' or 'grant'. 'Qabool farma' means 'please accept'. The period marks the end of a clause.

- Grammar Note: When addressing God, even direct terms like 'tu' (you, informal) are used not out of disrespect, but out of intimacy and directness, often combined with honorific verbs like 'farma'.

- بے شک (Be shak)

- Meaning: Indeed / Undoubtedly

- Explanation: An emphatic phrase used to assert truth or certainty. Translates the Arabic 'innaka'.

- تو ہی (Tu hi)

- Meaning: You alone / Indeed You

- Explanation: 'Tu' is the informal 'you', but when addressing God, it's used as a sign of intimacy and directness. 'Hi' is an intensifier meaning 'only' or 'indeed', making it "You alone" or "Indeed You". This captures the emphasis of the Arabic 'anta'.

- توبہ (Taubah)

- Meaning: Repentance

- قبول (Qabool)

- Meaning: Accept

- کرنے والا، (Karne wala,)

- Meaning: One who does / One who accepts

- Explanation: 'Karne wala' literally means 'the doer'. Combined with 'Taubah qabool', it means 'the one who accepts repentance'. This translates 'at-Tawwab'.

- رحم (Reham)

- Meaning: Mercy / Compassion

- کرنے والا ہے۔ (Karne wala hai.)

- Meaning: One who does / One who shows mercy (is).

- Explanation: As above, 'karne wala' means 'the doer'. Combined with 'reham', it means 'the one who shows mercy'. 'Hai' is the verb 'to be' (is), indicating the present tense. This translates 'ar-Rahim'.

Here's a breakdown of the Arabic sentence into Urdu and English, with a word-for-word explanation to help you understand each Urdu component.

Urdu Translation:

اور (aur) جب (jab) ابراہیم (Ibraheem) نے (ne) کہا (kaha): "اے (ay) میرے (mere) رب (Rab)! اسے (isay) امن (amn) والا (wala) شہر (shehr) بنا (bana) دے (de) اور (aur) اس (us) کے (ke) رہنے (rehne) والوں (walon) میں (mein) سے (se) جو (jo) اللہ (Allah) اور (aur) یومِ (Yawm-e) آخرت (Aakhirat) پر (par) ایمان (imaan) لائیں (layein) انہیں (unhein) پھلوں (phalon) سے (se) رزق (rizq) عطا (ata) فرما۔" (Allah (Allah) نے (ne)) فرمایا (farmaya): "اور (aur) جو (jo) کفر (kufr) کرے (kare) گا (ga)، تو (to) میں (main) اسے (usay) تھوڑے (thode) عرصے (arse) کے (ke) لیے (liye) فائدہ (faida) دوں (doon) گا (ga)، پھر (phir) اسے (usay) آگ (aag) کے (ke) عذاب (azaab) کی (ki) طرف (taraf) مجبور (majboor) کروں (karoon) گا (ga)، اور (aur) وہ (woh) بہت (bohat) برا (bura) ٹھکانہ (thikana) ہے۔"

English Translation:

"And when Abraham said: 'O my Lord! Make this a city of peace, and provide sustenance from fruits to those among its inhabitants who believe in Allah and the Last Day.' (Allah) said: 'And whoever disbelieves, I will grant him enjoyment for a short while, then I will compel him towards the punishment of the Fire, and that is a very evil destination.'"

Word-for-Word Breakdown & Pronunciation:

Let's break down the Urdu sentence piece by piece:

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Grammar: Conjunction

- جب (jab)

- Meaning: When

- Grammar: Adverb

- ابراہیم (Ibraheem)

- Meaning: Abraham (a prophet's name)

- Grammar: Proper Noun

- نے (ne)

- Meaning: (A grammatical particle indicating the doer of an action in certain past tenses in Urdu). It doesn't have a direct English equivalent but marks "Abraham" as the subject who "said".

- Grammar: Postpositional marker

- کہا (kaha)

- Meaning: Said

- Grammar: Verb (Past tense)

- "اے (ay)

- Meaning: O / Oh (used for addressing someone)

- Grammar: Interjection

- میرے (mere)

- Meaning: My

- Grammar: Possessive pronoun (plural form of 'mera' used with 'Rab' out of respect)

- رب (Rab)

- Meaning: Lord

- Grammar: Noun

- !اسے (isay)

- Meaning: This (accusative/dative case) It Him/Her. Here, referring to "this place" or "this city".

- Grammar: Pronoun

- امن (amn)

- Meaning: Peace / Security

- Grammar: Noun

- والا (wala)

- Meaning: Possessor of / One with. Here, it means "of peace" or "peaceful."

- Grammar: Suffix/Adjective former

- شہر (shehr)

- Meaning: City

- Grammar: Noun

- بنا (bana)

- Meaning: Make / Create (root of the verb 'banana')

- Grammar: Verb (Imperative/command form, part of a compound verb 'bana de')

- دے (de)

- Meaning: Give (auxiliary verb, combining with 'bana' to mean 'make/create')

- Grammar: Auxiliary verb (Imperative/command form)

- Grammar Note: "بنا دے" (bana de) together means "make (it)."

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Grammar: Conjunction

- اس (us)

- Meaning: Its / That (possessive form). Here, "its" referring to the city.

- Grammar: Pronoun (possessive)

- کے (ke)

- Meaning: Of (a genitive particle, used with 'us' to form 'us ke' meaning 'its')

- Grammar: Postpositional marker

- رہنے (rehne)

- Meaning: Living / Residing (from the verb 'rehna' - to live)

- Grammar: Verb (Infinitive form, used here as an adjective)

- والوں (walon)

- Meaning: People / Ones (plural of 'wala', referring to "inhabitants")

- Grammar: Noun (plural)

- Grammar Note: "رہنے والوں" (rehne walon) together means "those who live / inhabitants".

- میں (mein)

- Meaning: In / Among

- Grammar: Postposition

- سے (se)

- Meaning: From / Out of

- Grammar: Postposition

- Grammar Note: "میں سے" (mein se) together means "amongst / out of".

- جو (jo)

- Meaning: Who Which Whoever

- Grammar: Relative pronoun

- اللہ (Allah)

- Meaning: Allah / God

- Grammar: Proper Noun

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Grammar: Conjunction

- یومِ (Yawm-e)

- Meaning: Day of (from Arabic 'Yawm' meaning day, 'e' is the izaafat connecting particle)

- Grammar: Noun (combining form)

- آخرت (Aakhirat)

- Meaning: Hereafter / Last Day

- Grammar: Noun

- Grammar Note: "یومِ آخرت" (Yawm-e Aakhirat) means "Day of Judgment" or "Last Day".

- پر (par)

- Meaning: On Upon In (referring to belief 'in' something)

- Grammar: Postposition

- ایمان (imaan)

- Meaning: Faith / Belief

- Grammar: Noun

- لائیں (layein)

- Meaning: Bring (from the verb 'lana' - to bring). In the context of "ایمان لانا" (imaan lana), it means "to believe."

- Grammar: Verb (Subjunctive/Present future, plural honorific)

- Grammar Note: "ایمان لائیں" (imaan layein) together means "they believe" or "whoever believes".

- انہیں (unhein)

- Meaning: Them (dative/accusative case)

- Grammar: Pronoun

- پھلوں (phalon)

- Meaning: Fruits (plural, oblique case)

- Grammar: Noun (plural)

- سے (se)

- Meaning: With / From

- Grammar: Postposition

- رزق (rizq)

- Meaning: Sustenance / Provision

- Grammar: Noun

- عطا (ata)

- Meaning: Grant / Bestow

- Grammar: Noun (used as part of a compound verb 'ata farma')

- فرما۔" (farma)

- Meaning: Do / Command (from 'farmana' - to command/do, a respectful verb)

- Grammar: Verb (Imperative/command form, part of a compound verb 'ata farma')

- Grammar Note: "رزق عطا فرما" (rizq ata farma) means "grant sustenance."

- (اللہ (Allah)

- Meaning: (Allah / God) - This is implicitly understood from the Arabic context and often added in brackets in translations.

- Grammar: Proper Noun

- نے) (ne)

- Meaning: (Postpositional marker for the subject)

- Grammar: Postpositional marker

- فرمایا: (farmaya)

- Meaning: Said / Commanded (respectful verb for 'qala' - said)

- Grammar: Verb (Past tense, respectful)

- "اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Grammar: Conjunction

- جو (jo)

- Meaning: Whoever

- Grammar: Relative pronoun

- کفر (kufr)

- Meaning: Disbelief

- Grammar: Noun

- کرے (kare)

- Meaning: Does / Will do (from 'karna' - to do)

- Grammar: Verb (Subjunctive/Present future)

- گا، (ga)

- Meaning: (Future tense auxiliary verb)

- Grammar: Auxiliary verb

- Grammar Note: "کفر کرے گا" (kufr karega) means "will disbelieve."

- تو (to)

- Meaning: Then / So (marks a consequence)

- Grammar: Conjunction / Particle

- میں (main)

- Meaning: I

- Grammar: Pronoun

- اسے (usay)

- Meaning: Him It (accusativedative case)

- Grammar: Pronoun

- تھوڑے (thode)

- Meaning: A little / Few

- Grammar: Adjective

- عرصے (arse)

- Meaning: Period / Duration

- Grammar: Noun (oblique case)

- کے (ke)

- Meaning: For (genitive particle 'ka' in oblique case 'ke')

- Grammar: Postpositional marker

- لیے (liye)

- Meaning: For (postposition)

- Grammar: Postposition

- Grammar Note: "تھوڑے عرصے کے لیے" (thode arse ke liye) means "for a short period / for a little while."

- فائدہ (faida)

- Meaning: Benefit / Advantage / Enjoyment

- Grammar: Noun

- دوں (doon)

- Meaning: Will give (from 'dena' - to give)

- Grammar: Verb (Future tense, 1st person singular)

- گا، (ga)

- Meaning: (Future tense auxiliary verb)

- Grammar: Auxiliary verb

- Grammar Note: "فائدہ دوں گا" (faida doonga) means "I will grant enjoyment/benefit."

- پھر (phir)

- Meaning: Then / Afterwards

- Grammar: Adverb

- اسے (usay)

- Meaning: Him It (accusativedative case)

- Grammar: Pronoun

- آگ (aag)

- Meaning: Fire

- Grammar: Noun

- کے (ke)

- Meaning: Of (genitive particle)

- Grammar: Postpositional marker

- عذاب (azaab)

- Meaning: Punishment / Torment

- Grammar: Noun

- Grammar Note: "آگ کے عذاب" (aag ke azaab) means "punishment of the Fire."

- کی (ki)

- Meaning: Of (genitive particle, feminine form, agreeing with 'taraf')

- Grammar: Postpositional marker

- طرف (taraf)

- Meaning: Towards / Direction

- Grammar: Noun

- Grammar Note: "کی طرف" (ki taraf) means "towards."

- مجبور (majboor)

- Meaning: Compelled / Forced

- Grammar: Adjective (used as part of a compound verb 'majboor karna')

- کروں (karoon)

- Meaning: Will do / Make (from 'karna' - to do)

- Grammar: Verb (Future tense, 1st person singular)

- گا، (ga)

- Meaning: (Future tense auxiliary verb)

- Grammar: Auxiliary verb

- Grammar Note: "مجبور کروں گا" (majboor karoon ga) means "I will compel / force."

- اور (aur)

- Meaning: And

- Grammar: Conjunction

- وہ (woh)

- Meaning: That / It

- Grammar: Pronoun

- بہت (bohat)

- Meaning: Very / Much

- Grammar: Adverb

- برا (bura)

- Meaning: Bad / Evil

- Grammar: Adjective

- ٹھکانہ (thikana)

- Meaning: Destination Abode Dwelling

- Grammar: Noun

- ہے۔" (hai)

- Meaning: Is

- Grammar: Verb (Present tense, singular)

Here is the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence:

English Translation:

O Children of Israel, remember My favor which I bestowed upon you, and fulfill My covenant, [then] I will fulfill your covenant, and fear Me alone.

Urdu Translation:

اے بنی اسرائیل، میری اس نعمت کو یاد کرو جو میں نے تم پر کی، اور میرے عہد کو پورا کرو، تو میں تمہارے عہد کو پورا کروں گا، اور صرف مجھ ہی سے ڈرو۔

Urdu Word-for-Word Explanation:

Here is a word-by-word explanation of the Urdu translation, along with pronunciation assistance and grammar notes to help you understand:

- اے (Ae) - O, Oh.

- This is a vocative particle, used to address someone or call attention.

- بنی (Bani) - Children of, Sons of.

- This word is often seen in a construct state (like "sons of" in English), linking it to the following noun. It's the plural form related to 'ابن' (ibn) or 'بن' (bin), meaning 'son'.

- اسرائیل (Israil) - Israel.

- A proper noun, referring to the Prophet Yaqub (Jacob) and his descendants.

- میری (Meri) - My.

- This is a first-person singular possessive pronoun. It's in its feminine form because it refers to 'نعمت' (ne'mat), which is a feminine noun.

- اس (Iss) - This, That.

- A demonstrative pronoun, used here to specifically point to 'نعمت' (favor/blessing).

- نعمت (Ne'mat) - Favor, Blessing.

- A feminine noun, referring to a gift or kindness from God.

- کو (Ko) - (Postposition for direct object).

- This particle is an object marker in Urdu, similar to how direct objects are sometimes marked in other languages. It indicates that 'میری اس نعمت' (my this favor) is the direct object of the verb 'یاد کرو' (yaad karo - remember).

- یاد (Yaad) - Remembrance, Memory.

- This word, when combined with a form of 'کرنا' (karna - to do), forms the verb 'to remember'.

- کرو (Karo) - Do, Make.

- This is the imperative plural form of the verb 'کرنا' (karna - to do). In this context, 'یاد کرو' means "remember" (addressing multiple people or speaking respectfully to a singular person).

- جو (Jo) - Which, That.

- A relative pronoun used to connect a clause that describes the preceding noun ('نعمت').

- میں (Main) - I.

- The first-person singular pronoun.

- نے (Ne) - (Ergative marker).

- This is a crucial postposition in Urdu grammar. It marks the subject of a transitive verb when the verb is in a perfective tense (like the past tense 'کی' here). It signifies that 'میں' (I) is the agent who performed the action.

- تم (Tum) - You (plural/informal singular).

- The second-person pronoun. It can be used for a group of people or an individual in an informal or general context.

- پر (Par) - Upon, On.

- A postposition indicating location or direction, here meaning "upon you."

- کی (Ki) - Did, Bestowed.

- This is the feminine singular past tense form of 'کرنا' (karna - to do). It implicitly refers back to 'نعمت' (favor), meaning "which I did/bestowed upon you."

- اور (Aur) - And.

- A conjunction, connecting phrases or clauses.

- میرے (Mere) - My.

- This is the masculine possessive pronoun for "my," agreeing with 'عہد' ('ahd), which is a masculine noun.

- عہد ('Ahd) - Covenant, Promise.

- A masculine noun, referring to a solemn agreement or pledge.

- کو (Ko) - (Postposition for direct object).

- Again, this marks 'عہد' (covenant) as the direct object of the verb 'پورا کرو' (poora karo - fulfill).

- پورا (Poora) - Complete, Fulfill.

- An adjective that, when combined with 'کرنا' (karna - to do), forms the verb 'to fulfill' or 'to complete'.

- کرو (Karo) - Do, Make.

- The imperative plural form of 'کرنا' (karna - to do). So, 'پورا کرو' means "fulfill."

- تو (To) - Then, So.

- A conditional particle that introduces the consequence or result of the preceding action.

- میں (Main) - I.

- The first-person singular pronoun.

- تمہارے (Tumhare) - Your (plural/informal singular).

- The masculine possessive pronoun for "your," agreeing with 'عہد' ('ahd).

- عہد ('Ahd) - Covenant, Promise.

- A masculine noun.

- کو (Ko) - (Postposition for direct object).

- Marks 'عہد' as the direct object.

- پورا (Poora) - Complete, Fulfill.

- Adjective.

- کروں (Karoon) - Will do, Shall do.

- This is the first-person singular future/subjunctive form of 'کرنا' (karna - to do).

- گا (Ga) - (Future tense marker).

- This is a masculine singular auxiliary verb that attaches to the verb stem to form the future tense in Urdu. 'کروں گا' means "I will do/fulfill." (If the subject were feminine, it would be 'گی' - gi).

- اور (Aur) - And.

- A conjunction.

- صرف (Sirf) - Only, Merely.

- An adverb used to indicate limitation or exclusivity.

- مجھ (Mujh) - Me (oblique form).

- This is the oblique form of the first-person pronoun 'میں' (main - I). It's used when a postposition (like 'سے' here) follows the pronoun.

- ہی (Hee) - (Emphatic particle).

- This particle is used for emphasis, meaning "indeed," "just," or "only." Here, 'مجھ ہی سے' strongly emphasizes "from Me alone."

- سے (Se) - From, By, With.

- A postposition that can have various meanings. In this context, with the verb 'ڈرنا' (darna - to fear), it indicates the object of fear, implying "fear from Me" or "fear Me."

- ڈرو (Daro) - Fear.

- This is the imperative plural form of the verb 'ڈرنا' (darna - to fear). So, 'ڈرو' means "fear."

Here is the Urdu and English translation of the Arabic sentence, along with a detailed word-for-word explanation to help you learn Urdu.

English Translation

"Except for those who repent and reform and make (the truth) clear, for them I will accept their repentance, and I am indeed the Accepter of Repentance, the Most Merciful."

Urdu Translation

"سوائے اُن لوگوں کے جنہوں نے توبہ کی، اور اصلاح کی، اور (حق کو) واضح کیا، تو مَیں اُن کی توبہ قبول کروں گا، اور مَیں ہی بڑا توبہ قبول کرنے والا، نہایت رحم والا ہوں۔"

Word-by-Word Breakdown (Urdu to English)

Let's break down each word of the Urdu translation:

- سوائے (siwaay) - Except / Other than

- This word means 'except' or 'other than'. It is used to indicate an exclusion.

- اُن (un) - Those

- This is a plural demonstrative pronoun, similar to 'those' in English. It points to people or things that are not close.

- لوگوں (logon) - People (plural, oblique case)

- This is the plural form of 'لوگ' (log), which means 'people'. The ending 'وں' (on) signifies the oblique plural case, which is used when a postposition (like 'کے' ke) follows the noun.

- کے (ke) - Of For Pertaining to

- This is a postposition (similar to a preposition but placed after the noun). Here, it connects 'un logon' (those people) to the following clause, indicating that the subsequent actions pertain to 'those people'.

- جنہوں نے (jinhon ne) - Who (plural, agent marker)

- This is a plural relative pronoun used to refer to people, meaning 'who' or 'those who'. The particle 'نے' (ne) is an agent marker, indicating that 'جنہوں' (jinhon) is the doer of the action in the past tense (transitive verb).

- توبہ (tauba) - Repentance

- This is a feminine noun meaning 'repentance' or 'penitence'.

- کی (ki) - Did (feminine singular past tense)

- This is the past tense form of the verb 'کرنا' (karnaa), meaning 'to do'. In Urdu, many actions are expressed using a noun followed by 'کرنا'. 'توبہ کرنا' (tauba karnaa) means 'to repent'. Since 'توبہ' (tauba) is a feminine noun, the past tense form 'کی' (ki) is used.

- اور (aur) - And

- A conjunction used to connect words or phrases, meaning 'and'.

- اصلاح (islaah) - Reform / Correction

- This is a feminine noun meaning 'reform' or 'correction'.

- کی (ki) - Did (feminine singular past tense)

- Similar to the previous 'کی', 'اصلاح کرنا' (islaah karnaa) means 'to reform'. Since 'اصلاح' (islaah) is feminine, 'کی' (ki) is used.

- (حق کو) واضح (haq ko waazeh) - (The truth) clear / evident

- حق (haq) - truth / right.

- کو (ko) - object marker. This particle indicates the direct object of a transitive verb.

- واضح (waazeh) - clear / evident. This is an adjective. The Arabic source implies making the truth clear.

- کیا (kiyaa) - Did (masculine singular past tense)

- 'واضح کرنا' (waazeh karnaa) means 'to make clear' or 'to explain'. 'کیا' (kiyaa) is the masculine singular past tense form of 'کرنا' (karnaa). It is used here because 'واضح' (waazeh) as an adjective, or the implied object, does not determine the gender of 'کرنا' in this compound verb in the same way a noun like 'توبہ' or 'اصلاح' would. In such cases, the default masculine singular 'کیا' is often used.

- تو (to) - Then / So

- A particle that introduces a consequence or result, similar to 'then' or 'so' in English.

- مَیں (main) - I

- The first-person singular pronoun, meaning 'I'.

- اُن کی (un ki) - Their (literally, 'of them')

- اُن (un) - them (oblique plural pronoun).

- کی (ki) - of / for (postposition). Together, it means 'their'.

- توبہ (tauba) - Repentance

- Same as above, meaning 'repentance'.

- قبول کروں گا (qabool karunga) - Will accept

- قبول (qabool) - acceptance.

- کروں گا (karunga) - will do (first person masculine singular future tense of 'کرنا' karnaa - to do). 'قبول کرنا' (qabool karnaa) means 'to accept'. So, 'قبول کروں گا' means 'I will accept'.

- اور (aur) - And

- A conjunction, meaning 'and'.

- مَیں ہی (main hee) - I alone / I indeed

- مَیں (main) - I.

- ہی (hee) - an emphatic particle, meaning 'only', 'indeed', or 'alone'. It emphasizes the preceding word. So, 'مَیں ہی' means 'I alone' or 'it is I who...'.

- بڑا (bada) - Great / Big

- An adjective meaning 'great' or 'big'.

- توبہ قبول کرنے والا (tauba qabool karnay wala) - The Accepter of Repentance

- توبہ (tauba) - repentance.

- قبول کرنے (qabool karnay) - to accept (in the oblique infinitive form).

- والا (wala) - a suffix that forms an agent noun (the doer of an action). 'قبول کرنے والا' means 'the one who accepts'. Together, 'بڑا توبہ قبول کرنے والا' means 'the great acceptor of repentance'. This is an attribute of God.

- نہایت (nihaayat) - Extremely / Most

- An adverb meaning 'extremely', 'very', or 'most'. It is used to intensify the following adjective.

- رحم (rehem) - Mercy

- A masculine noun meaning 'mercy' or 'compassion'.

- والا (wala) - One who possesses / Possessor of

- Here, 'والا' (wala) is used to mean 'possessor of' or 'one who has'. So, 'رحم والا' (rehem wala) means 'one who has mercy' or 'the Merciful'.

- ہوں (hoon) - Am

- This is the first-person singular form of the verb 'ہونا' (honaa), meaning 'to be'. It completes the sentence, "I am the Most Merciful."

Grammar Notes

- Postpositions: Urdu uses postpositions (like 'کے' ke, 'نے' ne, 'کو' ko) instead of prepositions. They come after the noun or pronoun they modify.

- Oblique Case: Nouns and pronouns in Urdu change their form (go into the oblique case) when followed by a postposition. For plural nouns, 'وں' (on) is a common oblique ending (e.g., 'لوگ' log -> 'لوگوں' logon).

- Compound Verbs: Many actions in Urdu are expressed using a noun (or adjective) followed by a form of 'کرنا' (karnaa - to do), e.g., 'توبہ کرنا' (tauba karnaa - to repent), 'اصلاح کرنا' (islaah karnaa - to reform), 'واضح کرنا' (waazeh karnaa - to make clear). The gender and number of 'کرنا' in the past tense ('کیا' kiyaa / 'کی' ki) often depend on the gender of the noun.

- Agent Marker 'نے': The particle 'نے' (ne) is used with the subject of a transitive verb in the past tense. It indicates that the subject is the doer of the action.

- Emphatic Particle 'ہی': 'ہی' (hee) adds emphasis to the word it follows, often translated as 'only', 'indeed', or 'alone'.

Here is the translation and detailed breakdown for your English student:

English Translation:

"And [remember] when We took your covenant, [saying], 'You shall not shed your blood or expel yourselves from your homes.' Then you affirmed [it] while you were witnessing."

Urdu Translation:

اور جب ہم نے تم سے عہد لیا کہ نہ تم ایک دوسرے کا خون بہاؤ گے اور نہ ایک دوسرے کو اپنے گھروں سے نکالو گے، پھر تم نے اقرار کیا اور تم گواہ تھے۔

Urdu Word-by-Word Breakdown and Pronunciation Guide:

- اور (aur) – And

- Explanation: A common conjunction used to connect words, phrases, or clauses.

- جب (jab) – When

- Explanation: An adverb of time, indicating a specific point or period.

- ہم (hum) – We

- Explanation: A first-person plural pronoun.

- نے (ne) – (Grammar particle)

- Explanation: This is a postposition (a type of particle similar to a preposition, but placed after the noun) that marks the agent (doer) of a transitive verb in the perfect tenses (e.g., past indefinite, past perfect). It's a key feature of Urdu grammar.

- تم (tum) – You

- Explanation: A second-person plural pronoun, or an informal singular pronoun.

- سے (se) – From / With

- Explanation: A versatile postposition. Here, it indicates "from whom" the covenant was taken, implying a binding agreement with them.

- عہد (ahd) – Covenant Pledge Promise

- Explanation: Refers to a formal and binding agreement or commitment.

- لیا (liya) – Took

- Explanation: The masculine singular past tense form of the verb لینا (lena) meaning "to take." Since "عہد" (covenant) is masculine, "لیا" is used.

- کہ (keh) – That

- Explanation: A conjunction used to introduce a subordinate clause, often quoting or specifying what was said/promised.

- نہ (nah) – Not

- Explanation: A negation particle, used to make a sentence negative.

- تم (tum) – You

- Explanation: (See above)

- ایک (ek) – One

- Explanation: The number one.

- دوسرے (doosre) – Other

- Explanation: Together, ایک دوسرے (ek doosre) means "each other" or "one another."

- کا (ka) – 's / Of

- Explanation: A possessive postposition (masculine singular), indicating ownership or relationship. Here, "ایک دوسرے کا" means "each other's."

- خون (khoon) – Blood

- Explanation: The bodily fluid.

- بہاؤ گے (bahao ge) – Will shed

- Explanation: This is the future tense form of the verb بہانا (bahana) meaning "to shed" (liquids like blood or tears) or "to cause to flow." The "گے" (ge) ending indicates masculine plural future tense.

- Grammar Note: The structure نہ + verb + گے/گی/گیں is a common way to form a negative future tense in Urdu.

- اور (aur) – And

- Explanation: (See above)

- نہ (nah) – Not

- Explanation: (See above)

- ایک (ek) – One

- Explanation: (See above)

- دوسرے (doosre) – Other

- Explanation: Again, ایک دوسرے (ek doosre) means "each other" or "one another."

- کو (ko) – To / For (object marker)

- Explanation: A postposition that marks the direct or indirect object of a verb. Here, it marks "each other" as the object of the action "expelling."

- اپنے (apne) – Your (own) / One's own

- Explanation: A reflexive possessive pronoun, meaning "one's own." It refers back to the subject of the sentence (you).

- گھروں (gharon) – Homes / Houses

- Explanation: The plural and oblique (used with postpositions) form of the masculine noun گھر (ghar) meaning "home" or "house."

- سے (se) – From

- Explanation: Here, it indicates separation or origin, meaning "from your homes."

- نکالو گے (nikalo ge) – Will expel / Will remove

- Explanation: This is the future tense form of the verb نکالنا (nikalna) meaning "to expel," "to remove," or "to take out." The "گے" (ge) ending indicates masculine plural future tense.

- Grammar Note: Similar to "بہاؤ گے," نہ + verb + گے forms the negative future tense.

- پھر (phir) – Then / Afterwards

- Explanation: An adverb indicating sequence in time.

- تم (tum) – You

- Explanation: (See above)

- نے (ne) – (Grammar particle)

- Explanation: (See above) Again marks "تم" (you) as the agent of the past transitive verb "اقرار کیا."

- اقرار (iqraar) – Affirmation / Acknowledgement

- Explanation: A noun meaning a formal statement of agreement or acceptance.

- کیا (kiya) – Did

- Explanation: The masculine singular past tense form of the verb کرنا (karna) meaning "to do." Together, اقرار کیا (iqraar kiya) means "affirmed" or "acknowledged."

- اور (aur) – And / While

- Explanation: Here, "اور" connects the two clauses, often implying "while" or "whereas" in this context.

- تم (tum) – You

- Explanation: (See above)

- گواہ (gawah) – Witness / Testifier

- Explanation: A noun referring to someone who sees an event or can testify about something. In Urdu, the same word can often be used for both singular and plural forms of "witness."

- تھے (the) – Were

- Explanation: The masculine plural past tense form of the verb ہونا (hona) meaning "to be." It aligns with "تم" (you, plural).

Here's the translation and breakdown of the Arabic sentence, designed to help you learn Urdu:

English Translation

O Children of Israel, remember My favor which I bestowed upon you and that I preferred you over the worlds.

Urdu Translation

اے بنی اسرائیل، میری اس نعمت کو یاد کرو جو میں نے تم پر کی اور یہ کہ میں نے تمہیں تمام جہانوں پر فضیلت دی۔

Word-for-Word Explanation (Urdu to English)

Let's break down the Urdu sentence word by word:

- اے (Ay)

- Meaning: O! / Oh!

- Explanation: This is an interjection used to address someone directly, similar to "O" in English.

- بنی (Ba-nee)

- Meaning: Children of / Descendants of / Sons of

- Explanation: This word indicates progeny or lineage. It's often used in the context of "Bani Israel" (Children of Israel) in religious texts.

- اسرائیل (Is-raa-eel)

- Meaning: Israel

- Explanation: This is a proper noun, referring to the Prophet Israel (Jacob).

- میری (Meh-ree)

- Meaning: My

- Explanation: This is the feminine form of the possessive pronoun "my." It agrees in gender with the noun it modifies, which in this case is نعمت (ne'mat - favor), a feminine noun.

- اس (Us)

- Meaning: This / That

- Explanation: A demonstrative pronoun. Here, it helps to specify "that favor" which is then further described by the relative clause "جو میں نے تم پر کی" (jo maiṅ ne tum par kī - which I bestowed upon you).

- نعمت (Ne'mat)

- Meaning: Favor Blessing Grace

- Explanation: This is a feminine noun referring to a kindness or a blessing received.

- کو (Koh)

- Meaning: (Direct object marker)

- Explanation: In Urdu, کو is a postposition that typically marks the direct object of a verb, especially when the object is definite or a person/animate noun. Here, it marks "میری اس نعمت" (my favor) as the object of "یاد کرو" (remember).

- یاد (Yaad)

- Meaning: Remembrance / Memory

- Explanation: This noun is often used with the verb کرو (karo) to form the compound verb یاد کرو (yaad karo), meaning "remember."

- کرو (Ka-roh)

- Meaning: Do / Make

- Explanation: This is the imperative plural form of the verb کرنا (karnā) – to do. When combined with یاد, it means "remember" (plural command).

- جو (Joh)

- Meaning: Which / That

- Explanation: This is a relative pronoun, introducing a subordinate clause that provides more information about "میری اس نعمت" (my favor).

- میں (Maiñ)

- Meaning: I

- Explanation: This is the first-person singular pronoun. Note the nasal 'n' sound.

- نے (Neh)

- Meaning: (Ergative marker)

- Explanation: This postposition is a crucial grammatical marker in Urdu. It indicates the subject of a transitive verb when that verb is in a perfect (past) tense. It changes the grammatical case of the subject.

- Grammar Note: When نے is used, the verb agrees in gender and number with the object of the sentence, not the subject. In this case, "کی" (did/bestowed) is feminine singular, agreeing with "نعمت" (favor), which is the implied object of "bestowing."

- تم (Tum)

- Meaning: You (plural / informal singular)

- Explanation: This is the second-person plural pronoun, or an informal singular "you."

- پر (Par)

- Meaning: On / Upon

- Explanation: A postposition indicating location or application.

- کی (Kee)

- Meaning: Did / Bestowed

- Explanation: This is the feminine singular past tense form of the verb کرنا (karnā) – to do. In this context, associated with "نعمت" (favor), it implies "bestowed" or "granted." It agrees in gender and number with "نعمت" (favor) because of the نے construction.

- اور (Aur)

- Meaning: And

- Explanation: A conjunction connecting two clauses.

- یہ (Yah)

- Meaning: This / It

- Explanation: A demonstrative pronoun. Here, it serves to introduce the clause that follows, "that I preferred you..."

- کہ (Keh)

- Meaning: That

- Explanation: A conjunction used to introduce a subordinate clause, often a noun clause.

- میں (Maiñ)

- Meaning: I

- Explanation: First-person singular pronoun. (Nasal 'n')

- نے (Neh)

- Meaning: (Ergative marker)

- Explanation: Again, the ergative marker. Here, it indicates that "میں" is the subject of the transitive verb "فضیلت دی" (bestowed superiority) in the past tense.

- تمہیں (Tum-heṉ)

- Meaning: To you / You (object form)

- Explanation: This is the dative/accusative (object) form of تم (tum - you), indicating that "you" are the recipient or direct object of the action. Note the nasal 'n' sound.

- تمام (Ta-maam)

- Meaning: All / Entire

- Explanation: An adjective meaning "all" or "whole."

- جہانوں (Ja-haa-noṉ)

- Meaning: Worlds / Realms / Peoples

- Explanation: This is the oblique plural form of جہان (jahān) – world. It's used here with the postposition پر. Note the nasal 'n' sound.

- پر (Par)

- Meaning: Over / Upon

- Explanation: A postposition indicating superiority or being above something.

- فضیلت (Fa-zee-lat)

- Meaning: Superiority Preference Excellence

- Explanation: A feminine noun meaning distinction or preeminence. It is often used with دینا (denā) – to give – to form the idiom فضیلت دینا (fazīlat denā) – to bestow superiority or to prefer.

- دی (Dee)

- Meaning: Gave / Bestowed

- Explanation: This is the feminine singular past tense form of the verb دینا (denā) – to give. It agrees in gender and number with فضیلت (superiority) because of the نے construction.